THE

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OP

NEW SOUTH WALES.

' ■ ' ' .--^ h^ <-4

FOR THE YEAR

IQOT.

Vol. XXXII.

>A/ITH FIFTY-TWO PLATES

<Sj2i)n£j9 :

PRI^TED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAM E & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1907-08.

F. CUXXINGHAME K- CO., PRINTERS, SYDNEY.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.

Andrews, E. C, B.A. — page

The Geographical Significance of Floods, with especial

Reference to Glacial Action. (Plates xliv.-xlv.) 795

Benson, W. Noel —

The Geology of Newbridge, near Bathurst, N. S.W.

(Plates xxii.-xxiii.)... ... ... ... .. 523

Chapman, Frederick, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., National Museum, Melbourne —

On the Tertiary Limestones and Foraminiferal Tuffs

of Malekula, New Hebrides. (Plates xxxvii.-xli.) 745

GoDDARD, E. J., B.A, B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Bi- ology, Sydney University, and H. T.Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology —

Contribution to a Knowledge of Australian Foramini-

fera. Part ii. (Plate vi.) 291

Grant, F. E., F.L.S., and Allan R. McCulloch, Austra- lian Museum —

Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island. (Plate i.)... 151

Grouvelle, a. —

Description d'une nouvelle Esp^ce d'Oxyhamiis (Cole-

OPTERA : Colydiidoi) ... ... ... ••• ^35

27790

iv. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.

PAGE

Hedley, Charles, F.L.S.—

The Mollusca of Mast Head Reef, Capricorn Group,

Queensland. (Plates xvi.-xxi.) ... ... ... 476

Jensen, H. I., B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology —

The Geology of the War rumbungle Mountains. ( Plates

xxiv.-xxxii.) ^ ... ... ... ... 657

Note on a Glaucophane Schist from the Conandale

Range, Queensland ... ... ... .. 701

Chemical Note on a recent Lava from Savaii ... 706

The Geology of the Nandewar Mountains. (Plates

xlvi.-lii.) 842

Jensen, H. I., B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology, and E. J. Goddard, B.A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Geology, Sydney University —

Contribution to a Knowledge of Australian Foramini-

fera. Part ii. (Plate vi.) 291

Kirkaldy, G. W., F.E.S.—

Memoir on a few Heteropteroua Hemiptera from

Eastern Australia. (Plate xliii.) 768

Lea, Arthur M., F.E.S.—

Revision of the Australian Curculionidce belonging to the Subfamily Cryptorhi/iichides [Coleoptera|. Part viii. ... ... ... ... ... ,,, 40O

McCulloch, Allan R., Australian Museum, and F. E. Grant, F.L.S.—

Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island. (Plate i.)... 151

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS. V.

PAGE

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.R.S., Corresponding Member —

Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera. Part

xix. FliUellidce ... ... ... ... ... 47

Petrie, James M., D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Bio-Chemistry —

Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid... ... ... 789

Playfair, G. I. —

Some new or less known Desmids found in New South

Wales. (Plates ii.-v.) 160

Sloane, Thomas G. —

Studies in Australian Entomology. No. xv. New Genera and Species of Carabidce, with some Notes on Synonymy (Clivi7iini, Scaritini, Cunei- 2)ectini, Trigoyiotomini and Lehiini) ... ... 346

Steel, Thomas, F.C.S., F.L.S.—

Presidential Address delivered at the Thirty-Second

Annual General Meeting, March 27th, 1907 ... 1

Taylor, T. Griffith, B.Sc, B.E., Assistant Demonstrator in Geology, and Lecturer in Commercial Geo- graphy in the University of Sydney —

The Lake George Senkungsfeld, a Study of the Evolu- tion of Lakes George and Bathurst, N. S.W. (Plates vii.-x.) 325

TiLLYARi), R. J., M.A., F.E.S.—

On Dimorphism in the Females of Australian Agri-

o?iiVZfe [Neuroptera : Odonata\ ... ... ... 382

New Australian Species of the Family CalojHerygidcE

[Neuroptera : Odonata\ ... ... ... ... 394

vi. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.

PAGE

On the Genus Petalura, with Description of a new

Species. (Plate xxxiii.) .. ... ... ... 708

The Dragonflies of South- Western Australia. (Plates

xxxiv.-xxxvi.) ... ... ... ... ... 719

On a Collection of Dragonflies from Central Australia,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate xlii.)... 761

Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D., F.E.S. —

Revision of Australian Lepidoptera, iv. ... ... 631

Turner, Rowland E., F.E.S.—

A Revision of the Thynnidce of Australia [Hymen-

optera]. Part i. ... ... ... ... ... 206

Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus Antho- bosca [Hymenoptera : Family ScoIiidcB] with Descriptions of New Species ... ... ... 514

Woolnough, W. G., D.Sc, F.G.S., Assistant Lecturer in Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney —

A Contribution to the Geology of Viti Levu, Fiji.

(Plates xi.-xv.) 431

CONTEiNTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 190T,

PART I. (No. 125).

(lasiied June 20th, 1007 )

PAGE

Presidential Address delivered at the Thirty-second Annual General

Meeting, March 27th, 1907, by Thomas Steel, F.C.S., F.L.S. ... 1

Descriptions of Australasian Micro-Lepidoptera, Part xix. Flutellidce.

By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S., Corresponding Member 47

Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island. By the late F. E. Grant F.L.S., and Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum. {Plate i.) 151

Some new or less known Desmids found in New South Wales. By

G. 1. Playfair. (Comniunicatedhy ihc Secretary). (Plates ii. -v.) 160

Balance Sheet, &c 42

Elections and Announcements ... 46,157

Notes and Exhibits ... .. ... ... ... .. ... ... 158

List of Fungi exhibited by Mr. Cheel at the April Meeting (see p. 159). 202

Note. — In Messrs. Maiden and Betche's paper in the last Part of the Proceedings (1906, p. 738) the name of the common Rough-leaved Fig should be Ficus stephanocarpa and not Ficus stenocarpa, as there printed.

PART II. (No. 126).

(Issued Augusl 20th, 1907.)

A Revision of the Thyniiida of Australia [Hyjienoptera]. Part i. By

Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S 206

Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Foraminifera. Pattii. By E. J. GoDDARD, B.A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Sydney University; and H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plate vi.) 291

Notice of the Special General Meeting held on 2;hd May, ]907, to

Commemorate the Bicentenary of Carl von Linne (1707-1907) . 319

Vlll. CONTENTS.

PART II. (continued.)

PAGE

The Lake George Senkungsfeld, a Study of the Evolution of Lakes George and Bathurst, N.S.W, By T. Griffith Taylor, B.Sc, B.E., Assistant Demonstrator in Geology and Lecturer in Com- mercial Geography at the University of Sydney. (Plates vii.-x.) 325

Studies in Australian Entomology. No. xv. New Genera and Species of Carahidce, with some Notes on Synonymy {Clivinini, Scaritini, Cuneipectini, Trigonotomini and Lthiini), By Thomas G. Sloane 346

On Dimorphism in the Females of Australian Agrionidoi [Neurop-

TKYik-. Odonata\ By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S 382

New Australian Species of the Family Calopterygidce [Neuroptera :

Odonata]. By R. J. Tillyard, M. A., F.E.S 394

Revision of the Australian Gurculionidfe belonging to the Subfamily

CryptorJnjnchides [Coleoptera]. Part viii. By APvTHUR M. Lea 400

Elections and Announcements 319, 323, 391

Notes and Exhibits 393

PART III. (No. 127).

(Issued October Soth, 1907.)

A Contribution to the Geology of Viti Levu, Fiji. By W. G. WooLNOUGH, D.Sc, F.G.S., Assistant Lecturer in Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney. (Plates xi.-xv.) .. ... 431

The Mollusca of Mast Head Reef, Capricorn Group, Queensland.

Partii. By C. Hedley, F.L.S. (Plates xvi.-xxi.) 476

Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus Anthohosca [Hymenop- TERA : Family Scoliidce] with Descriptions of New Species. By Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S 514

The Geology of Newbridge, near Bathurst, N.S.W. By W. N. Benson,

Student at the University of Sydney. (Plates xxii.-xxiii.) ... 523

The Geology of the Warrumbungle Mountains. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xxiv.-xxxii.) 557

Elections and Announcements - ... 475, 554

Notes and Exhibits 475,554

CONTENTS. IX.

PART IV. (No. 128).

{Issued March 11th, 190S).

PAOK

Revision of Australian Lepidoptera, iv. By A. J. Turner, M.D.,

F.E.S 631

Note on a Glaucophane Schist from the Conandale Range, Queens- land. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology 701

Chemical Note on a recent Lava from Savaii. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc,

Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.. 706

On the Genus Petalura [Neuroptera : Odonata], with Description of a

new Species. By R. J. Tillyard, M. A., F.E.S. (Plate xxxiii.) 708

The Dragonflies of South- Western Australia. By R. J. Tillyard,

M. A., F.E.S. (Plates xxxiv.-xxxvi.) 719

On the Tertiary Limestones and Foraminiferal Tuffs of Malekula, New Hebrides. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., National Museum, Melbourne, (Communicated hy D. Mmoson). (Plates xxxvii.-xli.) 745

On a Collection of Dragonflies from Central Australia, with Des- criptions of new Species. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S. (Plate xlii.) 761

Memoir on a few Heteropterous Hemiptera from Eastern Australia.

By. G. W. KiRKALDY, F.E.S. (Plate xliii.) 768

Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc,

F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Bio-Chemistry 789

The Geographical Significance of Floods, with especial Reference to

Glacial Action. By E. C. Andrews, B. A. (Plates xliv.-xlv.) ... 795

Description d'une nouvelle Espece d'Oxylmnus (Coleoptera : Coly-

diidce\ Par A. Grouvelle. (Communicated hy A. M. Lea) ... 835

The Geology of the Nandewar Mountains. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xlvi.- lii.) 842

Elections and Announcements 627, 743, 837

Notes and Exhibits 627,744,837

Donations and Exchanges ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 915

Title Page i.

List of Contributors and Titles of Papers iii.

Contents ... ... vii.

List of Plates x.

List of New Tribal, Subfamily, Generic, and Subgeneric Names ... xii,

Corrigenda ... ... .., ... ... ... ... ... ... xii.

Index.

LIST OF PLATES.

PEOCEEDINGS, 1907.

Plate I. — Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island ( ^ripAia norfolcensis, n.sp.,

and Pachycheles lifuensis Borr.). Plates II. -V. — New South Wales Desmids. Plate VI. — Australian Foraminifera. Plate VII.— Map of the Lake George Senkungsfeld and Fault Scarp

(Cullarin Range). Plate VIII.— Stereogram of Lake George showing Fault Scarp and Drainage

Modifications. Plate IX. — View of the dry bed of Lake George, in February, 1907. Plate X. — View of Lake George, in 1881, when nearly full of water. Plate XI. — Geological Sketch Map of Viti Levu, Fiji. Plate XII. — Map of Viti Levu, Fiji. Plate XIII. — Fig.l. Mount Korobasabasaga from the east.

Fig. 2. Mount Voma at the head of the Waidina River. Plate XIV. — Fig.l. Mount Nabui on the Wainikoroiluva River.

Fig. 2. View of the Upper Waidina Valley. Plate XV. — Figs. 1-2. Sections of upraised (Tertiary) coral reef exposed in

road-cutting at Walu Bay, Suva. Plates XVI. -XXI. — Mast Head Reef Mollusca. Plate XXII. — Geological Map of Newbridge. Plate XXIII. — Newbridge Rocks and Rock-Sections. Plate XXIV, — Sketch Map of the Warrumbungle Mountains, showing

Geological Formations. Plate XXV. — Stereogram of the Warrumbungles. Plate XXVI.— Fig. 1. BuUeamble Mountains from Siding Spring Mountain.

Fig. 2. The Spire (Tonduron) from Needle Mountain. Plate XXVII. — Fig.l. The Needle and Mountains beyond it, from Needle Mountain. Fig.2. View of Siding Spring Mountain, looking north. Plate XXVIII. —Fig.l. Bugaldi Valley and Wheoh Mountain, from Siding Spring Mountain. Fig.2. The Bluff and Mt. Exmouth from Siding Spring Mountain. Plate XXIX. — Fig.l. Siding Spring Mountain, High Peak, etc., from Needle Mountain. Fig.2. A Sandstone " Mesa " near Baradine Creek. Plate XXX. — Microphotographs of Trachytes (Warrumbungle Mountains). Plate XXXI. — Microphotographs of Phonolite, Leucitophyre and Basalt Warrumbungle Mountains).

LIST OF PLATES. xi.

Plate XXXII.— Figs. 1-3. Microphotographs of Basalt (Warrumbungle Mts.). Figs. N.1-N.3. Microphotographs of Pitchstone, etc. (Nande- war Mountains). Plate XXXIII. — Petalura ingentissima, n.sp., and P. gigantea Leach [Neurop-

TERA : Odonata]. Plate XXXIV. — Map of South-West Australia showing Isohyetals. Plate XXXV. — South- West Australian Dragonflies {Synthemis Martini, n.sp.,

S. cyanitincta, n.sp., Austrogomphus occidentalism n.sp., Austro-

ceschna anacantha, n.sp., Argiolestes minimus, n.sp., Pseudagrion

carxdeum, n.sp.). Plate XXXVI. — Synthemis cyanitincta, S. Martini, Austrogomphusoccidentalis,

Austrooischna anacantha. Plate XXXVII. —Miocene Foraminiferal Limestones: Malekula, New Hebrides. Plate XXXVIII. — Foraminifera from the Older Limestones : Malekula, N.H. Plate XXXIX. — Foraminifera [Trillina and Lepidocyclina) from the Older

Limestones : Malekula, N.H. Plate XL. — Encrusting Organisms in the Post-Miocene Limestones : Male- kula, N.H. Plate XLi.— Foraminifera, etc., in Post-Miocene Limestones: Malekula, N.H. Plate XLii. — Central Australian Dragonflies [Isosticta simplex Martin,

Aust7'osticta Fieldi, n.sp., Lestes analis Ramb., Lestes aridus, n.B^. Plate XLiii. — Eastern Australian HeteropterousHemiptera [Thaumastocoris

[Thanmastothe.riiun'] australicus, gen.et sp.n., Hypsipyrgias tela-

monides, gen.et sp.nov., Cyateorrhacha cacti/era, gen.et sp.n.,

Synthlipsis chanibersi, gen.et sp.n.). Plate XLiv. — Junction of the Arthur and Cleddau Rivers, Milford Sound,

N.Z., showing Cafion-convergence. Plate XLV. — Preservation Inlet, N.Z., showing Cafion-divergence. Plate XLVi. — Geological Sketch Map of the Nandewar Mountains, and the

country between the Nandewars and New England, N.S.W. Plate XLViL — Geological Sketch Map of the Nandewar Mountains only. Plate XLViii. — Two views of Ningadhun and Yullundunida from the

Bullawa Creek Valley. Plate XLix. — Fig. 1. View of the Lindesay Group from Bullawa Creek.

Fig. 2. Scabby Rock, Pilliga Scrub. Plate L. — Microphotographs of Perlitic Pitchstone, Dolerite, Solvsbergite,

Pulaskite Porphyry, Bostonite, and Akerite (Nandewar Mountains). Plate Li. — Microphotos of Labradorite Porphyry, Arfvedsonite-^girine

Trachyte, Monzonose, Andesite, Phenocryst of Labradorite in

alkaline basalt, and Akerite (Nandewar Mountains). Plate Lii. — Handspecimens of Monchiquitic Lamprophyre and Labradorite

Porphyry (Nandewar Mountains),

Xll. LIST OF NEW TRIBAL, SUBFAMILY, GENERIC, ETC., NAMES.

LIST OF NEW TRIBAL*, SUBFAMILYf, GENERIC AND SUBGENERIC§ NAMES

Proposed in this Volume (1907).

Anaphantis (Lepidoptera) Aristaea (Lepidoptera) Austrosticta (Neuroptera) Autanepsia (Lepidoptera) Copidoris (Lepidoptera) Cos7nodiscus (Coleoptera) *Cuneipectini ... Cuneipectus (Coleoptera) Cyclotorna (Lepidoptera) Cyphosticha (Lepidoptera) Cysteorrhaca (Hemiptera) Dasybela (Lepidoptera) Derhyiella (Coleoptera) Diathryptica (Lepidoptera) Epicroesa (Lepidoptera) Epimixia ( Hemiptera) . . . Eurocrypha (Hemiptera) Homadaida (Lepidoptera) Hypsipyrgias (Hemiptera) %Lepteiront (Hymenoptera) X See Slip opposite p.

CORRIGENDA.

Page 104, line 23— for 170. Af. centropus, n.sp. read 170. M. centropis, n.sp. Page 18.3, line 14 — for St. orh. ^ verruco sum read St. orh. /3 verrucosum. Page 301, line 25 -/or 14. T. quadrilateralis read 14. T. quadrilatera. Page 402, line 24— /o?- Anipigraphocis read Anepiqraphocis. Page 742, line 4 — for Argiolestes minima read Argiolestes minimus.

Pale 77o' line 7 1 •^'^^ Geocorid^ read Myodichid^.

Page 769, line 3 I for Thaumastotherium australicum read Thaumaatocoris

Page 788, line 28 [ aiistralicus.

Page 777, line 2— for THAUMASTOTHERIINiE, sub-fam, nov. read THAU-

MASTGCGRINiE, sub-fam. nov. Page 777, line l^^or Thaumastotherium, gen. nov. read T h a u-

MASTOcoRis, gen. nov. Page 778, line 10— /or T[haumastotherium] australicum, sp.nov. read

T[haumastocoris] australicus, sp.nov. Page xiii., line 20 (left column of the Index)— /or Kennedya sp. ... 52 read

Kennedy a rubicunda .., 52.

... 90

Loxogenius (Coleoptera)

.. 369

... 52

Macarostola (Lepidoptera)

.. 62

... 764

Metaphrastis (Lepidoptera)

.. 134

... 673

Microherosiris (Coleoptera)

.. 418

... 140

Opsidines (Lepidoptera)

.. 68

... 371

Paraphyllis (Lepidoptera)

.. 140

... 358

Paratituacia (Coleoptera)

.. 423

... 358

Phalangitis (Lepidoptera)

.. 136

... 72

Piestoceros (Lepidoptera)

.. 94

... 61

Rhytidogaster ( Hymenoptera ^

229

... 785

Sympediosoma (Coleoptera)

.. 419

.. 667

Synthlipsis (Hemiptera)

.. 786

... 430

t ThaumastocorincR (Hemiptera):J:

... 139

Thaumastocoris (Hemiptera)

+

... 94

t Thanmastotheriince (Hemip-

... 779

tera) i|

.. 777

... 784

Thaumastotherium('H.emi]^ieYa)\\ 777

... 73

VuUurnia (Hemiptera)

.. 776

... 779

Xyrosaris (Lepidoptera)

.. 71

... 249

.763.

II To be treated as synonyms.

/^

M

:F»ROOEE3DIlsrGI-S

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OP

:^TE"X^ SOXTTH X'vT-.i^.IjES.

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 27th, 1907.

The Thirty-second Annual General Meeting, and the Ordinary Monthly Meeting, were held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, March 27th, 1907.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Mr. T. Steel, F.C.S., F.L.S., President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the preceding Annual General Meetim (March 28th, 1906) were read and confirmed. The President delivered the Annual Address.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

The remembrance of the Society's well-sustained activities during the past year, and a hopeful outlook for the future may very well encourage us to celebrate the thirty-second anniversary in no despondent frame of mind, notwithstanding the fact that very important and unlooked for changes, affecting the personnel of the Society in almost every grade, have transpired since the last annual ^atllerinc^ The removal of Dr. J. P. Hill to London, to take up the work of Professor of Zoology at University College,

Z PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

following close upon that of Mr. Waite to New Zealand, has depiived us of an active worker of the stamp that we much prefer to welcome rather than to lose. Mr. P. R. Pedley, OJie of the oldest Members of the Council, has found it necessary to withdraw; and in starting upon his visit to Europe on a well- earned holiday Mr. Pedley will take with him our best wishes for an enjoyable and invigorating trip, and a safe return in due course.

Since the last Annual Meeting w^e have had to deplore the deaths of Dr. Sylvan us P. Langley, an Honorary Member, Mr. William Mitten, a Corresponding Member, the Hon. William R. Campbell, M.L.C.,and Mr. Alexander Grant, Ordinary Members, and Mr. Frank E. Grant, F.L.8., and the Hon. Dr. James Norton, Members of the Council.

As philosophers we with fortitude recognise the inevitable vicissitudes — accessions and departures — which enable the guild or corporation not only to develop, but to remain intact and immortal. Still, as " units of humanity," we cannot but feel a deep sense of personal regret at the loss of our comrades and the severance of old associations.

Dr. Samuel Pierpont Langley, the distinguished Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and ex officio keeper of the United States National Museum, Washington, died on February 27th, 1906. His conspicuous success as an administrator and his zealous efibrts to develop the usefulness of these great Institutions with their various ramifications, and to uphold their prestige, have amply justified his selection to carry on the work inaugurated by Professor Joseph Henry, and worthily continued by Dr. Spencer Fullerton Baird. Dr. Langley had established his reputation also as an accomplished astronomer and physicist especially interested in the problems of aeronautics. His decease has lemoved an influential and worthy disciple of science and source of inspiration not only to his own countrymen but to the wider brotherhood of science. Professor Langley was elected an Honorary Member of this Society in August, 1891, in succession to his predecessor Professor Spencer Eaird, in token of the

3

Society's appreciation of the inestimable services rendered by the Bureau of International Exchanges of the Smithsonian Institu- tion, which so liberally interprets the term "diffusion of know- ledge" as to recognise therein the necessary but prosaic labour of distributing the publications of Scientific Institutions, which is done entirely free of charge.

Mr. William Mitten, the accomplished English bryologist, and fatlier-in-law of Dr. Alfred Russell Wallace, who passed away in his eighty-seventh year, at Hurstpierpoint, Sussex, on July 20th, 1906, was elected a Corresponding Member of the Society in March, 1882. His professional work, that of a pharmaceutical chemist, gave him little opportunity for travel, even as far as London; but this led him all the more assiduously in his leisure time to cultivate at home an early acquired taste for botany, until, botanicall}'- speaking, he must have come to know by heart the neiglibourhood in which he was born, lived out his simple but fruitful life, and in which he ended his peaceful days. Through the influence of his friend and neighbour, William Borrer, and also of Sir William Hooker, he was led eventually to specialise in the study of mosses, hepatics and lichens; until, in this branch of botan}^ he became one of the leading British authorities. His published papers are very numerous; and one of them, entitled " Musci Austro-Americani," by itself takes up the entire twelfth volume of the botanical portion of the Journal of the Linnean Society of London (1869). His more important papers on Aus- tralian non-vascular cryptogams are "A List of the Musci and Hepaticae collected in Victoria, Australia, by Dr. F. Mueller (in Hooker's Journ. Bot. viii. 1856, pp.257-266); "Descriptions of some new species of Musci from New Zealand . . . together with an enumeration of the Species collected in Tasmania by William Archer, Esq.," &c. (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. iv. 1860, pp. 64-100); also the " Hepaticae," and in conjunction with the Rev. C. Babbington, the " Lichenes " of Hooker's " Flora Tas- manise" (I860). In addition to these, his contributions to know- ledge include studies on some or other of these groups from New Zealand, Fiji, and Samoa ; as well as from Japan, and Mt.

4 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

Kinibalu in Borneo. To Mr. Botting Hemsley's " Report on the Botany of the Challenger Expedition," Mr. Mitten also contributed the portion dt'aling with the hepatics and mosses.

Mr. Mitten has thus furnished us with a brilliant and inspiring example of the useful and necessary amateur at his best, and of the extraordinary amount of good work that can be successfully accomplished during the frequently interrupted leisure of a long lifetime by the patience and concentration of an enthusiast. I may conclude my remarks upon this estimable man by a brief quotation from a biographical sketch, contributed to the "Journal of Botany" (for October, 1906) by Mr. Botting Hemsley, who says of Mr. Mitten — "He had correspondents in all parts of the world, from whom he received many things besides mosses, including seeds for his garden, of which he was very fond. I remember how keenly he examined his mosses and liverworts for chance seeds of other plants, and how much pleasure he derived from observing their germination and growth. In this way he raised several things from remote islands visited by the ' Chal- lenger' Expedition."

The Hon. William Robert Campbell, M.L.C., a member of an old Sydney family, who died on July 30, 1906, aged 68, joined the Society in October, 1878. At this time he was the owner of Trigamon Station, near Warialda; and becoming interested in the occurrence of fishes in a dam unconnected with any water- course, and which had been dry a few months previously, he forwarded specimens to Sir William Macleay, who determined them to be referable to a species of Therapon (T. uuicolor Gthr.), and published a short account of them in the Society s Proceedings (Vol. iii. p. 15). Upon rrlinquishing the life of a squatter, and taking up his residence in Sydney, Mr. Campbell developed a lasting interest in matters relating to fish and fisheries. For some years, and until its abolition, he was a member of the old Board of Fisheries ; and a few months before his death he was elected to the existing Board, in succession to the late Hon. John Want, M.L.C. Mr. Campbell was elected to the Legislative Assembly, as Member for West Sydney, in 1868. From Novem-

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 5

ber, 1880, until liis resignation in May, 1886, he was the repre- sentative of the electorate of Owydir. In Apiil, 1890, he was appointed to a seat in the Upper House. Asa public man, and as a public-spirited citizen, Mr. Campbell enjoyed the respect and esteem of those who knew him or were associated with him in public life. Sir William Macleaj^ and Mr. Campbell married sisters, two of the daughters of the late >ir Edward Deas Thomson, C. B., K.C.M.G. Mr. Campbell's death has thus deprived the Society of a member more nearly related to Sir William Macleay, than by the tie of personal friendship.

Mr. Alexander Grant was born at Cullen, Banffshire, Scotland, in 1844. He served his apprenticeship as a horticulturist in the celebrated gardens of the Earl of Seatield, Cullen House, being afterwards engaged as gardener in the Koyal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, during the curatorship of Mr. McNab. His skill as a microscopist at this time led to his employment in the prepara- tion of botanical microscopical material for the University students who attended the gardens for special stud}'. After his arrival in Sydney, in 1878, he was employed for several years as a private gardener, and in 1882 joined the staff of the Sydney Botanic Gardens. Mr. Grant made a special study of fungi and was honorary custodian of the plants of this group in the National Herbarium. He was a Vice-President of the Horticultural Asso- ciation of New South Wales since its foundation. Mr. Grant died on Christmas Day, 1906.

The comparative absence in Australia of a wealthy leisured class gives fewer unpaid workers to science in proportion to pro- fessionals than is the ratio in Europe. Those we have are busy men who, after their day's work is done, devote spare hours or lu)lida3^s to study. One such, a brilliant amateur, was lost to our little band of workers when Frederick Ernest Grant succumbed, after a brief illness, on 31st January last. Mr. Grant was born 23rd March, 1866, at Farlesthorpe, Lincolnshire. In 1883 he accompanied an elder brother, engaged in pastoral pursuits, to New Zealand, and five years later entered the service of the Union Bank. His love for natural science was strong from boyhood. During

his residence in Auckland he collected actively, and possessed a good knowledge of the local fauna. Transference to the Melbourne office opened for him a wider intellectual horizon, which he much appreciated. He attended the science courses at the Technical College and became an active member of the various scientific societies. At the excursions of the Field Naturalists his was a, prominent and popular figure. In the Royal Society he rose to be a member of council. His artistic abilities were at the dis- posal of his friends, and he illustrated various papers by Messrs. Prif chard and Gatliff. Conchology and geology were at first his favourite subjects, but wdien Mr. T. S. Hall pointed out to him that these sciences had their devotees, while the Crustacea lacked a local student, he turned his energies to carcinology and worked steadily at it for the rest of his life. In 1902 he enjoyed extended official leave and re-visited England. The British carcinologists, who recognised the merit of his work and its future promise, gave him cordial greeting. He studied the Australasian Crus- tacea at the British Museum and made voluminous notes thereon. In 1902 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Societ}'" of London. Shortly after his return to Australia the Bank transferred him to Sydney. At once he took an active share in our scientific life, was elected member September 30th, 1 903, and on the death of Mr. Trebeck succeeded to the vacant seat on the Council. In 1904 he helped to organise an expedition to examine t' e fanna of the Great Barrier Reef, and with the assistance of Mr. A. R. McCulloch presented to the Society a report on the Crustacea of Mast Head Island. At the time of his death he was busy with a second collection from the Barrier. He accompanied two deep- sea dredging expeditions. His report on the first is incorporated in our Proceedings ; that on the second he did not live to finish. An article on the Crustacea of Norfolk Island had just been com- pleted before his decease and will be presented to the Society at an early date. He leaves a widow and three children.

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., was born in Sydney, on December 5th, 1824. His father was an English solicitor, who came to Sydne}^ in 1818 to practise his profession. At this

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 7

time the legal fraternity in Australia comprised two English solicitors who received a retaining fee from the English Govern- ment as an inducement to take up the practice of law at the Anti- podes. James Norton, jun., was articled to his father in 1843, was admitted as a solicitor in 1848 nnd subsequently taken into partnership. On his father's death in 1862, he succeeded to the business; and, with his partners, he ever afterwards worthily upheld the good name of the important practice so successfully initiated by his father. In 1879 he was called to the Upper House, and in 1884 he became Postmaster-General in the Stuart Government. Outside the field of politics, Dr. Norton patrioti- cally served the State in several capacities — as a trustee of the Australian Museum from 1874: as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Free Public Library from 1878, and of which he was chairman at the time of his decease; and as a trustee of Hyde, Phillip and Cook Parks for many years, as well as in other ways. In his early days he seems to have developed a taste for natural history, which provided him with a never-failing hobby for the rest of his life. Some thirty years ago, when the publication of the "Flora Australiensis " made it possible for Australian students to take up the study of indigenous plants with satisfaction and profit, Dr. Norton was one of a small band which included Professor Stephens, Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, Mr. Edwin Daintree and a few others whose names are not now ascertainable, who met together informally from time to time, to study and compare their collections, and to exchange experiences, with a view to mutual help and encouragement. He was an ardent horticulturist, and took great pride in the beautiful trees and shrubs, especially those of indigenous species, which he cultivated in his fine old garden, and many of which he had himself planted. The spring flowering of his magniticent collection of Cape bulbs furnished an annual occasion for assembling and extending a hearty welcome to his many friends. The natural history of his country home at Springwood was a perennial source of delight and refreshment. He spared and safeguarded the welfare of all the most attractive native plants on his estate,

8 PltKSIDENT S ADDRESS.

and completed the task of cornpiliii<( a census of its flora. His observations on the birds were partially embodied in a paper entitled "Australian Birds: Useful and Noxious," read at the " Conference of Fruit-growers and Vine-growers " held in Sydney in June, 1890, and published in the Report thereof (p. 245). This interesting article concludes with some emphatic remarks upon the unrestricted and inconsiderate acclimatisation of undesirable alien species of plants and animals — a subject upon which, as a community, even to this day, we are so slow to learn wisdom. At the monthly meeting in July, in formally announc- ing his decease, I referred to Dr. Norton's long arid honourable connection with the Society, of which he was the oldest surviving original member; to the Society's indebtedness to him for valuable services rendered in various official capacities; and to his unwavering support to and interest in the Society nnd its welfare. Dr. Norton was an observer rather than a writer; but the needs of a Society like this are so varied that the co-operation of members with similar qualifications, and with such ripe experience and general knowledge, is a most important source of strength.

The three extraordinary vacancies in the Council, due to the removal of Mr. Waite and Dr. Hill from the State, and the decease of Dr. Norton, were filled by the Council's election of Messrs. A. G. Hamilton, R. H. Cambage and Professor J. T. Wilson, in the manner prescribed by the Act of Incorporation, as announced in due course to the Members. In accordance with the provisions of Rule xvi., these gentlemen are included among the six retiring Members of Council for the year. More recently the retirement of Mr. Pedley, and the decease of Mr, Grant ha^ e caused two additional vacancies which remain to be filled on the present occasion, as Members have already been notified by circular.

Six (nominally seven) Ordinary Members, and one Associate Member were elected during the year, so that our numbers remain practically stationary. The thirty-seven papers read before the Society have been published, Part 4 of the Proceedings for 1903, containing the last instalment of them, being now ready

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 9

for distribution. They presented a wide range of subjects for consideration, and in some cases called for ampler opportunities for discussion than the time available at the Meetings allowed, or until those interested had had the opportunity of seeing the papers in print. As soon as provision can be made for it, a special opportunity for discussing the topics treated of in the papers by Messrs. AnJrews, Halligan, Taylor, and Dr. Woolnough will be afforded; and an announcement upon the subject may be looked for at the next Meeting.

The additions to the library for the year amounted to a total of 1,471 (inclu'ling 127 Vols), received l)y gift or exchange from 203 Societies, &c., and 16 individuals.

Notwithstanding the fact that the time for repainting and renovating the exterior of the Society's premises arrived during the year and was duly provided for, I am glad to be able to say that the Hon. Tieasurer will be able to announce presently that we began the current year with a credit balance from last Session.

During the year that has passed, the Macleay Bacteriologist has been engaged upon researches connected with that important bacterium, the nodule-former of the Leynmhiosce. Although the presence of slime in the cells of the nodules and the occurrence of the same in artificial culture under certain conditions, have been known for some time, the real significance of the slime has not hitherto been demonstrated. His first research showed that the slime formed by the microbe contained as its essential constituent, a gum which appeared to approximate in some respect to the carbohydrate of certain nucleoproteids, and on this account the slime in the nodule probably serves to build up the nucleoproteids of the leguminous plant. Using the formation of slime as an index of the activit}-- of the bacterium, it was shown that the bacteria from the nodules of various leguminous plants differed from one another physiologically. But from the fact that three European races of the micro organism, which had been induced to reassurae their slime-forming property in the laboratory, were physiologically identical, it is evident that the physiological function is mutable, and that the bacterium may adapt itself 2

10 president's address.

sooner or later to the conditions that occur within the root-hair and the nodule. There are great differences in the facility with which various races can produce slime under laboratory conditions. As some races do not form it at all, there is reason to believe thut the failure of trade cultures of " Nitragin " has in the past been in part at least due to the fact that the import- ance of the slime-forming function has not been recognised. As they come from the nodules of various plants of the same species, the bacteria may be similar, just as they may be similar when taken from nodules of the same plant. But that such is not always the case, was shown by three distinct races having been obtained from a single nodule. The hypothesis has been advanced that the plant utilises the intracellular albuminoids of the bacterium for its nutrition. Dr. Greig-Smith has shown that this is not probable, for although the great majority of the bacteria and bacteroids are dead during the active growth of the plant, they still stain deeply, and therefore cannot be in process of solution. As the slime is nitrogenous, there can be no doubt that the hypothesis advanced by Maze is correct, and that the slime is the means by which the nitrogen is conveyed from the bacterium to the plant. The inner structure of the betcterium has given rise to much speculation, and latterly its sporangium natuie has been advanced. Maze was the first to illustrate it as consisting of coccobacteria within a branching capsule. The Macleay Bacteriologist has shown that it consists of cocci within a branching capsule, and is therefore allied to Leuconostoc and Streptococcus. It has been shown that the most suitable medium for growing the slime is one which approximates in its nitrogen and^salt content to soil-water, so that, while the bacterium is vegetating in the soil, the alkalinity and nutrients will sustain the slime-forming function. The carbohydrates of the root-hair are the chemotactic substances which induce the bacterium to enter the plant. A second research showed that the bacterium was capable of fixing atmospheric nitrogen upon synthetic media under certain conditions. These also induced the formation of slime. Races of the microbe which, while multiplying freely,

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 11

<;ou\d not form slime from particular nutrients, were incapable of fixing nitrogen, but when the}' did form slime from other nutrients a fixation also occurred. The presence of another bacterium, itself incapable of forming slime or of fixing nitrogen, increased the slime formation and the fixation of nitrogen. Finally, the fixation of nitrogen was proportional to the forma- tion of slime. A number of lower forms of plant life are known to be capable of enriching the soil by fixing atmospheric nitrogen, and among them, AzofA)bacter chroococcuni is possibly the most vigorous. The Macleay Bacteriologist has confirmed the researches of Beijeriiick upon this microorganism, and has also drawn attention to the fact that the nodule-former of Leguminosfe is quite as capable as Azotobactei- of tixing nitrogen while it is vegetating in the soil.

Three pupils availed themselves of the facilities afforded by the Society's laboratory, and received instruction in certain branches of bacteriology. Dr. Greig-Smith is at present in Europe, on leave, familiarising himself with the recent advances in bacterio- logical science.

During the past twelve months Mr. H. I. Jensen, Macleay Fellow in Geology, has been continuing his work on the alkaline rocks of Eastern Australia. Early last year he completed the petrological investigation of the specimens collected in the War- rumbungle Mountains during the preceding year. He also visited Queensland to make some final observations in the field prior to the publication of his paper on the Geology of the Volcanic Area of the Eist Moreton and Wide Ba}'^ Districts, Queensland. On this expedition he discovered another area of glaucophane schists to the north of the Conandale Range and west of the Blackall Range in the Mary River valley. In May last year he was granted leave of absence to visit Samoa to study the geological featur-'S of the eruption in progress on the island of Savaii. After writing up his paper on Samoa and investigating the rocks collected in the islands, he resumed his work on the Australian alkaline rocks. Mr. Jensen commenced field woik in the Nande- war Mountains, starting out from Narrabri; having examined the geology of this district and made a large collection of speci-

12 president's address.

mens, he drove across to Coonabarabran and finished his field work and collecting in the Warrumbungles, commenced in the previous year. From the Warrumbungle Mountains he proceeded to Dubbo to examine the alkaline rocks lately discovered there by Mr. Myrton, Geological Surveyor of New South Wales. He returned in the end of November after an absence of nearly three months. Since his return Mr. Jensen has been occupied with the petrological examination of the rocks collected, and is at present making chemical analyses of some of the most interesting types. Amongst the rocks collected were alkaline sj^enites, alka- line (arfvedsonite) trachytes, tegirine-nepheline phonolites and other alkaline rocks from the Nandewais; and nosean, pseudo- leucite, nepheline phonolites, alkaline trachytes and pantellarites, socialite and melilite basalts, &c., from the Warrumbungles. There is also a remarkable porphyritic sill rock from the Nande- wars which may perhaj^s form a new rock-iype. Mr. Jensen expects to have a paper ready by June or July, embracing all his work in the field and laboratory on the Geology of the Nan- dew^ars and Warrumbungle Mountains. I may add that the Council has reappointed Mr. Jensen to a Fellowship.

In response to the Council's offer of two vacant Linnean Macleaj'^ Fellowships tw^o applications were received, one of which met with the approval of the Council. I have now much pleasure in availing myself of the first opportunity of formally announcing to the Society the name of the second Linnean Maclea}^ Fellow, Mr. James M. Petrie, D.Sc. The particular branch of work which Dr. Petrie will follow is Biochemistry. Dr. Petrie's training has been such as to especially fit him for this line of research. Commencing at the Heriot-Watt Science College, Edinburgh, Dr. Petrie continued his studies at the University of Sydney where he completed a distinguished science course at the end of 1905, Among distinctions gained were first class honours and medal in chemistry at the B.Sc. examination of 1904; Caird Research Scholar in Chemistry (1904); and first class honours and medal in Organic Chemistry at the D.Sc. examination of 1905. Dr. Petrie is highly recommended by his instructors, and has had

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 13

valuable experience both as a teacher and as an investigator. His published papers comprise a thesis for the D.8c. degree, "The Mineral Oil from the Torbanite of New South Wales," published separately (Sydney, 1906) and also in a somewhat abridged form in the Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, (Vol. xxiv., 1905), and "The Stinging Property of the Giant Nettle-Tree" {Laportea gigas Wedd.) in the Society's Proceedings for 1906. Dr. Petrie is now engaged upon important investiga- tions upon the composition of Piturie, and upon the occurrence of strychnine in the native Strychnos tree of New South Wales; and at our last monthly meeting he was able to show a sample and to make a preliminar}'- announcement concerning his isolation of a new midriatic alkaloid from the leaves of Solawlra Icevis Hook., a tropical American solanaceous plant cultivated in gardens. There is a very large and important field of work open for investigation in Australia, in the branch chosen by Dr. Petrie; and we look forward with the greatest interest to the results of his investigations. It is not expected that the volume of work should be great, for if it is to be useful it must be thorough, and thorough work in biochemistry can only be carried on at the expenditure of much time and labour.

The 23rd May ensuing will be the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnseus, the great Swedish naturalist. The University of Upsala has taken steps to commemorate this interesting event in a manner worthy of the occasion; and has honoured the Society by inviting it to send an official representa- tive to participate in the rejoicings. Our geographical remoteness and the shortness of the interval may possibly prevent the acceptance of the letter of the invitation. But the Council has accepted its spirit by deciding to hold a Special Meeting, in honour of the occasion, on 2.3rd May, so that, as Members of a Society bearing the name of the illustrious Swede, we may have an opportunity of refreshing our memories upon such points as the salient features of his life, his teaching, and his influence; as well as upon the significance of our name, and the nature of the bond which unites us in a Society bearing that name. Fuller particulars will be announced at the next Meeting.

14 president's address.

During the past year there has been more than usual literary activity in scientific circles in Sydne}'. ^ieveral members of the Society, as is well known, have been engaged in the task of bringing out books on special scientific subjects. The first work to make its appearance is that of Mr. T>. G. Stead on " The Fishes of Australia," and after a careful examination of the book I can speak in the highest terms of its usefulness and value, and I congratulate him on the success which has attended its publi- cation. I understand that Mr. Stead has been commis.sioned to l)ring our a report on the edible oysters of New South Wales, whicli will deal witli the economic as well as the scientific aspect of the subject. Other members who have works in the press ai-e Messrs. Lucas, Froggatt, Rainbow and Waterhouse, and as each is dealing with a subject in which he has special experience, we may look forward to some very valuable additions to Australian scientific literature. Among oflicial publications issued duiing the year, were the continuation of Mr. Maiden's " Forest Flora," and Mr, North's "Catalogue of Eggs and Nests of Birds breeding in Australia and Tasmania."

The recognition of the value to the community of scientific guidance has, in many instances, in the past been so scanty that it is a pleasure to note a step in tlie right direction lately taken by the Government, in the appointment of committees of advice to assist the Public Service Board in res[)ect to scientific and professional appointments in the Public Service, and in connection with the State Museums to discuss all matters affecting the scope and control of these institutions. Considering the objects in view, a wise selection has been made of the members constituting the committees, and there can be no doubt that their influence will be most beneficial.

It is with pleasure and satisfaction that, in the name of the Society, I take the first opportunit}' of ofiicially welcoming back Professor David on his return from attending the great Geological Congress at Mexico and the meeting of the British Association in England, at both of which functions he very worthily upheld the scientific reputation of Australia.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 15

Last year I alluded to the biological exploration of the Blue Lake, Mount Koscuisko, by Professor David and colleagues; and as it has since happened the examination then made was most opportune. A few months after Prof. David's visit, the Council of this Society learned that the Fisheries Department contem- plated taking steps to stock the Blue Lake, amongst other inland waters, with introduced trout. The importance of a minute biological survey of undisturbed inland lakes is now thoroughly recognised, as witness the elaborate work being carried out on such in Britain, America and elsewhere, and the Council accordingly^ approached the Fisheries Board with a view to having the Blue Lake left undisturbed. The Board courteously replied that for the present the proposed introduction of trout would not be carried out. The Fisheries Board will, I am sure, support the efforts of this Society to retain intact some at least of the smaller patches of undisturbed watei-, for the benefit of science.

Jn last year's Address mention was made of a grant from the Royal Society of London to Professor Haswell for deep-sea dredging. The first expedition, which was made in June last, met with somewhat disappointing results owing to stormy weather. A second and very successful excursion was carried out in Octo- ber, the spot dredged being about 35 miles east of Sydney, on the 152nd meridian, in 800 fathoms depth. B}^ the use of the bucket dredge and a small trawl modelled on that recommended by the Prince of Monaco, a varied assortment of most interesting forms was obtained. The organisms secured by tow-netting at the first excursion have in part been already described in the Records of the Australian Museum. Descriptions of the animals procured on thespcond trip, by various authors, are well advanced and will be published shortly. 1 am pleased to say that the Royal Society of London and the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science have provided funds for further carrying- on of dredging operations, and Admiral Field hns placed a well- equipped sounding machine at the disposal of Professor Haswell.

16 president's address.

Some Questions in Tehrestrial Physics.

Ill the course of my address last year I dealt with some features of oceanic physics and incidentally with a number of phenomena having an important bearing on the study of certain great geolo- gical problems. The facts and speculations which I then placed before you were received with so much favour by members and friends that I have decided on this occasion to discuss a few interesting questions in terrestrial physics which have lately been occupying a prominent position in scientific thought.

Radium and the Earth's Internal Heat. — The very unex- pected properties possessed by radium have elevated it to a position of prominence quite out of proportion to the relative extent of its occurrence in the earth's crust. Radium is probably the rarest — as regards quantity obtainable — of any substance so far isolated, and yet, so unique are its characteristics and so far- reaching are the possibilities attaching to its presence, that, though its very existence has onl}^ been known for a few years, it is now the subject of more experimental stud}' than any other body. Briefly, the reason why so much interest centres round this substance is that it is considered to be in a state of disin- tegration, a condition accompanied by a hitherto quite unsuspected display of energy, manifesting itself in most i-emarkable ways. The study of the properties of radium has disclosed the existence of an enormous store of energy locked up in the constitution of matter, and it is the phenomena accompanying the liberation of this energy during the breaking up or disintegration of radium that render the subject one of such great interest and importance. The conclusion arrived at from careful observations on the rate of decay of radium is that a given unit of this substance has a life which may be stated as roughly about 2000 years. In other words, an ounce or a pound or a ton of radium Avould, in the course of some such period, no longer possess the peculiar properties of the original substance, and would have lost materially in weight.

Radium is generally supposed to be itself a product of the slow breaking up of uranium and certain other elements. Uranium

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 17

conipounds spontaneously, and at a definite rate, yield radium, which in turn breaks up, giving rise ultimately as its chief pro- duct to the gas helium. 'J his latter substance was first detected speotroscopically in the sun, but is now known to exist in small amount in our atmosphere, in the water and gas emitted l)y springs, and in a number of minerals.

Opinions as to the precise nature of the phenomenon involved in the disintegration of radium are at the present time somewhat divided. The most generally held view is that we have here to do with a true case of atomic disintegration, the actual breaking up of a cliemical element through the disintegration of its atoms, the integrity of which has hitherto been an axiom of chemistry. This is the opinion expressed by such capable observers as the Hon K.J. Strutt, Mr. Soddy and others, and, with some reserve, by Prof. Rutherford. On the other hand, it is considered by the veteran Lord Kelvin and by Prof. Armstrong that it may quite well be that the emanations from uranium, and in turn from radium, pre-exist as such, and are simpl}'^ continually escaping from combination, that, in fact, radium ma}^ be merely a com- pound body liberated from uranium and in turn breaking u\> explosively. The contention of the latter authorities is that the atomic disintegration theory is not proved and that speculation has gone ahead of observation. This question, however, does not particularly concern the aspect of the subject with which I desire to deal on this occasion, so that its further discussion will not be necessary here.

I have already mentioned that the phenomenon wliich we have been considering is accompanied by the liberation of a relatively enormous amount of energy, the bulk of which makes itself manifest as heat. Assuming that uranium (or other radium- producing substance) is distributed in sufficient quantit3^through the earth's crust and that the disintegration phenomena with accompanying liberation of heat go on beneath, as thf'y do at the surface, the production of this heat will have a most important bearing on internal terrestrial temperature, on \olcanic activity, and, incidentally^, on the great question of geological time.

18 president's address.

Without going much into detail, it will suffice to state that difterent observers have determined with some degree of accuracy the proportion of ra(iium contained in various representative rocks and minerals. The Hon. R. J. Strutt in particular has devoted much attention to this investigation and has found that the proportion varies greatly in different rocks. Acidic rocks such as granite are on the whole richest in radium, while basic ones such as basalt contain least. Mineials rich in uranium and certain other rare elements contain relatively large amounts of radium, the latter bearing in all cases a definite relationship to the uranium present; but these minerals are sparsely distributed and exist in insufficient quantities to materiall}^ attect the average composition of the earth's crust as regards radium content. Full details of Mr. Strutt's work on this subject were brought before the Hoj^al Societ}' of London in April, 190G.* The following figures express the proportion of radium existing in a few of the representative rucks examined by Mr. Strutt: —

Rock.

Density.

Eadium per gram

Radium per c

in grams.

m grams.

Granite

2-63

9-56 X 10-^2

25-2x10-'^'

5 J • • • • • •

2-62

9 35

24-5

2-65

6-63

17-6

2-64

2-45

6-47 „

Dolerite

2-95

1-24

3-65 „

Basalt

2-75

1-26

3-46 „

.,

2-80

103

2-89 ,,

"

3 01

0-613 ,,

1-84 „

It is not easy to realise from figures such as the above how minute are the quantities of radium involved; perhaps this may be better done if we consider the largest of these amounts in another way. 9 56 x 10"^' gram radium per gram rock is equi- valent to 9-56 parts in one billion, or about 1 grain in 6000 tons. It is one of the most remarkable features of modern physical methods that it should be possible to estimate such excessively

* See Chemical News xciii., 235 & 247, 25 May and 1 June, 1906.

president's ADDRKSS. 19

minute amounts with precision and certaint}', amounts not only infinitely heyond the range of chemical detection, but also quite outside the powers of the spectroscope unless the material is first specially concentrated. In a paper on " The Evolution of the Elements, ' read before the British Association at its last meeting, Mr. F. 8oddy remarked : — '''J'he smallest quantity of any element that can be detected Ijy the spectroscope contains 10'" indi\idual atoms, whereas the disintegi'ation of a single atom accompanied with the expulsion of one a particle is not greatly, if at all, below the limit of detection by present methods."*

The radio-activity method is thus in this case something of the order of 10,000,000,000 times more sensitive than the spectro- scopic. The former method depends on the intense ionising power of tlie emanation, whereby air submitted to its action is brought into a state of partial disintegration known as ionisation, in which condition it becomes an active conductor cf electricity. The em- anation from a known quantit}^ of radium is collected in air during a fixed period, and the conducting power of the air is then deter- mined by suitable means. The same method applied to any specimen under examination gives the relative value from which its radium content can be readil}' calculated.

Mr. Strutt considers that 5 x 10"^- gram radium per c.c. rock may be taken as a reasonable average for the rocks constituting the earth's crust. Taking the mean density of the rock at 2-7, this would be equal to 1*85 x 10'^- gram radium per gram rock.

Assuming the internal heat of the earth to be entirely derived from the disintegration of radium uniformly distributed through- out its mass, and taking Lord Kelvin's data for the thermal conductivity of the rocks in sit a, Mr. Strutt calculates that the amount of radium necessary to account for the observed lieat gradient near the surface is about 0175 x 10"^^ gram per c.c, an amount greatly less than the smallest proportion found in any igneous rock examined. From this and other data he concludes that radium does not exist in the earth's centre, but is confined

* Chemical News xciv., 86, 24 Aug. 1906.

20

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

to a crust not exceeding 45 miles in thickness and that the temperature from that point to the earth's centre is not greater than about 1500°C.(273^:°F.).

Mr. 0. Fisher has examined the subject more in detail.* Taking the two most commonly accepted values for the temper- ature gradient of the earth's crust at the surface, that of Prestwich, which is 1°F. for each 42-2 feet of descent, and the more modern one of 60 feet for a similar rise of temperature,! he shows that the amount of radium required is a diminishing quantity down- wards, which is expressed in the following table : —

Gradient VF

in 42-2 ft.

Gradient V F. in 60 ft.

Thickness of

crust.

Kadium content

Temp.

do.

Radium content

Temp.

do.

Miles.

gram per c.c.

°C.

^F.

gram per c.c.

°C.

op

15

15-39 X 10-^2

519

966

10-27x10-^^

363

685

20

11-55

692

1278

8-08

484

903

25

913 ,,

865

15S9

6-39

606

1123

.30

7-70

1038

1900

5-09

7-27

1341

35

6-60

1211

2212

4-62

848

1558

40

5-77

13^^

2523

3-84

969

1776

45

513

1557

2834

3-59

1090

1994

The figures for °F. given by Mr. Fisher are in some cases not in agreement with the °C.; these 1 have corrected in above table.

Mr. Fisiier points out that Professor Bartoli ascertained the temperature of lava flowing from Mount Etna to be lOBCC. (1940°F.), corresponding to a depth of from 30 to 40 miles, according to which of the above temperature gradients is adopted. The 45 miles thickness of crust adopted by Mr. Strutt agrees very well with that arrived at by Professor Milne from a study of the propagation of earthquake waves.

The values for radium content in Mr. Fisher's table come well within the scope of the actual amounts ascertained by Mr. Strutt to exist in accessible rocks.

* Nature. Ixxiv., 11 Oct. 1906, p. 585. t In my address, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1905, p.618,T took the mean of these, viz., 51 ft. Prof. Gregory, Chem. News xciv., Sept. 21, 1906, p. 143, adopts 55 feet.

president's address. 21

Lord Kelvin does not acquiesce in the above theory of earth- heat; he considers it highly probable that the conditions of pressure and environment at a short distance from the earth's surface are sufficient to effectually prevent the disintegration of radium and hence the evolution of heat.^

The heat evolution from 1 gram of radium amounts to 06785 British thermal units per hour, or 5944 in a year, which is equivalent to the evaporation of 175 lbs. of water per annum by 1 oz. of radium. The mechanical equivalent of the latter maybe expressed as being equal to the raising of 577 tons 100 feet above the earth's surface. It is startling to think that this enormous thermal energy is evolved in the time stated with the loss of but a minute fraction of the weight of the radium involved. Pro- fessor Rutherford estimates the energy equivalent of radium as at least a million times that of any other known molecular combination.!

As the most moderate estimate of the quantity of radium in the rocks constituting the earth's crust is amply sufficient to account for the observed heat gradient near the surface, if what I might call the extreme radium theor}?- be accepted as accounting for the present thermal condition of the earth, it becomes neces- sary to abandon the idea of there being any serious quantity of the original gravitational heat remaining. It is the essence of the extreme radium hypothesis that a condition of thermal equilibrium has been attained, that the earth is neither getting hotter nor cooler and will remain in its present condition so long as the production of radium continues at an adequate rate. That there must be a time limit is obvious, for the supply of uranium or other radium-yielding material cannot be inexhaustible, but con- sidering the enormous energy equivalent of radium, we see that exceedingly small proportions are adequate to yield the required heat for a very long period. The possible extension of time is enormously increased if a recent suggestion of Prof. J. Joly be

* Chem. News, xciv., 21 Sept. 1906, p. 145. t Rutherford, "Eadio-Activity," 2nd ed., p. 482.

22 president's address.

accepted that the eartli may be continuously deriving its supplies of radium from solar emanations.* It is known that the tangential speed of projection of the matter constituting the solar emanations is sufficiently great to carry it out of control of the sun's gravity and into the sphere of influence of the earth. Prof. Joly thinks that this might account for tlie apparent limitation of radium to the crustal skin of the earth. That other bodies yield analogous disintegration products, accompanied by the evohition of energy, is well ascertained, but in no known case is this activity at all comparable with that of the uranium-radium product. Still, however, it is quite in keeping with modern views that all matter is in a more or less rapid condition of disintegra- tion, and we cannot say how much of the heat of the earth's interior may be due to the aggregate effect of disintegration and transformation in the mass of matter of which it is composed. I mentioned Sir William Crookes' views on this phase of the subject in my address last year.f Possibly the earth's supply of radium- producing elements ma}' be fairly evenly distributed throughout its mass, and disintegration, while not altogether prevented, ma}' be greatly curtailed by environment and pressure. Were this so we might expect a considerably augmented radium production when materials from beneath reach the surface through the agency of volcanic action. This would account for the surface material displaying so much greater radium activity than can possibly be the case throughout the interior of the earth. At the same time such a conception of the place of radium in the scheme of world physics permits of the possible, and, for my part I think, highly probable, retention by the earth of a portion of its original gravitational heat. We should then have a cooling globe masked by a heat-generating crust, the effect of which would be to indefinitely delay the secular cooling of the heated centre.

Assuming the heat of the earth's central mass to be due to the original store of gravitational heat. Lord Kelvin has shown that

* Nature, Ixxv., 1907, p.294. t Pi-oc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1905, p. 61 7.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 23

in order to account for the existing heat gradient near the surface an internal temperature of about 7000° F. is required.* This is much higher tlian the tetuperatures calculated by Messrs. Stiutt and Fisher as being adequate if the central heat is derived from radium contained in the crust. In the one case we have a hot centre cooling outwards, in the other a warm crust also radiatin<y heat outwards, but maintaining its thermal equilibrium by the pi'oduction of heat from radium. The temperature diiference between the two conditions, for the central mass, is a physical necessity, and the estimation of its approximate amount is simply a matter of calculation.

For our present purpose it does not matter whether we adhere to the nebular hypothesis, which, since its enunciation by Laplace and subsequent elucidation by later mathematicians, and notably by Lord Kelvin, has been practically universall}^ accepted, or adopt the accretion theory brought forward by Professor G. H. Darwin in his Presidential Address to the British Association in 1905. According to the latter theory, the earth was built up by the gathe> ing of pre-existing planetoids from its orbital region in space, Either theory is competent to provide ample heat, which is all that is required in our present discussion. In the remainder of this address I will speak of the original heat of the €arth merely as gravitational. The planetoids are commonly held to have to a large extent originated from the gravitational disruption of former celestial bodies through these approaching within critical range of one another. This supposition has the merit, against the collision theory, of better explaining the structure of stony and other meteorites, which could not have resisted the inevitable fusion, or even vaporisation, following actual collision.

Professor T. C. Chamberlin, of Chicago, has worked out a very ingenious development of the accretion theory which is full of extremely suggestive ideas, but seems to me to be less convincing

* Kelvin, Popular Lectures and Addresses, Vol.ii. 1894, p. 318. See also these Proceedings, 1905, p. 6 19.

24 president's address.

than the simpler hypothesis of Professor Darwin.* According to Professor Chamberlin, the accretion of planetoids was in all probability a slow process, so much so that the heat of impact was dissipated about as rapidly as acquired. Hence, he concludes, conditions suitable for the establishment of life may have existed when the earth was but a fraction of its present size. The existence of central high temperature he attributes in part to a remnant of gravitational heat acquired through the primary nucleus having been gathered rapidly when planetoids were relatively abundant, but in the main to the gradual increase in pressure as the globe increased in size. Mere pressure does not produce heat unless it causes change of volume, and it seems doubtful to me that the denser packing and molecular rearrange- ment through increase in pressure, which Professor Chamberlin assumes, could be sufficient to generate the heat required. He, however, expressly states his conviction of the sufficiency of the cause given, and conclvides that the present internal temperature of the earth increases steadily to the centre, which he estimates to be about 20,000'C.(about 36,000° F.). It will be seen that this tempeiature is greatly in excess of the 7,000° F w^iich Lord Kelvin considers jiossible for the present surface thermal gradient if due to a cooling hot centre, and still more in excess of the modest 2,700° F. required by Mr. Strutt for a radium-warmed globe.

It is further not at all clear to me how under the conditions postulated by Professor Chamberlin the lunar satellite could come into existence. Professor Darwin concludes that the heat of impact of the planetoids was great enough to cause incandes- cence of the entire mass of the growing earth, and, as the result of a careful mathematical examination of the problem of a revolving molten mass such as is assumed for the early condition of the earth, finds that the shape acquired will vary with the rate of revolution. At one particular speed it will be of the earth's present shape; at a higher speed the equatorial outline will be an

Chamberlin & Salisbury, Geology, Vol.ii. 91, 1906.

president's address. 25

oval like an egg spinning on its side; at a still higher speed one end will form a projection which will take the form of a neck with a drop at its outer extremity, and, ultimately, this will be thrown off to form a satellite revolving around the parent body. The beauty and suggestiveness of this scheme become all the greater when we reflect that under such circumstances the original mass must, through the tidal action induced by its own offspring, continually decline in its rate of revolution, and assume a shape corresponding to its changed speed, while the satellite will, through reflex action, steadily increase its distance from the parent body.

Although we are accustomed to speak of the earth as being practically a rigid body, we must not lose sight of the fact that it is so merely in a comparative sense, and that the hardest rocks of its crust are sufiiciently plastic to permit of the shape of the whole accommodating itself to any change in speed of rotation or indeed to any adequate force continuously applied. The existing equatorial bulge is the result of a definite force due to the period of revolution, and will certainly alter in unison with the gradual decline in the rate of that motion. Gould the revolution of the earth be stopped without disruption through inertia, the equa- torial bulge would disappear in obedience to gravity, and. the earth would become practically globular in shape.

As will be obvious to all, the extreme interest and importance of the development of the radium hypothesis lies in the great extension of time which it permits for biological evolution and geological development. When we limit the habitable age of the earth by the possible time allowable for cooling from its original heated state, very grave ditficulties arise as to the possibility of fitting in the requirements of geological time; but in the light of the possibilities of radium it is easy to push back the period of gravitational incandescence until the time occupied in cooling from that condition to one in which the existence of life is possible, becomes but a small fraction of the eartli's history. There are, of course, astronomical reasons for placing a limit on the earth's age, but the requirements of astronomy permit of a

26 president's address.

liberal allotment of time, and there is no reason for limiting the original supply of radium-producing material, and, hence, of the time during which its heat has been available.

It is quite obvious that in the earlier stages of the earth's history, when rapid cooling was taking place, crust movements on a colossal scale must have occurred, and that as cooling pro- ceeded, these would gradually moderate. If we imagine a time when all this heat had disappeared and the earth had arrived at a stage of thermal equilibrium such as is assumed under the extreme radium theory to be its existing condition, it is evident that no more shrinkage could take place and that any display of crust movement or volcanic energy must be due to some other cause. The material of the earth's interior up to a point com- paratively near the surface, is, as we know, at a temperature con- siderably above its surface melting point, but there is evidence that it is retained in a solid state by the pressure of the super- natant strata. Whenever this pressure is relieved liquefaction occurs, and we then have the fused matter squeezed out in the form of lava, through any available opening; or, it may be, form- ing sheets or dykes at or beneath the surface. We may consider any given land area as floating on a substratum of lava, which, though solid, or perhaps more or less plastic, is ready to respond to relaxation of pressure. It is thoroughly well understood that the surface of the land, and, in particular, the great mountain masses, lose in the aggregate very large quantities of material every year through denudation. The removal of such quantities of matter from one place to another on the earth's surface must have a very considerable effect on regional stability, and w411 be quite competent to account for extensive earthquake and other movements. When a land surface is stripped by denudation and the material so removed deposited around it, w4iile the pressure of the surface in question is lessened, that of the area receiving the spoil is increased, and the effective force operating in the direction of raising the one area and depressing the other will, in an ideal case, be double the weight of the transferred material.

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 27

There appears to me to be much difficulty in accounting for the various observed land movements if these are to be attributed to denudation alone, but if to this source of disturbance be added a moderate amount of shrinkage through secular cooling, all classes of earth movement, folding, cfec, can be much better explained. From shrink ge alone, one would expect erratic tilting nnd sink- ing, but not orderly regional uplifting or subsidence, and it seems probable that such movements are in the main due to denudation. Land may readily enough sink through denudation in spite of the attend -nt removal of pressure, because that very relief may bring about the liquefaction of lava previously held solid by pressure, while the accompanying disturbance opens up channels for its escape.

It has during recent years be^^n increasingly manifest that much volcanic activity is caused by the penetration of ocean water through earthquake fissures to the interior hot part of the earth, with the consequent production of steam at very high tension. Large quantities of h^'^drogen chloride are at times emitted by volcanoes, nnd, it bein^ now pretty well known that existing plutonic waters are practically free from chlorine, the obvious source of supply of this substance is the salt of the ocean water.* It has been suggested that if the crust of the earth contains sufficient radium to provide the heat known to exist in the interior, the moon, from its supposed mode of origin, must also be equally rich in radium, and should indeed have an even greater internal heat than the earth. This question has been very satis- factorily dealt with from the extreme radium standpoint by the Hon. Mr. Strutt.t who points out that though the period of lunar volcanic activity has been generally believed to be past, much doubt has been thrown on this assumption by the observat ons of modern astronomers, and notabl}^ by Prof-r^ssor W. H. Pickering, who is decidedly of the opinion tliat changes sufficiently great to be noted occur from time to time on the moon's surface. That

See references, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1905, p. 621, t Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A Ixxvii. 472.

28 president's address.

these changes are not more commensurate with the probable internal heat, may well be because of the absence of water. Jf it.be the case that terrestrial volcanic action is largely induced through atmospheric d nudation and oceanic penetration, then the absence of water and of atmosphere from the moon would sufficiently account for her comparative surface stability, and if to the original gravitational heat be added radium blanketing, then, as in the case of the earth, we can readily admit a prolonged condition of internal high temperature, and the absence of any serious amount of disturbance from shrinkage due to secular cooling.

If the presence of radium is admitted as a factor in the thermal evolution of earth and moon, it is but a natural step to apply the same reasoning to the sun and thereby to open up a vista of time for the entire solar system greatly in excess of anything hitherto considered by physicists to be admissible.

Cakbon Dioxide and Geological Climate. — For some years past a good deal of attention has been devoted to the question of the influence on climate of possible variations in the com- position of the atmosphere as regards its carbon dioxide and moisture contents, and more especially on tlie competency of such variations to induce the great climatic changes which are involved in the transition from conditions even warmer than those which are now experienced in temperate regions, to a state of glaciation sufficiently severe to partially invade the tropics. ■ I propose to outline the principles underlying this problem and to show in what manner the effect described might be brought about by the specified changes in atmospheric consti- tution. In all that follows regarding the carbon dioxide theory of glaciation, I do not wish to be understood as entirely indorsing all tf>e details given. The hypothesis seems to me a very beautiful and suggestive one, and my desire is to give, as far as I am able, a concise account of its salient features, leaving my hearers to form their own opinions as to its adequacy as a cause of the observed phenomena. Professor Chamberlin has elaborated this hypothesis in a series of extremely valuable papers full of

president's address. 29

luminous suggestion, wliich should receive the most careful study from all interested in the great questions of earth history, and to which I am much indebted.*

The idea that glaciation over a wide range of the earth's surface could be caused by removal of carbon dioxide and con- currently of water vapour fnm the atmosphere, is by no means novel. It appears to have been first suggested by Professor Tyndall, who was led thereto by the result of his observations on the thermal properties of gases and vapours. Tyndall found that while simple gases such as nitrogen and oxygen, which constitute the bulk of the existing atmosphere, are extremely transparent to the entire solar emanation of light and heat, compound gases like carbon dioxide, marsh gas, ammonia, &c., and the vapours of water, alcohol, essential oils, &c., differentiate between the various wave lengths, and, while allowing some to pass as freely as do the simple gases, offer greater resistance to the passage of others. The waves which are unable to pass through the com- pound gases and vapours are the long obscure ones in the ultra- led, while the shorter waves above this pass freely. Even in very moderate thickness such gases are able to effectually bar the progress of considerable quantities of obscure heat.

As a matter of fact no sharp distinction can be drawn between heat and light, the waves of the former passing insensibly into the latter as we progress along the spectrum. Light waves differ from one another and from those of heat merely in their length, and, as all progress through space at equal rates, it follows that the shorter waves give a greater number of impacts to a receiving- surface in unit time, than do the longer. The longest waves, giving the fewest impacts in unit time, are the obscure heat rays of the ultra-red, and as we pass on towards the visible spectrum the waves become shorter and shorter, and constitute what is commonly called radiant heat.

Professor Tyndall was the first to put the matter of the selective action of gases upon radiant energy on a proper foundation, and

* Jour. Geol. Vols. v. and vii., 1897 and 1899.

30 president's address.

the results of his classic researches, as detailed in his published lectures, may still be considered as the clearest and most illumi- nating account of the phenomenon in question."^ The cause of this difference in behaviour of the two kinds of gases lies in the fact that the simple gases do not respond to the vibrations of the portion of the spectrum carrying the heat waves; they behave to these much as they do to the still shorter waves of visible light: while on the other hand, the larger molecules constituting the compound gases, while quite as transparent to the light waves as those of the simple gases, are capable of vibrating in unison with the obscure heat waves, and so, by transferring the energy of these to themselves, offer an efiectual barrier to their progress. The action of the compound gases towards obscure heat rays is much the same in character as that of a sheet of metal w hen placed so as to intercept the heat from a fire; the metal is capable of responding to the vibrations of the heat waves, and so absorbs their energy to produce heat vibration in its own substance.

We may now very briefly consider a very interesting phenomenon, the acceleration or retardation of the waves of radiant energy when the body emitting them is moving in a direction to or from the observer. A very commonly noticed analogous case is the sharpening or flattening of the pitch of a railway whistle when approaching or receding. If the source from which the radiant energy is being emitted be approaching the observer, the waves right along the sptctrum are accelerated by the precise amount of the forward motion, while the radiation from a receding body will be drawn out or retarded. A ray from a stationary body, which reaches the eye as yellow, will, from a body approaching at a sufficiently rapid rate, be accelerated, and appear as some colour nearer the blue, while from a receding source it will be retarded in the direction of the red. Obviously, any absorption lines in the light from a body moving in the line of sight, will be displaced in one direction or another, according

* Tyndall, " Heat a Mode of Motion," 6th ed., 1880, p.B21 et seq.

PRP:SIDENTS ADDRESS. 31

to the rate of travel of the body, and thus furnish a means of telling the direction and speed of motion. It is further evident that waves beyond the visible spectrum at one end or the other may be brought into the visible range by acceleration or retarda- tion. So also, rays belonging to the visible red end may V)e changed into invisible heat, or others at the blue end may be pushed forward and accelerated into invisible chemical rays.

The temperature of a heat-emitting body has a direct influence on the nature of the heat evolved. The hotter the body the more nearly the heat waves approach the properties of red light, while the cooler the body the more they tend to become obscure. All heat given off from a body of the nature of the earth is of the obscure type. Radiant heat is not reflected as .such but is degraded and sent away in the lower form.

We may now picture the earth's atmosphere, containing carbon dioxide and water vapour, with the sun's radiant energy pouring into it. The long waves of obscure heat will be absorbed in the upper layers of the atmosphere, leaving the shorter waves of radiant heat to pass on and reach the surface of the earth, where they are at once absorbed, partly by the solid and partly by the aqueous surface. The warmed solid surface proceeds to part with its heat by radiation and contact with the air, the heat emitted being now of the obscure type, and so unable to pass the carbon dioxide and water barrier. The result is that the lower layers of the atmosphere become warmed by the transformed heat which before passed freely through. The fate of the heat taken up by water is mainly to cause evaporation, whereby it is carried in the latent state in the water vapour and liberated where the vapour condenses to form clouds, the ultimate result being, that like that absorbed by the land, it goes to warm the atmosphere. Finally the heat acquired by the atmosphere is scat- tered in all directions, some back to the earth, some laterally to the surrounding portions of the atmosphere, and some into space. A condition of equilibrium is then established, the earth losing heat at the same rate as it is receiv^ed, but with the vastly important provision that its own surface remains at a tempera- ture high enough to give what I might term heat pressure sufii-

32 president's address.

cient to penetrate the obstructing atmospheric blanket. The less of the efficient heat-trapping carbon dioxide and water vapour are contained in the atmosphere, the lower will be the surface temperature necessary to produce a state of equilibrium, and hence, the colder will be the climate at the earth's surface, and, conversely, the more carbon dioxide and water present in the air, the higher will be the temperature. The carbon dioxide may be considered as the controlling factor in determining the absorp- tive power of the atmosphere for heat, for, although water vapour has probably a greater actual effect, it depends entirely on temperature for its presence, while carbon dioxide is not directly affected by the temperature changes which it itself induces. When carbon dioxide is removed the temperature falls, and with fall in temperature the proportion of water vapour decreases; such decrease is followed by a further fail in tempera- ture which again robs the atmosphere of more water vapour, and this process goes on until the lowest temperature which the carbon dioxide will permit is reached, and a condition of thermal equili- brium is set up. When carbon dioxide is increased the tempera- ture rises, and with rise of temperature the capacity of the atmosphere for holding water is augmented, and thereby a further rise in temperacure is brought about until by alternate action and reaction thermal equilibrium is again established. We thus see that the carbon dioxide is the dominant element, and in what follows I will for the sake of simplicity speak of the temperature changes as if entirely due to carbon dioxide variation.

The greatest step in advance within recent years, in the development of the carbon dioxide hypothesis, is due to Professor Arrhenius, who, as the result of an extremely able and laborious mathematical examination of the problem, has shown that a certain reduction in the proportion of carbon dioxide now present in the atmosphere would, in so far as can be seen, be competent to bring about a sufficient fall in the average temperature at the earth's surface to produce glaciation to latitudes as low as to be well within the tropics.* Arrhenius bases his calculations on

* Arrhenius, Phil. Mag. (Ser. 5), Vol.xli. 1896, •p.2;37.

president's address. 33

the work of Professor Langley on the determination of tlie variations in the amount of heat received from the full moon when at different altitudes above the horizon and thus shining through varying thicknesses of atmosphere.

Professor Chamberlin assumes that even in earl}' Palaeozoic times the atmosphere did not materially differ from its present composition, there having always been a conflict between sources of supply and causes of depletion of carbon dioxide. The amount of this constituent in the existing atmosphere varies somewhat in different regions, but may be stated as averaging about 0*03 per cent, by volume. Arrlienius has calculated that a reduction sufficient to bring this down to 0*016 to 0*018 per cent., or the removal of rather more than one half, would suffice to reduce the mean tempeiature by an amount equivalent to 7 to 9° F., which would mean the extension of glacial conditions to within about 20° on either side of the equator; while an increase of from 2J to 3 times the present proportion, bringing the carbon dioxide content to 0*075 to 0*090 per cent., would result in an increase of the mean temperature by 14 to 16° F., and give semitropical conditions well within the arctic and antarctic zones. In support of the possibility of such variation in atmospheric carbon dioxide, Arrhenius quotes the opinions of Professor Hogben who has published in a Swedish journal* the result of his studies on the probable sources of supply and causes of depletion of this gas to and from the atmosphere. Hogben considers that the atmosphere is and has always been continuously supplied with carbon dioxide, amongst other gases, from the earth's interior. Such supplies would be quite independent of surface conditions, and would continue even during periods of extreme glaciation. This is the important point on which the whole theory depends.

That there are large supplies of carbon dioxide available is well known. Examination of numerous volcanic and meta- morphic rocks has shown that they contain, on an average, several times their own volume — at atmospheric pressure — of

* Svensk Kemisk Tedskrift, 1894, p. 169.

34 president's address.

permanent gas. There is no difficulty at all about proving the presence of this gas in ordinary rock. All that is required is to heat the rock in small fragments in an exhausted flask, when the gas is given off and can be measured and its composition ascertained. The gas is usually contained in minute cavities throughout the body of the rock, and but little of it escapes even on grinding. That it must be under very great pressure is evident from the volume to which it expands when liberated. Sir William Crookes, in his lecture on Diamonds, delivered before the British Association meeting at Kimberley, mentioned that diamonds frequently explode soon after reaching the surface, or on being gently warmed, owing to the pressure exerted by globules of inclosed gas.* Professor Tilden has thrown much light on the quantity and composition of the gases occluded in rocks, in a paper read before the Royal Society some years ago.f His examination covered a large number of examples of granite, schist, gneiss, basalt, &c., in which he found gas varying from 13 to 17*8, and averaging about 5 times, the volume of the con- taining rock. In a general way hydrogen was found to be the most abundant constituent, but carbon dioxide was also invariably present in large proportion. One series of rocks gave the follow- ing average figures for the composition of the contained gas : —

Hydrogen ... 52*2 In another and larger series the

Carbon dioxide ... 34*1 mean composition was : —

,, monoxide ... 8-4

Marsh Gas ... 3-2 Hydrogen, &c. ... 73-8

Nitrogen ... 2-1 Carbon dioxide ... 26*2

100 0 100-0

At this rate it is a simple matter to show by calculation that the rocks within a very moderate distance of the earth's surface contain more gas than would supply several times the volume of the existing atmosphere, and if the entire mass of the earth be

* Chem. News, xcii. 1905, p. 159. tChem. News, Ixxv. 1897, p. 169.

president's address. 35

assumed to contain gaseous matter in the same ratio, sufficient is in existence to form man}'- hundred atmospheres. Carbon dioxide is known to be evolved in immense quantities from volcanoes and to be also extruded from the rock walls in mines, from springs, from the surface soil and from innumerable caves, one of the best known of which, perhaps, is the Grotta del Cane, near Naples, where dogs are rendered insensible and lights extinguished by the layer of gas on the floor of the cave. It seems reasonable to admit that in these we have a sufficient source of supply for what, though aggregating many millions of tons of carbon dioxide annually, is relatively but a small quantity in comparison with the amount existing in the atmosphere at any one time.

The causes of loss of carbon dioxide may be divided into temporary and permanent. Of the former, absorption by the waters of the ocean and fixation by living organisms may be considered the most important. The great cause of permanent loss will be the withdrawal of carbon dioxide through its action in weathering the surface of the land, which is acting continuously wherever moisture and air have access to rocks and soil. In the case of the carbon dioxide taken up by the ocean, we have seen that this source of loss varies in activity with the temperature of the water, and that with rise in temperature the borrowed gas is returned to the atmosphere By far the greater proportion of the carbon taken up and tixed in the tissues of living organisms is returned to the air again, for the balance of life and death remains unchanged. It is true that in coal deposits great quan- tities of carbon have been permanently fixed, but even the total of this, on a liberal estimate, amounts to but a tiny fraction of the world's stock, and in any case such fixation could but take its place along with the other sources of permanent removal and merely have efiect in delaying the change from one climatic state to another. Tiie carbon fixed in coral, limestone and similar formations aggregates a much greater proportion of the whole than that locked up in coal, but as all of this is derived from the fixed portion of that captured by the ocean, or in some cases by

36 president's address.

freshwater lakes, and hence not available for return to the air, the form in which it is stored is of no consequence so far as glacial changes are concerned. It is in the consumption of carbon dioxide in the weathering of rocks that the great primary source of permanent loss lies. The rocks constituting the exposed surface are largely composed of silicates and by the action of carbon dioxide and moisture these are decomposed, the bases combining with the carbon dioxide and ultimately finding their way into the ocean. Practically all the carbon dioxide so fixed may be considered as permanently lost.

We have seen that depletion of atmospheric carbon dioxide induces a cold surface condition while enrichment results in the opposite effect. When the land surface is at work removing carbon dioxide and thereby bringing about cooling, and the ocean, responding to the change, aids in the withdrawal, all the con- ditions necessary for the inauguration of a glacial epoch are present, and, accordingly, when the rate of removal of carbon dioxide exceeds that of supply, it is only a matter of time for the change to occur. With the advent of an icy covering the land would be effectually shielded from the action of atmospheric carbon dioxide, and the loss through weathering being stopped, or at any rate greatly reduced, a time of steady accumulation would set in, resulting in the dawn of a genial period; the encroachment of ice would be stopped, the line of glaciation driven back towards the poles, and the rocky surface again exposed. On the completion of one cycle there would be a gradual swing in the opposite direction, and so the continued succession of glacial and warm periods, of which we have evidence, would be accounted for.

There are so many modifying influences, such as variation in the relationship of water and land, which would tend in one way or another to affect the rate and intensity of climatic change as well as the time of duration of both conditions, that nothing in the way of regular periodicity is to be expected in glacial epochs, and that there was no such periodicity seems to be the trend of the evidence. Partial retreats and advances of ice, and greatly

president's address. 37

varying rates of change have undoubtedly been the rule. At the present time all the indications appear to point to the world's beinof in the waning stage of a glacial period, so that warmer conditions are now steadily invading the circumpolar regions.

The question naturally arises at this stage, what would be the effect of the escape of internal heat from the earth in aiding the carbon dioxide of the atmosphere to maintain a genial climate. This problem was long ago dealt with by Sir William Thomson (Lord Kelvin), who arrived at the result that, starting with an incandescent globe, •' the general climate cannot be sensibly affected by conducted heat at any time more than 10 000 years after the commencement of superficial solidification."* The same authority elsewhere says : " Ten, twenty, thirty times the present rate of augmentation of temperature downwards could not raise the surface temperature of the earth and air in contact with it more than a small fraction of a degree Fahrenheit. The earth might be a globe of white-hot iron covered with a crust of rock 2,000 feet, or there might be an ice-cold temperature everywhere within 50 feet of the surface, yet the climate could not on that account be sensibly different from what it is, or the soil be sensibly more or less genial than it is for the roots of trees or smaller plants"!

The view has been held by some observers that the internal heat of the earth was a sufficient source of warmth to maintain a uniform genial climate over the entire surface of the globe during long periods of geological time, and that the sun's heat- ing influence during these periods was effectually neutralized by impenetrable banks of cloud. The ocean was supposed to be kept warm by contact with the heated earth. J Lord Kelvin, as is seen from the above quotations, gives absolutely no support to this theory. Likewise regarding the belief that the rate of cooling of

* Mathematical and Physical Papers, Vol. iii., 1890, p. 305.

t Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, Vol. v.. Part ii., 1877, p.250. Kelvin, Popular Lectures and Addresses, Vol. ii., 1894, p.297

t See, for example, Manson, ' The Evolution of Climates,' The American Geologist, 1898.

38 president's address.

the earth's interior is sensibly affected by variations in the amonnt of heat received from the sun, with consequent mani- festation of earthquake action due to increased shrinkage, when, through any cause, there is a falling off in the amount of sun heat received. This position seems to me equally untenable. It is well known that the heat of the sun does not affect the temperature of the soil more than a few feet from the surface, and in the light of Lord Kelvin's work, it appears certain that no variation in surface temperature within even far wider range than is now experienced, can have any sensible effect on the rate of transmission of heat outwards from the interior. Were it the case that mere change in surface temperature had any such effect, we should surely have distinct manifestations of differential shrinkage every winter, through the unequal loss of heat follow- ing the change of season. To me it seems that unequal loss of heat through winter ruling in one hemisphere while summer was warming the other, would be far more likely to induce earth- quake tremors than even a very considerable increase in the rate of heat loss, uniformly distributed.

In coming to a conclusion on this matter, it will, perhaps, be helpful to consider what is the actual amount of heat escaping from the interior of the earth. Taking the recognised values for heat conductivity of the crustal rocks and for heat gradient near the surface, Lord Kelvin has shown that the loss of heat amounts to about 92 horse-power per square kilometre.* This may be stated in another way, which will, perhaps, convey a more distinct impression to the mind. A horse-power is equal to the raising of 33,000 lbs. one foot high per minute, and 92 horse-power per square kilometre is the equivalent of the evaporation of 10 J lbs. of water per square mile of surface per minute. Even allowing a considerable margin of error for assumed mean conductivity and heat gradient, the result would be of the same order, and as it stands may thus be taken as

* Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, Vol. ill. Part ii., 1869, p. 234. Popular Lectures and Addresses, Vol. ii., 1894, p.l 16.

president's address. 39

fairly representing the actual state of matters. A fluctuation in the outflow of heat of 10 per cent, would be equivalent to 1 lb. more or less water evaporated per square mile per minute. It may be safely said that one active volcano will dispose of more heat in a day than many hundred square miles of earth surface in a year.

That the glaciation of the earth's surface at any period since palaeozoic times cannot have been more than partial, is evident, for were this condition to extend over the entire tropical regions there would remain no sanctuary for the higher forms of life, with the result that all plants and animals unable to withstand the rigours of an arctic climate would perish. That this has not been the case is amply proved by the known continuity of highly developed organisms succeeding one another through long geological epochs covering numerous periods of glaciation. Dar- win was much impressed with the importance of glacial mutation as explaining the present distribution of Alpine organisms.*

The plants, for example, found in Alpine regions everywhere over the earth's surface, bear a striking resemblance to one another, indeed, identical species may be found in places widely separated by tracts of country having a climate utterly prohibi- tive of migration for these, Alpine plants being peculiarly intol- erant of other than Alpine conditions. The flora of high latitudes is truly Alpine in character, and similar plants are found flourish- ing on the European Alps and in the regions fringing the Polar Seas. Any change of climate one way or another must have been gradual. If we imagine an era of glaciation spreading towards the tropics, we can see that for long periods the low level areas would have a climate quite suitable for the growth of Alpine types. In fact the lower levels would constitute a haven for the Alpine flora driven from the mountains by perpetual snow and ice, and thus a region for mingling and for migration would be provided. With the gradual return of genial condi- tions the plants would migrate back to the mountain fastnesses

• Origin of Species, 6th ed., p. 330.

40

while the plains which had been clothed with Alpine forms would once again be peopled with appropriate denizens which had taken refuge in the equatorial zone from the cold conditions ruling everywhere else. By a process such as this we can understand how isolated mountains in various tropical areas could come to possess a common flora. Under suitable conditions of land configuration the zones around the polar regions would form a recruiting ground from whence the plants could spread tropic wards as the climate became suitable for their welfare, and to the same hospitable regions the cold-loving forms would be driven back by the return of warm conditions to the lower latitudes. There are suflicient mountain chains crossing the equatorial region to act as bridges by which transmigration could take place. For the sake of simplicity I have spoken only of plants in the above scheme, but obviously animals would equally share the facilities for migration, though the conditions on isolated mountain fastnesses would inhibit the survival there of animals to a much greater degree than plants; hence the large arctic mammals, land and amphibious, to most of whicli the proximity of the sea or the range of great land areas is abso- lutely necessary, would naturally gravitate to the regions where they are now found. Glacial mutations and attendant land and ocean configuration alterations, must at all times have been exceedingly powerful aids towards many of the radical changes in type of the flora and fauna characteristic of tlie transition from one geological epoch to another.

In taking leave of the honourable position in which you were good enough to place me two years ago, let me tender my hearti- est thanks for the generous support and encouragement accorded me at all times at our meetings and in the conduct of the Society's affairs, and once again to ask you to join me in the sentiment

Floreat Societas Linneana !

Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A., Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheet for the year 1906, duly signed by the Auditors; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried

treasurer's statement and elections, 41

unanimously. The Society's income for the year ended December 31st, 1906, was £1,013 15s. 7d.; the expenditure £1,017 16s. lid.; with a credit balance of £78 4s. 7d. from the previous year, leaving a credit balance of £74 3s. 3d. The income of the Bacteriological Department was £544 Os. 2d.; and the expendi- ture £479 6s. 3d.; with a credit balance of £238 7s. 6d. from the previous year, leaving a credit balance of £303 Is. 5d. In regard to the Macleay Fellowships' Account, the income was £1 389 2s. 9d.; and the expenditure £400, leaving a credit balance of £989 2s. 9d. to be carried to Capital Account.

On the motion of the Secretary, seconded by Professor David, a cordial vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. J. R. Garland, M. A., Hon. Treasurer, in recognition of his valuable services in con- nection with the finances of the Society; and also to the Hon. Auditors, Messrs. Duncan Carson and E. G. W. Palmer, for their helpful co-operation in carrying out the annual audit.

No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President declared the following elections for the current Session to have been duly made : —

President: A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.

Members of Council (to fill six vacancies) : R. H. Cambage, F.L.S., J. H. Campbell, H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., Alex. G. Hamilton, Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M.

Auditors : Messrs. Duncan Carson and Edward G. W. Palmer, J. P.

On the conclusion of the formal business of the Meeting, a very hearty vote of thanks to the retiring President for his interesting address and for his untiring efforts to promote the Society's well-being was carried by acclamation, on the motion of Dr. Woolnough.

42

n

o

CD

^

o

a

r 1

S

^

^ i^^

H 3

pb

13

o o

o

P

o

<

w 1— 1 CO

ft-

^

ti

4-^

Ph

-*a

^

w

.^-^

jz;

A

o

[x)

m

O

0

0)

^^

o

pq

O ■ ^ >-n •

-« CJD

.. <3J O c

OJ •-

> fe

-^= o

O ju

O

r^ O O

o o

^11 '

,H r: -^ CD

O CO O CO

S"^ Hie

C5 S O

o J"" ^

• • -^ j^ o_

--5 kT o! CO

&i (->

43

O CO --H

CfJ

CO

>i

p o o o

<j

S o o

o

Ci o o o

M I CJ CO CD "S • -2 'O ^ !>. 03 CO

CO ^

cS2

CO CO

CO C^

Sf CdD CO c

H ^^ IT) ;h

o c;i S <n

^ C o >

CO "C O O

cc

05 O

QO O

OD CI

CO CO

CD CO

r-1 00

O .-1 r^

CD

CD (M

O Oi Oi

(M

rS:

JS2^

s

COo

rH CO

(M

^^

CO CO

O

iH

t^Tf

(N

^ !>.

Oi

o

o

^ 1

cd

laries at inting ( ustratio

brary ound B

tes surance

CJ

CO CO

i3o«w

ccCUhH

o - -

.. , ^ ..

H ' -

''■''•"

■73 "-S

< s

^ EFS^^ § ci

eS « H O oj CO r^

.5 ^ tJD C)C^ S >^

.S c 1^ -I S^.1 ^

CO '-i' '-'

OhPPPh

44

ni

O iC

»o

o

_

p^

w

1

o cc

1

CO 1

lO o

O 1

■^

CO CO

"^^ 1

to"

CO

'"

^

'd

^ O

1

cc

o o o o

o ic

.^

"C o_

N

— <

"•

CD

OQ

§

^51

O

5 <5

f2 c3

.3

1^^

^3 a;

1

^z

^

1^^

1

3 O o

2 5J

Of

>

CO

>*^n

HM

e

o^

O CO

1

O ^

^3

o o

c o

o o o o

o >o

U5

^ $

CO

o

^

o o

oco

-V.

P-S

«^

o

o

o I—

CO

^.^

i

Eh CO

CO

co"

O (D

^

llJ

<1 o

o .

"

«|

50

2 1

1

■

o

a

3 • o :

3

J2

;<

:3

■ D

1

■d '•

:

c

h3

S

e. i-i

<U —1

>.o o

6-

5i^

2

CO

s o

1^ £

CO >, 0)

o

= 5

"^

1^ -i?'-2 ^ 3 C

5

§3

4J

3

3

^

III

?

o

:2 o s

-£5

t. «i

4J

^:

1

<D

B g

O

<1

3

3

li

CO

ts

(D

t:

{:;

(U

?- o3

>i

o o o

w

o jo

is

=*^ CO

^

OO Oo

o c;

. § CO <M

i^ -^ • "^ •

CO "-^ aj .2 - O" i^ 3

"^ O ^ ^ .2 eg — 3 0) o.

C5 CO 1;^

^co-

^- o o CO r: o Lo

cc O O-l O CO' O) o . ^ ^5 C<J — I CO -* O

•4^ OJ -^ rH

en -t^

: ^'5 -^ ■ --5 5 ■§

^Z^ 3!^

5 CO 5 'S .01-

7; rt O : a 3

I- -I c8 >> f-> '*T =i ^ &,*f 05 3 a',

a2H3<3ci,OMO

o ^ ^ .. ^ ^ ^

H

(U

s3 «

cq

45

H

^

t3

o

o

O CD

<!

o

w

rH

Ph

^

1— 1

QJ

ffi

rO

CO

H

^

o

O

p

ij

4^

H

fe CO

>H

<J

4^

fM

<D

h^

OS

|2i

— 00 CC05

: ce : a, 0^

■ S >.

o cc

' .15 d

go

ft fcO

2 5^

w

"H

5r; • ^

o o

J<=^

a;

If I O O

c; O (

<1 ^ 2 2 < ^ S r r'

o a> a^ oj

HH ^ -t^ ■« - _ - CO CO

s « .

^ " s c

£ s. d. By Interest on Investments 1,889 2 9

J

£ s. a.

To Salary of Linnean Macleay Fellow ... 400 0 0 ,, Amount transferred to Capital Account 989 2 9

i

o a

P(5 <

46

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 27th, 1907.

ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, ^LA., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Thomas McDonough, 15 Waverley Street, Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (November 28th, 1906), amounting to 35 Vols, 231 Parts or Nos., 53 Bulletins, 19 Reports, and 72 Pamphlets, received from 121 Societies, &c., and 7 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

47

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO- LEPIDOPTERA.

By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S., Corresponding Member.

XIX. PLUTELLID^.

I have recently examined much material of this group from the Oriental region, where it seems to be rather more prominently developed than elsewhere, and at present I give the family Plu- tellidce a more extended application than I did in my Handbook of British Lepidoptera. There it consisted of the groups of Ypono- meuta, Glyphipteryx, and Plutella; to these I now add the groups of Gracilaria and Zelleria, which I formerly included in the Tineidce. To explain this change I may say that I now assign more importance to the smooth posterior tibiae which are a normal attribute of those two groups, than to the rough head which is a frequent characteristic. Moreover, whilst folded maxillary palpi are peculiarly characteristic of the Tineidce, the simple porrected maxillary palpi of the Gracilaria group are so similar to those of the Plutella group, and so di£ferent from those of any other Tineina, that they would seem to indicate real affinity. I regard then the Gracilaria group as being a narrow- wiuged modification of the Plutella group (with the peculiar larval character of an absence of prolegs on segment 10); and the Zelleria group as a narrow-winged modification of the Ypono- meuta group. The habit of Zelleria and its allies of resting on their heads with the hindpart raised is probably imitative of birds' droppings. The reversed habit of Gracilaria and its allies of sitting on their tails, so to speak, with the fore-parts raised, was doubtless acquired to display the peculiar thickened and decorated anterior and middle legs (for which I can conjecture no other object than sexual display), and seems to have been

48 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

rather difficult to lose when once acquired, as some species which have found it necessary to rest appressed to the tree-trunks for purposes of concealment are constrained to spread these legs out awkwardly at the sides.

The family as thus constituted includes forms of such diverse superficial appearance that it is not surprising to find some reluctance to accept it as a homogeneous group; but I am never- theless satisfied that it is natural, and am unable to find any characters for breaking it up. It is a primitive group as com- pared with the other families of the I'inehia, which are more specialised and have acquired more constancy in certain particu- lars. Thus in the Gelechiadce, Oecophoridce, and Xyloryctidm veins 7 and 8 of the forewings are invariably stalked (or coinci- dent), never separate; whilst in the riuteJlidce this character fluctuates so much in closely allied forms that I am satisfied it is insufficient by itself even to delimit genera. The smooth poste- rior tibife are not constant in the Flutellidce, though very charac- teristic, and seldom found in any of the other families; there are undoubted Plutellid genera which have the tibiae more or less rough-scaled or set with thin bristly hairs, or even exceptionally clothed with long fine hairs (as Piestoceros, which can hardly be referred elsewhere, though it might possibly belong to the Tineidce). The head is normally smooth, but sometimes rough or even tufted. The veins ma}'- be regarded as normally all separate in both wings, though many exceptions occur. Some genera are remarkable for the relatively extremely short cilia of the hind wings, reduced to ^ of the breadth of the wing or even less, whilst in other Tineina they are very rarely less than J. In view of the inconstancy of single characters in this family the combination of leading characters should always be considered to determine the true affinity of a genus.

As many of the genera have been treated already, I have not thought it necessary to repeat descriptions where a genus or species has already been sufficiently described. Zelleria and its allies were included in m}'^ paper on IHneidce, and the Gracilaria and Glyphipteryx groups in separate early papers; Imma is fully

RY K. MEYRICK. 49

discussed in a recent paper in the Transactions of the Entomo- logical Society of London. I have included with the Australian species all the material known to me from the Australasian region, i.e., New Guinea and the adjoining islands, and the islands of the South Pacific (excluding New Zealand); and have therefore altered the title of this series of papers from Australian to Australasian.

1. Posterior tibia? in J* elongate, enlarged, longer

than tarsi 10. Macarangela.

Posterior tibiae in $ normal 2.

2. Forewings with vein 7 to costa 3.

Forewings with vein 7 to apex or termen 18.

3. Forewings with vein 8 absent 4.

Forewings with vein 8 present 6.

4. Forewings with vein 3 absent 5.

Forewings with vein 3 present 40. Metaphrastis.

5. Crown roughly tufted 1 . Lithocolletis.

Crown with appressed scales 9. Opsiclines.

6. Forewings with 8 and 9 stalked 17. Thyridectis.

Forewings with 8 and 9 separate 7.

7. Forewings with 7 and 8 separate 8.

Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked 16.

8. Hindwings lanceolate or linear-lanceolate 9.

Hindwings elongate-ovate 15.

9. Head rough on crown, 10.

Head smooth 12.

10. Forewings with vein 3 absent 11.

Forewings with vein 3 present 8. Timodora.

11. Face shortly rough-haired, palpi tufted 2. Aristaea.

Face smooth, palpi not tufted 3. Epicephala.

1 2. Posterior tibiae with bristly hairs above 13.

Posterior tibijB smooth-scaled 14.

13. Middle tibiae elongated and thickened with scales 5. Cyphosticha. Middle tibiae normal 4. Coxopomorpha.

14. Middle tibiae thickened with rough scales

beneath 7. Gracilaria.

Middle tibiae not thickened with rough scales... 6. Macarostola.

15. Basal joint of antennge with dense Hap of scales 42. Phalangitis. Basal joint of antennae without scale-flap 19. Coryptilum.

46. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked ^ 17.

Hindwings with 6 and 7 separate 43. Amphithera.

6

50

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

17. Hindwings with 4 absent 45. Paraphyllis.

Hindwings with 4 present ; 46. Copidoris.

18. Antennse longer than forewings 19.

Antennae not longer than forewings 21.

19. Forewings with 9 and 10 absent 20. Tonza.

Forewings with 9 and 10 present 20.

20. Palpi rather long, tufted 12. Xyrosaris.

Palpi short, filiform 22. Epicroesa.

21. Hindwings with 4 absent 22.

Hindwings with 4 present 24.

22. Hindwings lanceolate 11. Zelleria.

Hindwings elongate-ovate 23.

23. Hindwings with transparent subbasal patch. .. 16. Ypoxomeuta. Hindwings without such patch 15. Prays.

24. Antennae strongly compressed, flat 28. Piestoceros.

Antennse not flattened 25.

25. Labial palpi minute 26.

Labial palpi moderate or long 27.

26. Forewings with 8 absent 27. Cebysa.

Forewings with 8 present 13. Cyclotorna.

27. Antennae thickened with scales towards base... 28. Antennae not thickened with scales 31.

28. Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked 29.

Forewings with 7 and 8 separate 30.

29. Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate or stalked 39. Pseudaegeria.

Hindwings with 6 and 7 parallel 38. Snellenia.

30. Forewings with 2 from towards angle of cell. . , 25. Anaphantis. Forewings with 2 from § of cell 30. Tortyra.

31. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked or coincident.. 32. Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate , 35.

32. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked 33.

Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate 32. Imma.

33. Forewings with 7-10 stalked 33. Loxotrochis.

Forewings with 9 and 10 separate 34.

34. Forewings with 2 and 3 stalked 24. Eremothyris.

Forewings with 2 and 3 widely remote 26. Hilarographa.

35. Antennae in ^ unipectinated 31. Miscera.

Antennae in ^ not unipectinated 36.

36. Antennae in ^ ciliated with long fascicles 37.

Antennae in <^ at most shortly ciliated 39..

37. Second joint of palpi tufted with short project-

ing hairs .35. Choreutis.

Second joint of palpi not tufted .38.

BY E. MEYRICK. 51

38. Terminal joint of palpi obtuse or truncate 36. Simaethis.

Terminal joint of palpi pointed ... 34. Brenthia.

31). Forewings with tufts of scales 47. Trachycentra.

Forewings without tufts ... 40.

40. Second joint of labial palpi tufted 41 .

Second joint of labial palpi not tufted 42.

41. Basal joint of antennaj with dense flap of scales 48. Plutella.

Basal joint of antennse without flap of scales... 37. Glyphipteryx (part)

42. Hindwings with 3 and 4 remote 43.

Hind wings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked 46.

43. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked 22. Lactura.

Hindwings with 4 and 5 remote 44.

44. Maxillary palpi developed 41. Orthenches.

Maxillary palpi obsolete 45.

45. Forewings with 7 to apex 18. Atteva.

Forewings with 7 to termen 23. Mieza.

46. Maxillary palpi distinct, porrected 44. Diathryptica.

Maxillary palpi rudimentary 47.

47. Terminal joint of palpi short, thick, obtuse 14. Hojiadaula.

Terminal joint of palpi moderate, pointed 48.

48. Second joint of palpi with whorls of projecting

scales 37. Glyphipteryx.

Second joint of palpi with appressed scales 21. Anticrates.

1. LiTHOCOLLETIS HI).

1. Z. stephanota, u.sp.

9. 6 mm. Head and thorax whitish-golden. Palpi and antennae whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, suffused with gvey above. Forewings lanceolate; pale shining golden-ocbreous; a short white median streak from base; three narrow somewhat curved slightly oblique white fasciae, second and third edged anteriorl}^ with scattered black scales; a white costal dot before apex, followed by some scattered black scales at apex and on upper part of termen : cilia pale shining golden, with white spot on costal dot, Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia grey.

Sydney, Nev/ South Wales, in August; one specimen.

52 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

2 L. agIaozo7ia Meyr.

{LithoGoll etis aglaozona Mejr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1882, 199.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in November and March. Larva mining leaves of Desmodium and Kennedya rubicunda.

3. Z. desmochrysa Low.

(Lithocolletis desmochrysa Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1897, 23; Nepticida nigricansella Tepper, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1899, 280.)

Broken Hill, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; in March. Larva mining leaves of Hardenhergia ovata.

2. Aristaea, n.g.

Head loosely rough-haired; tongue developed; ocelli present. Antennse I, in (^ filiform, simple, basal joint moderately elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi long, ascending, second joint anteriorly with long rough projecting scales, terminal joint as long as second, pointed, anteriorly with rough projecting scales diminishing to apex. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, por- rected. Posterior tibiae smooth scaled. Fore wings with 16 .simple, 2 from angle, 3 absent, 7 to costa, 11 from middle. Hindwings |, lanceolate, cilia 2; 3 absent, transverse vein absent between -i and 5, 5 and 6 stalked.

Differs from Oriiix and Epicephala in having the face shortly rough-haired, as well as the crown, and also in the long rough projecting scales of palpi; in facies it is also quite distinct, and may perhaps be on the ancestral line of Lithocolletis.

L A. periphanes, n.sp.

(^.14 mm. Head white, lower part of face brownish. Palpi white, second joint with brown subapical band. Antenme grey, faintly ringed with whitish. Thorax brownish, with two white stripes. Abdomen fuscous, towards base and apex pate ochreous. Legs brownish-ochreous, anterior tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous, middle and posterior tibiae suffused with dark fuscous towards

BY E. MEYRICK. 53

apex, tarsi mostly suffused with whitish. Forewings elongate- lanceolate; white; markings ochreous-brown, with a few dark fuscous scales on margins; a suffused streak along basal fourth of costa; a small subdorsal spot towards base; a slightl}^ oblique transverse spot from dorsum before middle, reaching half across wing; an angulated median fascia; two wedge-shaped marks from costa beyond this, and a suffused spot on tornus; an apical spot, including a white dot anteriorly and a black apical dot : cilia brownish suJBFusedly barred with white, round apex with a dark fuscous median line. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia light ochreous-grey.

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 3000 feet, in December; one specimen.

3. Epicephala Meyr.

Vein 8 of forewings is present (in original description errone- ousl}^ stated to be absent); posterior tibite bristly above. The latter character distinguishes the genus from Ornix, which also generally has 6 and 7 of forewings stalked.

5. E. colymhetella Meyr.

{Epicephala colyiiihef'illa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 169.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sj^dney, New South Wales; from Sep- tember to January. Larva in seed-capsules of (?).

6. E. trigonophora Turn.

{Ornix tj'igonophor a Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 21). Mount Tambourine, Queensland, in November.

7. E. aci'obaphes Turn.

(Ornix acrobaphes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 22.) Brisbane, Queensland, in January. Not known to me.

8. E. austr alls, Turn.

{Ornix australis Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 2.) Brisbane, Queensland, from SeptemV)er to November.

54 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

4. CONOPOMORPHA Me}^!".

Characters of Gracilaria^ but middle tibi£e not thickened, posterior tibiae with series of projecting bristly hairs above.

Type C. cyanospi^a Meyr , from New Zealand. As explained under Gracilaria, I have recast the classification of that genus and its near allies. Dialectif.a Wals., is a synonym of this genus.

9. C. ordinatella Meyr.

{Gracilaria ordinatella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales,

1880, 145.)

Burpengary, Queensland; Sydne}', New South Wales; in May

and June.

10. C. irrorata Turn.

{Gracilaria irrorata Turn,, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 124.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Broken Hill, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; from March to June, and in October.

11. C. tricuneatella Meyr.

{Gracilaria tricuneatella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 146)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; in April. Larva mining leaves of Typha latifolia.

12. C. zajAaca, n.sp.

9. 10-11 mm. Head and thorax snow-white. Palpi white, apex of second joint and supramedian ring of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs grey, tibiae spotted or banded with white, anterior tibia? dark fuscous towards apex, all tarsi white spotted with grey. Fore- wings elongate, very narrow, long pointed, acute; brownish- ochreous; five direct snow-white fasciae, edged with scattered black scales; first narrow, basal, confluent dorsally with second; second, third, and fourth very broad, only leaving narrow inter- spaces, irregular-edged, somewhat narrower on costa; fifth sub-

BY E. MEYRICK. 55

apical, very narrow, sinuate : cilia white, towards tornus pale greyish-ochreous, beneath apex with a grey bar, round apex with a fine black apical line. Hind wings grey; cilia pale greyish.

Sydney, New South Wales, in November and January; two specimens. Recognisable by the great relative breadth of the fasciae.

13. C. autadelpha Meyr.

{Gracilaria autadelpha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 147.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Mittagong, New South Wales; in September, February, and March.

14. C. caenotheta Meyr.

{Gracilaria caenotheta Meyr., Pi'oc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 148.)

Blackheath, New South Wales, in January and March. Larva mining leaves of Telopea speciosissima.

15. C. chionoplecta Meyr.

{Gracilaria chionoplecta Meyr.,Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1882, 195.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in October. Larva mining leaves of Fhebalium dentatum.

16. C. argyrodesma Meyr.

{Gracilaria argyrodenma Meyr ,Proc.Linn.Soc. N.S.Wales, 1882, 194.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in September. Larva mining leaves of Grevillea linearis.

17. C. trapezoides Turn.

{Gracilaria trapezoides Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr. 1894,123.)

Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me.

18. C hoplocala Meyr. {Gracilaria hoplocala Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S Wales, 1880, 149.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in October.

56 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LKPIDOPTEKA, XIX.,

19. C. calicella 8tt.

(Gracilaria calicella Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 3rd Ser., i., 297; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1880, 150; Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 124.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Bulli, New South Wales; from July to October. Larva mining leases of Eucalyptus.

20. C. albimacidefla Turn. {Gracilaria alhimaculella Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894,125.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in August. Not known to me.

21. C. archepolis, n.sp. 9. 10 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennst; grey. Tliorax white, patagia brown. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, banded with white, posterior pair white, ringed with dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate, very narrow, long- pointed, acute; brownish- ochreous; markings white, edged with dark fuscous; an outwardly oblique fascia of white suffusion from base of dorsum, not reach- ing costa; an irregular fascia before middle, narrow on costa, moderately broad on dorsum, posteriorly sending a broad median projection to beyond middle of disc; a fascia from | of costa to tornus, upper half linear, lower half forming a triangular blotch; a dot on costa beyond this; an oblit|ue streak before apex : cilia light ochreous-grey, white on extremities of subapical streak, at apex with a basal white dot followed by a black dot. Hind wings grey; cilia light grey.

Wirrabara, South Australia, in October; two specimens.

22. C. eiichlamyda Turn. {Gracilaria euchlamyda Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 126.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September.

23. C. ohscurella Turn. {Gracilaria ohscurella Tuj-n., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 125.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to me.

BV E. MKVHICK. 0<

24. C. halfvodes, ii.sp.

^■9. 9-10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, al>dornen, and legs white; anterior femora and tibite sufiPusedly banded with dark fuscous, all tarsi spotted with fuscous. Forewings ver}^ elongate, very narrow, rather long-pointed, tolerably acute; very pale brassy-yellowish; markings white, partially edged anteriorly with scattered black scales, very undefined; eight or nine subtriangular costal spots, and four or five larger dorsal spots, two median sometimes united to form an irregular transverse fascia : cilia very pale yellowish, round apex suffusedly barred with white, at apex with a short blackish basal mark. Hindwings light grey; cilia grey-whitish, tinged with brassy-yellowish.

Geraldton, West Australia, in November; five specimens.

2."). C. eupetala Meyr.

{Gracilaria PAi\w.tala Meyr., Proc. Linn. 80c. N. S. Wales, 1880, 160.)

Brisbane, Queensland; S3'dne3% New South Wales; in October and February. In this and the two following species the maxillary palpi are minute and easily overlooked, but when observable are formed as usual in the genus.

26. C eumetalla Meyr.

(Gracilaria euniefa/la ^ieyv.y'Pvoc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 160.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Gisborne, Victoria; in September, October, and March. Larva in galls on

Acacia.

27. C. heJiopla, n.sp.

^9. 9-10 mm. Head and thorax shining coppery-bronze. Palpi ochreous-whitish, apex grey. Antennae grey. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark bronzy-fuscous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long-pointed, acute ; bright shining coppery-bronze ; markings prismatic violet-white, edged with blackish; two shoit slender oblique streaks from costa before and beyond middle, and two others inwardly oblique towards apex, between tbese

58 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTRRA, XIX.,

pairs a subcostal dash; a round dot in middle of disc, connected with dorsum by a direct slender whitish streak; a short slender longitudinal streak in disc beyond this, followed by a curved transverse mark touching a dorsal dot preceding it; a wedge- shaped mark from termen before apex forming a straight line with last costal mark; a rather undefined black apical dot: cilia dark grey, round a|)ex grey-whitish with dark purplish-grey sub- basal shade and blackisli subapical line. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia dark grey.

Hobart, Tasmania, in December; two specimens.

28. C. alysidota Meyr.

(Gracilaria alysidota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 161.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Sale and Healesville, Victoria; Port Lincoln, South Australia; Perth and Albany, West Australia; from September to December, and in March and July. Larva mining phyllodia (false leaves) of Acacia Jongifolia.

29. C. antimacha, n.sp.

^. 9 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint with rough scales towards apex beneath, with dark fuscous subapical band, terminal joint rough-scaled anteriorly towards base, with dark fuscous median ring. Antennae white ringed with fuscous. Thorax white, patagia light brownish. (Abdomen broken.) Legs white, banded with brownish, anterior tibiae mostly dark fuscous. Fore- wings elongate, very narrow, moderately pointed, apex acute, somewhat produced; light brownish, sprinkled with daik fuscous; markings white, edged with dark fuscous suttusion; four oblique streaks from dorsum, reaching about half across wing, and four wedge-shaped somewhat shorter streaks from costa somewhat beyond these respectively, first dorsal extended on dorsum to base, first costal extended along costa to near base, second dorsal hooked at apex so as almost to meet first costal; a white suffusion in disc posteriorly between costal and dorsal streaks : cilia white,

BY E. iMEYlUCK. 59

obscurely barred with greyish, with a blackish median line round apex, and grey apical line. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. Geraldton, West Australia, in November; one specimen.

30, C. chiouochtha, n.sp.

9. 9-10 mm. Head white, Falpi white, apical band of second joint and median ring of terminal joint blackish. Antennae grey. Thorax white, patagia dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs white, femora and tibia? longitudinally striped with blackish, tarsi ringed with black. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long- pointed, apex acute; dark fuscous: a moderate white dorsal streak from base to near apex, edged above with some black scales, with three rounded projections before middle of wing, at tornus, and at posterior extremity respectively, dorsal edge yellowish-tinged : cilia grey, round apex suffusedly barred with white, at apex with three black hooks. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Quorn, South Australia, in October; two specimens.

31. C. tristanice Turn.

(Gracilaria tristanue Turn , Trans, Roy. 8oc, S. Austr. 1 894, 1 30,) Brisbane, Queensland, from September to December, Larva mining leaves of Tristania conftrta and Eugenia Ventenatii.

32. C. parallela Turn.

[G racilaria fMrallela Turn., Trnns. Koy. Soc. S, Austr. 1894:, 130.)

Brisbane, Queensland, from July to November.

33. C . hettro}'>sis Low.

{Gracilai-ia heteropsis Low., Trans. Boy. Soc. S Austr. 1894, 112.)

Duaringa, Queensland. Not known to me.

34. 0. nereis Meyr.

(^Gracllaria nereis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N, 8. Wales, 1880, 163; G . Jiiwrescens Turn,, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1894, 127.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydne}', New South ^^'ales; from August to November.

60 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

35. C. laciniella Me}a\

{Gracilaria laciniella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 164).

Brisbane, Queensland ; Sj^dney, Blackheath, Bathurst, and Mount Kosciusko (4,300 feet), New South Wales; Warragul and Gisborne, Victoria; Hobart, Launceston, Deloraine, and Camp- belltown, Tasmania; Adelaide, South Australia; occurs more or less all the year round. Larva mining leaves of Eucalyptus.

36. C. ylebeia Turn. {Gracilaria plebeia Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 131.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me.

37. C. unilineata Turn.

[Gracilaria unilineata Turn., Trans. Boy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 131.)

Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me.

38. C. didymella Meyr.

{Gracilaria didymella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 164.)

Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Petersburg and Port Lincoln, South Australia; Albany, West Australia; from August to December. Larva mining blotches in phyllodia of Acacia longifolia and A. cidtrif'ormis.

39. C. ochrocephala Meyr.

{Gracilaria ochrocephala Meyr. , Proc. Linn. Soc.N. S.Wales,! 880, 162.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in October and November.

40. C. o^jhiodes Turn. {Gracilaria ojjhiodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 2.) Brisbane and Warwick, Queensland, in September and October.

BY E. MEYRICK 61

41. C. albistriatella Turn.

{GracilariaalbislriatellaTxxvn., Trans. Hoy. tSoc. S. Austr. 1894, 129.)

Brisbane, Queensland.

42. C. albomarginata Stt.

{Gracilaria albomarginata Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 3rd Ser., i., 294, pl.x. 3.)

Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me.

43. C. leptalea Turn. {Gracilaria leptalea Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 21.) Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September. 44. C iryrigenes Turn.

{Gracilaria py rig enes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 1; G. nitidula ibid., 1894, 128 [prte-occup.].) Brisbane, Queensland, in November.

45. C aeolella Meyr.

. {Coriscium aeolellu7n Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 167.)

Wollongong, Ne\v South Wales, in October.

46. C. ochridor sella Meyr.

{Coriscium ochridursellum Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc.N. S.Wales, 1880, 166.)

Sydney, New South Wales, from November' to February. Larva mining leaves of Phyllanthus Ferdinandi.

5. Cyphosticha, n.g.

Characters of Conopomorpha, but middle tibiae elongated and thickened with dense scales. Type C. pyrochroma Turn.

47. C. microta Turn. {Gracilaria microta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr. 1894, 128.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me, but the structural characters are given accurately by Dr. Turner in his description.

62 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

48 C. jyyrochroma Turn.

(Gracilaria pyrochroma Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894 129.) Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September.

6. Macarostola, n.g.

Characters of Gracilaria, but middle tibia? not thickened, smooth-scaled, scales sometimes expanded at apex onl3^

Type M. formosa Stt. To this genus are referable the New Zealand species lencocyma, aellotnacha, aethalota and miniella.

-1:9. M. thalassias Meyr.

(^Gracilaria thalatisias Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. jST.S. Wales, 1880, 158.)

Newcastle and S3^dney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; from May to January. Larva mining leaves of Leptospe7'mum loivigatum and Agonisflexuosa.

50. M. toxomacha Meyr.

[Gracilaria toxomacha Meyr., Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.Wales,- 1882, 197.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in September. Larva mining leaves of FuUeiioia daphnoides.

51. J/, ophidias, n.sp.

(J. 8 mm. Head white, crown centrally greyish-tinged. Palpi loosely rough-scaled anteriorly, white, with subapical band of second joint and median ring of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs grey, suffusedly ringed with white. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long-pointed, apex acute, produced; rather light fuscous; markings white, partially edged with scattered black scales; a very oblique wedge-shaped mark from costa before middle, extended as a narrow streak along costa to base; three similar marks from costa beyond this, each more or less distinctly extended on costa to touch preceding one, and two short direct marks before apex; a

BY E. MEYRICK. 63

thrice sinuate narrow subdorsal streak from base to tornus: cilia pale fuscous, round apex indistinctly barred with white, at apex with a black basal dot. Hind wings gre}^; cilia pale grey. Quorn, South Australia, in October; one specimen.

52. M. lyginella Meyr.

{Gracilaria lyginella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 157.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in October.

53. M. amalopa, n.sp.

(JQ. 7-8 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-white. Palpi whitish, apex of second joint and median ring of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, dotted with fuscous above. Abdo- men and legs ochreous-whitish, anterior legs obscurely banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long-pointed, apex produced, acute; white, partially tinged with pale ochreous; markings brownish, more or less sprinkled with dark fuscous; nine oblique costal streaks, first three reduced to dots, fourth median, last four extended to termen; three oblique streaks from dorsum, first sometimes partially obsolete; a black apical dot : cilia whitish, round apex indistinctly barred with fuscous, extreme tips at apex black. Hind wings and cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Albany, West Australia, in December; six specimens.

54. M. mnesicala Meyr.

{Gracilaria mnesicala Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 156.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in September.

55. M.formosa Stt.

{Gracilaria formosa Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 3rd Ser., i., 291, pl.x., 1; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 153.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; from Sep- tember to March. Dr. Turner thinks it is attached to Eugenia Ventenatii.

-64 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICKO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

56. M. polypJaca Low.

{Gracilaria polyplaca Low., Trans. Eoy. Soc. S. Austr. 189-1:, 112; Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 20.)

Duaringa and Brisbane, Queensland, from August to Decem- ber, and in April. Attached apparently to Tristania conferta And 1\ snaveohns.

57. M. ida Meyr.

[Gracilaria ida Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 18S0, 155.) Brisbane, Queensland; Glen Innes and Sydne}^ New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Albany, West Australia; from July to March. Larva mining leaves of Eucalyptus piperita (?).

7. Gracilaria Hw.

Head with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antenna? 1 or over 1, in (J filiform, basal joint without pec ten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, smooth or sometimes partl}^ or wlioll}' rough-scaled anteriorly or with tuft uf projecting scales on second joint, terminal joint about as long as second, more or less pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, tilifoim, porrected. Middle tibiie thickened and expanded with rough scales beneath, posterior tibi?e with appressed scales. Forewings with ]b simple, 2 from about |-, 3 sometimes absent, 4 and 5 often approximated, 7 to costa, 1 1 from before middle or near base, secondary cell some- times well defined. Hind wings about i, lanceolate or linear- lanceolate, cilia 4-6; 3 sometimes absent, trans^■erse vein absent between 4 and 5, 5 and 6 stalked, their stalk often continued to base of wing, 7 from angle of cell or rarely out of 6.

Type G. alchimiella Sc, from Europe Stud}^ of increased material from various regions has convinced me that Coriscium Z,, cannot be maintained as a distinct or natural genus, the .scaling of the palpi being subject to much variation, and not according with true affinity. On the other hand, I liave found it practic- able to use the .scaling of the legs to break up the whole of the species thus thrown together into four groups which are both natural and strictly definable, and since the number of species

BY E. MEYRICK. 65

known is already very large and destined to be much larger, I have thought it conducive to clearness to establish them as genera. The Indo-Malayan region is probably the home of this group.

58. G. chalcoptera Meyr.

[Gracilaria chalcoptera Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 151.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; in March and April.

59. G. octojyunctata Turn.

(Gracilaria octopunctata Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 123.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in April. Also occurs in India.

60. G. lepidella Meyr.

(Gracilaria le/pidella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 145.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in September and January.

61. G. pla.gala Stt.

{Gracilaria plagata Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend., 3rd Ser., i., 292, pl.x., 2; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 144.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September.

62. G. albisj^ersa Turn.

{Gracilaria albispersa Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 121).

Brisbane, Queensland, in September.

63. G. chlorella Turn.

{Gracilaria chlorellaT\xi'n.,Tvi!in^. Roy. Soc. S.Austr.l894, 121.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to nie.

64. G. oenopella Meja'.

{Gracilaria oenopella Mej'r., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 141.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in May. Larva mining leaves of 'Teiranthera ferruginea. 7

66 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

65. G. aibicincta Turn.

{Gracilaria aibicincta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Ausfcr, 1900, •20.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to me.

66. 6'. ischiastris, n.sp.

^. 8 mm. Head and thorax greyish-ochreous mixed with dark grey. Palpi white, second joint mostly blackish externally except a subapical ring, terminal joint with three black rings. Antennae white ringed with dark fuscous. Abdomen dark grey. Legs dark fuscous, anterior and middle tarsi white, ])Osterior coxse and base of femora white, tibiae white with dark grey sub- apical band, tarsi grey with two white rings. Forewings elongate, very narrow, very short-pointed, hardly acute; grey, closely irrorated with blackish; a short cloudy whitish mark from middle of dorsum, and between this and tornus some whitish irroration towards dorsum, tending to form an irregular strigulation; an oblique indistinct whitish mark from costa at |^, and another more distinct and direct before apex, both preceded by darker sufiFusion : cilia grey, with thick subbasal and two posterior blackish lines, round apex white between subbasal and posterior lines. Hind- wings rather dark grey; cilia grey.

Sydney, New South Wales, in November; one specimen.

67. G. anchetidella Meyr.

(^Gracilaria auchetidella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 143) Bulli, New South Wales, in October.

68. G. cirrhopis, n.sp.

$. 9 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow. Palpi white, apex of second joint blackish, terminal joint suffused with blackish except at base above and towards apex. Antennae white, suffusedly ringed with dark fuscous. Thorax ochreous-yellowisb, shoulders dark purple-fuscous. Abdomen grey, apex ochreous-whitish. Legs dark purplish-fuscous, anterior coxae yellowish, all tarsi

15Y K. MEYRICK. 07

white witli apex of joints dark fuscous. Forewings ver}' elongate- lanceolate, long-pointed, apex somewhat produced; shining brassy- ochreous-yellow ; costa dark fuscous-purple towards base ; a moderate paler yellow dorsal streak from base to tornus; a suffused dark fuscous dot in disc above middle, whence proceeds a broad streak of pale purplish-fuscous suffusion to apex, strewn with a few dark fuscous scales: cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey.

George's Bay, Tasmania, in January; one specimen.

69. (t. aurora Turn. {Gracilaria auroraTuru., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 127). Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to me.

70. G. peHo]:>hanes, n.sp.

(J^. 8 mm. Head and thorax light brownish-ochreous, face ochreous-whitish. Palpi whitish, terminal joint with suffused dark fuscous band towards apex. Antenna? whitish, ringed with fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, mixed with grey above. Legs brownish-ochreous mixed with dark fuscous, anterior and middle tarsi white, apex sometimes dark fuscous, posterior legs whitish-ochreous with dark fuscous dots at apex of joints. Fore- wings elongate, very narrow, rather shortly pointed, acute ; brownish-ochreous, suffused with pale fuscous ; a triangular ochreous-whitish blotch extending on costa from J to beyond middle, and reaching nearly to dorsum, edged with scattered black scales; a few black scales projecting from dorsum in cilia towards middle : cilia pale grey, round apex with several series of dark grey points. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia grev.

Toowoomba, Queensland, in December; two specimens.

71. ^. xanthopharella ^lejr.

(Gracilaria xanthopharella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, Ul.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; from No- vember to February.

GS DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

72. G. euglyjyta Turn. {Gracilaria eugly2?ta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc.S. Austr. 1894, 122.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September.

73. G. xylophanes Turn.

(Gracilaria xylophanes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 123.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in September.

74c. G. eury enema Turn.

{Gracilaria eurycnema Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894. 122.)!

Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September. If I have correctly identified this species, the male has two very long hair- pencils rising from thorax posteriorly and lying along sides of abdomen.

8. TiMODORA Meyr.

75. T. chrysochoa Meyr.

(Timodora chrysochoa Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 296.) Tonga.

9. Opsiclines, n.g.

Head with appresvsed scales; ocelli absent; tongue developed. Antennse f, filiform, basal joint somewhat dilated, with pecten. Labial palpi moderately loug, curved, ascending, second joint thickened with scales, somewhat roughly expanded towards apex beneath, terminal joint about half second, thickened with loose scales, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Forewings with 2 from 1^, 3 absent, 6 and 7 stalked, 7 to costa, 8 absent, 11 from middle. Hind wings J, narrow-lanceolate, cilia 4; 3 absent, 5-7 parallel.

A genus of somewhat dubious affinity; it may be a development of Zelleria. My example, kindly communicated by Mr. Lower, is a female, and the posterior legs are broken.

BY E. MEYRICK. 09

76. 0. JpAicomorpha Low. {Zelleria leucomorpha Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1900 422.)

Adelaide, South Australia, in December.

10. Macarangela Meyr.

77. M. ptjrac7na Meyr.

(Macarangela pyracnia Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 589.)

York, West Australia, in October.

78. M. uranarcha Meyr.

(Macarangela uranarcha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 588.)

Mount Lofty, South Australia.

79. M. leucochrysa Meyr.

{Macara7igela leucochrysa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1892, 588.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in October.

11. Zelleria Stt. 80. Z. cynetica Meyr. {Zelleria cynetica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 582.) Brisbane, Queensland; ]\lurrurundi, Sydney, and Blackheath, New South Wales; Gisborne, Victoria; Launceston, Deloraine, Hobart, and George's Bay, Tasmania; from October to December, and in March and April.

81.^. araeodes Meyr.

{^Zelleria araeodes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VVales, 1892, 582).

Sydney, New South Wales ; Gerald ton and Albany, West Australia; from August to October.

82. Z. hemixipha Low.

(Zelleria hemiocipha Low., Proc. Linn. Soc.N. S.Wales, 1900, 421.) Adelaide, South Australia, in November.

70 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

83. Z. memorella Meyr. (Zelleria memorella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1 892, 583.) Sydney and Mt. Kosciusko, New South Wales ; Gisborne,

Victoria; Hobart and George's Bay, Tasmania York and Albany,

West Australia; from November to January.

8i. Z. cremnospila Low.

(Zelleria cremnos2)ila Low., Proc. Linn. Soc N.S.Wales, 1900, 42L)

Port Victor, South Australia, in November.

85. Z. aphrospora Meyr.

{Zelleria aphrospora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 584.)

Port Lincoln, South Australia, in November.

86. Z. callidoxa Meyr. (Zelleria callidoxa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1 892, 584.) Port Lincoln and Mt. Lofty, South Australia, in November.

87. Z. proterespila Meyr.

{Zelleria proterospil a Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 584.)

Geraldton, York, and AlVjany, West Australia, from October to December.

88. Z. pyroleuca Meyr.

{Zelleria pyroleuca Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 585.)

Bathurst, New South Wales, in November.

89, Z, mystarcha Meyr. '

{Zelleria mystarcha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N, S.Wales, 1892, 586.)

Campbelltown, Tasmania, in December.

BY E. MEYRICK. 71

90. Z. citrina Meyr. {Zelleria citrina Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 586.) Sydney and Glen Innes, New South Wales, in September and December.

91. ^. sigillata Meyr.

{Zelleria dgillata Meyr., Proc.Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892,587.) Sydney and Shoalhaven, New South Wales, in December and January,

92. Z. stylograpfa, n.sp.

9. 20 mm. Head and thorax grej^ finely irrorated with white. Palpi whitish, sprinkled with grey. Antennae grey. Forewings very elongate-lanceolate, round-pointed; 4 and 5 stalked; pale whitish-fuscous finely irrorated with dark fuscous, appearing grey; a minute blackish dot in disc at i; an oblique blackish streak in disc before middle, not reaching margins; someblnckish irroration towards apex: cilia grey, round apex suffused with dark purple-fuscous. Hind wings grey, paler and thinly scaled towards base; cilia light grey.

Mt. Macedon, Victoria, in March; one specimen (Lower).

12. Xyrosaris, n.g.

Head with short dense rough hairs; tongue developed; ocelli absent. Antenna over 1, in ^ filiform, basal joint moderate, with pectfn. Labial palpi moderately long, curved, ascending, second joint thickened with dense scales, expanded and project- ing towards apex beneath, terminal joint longer than second, expanded with rough projecting scales above and beneath to form a dense rough brush-like tuft concealing apex of joint, IVl axillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled. Forewings with small tufts of scales on surface; 2 from angle, 7 to apex or termen, 11 from towards base. Hindwings 1, elongate-lanceolate, cilia nearly 2; 3 absent, 5 and 6 closely approximated.

Certainly allied to Zelleria, but abundantly distinct by the long antennae, peculiar palpi, and scale-tufts of forewings. I have two allied species from Ceylon.

7'2 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

93. X. dryopa, n.sp.

(^.18 mm. Head ochreous-whitish irrorated with pale fuscous. Palpi rather dark fuscous irrorated with whitish, internally whitish. Antennae fuscous, obscurely paler-ringed. Thorax pale greyish-ochreous tinged with brown. Abdomen grey, anal valves very large. Forewings very elongate, very narrow, apex short- pointed, obtuse; pale greyish-ochreous, partially tinged with brown; two undefined patches of brown suffusion in disc ante- riorly, including two or three small dark fuscous scaletufts; a narrow brown streak along dorsum from middle to near tornus, including two dark fuscous scaletufts; some small black dots on posterior half of costaand forming a curved subterminal series to tornus; some brown suffusion towards apex, including a transverse mark of raised fu>cous scales: cilia pale greyish-ochreous, towards tornus suffused with dark grey, round apex and on costa with two broad dark grey shades. Hind wings grey, becoming thinly scaled and subhyaline towards base: cilia grey.

Brisbane, Queensland; one specimen.

13. Cyclotohna, n.g.

Head with appres.^ed scales; tongue absent; ocelli present. Antennae |, in ^ filiform, simple, basal joint short, thick, with scaletuft anteriorly. Labial palpi minute, scaled, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obs(»lete. Abdomen thick. Posterior tibiae with dense long hairs above. Forewino;s with 16 furcate, 2 from angle, 7 to apex, 8-10 approximated, 11 from middle, secondary cell defined. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia |; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5-7 parallel, 8 fiee.

This curious form is probabl}" a modification of Homadaula.

94. C. monocentra, n.sp.

(J9. 23-30 mm. Head, pnlpi, and thorax dark fuscous finely irrorated with whitish. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous- fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded, dorsum strongly arched before middle; dark grey, partially tinged with ochreous-

BY E. MEYKICK. 73

brownish, tineiy irrorated with whitish, and strewn with l)hickisli or dark fuscous s<ales; some undefined darker suffusion towards costa before mi' Idle; a narrow or linear transverse dark fuscous mark in disc before § : cilia grey irrorated with whitish. Hind- wings in ^ dark fusrous, in ^ fuscous, somewhat ochreous-tinged; hairs on 16 tinged with ochreous; cilia light ochreous-fuscous, basal hnlf in ^ dark fuscous.

Townsville and Duaringa, Queensland, in April (Barnard, Dodd, Lower); five specimens. Mr. Dodd states that "the larva has two stages, one bug-like, the other rayed; in the latter stage it lives in the nests of ants; the change of shape is effected in a small cocoon."

14. HOMADAULA, n.g.

Head smooth, sidetufts somewhat spreading; tongue developed; ocelli absent. Antennae f, in ^ serrulate, shortly ciliated, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, straight, porrected or subascending, second joint thick, shortly rough- scaled, terminal joint short, stout, cylindrical, obtuse. M-axillar}' palpi rudimentar}'. Posterior tibiae wath appressed scales. Fore- wings with \b furcate, 2 from near angle, 7 to apex or termen, 11 from middle, secondary cell defined. Hindwings 1, elongate- ovate, cilia 4; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5-7 parallel.

Type H. mi/rioi^pila. Probably related to Auticrates, from which it differs mainly by the peculiar palpi.

95. H. coscinopa Low.

{IJomadaula coscinopa Low,, Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S. Wales, 1 900, 51.)

Broken Hill, New South Wales, in March,

96. H. myriospilay n.sp.

(J9. 13-17 mm. Head and thorax grey sprinkled with whitish. Palpi blackish, apex grey. Antenna? and abdomen gre3\ Fure- wings elong-ite, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rather obliquely rounded; grey, finely irrorated with white, strewn with numerous dark fuscous dots; the absence of white irroration

74 DESCRIPnONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTRRA, XIX.,

generally forms a subquadiate blotch on costa before middle, its anterior edge darker and tending to be produced to dorsum, but this is sometimes obsolete or reduced to a spot in disc; a more or less distinct small dark spot above dorsum before tornus : cilia grey, with lines of white points, Hindwings ochreous-grey, becoming darker towards apex; cilia grey, becoming whitish towards tips.

Carnarvon and Gerald ton, West Australia, in November and December; ten specimens, all bred. Larva feeds on an unidentified phyllodineous species of Acacia, living gregariously in dense masses of web amongst the phyllodia, in October.

97. //. poliodes, n.sp.

(^9. 11-12 mm. Head white, sprinkled with grey. Palpi dark grey, apex of joints whitish. Antennae grey. Thorax white, indistinctly spotted with grey. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; grey, densely and suffusedly irrorated with white; some scattered rather dark fuscous dots; markings rather dark fuscous; a triangular spot on dorsum near base; a moderately broad fascia at |, attenuated or obsolete on costa; an irregular blotch on dorsum before tornus; an irregular spot on costa at |, and another on termen above tornus, sometimes confluent : cilia rather dark grey, with rows of white points. Hindwings rather dark grey, lighter towards base; cilia light grey.

York, West Australia, in November; two specimens.

98. H. fasiochroa Low.

( Homadanlalasiochroajjow, ,Vvoc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1899, 115.)

Broken Hill, New South Wales, in October and January,

15. Prays Hb.

Head with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antennae |, in (J minutely ciliated or pubescent, basal joint witihout pecten. Labial palpi moderate, curved, subascending, second joint some-

BY K. MKYRICK. 75

what rough beneath, terminal joint as long as second or longer, pointed. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibiae smooth- scaled. Fore wings with 16 furcate, 2 from *, 7 and 8 approxi- mated at V)ase or stalked, 7 to termen, 9 and 10 approximated, 11 from beyond middle. Hiiidwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia |-1; 4 absent, 6 and 7 parallel.

1. Head yellowish or whitish-ochreous 2.

Head grey 4.

2. Forewings with dark transverse markings 8.

Forewings with marginal spots only 90. tyrastis.

3. Forewings with dark fascia at ^ , l^id. inscripta.

Forewings without dark fascia at;|.. 101. calycias.

4. Forewings with median dorsal spot fascia-like 102. nephelomima.

Forewings with median dorsal spot not crossing fold., 103. autocasis.

99. P. tyrastis, n.sp.

(J. 12-15 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous-yellow. Antennae fuscous. Thorax whitish-yellowish, anterior margin dark fuscous. Abdomen pale gre3''-yellowish. Forewings very elongate, costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen oblique, some- what rounded; whitish-yellowish; markings dark fuscous; two small spots on costa near base and at ^, connected by a narrow costal streak; two dots on costa about middle, and a spot or dot at |; a spot on dorsum at ^, a larger one beyond middle, and a triangular one at tornus; an irregular streak from apex along termen to below middle : cilia whiiishochreous, with fuscous bars below apex and above tornus, or mostly fuscous. Hindwingsand cilia grey.

Geraldton, West Australia; Melbourne, Victoria; in November,

three specimens.

100, P. inscripta^ n.sp.

^9. 11-13 mm. Head ochreous-yellowish. Palpi, antennas, thorax, and abdomen rather dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; oclireous-white, towards dorsum more ochreous-tinged; markings dark ochreous-fuscous; a streak along anterior half of costa; three narrow fasciae, first at \, sometimes not reaching

76 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MinRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

dorsum, second from | of costa to § of dorsum, connected in middle by a bar with apex of costal streak, third from costa near apex to tornus; generally a more or less partial streak along termen, sometimes partly confluent with third fascia: cilia fuscous. Hindwings rather dark purplish-fuscous; cilia fuscous.

Sydney, New South Wales, in August, September, March, and April; ten specimens, all in Waverley Gully.

101. P. calyciaii, n.sp.

(J^. 10-11 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged. Palpi and antennae grey. Thorax and abdomen rather dark fuscous. Fore wings very elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, tej-men very obliquely rounded ; rather dark fuscous; markings pale whitish-ochreous; a large rounded-tri- angular blotch extending on dorsum from base to middle, apex almost reaching costa at ^; one or two obscure dots towards middle of costa; a rather narrow irregular fascia from 4 of costa to dorsum before tornus : cilia fuscous, tips whitish on a spot beneath apex. Hindwings rather dark fuscous, with prismatic reflections; cilia fuscous.

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydne}', New South Wales; from Sep- tember to November, five specimens.

102. P. 7iepheIo7ni7nfi^ n.sp.

(J^. 10-12 mm. Head and thorax grey mixed with white. Palpi grey. Antenme whitish-grey. Abdomen grey. Forewings very elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; grey, suffused with whitish and mixed with dark fuscous, tending to form transverse strigulte; markings cloudy, indistinct, formed by dark fuscous suffusion; a spot on costa at ^5 and another at |; an oblique fascia-like spot from dorsum beyond middle, reaching more than half across wing and tendiog to unite with second costal spot; a triangular spot on tornus : cilia grey, mixed with whitish on costa. Hindwings and cilia fuscous-grey.

Murrurundi and Sydney, New South Wales, in November and December; five specimens.

BY E. MEYRICK. 77

103. r. autocasis, ri.sp.

^. 11-12 mm. Head pale grey, yellowish-tinged, face more whitish. Pal[)i, anteniiiie, thorax, and abdomen grey. Forewings very elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; grey, densely irrorated with white, and transversely strigulated with darker grey; an indistinct cloudy darker spot on dorsum beyond middle, not cro.'-sing fold, and another on tornus : cilia grey, on costa mixed with white. Hind- wings gre}^ with brassy and purplish reflections; cilia grey.

Sydney, ]New South Wales; Albany, West Australia; in Octo- ber and April, two specimens.

16. Yponomeuta Latr. lO-t. Y. inte7-jiellusWa.\k.

(Hyponomeiita internellus Walk. 533; H. ptistulellus ib. 533, Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1903, 77; H. grossipunctella Gn., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1879, 282.)

Mackay, Townsville, Brisbane, and Warwick, Queensland; Glen Innes, Newcastle, and Sydney, New South Wales; from June to January.

105. Y. myriosemus Turn.

[Hyponomeuta myrioseryia Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1898, 200.)

Duaringa, and Brisbane, Queensland; Katoomba, New South Wales; in August and November.

106. Y. interruptellus Saub.

{Teinoptila hiterriqytella Saub., Semp. Schmett. Phil, ii., 701, pi. Ixvi., 16.)

Port Moresby, New Guinea; a specimen received from Dr. Turner; occurs also in the Philippines. A curious blackish species, with two or three very irregular rather large white spots towards dorsum of forewings; it is a true Yponomeuta, and the genus Teinoptila Saub., lapses.

78 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

17. Thyridectis Meyr.

107. T. psephonoma Meyr.

{Thyridectis psephonoma Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1886, 1046.) . Newcastle, New South Wales.

18. Atteva Walk.

The species of this genus, notwithstanding their conspicuous colouring, are often very similar and difficult, and require close attention. The colour and markings of the head and thorax, and the modificMtions of the posterior tibi?e of the male, frequently afford reliable distinctions. A. fulvlgnttala Z., is attributed conjecturally to Australia, but in error; it is really West Indian.

108. A. anrata Butl.

{Corinea aurata Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882, 238.)

25 mm. Forewings golden-orange. Hindwings orange, apical half greenish black,

Duke of York Island (Bismarck Archipelago). Only type seen.

109. A. rex Butl. {Corinea rex Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, 414.)

<J. 25-26 mm. Head dark grey, a streak along anterior margin of eye, a patch behind eye, and a spot or mark on back of crown white. Thorax and abdomen orange, anal valves very long. Posterior tibiae and tarsi whitish, very weak and deformed. Forewings narrow, posteriorly dilated, costa posteriorly strongly arched, apex obtuse, termen faintly sinuate, rather oblique; bright orange, posteriorly coppery-tinged; a suffused deep purple terminal fascia, occupying about J of wing, broadest on costa. Hindwings thinly scaled, bright orange; apical § dark grey.

Bougainville, Solomon Is.; two specimens (Meek); types also seen.

BY E. MEYRICK. 7i)

110. A. alhitarsis Feld. {Amblothridia albilarsis Feld., Heis. Nov., pl.cxxxix (note).) Locality not given, but it would seem to be pro})ably from the

Australian region. Not known to me; described as golden- orange, with costa and termen of fore wings narrowly black.

111. A. porphyris n.sp.

5. 27-29 mm. Head, palpi, and antenme blackish, face and a patch behind eyes white. Thorax bright orange. Abdomen orange, above deep purple becoming blackish posteriorly, beneath with apical segment white and prjeapical purple-blackish. Legs purple-blackish, spotted with white. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen rather obliqueljM'ounded; very deep indigo-blue-purple; basal area almost to midtUe bright orange: cilia dark purple-fuscous, tips pale fuscous. Hindwings somewhat thinly scaled, bright orange; apical half dark purplish-fuscous, produced along dorsum to near termen; cilia dark purplish-fuscous, tips paler, becoming orange on dorsum.

Bougainville, Solomon Is.; two specimens (Meek).

112.^. iris Feld. {Amblothridia iris Feld., Reis. Nov. pl.cxxxix., 25.)

Molucca Is.; not known tome. Similar to preceding, but with orange area much smaller, occupying only about a fourth of wing.

113. A. teratias, n.sp.

(J9. 30-33 mm. Head dark ^rey, a streak along anterior margin of eye, a patch behind eye, and sometimes a dot on fore- head and another on crown white. Palpi and antennae dark grey. Thorax and abdomen bright orange, abdomen in ^ with white ventral stripe, anal valves very long. Legs dark grey, apex of middle tibiae whitish, posterior legs white suffused with orange above, posterior tibiae in ^ short and weak, loosely rough- scaled above. Forewings very elongate, narrow, costa posteriorly

80 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

gently arched, apex rounded, termen somewhat obliquely rounded; dark fuscous-purple, in ^ suffused with deep indigo in disc; basal f bright orange, division suffused; an elongate white spot in disc somewhat before middle; a variable roundish or irregular white spot in disc somewhat before J, above which are one or two minute white dots : cilia rather dark fuscous. H ind wings blackish- fuscous; basal I bright orange; cilia grey, on basal area orange. Woodlark I. Sariba I.; two specimens (Meek).

114. A. cupinna Feld. {Amhlothridia cuprina Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxix., 21.) Molucca Is.; not known to me. Fore wings purple, with an orange basal patch extended along dorsum to tornus, and four white spots in the purple area; hind wings orange, with grey apical patch.

115. A. hasalis VoU.

{Oeta hasalis Vol!., Tijd. v. Ent. 1863, 140, pi. ix.,6.) Mortal (Moluccas); other localities quoted by various authors require confirmation, the identity of the species observed not being established. This and the two following species are nearly allied, and the group requires further study.

116. A. conspicua Wals.

{Atteva conspicua Wals., Swinh. Cat. Het. ii., 559.)

Buru; not known to me.

117. ^. Mathewi Butl.

{Corinea Mathewi Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, 414.)

(J 9. 30-35 mm. Head blackish-grey, a streak along anterior margin of eye, a patch behind eye, and undefined spots on fore- head and back of crown white. Thorax and abdomen orange. Posterior tibiee in $ somewhat short but normal, smooth-scaled. Forewings purple-blackish; basal f deep orange; a white spot on dorsum near base, and one in disc at |; a variable transverse white mark before middle, seldom reaching dorsum; a while dot

BY E. MEYRICK. 81

Oil costa near beyond this, sometimes almost touching it; three small variable white spots beneath costa on posterior half, some- times accompanied by one or two additional dots; a rather large pear-shaped white spot above dorsum before tornus, sometimes touching dorsum or connected with penultimate subcostal spot. Hind wings thinly scaled, bright orange; apical half, or rather less, grey, on termen blackish.

Kulambangia, Florida Guadalcanar, Choiseul, Gizo, Rendova, probably throughout the Solomon Is. (Meek); fourteen specimens. My former quotation of A. apicalis Voll., from these islands was founded on a mistaken identification of this species.

118. A. aJbiguttata Z.

{Oeta alhiguttata Z., Zool. Bot. Ver. 1873, 230; Atteva albi- gnttata Turn., Proc. Linn. goc. N. S. Wales, 1903, 80.)

Maryborough and Brisbane, Queensland, in April (Barnard, Turner).

119. A. charopis Turn.

{Atteva charopis Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, 80.) Cooktown and Cairns, Queensland (Dodd).

120. A. megalasfra, n.sp.

(J^. 29-30 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi dark grey, base ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey. Thorax deep orange, apical margin of collar, and a spot on outer side of patagia white, and a transverse ochreous-whitish bar before posterior extremity. Abdomen bright orange, beneath with segments white towards middle of posterior margin. Legs dark fuscou.«, spotted with white, posterior tibiae in ^ clothed with dense long hairs above and beneath. Forewings elongate, costa anteriorly nearly straight, posteriorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen rather oblique, hardly rounded ; deep fulvou.s-orange, with numerous mostly roundish white spots; about twelve small ones on costa, tenth largest; five moderate spots, with two or three variable small additional dots, in a supramedian longitudinal series, first and third sometimes touching costal spots, second central, fifth almost 8

82 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

apical; a moderate spot above dorsum near base; two large spots in disc at about | and f ; five or six small spots on dorsum, of which one beyond middle is larger and transverse; a more or less transverse spot beyond tornus, and sometimes some additional ^ ariable dots above this: cilia orange, towards tips white round apex. Hindwings bright orange; cilia orange, tips paler. Port Douglas, Queensland; two specimens (Lucas).

121. A. niphocosma Turn.

{Atteva niphocosma Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1903, 79.)

Townsville and Brisbane, Queensland, in February and March (Turner). Not known to me.

122. A. mt/riastra, n.sp.

5. 34 mm. Head white mixed with whitish-ochreous. (Palpi broken). Antennae dark grey. Thorax deep orange, apical half of collar and a spot on outer side of patagia white (probably with a whitish bar before posterior extremity, but defaced). Abdomen bright orange, beneath with segments white towards middle of posterior margin. Legs dark fuscous, spotted with white. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen almost straight, somewhat oblique; fulv^ous-orange, with numerous white spots; about thirteen small ones on costa, eleventh largest; eleven small or moderate spots in an irregular subcostal series; about eight in an irregular submedian series, variable in size, two transverse spots about | connected, eighth transverse; about nine small dorsal spots, one beyond middle larger and transverse: cilia orange, tips paler. Hindwings and cilia bright orange, Maryborough, Queensland; one specimen (Barnard).

19. CORYPTILUM Z.

Head shortly rough-haired. Antennae J to almost 1, in ^ filiform, simple, basal joint short, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, curved, ascending, with rough projecting hairs beneath throughout, terminal joint shorter than second, obtuse. Maxillary

BY E. MEYHICK. 83

palpi moderate, filiform, subascending. Posterior tibiie with appressed scales. Forewings with 2 from near angle, 7 to costa, 1 1 from J of cell, secondary cell defined. Hind wings 1, elongate- ovate, cilia J; 3 and 4 somewhat approximated, 5 and 6 approxi- mated.

A peculiar genus of somewhat uncertain aflinity, perhaps nearer the Tortyra group.

123. C. KlugiiZ.

{Coryptilitni Klucjii Z.,Is. 1839, Sippharara eucliromiella^ dXV. Suppl. 1822; S. Wnodfordi Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888, 579. pi. xxix., 8.)

(J^. 32-40 mm Head black. Thorax coppery-red, suffusedly striped with black. Abdomen blackish. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa posteriori}' strongly arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; orange, mostly suffused with deep coppery-red; costal edge blackish; a blackish patch, strewn with bright bluish-silvery-metallic .scales, extending along dorsum from near base to near tornus; a broad black oblique subapical patch from costa posteriorly, not quite reaching termen, marked with several streaks of bright bluish-silvery-metallic scales on veins; two more or less indicated short black and silvery-metallic streaks on veins towards tornus. Hindwings black; apical third bright orange.

Rendova, Isabel, Gizo, Solomon Is.; Milne Bay, New Guinea; Rossel 1.; Gilolo; tw^elve specimens. Occurs also in the Philip- pines, Celebes, Sumatra, Java, and Malacca.

20. ToNZA Walk. 124. T.purella Walk. {Tonza purellaWsilk. 1011; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 591.)

Townsville and Kockhampton, Queensland, in November, Feb- ruar}^ and May.

21. Antichates Meyr.

Head loosely haired or with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antennae |-i, in g moderately or shortly ciliated, basal joint

84 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTBRA, XIX.,

sometimes with pecten. Labial palpi moderately long, curved, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint shorter than second, pointed. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibiae with appressed scales. Fore wings with 16 furcate, 2 from angle, 2 and 3 sometimes stalked, 7 to termen, 7 and 8 or 8 and 9 some- times stalked, 11 from before middle. Hind wings 1, elongate- ovate, cilia i-J; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5-7 tolerably parallel. An Indo-Malayan genus of moderate extent.

125. A. isan&ma, n.sp.

(JQ. 18-20 mm. Head, palpi, antennse, thorax, and abdomen white, second joint of palpi pale ochreous except towards apex, terminal joint obviously shorter than second. Fore wings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen faintly sinuate, rather strongly oblique, 8 and 9 stalked; white; some- times two or three minute dark fuscous dots on costa towards apex, and on dorsum towards tornus: costal cilia whitish-ochreous, near apex white; terminal cilia pale ochreous, becoming fuscous towards tips, base white, with a minute blackish apical dot. Hindwings and cilia white.

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 3000 feet, in December and January, apparently attached to Correa speciosa; nine specimens. 126. A. di'osochlora, n.sp,

9. 17 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen white, terminal joint of palpi almost as long as second. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen almost straight, rather strongly oblique, 8 and 9 stalked; white, strewn throughout with scattered pale brownish ochreous scales; a series of minute dark fuscous specks round apical portion of co.sta and termen : cilia pal^ ochreous, towards base white, sprinkled with pale brownish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia white.

Sydney, New South Wales, in August, amongst Correa speciosa; one specimen.

127. A. sulfurata, n.sp.

(J 18 mm., 9 27 mm. Head and thorax in $ pale yellow, in ^ brownish-ochreous. Palpi in ^ moderate, ochreous-whitish,

BY K. MKYUICK. 85

terminal joint nearly equal second, in Q longer, more recurved, brownish-ochreous, terminal joint much shorter than second. Antenns^e whitish ochreous. Abdomen whitish. Fore wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen somewhat rounded, oblique, 7 and 8 stalked; very pale shining brassy- j^ellowish : cilia whitish. Hind wings and cilia white.

York, West Australia, in November, 1 (J; Ardrossan, South Australia, 1 9. I have no doubt these are the same species, but in case of error I specify the male as the type.

128. A. jjara.vantha, n.sp.

9. 16 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi whitish-ochreous, second joint externally crimson-tinged. Antennae whitish-ochreous. Thorax yellow, collar and posterior third mixed with dull crimson. Abdomen pale ochreous, tinged with crimson. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen little rounded, oblique, 7-9 separate; yellow, with a few scattered pale crimson scales in disc and posteriorly; base narrowly pale crimson, shortly produced along costa; an ill-defined and partially interrupted cloudy pale crimson streak from J of dorsum to ^ of costa; an inwardly oblique pale crimson streak from dorsum before tornus, terminating in previous streak at right angles : cilia yellow, slightly crimson-tinged. Hindwings and cilia light ochreous- crimson.

Rockhamptun, Queensland; one specimen (Barnard).

129. A. za^i/ra, n.sp.

(J. 16 mm. Head pale yellow, crown red posteriorly. Palpi reddish. Antennae whitish-yellowish. Thorax pale yellow, with red transverse median band. Abdomen coppery-ochreous. Fore- wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen some- what lounded, oblique, 7-9 separate; pale brassy-yellow; markings crimson-red, paler on costal half, deepest towards dorsum; costal edge crimson towards base; a subdorsal streak from base to J of dorsum, connected there wdth a median streak from before middle of dorsum to near costa at 4; a streak from base of costa termina-

S6 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAX MICKO-LKPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

ting in median streak on fold, and connected with middle of sub- dorsal streak by a bar parallel to median streak and continued upwards to meet next streak; a slender curved streak rising from this near base and continued through middle of disc to tornus, joined at right angles b}' a thick streak from | of dorsum parallel to median; above this the whole wing is marked by cloudy inter- neural streaks not quite reaching margin : cilia light crimson- ochreous, basal third dull crimson. Hindwingsand cilia crimson- ochreous.

Toowoomba, Queensland, in December; one specimen.

22. Lactura Walk.

Characters are given by Dr. Turnei', Init 7 and 8 of forewings sometimes stalked. I include Epidictica Turn., as a synonym of this genus. It appears to be confined to the Australian region.

130. //. caminaea Meyr.

{Enaemia caminaea Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1886. 1044.)

Newcastle and Sj^dney, New South Wales, in April. Larva on Eucalyptus; figured and described by Olliff, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1888, 361, pi. XX., 5; if there is no error of observation, it is very abnormal in form.

131. Z. egregiella\\?i\k.

(Cyptasia egregiella Walk., Suppl. 1837; Lactura egregielta Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, 84.)

Duaringa, Wide Bay, and Rosewood, Queensland, in October. 132. L. dives Walk.

[Lactura dives Walk., Bomb. 486; Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wale.s, 1903, 89.)

Townsville, Queensland, in Marcij.

133. L. laetifera Walk

{Theniiscyra laetifera Walk., Suppl. 258; Enaemia ^pgrocJivysa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 111; Lactura laptifera Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wale.s, 1903, 85.)

Cairns, Bundaberg, and Brisbane, Queensland.

BY E. MEYRICK. 87

1 34. L. suffusa Walk.

{Dianasa su^'usa Walk., Bomb. 488; Uypoprepia haematopus Feld., Reis. Nov, pi. cxxxix., 54, 55; Dianasa obscura Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1877, 346; Lactura suffusa Turn., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S.Wales, 1903,88.)

Mackay and Brisbane, Queensland; Newcastle, New South Wales Felder's quotation of Assam as locality is undoubtedly one of his frequent errors.

1 35. L. Pilcheri Luc.

(Oal/iyenia Pilcheri Luc, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1891, 279; Epidictica Pilcheri Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, 83.)

Rockhampton, Bundaberg, and Brisbane, Queensland, in No- vember and March.

136. L. calliphylla Turn.

{Epidictica calliphylla Turn , Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, 81.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in November.

137. L. 2?hoenodes Feld. (Mieza phoenoJes Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxix., 37.) Locality quoted as doubtfully Australian. Not known to me;

it may not be referable to this genus.

138. L. cristata Butl.

{Cyptasia cristata Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 383; Enaetnia callianthes Low., Trans. Koy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 111; E. mixoleuca Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 14.)

Mackay, Gayndah, and Gympie, Queensland.

139. L. rutilella Pag. {Enaemia rutilella Pag., Zoologica xxix., 233.) Bismarck Is.; not known to me.

88 DESCRIPTIONS OK AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

140. L. erythrocera Feld.

{Mieza erythrocera Feld., Keis. Nov. p]. cxxxviii,, 53.) Cape York, Queensland; not known to me. Felder also figures from the same locality under the name of Mieza picta a species not known to me, but apparently more probably referable to

the Lithosiadae.

141. L. phlogopa Meyr. .

{Enaemia (V) phlogopa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1886, 258.)

Fly River, New Guinea.

142. L. thlospila Turn.

(Epidictica thiospila Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1903, 83.)

Mackay, Queensland.

143. L. erythractis Meyr.

[Enaemia erythractis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1886, 1043; Lactura erythractis Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1903, 86.)

Townsville and Bowen, Queensland, in January.

144. L. parallela Meyr.

[Enaemia parallela Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, 522; Lactura eupoecila Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, 86.) New Guinea; Cooktown, Queensland.

145. L. mactata Feld.

[Mieza mactata Fold., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxix., 44 ; Lactura

mactata Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1903, 87.)

Cape York, Kuranda, and Geraldton, Queensland, in October

and November.

23. Mieza Walk.

Differs from Lactura and Anticrates in having all the veins of hindwings separate and remote. Hedy charts Tmyu., is a synonym of this genus.

BY E. M HAYRICK. 89

146, M. phoenobapta Turtj,

{Hedycharis phoenobapta Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1903, 90.)

Brisbane, Queensland, in March. Not known to me.

147. M. leucophthaJ ma^ n.sp.

(J. 20 mm. Head yellow, sides and back of crown suifused with crimson. Palpi and antennje light yellowish Tliorax yellow, posterior half pale crimson. Abdomen light rosy-ochreous. Fore- wings elongate, moderately broad, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; p ile purplish-brown, becoming darker purple-fuscous towards margins of yellow markings; a rather irregular 3'^ellow streak all round costa and termen, margined internally with fiery-orange suffusion, and a similar spot on middle of dorsum; a roundish patch of white suffusion in disc above middle : cilia yellow, at tornus orange-tinged. Hindwings and cilia pale ochreous-rosy.

Cooktown, Queensland; one specimen.

148. M. pyriJampis Meyr.

{Enaemiapyrilampis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1886, 257.)

Fly River, New Guinea.

149. M. colabristis,n.^p.

(J. 23 mm. Head yellow^, crown red except on sides. Palpi red, beneath pale yellowihh. Antennae ochreous, basal joint red. Thorax yellow, anterior edge of collar, anguiated marks on middle of patagia connected b}^ a streak on posterior edge of collar, and a dorsal streak starting from this and posteriorly furcate crimson- red. Abdomen coppery -orange. Forewings elongate, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa posteriori}' gently arched, apex obtuse, termt-n obliquely rounded; 7 and 8 stalked; yellow, with longi- tudinal reddish-orange streaks between veins in disc and pos- teriorly, not reaching margins; markings bright crimson-red; a slender basal fascia, fuicate costally, and connected with short

90 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-Lfi:PIDOPTKRA, XIX.,

costal and dorsal streaks from base; a straight streak from I of dorsum to middle of costa, and a parallel series of three marks between this and basal fascia; two posterior series of marks on veins, strongl}^ angulated outwards in disc, towards dorsum becoming streaks connected by lines on veins, first rising from costal extremity of preceding streak and terminating on middle of dorsum, where it meets a bar from | of preceding streak; terminal extremities of veins shortl}^ crimson-red : cilia reddish- orange (imperfect). Hind wings and cilia orange, slightly rosy- tinged.

New Guinea; one specimen.

24. Eremothyris Wals.

Differs from Anticrates in having veins 6 and 7 of hind wings stalked. Epopsia Turn., is a synonym of this.

150. £J. metreta Turn.

[Epopsia metreta Turn., Proc.Linn.Soc.N. S.Wales, 1903, 90.) Cooktown, Queensland. Not known to me; but I possess two examples of an Anticy^ates from Borneo which appear to agree exactly with all particulars of Dr. Turner's description except in the one distinguishing neural character; and as Dr. Turner's type was apparently unique, it is possible that it may be an abnormal individual, and in any case further information is desirable.

25. Anaphantis, n.g.

Head with appressed scales; ocelli small; tongue developed. Antennae f, thickened with smooth scales, basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi moderately long, curved, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint much shorter than second, pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled. Fore- wings with 16 long-fiircate, 2 from towards angle, 7 to apex (but indefinite), 11 from beyond middle. Hind wings. 1, elongate- ovate, cilia ^; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 parallel.

Differs from Aaticrates by the thickened antenna?.

HY E. MEYRICK. 91

151. A. isochrysa, n.sp.

9. 17-18 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax blackish, collar orauge. Antenmie blackish, apical third white. Abdomen orange, apical third blackish, t'orewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; purplish-black; a broad direct transverse orange band, extending from i to about 4 : cilia blackish. Hindwings orange; apical third black; cilia black, round dorsum and termen orange.

Bougainville, Solomon Is.; two specimens (Meek).

26. HiLAROGRAPHA Z.

Head with loosely appressed hairs; ocelli large, bright; tongue short. Antennae hardly over ^, in ^ strongly fasciculate-ciliated, basal joint stout, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, slender, curved, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint shorter than second, tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled. Forewings with 16 furcate, 2 from before J, 7 and 8 approximated or stalked, 7 to apex or termen, 8 sometimes to termen, 11 from before middle. Hind- wings 1, oblong-ovate, cilia ^; 3 and 4 short-stalked, 6 and 7 stalked.

Idiothaiima Wals., and Thanmatographd Wals., are synonyms of this genus.

152. H. pyranthis, n.sp.

jj^. 10-12 mm. Head orange suffused with grey, face light yellowish. Palpi pale ochreous, base' of second and terminal joints dark fuscous. Antennae brownish-ochreous. Thorax orange, with two leaden-blue stripes. Abdomen orange. Fore- wings triangular, costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex rounded, termen sinuate beneath apex, rather prominent in middle, rather oblique beneath; 7 and 8 stalked; bright reddish- orange; three narrow leaden-blue black edged streaks from base to about ^, subcostal curved downwards posteriorly, between sub- costal and median a broader yellow streak; an oblique yellow spot from costa at J; median area occupied by about eight

92 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX.,

strongly angulated transverse purple-black striae, irregularly anastomosing especially in pairs so as to form a confused net- work, on costa reduced to five, outer pairs enclosing a leaden-blue mark; a sinuate leaden-blue black-edged streak from costa at § to near apex, where it unites with a wedge-shaped white black- edged prseapical mark on costa; a small triangular white spot on subapical sinuation, tipped with leaden-bhie and edged with blackish; some irrej;ular black marks before termen on lower half: cilia pale orange, on upper half of termen suffused with blackish, with a white spot on subapical sinuation, on costa white barred with black. Hindwings bright orange; a subterminal series of five partly confluent small black spots on upper J; cdia orange, on upper half of termen suffused with fuscous, with black basal line.

St. Aignan I., New Guinea; three specimens (Meek).

153.^. zapyra Meyr. [Hxlarographa zapyra Meyr., Trans. Ent. 8oc. Lond. 1886, 286.) Port Moresby, New Guinea.

27. Gebysa Walk.

Head with appressed hairs, collar in g rough-haired; tongue absent. Antennse 4, in ^ with very short pectinations terminating in fascicles of long cilia, in 9 thickened with scales, especially towards |, basal joint short. Labial palpi extremely short, pointed, porrected, in ^ with long rough hairs, in 9 rough-scaled. Maxillary palpi absent. Posterior tibiae short, smooth-scaled. Forewings with 16 long-furcate, 2 from near angle/ 7 in ^ to termen, in 9 to apex, 8 absent, 10 from near angle, 11 from middle, secondary cell small, well-marked. Hindwings in ^J ] , broad-ovate, cilia ^, in 9 25 elongate ovate, cilia |; 2-4 parallel, 4 from angle, 5 approximated to 4, 6 and 1 in $ parallel, in $ stalked, 7 to apex.

A singular genus, which has hitherto been puzzling, but is certainly in its right place here. Sezeris Walk., is a synonym. The dissimilarity of the sexes is extraordinar}'.

BY E. MEYRICK. 93

154. C. leucoteles Walk.

(Cehysa leucoteles Walk., Bomb. 486 (-us), (9); P'ltane dilecla ib. 532 ((J), 959; Sezeris conflictella ib., Tin. 509; Oecinea Scotti Scott, Austr. Lep. 29, pi. ix., 4.)

(J. 15-16 mm. Head ochreous-yellow, mixed with dark fuscous except on forehead. Palpi pale yellowish. Antennae yellow- ochreous ringed with dark fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, with a pale yellow stripe on inner side of patagia. Abdomen dark fus- cous, with segmental fringes of pale yellowish hairs. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; dark purplish-fuscous/ marked with numerous minute ochreous-yellow dots except on costal fourth; six small ochreous-yellow costal spots, last almost apical: cilia ochreous-yellow, basal half dark fuscous. Hindwings dark purplish-fuscous; an elongate ochreous-yellow blotch in disc from near base to |, enlarged posteriorly; several small irregular ochreous-yellow spots between this and dorsum, and one at apex; cilia yellow, basal third dark fuscous except at apex.

5. 12-18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen shining blue-blackish, apex of antennae white; abdomen elongate, tufted with hairs laterally. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa strongly arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; shining deep blue; one or sometimes two light orange spots on costa towards middle, and sometimes a few scattered orange dots; a variable irregular light orange apical patch, extended on termen to tornus: cilia orange. Hindwings deep fuscous-purple: one or two small irregular yellow spots towards dorsum; an irregular pale orange apical patch, extending along termen to below middle; cilia pale orange, dark fuscous on dorsum and towards tornus.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; from February to May, six specimens. Larva feeding in a portable case of silk covered with refuse on lichens on rocks. It seems likely that the conspicuous blue and orange tints of the 9 are warning colours, possibly mimicking some wasp-like insect; observations on this would be interestinsr.

94 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

28. PlESTOCEROS, 11.

•©•

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts somewhat spreading; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antennae |, strongly com- pressed, flat, above with a streak of rough scales throughout, basal joint short, without pecten. Labial palpi rather short, porrected, loosel}'^ scaled, terminal joint shorter than second, tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi rudimentaiy. Posterior tibiie with long hairs above. Fore wings with 2 from near angle, 7 to termen, 8-10 from near 7, 11 from beyond middle. Hind- wings under 1, elongate-ovate, cilia |; 2-7 tolerably parallel, 5 and 6 sometimes approximated, transverse vein oblique.

Although abnormal in some particulars, such as the long hairs of posterior tibi?e, this curious genus seems better placed here than anywhere else.

155. P. conjuncteUa Walk.

{lucurvaria conjuncteUa Walk. 491.)

(J 9. 13-15 mm. Head and thorax dark bronzy, sidetufts in ^ yellowish. Palpi ochreous-yellow. AnteniiEe dark purplish- fuscous, apex and a median band whitish-yellowish. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gentl}'- arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, rather strongl}^ oblique; purplish-coppery-bronze, sprinkled with black, and strewn throughout with fine linear whitish scales; a slender outwards-curved coppery-golden-metallic fascia be^^ond middle : <5ilia coppery-golden-metallic. Hind wings orange; apical |^, and a narrow streak along termen to tornus dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, with darker basal shade.

Cairns, Townsville, and Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; in November, February, and March, five specimens. Seems to frequent Acacia,

29. Epicroesa, n.g.

Head smooth, metallic; ocelli present; tongue developed. An- tennae over 1, filiform or somewhat flattened, in g simple, basal joint moderately elongate, without pecten. Labial paljDi short.

BY E. MEYUICK. 95

poiiected, filiform, pointed. Maxillary palpi riidimeiitaiy. Posterior tibise and basal joint of tarsi with rough projecting scales above. Forewings with 2 from near angle, 4 absent, 7 to termeii, 11 from l)eyond middle. Hindwings ^, trapezoidal- lanceolate, cilia 2; cell open between 3 and 4, 2 and 3 forming short branches of lower median, 4-7 appearing as branches of upper median, or 5 sometimes absent.

Type E. ambrosia. This is another curious genus, distinguished from its allies by the antenni\3 being longer than forewings; the species are very Ijrilliantly coloured.

1. Forewings with a metallic streak parallel to termen 156. thiamrcha.

Forewings without such streak.

2. Forewings with golden-metallic costal spots at J and §.. 157. ambrosia. Forewings without such spots 158. metalli/era.

156. E. thiasa/cha, n.sp.

^^. 7-9 mm. Head shining bronze with green reflections. Palpi yellowish. Antennae distinctly flattened, dark purple- fuscous, basal joint greenish-bronze. Thorax metallic green-blue. Abdomen dark bluish-fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa poste- jiorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen and dorsum gently and continuously rounded ; brilliant metallic green-blue ; an orange black-edged fascia near base, in ^ narrow and suffused with black towards costa, in ^ crossed by several longitudinal black lines; a violet-silvery-metallic transverse spot on costa immediately beyond this, and another beyond middle, edged posteriorly by a black line cro.ssing wing to | of dorsum, costal area between these suffused with blackish; apical area beyond this line orange, including several violet-silverj'^-metallic partly black-edged markings, viz., an erect triangular mark before tornus, a longitudinal curved streak parallel to termen, and two costal marks, in ^ confluent into a triangular costal spot : cilia fuscous, with blackish basal line. Hindwings almost lanceolate, more pointed than in the other species, vein 5 present; blackish-fuscous; cilia dark fuscous.

Cairns, Queensland, in September and October; two specimens (Dodd).

96 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

157. E. ambrosia, n.sp.

^9.9-11 mm. Head bright metallic bronze, collar yellowish. Palpi ochreous-yellow. Antennae hardly flattened, dark fuscous, basal joint yellow. Thorax metallic bronze, with green and coppery reflections. Abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa anterior!}'- faintly sinuinte, moderately arched posteriorly, apex obtuse, termen and dorsum continuously rounded; brilliant coppery-purple-bronze; an orange basal patch, marked at base with some black nnd metallic green scales, at base of costa with a black dot, preceded and followed by metallic bronze dots, outer edge straight; a violet golden-metallic dot on costa at J, edged with black anteriorly, and followed by a small semioval black spot; a small transverse golden-metallic spot on costa at |, pre- ceiled by a transverse black spot, and followed by a smaller black spot, whence proceeds an oblique black line to termen above middle, preceded in middle by a triangular black spot, and beneath this by some violet-golden suff'usion; a patch of metallic blue- green scales towards middle of dorsum; apical area beyond the oblique black line orange, cut by a violet-metallic black-edged streak parallel to the black line : cilia dark fuscous, towards tornus mixed with metallic-bronzy, tips pale grey. Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous; vein 5 present.

Cairns, Queensland, in September and October (Dodd); three specimens.

158. E. melallifera, n.sp.

5. 8 mm. Head bright bronzy -metallic, face light metallic- blue. Palpi yellow. Antenna3 hardly flattened, dark fuscous, towards base deep yellow. Thorax metallic bronze. Abdomen dark bronzy-fuscous. Forewings more pointed than in <nnhrosia; shining bronzy-purple, with green reflections; an orange basal patch, enclosing a metallic green-blue basal spot in middle, outer edge straight; two small semioval black spots on costa before and beyond middle; an oblique black line from | of costa to termen above middle; apical area beyond this orange, cut by an irregular violet-metallic black-edged streak parallel to the line : cilia dark

BY E. MEYKICK. 97

fuscous, on lower half of termen mixed with coppery-bronze, ti[)K pale ij;rey. Hind wings and cilia dark fuscous; vein 5 absent. Duaringa, Queensland (Lower); one specimen.

30. ToRTYRA Walk.

Head smooth, with postorbital cilia; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antennae |, thickened with scales except towards apex, in (J serrate, ciliated, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, curved, ascending, smooth-scaled, tf rminal joint shorter than second, obtuse. Maxillary })alpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled above, sometimes with expansible whorls of scales on origin of spurs. Forewings with 16 furcate, '2 from §, 3 from angle, 7 to termen, 9 and 10 from near 8, 11 from before middle, secondary cell detined. Hindwings 1 or over 1, ovate-triangular, cilia ^-J; 3 and 4 stalked, 5-7 parallel, 8 approximated to cell in middle.

A genus of limited extent but ranging through the tropics of the Old and New World. Saptha Walk., Badera Walk., and Choreyia Z., are synonyms. The species are brilliantly metallic,, but often very similar, and require careful discrimination.

1. Metallic transverse postmedian streak entire 2.

Metallic transverse postmedian streak reduced to one

or two patches B.

2. Violet-coppery species, hindwings with yellow band 162. divitiosa.

Brassy-green species, hindwings without yellow band.. 161. prasochalca.

3. Forewings with metallic-blue postmedian spot beneath

middle 4.

Forewings without such spot 163. produjella.

4. Hindwings with yellow band \b9. iridopn.

Hindwings without yellow band 160. paradelpha.

159. 2\ iridopa, n.sp.

9. 18-20 mm. Head and palpi metalHc blue-green. Antenna? purple-black, with white band about |. Thorax blackish, with three metallic iridescent-green stripes. Abdomen blackish, ringed with deep bronze. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa poste- riorly moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rather oblique^ 9

98 DESCRIPTfONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTER.^, XIX.,

hardly rounded; deep bronze: four metallic iridescent-green black- edged streaks, first along basal fourth of costa, second from base above submedian fold, abruptly curved to dorsum at i, third sub- dorsal from base to about 1, fourth direct from costa at ^ to submedian fold, attenuated downwards; a purple-black post- median fascia, anterior edge straight, well-defined, rp.nning from m-ddle of costa to middle of dorsum, posterior edge merged in a purple-black suff'usion which extends over most of posterior area of wing; on this fascia near anterior edge are two large brilliant metallic-blue spots above and below middle, upper followed by a longitudinal bright brassv -golden patch; a broad sujBPused bright brassy-golden terminal fascia, preceded by some similar irroratiou: cilia shining whitish-bronze, basal third black. Hindwings blackish; base and dorsal and subdorsal streaks not reaching termen hyaline whitish; an irregular rather broad light ochreous- yellow streak from base to middle of disc, thence curved upwards to beneath costa at J; cilia whitish, basal third blackish. Florida, Solomon Is. (Meek); two specimens.

160. 7\ paradelpha, n.sp.

(J9. 19-20 mm. Differs from iridopa only as follows: forewings with brassy-golden irroration on posterior half more developed, forming numerous distinct longitudinal lines: cilia light shining violet-bronze, with black basal line : hindwings dark fuscous, wholly without yellow streak, cilia in ^ suffused with pale fuscous. Forewings in ^ with termen more oblique than in ^; liindwings with tornus broadly expanded.

Treasury Island, Solomon Is, (Meek); two specimens.

161. 2\ prasochalca, n.sp.

(J^. 19-22 mm. Head dark metallic blue-bronze, face metallic blue-green. Palpi metallic greenish-bronze, towards apex blackish. Antennae purple-blackish, with an ochreous-white band at |. Thorax dark fuscous, with three metallic coppery-green stripes. Abdomen fuscous, in rC with expansible genital tuft of pale fuscous and whitish hairs. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa

BY E. MEYRICK. 99

almost Straight, posteriorly moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded ; deep golden-bronze ; three metallic-green, partially black-edged streaks from base, first along costa to ^, second to \ of disc, thence curved to dorsum at 4, third subdorsal to J, and another from costa beyond J reach- ing half across wing; a metallic brassy-golden streak, edged anteriorly with purple-black, fiom middle of dorsum to near middle of costa, thence bent beneath costa to near |; above and beyond this streak the whole wing is purple-blackish sprinkled with fine pale golden-metallic scales, except a broad terminal fascia of groundcolour densely irrorated with metallic brassy- golden : cilia pale violet-blue-fuscous, with blackish basal line. Hindwings in g broader tlian in 9, tornus not produced, with a transparent almost dorsal groove; fuscous, on upper portion of termen with a more or less defined broad dark fuscous band; sometimes a small undefined paler or fuscous-whitish patch beneath costa beyond middle; cilia light fuscous, tips whitish, with dark fuscous basal line.

ISTew Britain, Bismarck Is.; Choiseul, Guadalcanar, Solomon Is.; seven specimens (Meek).

162. T. dlvitiosa^Y8i\k.

(Saptha divitiosa Walk., 1015; Badera nobilisFe\d., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxix., 9.)

^9. 18-21 mm. Head metallic green-blue, with a pale yellow- ish patch behind eyes. Antenna^ purple-black, with ochreous- white band about f . Thorax blackish, with three metallic-green stripes. Forewings with termen obliquely rounded; deep bronze; four metallic-green streaks on basal area, as in jrrasochalca: a curved metallic blue-green streak from middle of dorsum to beneath costa at f, edged anteriorly with blackish and [posteriorly with metallic violet-coppery; beyond this the wing is wholly suffused with purple-blackish, thinly strewn with golden-metallic scales, except a broad metallic violet-coppery terminal fascia: cilia pale purplish-bronze, with blackish basal line. Hindwings in ^ with tornus expanded and more strongly prominent than in

100 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICKO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

prasochalca; blackish; partially confluent dorsal and subdorsal hyaline streaks, not reaching termen; a curved yellow streak from ba^>e to middle of disc, thence dilated and curved to beneath costa at I, in ^ hyaline except towards posterior extremity, and largely confluent with subdorsal and dorsal streaks towards base; cilia fuscous-whitish, with blackish basal line.

8t. Aignan, Woodlark, and Sudest Islands, New Guinea (Meek): also recorded from Ceram and Amboina; eight speci- mens.

163. T. prodiyelhi Walk.

{Badera prodiyella Walk., 8uppl. 1820.)

(J^. 18-'2l mm. Head dark bluish-bronze, face metallic blue- green, a patch behind eye ochreous-yellow. Antenme purple- black, with white band at |. Thorax blackish-bronze, with three metallic-green stripes. Foiewings with termen obliquely rounded, in 9 less oblique; very deep bronze; four metallic iride-^cent-gieen stripes on basal area, as in prasochalca: posterior half beyond a straight line from middle of costa to middle of dorsum suffused with puiple-blackish; an elongate metallic violet-golden })atch beneath costa bej^ond middle, edged anteriorly with metallic blue; posterior area thinly strewn with metallic violet-golden scales: a suffused metallic violet-golden terminal fascia: cilia bronzj^-grey, with blackish basal line. Hindwings in ^ with tornus somewhat expanded, little prominent ; blackish ; dorsal and subdorsal hyaline streaks not reaching termen; an ochreous-yellow stripe from base to middle of disc, thence irregularly expanded and curved to beneath costa at f ; cilia pale fuscous, becoming whitish round apex, with l)lackish basal line.

Cairns, Queensland (Barnard, Dodd); also recordetl from Java;

six specimens.

31. MiscERA Walk.

Head with loosely appressed scales; ocelli present; tongue developeil. Antennae §, in ^ unipectinated, in 9- roughened with scales, basal joint short, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, obliquely ascending or porrected, thickened with scales,

BY E. MKYKICK. 101

second joint more ov less rough or hairy beneatli, teiiijinal joint slioi't, obtuse or somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete Posterior tibiitt rough-scaled above. Forewings with 1^ long- furcate, 2-4 approximated from angle, 7 to apex, 8-10 from near 7. 11 from middle, no secondary cell. Hindwings over 1, ovate, cilia 1-1; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5-7 parallel.

This genus is the Australian representative of the European iJrachodes (formerly better known as Atychm), with which it agrees in all structural and superficial characteristics except the neuration of hindwings, which is quite different : in Brachodes veins 2 and 3 are closely approximated or connate, 3 and 4 remote and parallel, whilst in Miscera 2 and 3 are remote, 3 and 4 connate; as the latter is the normal structure of the Simaethis and Tortyra groups, I infer that Miscera is more ancestral than Brachodes.

1. Forewings with whitish streak from base \&^. ejn.scota.

Forewings without such streak 2,

2. Hindwings marked with yellow or white 3.

Hindwings wholly fuscous 173. omichleuiis.

3. Palpi with long rough hairs 167. mcsochry.sa.

Palpi at most with short scales 4.

4. Hindwings yellow, with base and terminal fascia dark

fuscous 9.

Hindwings dark fuscous, with white or yellow markings 6.

5. Forewings dark fuscous, with whitish-ochreous discal

spot ... 165. resumjytana.

Forewings light fuscous, without discal spot 171. holodisca.

6. Hindwings with yellowish fascia only. .. 7.

Hindwings with one or more separate spots 8.

7. Forewings obviously dilated, not whitish-sprinkled 170. ceH^/■ojJ^"»■.

Forewings hardly dilated, whitish-sprinkled 166. orthavla.

8. Hindwings with white anterior fascia and median sub-

costal spot ... 164. leuco2ii-'^-

Hindwings with series of three whitish or yellowish

spots 9.

9. Abdomen with pale rings throughout, spots of hind-

wings obscure 172. mkrastra.

Abdomen without pale rings on basal half, spots well- marked 168. de^motowa.

102 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALAS[AN MECRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

164. M. leucopis, n.sp.

9. 13 mm. Head, antenna?, and thorax dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous, becoming white beneath and towards base. Abdomen dark fuscous, base and three narrow rings beyoiid middle white. Forew^ngs elongate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous, mixed with dark fuscous and some whitish scales; an indistinct small transver.se white spot in disc beyond middle : cilia fuscous, base mixed with dark fuscous. Hindwings blackish-fuscous; a moder- ately broad white fascia from middle of dorsum towards costa at ^, becoming obsolete before reaching it; a rather large white spot beneath middle of costa; cilia light fuscous, base mixed with dark fuscous.

Duaringa, Queensland (Barnard); one specimen.

165. M. restimptana Walk.

(^Miscera 7'esumptana Walk., 458; Atychia anthomera Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 162.)

(J. 14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, finely sprinkled with white. Antenna? dark fuscous, pectinations 2J. Abdomen dark fuscous, with one subbasal and four posterior narrow pale yellowish rings. Forewings elongate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; dark fuscous tinely irrorated with ochreous- whitish; a whitish-ochreous spot in disc bej^ond middle : cilia dark fuscous mixed with whitish-ochreous. Hindwings deep yellow; base dark fuscous; a broad rather irregular dark fuscous terminal fascia; cilia light yellow, basal third dark fuscous, some- times more or less wholly suffu.sed with dark grey.

Duaringa and Rockhampton, Queensland, in April (Barnard); three specimens. It is possible that this and lencojris are sexes of the same species, but I cannot venture to unite them.

166. J/, orthaida, n.sp.

$. 1 6 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, finely sprinkled with whitish; palpi short-scaled, whitish beneath.

BY E MKYKICK. 103

AnteunaB dark fuscous, pectinations 2^. Abdomen dark fuscous, witl) live slender pale yellowish rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa nearly straight, apex rounded- obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, irregularly sprinkled with whitish, the irroration indicating a very undefined discal spot beyond middle : cilia dark fuscous, tips of scales fuscous-whitish. Hindwings blackish-fuscous, slightly purplish- tinged; a moderate irregular whitish-ochreous antemedian fascia, outer edge irregularly prominent above middle; cilia whitish- yellowish, basal third dark fuscous.

Duaringa, Queensland (Barnard); one specimen. Considerably broader- winged than the preceding, with the yellow area of the hindwings much reduced.

167. M. mesochrysa Low. (Afijchia ynesocJivysa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr. 1903, 68.)

(J. 17-1 8 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax da)k fuscous, very finely whitish-sprinkled; palpi white beneath, with long rough projecting hairs. Antennae dark fuscous, pectinations 6. Abdo- men dark fuscous, with six narrow yellow rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded- obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, sufFusedly mixed with very long ochreor.s-brown scales; a somewhat incurved narrow streak of whitish irroration from dorsum be3''ond middle to disc at |, reaching half across wing: cilia fuscous. Hind- wings blackish; a moderate irregular orange-yellow median fascia, broadest towards costa, not quite reaching dorsum, outer edge angularly prominent above and below middle; cilia blackish grey, basal line blackish, tips 5^ellow-whitish, towards tornus. becoming wholly yellowish.

Geraldton and Perth, West Australia, in October and November; three specimens. Differs from all the other species by the much longer antennal pectinations, and the long rough hairs of palpi.

104 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

168. J/, desmotorna Low. i^Atydiia desmotoma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896,162.) (J. 17-21 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous. Palpi fascous, becoming whitish beneath and towards base. Antennte dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen dark fuscous, beyond middle with four slender pale yellowish rings, apex yellowish. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded-obtuse, termen somewhat obliquely rounded; dark fuscous; a small ochreous-whitish narrow transverse discal spot beyond middle; an indistinct posteriorly suffused whitish streak from beneath this to dorsum beyond middle: cilia fuscous, towards base dark fuscous. Hind wings blackish; an antemedian series of three irregular ochreous-white or pale yellowish spots, two lower sometimes nearly confluent; cilia pale ochreous j^ellow, basal third blackish.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales; Melbourne and Cheltenham, Victoria; in December and January, three speci- mens.

169. M. episcota Low.

{Atychia episcota Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1903, 68.) Henley Beach, South Australia. Not known to me,

170. M. centropus, n.sp.

(J. 2 I mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, very finely spi'inkled with whitish, palpi white beneath, shortly rough-scaled. Antennae dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen dark fuscous, with six narrow ochreous-yellow rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa nearly straight, apex rounded-obtuse, termen somewhat obliquely rounded; dark fuscous; a small wiiitish spot in disc beyond middle: cilia dark fuscous, tips whitish. Hindwings purple-blackish; a moderate irregular deep yellow antemedian fascia, not quite reaching dorsum, outer edge irregularly prominent above middle; cilia ochreous-yellow, basal third dark fuscous, tips whitish.

Perth, West Australia, in November; one specimen.

BY E. MEYRICK. 105

171. M. holudisca, n.sj).

(^.16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale oclireous-i^rey, face more whitish, palpi beneath whitish. Antennae dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen grey, with seven slender ochreous- whitish rings. Fore wings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded ; light fuscous, with prismatic reflections, irregularly sprinkled with white: cilia pale whitish-fuscous mixed with fuscous. Hind wings light ochreous-yellow; base suffused with grey; a moderate fuscous fascia round apex and along termen, becoming narrow near tornus; cilia fuscous, becoming pale ochreous-yellow round tornus.

Geraldton, West Australia, in November; one specimen.

172. J/. 7nicrastra, n.sp.

(J. 14-17 mm. Head fuscous, face whitish-tinged. Palpi whitish, towards apex infuscated. Antennae dark fuscous, pec- tinations 2. Thorax dark fuscous, sometimes mixed with och- reous. Abdomen dark fuscous, with six or se\en narrow ochreous- whitish rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded-obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, suffusedly mixed with very long brownish- ochreous scales; undefined marks of ochreous-grey-whitish suffu- sion on or towards costa at |, and dorsum in middle; an ochreous- whitish discal dot at |, sometimes obsolete : cilia fuscous, some- times with a few whitish scales. Hindwings blackish, slightly purple-tinged; an antemedian series of three small irregular white or light ochreous-yellow spots; cilia j-ellow-whitish, basal half suffusedly mixed with grey.

York and Perth, West Australia, in Octobe!- and November; two specimens.

173. M. omichleutis, n.sp.

(J. 19-23 mm. Head, palpi, and thoiax dark fuscous finel}^ irrorated with white, palpi white beneath. Antenna; lather dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen fuscous. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen

106 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICKO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

obliquely rounded; fuscous, sometimes more or less sti-oogly ochreous-tinged, sometimes variably sprinkled with whitish : cilia fuscous. Hindwings ratlier light ochreousfuscous, becoming dark fuscous posteriorly; cilia light fuscous, darker at base, tips whitish.

Bathurst, New South Wales; Mount Lofty, South Australia; in November, February, and March, six specimens

32. Imma Walk.

I have recently set forth an account of this interesting tropical genus in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for 1906, pp. 169-206, and therefoie only give a list of the Aus- tralian species here.

174. /. autodoxa M*vr. Fiji.

175. /. atrosignata Feld. Amboina.

176. /. transver sella Siiell.

New Guinea; ranging also to Java and Singapore. Tortrico- morplia ohJ iquifasciata Wals., is a synonym.

Ml. I. albifasciella Pag.

Duaringa, Queensland; Bismarck Is. Tortricomorpha mono- c?esmrt Low., is a synonym.

178. /. acosrita Turn.

Brisbane, Queensland; in September, January, and May.

179. /. conyrualis Wals. New Guinea, Halmahera.

180. /. marileiitis Me}^'. Duaringa, Queensland; also from South Australia.

181. /. leiodiroo. Low.

Brisbane, Queensland.

182. /. psithyristis Meyr. Solomon Is.

BY E. MliYRICK. 107

183. /. costi2?7inctn Feld. Amboiiia.

184. /. aidonias Meyr. Solomon Is.

185. /. bilinedla Snell.

Bismarck Is., Biiru; also from Celebes and Sangir.

186. /. diaphana Pas.

{Tortricomorpha diaphana, Pag., J B. Nass. Ver. 1884, 290, pi. vi. 12.)

Amboina.

187./. thi/7'iditis Meyr. Solomon Is.

188. /. dioptrids Meyr. New Guinea.

189. /. p'^.nthinoides Pag.

(Tortricomo7'pha penthinoides Pag, JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 291.)

Amboina. This species and /. diapharia were omitted ivom

my paper as quoted,

A I'll.

New Guinea. New Guinea. Buru.

New Guinea. New Guinea. Solomon Is.

190. /. viola Pag. 191./. grammatistis Meyr.

192. /. minatrix Meyr. 193./. hetnixantheUa Holl.

194. /. crocozela Meyr. 195. /. chri/sop/aca Meyr.

196. /. epiconiia Meyr.

197. /. stilbiota Low. Duaringa, Queensland

198. /. lichenopa Low, Cooktown, Queensland.

108 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

[33. LoxoTROCHis Meyr. 199. L. sepias Meyr. (Lo.votrochis sepias Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1906, 205.) Sir George Hampson informs me that this was erroneously assigned to the New Hebrides; its real locality is the pruvince of Espirito Santo, in Brazil.]

34. Brenthia Clem.

Differs from Simaethis and ChoreiUis by the labial palpi, which are pointed, without tuft; in Simaethis they are obtuse or truncate, in Choreutis they are pointed, bat the second joint is tufted with hairs beneath.

200. B. quadriforella Z.

{Brenthia qiiadriforella Z., Hor. Ross. 1877, 172, pi. ii., 61; Simaethis hypocalla Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1905, 113.) North Queensland, New Guinea.

201. 5. trilitha, n.sp.

,-J. 10 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whitish, terminal joint with base and anterior edge fuscous. Antennae whitish ringed with dark fuscous, ciliations \^. Abdomen daik fuscous, segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate-trian- gular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, ternieu somewhat rounded, little oblique; bronzy-fuscous, irrorated with whitish except on basal area; edge of basal area straight, somewhat darker-suffused; a round darker fuscous discal spot beyond middle, crossed by two transverse white bars; a terminal light bronzy-ochreous fascia, almost wholly occupied by three large black spots, each marked with two or three violet-metallic dots: cilia bronzy-fuscous. Hind wings with termen bent in middle; rather dark fuscous; a roundish white spot in middle of disc; a straight whitish subterminal line, not reaching costa or dorsum; between this and termen a violet-golden-metallic line on costal half; cilia whitish, with dark fuscous basal and ajjical shades.

New Georgia, Solomon Is. (Meek); one specimen.

HY E. MKYRICK. 10^

202. B. hecataea, ii.sp.

(3^9. 11-12 mm. Hea(.l, thorax, and abdomen rather dark bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whitish, two rings of second joint, and base and anterior edge of terminal joint fuscous. Autennai whitish ringed with dark fuscous^ ciliations in ^ 3. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen almost vertical, slightly rounded; dark bronzj'-fuscous; a straight cloudy whitish fascia before \, hardly reaching costa; some scattered golden-metallic scales towards costa before middle; a transverse-oval whitish spot in disc beyond middle ; a cloudy whitish dot on dorsum before tornus; a transverse whitish mark towards termen in middle; a narrow suffused blackish terminal fascia, marked with seven pale violet-golden-metallic dots: cilia fuscous, with a darker median shade. Hindwings dark fuscous; a longitudinally elongate whitish spot in middle of disc: a straight whitish subtermiual line, becomino- obsolete towards marsfins; a violet-metallic line before termen, obtusely angulated so as to touch termen in middle: cilia fuscous, with darker subbasal shade, l3elovv middle with an oblique whitish patch.

St. Aignan I., New Guinea (Meek): two specimens.

35. Choreutis Hb. 203. C. hjerkancheUa Thnb.

[Choreutis hjerkandrella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 215.)

Duaringa, Brisbane, and Toowoomba, Queensland; Murrurundi, Sydney, Blackheath, and Shoalhaven, New South Wales; Mel- bourne and W^arragul, Victoria; Adelaide, South Australia; from September to March, common. Widely distributed through most of the globe.

204. C. hoiiiotypa^^ n.sp.

(^O. 9-12 mm. Head and thorax dark bronzy-fuscous, with a few white scales. Palpi dark fuscous mixed Nvith white. Antennre white ringed with black. Abdomen dark bronzy-fuscous, seg- mental margins whitish. Forewings rather elongate, posteriorly

110 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX.,

dilated, costa genth' arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; blackish-fuscous mixed \\ith bronzy-brown; basal area finely sprinkled with white, outer edge angulated near costa; first line represented by a broad double fascia of white irroration, forming a white dot on costa at 4; a transverse silvery-white mark in disc at |, and another on dorsum at |; a rather irregular silvery-white line from a white dot on costa at § to dorsum before tornus, usuall}^ more or less interrupted; a fascia of whitish irroration from a white dot on costa at 4 to tornus; a row of silvery-metallic marks surrounded with black round apex and termen: cilia whitish, round apex and below middle of termen suffused with dark grey, basal third tawny-bronze limited by a blackish shade. Hind wings rather dark fuscous, becoming darker posteriorly; a white line from disc at f to tornus; cilia fuscous- whitish, with dark fuscous basal shade.

Mount Kosciusko (5000 feet). New South Wales; Gisborne, Victoria; Deloraine, George's Bay, and Hobart, Tasmania; from November to Januar}^ and in April fourteen specimens.

205. C. lampadias, n.sp.

J9. 12 16 mm. Head and thorax tawn3'^-bronze, more or less irrorated with white. Palpi grey mixed with white and black. Antennae white ringed with black. Abdomen light bronze, segmental margins white. Forewings rather elongate, rather dilated posteriori}', costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; light tawny-bronze, more or less mixed with dark fuscous; a basal patch of white irroration, sometimes small; a somewhat curved whitish fascia from J of costa to | of dorsum; an indistinct line of whitish irroration from a white dot on middle of costa to a silverj'-'white mark on dorsum at |; a silvery- metallic transverse sometimes interrupted mark in disc at ^, more or less surrounded with black scales; a silvery mark from a white dot on costa above this, and an oblique silvery mark below it; a straight whitish fascia from a white spot on costa at' 4 to tornus; an almost marginal silverj^-metallic streak before termen through- out, preceded by some black scales: cilia whitish, with a blackish

BY E. MEYRICK. HI

basal line; and indications of a grey median sliade sometimes reduced to three patches. Hind wings gre}'-, sometimes darker posteriorly; a white streak from disc at |^ to tornus, and indistinct traces of a second streak be3^ond this; cilia whitish, with dark fuscous basal and fuscous median shades.

Mount Kosciusko (5500 feet), New South Wales; Deloraine and Hobart, Tasmania; from November to January, twenty specimens.

36. SiMAETHis Leach.

206. S. bamli's Feld.

{Simaethis basalis Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxviii., 19; *S'. chiono- clesma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 167.)

Rockhampton and Brisbane, Queensland, in December and January; Aru; Amboina. Varies considerably in presence or absence of orange suffusion in hindwings and on terminal area of forewings.

207. >S'. limonias, n.sp.

(J. 14: 15 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-orange, thorax with a central transverse dark fuscous band. Palpi orange, second and terminal joints with basal and subapical dark fuscous rings. Antennse white ringed with black. Abdomen dark fuscous mixed with orange, anal tuft orange. Posterior legs orange banded with black, basal joint of tarsi rough-scaled above, third joint snow-white above. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, rather oblique, sinuate above tornus; blackish-fuscous, markings ochreous-orange; two straight fasciae near base; first line broad, straight, from a whitish dot on costa at ^ to |- of dorsum, closely followed by a nari-ow rather irregular line; a transverse-oval discal spot beyond middle; second line moderate, rather irregular, from a whitish dot on costa at I to f of dorsum, curved outwards round discal spot, not touching it, with a short dentation outwards below middle, separated by a fine line of groundcolour from a broader uneven streak following it; terminal area more or less irrorated with ochreous-orange : cilia grey, with a blackish basal line. Hind-

112 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX.,

wings dark fuscous; longitudinal median and submedian streaks of orange suifusion from base to J, more or less expanded at posterior extremity; sometimes a suffused orange streak along lower half of termen; cilia as in forewings.

Cairns, Queensland (Barnard); Woodlark Island (Meek); two specimens. Attention may be directed to the good specific characters furnished in this genus b}'- the posterior tarsi, which are often distinctively decorated. In order to understand the complex markings of the forewings it is necessary to assume the blackish tint to be the ground, even when, as in the present species, the orange occupies the greater portion of the wings.

208. 6'. sycopola Meyr.

[Simaethis sycopola Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 211.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; from JNIarch to May. Larva in folded leaves of Ficus stijoidata.

2 09. aS'. reguJaris Pag. (Simaethis regular is Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 288.) Amboina. This and some other of Pagenstecher's species are

in my judgment too loosely described to be identified, and I

cannot determine them.

210. S. sessilis Pag.

(Simaethis sessilis Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1886, 179.) New Guinea. Not known to me.

211. S. parva Pag.

(Simaethis parva Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 288.) Amboina. Not known to me. S. taprobanes Z., is also quoted by Pagenstecher from Amboina and Aru; it is a well-known Ceylon species, and it seems more probable that the identification was mistaken.

BY E. MEYHICK. 113

212. aS'. suhmarginalis Walk.

( Ilerbula suhmarginalis Walk., Suppl. 1286; //. mulliferalis ib., 1286.)

Ceram. I have seen this species, but do not possess it.

213. S. ophiosema Low. {Siniaethis ophiosema Low., Trans. Roy.Soc. S. Austr. 1896,167.) Townsville and Kockhampton, Queensland, in November, December, February, and May. Posterior tarsi with basal joint rough-scaled, blackish with white tip, second joint yellow-ochreous with white tip, other three black.

21 4. aS*. hUesceiLS Feld. {Simaethis hitescens Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxviii, 16.) Amboina. Not known to me.

215. aS'. cyanotoxa, n.sj).

^. 16 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-orange, thorax with central transverse blackish bar, posteriorly infuscated. Palpi orange, second and terminal joints with basal and subapical blackish rings. Antennae whitish ringed with black. Abdomen dark fuscous mixed with brownish-orange, apex deep orange. Posterior legs orange banded with blackish, tibiae and basal joint of tarsi rough-scaled above, third joint of tarsi snow-white above. For^-wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen gently rounded, rather oblique; black; an almost basal ochreous- orange fascia and line immediately following, angulated near costa; first line steel-blue edged with orange, from I of costa to f of dorsum, angulated above middle; immediately beyond this an irregular line of orange-ochreous suffusion, acutely angulated in middle; an oblique steel-blue discal mark beyond middle, surrounded with ochreous-orange; second line steel-blue edged with orange, widely broken inwards below middle, upper portion evenl}^ curved, lower inwardly oblique, the two portions connected by a fine orange line; this is very closely followed throughout by 10

114 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALA8I A.N MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

an uneven ochreous-orange streak, attenuated above middle and beneath break; terminal area with some scattered ochreous- orange scales, and a roundish spot towards termen beneatli apex: cilia leaden-grey, with a black basal line mixed with orange, tips grey- whitish. Hindwings dark fuscous; an orange median streak from base, and indications of subdorsal and dorsal streaks, all terminated in a postmedian transverse orange streak not reaching costa; orange spots on termen in middle and above tornus; cilia ochreous-whitish, with blackish basal line, round tornus grey. Isabel Island, Solomon Is.; one specimen (Meek).

216. /S. a-caeruleum Pag. {Simaethis a-caeruleum Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 287.) Amboina. Not known to me.

217. *S'. meiaJlica Turn. {Simaethis metallica Turn., Trans. Ro3^Soc. S. Austr. 1898, 202.) Townsville and Brisbane, Queensland. Bred in December by

Mr. Dodd.

218. S.j^liomlealis Pag.

(Slmcethis ijlumhealis Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 288.) Amboina. Not known to me.

219. S. chalcotoxa Meyr.

{S imcef his chalcotoxa M.eyi\, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 287.) Tonga and Fiji Islands.

220. S. orthogona Meyr.

Simcethis orthogona Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 287.) New Guinea. Also from Ceylon.

221. S. melanopepla Meyr.

{SimcEthis melanopepla Meyr.,Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 212.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in November.

BY E. MEYRICK. 115

37. Glyphipteryx Hb.

I do not coiisidei- it advantageous to maintain Pliryqanostola and Apistomorpha as distinct genera, as increased material shows that they would not be natural groups, whilst when merged in Glyplilpterijx^ the whole forms a ver}'- easily recognised and well-marked genus. As the Australian species now number 43, I give a tabulation to assist identification.

1. CiUa of forewings with dark line indented below

apex 2.

Cilia of forewings with dark line not indented 36.

2. Forewings with pale dorsal spot near base 3.

Forewings without dorsal spot near base 18.

3. Forewings with more or less black posterior

marking 4.

Forewings without black posterior marking 12.

4. Forewings with black tornal patch and more or

less striation above it 5.

Forewings without such markings 11.

5. Forewings with whitish spot on base of dorsum . . 249. cyanophracta. Forewings without basal spot 6.

6. Subbasal dorsal spot connected with costa 7.

Subbasal dorsal spot not connected with costa.... 9.

7. First two entire transverse streaks parallel 8.

First two entire transverse streaks converging

towards costa , 245. as(erie//a.

8. Second transverse streak whitish on dorsum 247. pharefropis.

.Second transverse streak not whitish on dorsum 248. parazona.

9. Subbasal dorsal spot outwardly oblique 252. 2Jhospho7'a.

Subbasal dorsal spot rather inwardly oblique 10.

10. Second joint of palpi with long projecting scales

beneath 251. argyrosema.

Second joint of palpi shortly scaled 250. iometalla.

11. Subbasal dorsal spot outwardly oblique 246. amhlycerella.

Subbasal dorsal spot erect 244. uozela.

12. Two anterior dorsal spots yellow 238. cliryi^oplanetis.

Two anterior dorsal spots whitish 13.

13. Two anterior dorsal spots erect 14.

Two anterior dorsal spots outwardly oblique 15.

14. Forewings with metallic discal dot at f 236. platydisema.

Forewings without such dot 237. metcora.

116 DESCaiPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX.,

15. Forevvings with six pale streaks from costa.. J6.

Forewings with seven pale streaks from costa 17.

16. Dorsal streaks sharply marked 239. leucocerastes.

Dorsal streaks indistinct 235. Isabella.

17. Forewings with several metallic dots in disc

posteriorly 240. tetra^ema.

Forewings without such dots 234. chuterasfis.

18. Forewings with black posterior markings 19.

Forewings without black posterior markings 22.

19. Forewings with short white streak from base

along fold 254. hrachymda.

Forevvings without basal streak 20.

20. Forewings with black metallic-marked tornal

patch 21.

Forewings without such patch 255. call.i-scopa.

21. Tornal black patch with three metallic bars 25^. comefophora.

Tornal black patch with five or six metallic dots. 253. lamprocoma.

22. Forewings with white median streak from base... 23. Forewings without such streak 26.

23. Costal streaks distinct and sharply defined 24.

Costal streaks indistinct, partly suffused 232. mef^aula.

24. Third costal and tornal streaks united 231. tnthyheltmua^

Third costal and tornal streaks not united 25.

25. Forewings with six costal streaks 233. macrantha.

Forewings with seven costal streaks 230. macraula.

26. Forewings with white subdorsal streak from base 27. Forewings without such streak 28.

Forewings with oblique white postmedian streak

from dorsum 223. jjrotomarra.

Forewings without such streak 222. haUmo2)hila.

28. Forewings with entire transverse anterior streak. 29. Forewings without such streak 30.

29. First costal streak reaching dorsum 242. holocU'ima.

Second costal streak reaching dorsum 241, metronoma.

30. Forewings with silvery-metallic dorsal spots 243. drosophat^.

Forewings without such spots 31.

31. Forewings with oblique white mark above dorsum

in middle 224. antopefes.

Forewings without such mark. . 32.

32. Forewings with oblique white streak from dorsum

beyond middle 33.

Forewings without such mark 229. palneomorpho..

33. Forewings with five white costal streaks 225. acinacella.

Forewings with six white costal streaks 34.

13Y E. MEYRICK. 117

34. Toinal metallic mark erect 35.

Tornal metallic mark oblique 228. callicrossa.

35. Dorsal oblique streak uniting with second costal.. 226. gonoteks. Dorsal oblique streak not reaching second costal. 227. actinobola.

36. Forewings with black blotch in centre of disc 257. {jemmipunctella.

Forewings without central blotch .... 37.

37. P^orewings with black posterior marking 38.

Forewings without black posterior marking 41.

38. Black posterior mark resting on tornus .39.

i>lack posterior mark not reaching tornus 261. cyanochalca.

39. Forewings with continuous metallic terminal

streak to tornus 263. polychroa.

Forewings without continuous terminal streak. . . 40.

40. Antepenultimate costal streak direct 264. trigonaspis.

Antepenultimate costal streak very oblique inwards 262. anaclastis.

41. First costal streak extended to dorsum 260. tripselia.

First costal streak not crossing fold 42.

42. Forewings with supramedian metallic streak from

base 259. perimefalla.

Forewings without such streak 258. chalcostrepta.

Sect. A. Dark line in cilia of forewings indented beneath apex.

222. G. kaUmophila Low.

{Gli/phipferyx halimophila Low., Trans. Roy. 8oc. S. Austr. 1893, 183.)'

Sydney, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; Perth and Albany, West Australia; in September and October. The peculiar white subdorsal streak separates this from all others

223. G. protomacra, n.sp.

(J9.9-12 mm. Head and thorax dark shining bronze, with a white stripe on side of head becoming subdorsal on thorax. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae grey. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, teiinen hardly sinuate, very oblique; shining bronze; a white very oblique line from dorsum near base to beneath fold befoi-e middle ; seven diversely oblique white blackish-edged streaks from costa, reaching nearly half across wing, tending to become

118 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

violet-golden-metallic in disc, first from J; an oblique white wedge- shaped mark from dorsum beyond middle, neafly or quite reaching a violet-golden-metalHc dot in disc at |; a nearly erect violet- golden-metallic black-edged streak from dorsum before tornus, and another along lower part of termen; a round blackish apical spot, preceded on termen by a small violet-golden-metallic black- edged mark: cilia bronzy, outer half whitish with an indentation below apex, above apex wholly bronze tipped with blackish. Hindwings and cilia dark grey.

Geraldton and Perth, West Australia, in October and Novem- ber, thirteen specimens. The long oblique streak from near base of dorsum is unique.

224. G. aufopetes^ n.sp.

$. 8 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze, with a tine white line on side of head, becoming subdorsal on thorax. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennse dark grey, beneath whitish. Abdomen dark grey. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; deep bronze; a slender white streak along dorsum from base to |; a very oblique white streak from above this beyond middle to fold at|; six diversely oblique white blackish-edged streaks from costa, first from beyond ^, shorter, second and third reaching half across wing, tips violet-metallic; an erect violet-silvery-metallic blackish-edged streak from tornus, almost reaching second costal, and another along lower part of termen; a round black apical spot, beneath which is a violet- golden-metallic dot on termen: cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a dark fuscous line indented on subapical dot, on costa dark fuscous barred with white, with a dark fuscous apical hook. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Albany, West Australia, in December; two specimens.

225. G. acinaceUa Meyr. {Glyphipteryx acinaceUa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

1882,' 193.)

Warragul, Victoria; Deloraine, Tasmania; in November and December.

BY E. MEYRICK. 119

226. G.^onoteles, n.sp.

(J 9. 6-7 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous, beneath white. Fore- wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; deep bronze; six diversely oblique silvery-white streaks from costa, edged with dark fuscous, first from ^-, second uniting with a similar streak from dorsum beyond middle to form an acutely angulated fascia, third silvery-tipped, almost or quite connected with a nearly erect silvery-metallic streak from dorsum before tornus; a silvery-metallic mark along lower part of termen, and a dot above its posterior extremity; a round black apical spot, beneath which is a silver^'-metallic dot: cilia whitish, basal third bronzy limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous.

Gisborne, Victoria (Lyell): Deloraine, Tasmania; in November and December, seven .<?pecimens.

227. G. actiuohola Meyr.

{Ghjpliipterijx actinohola Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 241.)

Sydney, New South Wales, in October and November.

228. G. callicrossa, n.sp.

(^9. 10-15 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen bronzy-fuscous. Palpi white mixed with dark fuscous, with rough projecting hairs diminishing to apex. Antennae dark fuscous Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; light bronzy-fuscous, deeper in <^\ an oblique white wedge-shaped mark from dorsum beyond middle; six diversely oblique silvery-metallic black-edged streaks from costa, white on costa and in cilia, rirst near before middle, rather short, second and third reaching half across wing; a silvery- metallic dot in disc before apex of second; an oblique silvery- metallic black-edged streak from dorsum before tornus, another

120 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

along lower part of termen, and a short one from termen above middle: a small oval black apical spot : cilia whitish, with blackish basal line indented beneath apex, on costa bronzy with blackish tips towards apex. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia grey, becoming pale 3'ellow on lower half of termen and dorsum. York and Geraldton, West Australia, in October and Novem- ber; two specimens. The yellow cilia of hindwings are a special character.

229. G. paJaeomorpha Meyr.

{Glyphipteryx paJaeomorpha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 242.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Bulli, New South Wales; Mount Mace- don and Gisborne, Victoria; Deloraine, Hobart, and George's Bay, Tasmania; Mount Gambler, South Australia; from September to January.

230. G. macraida^ n.sp.

(J^. 9-10 mm. Head and thorax pale greyish-bronze or whitish- bronze. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, beneath with rather short projecting hairs. Antennte bronzy- fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; bronze, more or less mixed with dark fuscou.s; a rather broad white median streak from base to beyond middle, marked beneath with a black line on fold towards middle; seven diversely oblique short white dark edged streaks fi-om costa, first from before J, second and third longer; sometimes additional whitish streaks before and beyond third ; an oblique silvery-metallic blackish-edged streak from before tornus, almost meeting third costal streak, and a spot on lower part of termen; a silvery- metallic dot beneath or touching fourth costal streak; a roundish black apical dot, beneath wdiich is a silvery-metallic dot : cilia whitish, basal third bronzy limited b}^ a blackish line, indented beneath apex, on costa barred with white and blackish, with a blackish supra-apical hook. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Deloraine, Tasmania, in December; eight specimens.

BY E. MEVHICK. 121

231. G. fill til yheUmna Meyr.

{PJirijganostola eathijhelemiin Meyr., Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S. Wales, 1880, 250.)

}>athurst, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Launcestoii, Peloraine, and Hol)art, Tasmania; Wirrabara and Mount Lofty, 8outh Australia; from October to January.

232. G. mesaula, n.sp.

(J. 1 1 mm. Head and thorax whitish-bronze. Palpi whitish banded with fuscous, beneath with projecting hairs. Antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, termen subsinuate, ver}' oblique; 7 and 8 stalked; whitish-bronze, with indications of fuscous longitudinal lines; a suffused whitish streak along dorsum; a moderately broad white streak from base above fold almost to tornus, edged posteriorly with dark fuscous; eight ill-detined short oblique white marks from costa, edged anteriorly with dark fuscous, becoming suffused and indistinct in disc, first from |, third long and sharper-defined, reaching apex of median streak; a string of about five silvery- whitish dots on lower part of termen, edged anteriorly with dark fuscous; a small black apical dot, beneath which is a silvery-metallic dot : cilia whitish, with a dark fuscous median line indented beneath apex, and a dark fuscous supra-apical hook. Hind wings and cilia whitish-grey.

Wirrabara, South Australia, in October; one specimen.

233. G. macrantha Low.

{Phryganostola macrantha Low., Trans.Roy.Soc. S.Austr. 1905, 113.)

Gisborne, Victoria, in October. Not known to me.

234. G. deuterastis, n.sp.

9. 10-12 mm. Head, antenna, thorax, and abdomen bronzy- fuscous. Palpi white banded with fuscous, beneath with pro- jecting hairs. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; bronze, mixed with

122 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX.,

rather dark fuscous; two oblique whitish streaks from dorsum before and beyond middle, reaching fold; seven diversely oblique slender white dark-edged streaks from costa, tirst from ^; a white dot in disc at 4; an oblique silvery-metallic dark-edged streak from dorsum before tornus, and another along lower part of termen; a silver3'-metallic dot on termen above middle; an oval black apical spot : cilia white, basal half bronze limited by a blackish line, indented on the metallic dot, with a dark fuscous hook above apex. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous.

Perth (Greenmount), West Australia, in November; three

specimens.

235. G. sahella Newm.

{GJyphipteryx sahella Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., N.S. iii., 299; Meyr., Proc. LLnn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 237.)

Mount Alexander Range, Victoria. I am still unable to identify this species.

236 G. platydlsema Low.

{Glyphij^terifx plafydisema Low., Trans. Roy.Soc. S. Austr. 1893^ 183.)

Gisborne, Victoria (Lyell); Deloraine, Tasmania; in November. Larva in stems of Jiincus. The difference in the sexes is unusual, the markings in the female being much broader.

237. G. meteor a Meyr. {Glyphipteryx meteora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 237.)'

Brisbane, Queensland; Murrurundi, Bathurst, and Bulli, New South Wales; Melbourne and Mount Macedon, Victoria; Laun- ceston, Campbelltown, Deloraine, and Hobart, Tasmania; Mount Lofty and Wirrabara, South Australia ; from October to December.

238. G. clirysoplanetis Meyr.

{Glyphipteryx clirysoplanetis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880,238.)

Brisbane, Toowoomba, and Wallangarra, Queensland ; Glen Innes, Murrurundi. and Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne

BY E. MEYRICK. 123

and Healesville, Victoria; Campbelltown, Deloraine, George's Bay, and Hobart, Tasmania; from October to December, and in March.

239. G. leiicoceraates Meyr.

{Glyphipteri/x leucocerastes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1880, 239.)

]\Iurrurundi, New South Wales, in November.

240. G. tetrasema Meyr.

{Glyph ipteri/x tetrasema Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1 882, 191.)'

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, in February.

241. G. metronoma, n.sp.

$. 8 mm. Head, antennae, and thorax dark bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whitish banded with black, second joint with rough pro- jecting scales beneath. Abdomen grey. Fore wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen subsinuate, very oblique; 7 and 8 stalked; dark bronzy fuscous, base of scales whitish; six violet-silvery-metallic streaks from v hite dots on costa, first from ^, somewhat oblique, rather short, second from before middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, third from 4 of costa to dorsum before tornus, interrupted in middle, fourth and fifth short, sixth apical, interrupted by a blackish dot: a silvery- metallic dot in disc beyond third streak; an irregular violet- silvery-metallic mark along lower part of termen : cilia whitish, basal half fuscous limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, on costa dark fuscous barred with whitish, with a blackish apical hook. Hind wings and cilia grey.

Gisborne, Victoria, in November; one specimen (Lyell).

242. G. liolodesma Meyr.

{Glyphipteryx liolodesma Meyr,, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1882, 190.)

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, in December and February.

124 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

243. G. drosopliaes Meyr. (Phryganostola d rosojoliaes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 249.)

Sydney, New South Wales; Deloraine, Tasmania; in October and December.

244. G. isozela, n.sp.

(^9- 11-13 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze, side of head with a fine white line. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae and abdomen dark bronzy- fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique: shining l)ronze mixed with dark fuscous, especially on margins and towards base; a moderate erect white fascia from dorsum at J, narrowed upwards and not reaching costa; six violet-silvery- metallic dark-edged nearh^ direct streaks from white dots on costa, tirst at J, terminating in a trapezoidal white spot on dorsum beyond middle, second to fourth i-eaching nearly half across wing, fifth somewhat curved and continued to tornus, sixth ante-apical reaching termen; discal area between tirst and fifth irregularly marked with black, with three violet-silver3^-metallic dots on a submedian irregular black streak, and one or two subconfluent towards tornus : cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hind wings dark grey; cilia grey.

Mount Kosciusko (4500 feet), New South Wales; Deluraine, Tasmania; in December and January, seven specimens.

245. G. asteriella Meyr. {Glyiyhipteryx asteriella Mejn*., Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S.Wales, 1880, 235.)

Shoalhaven, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; in

January.

246. G. amhJycerella Meyr.

{Glypliipteryx amhlycereUa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1882,^89.)

Melbourne, Healesville, and Warragul, Victoria, in November and December.

BY E. MEYKICK 125

247. G. pharetropis, n.sp.

(J. 11 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze. Palpi wliitisli, mixed and ringed with blackish, with rough projecting hairs beneath. Antennae and abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex ol)tuse, termen subsinuate, oblique; golden-bronze, towards base suffused with dark fuscous; a golden-whitish transverse streak from \ of costa to | of dorsum; six pale violet-golden-metallic streaks from white dots on costa, edged with dark fuscous, first at \, short, second from t of costa to dorsum beyond middle, becoming ochreous-whitish towards dorsum, third parallel, entire, fourth and fifth very short, sixth ante-apical, reaching termen; between third and sixth in upper part of disc a violet-golden-metallic dot and two or three fine black lines, and in lower part an irregular black blotch, marked with one golden-metallic dot above tornus, and three on lower part of termen : cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hind wings dark grey; cilia grey.

Gisborne, Victoria, in March; two specimens (Lyell).

248. G. parazona, n.sp. (^.11 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze, face whitish-edged. Palpi whitish, with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae and abdomen dark bronzj'-grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique; ochreous-bronze, suffused with dark fuscous on margins and towards base; two direct parallel pale violet-golden-metallic transverse streaks before middle, first whitish on dorsum; a pale violet-golden-metallic dot on costa beyond middle, and a curved streak from a white dot on costa at 1^ to tornus; area between this and antemedian streak nearly all occupied by a large black blotch, of which the upper half is crossed by about six whitish-ochreous longitudinal lines, lower half marked with five golden-metallic dots; an almost apical transverse golden-metallic streak, extremity white : cilia white, basal half bronze limited by a blackish line indented beneath

126 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEKA, XIX.,

apex, above apex l:)lackish marked with white. Hind wings dark grey; cilia grey.

Gisborne, Victoria, in April; one specimen (Lyell). At first sight very similar to the preceding species from the same locality, but on examination the markings are seen to be quite different in detail; in pharet^'opis the first fascia is much nearer the base, there is an additional costal streak between it and the second fascia, there is an additional fascia beyond second, the penulti- mate streak is ver}^ short instead of being continued to tornus, and the palpi are rough-haired.

249. G. ci/anophracta Meyr.

(Glypliipteryx cyanopliracta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S. Wales, 1882,186.)

Burragorang, New South Wales : Melbourne, Victoria ; in

April.

250. G. iometalla Meyr.

{GlypJiipteryx iometalla Meyr., Proc.Linn. Soc.N.S. Wales, 1880, 232.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydne}-, New South Wales; from August to November.

251. G. argyrosema Meyr.

{Apistomorpha argyrosema Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880,247.)

Mount Tambourine, Queensland; Sj^dney and Bowenfels, New South Wales; Campbelltown, Tasmania; from September to

March.

252. G. pliosphora, n.sp.

(J. 10 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen bronze. Palpi white with four blackish rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen subsinuate, rather strongly oblique; dark bronze; an oblique suffused whitish spot from dorsum at J, reaching fold; six violet-silvery-metallic nearly direct streaks from white dots on costa, first from ^, rather short, somewhat oblique, second from middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle,

BY E. iMEYKICK. 127

whitish on dorsum, third and fourth reaching middle, fifth very sliort, sixth ante-apica], to termen beneath apex; a pale violet- golden-metallic streak from dorsum before tornus, nearly reaching fourth costal; a longitudinal black mark along lower half of termen, containing three golden-metallic dots, above which are three or four fine black longitudinal lines : cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a dark fuscous line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous (?). Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous.

Wirrabara, South Australia, in October; one specimen.

253. G. lamprocoma, n.sp.

^9. 8-9 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish mixed with blackish, with rough projecting hairs beneath. Antennae and abdomen dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen hardly sinuate, rather strongly oblique; ochreous-bronze; six violet-silvery-metallic nearly direct streaks from white spots on costa, first from |-, somewhat oblique, reaching fold, second from before middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, third to fifth short, sixth ante-apical, to termen beneath apex; a triangular black patch resting on lower half of termen, containing two anterior and three posterior golden- metallic spots, and two or three undefined bronzy marks between them; above this patch several subconfluent longitudinal ochreous- whitish lines: cilia white, basal third bronze limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex bronzy mixed with blackish. Hindwings grey; cilia light greyish-ochreous.

Adelaide, South Australia, in October; two specimens.

254. G. hracliyaula^ n.sp.

(J. 9 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze. Palpi whitish with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae and abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; deep golden-bronze; a white streak from base along fold to \\ five pale violet-golden- metallic dark-edged streaks from whitish dots on costa, first from

128 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

^ of costa to dorsum beyond middle, whitish on dorsum, second from middle of costa, not quite reaching a golden-metallic blackish-edged dot in disc, third curved, from § of costa ta dorsum before tornus, fourth from f of costa to termen above tornus, fifth ante-apical; a golden-metallic dot between second and third above middle; between third and fourth some undefined slender longitudinal blackish lines, and a stronger irregular black streak below middle: cilia whitish, basal half bronze limited by a dark fuscous streak indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous.

Queensland (1); one specimen, without note of locHlit3\ 255. G. calliscopa Low.

{GlypJiipteryx calliscopa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1905, 112.)

Melbourne, Victoria, in November. Not known to me.

256. G. cometophora Meyr.

{Glyphipteryx cometophora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 231.)

Blackheath, New Soutli Wales ; Melbourne and Trafalgar,^ Victoria: George's Bay, Ta.smania; from November to January.

257. G. gemmipunctella Walk.

{Glijpliipteryx cjemmipun ctella Walk , Cliar. Het. 86; G. atri- striella Zell., Hor. Ross. 1877, 398; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc N. S. Wales, 1880, 230; G. chrysolithella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 229.)

Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Blackheath, New South Wales; Melbourne, Healesville, Sale, and Traralgon, Victoria; George's Ba}'^, Tasmania; from February to April. Varies locally in the development of yellow in the hindwings.

Sect. B. Dark line in cilia of forewin^js not ii'idented beneatl

apex.

258. G. clialco8trepta^ n.sp.

(J^. 14-15 mm. Head and thorax bronze; in (J a lateral pencil of scales from behind prosternum. Palpi white ringed with

BY E. MFA'KICK. 129

blackish, second joint with projecting scales beneath. Antenn;e whitish ringed with dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy -grey, segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; 7 and 8 stalked: in ^ beneath with a long black bristle from base of costa; light golden-bronze, anteriorly infuscated; a fine line of black scales along submedian fold from base, terminating in a silver}^- metallic mark near posterior extremity; five pale golden- metallic partially black-edged streaks from yellow-whitish spots on costa, first from before middle of costa, rather oblique, not reaching fold, second from beyond middle of costa to dorsum before tornus, slightly curved, interrupted by a small blackish spot below middle, third from f of costa to tornus, fourth short, fifth almost terminal from apex to near tornus: cilia ochreous- whitish, basal third bronzy limited by a blackish shade, above apex blackish barred with ochreous-whitish. Flind wings and cilia grey.

Deloraine, Tasmania, in December; two specimens.

259. G. perimetaUa Low.

[GI y plilpteryx perimetalla Low., Trans. Ro}'. Soc. S. Austr. 1905, 112.)

Stawell, Victoria, in November. Not known to me; according to the description it should be near tripselia, but with antennae fuscous, and first transverse streak not crossing fold.

260. G. tripselia, n.sp. (^. 1 2 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, beneath with projecting scales. Antennae white ringed with black. Abdomen bronzy-grey, .segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, rather strongly oblique; golden-bronze; markings pale violet- golden-metallic, on costa white, edged with a few scattered black scales; a streak above middle from base to ^, enlarged posteriori}', and another subdorsal from base to 'i; three parallel entire trans- 11.

k

130 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

verse streaks, tirst from before middle of eosta to dorsum beyond middle, third from before J of costa to toriius; a short streak from costa beyond this, and one almost apical to termen below middle: cilia bronze, outer half mixed with whitish, on tornus obscurely barred with whitish and fuscous, on costa barred with white. Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey.

Gisborne, Victoria, in January; one specimen (Lyell).

•JGl. G. ci/anochalca Meyr.

{Glyphipteryx cyanochalca Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1882, 185; G. Jyelliana Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Austr. 1893,182.)

Blackheath and Mittagong, New South Wales ; Gisl)orne, Victoria ; Mount Lofty, South Australia; in February and JNIarch.

262. G. anaclastis, n.sp.

(J. 12-16 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish with four blackish rings, beneath with projecting scales. Antenna? dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-grey. Foi-e wings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; light golden-bronze; a curved silvery- metallic streak from base above fold, crossing fold at ^ and con- tinued to near dorsum before middle; five silvery-metallic streaks from costa, tirst from I, oblique, reaching fold, extended along costa to near base, second from middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, interrupted on fold, third from J of costa very obliquely inwards to disc beyond middle, fourth near apex, to termen below middle, tifth almost apical; a silvery-metallic dot or mark in disc between third and fourth; an oblique black bar from beneath apex of third to termen above tornus, cut by three golden, metallic spots extended downwards beyond it; a silvery-metallic dot on dorsum before tornus: cilia whitish-fuscous, basal half bronzy, not indenteil beneath apex, on costa barred with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Gisborne and Traralgon, Victoria; Mount Lofty, South Aus- tralia: in April, three specimens (Kershaw, Lyell, Guest).

BY E. MEYRICK. 131

263. G. poJychroa Low.

{GlyjjJiipteryx polychroa Low., Proc.Liiin.8oc.N.S.Wales,1897, •23.) ■

(J. 11-14 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish with four dark fuscous rings, without projecting hairs. Antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous, segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous-bronze; a pale violet-golden-metallic streak from beyond \ of costa to middle of dorsum; five short or verj^^ short violet-golden-metallic streaks from whitish dots on costa between this and apex, and another from apex along termen to tornus; an oblique black bar from disc beyond middle to tornus, cut by three violet-golden metallic spots extended downwards beyond it, with some scattered black scales beneath it; above this indistinct traces of a patch of longitudinal pale lines separated by some scattered black scales : cilia whitish, basal half bronze limited by a dark fuscous shade not indented beneath apex, on costa bronze barred with whitish. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, round apex whitish with basal third dark fuscous.

Melbourne and Gisborne, Victoria, in December and March; three specimens (Lyell, Lower).

264. G. trigonasins, n.sp.

J 9. 10-12 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish with four black rings, apex black in front, without projecting hairs. Antennae bronze ringed with black. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen hardly sinuate, rather strongly oblique; golden- bronze; a curved violet-golden-metailic streak from base above fold, crossing fold at about \ and continued to near middle of dorsum but not reaching it; five violet-golden-metallic finely dark- edged streaks from costa, violet-white on costa, first from 1, oblique, reaching fold, second from middle of costa to dorsum be3'Ond middle, third at J, direct, reaching half across wing, fourth and fifth near together before apex, reaching termen; a

132 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

triangular black patch resting on lower half of ternien, with an anterior transverse golden-metallic mark, and four variable some- times parth^ conjoined golden-metallic dots; above this a patch of more or less indicated paler longitudinal lines, sometimes separated by fine black lines : cilia whitish, basal third golden- bronze limited by a dark fuscous shade, not indented beneath apex, abo^'e apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Albany, West Australia, in September and October ; nine specimens.

38. Snellenia Wals.

Head smooth; tongue developed. Antenn?^ nearly 1, clothed above with long rough fringe of dense scales from base to near apex, basal joiut elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi extremely long, recurved, second joint very long, somewhat rough-scaled anteriorly, terminal joint shorter than second, somewhat rough- scaled anteriorly, acute. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform. Abdomen margined with projecting scales, in ^ with expansible anal tuft. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled, with expansible whorls of scales at origin of spurs. Fore wings with lb furcate, 2 from i 3 from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex, 1 1 from middle. Hindwings under 1, very elongate-ovate, cilia 1; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 parallel.

This and the next genus, with the South American 7'ijiaegen'a, constitute a group of singular facies, but are certainly to be regarded only as a peculiar development of the Phitella group. I think there must be a real phylogenetic connection with the Aegeridae^ which probably originated from this group, being structurally distinguished therefrom by the loss of vein 8 of hind- wings. I do not, however, see any clear evidence of near relation to the Elachistid genera Oedenintopoda and its allies, although it is possible.

265. S. lineata Walk.

{Tinaegeria lineata Walk. Cat. viii., 261; Eretmocera sesioides Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxL, 22; Snellenia /i/iea^a Wals., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1889, 16, pl.vi., 4.)

BY E. MEYRICK. 133

(^9. 12-15 min. Head and thorax blue-black, thorax on sides and posteriorly vermilion-red. Palpi blackish, base red. An- tennae blue-black, fringed with scales to |, above this with suffused white subapical band. Abdomen black, base reddish, with slender white median and ante-apical rings. Legs blue-black, ringed with white. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa almost straight, arched towards apex, apex obtuse, termen ver}' obliquely rounded; vermilion-red, streaked with black in disc and between veins, along dorsum with a thicker blackish streak : cilia purple- blackish. Hind wings reddish-orange; posterior half dark fuscous, sometimes produced anteriorly along termen; cilia dark fuscous.

Sydney, New South Wales, from December to March; twenty- four specimens. This curious insect is locally common amongst Knnzea capitata (though I think this is probably not the food- plant) in certain rocky places in the harbour, but I have never received it from elsewhere. It flies in sunshine; and in repose carries the posterior legs semierect above the back, and the antenna erect and waving. I can suggest no reason for this display except sexual; no other insect or natural object resembling it occurs in the localities, so far as I could perceive. Walker's locality reference is erroneous (see Wals. l.c).

39. PSEUDAEGERIA Wals.

Head smooth; tongue developed. Antennae 4, clothed above with long rough fringe of dense scales from base to near apex, basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi long, recurved, second joint densely clothed with appressed scales, terminal joint as long as second, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Abdomen rather broad, towards apex with projecting lateral scales. Posterior tibia? smooth-scaled, with expansible whorls of scales on origin of spurs. Forewings with \h furcate, 2 from 4, 3 from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex, 11 from middle. Hind- wings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 1; 3 and 4 stalked, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 connate or stalked.

Based on the following species only. In Lord Walsingham's figure of the neuration of forewings vein 16 is erroneously given as simple.

134 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

266. P. squamicornis Feld.

{Ochsenheimeria squaniicor7iis Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxix, 6; Pseudaegeria squamicornis Wals., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, 18, pi. iii.

^2. 22-24 mm. Head, palpi, antennBe, and thorax iridescent blackish, thorax partly reddish on sides and posteriorly. Abdomen blackish, with slender white median ring. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa almost straight, posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; orange-red; dorsal half black, upper edge projecting streaks towards base along fold and in disc: cilia coppery-blackish. Hindwings reddish-orange; a broad purple-blackish terminal band, anterior edge suffused and irregular; cilia blackish.

Sydney, New South Wales, in October ; two specimens. Felder quotes Fiji as a locality (doubtfull}^), but this is probably erroneous, as are many of his localities for other species.

40. Metaphrastis, n.g.

Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antennae 4, in (J fasciculate-ciliated (2), basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second joint with appressed scales, terminal joint as long as second, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibise smooth-scaled, with expansible whorls of scales on origin of spurs. Fore wings with vein 16 shortly furcate, 2 from angle, 7 to costa, 8 absent, 9 and 10 from near 7, 11 from middle, remote. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 4; 4 absent, 5-7 parallel.

A peculiar form, probabl}^ with some relationship to the pt-e- ceding genus.

267. J/, acrochalca, n.sp.

(J^. 11-13 mm. Head shining bronze, collar pale j^elluw. Palpi yellow, terminal joint blackish anteriorl3\ Antennae dark bronzy-fuscous. Thorax dark shining bronze. Abdomen light ochreous-yellowish, becoming bronz}' towards base. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen

BY E. MEYRICK. 135

obli(|uely rounded ; rather dark bronzy-fuscous, mixed with blackish, and strewn with linear whitish scales; a moderate rather cloudy white spot tow^ards tornus, and sometimes one towards costa posteriorly; a narrow shining bronze terminal fascia: cilia shining bronze. Hindwings light ochreous-oranae; apical half dark fuscous; margins of basal half sometimes suffused with dark fuscous; cilia dark grey, with blackish basal line.

York and Albany, West Australia, from October to December; three specimens.

41. Orthenches Meyr.

Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue dev^eloped. Antennae 4, in $ simple or pubescent, somewhat thickened at base, basal joint with strong pecten. Labial palpi moderate or long, recurved, with appressed scales, somewhat rough beneath throughout, terminal joint as long as second or longer, acute. Maxillary palpi filiform, curved, ascending. Posterior tibiae with appressed scales above. Fore wings with 16 furcate, 2 almost from angle, 7 to apex or termen, 11 from before middle, secondary cell defined. Hindwings I , elongate-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, termen sometimes sinuate, cilia |-1; 2-7 remote, nearly parallel.

A small New Zealand genus, represented in Australia as yet by one species only,

268. 0. epiphricta, n.sp.

^9. 9-11 mm. Head whitish, sometimes slightly fuscous- sprinkled. Palpi white, externally grey except apex of joints. Antennae white ringed with fuscous. Thorax white sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen straight, oblique; white, finely sprinkled and strigulated with dark fuscous; five small dark fuscous spots on posterior half of costa; stigmata cloudy, ill-marked, dark fuscous, plical directly beneath and sometimes confluent with first discal: cilia whitish, with thick blackish sometimes interrupted subbasal line, and broad dark fuscous subapical shade. Hindwings pale whitish- giey; cilia grey-whitish.

Quorn, South Australia, in October; nine specimens.

136 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

42. Phalangitis, n.g.

Head with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antennae p in (J serrulate, pubescent, basal joint with dense anterior flap of Scales. Labial palpi rather long, straight or somewhat curved, subascending or "porrected, clothed with loose or rough scales, terminal joint as long as second, tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, loosely scaled, porrected. Posterior tibise smooth- scaled. Forewings with \b furcate, 2 from angle, 7 to costa, 8, 9, 10 from near 7,11 from before middle. Hindwings 1, elongate- ovate, cilia 4; 2-7 separate, tolerabl}^ parallel.

Type P. veterana. An endemic genus, allied to Plutella. The species vary rather considerabl}'^ in markings, and are difficult to understand. The antennae are directly porrected in repose.

1. Head and thorax grey or fuscous . 2.

Head and thorax white, sometimes irrorated with

fuscous 8.

2. Subcostal streak white, well-defined 272. ceterana.

Subcostal streak whitish, suffused 271. triaria.

3. Forewings with distinct white subcostal streak 270. tumultuosa.

Forewings without apparent white streak 269. crymorrhoa.

269. F. crymorrliua^ n.sp.

(J9. 10-13 mm. Head and thorax white, sonit^times tinged with fuscous. Palpi white, second joint externally light brownish except towards apex. Antennae white, ringed with fuscous. Abdomen whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; white, strewn with golden-fuscous strigula3 sprinkled with dark fuscous; variable markings of same colour, consisting principally of two or three small posterior spots on costa, and three or four irregular larger spots arranged in a median longitudinal series and some- times partially connected to form an irregular streak, and some- times a dark suffusion along dorsum, but these vary much in different specimt-ns : cilia whitish, with two dark fuscous shades varying in development. Hindwings and cilia white.

Mount Wellington (2500 feet), Tasmania, amongst Leptosper- minn in December, six specimens; also one from Port Lincoln, South Australia, in November, which is apparently identical.

BY E. MEYRICK. 137

270. P. tumultuosa, n.sp.

^9. 11-13 iniD. Head and thorax white, usually mote or less irrorated with fuscous. Palpi fuscous sprinkled with white. Aiiteniiai fuscous, sometimes ringed wdth whitish. A))domen grey- whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moder- ately arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique; light fuscous, sprinkled and sometimes indistinctly strigulated with dark fuscous, sometimes suffusedl}' mixed with white; a broad white more or less suffused streak above middle from base to apex, reaching costa towards base, sometimes strewn with scattered dark fuscous strigulee, low-er edge usually sharply defined anteriorly, sometimes marked w4th two dark fuscous spots representing discal stigmata; three or four small cloudy dark spots on costa posteriorly : cilia whitish with dark fuscous ante- median shade and usually two or three dark fuscous patches? sometimes wholly dark fuscous except a whitish patch above apex. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.

Murrurundi, Sydney, and Bathurst, New South Wales; Gis- borne, Victoria; Perth and Albany, West Australia; from August to November, and in February, ten specimens.

271. P. triaria, n.sp.

(J. 18-19 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, slightly reddish- tinged. Palpi rather dark fuscous, whitish beneath tow^ards base. Antennae rather dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish-fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded; bronz}'- fuscous, obscurely darker strigulated, on submedian fold suffused with darker and purplish-tinged; a broad suffused whitish streak above middle from base to apical portion of costa, anteriorly sharply defined beneath, reaching costa from near base to near middle, sometimes marked with an irregular dark fuscous spot forming an indenta- tion on lower margin at J, and an oblique dark fuscous spot in middle, posteriorly narrowed and irrorated with fuscous striguhis; two inwardly oblique dark fuscous marks on costa at r! and ff :

138 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

cilia fuscous mixed with dark fuscous, above apex with a whitish patcli. Hiiidwings light grey; cilia whitish, with pale grey sub- basal shade.

Albany, West Australia, in September and October. This species is easily distinguished from the others by its larger size.

272. P. Viterana^ n.sp.

(J^. 11-15 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax grey. Abdomen whitish-grey. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; dark grey, towards dorsum mixed with grey- whitish and appearing indistinctly striated, on costal half blackish-grej^; a broad white variable streak above middle from base to apex, sometimes straight, sometimes thrice sinuate so that the lower edge shows three rounded indentations and the upper edge is thrice more or less strongly connected with costa, sometimes interrupted by an oblique bar of groundcolour on central indentation, posteriorly somewhat sprinkled with dark grey: cilia dark grey with two blackish shades, at apex with a white patch. Hindwings grey- whitish or pale grey; cilia whitish.

Sydney, New South Wales, in September, December, and January; fifteen specimens. Larva with 10 pro-legs, fusiform (attenuated towards extremities), anteriorly with short scattered hairs, head very small; uniform dull pale green: feeds openly on Mo7iotoca elUptica {Epacridem), gnawing leaves, in August. Pupa in a white open-network cocoon.

43. Amphithera Meyr.

Whilst still uncertain, it seems probable that this genus should be included here.

273. il. heteromorplia Meyr.

{Amphithera heteromorpha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 597.)

Sydney and Bulli, New South Whales; George's Bay, Tasmania; from October to April.

BV K. MEYRICK. 139

44. DiATHRYPTICA, n.g.

Head witli appressed scales; tongue developed. Antennae |, in (J simple, basal joint rather long, densely scaled, with anterior tuft. Labial palpi moderately long, curved, ascending, thickened with scales and rough in front throughout, second joint relatively short, terminal longer than second, pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, porrected. Thorax crested. Posterior tibise with appressed scales. Fore wings with lb furcate, 2 from near angle, 7 to termen, 8, 9, 10 rather near 7, 11 from before middle. Hind wings 1, subtriangular, cilia |; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 parallel.

Obviously allied to Platella, yet with some suggestions of Glyi)hipteryx.

274. D. prolerva, n.sp.

(J^. 11-15 mm. Head and thorax pale brownish-ochreous. Palpi pale ochreous, second and terminal joints each with two fuscous rings edged above with whitish. Antennae grey ringed with blackish. Abdomen light grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; dark grey, towards base, dorsum and termen lighter and sometimes tinged with ochreous; markings pale grey, edged and sometimes suffused with white, and margined with blackish; a rather broad straight fascia from \ of costa to f of dorsum; three fascia-like spots from costa between this and subterminal fascia, more or less confused and subconfluen t in disc, reaching half across wing or rather more, central longest; an irregular subterminal fascia from costa before apex to tornus, usually interrupted in middle, upper half with an abrupt excavation on middle of anterior edge : cilia whitish, with two partial grey lines, dark grey patches at apex and on middle of termen, and clear white patches between these and above apex. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Sydney, Wollongong, and Blackheath, New South Wales, from August to December; sixteen specimens. The species is locally common under sheltered ledges of liclien-covered rock, and the larva prol)ably feeds on lichens. The imago when running over

140 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

the rock has a curious habit of agitating the wings, together with the hind-legs, on each side alternately.

45. Paraphyllis, n.g.

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts somewhat spreading; tongue developed. Antennae 4, in ^ filiform, simple, basal joint short, with dense anterior flap of scales. Labial palpi moderate, slender, porrected, loosely scaled, terminal joint rather longer tlian second, somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform. Posterior tibiee clothed with long fine hairs. Fore- wings with 2 from towards angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa, 11 from before middle. Hind wings §, lanceolate, cilia 1|; 2 and 3 long-stalked, cell open between 3 and 5, 4 absent, 5 approxi- mated to 6, 6 and 7 short-stalked.

A genus of very dubious affinity; it may be a degenerate development of the Pbitella group, and at least seems to fit no better elsewhere.

275. P. scaeopa, n.sp.

(^9. 17-20 mm. Head and thorax pale brownish-ochreous, crown sometimes yellowish-tinged. Palpi whitish-ochreous. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, bent about |, apex pointed, termen extremely obliquely rounded; purplish-fuscous; a slight dorsal projection of whitish-ochreous scales towards base; a small whitish ochreous apical spot : cilia fuscous, base suff'used with whitish-ochreous towards tornus. Hindwings rather dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, becoming whitish-ochreous towards base on lower half of termen.

Bathurst, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; York, West Australia; from August to November; four specimens.

46. CopiDORis, n.g.

Head loosely haired, sidetufts spreading; tongue developed. Anteiuue |, in ^J shortly ciliated, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi very long, recurved, second joint with large rough projecting tuft of scales beneath, terminal joint as long as

BY E. MEYRICK. 141

second, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibi?e clothed with long hairs above. Fore wings with 16 furcate, upper fork little marked, 2 from |, 3 from angle, 7 and 8 very long-stalked, 7 to costa, 9 and 10 from near 8, 11 from middle^ secondary cell indicated. Hind wings 1, rounded-trapezoidal^ cilia 4; 2 widely remote, 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approxi- mated, 6 and 7 short-stalked.

Apparently related to the European genus Cerosfonia.

276. C. dimorpha, n sp.

(J^. 17-20 mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi white, second joint with a brownish-ochreous median band, posterior edge of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous spotted with white. Thorax pale ochreous, centrally more or less suffused with white. Abdomen whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex acute, termen faintly sinuate, extremely oblique; yellow-ochreous, along costa, dorsum, and termen, or sometimes wholly suffused with rather dark fuscous irrorated witli white; usually a clear white median longitudinal streak from base to apex, but sometimes this is suffusedly mixed with fuscous : cilia fuscous sprinkled with whitish, at apex usually with a slender whitish bar. Hindwings grey-whitish, becoming light grey posteriorly; cilia white, at apex greyish.

Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; in February and March, amongst scrub, apparently very local but plentiful where it occurs; twenty specimens.

47. Trachycentra Meyr.

Head with loosely appressed scales; tongue rudimentary or absent. Antennae i-|, in ^ simple, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second joint with large rough spreading tuft of projecting scales towards apex beneath, terminal joint as long as second, with appressed scales, laterally compressed, pointed. Maxillary palpi short, drooping. Anterior tibiae very short, tarsi dilated with rough projecting scales; posterior tibiae and tarsi with rough projecting scales

142 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

above and beneath. Forewings with tufts of scales on surface; 16 furcate, 2 and 3 stalked from angle, 7 to termen, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated, 11 from before middle. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, apex pointed, termen sinuate beneath apex, cilia |; 2-7 separate, tolerably parallel, with dense scale-pectens towards base on la and beneath cell.

Type 2\ calamias. A peculiar genus, belonging to the neigh- bourhood of the Indian Dasyses and Autoniachae7'is; ap]»arently characteristic of the islands of the Australasian region, as I have not yet met with it elsewhere. The species require careful dis- crimination. Their aspect suggests that the larvae may probably feed on dead wood. All the species show on the forewings three subdorsal tufts of scales, median tuft more remote from dorsum.

1. Forewings narrow 2.

Forewings moderate 4.

2. Forewings with apex produced, termen concave 3.

Forewings with apex not produced, termen sinuate. 279. -psorodes.

3. Forewings with brownish-ochreous interneural

streaks 278. chlorogramvm.

Forewings with numerous small faint brownish- ochreous spots 277 calamias.

4. Forewings with well-marked dark interneural lines.. 280. aulacitU, Forewings without dark interneural lines 5.

5. Forewings with suffused dark fascia from base of

costa to tornus 281. amphiloxa.

Forewings without such fascia 6.

6. Forewings with elongate blackish-fuscous costal

patch 282, sar/matias.

Forewings without such patch 283. glancias.

'211 . T. calamias Meyr.

{Trachycent/ra calamias Meyr., Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 1886, 288.) Tonga and Fiji.

278. T. chlorogramma, n.sp.

(J. 26-30 mm. Head, palpi, antennai, thorax, and abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, produced, termen concave, very oblique.

BY E. mp:yrick. 143

wliitish-ochreous, towards dorsum slightly tinged with rosy-fus- cous; brownish-ochreous interneural streaks, sometimes sprinkled with fuscous, those running to costa terminated by dots of blackish irroration; dorsal area sometimes sprinkled with fuscous; three normal subdorsal tufts pale, tipped with blackish points : cilia pale whitish-ochreous, with a few fuscous and blackish points. Hind wings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous, suffused with light grey.

Choiseul, Bougainville, Florida, Guadalcanar, Solomon Is,; five specimens (Meek).

279. 2\ psorodes, n.sp.

(J. 25-29 mm Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax whitish- ochreous, somewhat speckled with fuscous. Abdomen pale ochreous sprinkled with grey. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen sinuate, rather strongly oblique: pale brownish-ochreous, with numerous small undefined brownish or dark fuscous dots tolerably regularly arranged, pos- teriorly in interneural series; three normal subdorsal tufts tipped with brownish or blackish : cilia pale brownish-ochreous, with rows of fuscous points. Hindwings grey; cilia pale ochreous, sprinkled with grey.

Choiseul, Isabel, Solomon Is.; two specimens (Meek).

280. T. aulacitis, n.sp.

9. 24-33 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous mixed with brown. Antenm« pale ochreous spotted with fuscous towards base. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; wliitish-ochreous; strong brown interneural lines n-rorated with blackish, that between 6 and 7 nearly obsolete; a thick suffused brown streak running from base above submedian fold to tornus, upper edge with a projection beyond middle, whence an undefined fascia seems to proceed to costa beyond middle, formed by thick- ening of interneural lines; some brown suffusion along dorsum : cilia whitish-ochreous, more or less distinctly barred with fuscous

144 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

mixed with blackish, more broadly above tornus. Hindwings grey; cilia pale greyish-ochreous, with grey subbasal shade.

Choiseul, New Georgia, Kulambangra, Solomon Is. ; five specimens (Meek).

281. T. aiaphiloxa, n.sp.

(J. 22-29 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous, shoulders some- times with some brown scales. Palpi whitish-ochreous sprinkled with dark fuscous. Antennae wliitish-ochreous spotted with fus- cous. Abdomen pale ochreous, sprinkled with grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen concave, oblique; whitish-ochreous more or less mixed with yellow-ochreous and brown between veins; undefined markings formed by black and brown irroration, viz., a suffused fascia from basal fourth of costa to tornus; small costal spots before and beyond middle, and a submarginal streak from apex to dorsum before tornus; first and third scaletufts mixed with black, second pale : cilia whitish- ochreous mixed with ochreous, at apex and towards tornus mixed with dark brown. Hindwings fuscous, towards base more or less suffused with whitish-ochreous; cilia fuscous, towards dorsum becoming pale greyish-ochreous.

Q. Similar, but forewings almost wholly suffused with dark fuscous except a short pale longitudinal mark in middle of disc.

Bougainville, Choiseul, Rendova, Treasury, Solomon Is.; Sariba I., New Guinea; sixteen specimens (Meek).

282. T. sagmatias, n.sp.

^. 18 mm, Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous, with a few dark fuscous specks. Antennae whitish-ochreous, spotted with dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex acute, somewhat produced, termen sinuate, oblique; pale yellowish-ochreous, with some brown irro- ration towards costa beyond middle, middle of submedian fold, and tornus; a narrow blackish-fuscous patch extending along costa from base to |, widest and angularly prominent beneath before middle, wdiere it reaches half across wing, posteriorly

BY E. MEYRICK. 145

attenuated; three blackish dots on costa posteriorly, and one on middle of termen; three normal subdorsal tufts tipped with blackisli : cilia pale ochreous, sprinkled with brown, with a small blackish spot opposite middle of termen Hindwings and cilia dark grey.

Sariba Island, New Guinea; one specimen (Meek).

283. T. glaucias, n.sp.

(J. 21-25 mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous sprinkled with dark fuscous. Palpi pale ochreous, sprinkled with dark fuscous. Antennae brownish-ochreous, suffusedly ringed with blackish. Abdomen dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; pale ochreous, irregularly mixed with ochreous-brown scales with blackish tips; costa irregularly spotted with blackish; round blackish spots in disc before and beyond middle; some undefined blackish suffusion towards termen and tornus : cilia pale ochreous, mixed with brown scales tipped with dark fuscous. Hindwings dark grey, lighter towards base, pecten pale greyish-ochreous; cilia pale greyish sprinkled with dark grey

9- Similar but mostly suffused with dark fuscous.

Sudest Island, New Guinea; eight specimens (Meek).

48. Plutella Schrk.

Both the following species have probably been artificially introduced, though now widely established.

284. F. maculi2)ennis Curt.

{Plutella macidipennis Curt. Guide 186; P. cruciferarum ZelL, Stett. Eat. Zeit. 1843, 281; Meyr., Trans. N.Zeal. Inst. 1885, 177.)

Duaringa and Rosewood, Queensland; Glen Innes (4500 feet), Sydney, Blackheath, Bathurst, Cooma, and Bulli, New South Wales; Melbourne, Warragul, and Mount Macedon, Victoria; Hobart and Deloraine, Tasmania; Mount Gambier, Adelaide, Wirrabara, Quorn, and Port Lincoln, South Australia; Carnarvon, 12

146 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

Gerald ton, Perth, York, and Albany, West Australia; in June, and from August to March, common everywhere and often abundant. Occurs also throughout New Zealand and the rest of the globe, probably wherever man has introduced cabbages and turnips, on the leaves of which the larva feeds principally, though it will also eat other Cruciferce. Probably Europe is its original home.

285, P. sera Meyr.

{Plutella sera Mej^r., Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. 1885, 178.) Rosewood and Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Geraldton, West Australia; from July to March, not uncommon. Also occurs freely in the North Island of New Zealand and in Ceylon. I am not acquainted with the larva, but it seems likely that, like the preceding, it is attached to some garden plant, and the insect is artificially introduced.

INDEX OF GENERA.

No.

No.

Amphithera Meyr.

.. 43

LoxoTROCHis Meyr.

... 33

Anaphantis, n.g.

.. 25

Macarangela Meyr.

... 10

Anticrates Meyr.

.. 21

Macarostola, n.g.

... 8

Aristaea, n.g

.. 2

Metaphrastis, n.g.

... 40

Atteva Walk

.. 18

Mieza Walk

... 23

Brenthia Clem

.. 34

Miscera Walk. ..

.. 31

BURLACENA Walk.

.. 49

Opsiclines, n.g

... 9

CEBYSAWalk

.. 27

Orthexches Meyr.

... 41

Choreutis Hb

.. 35

Paraphyllis, n.g.

... 45

CoNOPOMORPHA Meyr.

.. 4

Phalangitis, n.g.

... 42

CopiDORis, n.g

.. 46

Piestoceros, n.g.

... 28

CORYPTILUM Zell.

.. 19

Plutella, Schrk.

... 48

Cyclotorna, n.g.

.. 13

Prays Hb

... 15

Cyphosticha, n.g.

.. 5

Pseud AEGERiA Wals.

... 39

DiATHRYPTICA, n.g.

.. 44

SiMAETHis Leach

.. 36

Epicephat.a Meyr.

3

Snellenia Wals.

... 38

Epicroesa, n.g. ...

.. 29

Thyridectis Meyr.

... 17

Eremothyris Wals.

.. 24

TiMODORA Meyr

... 8

Glyphipteryx Hb.

.. 37

ToxzAWalk

... 20

Gracilaria Hw

.. 7

ToRTYRA Walk

. 30

HlLAROGRAPHA Zell.

.. 26

Trachycentra Meyr.

... 47

HOMADAULA, n.g

.. 14

Xyrosaris, n.g. .. ' ...

... 12

iMMAWalk

.. 32

Yponomeuta Latr.

... 16

Lactura Walk

.. 22

Zelleria Stt.

... 11

LiTHOCOLLETIS Hb

1

BY E. MEYRICK.

147

INDEX OF SPECIES.

The numbers refer to those prefixed to each species in succession; names italicised are quoted as synonyms or without being adopted; those without authors' names suffixed are new.

No.

No.

a-caeruleum Pag.

... 216

caenotheta Meyr.

... 14

acinacella Meyr

... 225

calamias Meyr

... 277

acosma Turn

,.. 178

calicella Stt

... 19

acrobaphes Turn.

... 7

caUianthes Low

... 1.38

acrochalca

... 267

callierossa

... 228

actinobola Meyr

... 227

callidoxa Meyr

... 86

aegerioides Walk.

... 286

calliphylla Turn.

.. 136

aeolella Meyr

... 45

calliscopa Low

.. 255

aglaozona Meyr

2

calycias

... 101

albicincta Turn.

'.'.'. 65

caminaea Meyr

... 130

albifasciella Pag.

... 177

centropis

... 170

albiguttata Z

... 118

chalcoptera Meyr.

... 58

albimaculella Turn.

... 20

chalcostrepta

... 258

albispersa Turn

... 62

chalcotoxa Meyr.

... 219

albistriatella Turn.

.. 41

charopis Turn. ...

... 119

albitarsis Feld

... 110

chionochtha

... 30

albomarginata Stt.

... 42

chionodesma Low.

... 206

alysidota Meyr

... 28

chionoplecta Meyr.

... 15

amalopa

... 53

chlorella Turn

... 63

arablycerella Meyr,

... 246

chlorogramma

... 278

ambrosia

... 157

chrysochoa Meyr.

... 75

amphiloxa

... 281

chrywlitheUa Meyr.

... 257

anaclastis

... 262

chrysoplaca Meyr.

... 195

anthomera Low

... 165

chrysoplanetis Meyr.

... 238

antimacha

... 29

cirrhopis

.. 68

aphrospora Meyr.

... 85

citrina Meyr

... 90

araeodes Meyr

... 81

colabristis

... 149

archepolis

... 21

colymbetella Meyr.

5

argyrodesma Meyr.

... 16

cometophora Meyr.

... 256

argyrosema Meyr.

... 251

covflictella Walk

... 154

asteriella Meyr

... 245

congrualis Wals

... 179

atristriella Z

... 257

conjunctella Walk.

... 155

atrosignata Feld.

... 175

conspicua Wals

... H6

auchetidella Meyr.

... 67

coscinopa Low

... 95

aulacitis

... 280

costipuncta Feld.

... 183

aulonias Meyr

.. 184

cremnospila Low.

... 84

aurata Butl

... 108

cristata Butl

... 138

aurora Turn

... 69

crocozela Meyr

... 194

australis Turn

... 8

cruciferarmn Z

... 284

autadelpha Meyr.

... 13

crymorrhoa

... 269

autocasis

... 10.3

cuprina Feld

.. 114

autodoxa Meyr

... 174

cyanochalca Meyr.

... 261

autopetes ...

... 224

cyanophracta Meyr.

... 249

basalis Feld

... 206

cyanotoxa

.. 215

hasalis Voll

,.. 115

cynetica Meyr

... 80

bilineella Snell

... 185

desmochrysa Low.

... 3

bjerkandrella Thnb.

... 203

desmotoma Low...

... 168

br achy aula

... 254

deuterastis

... 234

148 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.,

No.

No.

diaphana Pag

... 186

isanema

... 125

didymella Meyr

... 38

ischiastris

... 66

d^l€cta^Ya.Yk

... 154

isochrysa

... 151

dimorpha ...

... 276

isozela

... 244

dioptrias Meyr

... 188

Klugii Z

... 123

dives Walk

... 132

laciniella Meyr

.. 35

divitiosa Walk

... 162

laetif era Walk

.. 133

drosochlora

.. 126

lampadias..

... 205

drosophaes Meyr.

... 243

lamprocoma

... 253

dryopa

... 93

lasiochroa Low

... 98

egregiella Walk

... 131

leiochroa Low

... 181

epicomia Meyr

... 196

lepidella Meyr

... 60

epiphricta

.. 268

leptalea Turn

... 43

episeota Low

... 169

leucocerastes Meyr.

... 239

erythractis Meyr.

... 148

leueochrysa Meyr.

... 79

erythrocera Feld.

... 140

leucomorpha Low.

... 76

euchlamyda Turn. . .

... 22

leueophthalma

... 147

eiLchromiella W^alk.

... 123

leucopis

... 164

euglypta Turn

... 72

leucoteles "Walk

.. 154

eumetalla Meyr

... 26

lichenopa Low

... 198

eupetaia Meyr

... 25

limonias

... 207

eupotcila Turn. .

... 144

lineataWalk

... 265

eurycnema Turn.

... 74

lutescens Feld

... 214

euthybelemna Meyr.

... 231

lyellianaltow

... 261

Jluorescens Turn

... 34

lyginella Meyr

... 52

formosa Stt.

... 55

macrantha Low

... 233

gemmipunctella Walk. ...

... 257

macraula

... 230

glaucias

... 283

mactata Feld

.. 145

gonoteles ...

... 226

maculipeunis Curt.

... 284

grammatistis Meyr.

... 191

marileuti& Meyr

.. 180

(jrossipunctella Gn.

... 104

Mathewi Butl

... 117

habrodes

... 24

megalastra

... 120

haematopus Feld.

... 134

melanopepla Meyr.

... 221

halimophila Low.

222

memorella Meyr.

... 83

hecataea

... 202

mesaula

.. 232

heliopla

.. 27

mesoehrysa Low.

... 167

hemixanthella Holl.

... 193

metallica Turn

... 217

hemixipha Low

... 82

metallif era

... 158

heteromorpha Meyr.

... 273

meteora Meyr

... 237

heteropsis Low

... 33

metreta Turn

... 150

holodesma Meyr.

... 242

metronoma

... 241

holodisca

... 171

micrastra

... 172

homotypa

... 204

microta Turn

... 47

hoploca a Meyr

.. 18

minatrix Meyr

... 192

hypocallajjow

... 200

mixoie^ica Turn

... 138

ida Meyr.

... 57

mnesicala Meyr.

... 54

inscripta ...

... 100

monocentra

... 94

internellus Walk.

... 104

monodesma Low.

... 177

interruptellus Saub.

... 106

7)1 ultiferatU Walk.

... 212

iometalla Meyr

... 250

myriastra

... J22

iridopa

... 159

myriosemus Turn.

... 105

iris Feld. ... ... - ...

... 112

myriospila

... 96

irrorata Turn;

.. 10

mystarcha Meyr.

... S9

nephelomima nereis Meyr. nigricansella Tepp. niphocosma Turn. nitidula Turn. nohilis Feld. ohUqidfa>iciata Wals. ohscura Butl.

obscurella Turn

ochridorsella Meyr. ochrocephala Meyr. octopunctata Turn, oenopella Meyr. . , omichleutis ophidias ... ophiodes Turn. ... ophiosema Low. ... ordinatella Meyr. orthaula ...

orthogona Meyr

palaeomorpha Meyr. paradelpha parallela Meyr. ... parallela Turn. ... paraxantha parazona ... parva Pag. paurodes ... peltophanes penthinoides Pagi perimetalla Low. periphanes pharetropis phlogopa Meyr, ... phoenobapta Turn, phoenodes Feld.... phosphora pi'-ta Feld Pilcheri Luc. plagata Stt. platydisema Low. plebeia Turn, plumbealis Pag. poliodes ... polychroa Low. ... polyplaca Low. ... porphyris prasochalca prodigella Walk, proterospila Meyr. proterva ... protomacra psephonoma Meyr.

BY E. MEYRICK.

No.

... 102

psithyristis Meyr.

... 34

psorodes

... 3

purella Walk.

.. 121

pustulellus Walk.

... 44

pyracma Meyr. ...

... 162

pyranthis..

... 176

pyrigenes Turn.

... 134

pyrilampis Meyr.

... 23

pyrochroma Turn.

... 46

pyrochryna Low.

. 39

pyroleuca Meyr. ...

... 59

quadriforella Z. ...

.. 64

regularis Pag. ...

.. 173

resumptana Walk.

... 51

rex Butl

... 40

rutilella Pag.

... 213

sabella Newm. ...

... 9

sagmatias

... 166

scaeopa

... 220

Scotti Scott

... 229

sepias Meyr.

... 160

sera Meyr.

... 144

se.9^■o^VZe.9 Feld.

... 32

sessilis Pag.

... 128

sigillata Meyr. ...

... 248

simUata Walk. ...

211

squamicornis Feld.

... 287

stephanota

70

stilbiota Low.

... 189

stylograpta

... 259

submarginalis Walk

4

sutt'usa Walk.

.. 247

sulfurata

... 141

sycopola Meyr. ...

... 146

teratias

... 137

tetrasema Meyr. ...

. . 252

thalassias Meyr. ...

. 140

thiasarcha

... 135

thiospila Turn. ...

... 61

thyriditis Meyr. ...

... 236

toxomacha Meyr.

. . 36

transversella Snell.

.. 218

trapezoides Turn.

... 97

triaria

... 263

tricuneatella Meyr.

... 56

trigonaspis

... Ill

trigonophora Turn.

... 161

trilitha

... 163

tripselia

.. 87

tristaniae Turn. ...

... 274

tumultuosa

... 223

tyrastis

... 107

unilineata Turn. . . .

149

No.

182 279 124 104

77 152

44

, 148

, 48

133

88 200 209 165 109 139 235 282 275 154 199 285 265 210

91

286

266

1

197

92

212

134

127

208

113

240

49

156

142

187

50

176

17

271

11

264

6

201

260

31

270

99

37

150 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX.

No.

No.

uranarcha Meyr

... 78

xylophanes Turn.

... 78

veterana

... 272

zaplaca

... 12

viola Pag

... 190

zapyra

... 129

Woodfordi Druce

... 123

zapyra Meyr

... 153

xanthopharella Meyr. ...

... 71

ADDENDUM. 49(37a). BuRLACENA Walk.

Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antennae 4, thick, in ^ shortly bipectinated, teeth fasciculate-ciliated. Labial palpi rather long, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint short, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibise smooth- scaled. Forewiugs with cell very long, 2 and 3 stalked, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex, 11 from beyond middle. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia J; 4 absent, 6 and 7 stalked.

A transparent-winged form, resembling the Aegeriadae, probably allied to Snellenia. A second species occurs in Celebes.

286 (264rt). B. aegerioides Walk.

{Bnrlacena aegerioides Walk. Suppl. 80; B. similata, ib. 81.)

New Guinea, Mysol.

287. Yponomeuta jyaiirodes, n.sp.

^. 19-23 mm. Head and antennae white. Palpi white, apex of second joint and a median band of terminal joint black. Thorax white, with two black dots on shoulders, two on back, and one on posterior extremity. Abdomen dark grey, segmental margins and anal tuft white. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen nearly straight, oblique; snow-white; four or five small black dots on anterior half of costa, three beneath posterior half of costa, one at base in middle, five in a submedian series, the third somewhat above the others and rarely with an additional dot above it, three in a subdorsal series, and two on lower part of termen : cilia w^hite. Hindwings dark grey, lighter anteriorly and becoming whitish towards base; cilia white, basal third grey.

Townsville, Queensland; five specimens (Dodd). Near myrio- semus, but smaller and shorter-winged, forewings with fewer dots generally, and especially no dots on upper half of termen, and only three in subdorsal series.

I

151

DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND.

By the late F. E. Grant, F.L.S., axd Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum.

(Plate i.) The small collection enumerated herein has reached us from two sources. The first series was collected by Messrs. R. M. and W. Laing, the latter a resident of the island, who placed them in the hands of Prof. Chas. Chilton, of Christchurch, N.Z., and who in turn very kindly forwarded them to us. For the others we are indebted to Mr. A. Liddell, for whom they were collected by Mr. J. Cornish Quintal. Our best thanks are due to both our friends.

BRACHYURA.

Tribe CYCLOMETOPA.

Xanthias atromanus (Has well).

18S'2. Xanthodes atromanus Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc.N, S.Wales,

vi. p. 542; and Cat. Aust. Crust, p.49, pl.i. fig 1.

Common (Liddell).

Eriphia norfolcensis, n.sp. (Plate i., figs.l, \a, \b). Carapace almost | as long as broad, gastric and cardiac regions faintly delimited. A well marked groove runs from each lateral angle inwards and forwards in the direction of the orbits. Dorsal surface smooth except on the hepatic regions, which carry a number of subspiniform tubercles, and immediately behind the front where it is granular.

Front emarginate, lobes much deflexed, but their free edge, which is well defined and granular, is visible from above.

The inner orbital angles are separated from the front proper by a shallow sulcus.

Orbits entire, their upper borders granular, the lower minutely spinulose.

152 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND,

Anterior lateral margins short, not lobulate, but carrying five or six small almost equidistant spinulous tubercles.

Chelipeds very unequal, either the right or left the larger. Carpus of larger cheliped smooth proximally, but carrying on its distal margin two rows of rounded tubercles which become spinu- lous above; some stiff hairs on its anterior margins. The upper margin of the hand is equal to the length of the finger, its inner surface punctate, and the outer with a number of smooth rounded tubercles having a roughly linear arrangement; a patch of short stiff yellow hairs at the base of the wide gape between the fingers. Finger and thumb acuminate, quite smooth; not dentiform, but each showing a tendency to bear a low rounded tubercle.

In the smaller cheliped the tubercles on the outer surface of the palm are markedly spinulous, and the fingers, which are con- siderably bent inwards, are costate, dentiform, meeting along their whole length when closed, and spoon-excavate at the tips.

Ambulatory legs somewhat flattened and clothed with scattered stiff yellow bristles.

The abdomen of the male is seven-jointed, the third joint being the widest.

Colour in spirits dark chestnut-brown, the chelipeds reddish, fingers black, white at the extreme tips. There is a patch of reddish colour on the palm behind the base of the mobile finger and at the junction of the carpus and propodus.

Dimensions of type (,-J): —

Breadth of carapace between lateral angles 18 mm.

Length of carapace 13 ,,

Length of larger cheliped 30 ,,

A number of specimens were collected by Mr. Liddell, who informs us that it is common on the island, where it is known as the " Poison Crab."

The type is in the Australian Museum.

Cymo andreossyi (Audouin). 1852. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, i. p. 225, pl.xiii. figs.2a-6. Common (Liddell).

BY THE LATE F. E. GRANT AND ALLAN R. McCULLOCH. 153

OZIUS TRUNCATUS M.Edw. 1837. H. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p.406, pl.xvi. fig.ll. Common (Liddell, Laing).

Plagusia dentipes De Haan.

1835. De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust, p.58, pl.viii. fig.l. 1878. Miers, Ann. it Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p.l52.

This species differs from P. capensis De Haan { = P. chahrus Aud.) so common on the Australian coast in the following particulars : —

The lower distal end of the merus of the legs is armed with a spine and not rounded. There is a group of granules on the hepatic regions. There are three or four dentiform processes on the front, the hindermost being the largest, while in P. capensis each lobe presents a row of six to seven granules. The teeth on the ambulatory legs are stronger, the hairs on the dorsum of the carapace are shorter and do not in the adult cover the branchial prominences.

In P. dentipes rudimentary exopods are also developed on the ambulatory legs.

Common (Liddell, Laing). The species is also common on Lord Howe Island.

Percnon planissimum (Herbst.).

1900. Leiolophus planissimus Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal,

Ixix. p. 439. 1906. Rathbun, U. S. Fish Commission, Bulletin, 1903, p.842. Common (Liddell).

Hymenosoma lacustris Chilton.

1882. Elamena (?) lacustris Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xiv. p. 17 2,

pl.viii. 1902. Fulton & Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. xv.(N.S.) p. 5 9, pl.viii. Common (Laing). A freshwater species inhabiting rocky pools It has also been recorded from New Zealand and Victoria. ..■:

4

L I B F

■ \

154 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND,

Tribe CATOMETOPA. OcYPODE URviLLEi Guerin.*

1836. Guerin, Voy. ''Coquille," Crust, p.9, pl.i. fig. 1, 1897. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. x. pp.360 and 366.

Common (Liddell, Laing).

Leptograpsus variegatus (Fabr.). 1853. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci Nat. (3) xx. p.lTl. Common (Liddell, Laing).

Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes.

1850. Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. iii. p. 182. 1900. Ratlibun, American Naturalist, xxxiv. p. 588, figs. 8, 9. Common (Liddell, Laing).

Cyclograpsus punctatus M.Edw.

1837. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p.78.

1880. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p.201(ubi syn.). Common (Liddell).

Plagusia depressa var. squamosa (Herbst.).

1900. Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixix. p.437. Common (Liddell).

MACRURA.

Tribe ANOMALA. Calcinus imperialis Whitelegge.

1901. Whitelegge, Records Aust. Mus. iv. p.48, pl.ix. Common (Liddell, Laing). Also occurs in great numbers on

Lord Howe Island.

■^^ Mr. Grant was inclined to consider this species as a variety of 0. cera- iophthalma Pallas, to which it is closely allied, but as our specimens present all the characters assigned to it by Ortmann, who monographed the genus, they are perhaps best kept distinct until intermediate stages have been obtained. --A.R.M.

BY THE LATE F. E. GRANT AND ALLAN R. McCULLOCH. 155

Calcinus latens Randall.

1839. Randall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p.l35(yio?e Dana;. 1906. Grant &McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxxi.p.3-t. One specimen (Laing).

Calcinus hbrbstii De Man.

1887. De Man, Archiv fiir Naturgescli. liii.,i., p.437. 1905. Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust, ii. p. 5 3. One specimen (Laing).

Pachycheles lifuensis Borradaile. (Plate i. figs. 2, 2a). 1900. Borradaile, Willey's Zool. Results, p.424.

We refer our specimens to the above species, somewhat briefly diagnosed by its author.

Its nearest ally appears to be P. ^arfea^i^s (A.M.Edw.),* but it differs from the figure of that species given in the "Challenger" Reports in (1) the much narrower front, which is slightly produced medianly; (2) the shape of the orbits, whose external angle is produced as a spine; and (3) the structure of the external max- illipeds, which have the antero-external angle of the ischium pro- duced as a long spine, and the merus slenderer, with its internal lobe cristate.

From P. scM^|>^ws(M.Edw.),t to which it bears a superficial resemblance, it may be separated by the broader proportions of the carapace, by the shape of the external orbital angles, and by the sculpture of the chelipeds, which in P. sculptus have larger granules arranged in more definite rows and not clothed with hairs, while in the specimens under consideration they carry a plentiful pubescence.

Two specimens (Liddell).

* 1888. Henderson, Challenger " Anomura," p. 114, pl.xi. fig. 4. t 1906. Grant & McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxxi. p.40, pl.ii. fig.l.

156 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND.

Tribe CARIDEA.

Alpheus edwardsii Audouin.

1809. Audouin, Savigny's Descript. de I'Egypt, pl.x. fig.l. Common (Liddell, Laing).

XiPHOCARis compressa (De Haan).

1849. E'phyra comjyressa De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust, p. 186,

pl.xlvi. fig. 7. 1894. Xiphocaris compressa Ortmann, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 400.

A freshwater species. We have a good series taken on both sides of the island by the Messrs. Laing.

The variability of the dentition of the rostrum of specimens from Norfolk Island has already been drawn attention to by G. M. Thomson* who also records its occurrence in New South Wales and Victoria. We are indebted to Prof. Chilton for pointing out that those taken from streams on the east side of the divide are smaller in size and with a proportionately shorter ro:strum than those on the west.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Plate i. Fig.l. — Eriphia 7iorfolcensis, sp.nov. Fig. la. — Eri2)hia norfolcensis, oral region. Fig. 16. — EHjihia norjolcensis, larger cheliped. Fig, 2. — Pachychehs lifuensis Borradaile. Fig.2a. — Pachychehs lifuensis, external maxilliped.

1903. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. viii. p. 449

157

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 24th, 1907.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, April 24th, 1907.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

Messrs. William Noel Benson, Killara; Walter L. Hammond, B.Sc, Marrickville; Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum, Sydney; and Reginald H. Relton, Mary Street, Brisbane, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

The President announced that the Society had been honoured with invitations from the Royal University of Upsala, and the Royal Swedish Academy at Stockholm, to be represented officially at the ceremonial gatherings arranged by them to take place next month in connection vviih the celebration of the Bicentenary of Ca»l von Linne, the great Swedish naturalist; and that the Council had deputed Professor J. P. Hill, D.Sc, of University College, r.ondon, to act as the Society's envoy.

The President also gave notice of a Special General Meeting of the Societ}^, to be held in the Linnean Hall on Thursday, 23rd May, to mark the occasion of the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus (1707-1778). The Council had approved of a programme which would take the form of a series of short addresses by Members of the Society, especially intended to set forth the place of Linnseus among the pioneers of systematised biological science, and the importance of his work and influence. As the accommodation available would be limited, the Council regretted that it would he unfortunately necessary to restrict the admission of visitors on this occasion. But if desired, and as far as circumstances permitted, one visitor's ticket would be sent to

158 ANNOUNCEMENTS.

every Member on application to the Secretary, the tickets to be allotted in the order in which applications were received, so long as accommodation was available.

The President further stated that the Ordinary Monthly Meet- ing would be held on Wednesday, 29th May. It was requested that Members would postpone Notes and Exhibits to the follow- ing Meeting, on 26th June, so that as much time as possible might be available for a discussion of the papers by Messrs. E. C. Andrews, G. H. Halligan, T. G. Taylor and Dr. Woolnough, which appeared in Part 4 of the Proceedings for 1906, recently issued. As it was proposed to make the discussion the feature of the Meeting, Members who wished to take part were requested to take note of the date.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 40 Vols., 56 Parts or Nos., 12 Bulletins, 7 Reports, 30 Pamphlets, and 15 Maps, received from 46 Societies, &c., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited a very complete and fine collection of sexed examples of Hymenopterous insects of the Family Thyn- nidcB, in illustration of the paper b}'- Mr. Rowland E. Turner. As in the case of the allied family AhUillidce, the male insects are handsome, winged, wasp-like creatures; while the females are small and wingless, and often so unlike the corresponding males that it is usually very difficult to obtain correctly matched pairs.

Mr. Froggatt also showed adult specimens and living, newly hatched young ones, of a grasshopper {CEdaleus senegalensis Krauss), which might be regarded as the common plague locust of the eastern coastal area of the State.

Mr. Jensen exhibited a specimen of the Kava-root, Piper inethysticum, from which the national beverage of the South Sea Islands is made.

I

I

NOTES AND KXHIBIIS. 159

Mr. H. Leighton Kesteven exhibited a specimen of the curious fungus, Aseroe rubra Labill., collected by Dr. Leighton Kesteven at Mullumbioiby, Brunswick River, N.S.W.

Mr. E. Cheel exhibited, and contributed Notes upon, a very interesting collection of Fungi, representing 29 genera and 38 species, including one species and one form not previously described; and several species not hitherto recorded from New South Wales. Series of examples of Aseroe rubra Labill., and Lysurus australiensis Cke. & Massee, preserved in spirit, and illustrating different stages of growth, were particularly worthy of note. (For a list of the species, see p. 202).

Dr. E. S. Stokes showed a remarkable felted deposit of fila- mentous Algae from filter-beds at West Maitland; a sample of a diatomaceous deposit {Amphora sp.) from the same locality; and a quantity of the dried thalli of Chroococcus from the storage reservoir at the same place.

Mr. Duncan Carson sent for exhibition the greater portion of the right ramus of the lower jaw of an immature example of one of the large extinct Marsupials (Diprotodon australis Owen) which had been found in what well-sinkers term "wash," at a depth of 40 feet in sinking a well, situated about three miles from Tanbar Springs in the Gunnedah district. The specimen was nine inches in length, a portion of each end of the ramus being missing; and showed the remnants of three cheek-teeth.

Mr. Fletcher showed five typical examples of a frog, Hyla Ewingii D. & B., collected recently on King Island, Bass Straits, by Mr. Arthur M. Lea of Hobart. This may perhaps be the frog recorded as ^^ Hyla sp." in the " Fauna of King Island," compiled from the collections obtained by Members of the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria in 1887 (Victorian Naturalist, iv. 139); otherwise the species is unrecorded from this insular habitat.

160

SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN NEW SOUTH WALES.

By G. I. Playfaik.

(Communicated by the Secretary,) (Plates ii.-v.)

Only two contributions to a knowledge of the Desmidioi of New South Wales are known to me. Dr. Otto Nordstedt in his "Freshwater Algseof New Zealand and Australia" gives a list of nine species collected on the Blue Mountains hy Dr. S. Berggren. And Dr. M. Raciborski in " Desmidya zebrane przez Dr. E. Ciastonia " accounts for seventy-seven species gathered by Dr. Ciastonia in the Centennial Park, Sydney, in 1891.

During the past fourteen years in which I have studied the Desmids of New South Wales, I have been able to search only three districts, viz., Collector at the northern end of Lake George; Moura, a private estate near Parkes; and some of the suburbs of Sydney My experience harmonises with a remark of Mr. W. B. Turner in his "Freshwater Algse of E. India" that "From results obtained by many observers it appears that the value of gather- ings is often in inverse ratio to the extent of country examined."

The number of species from New South Wales figured to date staads at about 350, a very fair total when it is remembered that only 412 forms are mentioned by Dr. Cooke in his 'British Desmids.' Of these 350, 50 are doubtful or require farther investigation, 230 have been definitely identified, and the remain- ing 70 form the subject of this paper. After most careful con- sideration, fifty of these are described as new, and also twenty varieties and forms of species previously described by other observers. About one-third of these stand to the credit of

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 161

Botany, a third were obtained from Collector, and all other localities together account for the remainder.

It should be mentioned that numerous books and papers have been consulted before committing these notes to paper, but as the publications amount to nearly ninety, it would take up too much space to record my indebtedness to individual authors.

Genus D o c i d i u m Breb. Doc. EXPANSJM, n.sp. (T.iii. f.3).

Doc. minimum, curtum, crassum, 2J plo. longius quam latum, tumore basali lato, depresso, semicellulis ad apices expansis, apicibus rotundato-truncatis, angulis superioribus lato-rotundatis dentibus nullis, membrana levissime punctata.

Long. 72; lat. 29/x.

Botany.

For a Docidium this form is quite unique.

Genus Pleurotaenium Niig. Pl. mediolaeve, n.sp. (T.ii. f.lO).

PI. magnum, valde elongatum, rectum, 1 2-20 plo. longius quam latum; basi semicellulae leviter inflatae et supra, inflatione mitiore nonmtnquam instructae; apices versus sensim sed distincte attenuatae; apicibus truncatis, rugisl. denticulis 10-12(rarius 4-6) intra marginem semper ornatis; sutura non prosiliente; membrana crassa; usque ad medium inflationum basalium dense scrobiculata (non granulata); scrobiculae trans quemque inflationem in serie densiore ordinatae; membrana in medio frondis laevi (unde nomen).

Long. 410, 504, 516, 528, 660, 684; lat. 36, 30, 38, 33, 37, 31^.

Auburn.

PI. mediolaeve belongs to the group having straight sides, and apices furnished only with rugre, not with pronounced tubercles, such as the forms of PI. Ehrenhergii De Bary, PL crenulatitm (Ehr.), see Roy and Bisset, Jap. Desm. f.l9, which come nearest in size and appearance. Others are PI. Stuhlmanni (Hieron.) 13

162 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

8jhm.;* PL (Doc.) Wallichlanum Turn.;t PL (Doc.) ghriosum Turn.t

Forma gracilior, n.f.

Exacte ut in forma typica sed gracilior, cellulae 20-30 plo. longiores quam latae.

Long. 408, 444, 532; lat. 18, 21, 18^.

Auburn, Botany.

Pl. NODOSUM Bail.,y DENTATUM Arch., Q.J. Micr. Sci. 1872, p. 194, forma australica, n.f.

Forma apice modice elongato, vix dilatato, dentibus 10 magnis (fere aculeis) projicientibus. Semicellulae verticillis 4, in quoque verticillo nodulis 6 prominentibus obtusis, fere truncatis, mem- brana inter verticil los grosse punctata.

Long. 324; lat. h^fx.

Botany.

Pl. baculoides (Roy & Bisset), Jap. Desm. p. 9, f.l8.

Apices denticulis 1. rugis minutissimis 8-10 vix visibilibus semper praeditae. Endochroma in taenias longitudinales 4 dis- posita. MeraVn-ana subtilissime punctata. Cetera ut in Jap. Desm.

Long. 390, 400, 426, 428, 438; lat. 14, 15, 14, 15, 15;z.

Auburn, Botany; Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

Roy & Bisset (I.e.) give long, semicell 265^, lat. 15^, but the figures tally exactly. The minute teeth were observed in every case, but they are easily overlooked.

Genus Triploceras Bailey.

Trip, serratum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.2). Trip, magnum, rectum, elongatum, 9-12 plo. longius quam latum, (cum dentibus), basi ad apices sensim attenuatum, apicibus aut 2 lobatis spinis geminatis intervenientibus, aut 4 lobatis lobis

* Ost. Afrik. T.l, f.2 1-22.

t Alg. E. Ind. T.3, f.2.

+ I.e. T.3, f.5.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 1 63

iiiterdum productis bi-(rarius tri-)deiitati8. In quaque semiceilula verticilli 13-16, dentibus magnis, validis, patentibus 10 instructi; dentibus verticilli basalis in margine inferiore denticulis sinsfulis ornatis.

Long.c. proc. 450, 480, 588; lat. c. dent. 50, 57, 50/x.

Botany.

This form lies between Trip, verticillatum Bail.,* superhmn (Mask.) Nord., and Trip, gracilef hidentatum f. intermedia Nord. Looked upon as an immature form, it could develop into the former by the teeth becoming bifid verrucae, or into the latter by their lengthening out into aculei. No tendency of the sort has been noticed, however, in any of the specimens that I have observed.

Trip, gracile Bail., *bilobatum Turn., Alg. E. India, p.26, 1\2, f.4. C/.'West (Desm. N. Amer. T.13, f. 10-13) especially the end views.

The specimens noted had 10 teeth to the verticil and 17 verticils to the semicell. Also the apices were 4-lobed, each lobe bidentate. I liave noticed in other varieties of Triploceras the ''two intervening spines" mentioned by Turner, I.e., in bilobed apices. It seems probable that such a form is immature, and that the two spines on each side develop into bidentate lobes, thus forming a 4-lobed apex. {Cf. T.ii.,f 15.)

Long. 444,530; lat c.ac. 34, 33/x.

Botany.

Trip, gracile Bail., ^aculeatum Nord., Fr.Alg.N.Z.,T.7, f.13-14, forma austkalica, n.f. (T.ii. f. 14-15).

A forma novizelandica differt cellulis minoribus, semicell uHs magis attenuatis, verticillis 8-11 in quaque semiceilula.

Long. cell. 276, 300, 430; lat.c.ac ad bas. 24, 36, 50; lat.s.ac. 20, 18; lat. sub. lob. ap. 11, 11/x.

Botany, Centennial Park.

*Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.7, f.3. •H.c. T.7, f. 17.

164 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Trip, denticulatum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.ll).

Trip, mediocre, gracilliuium, elongatum, 16plo. longius quam latum. Semicellulae e basi ad apices leniter attenuatae; infla- tionibus rofcundatis 11 ornatae; inflationibus seriebus dentium minutorum patentum binis praeditis; apicibus 3 (2-4 1) lobatis; lobis dentibus minutis singulis (vel binis '?) instructis.

Long. 371; lat. 23/i.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

Most like Trip. (Doc.) occidentah Turn.,* which, however, has verticils with aculei pointing up and down the cell. Compare also WoUe (Desm. U. S., Doc. gracih, T.IO, f.3).

Genus Icthyocercus West. Ic. AUSTRALiENSis, n.sp. (T.ii. f.8).

Icth. magnus, gracilis, circ. 15plo. longior quam latus, medio levissime constrictus. Semicellulae paullulo attenuatae, lateribus rectis, basi leviter inflatae, apice aegre dilatatae angulis in cornua minuta, acuta, productis. Membrana achroa, glabra.

Long 144; lat. 10^.

Botany.

This comes very near to Ic. longisphms (Borge),* which I cannot consider a variety of Ic. angolensis. Ic. anstraliensis is half as long again, inflated at the base, and with tiny horns instead of spines. This is, as far as I know, only the third record of the genus. It is known also from Angola and Guiana. Cf. /c. angolensis West (in Journ. Bot. xxxv. T. 368, f.26-3i).

Genus Closterium Nitzsch.

Cl. Moukense, n.sp. CT.ii. f. 1).

Cl. permagnum, rectum, fusiforme, diametro circ. 9 plo. longius, utroque polo leniter attenuatum, ventre in medio planum apices versus recurvatum, dorso leniter arcuatum, apicibus subobtusis,

"" 'On some New Desm.', Journ E. Micr. Soc. (2) v. 1885, T.15, f.25 t Trop. u. subtrop. T.2, f.51.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 165

truncatis, paullulo recurvatis. Membrana achroa, glabra, striis nullis. Sutura iion evidente.

Long. 844-1140; lat. 106-125^.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector; Moura.

CI. libelliUa Focke, figured by Raciborski,* is the nearest in shape to this species, but it is far too small, and punctate. Cf. also CI. lunula var. maxirnum Borge.f I have no note as to the disposal of the endochrome. CI. lunula, lanneolalum and the stout form of acerosum are members of this group.

Cl. magnificum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.3).

CI. permagnum, elongatum vix arcuatum,diametro circ. 9-12 plo. longius, ventre paullulo concavum, dorso leniter curvatum, apici- bus subobtusis, truncatis, paullulo recurvatis. Membrana achroa, glabra, striis nullis. Sutura evidente. Long. 800-809; lat. 68-92; alt. (ad dorsum) 110/x.

Lara Dam, Moura.

Most like Cl. Wittrockianuyn Turn.,| from which it differs in its greater size, absence of colour and striae, the slightly recurved ends and visible suture. From Cl. lanceolatum Kutz., it differs in its larger size, concave ventral margin, and narrower shape.

Cl. molle, n.sp. (T.ii. f.l2).

Cl. permagnum, arcuatum, cylindricum, elongatum, diametro circ. 13-14plo longius, ventre regulariter concavum non tumidum, dorso regulariter convexum, ad apices sensim sensimque attenu- atum, apicibus subobtusis, rotuudatis, incrassatis. Membrana levissime rufescente, subtilissime striata. Sutura evidente. Endochromaobscuro-viride, in laminis longitudinalibus disposita. Vesciculi terminales minimi.

Long. 935-965; lat. 70; alt. 10(V.

Auburn; Moura.

" Desm. Ciast. T.l, f.44. + Alg. Regnell. T.l, f.9. : Alg. E. Iml. T.l,f.25.

1G6 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Gl. molle may be classed with CI. decorum Breb. (see Wolle, Besm. U. S., T. 7, f.l), CI. Wallichii Turii.,^* and CI. dilatatum West.f Ifc is a perfectly tubular form, with beautifully rounded ends, which are not flattened or turned back.

Cl. calamus, n.sp. (T ii. f 4).

CI. permagnuni, valde elongatum, gracillimum, fere rectum, 30-35 plo. longius quam latum, paullulo curvatum, utroque polo rapidissime attenuatum, lateri})us paralleli.s, apicibus conicis, subacutis. Membrana subtilissime striata. Endochroma in tnenias 4 (3 ?) longitudinales parietales disposita; vesiculo central! magno, terminalibus minimis. Nuclei amylac^i 18 in quaque semicellula.

Long. 1000; lat. 30; alt. 60/z.

Moura.

This species differs from Cl. acerosum in its almost parallel sides, from Cl. praelongum in its straight ends not recurved at all, and from Cl. lineatum in its equal curvature. From all these also it differs in the arrangement of its endochrome in the parietal taenia?. Along with Cl. Mourense I fancy it holds the record for length.

Cl. cornutum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.l 3).

Cl. parvum, validum, lunatum, 5-6 plo. longius quam latum, uno polo ad alterum et ventre et dorso regulariter arcuatum, e sutura ad apices rapide attenuatum, apicibus subacutis. Mem- brana glabra, lutea. Sutura evidente.

Long. 160; lat. 30; alt. 54^.

Botany.

Its nearest ally is Cl. Lelbleinii Kutz., which, however, is larger, swollen in the centre and more curved, but cf. Ralfs (Br. Desm., T.28, f.4) and Borgesen (Cent. Braz., T.2, f.7). I have not yet come across Cl. Leibleinii, nor did Nordstedt meet with it in New Zealand.

The semicell is almost exactly the shape of a rhinoceros horn.

* Alg. E. Ind. T.l, f.l3. t N. Amer. Desm. 1896, T.13, f.21.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR, 167

Cl. cingulum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.7).

CI. parvum, magis curvatum, filiforme, diametro circa 18 plo. loiigius, lateribus parallelis, apiciV>us subacutis.

Long. 90; lat. 5; alt. 30fi.

Moura, in running water.

In outline the nearest to this form is Cl. Cynthia var. curva- tissimum West, (Scott, plankt., T. 14, f.3) with which it agrees in length; but that species is striolate and 2.^ times as broad. Cl. cingulum might be arranged with Cl. Jenneri Ralfs, and Cl. calosporuin Wittr., especially var. /3 Brasiliense Burges., (Desm. C. Braz.,T.2, f.5).

Cl. cancek, n.sp. (T.ii. f.l6).

Cl. minimum, canceriforme, subcirculare diametro tantum duplo longius; dorso maxims convexum fere conicum; ventre concavum. Semicellulae e sutura ad apices rapidissime attenuatae, apicibus acutis pauUo incurvis et in rostra brevia setacea porrectis. Membrana laevis.

Long. 46; lat. 22; alt. 48)u.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

I know of no other species with which this form can be classed, but cf. Cl. cu. spiel atum Bail., in Ralfs, T.35, f. 11.

?Cl naviculoideum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.9).

Cl. minutissimum, rectum, fusiforme, diametro circa 15 plo. longius, apicibus acutissimis in rostra brevia setacea porrectis. Membrana glabra.

Long. 75-84; lat. 5-6/x.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

There is some doubt in my mind as to whether this is not the diatom Nitzschia acicularis Smith, in Br. Diats. q.v.; no size given. The disposition of the endochrome with a central clear space makes it look like a Closterium.

168 SOME NEW OK LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALKS,

Genus P e n i u m Breb.

P. GRACILLIMUM, 11. sp. (T.iii. f.l).

Pen. angustum, elongatum, 8-10 plo. longius quani latum, medio sinu acuto minuto vix constricbum, apicem versus levissime attenuatum; apicibus truncatis; lateribus rectis, parallelis. Semi- cellulae utroque margine denticulationibus 2 minutissimis in partes 3 divisae, denticulationibus noii semper perfecte regulariter dispositis. Membrana achroa, longitudinaliter punctato-striata; s-riis 8-10.

Long 116-156; lat. 15^.

Coogee.

A near neighbour of P. margarltaceum Ehr., see Kalfs, T.'25, f.le, and Wolle, Desm. U. S. T.5, f.ll, from which its perfectly straight and parallel sides, colourless membrane, and marginal denticulations serve to distinguish it.

P. PACHYDERMUM, n.sp. (T.ii. f.6).

Pen. curtum, crassum, cylindraceum, diametro subduplo iongius, medio sinu acuto minuto vix constrictum. Semicellulae subcouicae, angulis inferioribus rectis, lateribus e basi verticali- bus, adscendentibus, tum repente ad apicem convergentibus, apicibus late rotuiidatis. Membrana achroa, glabra, crassa.

Long. 84-; lat. 37/i.

Centennial Park.

The congeners of this species belong to the globose group of large Peiiium forms such as P. australe Rac, P. lagenaroides Roy,* P. cucurbitinum Biss. jS suhpolymorphum Nord.f The last-named is nearest to it in outline.

P. AUSTRALE Rac, Desui. Ciast. p. 7-8, T.l,f.ll. (T.ii. f.5\

Long. 66, 66, 74, 75; lat. 37, 43, 42, 48/i. Collector, Auburn, Centennial Park.

* Desm. Windermere, T.5, f.6. t Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.7, f:20.

BY G. 1. PLAYFAIR. 169

Omnia speciinina apices versus magis atteiiuata quaiii forma a cl. Raciborski delineata. Endochroma totae cellulae (ut primo videtur) in lamina quatbuor lateralia dispositaarea vacua centrali in forma crucis reliquente, vero tamen endochroma in taenias 6-8 angustissimas longitudinales ex axi centrali radiantes, ordinata est. Nuclei amylacei singuli magni.

Genus T e t m e m o R u s Ralfs. Tet. immanis, n.sp. (T.iii. f.5).

Tet. permagnus, 6-8 plo. longior quam latus, a fronte visus oblongus, in medio constricbus, lateribus fere parallelis, apices versus pauUo atbenuatus, apicibus robundato-bruncatis, incisura profunda lineari exbremo ampliato; a latere visus lateribus parallelis sed pauUo rebusis, apices versus rapide abtenuatus, apicibus obbuso-robuudabis. Membranaachroa puncbaba, punctis in lineis longitudinalibus dispositis.

Long. 364-425; lab. 50-58 /x.

Botany.

lb oubline somewhab like T. Brebissonii, bub far exceeding it in size. Of. also I'et. pe?iioides Benn., in Cooke, Br. Desm. T.26, f.2.

Tet. gracilis, n.sp. (T.iii. f.4).

Teb. parvus, 6-plo. longior quam labus, medio sinu acubo levi vix consbricbus, a fronbe visus laberibus fere jiarallelis, ad apices versus aegie abbenuabus, apicibus rotundatis, incisura lineari exbremo ampliabo; a labere visus laberibus parallelis, apicibus robundatis. Membrana achroa puncbaba, punctis obscuris in lineis longibudinalibus disposibis.

Long. 102; lab. 18/x,

Coogee.

This form may perhaps be placed near Tet. laevis, from which it differs in its evenly cylindrical shape. Fronb and side views are both like the fig. of Tet. Brebissonii in Wolle, T.20, f. L

170 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Genus Spirotaenia Breb.

Sp. obscuka Ralfs, Brit. Desin., p.l79, T.:U, f.2. (T.iii. f.2).

Long. 134: lat. 24;i.

Coogee.

The endoehrouie is bright green and apparently diffused, but on carefully focussing the surface seven darker very narrow spiral bands may be seen. The spirals are even more longitudinal than those figured by Ralfs, and are decidedly obscure. Terminal yescicles present, but very small.

Genus E u a s t r u m Ehr. Eu. ROTUNDUM, n.sp. (T.v. f.20).

Eu. mediocre, subduplo longius quam latum, profunde con- strictum sinu lineari. Semicellulae obscure trilobatae, campanu- latae: angulis inferioribus leviter rotundatis; lateribus in parte inferiore convexis, in parte superiore concavis; lobo polare nngusto, levissime inflato, apice truncate; angulis superioribus rotundatis. incisura lineari. iSeniicellulae supra isthmum tumore unico, paullo supra tumoribus binis et inter eos scrobiculis singulis instructae; a latere visae, ovatae, crassae, basi lato rotuiidato, apice conico. Membrana achroa, laevis 1. subtilissime punctata.

Long. 59-68; lat. 29-30; crass. 21-24^.

Botany.

The nearest forms seem to be Eu. suhhexahhum West,* Eu. porrectujn Borge,t Eu. intf^rmedium Cleve var. compactum West, I and Eu. ansatuni (Ehr.) Schm ,§ evidently misnamed, as he cites Ralfs, T.14, f.2.

The basal tumour can only be seen in J face on rolling over. This species in front view is very like an immature form of Eu. campamilatum mihi, but the side view is characteristic, as the semicell is remarkably thick for its size, and the upper tumours

* Some Desni. U. S. T.16. f.7.

t Desm. Regnell. T.5, f.S.

t Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.19, f. 14-15.

§ Schmidle, Alp. Alg. T.17, f.lO.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 171

project at the widest part. Besides, Eu. cavi^yannlatum always shows five tumours, with careful observation. Cf. also Fii. obesnm Josh.,"*^ which has no central inflations or scrohicula.

Eu. TRIANGULUM, n.sp. (T.iii. f.7).

Eu. magnum, diametro subduplo longius, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari. Semicellulae obscure trilobatae, tiiaiigulares; angulis inferioribus obtusis; lateribus rectis in lobum polarem rapidissime converuentibus; lobo polari producto, angusto, apice vix dilatato; angulis superioribus obtuse-rotundatis, apice trun- cate, incisura lineari extremo ampliato et binis verrucis instructa. Semicellulae tumoribus 3 basalibus, 2 medianis, inter lios scrobi- culis singulis majoribus et (paullo infra) minoribus binis; a latere visae anguste-ovatae, basi late rotundato, apice conico. Mem- bra na achroa subtiliter punctata.

Long. 120, 126, 128, 132; lat. Q^, 72, 66, 77/x.

Hose's Lagoon, Collector.

The two outer basal tumours have a mammillate appearance, and generally they alone are visible in front view. The form nearest to this is Eu. lati])es Nord.,t the details of which, how- ever, are quite different.

Eu. DIDELTOIDES (Rac.)

Efi. quadriceps Nord., \'rv dideUoides Rac, Desm. Ciastoni, p. 19, T.2, f.31.

Nuclei amylacei 6 in quaque semicellula.

Long. 153, 160, 160, 170, 172, 176, 176; lat. 75, 75, 78, 80, 82, 80, 86; crass. 48, — , 52, — , — , — , 54; lat. lob. pol. — , 32, 27, — , 3(.), — , 30^.

Botany, Centennial Park.

Raciborski (I.e.) gives long. 170, lat. 82, lat. isth. 25, lat. lob. pol. 28/M. Cf. Eu. quadriceps Nord.| It seems to me that this

* Burmese Desm. T.33, f.l9. t Desm. Cent. Braz. T.2, f.9. t Desm. Cent. Braz. T.2, f.o.

172 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

form should not have been placed under Eu. quadriceps Nord. The only similarity between them is the general outline in front view. In side and end views tliey are entirely different, as well as in the tumours and scrobiculae. Especially is this noticeable in the polar lobe, from the cruciate form of which Eu. quadriceps takes its name. The specimens heie tigured are certainly Eu. dideltoides and were gathered from the same locality as Raciborski's.

Eu. LONGicoLLE Nord. /3 AUSTRALicuM, n.var. (T.iii f.6

Semicellulae basi latiore, diametro tantum subduplo longiores, e basi magis inflatae; collo minus producto; lobo polari paullo magis inflato; semicellulae supra isthmum tumoribus singulis, paullo supra tumoribus 4 instructae, tumoribus exterioribus e margine orientibus, inter interiores scrobicula unica magna. Cetera ut in forma typica.

Long. cell. 140-147; lat. cell. 64-69; lat. lob. pol. 32; lat. coll. U3-24; crass. 36/a.

Botany, Centennial Park.

Cf. No.dstedt, Alg. N. Z , p.33, T.3, f.5.

This form is a member of a well defined group including Eii. loiujicolle Nord. I.e. var. Himalyense Turn., Alg. E. Ind., T. "23, f.9, var. capitatuiu West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T. 19, f.24; and three described herein, viz., Eu. deniinutu/ti, Eu. bullatum, and Eu. cainpanulatu7n, the last of which connects them with the dnuosum group. They are almost altogether Australasian at present, their characteristics being a well defined neck, campanulate base, and strongly dilated head.

Eu. SINUOSUM Lenor. f. germanica Rac, Desm. Nowe, p.31, T.2, f.lO. (T.iii. f.9-10).

Long. 64, 74, 77, 78; lat. 36, 42, 43, 43; lat. lob. pol. 18, 21, 21, 20; crass. 25, — , 21, — /x.

Botany.

I do not feel quite sure that all the specimens included above should be referred to this species, yet they all come from the

UV G. I. PLAYFAIH. 173

same water and agree remarkably in size and markings. The four scrobiculae are arranged three in an equilateral triangle round the fourth. By careful focussing, the tops of the central basal and two upper tumours appear as scrobiculae also; and it will then be seen that the seven are arranged quincuncially — six at equal distances in a circle round the seventh. It is a characteristic feature of this form.

Eu. SUBIMCISUM Reinsch, Desm. Cape of Good Hope, f. 12. (T.iv. f.l) Long. 29; lat. 23y^. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. Reinsch gives long. 22|, lat. 18/x.

Eu. DEMINUTUM, n.sp. (T iii. f.8).

Eu. magnum, elongatum, medio sinu lineari constrictum, 4 plo. longius quam latum. Semicellulae suboblongae, utroque latere excavatae; angulis inferioribus rectis; lateribuse basi verticalibus tum repente convergentibus et in colliim longum, angustum adscendentibus; lobo polari valde inflato, latitudine latitu- dinem basis fere aequante, lateribus rotundatis, apice latissime rotundato, incisura lineari extremo verrucis binis instructa. Semicellulae supra basin tumoribus binis et inter eos scrobiculis singulis praeditae; a latere visae oblongae, basi inflatae, lateribus fere rectis et parallelis, apicibus rotundato-truncatis; a vertice visae subcirculares, regulariter 6 undulatae. Membrana crassa precipue supra basin, grosse scrobiculato-punctata praecipue in lobo polari.

Long. 135-140; lat. 40; lat. lob. pol. 34-36; lat. coll. 22; crass. 33-34^. Botany.

A Eu. Longicolli proximo difFert basi angustiore, lobo polaii magis inflato, tumoribus paucioribus, et conspectu a vertice visum. See note on Eu.*jlongicolle, supra.

174 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Eu. CUNEATUM Jenii. ,3 SOLUM Nord., Alg. N. Z , p.34, T.3, f.6.

Long. 102-110; lat. 36-38; lat. ap. 18-21; crass. 23-27/i.

Botany.

Some specimens observed diflfer slightly from Nordstedt's in side view, the lower ))art being semicircular, protruding a little and apparently incrassate. The appearance of incrassation, however, is caused by the folding of the membrane above the isthmus. The basal inflation is hardly visible on rolling over, and not at all otherwise.

Eu. CUN'HUTUM Jenn. y basiventricosum, n.var. (T iii. f 11).

8upra isthmum ventricosuui, tumoribus nullis; a latere visae semicellulae conicae, apicibus rotundatis, basi piano, angulis brisalibus rectis. Membrana punctata, punctis in lineas longi- tudinales interdum ordinatis. Cetera ut in forma typica.

Long. 106; lat. 42; lat. ap. 21; crass. 27/^t.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

A vertice semicellulam non vidi, fortasse undulationibus 4 cruciatim dispositis ut in Eu. ansatuin Ehr.

It is difficult to find out what the forma tj'^pica is in this species. Ralfs, in Brit. Desm. p. 90, says, "I have not detected any inflated protuberances;" yet in T.33, f.3, he gives an end view showing at least three tumours. Cooke, in Brit. Desm. p. 70, observes "empty frond without inflations," and in T.34, f.6, figures an end view differing from Ralfs' but still with three inflations. Lundell, in Desm. Suec, refers to Ralfs without comment. Raci- borkski, however, in Desm. Nowe, p. 30, notes the "semicellulae e basi visae late ellipticae, lateribus (4 undulatis) tumoribus 3 humillimis, vix visibilibus praeditae." Of ail the forms I have observed, the one described below is the only one that had any tumours at all, and that had five, three basal and two above; and all, as Raciborski says, " very low, scarcely visible."

Eu. CUNEATUM Jenn. b conicum, n.var. (T.iii. f. 12).

Gracilius quam forma typica, 3plo. plusve longius quam latum. Semicellulae magis attenuatae, angulis inferioribus superiori-

BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 175

busque magis rotundatis, lateribiis pauUulo retusis; tumoribus humillimis vix visibilibus, 3 basalibus, 2 niedianis instiuctae, inter tumores scrobiculis parvis 4; a latere visae anguste elliptico-ovatae, basi late rotundato vel rotundato truncate. Membraiia punctata, punctis in lineis longitudinales nonnunquam dispositis.

J.ong. 120-132; lat. 40-42; lat. ap. 18-21; crass. 27-28/x.

Botany.

The scrobiculae are arranged, three in an equilateral triangle round the fourth; in side view they appear as a very shallow depression. Sometimes only two (one above the other) are visible. The tumours are very low and obscure, especially the two top ones.

Eu. BULLATUM, n sj>. (T iii. f. 13).

Eu. mediocre, medio sinu lineari constrictiim, diametro sub- duplo longius. Semicellulae trilobatae, supra basin ventricosae, angulis inferioribus obtusis, lateribus e basi lato fere vertical! ter adscendentibus paullulo retusis, ad medium versus .semicellulae repentissime lateribus in coUum curtissimum crassum confluenti- bus; lobo polari valde inflato, lateribus obtuso-rotundatis apicibus leniter arcuatis, incisura lineari tuberculis nullis; semicellulae tumoribus 8 basalibus et supra juxta marginem 2 instructae; scrobiculis nullis; a latere visae ovatae, basi rotundato-truncato. Membrana grosse punctata, punctis nonniimquam (praecipue lobo polari) in lineas horizontales vel obscure in quincuncem ordinatis.

Long. 77-87; lat. 39-42; lat. ap. 25-28; lat. coll. 18-1 9; crass.28/..

Botany, Centennial Park.

The nearest to this is Eu. Everettense WoUe, in Desm. U. S. T.28, f.5, which differs from it in side and end views. They both seem to me to be connected with the lonyicolle group generally, but not with any member in particular. See note on lo7igicolle, supra.

Eu. siNUOSUM Lenor. var. Ceylanicum West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.19, f.l6.

Long. 70; lat. 39jLt. Coogee (rarissime).

176 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Exact shape of En. circuJare in Ralfs, T. 13, £.5*^/, but a little broader across the middle sinuatioii, making the basal portion more quadrate. Not much like We-t's fig, (I.e.) but the scrobi- culae are there. West gives the size 70 x ;)2^.

Eu. CAMPANULATUM, n..»p. (T.iii. f.l6).

Eu. mediocre, medio sinu lineari constrictum, diametro circ. subduplo iongius. Semicellulae trilobntae, campanulatae, suj ra bnsin ventricosae, sursum in collum curtum repente constrictae; aiigulis inferioribus obtusis; lateribus in parte inferiore convexis inflationibus levibus singulis, in parte superiore (coUo) concavis; lobo polari paullulo inflato; angulis superioribus rotund atis; apicibus truncatis; incisura lineari. Semicellulae tumoribus 3 basalibus et supra 2 in serie horizontali cum inflationibus latei- alibus ordinatis, praeditae; inter tumoies scrobiculis 3. A latere visae elliptico-ovatae, ad apices attenuatae, basi rotundato- truncatae. Membrana subtilissime punctata.

Long. cell. 92, 93, 93, 96, 97; lat. cell. 52, 42, 48, 44, 41; lat. ap. 24, 18, 20, 19, 19; lat. coll. 22, 17, 18, 17, 18; crass. 33, 24, 30, 22, 24^.

Collector, Botany, Centennial Park.

This species comes to maturity in three stages, all of which are commonly found accompanying one another. The immature forms ver}^ much resemble Eu. ansatum in outline, and indeed that is the case with several other species of Euastrum. In T.iii., figs. 14, 15, 16 show the mature and the two young forms, all found in the same water. Other transition forms were noticed, and sometimes fronds formed of two different semicells. It is the connecting link between the siniiosum and lorigicolle groups of Euastrum.

Forma immatuia No.l. (T.iii. f. 14). Forma ad Eu. ansatum accedens basi autem latiore, curtior quam forma typica, aegre ventricosa; lateribus sine tumoribus lateralibus; collo non producto; lobo polari non inflato; scrobicula una tantum.

' BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 177

Long. cell. 70-72; lat. cell. 36-38; lat. ap. 16-17; lat. coll. 16-17; crass. 19^.

Centennial Park.

Forma immalura No.2. (T.iii, f.l4, right hand fig.).

Forma longior quam No.l, fere tam lata quam forma typica, magis ventricosa, tumoribus lateralibus incipientibus, lobo polari aegre inflate, collo nondum producto, scrobiculis minoribus carentibus.

Long. 75-78; lat. 36-42; lat. ap. 17-19; lat. coll. 17-19; crass.22/z.

Centennial Park, Botany.

Eu. coMPACTUM Wolle, Desm.U.S.p.l07, T.27, f.28-29. (T.iv. f.3).

Long. 31-36; lat. 24-25; crass. 15-1 6;x. Collector.

Eu. UNDULATUM, n.sp. (T.iv. f.2).

Eu. parvum, oblongum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu lineari constrictum. Semicellulae cuneatae, truncatae; lateribus levissime convexis, 4-5 crenatis; angulis superioribus in cornua brevia porrectis; apicibus truncatis incrassatis; incisura acuta brevi cuiieata. Crenae sunt series granulorum 6-8 transversales, granulis obscuris infra marginem 2-3. Semicellulae tumore unico parvo obscuro vix visibile supra basin instructae. Membrana laevis.

Long 36-44; lat. 25-30; lat. ap. 14-18^.

Collector.

The granules in the marginal series are difficult to make out, so also the basai tumour, which cannot be seen at all in front view. The nearest form to this is Eu. denticulatihm Kirch. /3 elongatum Nord., in Alg. N. Z. p.79, from which it differs in its larger size, crenate sides, series of granules and basal tumour. The most mature form observed was 44 x 30/1. Cf . also Eu. dentic. /3 stictuni Borges., in C. Braz. T.3, f.l8, the sides of which are biundulate only and the granulations scattered, and Eu. spec. 1 Eorge, in Sussw. Chlor. N. Russ. T.3, f.39, which is of similar shape and same size. 14

178 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Genus Arthrodesmus Ehr. Ar. ellipticus, 11 sp. (T.iv. f.4-5).

Ar. magiius, subcircularis, medio sinu cuneato, aperto, intror- suin rotundato, constrictus. Semicellulae circ. 2^plo. latiores quam longae, ellipticae vel subhexagonae; angulis lateralibus obtusis in aculeos singulos productis; aculeis brevibus validis plus minus assurgentibus; a vertice visae late ellipticae, apicibus acumiiiatis et in aculeos singulos protractis, medio utrinque area incrassata. Membrana punctata, crassa, semper in medio semi- cellularum (sed non evidente) interdum ubique (aculeis etiam) valde, incrassata.

Long. 42, 44, 48, 48, 48, 52; lat. 66, 65, 57, 60, 60, 70; crass. 24, 28, 2Q^.

Ptose's Lagoon, Collector; Botany.

The spines are relatively short, almost dentate in young forms, and generally form a continuation of the dorsal margin. The large iucrassate spot in the centre of the semicells distinguishes this species from Ar. convergent^, to some forms of which it is similar in shape and size. The incrassation of the membrane, including the spines, in old specimens is quite a feature of this form. Cf. Xan. tetracentrotuni Wolle, in W. & G. S., West N. Am. Desm. T. 15, f.24; Ar. incrassatus Lager., Am. Desm. f.l8; Ar. gibberulus Josh., in Journ. Bot. 1885, T.254, f.6; and Ar. curvatus Turn., Alg. E. Ind. T. 1 2, f.2.

Genus X A N T H I D I u M Ehr. X. ocTONAKiuM Nord., Alg. N. Z. p.42, T.4, f.22.

Long. c.ac. 100, 112, 108, 104, 102; lat. c.ac. 85, 78, 90, 88, 82; long. s.ac. 76, 82, 78, 78, 72; lat. s.ac. 60, 58, 56, 54, 56; long. acul. 15, 15, 16, 17, — ; crass. 40, 37, — -, — /x.

6 + 66 + 77 + 7 6 + 6 6 + 7 ' ^P"^^« 6T6 ^T7 7T7 6^ ^T7

Botany.

It is truly remarkable that I have never yet come across a specimen with the full eight pairs of spines to the semicell. All

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 179

the above, however, were clearly Xan. octonarium, as was shown in every case by the size and the central incrassation. Nordstedt (I.e.) gives 118 X 78/x over all as the size of New Zealand speci- mens, spines up to 20;:^ long. It is evident that the number of spines is not to be relied on for identification. Where I noted the end view it has been perfectly and broadly elliptic, not at all hexagonal or with truncate apices — this perhaps on account of the specimens being immature. The incrassation is on the inner side of the membrane, and visible in front view.

Xan. Coogeeanum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.6-7).

Xan. magnum, latum, oblongum, medio sinu linear! exti'or.sum ampliato constiictum. Semicellulae subhexagonae, supra l^asin rectangulares; lateribus levissime retusis; angulis inferioribus fere rectis; lateribus e basi lato verticalibus, a medio semicellulae ad apicem converijentibus; apicibus latis, truncatis, processibus 8 concentrice ordinatis, instructis; angulis basalibus et medianis processibus singulis praeditis; infra marginem semicellulae insuper, processibus biuis et denbibus acutis singulis, supra isthmum etiam dente unico, ornatae; processus omnes breves, validi et bitidi. A latere visae suboblongae, basi rotundato- truncatae; a vertice late-ellipticae. Membrana dense punctata interdum crassa.

Long. 69-84; lat. 51-60; lat ap. 35-1:2; long. proc. ad. 12; crass. 36-40/z.

Coogee.

This species belongs to a small Australian group in which the semicell shows a tendency to be three-lobed, the end lobe more or less drawn out. The apex is furnished with processes arranged in a circle, and the lateral lobes with processes in pairs extending in towards the centre of the semicell. Cf. Xan. bi/ur- catum Borge, in Bailey, Bot. Bull, xv., T. 1 4, f.6; Xan. ( Eu. ) multigihherum Nord., Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.3,f.2; and Xan. pn/cherri- mum, below.

180 SOME NEW OK LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Xan. bifurcatum Borge, in Bailey, Bob. Bull, xv., T.14, f.6. (T.iv. f.8, 9).

Long. c. proc, 132-250; lat. c. proc. 84-165; lat. coll. 33-60; long, s. proc. 93-220; lat. s. proc. 50-125; long, proc. 15-22/z.

Centennial Park.

The specimen figured shows one semicell undeveloped (fig. 9) and the other naature. In the young form the processes are solitary, not in pairs. The endochrome is arranged in 6 parietal fillets.

Xan. pulcherrimum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.lO).

Xan. magnum, subduplo longius quam latum, medio sinu cuneato introrsum acuto non lineari, profunde constrictum. Semicellulae euneatae; basi lato; lateribus levissime retusis; apicibus truncatis leviter retusis; angulis inferioribus in pro- cessus geminatos productis et infra marginem insuper processibus singulis; apice processibus 6 concentrice ordinatis, ornato, pro- cessubus 4-fidis omnibus. Semicellulae in centre nudae; a latere visae ovatae, apicibus processibus munitis; a vertice late ellipticae, paullo in medio utrinque inflatae; apicibus processibus 3 instructis. Membrana subtilissime punctata. Endochroma in taenias 6 longi- tudinaliter disposita.

Long, c proc. 257; sine proc. 224; long. proc. ad 22; lat. c. proc. 156; sine proc. 116 : crass. 82jm.

Lara Dam, Moura.

I had at first thought that this species might be the immature form of X. bifurcatum, to which class of Xan. it belongs. The young semicell of that species, however, as shown in T.iv. f.9, has the same 3-lobed outline as the mature form, whereas in X. pul- cherr'imum the semicell is decidedly cuneate, and also there are no processes at all in the centre

Xan. hexagonum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.ll).

Xan. mediocre, subrectangulare, circ. tam longum quam latum, medio sinu lineari extremo ampliato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae oblongae, subhexagonae; angulis inferioribus fere rectis; lateribus levissime retusis, e basi lato verticalibus turn

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 181

repentead apices convergentibus; apicibus latis truncatis; arigulis basalibus medianis apicalibusque dentibus singulis munitis. In centro semicellulae tumore glabro, rotundato. A vertice semi- cellulae oblongae, crassae, regulariter hexagonae; apicibus latis truncatis, angulis in dentes minutos singulos productis; utrinque in medio tumore rotundato instructae. Membrana punctata paullo incrassata.

Long. 54; lat. 45; crass. 33fi.

Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

Most like X. Chahibinskii Eich. & Rac, Nowe Gatt. Ziel T.3, f.28.

Compare JT. fasciculatiun var. perornatuin Nord., Alg. N. Z. T.4, f.23, with which the above coincides in size and somewhat resembles in outline. It differs, however, in the end view most of all, which in X. hexagonurti is very broad and regularly hex- agonal with dentate angles. The tumour is different also, and the spines wanting. Tiie one cell seen was probably mature, since the membrane was incrassate. Cf. also X. trilobum Nord., in C. Braz. T.3, £35, and X. suhtrilohum West, in Journ. Bot. XXXV., T.368, f.l4.

Xan. decemdenticulatum, n.sp. (T.iii. f.l2).

Xan. mediocre, subcirculare, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu cuneato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subreniformes, angulis inferioribus rotundatis, lateribus convexis apices versus levissime retusis, apicibus angustis truncatis; semicellulae utroque latere denticulis geminatis 5 munitae, denticulis adscendentibus paullo curvatis in centro tumore verrucoso ornatae; a latere visae circulares; a vertice ellipticae, apicibus rotundatis, utrinque tumore praeditae. Membrana punctata.

Long. 81; lat. 76; crass. 40, long. dent. circ. 3yL.

Ewenmar, Trangie.

Very similar to X. fasciculaturn ^ ornatum Nord., in Desm. Greenland, f.lO, but larger, and the six pairs of subulate spines or straight aculei in the semicell are replaced in this form by ten pairs of small very sharp-pointed teeth, which, with the exception

182 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

of the apical ones, are curved in towards the apex of the cell. This large number of teeth, greater even than in X. octonarium, and their entirely different shape, seem to me to distinguish this species from all forms of X. fasciculatum. The specimen was surrounded by a gelatinous sheath 200/n in diameter. Cf. also X. superbum Elf v. forma Borge, in Bail., Bot. Bull, xv., T.14, f.l.

Xan. Botanicum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l 3).

Xan. minimum, oblongum, tam latum quam longum, medio sinu cuneato profundissime constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subhexagonae, lateribus brevibus levissime retusis. apicibus latis truncatis, angulis in aculeos singulos longos. infe- rioribus horizontaliter, superioribus radiatim, productis; in centro tumore rotundato conico ornatae. A vertice ellipticae utroque latere tumore parvo conico instructae apicibus acuminatis in aculeos singulos protractis. Membrana subtiliter punctata.

Long. c.ac. 40; long. s.ac. 27; long. ac. ad. 12 : lat. c.ac. 43; lat. s.ac. 24; lat. isth. 6 : crass. 12/i.

Botany.

The nearest forms to this seem to be X. simplicius Xord., Alg. N. Z. T.4, f.2t), and Ar. octocornis Ehr., cf. Cooke, Brit. Desm. T.47, f.2; also Ar. longispinus Borge, Desm. Braz. T.3, f.35, which has no tumour, and X. controversum var. pla7ictonicum West, Scott. Plankt. T.16, f.2-3, which is twice the size, with the tumour scrobiculate.

Genus Staurastrum Meyen.

St. forcipatum, n.sp. (T.v. f.l).

St. parvum, subcirculare, ad latera profunde excavatum, sinu nullo, isthmo angustissimo, paullo latius quam longura. Semi- cellulae subellipticae, dorso convexo, depress© ; angulis lateralibus subacutis in aculeos breves singulos productis, aculeis assurgenti- bus; a vertice triangulares, lateribus concavis, angulis acutis leviter inflatis, aculeis singulis munitis. Meml^rana glabra.

Long. 32; lat. 39; lat. isth. 8fi.

Botany.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 183

Very like certain forms of St. Dickiei and St. dejectum. See St. Dickiei in Wolle, T.40, f.5, var. circnlare Turn., Alg. E. Ind. T.16, f.5, forma Borgesen C. Braz. T.4, f.42, St. dejectum var. converyens Wolle, T.40, f.21, and Ar. hiatus Turn., I.e. T.ll, f.34.

St. okbicularr Elir. (i denticulatum Nord., Desm. Cent. Braz. T.4, f.42. (T.iv. f.l4).

Forma lateribus ad basin retractis, angulis basalibus interdum denticulis singulis instructis. Membrana valde incrassata prae- cipue ad angulos et ad apicem, den.se punctata. A vertice angulis rotundatis, papillis latis singulis praeditis.

Long. 50-54; lat. 42-50;^.

Botany.

Cf. St. orh.ii verruco sum Wille, Norges Fersk. p. 40, T.2, f. 26, which is about half the size. The above form is not exactly like either of the two cited, but is like a cross between them. St. denticalatum has no papillae at the angles in end view, and St. verrucosum does not show the strongly incrassate angles viewed from the front. The tooth from which the Brazilian form takes its name is not always present in Australian specimens either. Nordstedt's fig. (I.e.) works out at 50 x 42/n.

St. pseudobiretum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l5).

St. mediocre, fere tam longum quam latum, medio sinu brevi lineari constrictum, isthmo lato. Semicellulae trapezoideae, dorso dimidioquam basi latiores; angulis inferioribus obtusis; lateribus rectis e basi divergentibus; angulis superioribus acuto-rotundatis; dorso levissime arcuato. Anguli superiores granulis obscuris in seriebus obliquis transversalibus 5 ornati; apicibus denticulis binis interdum munitis. Semicellulae a vertice triangulares, angulis acutis leviter inflatis, seriebus 5 transversalibus granu- lorum ornatis.

Long. 50-54; lat. dors. 52-GO; lat. bas. 30-40/z.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

The first view reminds one of Cos. hiretum., of which a var. trlquetruiii with tln-ee rounded angles in end view is recorded

184 SOME NEW OH LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALKS,

from Europe. That species, however, is larger, the granules are not confined to the upper angles, nor are the angles ever biden- ticulate at the ends. Moreover the var. triquetrum has " sides deepl}^ sinuous " in end view (Cooke, Br. Desm. p. 109).

aS'^. varians Rac, Desm. Polon. T.12, f.l; St. Kjelhnanni Wille, Cooke, I.e., T.54, f.9; and St. pygmaeiun Breb., in Boldt. Desm. fr. Gronl. T.2, f.42, are nearest in form to this species, but its end view alone sufficiently marks it off from them all except the last, which is much smaller.

St. tiara, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l6).

St. mediocre, ellipticum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu aperto cuneato constrictum, isthmo lato. Semicellulae sub- cuneatae, tiaraformes, dorso altissime convexae et verrucosae, apices versus fere acuminatae; angulis lateralibus acuto-rotun- datis granulis in seriebus 3-4 transversalibus ornatis. Semi- cellulae a vertice quadratae; lateribus aequalibus, levissime concavis, angulis acutis.

Long. 60; lat. 54/z.

Ewenmar Station, near Trangie.

Compare St. Pringlei Wolle, T.50, f.25, and St. validum West, Desm. N. Amer. 1896, T.16,f.36.

St. cruciforme, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l7).

St. magnum, oblongum, tam longura quam latum, medio sinu brevi acutangulo constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subcuneatae, lateribus supra basin paullo inflatis, dorso truncatae verrucis truncatis emarginatis 4 instructae; angulis superioribus in processus binos, unum horizontaliter, alterum radiatim, pro- ductis; processibus 5-denticulatis 3-4-fidis. Semicellulae apud angulum sub processu inferiore granulis singulis et verrucis emarginatis singulis instructae; a vertice triangulares, lateribus rectis intra quemque marginem serie verrucis lunatis 4 et granulis binis apud angulos ornatae; angulis in processus binos protractis.

Long.c proc. 90; long.s.proc. 60; lat. c.proc. 90-102; lat.s.proc. 54/i.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. liSo

Collector.

The only species really resembling this is St. Rosei mihi; but compare also St. gracile Ralfs, ^ curtum Nord., C. Braz, T. 14, f.53, which has no superior processes; and St. hihrachiatuin Rein. vai-. cymatium West, Alg. Madag. T.8, f.28, which is only biradiate.

St. cuniculosum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l8).

St. mediocre, ellipticum, latius (cum processibus) quam longum, medio sinu acutangulo levissimeconstrictum. Semicellulae cam- panulatae, basi angustissimo, lateribus usque ad medium semi- cellulae verticalibus, parte superiore semicellulae utrinque in processum producto, dorso late-rotundato leviter verrucoso (vel denticulato), processibus assurgentibus. Semicellulae lateribus glabris, margine processuum inferiore glabro, superiore autem denticulato; a vertice triangulares, lateribus glabris valde con- cavis, in era quemque marginem serie unica denticulationum, apicibus 3-4-fidis.

Lonjif. 48; lat. c. proc. ^bfx.

Botany.

Somewhat like .S'^. cytocerum Breb., in Ralfs, T,22, f.lO, in which, however, the rays are twisted; and also like St. cerastes Lund, Desm. Suec. p.69, T.4, f.6, but not nearly so verrucose. In end view the sides are quite smooth, and there are only den- ticulations down the processes. The apices of the piocesses also have the usual 3-4 teeth. I have seen no four-rayed form. This is not the same as St. approximatum West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.22, f.5, a more slender form which also occurs here.

St. sexangulare (Bulnh.) Lund, Desm. Suec. p.Tl, T.4, f.9.

Forma 5-radiata. Marginibus radiorum inferiorum 3-4 denti- culatis. Omnia specimina a me visa immatura fuerunt radiis superioribus nondum formatis.

Long. s. rad. 34, 36,40, 51, 60; lat. c rad. 72,80, 81,96, 100/x.

Collector; Botany.

Forma 5-radiata immatura, n.f. (Tab. v. f. II).

{St. stellinum Turn., Alg. E. Ind. p. 11 9, T.15, f.6).

186 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Forma a vertice visa 5-angulata, angulis in radios longos rectos attenuatos singulos productis; apicibus radiorum 2-3 aculeis, magnis conspicuis munitis ; radiorum parte interiore glabra exteriore obscure 3-denticulata. Membrana tenue apicibus radiorum vulgo exceptis.

Lat. c. rad. 7b-\'20fx.

Collector.

Forma 6-radiata Lund., I.e.

Marginibus omnium radiorum 3-4 denticulatis.

Long. c. rad. 63, 67, — , 72, — , — , — ; long. s. rad. 48, 50,52,60, — , — , — ; lat. c. rad. 9 3, 94, 93, 105, 102, 108, 123,..

Collector, Botany, Centennial Park. Forma 7-radiata Lund., I.e.

Unam tantum cellulam vidi; rara.

Lat. c. rad 102yn.

Collector.

Forma 6-radiata, parte interiore glabra processuum puncta- graniilis in series trans versalibus binis dispositis ornata.

Long. s. rad. 52; lat. c. rad. 93/m.

Forma marginibus processuum superiorum perfecte glabris.

Curiously enougli, none of the specimens answered to /3 p7'o- ducium Nord., Alg. N.Z. p.35, T.4, f.l, q.v.; for although a few of the 5-rayed forms did show a truncate produced apex, and were about the size required, yet being immature (the upper rays only just started) it would not have been safe to have referred them to that variety when all the rest belonged undoubtedly to the typical form. The immature 5-rayed form here figured was found as complementary semicell to a more mature semicell showing both upper and lower lays. I have never seen the corresponding 6-rayed form.

St. S0NTHA.LIANDM Turn., Alg. E. Ind. p.l24, T.14, f.27. (T.v. f.2). Long. 40; lat. 55-56/li. Botany; Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

Almost exactly corresponding in shape and size with Turner's figure: cf. also I.e. T.16, f.36. The ends of the processes in Aus-

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 187

traliaii specimens are suddenly turned inwards a little, and the sinus (if sinus it can truly be called) is rounded within.

8t. excavatum West, Alg. Madag. p. 7 8, T.8, f.42. (T.v. f.3).

Long. 19; lat. 45/Lt. Centennial Park.

St. coralloideum, n.sp. (T.v. f.4).

St. mediocre, paullo latius quam longum, ad latera profunde et late excav^ata, medio sinu brevissimo acuto constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae supra basin leviter tumidae, dorso leviter convexae, parte superiore in processus rectos, longos, validos productae; processibus utrinque, verrucis (vel spinis coralloideis) in seriebus transversalibus 5 ordinatis, asperrimis; apicibus 4-fidis spinis coralloideis. Inflatione basali seriebus transversalibus binis granulorum ornata. A vertice semicellulae triangulares, angulis protractis 4-tidis, lateribus concavis -verrucis vel spinis circa 16 asperrimis, intra niMrgines verrucis in seriebus singulis ordinntis.

Long. 42-48; lat. 50-68/x.

Botany, Centennial Park, Mosman.

This species belongs to that group of rayed Staurastra which have spines or verrucae along the sides in end view. It includes St. vesfAtum Ralfs (?); St. aculeatumCKhw), see Ralfs, T.23, f.1-2; St. S'ihaldl Rein., Mittelfr., T.l, f.ll; St. pseudosebaldi Wille, Norges Desm. T.2, f.30; St. concinjiimi West, Desm. U. S. 1898, T.18, f.7; and *S'^. Manfeldtii Delp., Subalp. T.13, f.8-10, the last being the nearest. Cf. ?dso St. Heimerlianum var. spinidosum Lutk., Desm. Oberoster. 'J\2, f.l7.

St. volans West /3 elegans, n.var. (T.v. f.5).

]Ma.jor quam forma typica, basi inierdum globoso (sursuni inflata) serie unica minutoruni granulorum ornato: a|>icibus iiiterdum truncatis; processibus 8-1 1 undulatis 2--l-fidis; dentibus vulgo minoribus. A vertice visa et cetera ut in forma typica.

Long. s. proc. 24-27; lat. c. proc. 52-67/x.

188 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS POUND IN N. S. WALES,

Auburn, Sydney Botanical Gardens, Mosman. A triradiate form is believed to have been noticed. Cf. West, Alj^. Madag. p.79, T 9, f.lO-ll.

St. Rosei, n.sp. (T.v. f.6).

St. mediocre, medio vix constrictum. Semicellulae ohlongae, dimidio latiores (sine proc.) quam longae, dorso levissirae concavae fere planae; lateribus e basi baud diveigentibus, angulis superi- oribus fissis et in processus binos, inferiores horizontales, superi- ores fere verticales productis; processibus longis (diametro semi- cellulae aequa libus) gracilibus, glabris, denticulationibus medianis magnis singulis (utroque latere) ornatis; apicibus bi-aculeatis. A vertice visae triangulares, angulis in processus longos glabros (denticulationibus nuUis) singulos protractis, apicibus bi-aculeatis, apud quemque angulum proce.^su altero. Membrana laevi.

Long. c. proc. 50; lat. c. proc 62; long. s. proc. 20; lat. s. proc. 15^.

Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

It is curious that the denticulation on the side of the processes should be visible in front view only; in end view the processes are quite smooth. The nearest species to this seems to be St. cruciforme mihi, T.iv. f.l7. Cf. also St. hihracMaUnn Reinsch, var. cyathiforme West, Alg. Madag. T.8, f.28a. That, hovyever, is only a biradiate form.

St. moniliferum, n.sp. (T.v. f.7).

St. parvum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu minuto vix constrictum. Semicellulae ohlongae, parte inferiore glabro; lateribus e basi verticalibus, rectis; sursum dilatatae, ellipticae, dorso late rotundatae ; angulis lateralibus obtuse-rotundatis seriebus 4 transversal ibus granulorum ornatis, sine aculeis vel granulis apicalibus, supra isthmum series granulorum unica. A vertice semicellulae triangulares, lateribus leviter concavis, angulis obtusis, seriebus 4J transversalihus granulorum ornatis.

Long. 34-36; lat. 27-29; lat. has. 11/x.

Botany.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 189

This is not a variety of St. dllatatum, for in that species, if the underside of the semicell be focussed, 13 vertical rows of granules can always be counted; the form above has only nine. Nor can it be a form of St. fricorne^ which has four granules close together in a square at the extreme end of the lateral angle and which appear plainly as minute teeth in front and end views. Including the apical four, that also has 13 vertical series. In the mature form of any species the little details of ornamentation (such as number and arrangement of granules, verrucae, etc.) are remark- ably constant and afford the best clue to identification in some eases. See note to St. campanulatum,, below.

St. campanulatum, n sp. (T.v. f.8). >

St. minutum, tarn longum quara latum, medio sinu minimo constrictum. Semicellulae campanulatae, supra basin levissime inflatae; lateribus pauUo sinuatis; dorso piano; angulis superi- oribus in processus singulos horizon taliter productis, processibus brevibus apicibus rotundatis interdum denticulis binis minutis praeilitis. A vertice visae triangulares lateribus concavis, angulis subacutis, apicibus rotundatis, granulis minimis in seriebus trans- versalibus 6 ornatis.

Long. = la t. 27-32/x.

Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

This form is to be classed with St. striolatum Nag., Einz. Alg. T.8, f.A3; and St. dilatattim Ehr. var. i7isigne Kac, Desm. Ciast. T.2, f. 13, both of which are also known here.

St. patens Turn., Alg. E. Ind. p.l08, T 14, f.21, forma australica, n.f. (T.v. f.9).

Forma minor, a fronte visa ut a Turner I.e. delineate, aculeis autem plerumque ternis. A vertice visa triangularis, lateribus levissime concavis fere rectis, angulo quoque repente constricto et in tubulum brevem, truncatum triaculeatum producto; area central! granulis geminatis in seriebus 3 concentrice ordinatis et angulos versus granulis binis ornata. Semicellulae interdum alternantes.

190 SOME NEW OR LKSS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Long. 30-5+; lat. 40-60^.

Rose's Lagoon, Collector; Botany; Mosman.

All specimens seen had the angles constricted and drawn out into a short tube. The biaculeate form with inflated angles in end view is probably immature. The granules in end ^iew are roughly indicated in Turner's figure; they mark the corners of the truncate end, and the inflated portion of the processes.

St. TRIDENTULUM, n.sp. (T.iv. f.20).

St. parvum, pauUo latius quam longum, medio sinu acutangulo constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subcuneatae, supra basin leviter inflatae, dorso planae, angulis superioribus aculeis geminatis et supra spinis longioribus singulis radiatini, instructis. A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus levissime con- cavis. angulis acutis in aculeos singulos productos. Membrana glabra. Endochroma laminis geminatis 3 radiantibus disposita. Nuclei amylacei singuli.

Long. 24; lat. 30/li.

Botany.

(Jf. -S'^. Liheltii Rac, Desm. Nowe, p. 28-29, T.3, f.l2; St. avicula Breb., in Ralfs, T.23, f. 11; and St. suhcruciatum C. tk W., in Cooke, T.51, f.3.

St. aggeratum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.21).

St. parvum, suboctagonum, paullo latius quam longum, medio sinu angustissimo (vel lineari *?) profunde constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subhexagonae, supra basin leviter tumidae; dorso altissime convexae; apicibus truncatis; lateribus sursum fere rectis denticulationibus ternis ornatis; angulis later- alibus denticulis brevibus singulis munitis, denticulis parallelis (interdum convergentibus). A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus leviter concavis, anyulis inflatis acutis in deuticulos singulos pro- ductis et granulis obscuris in seriebus transversalibus 2-3 ornatis. In area centrali granulis 6 concentrice dispositis. Membrana glabra.

Long. 28; lat. 30/^i.

Botany.

BV G. 1. I'LAYKAlli. 191

Compare St. furcatum Breb. var. aculeatum Sclim., Hedw. 34, 1895, f.l9; St. ReinscUi Roy, in Cooke, T.51, f.4; St. Jorjicida- tum Lund., Desm. Suec. T.4, f.5; and St. podlachicum Eich. k Gutw., Alg. Nov. T.2, f.49.

St. Botanense, n.sp. (T.iv. f. 19).

St. parvum, tarn longum quam latum, medio sinu acutangulo profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subcuneatae vel crateri- formes, dorso planae, ventre inflato fere semicirculare, angulis superioribus tissis et in aculeos binos, inferiores horizontales, superiores divergentes, protractis. A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus perfecte rectis, angulis acutissimis aculeis brevibus singulis praeditis. Membrana glabra.

Long. = lat. 30;i.

Botany. >

The most closely related form is St. tridentulum mihij see note

above.

St. Auburnense, n.sp. (T.v. f.lO).

St. minutum, paullo latius quam longum, medio sinu amplo profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subcuneatae vel crateri- formes, dorso levissime convexae fere planae, ventre alte convexae; lateribus aegre curvatis fere rectis ; angulis superioribus in tubulos singulos radiatim productis, tubulis minimis, brevissimis. A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus medio retusis interdum distincte denticulato-asperis, angulis levissime inflatis et in tubulos singulos productis granulis minutissimis in seriebus tiansversalibus 4 ornatis.

Long. 18-20; lat. 23-24/x.

Auburn; Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

Forma minor, n.f.

Exacte ut in forma typica sed minor. An granuli nuUi '?

Long. 12; lat. 16ju.

Botany.

Of similar shape is St. liexacerum Wittv- var. aversum West, Desm. U. S. 1898, T.18, f.l3, but that is granulate irregularly. Compare also St. tunguscamcm Boldt., Siber. Chlor. T.5, f 22, and

192 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

St. apiculatu7n Breb., in Cooke, T.49, f.2, which have spines instead of processes; the latter also lacks the lines of minute puncta-granules.

St. assurgens Nord., Alg. N. Z. p.37, T.4, f.8.

Long. 44, 50, 50, 52; lat 84, 87, 92, 80; crass. 20, — , 16, 21^.

Botany, Centennial Park.

Formae immaturae. (T.v. f.31). (See note below).

Long. 36, 40, 42, 42, 42; lat. 50, 50, 50, 52, 70; crass. 18, — , — , 15,-;..

Botany, Centennial Park.

All the Australian specimens noted differ a little from Nord- stedt's figure, I.e., in the spines at the apex of the rays, which, together with the central swelling in end view, are, as he says, characteristic of the species, even in its young forms. The spines are not sharp-pointed, but blunt and rounded at the tip; the lower (for there are only two prominent) always continues the lower edge of the ray, while the upper widely diverges upwards and outwards. The upper edge of the ray is just a little retuse behind the spines, giving a recurved appearance to the end. If the cell be tilted a little, eight verrucae come into view, some- times tipped with long spines. A curved row of five granules may be seen in front view running round the base of the central tumour and some way down each ray. Neither these nor the verrucae are conspicuous in the youngest forms. In end view a minute spine can be seen at the base of the terminal spine, on each side; in front they are only visible as granules. The youngest forms are sometimes very convex on the back, more so than in the figure, the rugae smoothed down, and the basal portion of the semicells more or less globose.

I consider St. indentatum West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.22, f. 10-12, to be an immature form of assurgeiis. He gives size 34-39 x 52-76, crass. 17/x, which tallies exactly with the size of our immature forms given above. The same applies to St. hicorne Haupt., in Rac, Desm. Ciast. (from the Centennial Park) T.2, f.8; size 42 X 72/x.

HY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 193

Genus Cosmarium Corda. Cos. cveLOPBUM, n.sp. (T.v. f.l2).

Cos. parvura, subcirculare, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu linear! profunda constrictum. Semicellulae subpentagonae, lateribus e basi lato, divergentil)us, dorso alte convexae regulariter arcuatae, angulis lateralibus obtusis, apud apices intra marginem granulis singulis vix visibilibus praeditae. A vertice lato-ellip- ticae, in medio granulis geminatis ornatae, apicibus obtuse- rotundatis. Membrana punctata.

Long. 30-36; lat. 27-32; crass. 18/x.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

The nearest form is Oos. pseudoprotiiherans Kirclin., in Wille, Norges T. 1, f. 18, which has no apical granule. Cf. also Cos. Elfingii (3 Rac, Desm. Nowe, T.l, f. 14, and Cos. higemma Rac, I.e. T.l, f.lO.

Cos. INCRASSATUM, n.sp. (T.V. f.l5).

Cos. mediocre, suboblongum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu cuneato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae regulariter latissime-ellipticae, lateribus late-rotundatis, dorso rotundatae paullulo deplauatae, in medio area incrassata ornatae. A vertice visae ut a fronte, lateribus in medio area incrassata luteola utrinque praeditis. A latere circulares. Membrana glabra.

Long. 42-50; lat. 36-42; crass. 21-25/x.

Botany, Centennial Park.

Like a large edition of Cos. ellipsoideum Elfv. (see Rac, Desm. Polon. T.IO, f.9). Cf. also Cos. {phaseoJus Breb. -y) aehondrum Boldt., Sibir. Chlor., T.5, f.7.

Cos. QUADRIGEMME, n.Sp. (T.V. f.l3).

Cos. parvum, subquadratum, tam longum quam latum, medio sinu lineari profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subreniformes; basi lato, piano; dorso deplanato-rotundato; angulis inferioribus fere rectis; lateribus interdum paullo divergentibus, angulis superioribus late-rotundatis, ad apices intra marginem g»anulis 4 (medianis validioribus, exterioribus minoribus et obscuris) in 15

194 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALfilS,

serie horizontali paullulo arcuato ordiiiabis, ornatae. A vertice visae ellipticae graiiulis gemiiiatis ubriiique instrucbae. Mem- brana minube puncbaba.

Long. 22-24; lab. 22-25; crass. 12-15/..

Murray's Lagoon, Collecbor.

GtC OS. pseudofaxicliondrum Nord. var. Africcnu(m^e^t,Jo\x\\\. Bob. XXXV., T.367, f.l4; and C. heterochondrum Nord., De Alg. Babav. T.l, f.3.

Cos. viCENiSTRiATUM, n.sp. (T.v. f.l6).

Cos. parvum, subquadrabum, circa bam longum quam labum, medio sinu lineari profunde consbricbum. Semicellulae subreni- formes, basi labo, piano; dorso bruncabae, angulis inferioribus obtusis; laberibus labe robundabis; angulis superioribus obbusis; granulis circa 20 in seriebus radianbibus uljique brans marginem ordinabis ornabae; granulis 2-3 inbra marginem; supra isbhmum leviter inflabae. A verbice visae ellipbicae, in medio ubrinque inflabae, apicibus labe robundabis. Nuclei amylacei singuli.

Long. 21-27: lab. 18-27; crass. 15;^..

Rose's Lagoon, Collecbor; Bobany.

Young forms have blie sides of bhe semicells converging bo bhe broad bruncabe apex, nob broadly rounded, and fewer lines of granules across the mai-gin. Cf. G. striatum and C. jenisejense Boldb., Sibil-. Chlor. T.5, f.9 and 13; also C. polonicum Rac. var. alpinum Schm., Alp. Alg. T. 15, f.21.

Cos. FLUVIATILB, n.sp. (T.V. f. 18).

Cos. parvum, subov^ale, paullo longius quam labuni, medio sinu lineari exbremo ampliabo profunde consbricbum. Semicellulae subreniformes a basi labo ad apicem abbenuabae; angulis inferi- oribus obbusis; laberibus leviber convexis convergenbibus sub apicem paullo rebusis; apicibus angusbis, bruncabis; granulis obscuris in seriebus 3 brans margines laberales ordinabis, granulis inbra marginem 2; supra isbhmum granulis validioribus geminatis ornabae. A verbice visae ellipbicae ubrinque in medio granulis geminabis praedibae; apicibus obbusis, granulis in seriebus 3-4 bransversalibus ornabis. Membrana subbilissirae puncbaba.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 195

Long. 33; lat. 27/^.

Auburn.

A few somewhat similar are Cos. hivertex Rac, Desm. Nowe, T. 1, f.20; Cos. isthmocliondrum var. hrasiliense Borge, Desm. Regnell. T.2, f.21; G. limnopldlum Schm., Alp. Alg. T.15, f.20. The nearest approach is C. Pilgeri Schm., Aus. Braz. T.4, £.13. which curiously enough is exactly the same size. It has, how- ever, five strongly marked granules on each side; and Schmidle expressly says " seen from above elliptical and not tumid." The above has three rows of almost invisible minute granules across the edges, just sutticient to cause three slight denticulations on the margin. 'J'he two large granules are conspicuous in end view.

Cos. JKNISE.TENSE Boldt. /ij AUSTRALE, n.var. (T.v. f.l4).

Forma dorso depressa fere plana; angulis inferioribus obtusis fere rectis; lateribus verticalibus leniter convexis; angulis superi- oribus late rotundatis; puncta-granulis in series et verticales circ. 10 (granulis circ 7) et oblique trans versales ordinatis, ornata; in centro tumore humili granulis 9 majoribus in series 3 verticales ordinatis, instructa. A vertice visa elliptica utrinque in medio tumore parvo 3-granulato praedita, apicibus late rotundatis.

Long. 35; lat. 26-29; crass. 18/x

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

Cf. Boldt., Siber Chlor. T.5, f.l3.

Cos. ORTHOPUNCTULATUM Schui., Alp. Alg. T.15, f.l5. (T.v. f.27-28). Forma semicellulis a f route visis perfecte ellipticis. Long. 30-34; lat. 34; crass. 15-17: zygo. s. ac. 15; c. ac. 30/a. Coogee.

Cos. MuRRAYi, n.sp. (T.v. f..l9).

Cos. parvum, suboblongum, clepsydraforme, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu breve lineato constrictum. Semicellulae subpyriformes, ad apices versus inflatae; dorso lato truncato paullulo producto; lateribus e basi angusto divergentibus, sursum convexis. A vertice visae regulariter ovales, apicibus late rotundatis. Membrana achroa glabra.

196 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS POUND IN N. S. WALES,

Long. 27; lat. 23; crass, lifx.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

Cf. Cos. pyrlforme Nord., Cent. Braz., frontispiece, which in general outline it very niuch resembles. That species is, however, very much larger, long. = 63/i.

Cos. COLLECTORENSE, n.sp. (T.V. f. 17).

Cos. parvum, oblongum, dimidio longius quam latum, medio sinu linoari extremo aiiipliato piofunde constrictum. Semi- cellulae perfecte quadratae; angulis acute-rotundatis; lateribus 3-crenatis; dorso truncatae. A vertice ellipticae utrinque in medio inflatione parva instructae, apicibus rotundatis. A latere ovatae, basi angusto, apice rotundato, lateribus fere rectis e basi divergentibus. Membrana glabra.

Long. 32; lat. 22; crass. Ibfi.

Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

The nearest is Cos. tetragonum Niig., Einz. Alg. T.7, f.A5, especially f. polonica Eich. ife Gutw., Alg. Nov. T.5, f.28.

Cos. LATEREPROTR ACTUM, n.sp. (T.V. f.23).

Cos. minimum, subquadratum, paullo latius quam longum, medio sinu lineari extremo ampliato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae late subreniformes, depressatae, supra basin inilatae, ad apices attenuatae; dorso lato truncato. A vertice visae angustae, elongato-ellipticae; lateribus fere parallelis: apicibus subacute-rotundatis. Membrana glabra.

Long. 14; lat. 20; crass 6/^.

Rose's Lagoon, Collector.

The only one at all like the above is Cos. subdejyressum West, N. Amer. T.15, f.l5, which is reniform and minutely granular.

Cos. QUADRIFARIUM Lund. fomia HEXASTICHA (Lund.) Nord., in Alg. N. Z. p.49. Forma major Nord., I.e. Long. 57-62; lat. 41-46;^.

Forma rosacea, n.f. Forma paullo major, margine verrucis emarginatis 24 instructo; tumore majore verrucis 28 (14+ 10 + 4) ornata.

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 197

Long. 74; lat. 57/u. Botany.

Forma octasticha Nord., I.e. Long. 56; lat. iSfx. Coogee.

Cos. PSEUDOPACHYDERMUM Nord., Alg. N. Z. p.53, T,5, f,20. (T.v. f.21).

Long. 110-116; lat. 72;x. Murray's Lagoon, Collector.

Formae immaturae. (T.v. f,22).

(=^Cos. ad ohsoletiim accedens, Nord., I.e. i.'221).

Long 75, 78, 80, 84, 90, 90, 90, 102; lat. 66, ^^^, ^^, 72, 62, 66 Qd>, 72/M.

Nuclei amylacei bini.

Collector; Auburn.

None of the immature forms observed showed any signs of teeth at the basal angles. On the other hand most, if not all, had a strongly incrassate yellow membrane with the characteristic incrassate ])apilla within the apex. One at least was noticed with the angular outline on the back, familiar in G. ohsoletiim and C. perforatum. The end view of these forms, however, is not a sharp-pointed ellipse, but oblong with broadly rounded ends. I think it highly probable that the two doubtful forms of Cos. pyramidatiom, in Borge, Desm. Braz. p. 94, T.3, f.8-9 , are really Cos. pseudopachydermum and one of the above immature forms.

Cos. VENUSTUM Breb. /3 induratam Nord., Alg.N Z. p.57, T.3, f.l3.

(T.v. f.24). Long. 30, 31,32, 33; lat. 21, 19,22,21; crass. 11, — , — , 11^. Collector.

Forma incognita: forma immatura No.l. (T.v. f.25). Long. 18; lat. V^^x. Nuclei amylacei singiili. Collector.

198 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Forma trilohata : Forma immatura No.2. (T.v. f.26).

Nonne Cos. trilohulatam, Reinsch (1).

Long. 27, 24,27; lat. 16, 17, 18; crass.—, 9, — ;ti.

Collector.

Forma incognita is certainly a 3'oung form of f. trilobata, as a semicell of each was found forming one frond. Also an inter- mediate form was noted between f. trilobata and C. indiiratuni t3'^picuin. Nordstedt's fig. of C. irilohiilatum l3 hasichondnim looks, it seems to me, a good deal more like this species than that of Reinsch. Cf. Nordstedt, I.e. T.6, f. 1 1; and Reinsch, Spec. Gen. T.3, f.A2. May not f. trilobata be the same as Cos. frilo- hulafum Reinsch (?). Lundell says, in Desm. Suec. p. 42, **Membrana in centro semicellulae paullura incrassata"; and the size is about the same.

Cos. suBSPECiosuM Nord., Desm. Arctoae T.6, f.l3.

Long. 48; lat. 34; crass, 22/li.

Coogee; rarissime.

The few specimens seen were, as to shape and size, exactly like the type, save that there were incrassate ridges connecting the granules of the tumour. In one with eiidochrome the pyrenoid was single, I fancied, but it was somewhat doubtful.

Cos. SUBSPECIOSUM ^ VALiDius Nord., Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.5, f. 10.

Long 60, 62, 63, 70, 72, 72, 75, 76, 85; lat. 53, 49, 48, 48, 50, 55, 50, 59, 56; crass. — , — , — , — , 26, — , — , — , — ju.

Collector, Moura, Centennial Park, Coogee.

Nuclei amylacei certissime bini.

In no specimen have I ever seen nine vertical rows of basal granules as in Nordstedt's fig., I.e. The most that could be seen were five-six. These did not till up the breadth of the isthmus, however, and in the largest single semicells, when tilted, I was just able to discern nine granules across the isthmus, but nothing more.

Forma fontensis, n.f. (T.v. f.29).

Forma pauUo minor quam forma typica; tumore basali granulis in series distinctas, verticales 5 et horizontales 5-6 dispositis,

BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 199

orriato. Grariulis tumoris plus minus qua(]ratis, hasa]i})us validi- oribus Ob ernai-<,Miiatis. Nucl(ii aniylacei cortissinu; bini.

Lon.L?. oG, GO, G3, 04, G4; lat. 45, 50, 50, 48, 50; crass. —,_,_, 34, 30;x.

Fountain in tlio Sydney Botanical Gatdcns.

This form bears tlie same relation to ji validhis that h'oinia Borfije, Desm. liegnell. T.3, f.32, does to sn/jspficiosmn typicum. The size of the Brazilian form is 46 x 35 x 22^, loc. cit. p. 101.

Genus S t a u r o p ii a n u m Turn.

Fresliw. Alg. E. India, 1892, p. 1 95, (Genus Dicholomiim West, 189G, Trans Linn. Soc. 2nd Ser. F>ot. v. p. 270).

St. ciiUCiATUM (Wall.) Tui-n. [i elegans( West) f. Svdnkyknsis, n.f,

(T.v. f.30).

Cf. Turner, I.e., T.20, f.20, 21 {Dlch. ehujann West, I.e., T.IG, f.3;}).

F(jrma corpore paullo longiore et latiore, sine constrictione, lol)is ter dichotoinis, apicilms non furcatis.

Lonii.c.proc. =lat.c. proc. = 40; lonj^. s. proo. 18; lat. s. proc. 1 5/i.

Fountain in the Sydney Botanical (hardens.

There can l)e no doubt at all, T think, of the identity of the.se two <5enera and s{)ecies. Turner says long = lat. — 48-54/j. West giN'es long. s. proc. 15; c. proc. 42; lat. s. proc. 12; c. proc. 42/li. Turner has the right of priority.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IL-V. Pl.nie ii. Fig. L— CV. Mourtiue, n.sp. ( x 720). Fig. 2. — Trip, serratmn, n.sp. ( x 720). Fig. 3. — CI. marpiijinim, n..sp. ,, Fig. 4. — CI. calamufi, n sp. ,,

Fig. ri. — Pni. austra/e Hac. ,,

Fig. ti. — Pen. pachydermuni, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 7. — CI. rinyulum, n.sp. ,,

Fig. S.—Iclh. auslraliensis, n.np. ,,

Fig. 9. — CI. navictUoideuvi, n.sp. (?) ,,

200 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES,

Fig. 10. — PL mediolaeve, n.sp. ( x 720).

Fig. 11. — Tri}^. denticulat^nn, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 12. — CZ. woZ/e, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 13. — CI. cornutum, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 14. — !rn^. firacih Bail. /3 ctculeatnm Nord., f. ausfralica ( x 360)

Fig.15.— „ „ ,, ,, end of another ( X 720)

Fig. 16.— C/. cancer, n.sp. ( x 720)

Plate iii. Fig. I, —Pen. gracUlimnm, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 2.—Spir. ohscura Ralfs ( x 360) Fig. 3. — Doc. expansum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 4. — Tetm. gracilis, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 5,— Tetm. immanis, n.sp. ( x 360)

Fig, 6. — Eti. longicolle Nord. /3 australicum, n.var. ( x 720; side x 265) Fig. 7. — Eu. triangulum, n.sp. ,, ,,

Fig. 8. — Eu. deminutum, n.sp. ,, ,,

Fig, 9, — Eu. sinuosum Lenor. f. gennanica Rac. ( x 720)

Fig.lO. ,, j> another form ,,

Y'xg.\\.—En cnneatnm Jenn. y ham^entrkomm, n.var. ( x 720)

Fig. 12. ,, y> ^ conicum, n.var. ,,

Fig. 1.3. —En. hullatum, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig.H.— ^?t. campannlatum, n.sp., f. immatura (No. 1) ( x 720)

Fig. 14 (right hand fig.)— Eu. camjxmulatimi, n.sp., f. immatura (No. 2)

( X 720). Fig. 16. — Eu. cam2^anulatum, n.sp. ( x 720)

Plate iv. Fig. 1. -Eu. suhincimm Reinsch ( x 720) Fig. 2. — Eu. undulatum, n.sp. ,.

Fig. 3. — Eu. compactuni Wolle ,,

Fig. 4.—Ar. ellij)ticus, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 5.— ,, older form ,,

Fig. 6. — Xa7i. Coogeanum, n.sp. ,, Fig. 7. — )> younger form ( X 720)

Fig. 8.— Xan. hifurcaHun Bovge ,,

Fig. 9.— ,, younger form ,,

Fig.lO. — Xan. pidcherrimum, n.sp. ( x 360) Fig. 11. Xan. hexagonum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 12. — Xan. decemdenticidatum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 13. — Xan. Botanicum, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 14^,— St. orbiculare Ehr. /3 denticulatum Nord., forma ( x 720; end x 265) Fig.15.— 6^^ pseudohiret2i7n, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig.l6.— 5«. imm, n.sp. „ (end x 265)

BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 201

Fig. 17. — St. cruciforme, n.sp. ( x 720).

Fig. 18. — St. ciuiicnloHum, n.si^. ,, (endx2G5)

Fig. 19. — "S^. Botamuse, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 20. — St. tridentidam, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 21. — St. aygeratum, n.sp. ,,

Plate V,

Fig. l.—St. forciimtum, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig. 2.— 5'^. Sonthalianum Turn. ( x 720)

Fig. 3. — St. excavatumVfe^i ,,

Fig. 4. — St. coralloideum, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 5. — St. volans West. /3 elegans, n.var. ( x 720)

Fig. 6.— St. Bosn, n.sp. ( x 360)

Fig. 7. — S'^. monilifernm, n.sp. (x72C)

Fig. 8. — St. campamdatum, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig. 9. — St. patem Turn. f. australira. n.f. (x720)

Fig.lO.— 5'/. Auhurneme, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig.ll. — St. sexangulare Bulnh., f. immatura ( x 360)

Fig. 12. — Cos. cydopeum, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig.13. — Cos. qitcbdrigemme, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig. 14. — Cos. jenisejense Boldt. /3 australe, n.var. ( x 720)

Fig. 15 — Cos. incrassatiwi, n.sp. ( x 720; end and side x 265) Fig. 16. — Cos. viceimtriatum, n.sp. ( x 720)

Fig. 17. — Con. Collector euse, n.si^. ,,

Fig. 18. — Cos. Jluviatile, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 19. — Cos. Murrayi, n.sp. ,,

Fig 20. — Eu. rotundum, n.sp. ,,

Fig. 21. — Co-». 2)seu(lopachydermum Nord. ( x 720)

Fig. 22.— ,, formae ,,

Fig.23. — Cos. latej-eprotractum, n.sp. ,,

Fig.24. — Cos. uenuHiLm Breb. ^ induratuni Nord. ( x 720)

Fig.25. — ,, ,, ,, i. incognita, n.i. {x 720)

Fig 26.— ,, ,, ,, t trilohata, n.L

Fig. 27. — Cos. orthopun.rjidatnm Schm. ( x 720)

Fig.28.— ,, zygospores (a) young, (b) mature ( x 360)

Fig. 29. —Cos. suhspeciosum (i validius Nord., t fontensi-s, n.f. ( x 720)

Fig. 30. — Stanrophanuvi cruciatum /3 elegans{V^ e?,i) i. Sydney ensis,\i.i. ( x 720)

Fig. 31. — St. assurgens Nord., immature forms ( x 720).

20:

LIST OF FUNGI

Exhibited by E. Cheel (See p. 159).

AGARICACE^.

Lepiota dolichaida Berk, k Br. — Centennial Park (on sandy soil; E. Cheel; November, 1901; No. 8). Previously only recorded from Queensland.

Laccaria laccata Berk. — Belmore (on the ground; E. Cheel; July, 1906; No.9).

Lentinus stihnudihs Fr. — Penshurst (on the ground; E. Cheel; Ma}', 1901; No. 12). Previously recorded from South Australia, Victoria, and Queensland.

Lentinus strigosus Fr. — Peakhurst (on dead wood; E. Cheel; September, 1902; No.U).

Pleurotus Cheelii Massee, Kew Bull. 1907, p. 122. — Eden, near Twofold Bay (on dead branches; E. Cheel; December, 1903; No.7).

Xerotes nigrita Led. — Peakhurst (on dead wood; E. Cheel; October, 1901; No.22). Not previously recorded for Australia.

Schizophyllum commune Fr. — Centennial Park (on trunks of various trees; E. Cheel; August, 1900; Nos. 13 and 42) : Leura Falls, Katoomba (A. A. Hamilton; December, 1902) : Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Baffills; October, 1905).

LYCOPERDACE.ff:.

Geaster jJ^icatns Berk. — Centennial Park (on sandy soil; E. Cheel; December, 1900).

Geaster vittatus Kalch. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on the ground; E. Cheel; December, 1902).

Geast>ir saccatus Fr. — Woy Woy (on the ground; Miss M. Flockton; April, 1907).

Lycoperdon australe Berk., forma major Massee. — Centennial Park (on sandy soil; E. Cheel; March, 1901; No.ll). Not pre- viously recorded.

BY E. CHE EL. 203

Lycoperdon lUaciiuim Berk. — Pensliur.st (on tlie ground: E. Cheel; August, 1906).

POLY FOR ACE ^.

Polyporus eucalyptorum Fr. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; October, 1904). Previously recorded from Gerogery (thf^se Proceedings, 1899, p.447).

Fomes annosiis Fi\ — Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Rartills; October, 1905; No. 38). Previously recorded only from Queensland.

Foiues australis Fr. —Centennial Park (on decaying stump; E. Clieel; September, 1901): Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Raffills; October, 1905; No.39).

Poiystictas sanguineus Mey. — Glenorie (on dead branches of Melaleuca; E. Cheel; June, 1903) : also Belmore : Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Raffills; October, 1905; No. 6).

Trameles lactlnea Berk. — Kahibah near Newcastle (on fence rails; E, Cheel; September, 1904; No. 2).

Hexagonia tenuis Fr. — Peakhurst (on trunk of tree; E. Cheel;

July, 1901; No.20). Not previously recorded for New South

Wale.s.

H YDNACE^.

Hydnuin alutaceum Fr. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on dead

branches; E. Cheel; July, 1906; No.2T). Previously only recorded

from Victoria.

THELEPHORACE^.

Tkelephora 2^&dicellata Schwein. — Carlton (on the ground; A. Green; December, 1902) : Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; April. 1903; No. 33). Not previously recorded for New South Wale^

Thelepkora Archeri Fr. — Centennial Park (en sandy swampy land; E. Clieel; December, 1900; No.30). Not previously recorded for New South Wales.

Stereuni lobatum Fr. — Galston (on trunks of trees; E. Cheel; June, 1903; : Bulli Pass (E. Cheel; iMarcli, 1907).

Cyphella austi'alieyisis Cke. — Centennial Park (on dead branches of jasmine; E. Cheel; July, 1901; No. 21). Previously only recorded for Victoria.

204 LIST OP FUNGI,

TREMELLACE^.

Hirneola polytrlcha Mont. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney; on decaying branches of various trees; E. Cheel; March, 1903) : AVoy Woy (Miss M. Flockton; April, 1907; No.l5).

Guepiriia spathularia Fr. — Penshurst (on decaying log; E. Cheel; October, 1904, No.34).

PH ALLOIDE ACE-E.

Aserije rubra Labill. — Penshurst (on the ground; E. Cheel ; April, 1907).

Lysurus australlensis Cooke k, Massee. — Penshurst (on the ground; E. Cheel; October, 1906). For the only other New South Wales record known to me, see Hawkesbury Agric. Coll Journal, ii., pp. 26, 119.

NIDULARIACE^.

Gyathus fimelarius DC. — Toongabbie (on cow dung ; J. G. Fletcher; August, 1904; No.5) : Penshurst (E. Cheel; March, 1905): Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; March, 1907). Pre- viously only recorded for Queensland.

UREDI NACEiE.

Puccinia malvacearum Mont. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and Centennial Park (on Hollyhock leaves; E. Cheel; No. 10).

Puccinia chrysanthemi Roze. — Penshurst ion Chrysanthemum leaves; E. Cheel; 1901; No.48).

Puccinia helianthi Schw. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on Sun- flower leaves; E. Cheel).

HYP0CREACE.5:. Cordyceps Robertsii Hook. — Auckland, N.Z. (on a caterpillar; W. Gardner; November, 1901).

Sphaerostilbe cinnabarina Ful. — Centennial Park and Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on dead branches of Pittosporam undalatuni, Ficus rubiginosa, and Aesculus rubicunda; E. Cheel; May, 1900; No.49).

XYLARIACE.a:. Poronia oedipus Mont. — Penshurst (on horse dung; E. Cheel; December, 1900; No. 18),

[Printed off June 18th, 1907.]

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

FIGS. 1, la. lb ERIPHIA NORFOLCENSIS, SP. N. FIGS. 2. 2a PACHYCHELES LIFUENSIS BORR

BY E. CHEKL. 205

PEZIZACE^. Huniaria cp'anulosa Seh. — Kahibah near Newcastle (on horse dung; E. Cbeel; September, 1904; No.3).

STICTACE^. Stictis anmdata Cke. — Centennial Park (on dead branches; K. Cheel; February, 1901; No.:37).

PHYSARACE^. Phi/sarum leuco phaeinn Fr. — Centennial Park, Penshurst, and Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on leaves, etc.; E. Cheel; May, 1900).

STEMONIT ACE^. StenwnifAs fp/rrnginea Ehrh. — Leura Falls, Katoomba(on rotten fence rail: A. A. Hamilton; December, 1902) : Botanic Gardens, Sydney (1^]. Cheel; April, 1907). Previously only recorded for Queensland and New Zealand.

For the determination of the species bearing numbers, I am indebted to Mr. G. Massee. of Kew, London.

16

206

A REVISION OF THE THYNNIB.E OF AUSTRALIA

\lIymeyio]')tera.'\

Part I.

By Rowland E. Turner, E.E.S.

The difficulty of procuring reliable information as to the sexes of the ThynnidcB^ as well as their comparatively restricted range, lias caused the group to be much neglected. As Australia is the headquarters of the family and many of the species are both con- spicuous and numerous as to individuals, it might have been expected that Australian entomologists would ha^e done much work on the group. They have probably been deterred b}' the difficulties encountered at the outset in the identification of the species, many of the old descriptions, especially Smith's, being insufficient without reference to the types, most of which are in the British Museum or in the Hope Collection at Oxford. These have been consulted for the purpose of the present work. Like most of the groups specially characteristic of Australia, it is most strongl}^ represented in the south, especiall}' in the south- western part of the continent, comparatively few species, and those mostly of small size, being found within the tropics. Beyond the limits of Australia they occur, though apparently sparingly, in New Guinea and the adjacent islands as far as Celebes; also in Fiji and New Zealand. Further ofi' the}' are well represented in the Southern States of South America, especially in Chili, a few species spreading as far as California, and other North American States. In Europe and Asia they are represented only by a few species of Meihoca and Isivara, neither of which is at all nearly related to our Australian forms; the latter indeed can only be assigned to the family with con- siderable hesitation. From Africa rather more species are known.

BY ROWLAND K. TURNEK. 207

at present mostly belonging to Methoca, but Tullgren* has recently described a new genus Aehtroldes from a female some- what resembling those of Aelurus; and it is probable that further collecting will reveal the existence of other forms. We can see from its range that the group is one of southern origin, affording an example of relationship between the Australian and South American fauna in a group of by no means world-wide range.

A wide field is open to entomologists in revealing the life- history of these insects, of which practically nothing is known as yet. Bakewell reared a specimen from a subterranean pupa of a moth; but one or two of the males of small Queensland species may be taken flying with species of Bemh^^x around their nests; and Mr. C. French has bred a large Victorian specimen allied to Thynny.s rihfiventris Guer., from a cocoon closely resem- bling th-^t formed in rotten wood by the large fossorial wasp, Salius aiistralasicH Sm. These facts point to the probability that many species will be found to be parasitical on other Aculeate Hymenoptera as are the MntillidcH.

The females of most of the species are probably very short- lived, their mouths being in such a rudimentary state that it is hardly likely that they make any use of them for feeding. Although the female is often carried by the male to l)lossoms, she does not seem to join him in feeding. The female seems to be seized by the male immediately on emergence in many cases.

The large number of species and the great diversity of form existing among them render a considerable difference in their life-histories probable; nor is it likely that in a group in which individuals are so numerous, the species should be at all narrowly limited in their selection of a host.

The extreme variation in the form of the hypopygium renders any observation on the uses to which that p^rt is put valuable. It does not seem to be necessarily connected with any modifica- tion of the copulatory armature, nor to be co-related to the

Arkiv Zool. i. 1904.

208 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

pygidium of the female. During coupling the female is carried by the male, apparently for the greater part of the day. When restin*^ or moving on a leaf or flower the female is extended behind the male, both with the under surface against the leaf. During flight the female hangs below the male in a doubled-up position; the mandibles being applied to the basal part of the hypopygium, which is held depressed at right angles to the abdomen of the male and the aculeus, or sometimes the carnia beneath the hypopygium, inserted between the maxill?e of the female. Thus it is possible that there may be a connection between the structure of the hypopygium of the male and the mouth-parts of the female. The male of Diaiama does not carry the female, the former being much the smaller; and in this group the hypopygium is unarmed and the female mouth-parts fully developed. In other genera in which the hypopygium is unarmed the female does not seem to be taken with the male as often as in other species, though some species of Eirone seem to form an exception.

The classification of the group is difficult; Guerin and West- wood founded a number of genera, using the mouth-parts more especially. Some of these genera will certainly stand, and all, being founded on careful dissections, are worthy of consideration and should not be sunk hastily. Saussure uses the hypopygium as a basis for his classification, but only forms one new genus; whereas Klug used the mouth-parts and avoided subdivision as much as possible. Smith, unlike previous authors, paid very little attention to classification, practically confining himself to the description of new species. Of late years Ash mead has attempted a more detailed classification of the group, taking the hypopygium of the male and the pygidium of the female as the basis. This basis is open to criticism, for, as has been pointed out above, these parts do not appear to be co-related, so that we cannot expect the two sexes to fall into parallel lines if this basis is used. There should be some connection between the form of the pygidium in the female and the claspers in the male, but the study of the latter organs will require much more material than

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 209

is at present available. Ashmead's classification therefore is not likely to be accepted as to the groundwork, though worthy of careful attention. As to detail, however, he is often inaccurate, giving the wrong number of joints in the maxillary palpi of the male Anthohosca and in the labial palpi of the male ElapJiroptera, although Guerin in his description of the genera is quite correct on these points. His identification of the species which he takes a>; the types of his genera is also very faulty, the true species often difiering much from the characters given by him for the genus of which he makes it the type. This is extreme careless- ness, and renders it impossible to use some of his new genera, even were the characteristics sufficiently good to stand, as we cannot tell what the t3'pe-species reall}?- is. The extreme multi- plication of genera which is a characteristic of most of Ashmead's work is probably much more inconvenience than assistance to other workers, but on this point opinions may differ. In the genera dealt with in the present paper Ashmead has made little alteration. I am unable to accept his subfamirly RhagiyasteriiKP,, vv^hich 1 regret, as in many points it would form a convenient and natural group. My reason for rejecting it is the difficulty of placing the genus Entele.s, the males of which have ahvay>s been classed with Rliagig aster] whilst the female, except in the six-jointed maxillary palpi, is nearer to Ashmead's ThynnincF.

Until really large collections, accurately paired, can be obtained from Western Australia, it seems inadvisable to found large numbers of new genera, though it is not desirable to sink old genera where it can be avoided. Dalla Torre in his great Catalogue has added a number of unnecessary synonyms by sinking all the genera, except Diamma, in Thynnus.

This paper, it is hoped, will be the first of a series of three or four completing a revision of the known Australian species, amounting, with new species available, to nearly four hundred. It seems hardly necessary to publish full descriptions of all Smith's species, his works being easily accessible; supplementary notes onl}'- are therefore given, and full descriptions onl}^ in cases in which the original description is worthless.

I'lO REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

Many species have been received from Mr. C. French, of Mel- bourne, also from Mr. G. A. Waterhouse and others. Every facility has been given by the authorities of the British Museum and the Oxford University Museum for the examination of their extensive collections and libraries. Most of the >.'ortli Queens- land species are from the collection of the late Gilbert Turner. My thanks are particularly due to Mr. W. W. Froggatt for the loan of his large collection from all parts of Australia, containing a large number of carefully sexed specimens taken in the field. It was originally proposed, when we placed our collections together, that this should be a joint monograph of the Thynnid<x, but pressure of private and official work compelled him to withdraw from active participation.

Key to the Gla-Hsification of the Genera treated of in this pajwr.

i. Male smaller than the female.

J". Mandibles tridentate. Maxillary palpi six-jointed; labial

palpi four-jointed.

Labrum transverse. First and second recurrent nervures

received by the second cubital cell close together. First

cubital cell not divided. Hypopygium unarmed.

$ . Mandibles quadridentate. Mouth-parts perfect and larger

than in the male. Subfamily i. D i a ai m i x /E.

Genus Diamma. ii. Male larger than the female.

(^ . Mandibles bidentate. First and second recurrent nervures received by the second and third cubital cells, the second very rarely interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure. Division of the first cubital cell marked either by a scar or by a more or less complete nervure.

2 . Mouth-parts smaller than in the males, the maxillary palpi more or less rudimentary, mandibles simple, rarely bidentate. Subfamily ii. T h y x n i x .v,.

A. ^ . Second recurrent nervure interstitial with the second trans-

verse cubital nervure. Hypopygium broadly and deeply emarginate, without a central spine. Genus 1. Oncorhinus.

B. J". Second recurrent nervure received near the base of the

third cubital cell. Hypopygium with a long recurved aculeus. Abdomen elongate. 2 . The maxillary palpi never less than four- jointed.

BY HOWLAXD K. TURNER. 211

a. ^ . Epipygiuni narrow at the apex.

$ . Head quadrilateral, flat. Second abdominal segment

without striaj. a'^. $ . Clypeus with a raised A-shaped carina. Front with a transverse carina. % . With a sulca on each side of the head from the eye to the occiput. Maxillary palpi six-jointed. Mandibles usually bidentate. Genus 2. Rhagigastei:

/)■-. ^ . The frontal carina absent or very faint.

5 . Without lateral sulcre on the head. Mandibles simple. Maxillary palpi four-jointed. Tarsal ungues simple. Genus 3. Rhytidogastek.

i). ^. Epipygium truncate or broadly rounded at the apex. $ . Head small, slightly convex, rounded posteriorly. Maxillary palpi six-jointed, mandibles falcate; second abdominal segment transversely striated. Pygidium vertically truncate, striated. Genus 4. Enteles.

C. ^. Hypopygium normal, unarmed.

$ . Head quadrilateral, flat, maxillary palpi four-jointed.

Abdomen cylindrical. a. (^. Three apical joints of maxillary palpi elongate. An- tennte rather long, a'-. (J. Third cubital cell not narrow along the radial

nervure. Genus 5. Aelurus.

h^. ^. Third cubital cell very narrow along the radial

nervure. Subgenus Lepteironc.

A. J . Three apical joints of maxillary palpi moderately

lengthened. Antenna short. Subgenus Eirone,

D. (^ . Abdomen short, subpetiolate. Hypopygium armed. Three

apical joints of the maxillary palpi elongate. $ . Without striae on the second abdominal segment, a. $ . Hypopygium tridentate. Labium and behind palpi smooth. $ . Head quadrilateral, flat, very broad. Maxillary palpi

six-jointed. Genus 6. Ariphkox.

h. $ . Hypopygium variable. Head concave beneath, the sides with a long curled beard. Labium and palpi with long hairs at the apex. 2 . Strongly rugose or punctured. Head slightly convex, rounded posteriorly; maxillary palpi rudimentary, Pygidium simple. Genus 7. Tachyxomyia.

212 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

Subfamily DIAMMIN^.

Males. — First and second recurrent nervures received by the second cubital cell almost together; the division of the first cubital cell unmarked.

Mandibles tridentate, maxillary palpi six-jointed, labial four- jointed. Labrum transverse, very short. Hypopygium unarmed, claspers short and small.

Females. — Much larger than the male, the mouth-parts fully developed and larger than in the male, mandibles stout, quadri- dentate; palpi as in the male, but larger. Second abdominal segment smooth, without carin?e; pygidium simple

Genus D I A M m a.

Diamma Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon, iii. p. 53, 1835(9).

TachijpterusGuei:, Voy. Coq. Zool. ii. 2, p.213,(1830)l839((J).

Psaminatha ^huckard, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii.l, p. 68, 1837((^).

Trachypterus D. Torre, Cat. Hyni. viii. 119, 1897 (nee. Guer., Voy. Coq ii. 2).

Diamma Ashm., Canad. Ent. xxxv., 1903.

Ash mead points out that Guerin's paper in the Voyage de la Coquille was not i)ublished until 1839, though the date on the title page is 1830. Westwood's name therefore has priority. Characters as in the subfamily. The antennaj of the male are stout and rather short. The ocelli are present in the female.

D. iiicOLOR Westw.

Diamma bicolor West., Proc.Zool.Soc.London,iii.p.53, 1835(9).

Psammatha chalybea Shuckard, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. 1, p.69, 1837((J). '

Tachypterus fasciaius Guer., Vo3^ Coq. ii. 2, p. 2 17 (1830) 1839 (^); Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. 1842((J).

Tachypterus ay stralis ^auss. , Keisr d.Nov. Zool.ii. 1, Hym.p.l09 n.l,T.2,f.27, 1867((J).

Tachy Icterus albojnctus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p.237((J).

HY ROWLAND E. TURNER. '213

The colour of the legs in the males is veiy variable; the varia- tions in this respect may prove to be local, but as I can detect no differences in females from different localities, I prefer to sink all into one species, I cannot agree with Saussure's remarks on the differences of shape in the thorax and abdomen of the males. I follow other authors in putting the sexes together, having had no personal acquaintance with the species. The large size and brilliant blue colour of the female cause it to be well known to all collectors.

Hah. — ISydne}^, N. 8.W.; Melbourne, Vic; Adelaide, S.A.; Tasmania

This is the only species of the subfamily in Australia, but one or two males have been described from Argentina which will probably prove to belong to it.

Subfamily THYNNINJE.

Genus Oncorhinus Shuckard.

O'ficorhimts Shuckard, in Grey's Journ. of two Expeditions to N.W. and W. Australia, ii. p.471, 1S41.

,^. Glypeus very large, tumid, broadly emarginate at the apex. Labrum much narrowed posteriorly, rounded at the apex. Mandibles bidentale. Maxillary palpi six-, labial four-jointed. Bead broader than prothorax; antennae long, about equal in length to the abdomen, stout and of about even thickness through- out. Prothorax rather short, median segment vety short and obliquely truncate from the base. Abdomen of moderate length, a little broader at the third and fourth segments than elsewhere, first segment narrowed to the base. P]pipygium broadly truncate at the apex, with a triangular, longitudinally striated prominence at the base. Hypopy^ium widely and de^eply emarginnte at the apex, leaving a spine on each side, but without a central apical spine. The second recurrent nervure is interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure.

Saussure, with doubt, followed by Ashmead, gives, the man- dibles as tridentate. This is incorrect. I am very doubtful as

214 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

to the correct position of this genus, which in some respects shows a relationship to typical Thynnus. But until the female is known it cannot be located with any certainty.

0. XANTHOSPiLUS Sliuckard.

Oncorhinus xaathospilus Shuckard, in Grey's Journ. of two Expeditions to N.W. and W. Australia, ii. p. 471, n.34, 1841(^).

rj. Black; the clypeus, mandibles, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior margin of the prothorax, the tegulse, the tibiae and tarsi, the femora at the apex and a spot on each side of each of the abdominal segments, except the epipygium, yellow. The whole insect closely and finely punctured. Wings hyaline, nervures black. A small yellow spot on tlie mesopleurse. Length 28mm.

Hah. — Albany, >S\van River, W.A.

A specimen marked " from Shuckard's collection, almost certainly the type," is in the British Museum.

The female is unknown, but it may possibly prove that Thynnus gravidus Westw. , will be found to belong to this species, both showing a want of close affinity to other species, and both being of rather unusual size. T. gravidus does not seem to be the female of 2^. klugii Westw., as Westwood suggests.

Genus H h a g i g a s t e r Guer.

Rhagigaster Guer., Voy.Coq.Zool.ii p.2l:3,(1830) 1839; Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, 1844; Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p.111,1867.

^. Clypeus with a A-shaped carina. A transverse carina between the eyes. Maxillary palpi six-jointed, the basal joint short, the others subequal,the labial palpi four-jointed, the labrum transverse, sliort, sharply narrowed but not truncate posteriorly. Epipygium usually narrow, hvpopygium ending in a long recurved aculeus, with or without a spine on each side near the base Mandibles bidentate.

^. Head lectangular, with a sulca en each side from the eye to the occiput. Maxillary palpi small but perfect, six-jointed,

HY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 215

labial palpi four-jointed. Mandibles bidentate or simple. Pygi- dium usually simple, but sometimes the epipygium is narrowly produced at the apex, with two parallel longitudinal carinfe on the disc. T^^pe, K. itiiicolor Guer.

Key to the Species of Rhagi(/af<ter, J" (^ . i. Head transverse, not large.

A. Hypopygium tridentate.

a. Apical aculeus produced very much beyond the lateral spines, which are very short. «•-. With a shining triangular space on the clypeus. Entirely black. a^. Angles of the prothorax not prominent.

a*. The shining space on the clypeus very sparsely

punctured. i?. unicolor Guer.

6*. The shining space on the clypeus more strongly

punctured. E. unicolor st. mandilndaris Westw.

h^. Angles of the prothorax prominent.

R. unicolor st. ephi2)X)iger Guer. h. Lateral spines of the hypopygium long, a-. Abdomen shallowly and sparsely punctured. Wings fusco-violaceous. ft^. Second recurrent nervure received by the third cubital cell close to the base, a*. Median segment truncate, sparsely punctured.

R. auriceps, u.sp. h^. Median segment subtruncate, strongly punctured.

R. fuscipenni'^, Sm. h^. Second recurrent nervure received at some distance from the base of the third cubital cell.

R. appjroximatiLs, n.sp. hr.. Abdomen closely and finely punctured. Wings subhyaline.

R. crassipunctatus, n.sp.

B. Hypopygium without lateral spines.

a. Scutellum truncate at the apex, ft'-. Wings fulvo-hyaline. Robust. R. fiilripennis, n.s]}.

h'-. Wings hyaline. Slender, R. e/ongafm, n.sp.

/>. Scutellum subacute at the apex. a^. Wings fusco-hyaline. R. gracilior, n.sp.

ii. Head large.

A. Prothorax produced at the anterior angles.

ft. Head not produced behind the eyes. Epipygium broadly

rounded. /,*. obtiisvs Sm.

216 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

h. Head produced behind the eyes, very large. Epipygium

narrowly rounded. R. rejlexus Sm.

B. Prothorax not produced at the lateral angles. Smooth and shining.

a. Hypopygium without lateral spines. R. ker'fyafus Sm.

b. Hypopygium strongly tridentate. /*. neptmms, n.sp.

$ 2 . i. Head nearly square, with a very narrow sulca on each side, reaching from the eye to the occiput.

A. Thorax and median segment without lateral depressions.

a. Median segment not concavely hollowed.

a-. Epipygium broad at the base, shortly and bluntly pro- duced to the apex, with a slight median sulca at the apex, a^. Black, head with two large ochreous macula? on the

front. R. unicolor Guer.

h-^. Black, head with two large ferruginous macula? on the front, mesothorax and median segment ferruginous.

R. unicolor st. mandibularU Westw. '•"^ Black, the metathorax and median segment ferruginous.

R. unicolor st. ephippiger Guer. b'^. Epipygium narrowly produced, with two subparallel longi- tudinal carina? on the disc. a^. First abdominal segment short, vertically truncate at the

base. Thorax black. R. fuscipennis Sm.

b^. First abdominal 'segment longer, narrowed to the base, where it is concavely truncate. Thorax red.

R. auric( ps, n.sp. C-. Epipygium gradually narrowed to the apex. a'-^. First abdominal segment produced above at the base

over the apex of the median segment. R. grncilior, n.sp.

b. Median segment concavely depressed from near the base.

a'~. The depression of the median segment very slightly concave.

a*. Prothorax fairly long. R. fulvipennis, n.sp.

b'^. The depression of the median segment strongly concave.

a^. Prothorax very short. R. approximatns, n.sp.

B. Thorax or median segment with a depression on each side.

a. Median segment with a very shallow depression on each side. a~. Epipygium narrowly produced, with two subparallel

carina? on the disc. R crasslpunctafu^, n.sp.

/>■-. Prothorax with a deep depression on each side near the

posterior margin. R. cmalis Westw.

ii. The sulca? on the head enlarged into broad, shallow depressions. A. Thorax without depressions.

a. Pygidium simple. R. ktrigatus Sm.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNEH. 217

Rhagigastek unicolor Guer.

A^ unicolor Guer., Voy. Coq. Zool. ii. 2, p.214, 1830(1839),^.

R. hinotatus Westsv., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, 1844,(9).

R, binotatitsSa,uHS., Reised.Nov.Zool.ii. 1 , Hym. p. 111,1807, ((J9)-

This is the Sydney form of this widely ranging species. The male has the prothorax narrowed in front, the anterior lateral angles not at all pi ominent. Tlie carina at tlie base of the clypeus is well developed and branches near the base, the branches not quite reaching the anterior margin. Tlie clypeus between the branches is shining, sj)arsely punctured. The wings are more strongly suffused with violet than in the southern forms.

The female has the head longer than wide, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, and the median segment is rather long and not very strongly broadened from the base to tlie apex. The whole insect is black, except two large luteous spots on r,he front, which are often confluent. Sometimes the legs are fuscous.

Hah. — Sydney.

R. UNICOLOR Guer. st. mandibularis Westw.

RJiayigasler mandibularis Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p.105, 1844 ((J9); Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p.lll((J).

The male differs very slightly from the typical^. unicGlor, but has the anterior mat gin of the prothorax more raised and the lateral angles slightly prominent. The shining space on the clypeus, between the carin?e, is more strongly punctured.

The female has the head as broad as long, the posterior margin almost straight, the median segment strongly broadened from the base to the apex, and the spots on the front ai'e ferruginous-red, as are also the mesothorax, median segment, and coxse.

Hah. — Liverpool, Shoalhaven, Mittagong, N. S.W.; Gippsland, Vic.

Saussure gives Sydney as a locality, but I think he is probably mistaken, thousrh the form occurs a little to the w^est.

218 KEVISION OF THE THYNNID.« OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

R. UNICOLOR Guer. st. ephippiger Guer.

Diamma epJiippiger Guer., Voy. Coq. Zool. ii 2, p. 235, Ib'SO OS39)9.

Rhagigaster aethiops Sm., Descr. ii.sp.H\'ni.i).175,ii.l, 1879((J).

Thynnus ilberhorstii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 117, 1897((J).

The mrtle has the anterior lateral angles o£ the j.rothorax strongly developed, the carin^e on the elypeiis mucli less pro- minent than in the typical unicohr, and tlie mesothorax and scutellum more strongl}' punctured. The wings are hyaline or very slightly tinged with violet.

The female has the head as bi oad as long, as in mandihularis, but it is narrower on the posterior margin. The mesothorax is slightly broader than in maiidibnfaris and the median segment shorter and rather wider at the base. The spots on ti)e head are almost or quite absent, and the mesothorax, median segment and the whole of the legs are ferruijinous-red.

Hab. — Melbourne, Yic. ; Kangaroo Island, Adelaide, S.A. ; Albany, VV.A.

I do not consider these forms sufficiently distinct to watrant full specitic i-ank, and so have retained them only as geopraphical races.

R. FUSCIPENNIS Sm

Rhagigaster fuscipenuis Sm,, Descr. n.sp. Hym. p.l7o, n.2, 1S79((J).

(J. Clypeus tinely punctured, with a median carina branching before the centre, the branches reaching the anterior margin. A carina rounded at the apex between the antennae, and another, transverse and undulating between the eyes, below the anterior ocellus. Head nan-owed posteriorly, strongly punctured. Thorax and scutellum coarsely punctured, the prothorax narrowed anteriorl}^ the anterior margin slightly raised; the scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment strongly punc- tured at the base, depressed and more finely punctured at the apex. Abdomen sparsely punctured above; segments 2-5 with an impressed transverse line near the base and a slightly raised

BY ROWLAND E. TUKNEK. 219

SQiooth space on the sides just before the apical margin, the base of the segments very finely punctured. Abdomen ))eneath strongly punctured. Epipygium rugulose, smooth and with a median carina and recurved margins at the extreme apex, which is narrowl}'- rounded. Hypopygium tridentate, carinate beneath. Entirely black, wings fusco-violaceous.

5. Head nearly rectangular, longer than broad, rounded at the posterior angles, with scattered shallow punctures, and a short median frontal sulca; a narrow space above the base of the antennae longitudinally rugulose, a strong lateral sulca almost touching the inner margin of the eye and extending thence almost to the posterior margin of the head. A few scattered ferruginous hairs, especially near the posterior angles. Thorax with a few shallow punctures, prothorax slightly narrowed anteriorly; median segment obliquely truncate, as broad at the apex as long. First abdominal segment vertically truncate anteriorl}-, short, sparsely punctu>ed, second segment slightly constricted near the base, tlie punctures on segments 3-5 closer and more elongate; p^'gidium rugulose at the base, sharply narrowed posteriorly into a very narrow process slightly widened at the apex, the surface of the process smooth with recurved margins or marginal cariree A row of golden hairs projecting from the sides of the narrow process. Shining black, antennae with basal joints ferruginous, the apical joints piceous, a luteous mark on the front on each .side extending from the inner margin of the eye to above the base of the antennas, legs dull ferruginous, apical margins of abdominal segments 3-5, and the apex of the pygidinni testaceous Length 9 mm.

Hah — ^^Mackay, Q.((J9 i" cop.).

R. APPKOXIMATUS, U.sp.

^. Clypeus with a median carina from the l)ase, branching at the centre, the branches reaching the anterior margin. A V-shaped carina between the antennae, and another broadly arched between the eyes. Head, thorax, and scutellum punctured, prothorax narrowed anteriorly, with the anterior margin slightly raised;

220 RKVISION OF THE THVXNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

the scutellum triangular, very narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment strongly punctured at the base, truncate and verv tinely punctured- rngulose at the apex. Abdomen rather sparsely punctured, with an impressed transverse line near the base, and a curved elevation strongly emarginate in the costa close to apical margin of segments 2-5. Epipygium rugose, smooth and with a median carina and recurved margins at the extreme apex, which is narrowly rounded. Hypopygium tri- dent ate, carinate beneath, wincjs fusco-violaceous. The second recurrent nervure is received by the third cubital cell at about one-third of the distance from the base to the apex, not quite close to the base as in other species of the genus. Length 13mm.

Q. Head subquadrate, slightly rounded at the posterior angle>^, very sparsely punctured, a short median sulca between the antenna?, the space above the base of the antenna? densely punctured, and thinly clothed with fulvous pubescence. An almost straight sulca on each side from the inner margin of the eve to the occiput; and a shallow depressed mark on each side of the vertex, very nai-rowly separated. Thorax and abdomen sparsely punctured ; the thorax short, the medinn segment obliquely truncated from the base, the surface ot the truncation very strongly concave. First abdominal segment vertically trun- cate anteriorly; epipygium elongate, produced near the base at the sides into strong angles, thence narrowed and produced, the disc narrow, raised at the margins into very slight subparallel carin^e; a tuft of golden hairs on each side at the apex. Black; the legs and antenme fuscous. Length 9 mm

Hab. — Cairns, Q.((J9 in cop.).

The male is very near R. jusci'penyvs^ and I should have hesitated to describe it had it been taken without the female, which is quite different, especially in the median segment.

11. AURICEPS, n.sp.

^. Clypeus with a carina from the base to the middle, thence bi anching, the branches reaching the anterior margin, the enclosed triangular space narrow and rugose, the sides of the clj^peus very

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 221

finely jAinctured. Head 6ne]y rugulose on the front, shallowly punctured on the occiput, a transverse slightly arched carina between the eyes, and a carina broadly rounded at the apex between the antennae. Thorax strongly punctured, most sparsely on the disc of the mesonotum. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment truncate posteriorly, rather sparsel}^ punctured on the basal portion, with a small, smooth, shining mark at the extreme base, densely and tinel}'' punctured at the apex, Abdomen sparsel}'- and shallowl}'- punctured, a transverse row of very fine punctures, emarginate in the middle, near the apex of each segment. Epipygium rugose, the extreme apex smooth with a median carina, not reaching tlie apical margin. Hypopygium strongly tridentate, carinate beneath. Entirely shining black, the pubescence on the sides of the clypeus grey, on the centre of the ci3'peus and head golden. Wings dark violet-blue, fusco-hyaline at the apex, the nervures black. Length 1-1 mm.

9. Head subquadrate, slightly longer than broad, rounded at the posterior angles, but not so much produced posteriorly as in R. fuscipennis', head i)unctiired, densely just above the base of the antennae, sparsely elsewhere. A short median sulca on the front between the antennae. The lateral suktie on the head reaching from the eye to the occiput converge more closely on the occiput than in R. fascipennis. Thorax and median segment shining, sparsely punctured. Abdomen shining, finely punctured, the first segment concavely truncate anteriorly, and with a minute tubercle at the base beneath. Epi[)ygium with a narrow shining median elevation, the margins of which form raised carinas, the sides of which near the apex are clothed with a few long pale fulvous hairs. Shining black, the mandibles fusco- ferruginous; thorax, median segment and legs bright ferruginous- red, the apex of the pygidium testaceous. Length 9 mm.

Hah. — Cairns, Q.(cJ2 in cop.).

Very near R. fascipennis, from which it differs most markedly in the shape of the median segment in the male and of the first abdominal segment in the female. 17

222 RKVISION OF THE TH^NNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

R. CRASSIPUNCTATUS, 11. sp.

(J, Clypeus with a median carina from the base to beyond the centre, finely punctured and covered with cinereous pubescence. A broadly rounded carina between the base of the antennae and a transverse one, less distinct than in R. fuscipennis, between the eyes. Head densely punctured, more shall owl}^ and sparsely on the occiput than on the front. Thorax and median segment densely punctured; the anterior margin of the pro thorax \ery slightly raised, the median segment narrowly truncate at the extreme apex. Abdomen finely and densely punctured, the punctures at the base of the segments very minute. An im- pressed transverse line near the base, and a raised smooth mark on each side near the apical margin of segments 2-5. Epipygium rugose. Hypopygium tridentate. Abdomen beneath more sparsely punctured than above. Entirely black, the pubescence cinereous. Wings hyaline faintly tinted w4th fuscous, nervures fuscous. Length 14 mm.

9. Head large, rectangular, somewhat broader than long, hardly rounded at all at the posterior angles, a short median frontal sulca, the space between the sulca and the eyes longi- tudinally rugulose. The long sulcje from the inner margin of the eye to the occiput approach each other as in R. auriceps. The vertex is smooth and the clypeus is narrowly emarginate at the apex. Thorax smooth, the truncation of the median segment finely and densely punctured. Median segment broadened from the base to the apex, with shallow depressions on tiie sides, leaving a slightly raised central subtriangular space. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the punctures elongate: the first segment short and broad, vertically truncate anteriorly, with a minute tubercle at the base beneath and an oblique triangular trunca- tion at the apex. The epipygium is narrowed before the apex, and has a narrow, smooth, median elevation, the margins of which are raised, forming longitudinal, slightly diverging carinse. Length 1 1 mm.

Ilab. — Mackay, Q.((J9 ^^ cop.).

BY ROAVLAND E. TURNER. 223

Allied to R. fuscijjennis Sm., from which it maybe distin- guished by the densely punctured abdomen of the male, and the shape of the head and sculpture of the median segment in the

female.

R. GRACILIOR, n.sp.

^. Clypeus longitudinally carinate at the base, the carina branching in the centre, the branches enclosing a triangular space reaching to the apical margin, which is emarginate at the apex, A broadly V-shaped carina between the antennae, and a transverse frontal carina reaching to the eyes. Clypeus punctured, covered with grey pubescence, fulvous between the carinse. The space between the frontal carinas rugulose; occiput shining, with large shallow punctures. Thorax shining, sparsely covered with shallow punctures. Scutellum subacute at the apex. Median segment rounded, densely and finely punctured at the base, delicately reticulate towards the apex, with white pubescence on the sides. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the punctures large and shallow, the base of the segments Yevy delicately punctured, beneath more densely punctured; segments 2-6 above with a depressed transverse line near the base, and a raised space at the sides near the apical margin. Epipygium rugose, rather broadly rounded at the apex. Hj'-popygium without lateral spines, aculeus with a blunt tooth on the upper surface. Black, the mandibles at the apex, and the legs, excepting the cox£e, obscure fuscous. Wings fusco-hyaline, in some specimens almost hyaline. Length 14 mm.

5. Head longer than wide, rounded at the posterior angles. Clypeus rugulose; front above the antenna? with fine golden pubescence, densely punctured and with a m^^dian sulca. A narrow lateral sulca reaching from the inner margin of the eye to the occiput in an almost straight line, the sulcai not convergent. Thorax sparsely punctured, median segment only slightly broadened posteriorly. Abdomen sparse!}^ punctured, the first segment longer above than beneath, narrowed from the apex to the base, produced at the base above, overlapping the oblique truncation of the median segment, which is clothed with golden

224 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.?: OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

pubescence. Epipygium without carinse, with a small tuft of golden hairs on each side near the apex. Length 1 1 mm.

Shining black, the mandibles, except at the apex, the antennae and legs, ferruginous.

Ilab. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.).

R. FULVIPENNIS, n.sp.

^. Clypeus tumid at the base, with a longitudinal carina from the base to the centre, densely clothed with vvhite pubescence, the pubescence on the middle of the anterior margin fulvous; front coarsely, occiput finely rugulose. A transverse carina between, but not touching the eyes, and another rounded at the apex between the antennae. Thorax densely punctured, scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex; median segment subtruncate, punctured at the base, finely rugulose at the apex. Pubescence on head and thorax fulvous above, grey beneath. Abdominal segments coarsely punctured, more finely at the base of tlie segments. The segments beneath thinly fringed with long gre}^ pubescence at the apex. H3^popygium without lateral spines. Black, the mandibles at the apex, scape of the antennae and legs, except the coxae, ferruginous. Tegulae testaceous. Wings flavo- hyaline, nei vnres ferruginous. Length 16 mm.

9- Head subrectangular, as broad in front as long, slightly produced posteriorly, smooth and shining, with scattered shallow punctures and a short median frontal suture, a narrow space above the base of the antennae longitudinally rugose, a strong- lateral sulca on each side from near the inner margin of the eye to the occiput, the sulcae moderately straight as in R. fascifetinix. Prothorax gradually narrowed to the anterior margin, which is strongly depressed, finely punctured on the depressed portion, then a narrow rugulose space, then smooth with a few scattered punctures to the posterior margin. Median segment short, oblique truncate posteriorly, the truncation covered with very fine punctures. Abdomen shining, with scattered punctures, first segment short and truncate at the base. Pygidium simple, pointed at the apex. Black; mandibles, clypeus, antennae, a

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 225

spot at the anterior angles of the head on each side and the whole of the legs ferruginous. Length S mm. Hab. — Cape York, Q.((J9 in cop.).

R. ELONGATUS, n.Sp.

(J. Entirely shining black, with thin, short grey pubescence; femora, tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous. Very slender. Clypeus with a longitudinal carina from the base to the centre, where it branches widely, densely clothed with pubescence. Front punc- tured-rugulose, a very faint transverse carina below the anterior ocellus and another rather more distinct and arched a little below it. The interantennal carina very indistinct and broadl)^ rounded at the apex; the occiput sparsely and shallowly punctured. Pro- thorax punctured, the anterior margin slightly raised; mesothorax and scutellum sparsely punctured, the scutellum rather broadly subtruncate at the apex. Median segment and abdomen sparsely punctured, the median segment rounded and narrowed at the apex. Abdominal segments* slightly constricted at the base. Epipygium rugose, depressed, subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Aculeus projecting shortly beyond the epipygium. Wings hyaline, the fore wings washed with fuscous, hind wings iridescent. Length 11 mm.

9. Unknown.

Hab. — Queensland.

Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders.

R. ANALis Westw.

Rhagigaster analis Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, n.8, 1844(9).

R. nitidus Sm., Cat. Hjm. B.M. vii. p.63, n.l6, 1859(9).

Thynnus demattioi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 104, 1897(9).

Thynnus exneri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 106, 1897(9).

9. Head much longer than broad; front between antennae strongly emarginate, with a short median sulca; above the base of the antenna3 finely and densely punctured; the remainder of the head sparsely punctured. Tlie lateral sulca from the eye does not reach the occiput, and is straight and shorter than in other species of the genus. Thorax sparsely punctured, the prothorax

•226 REVISION OF THE THVNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

with a deep depression on each side close to the posterior margin; median segment only slightly widened from the base to the apex. Abdomen subcylindrical, shining, finely punctured, the first segment vertically truncate at the base, without a tubercle at the base beneath. Pygidium elongate, arcuate, simple, without carinas and rounded at the apex. Shining black; the mandibles, antennae, clypeus, a spot on each side between the eye and the base of the antennae, and the legs, ferruginous; the pygidium bright ferruginous-red. Length 11 ram.

Smith mentions a shallow depression on each side of the median segment, which is scarcely visible though the segment is slightly higher in the middle.

Bab. — Western Australia.

R. REFLEXUS Sm.

Rliagiyaster reflexus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 62, n.l2, 1851'.

(J. Head very large, clypeus with a short A-shaped carina. Lateral angles of the prothorax prominent. Epip3'o;ium strongly rugulose, narrowh^ rounded at the apex. The second recurrent nervure is interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure. Antennae short and stout.

9- Unknown.

Hab. — Swan River, \Y.A.

R. OBTUSUS Sm.

Rhagigaster obtusus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.62, n.ll.

(J. Clypeus with a short A-shaped carina at the base, a trans- verse carina in front of the anterior ocellus, the piominenee between the antennae rounded at the apex. Epipygiura broarlly rounded at the apex.

9. Uuknown.

Hab. — A^delaide, S.A.

R. LiEVIGATUS Sm. A'Aaf/i^ai'i!e/'^reiu"^a<:?t6'Sm.,Descr.n.sp.Hym.p.l76,n.4, 1879((J9). (j". The cl3-peus is carinated, the carina branching just below the base into two, enclosing a triangular space, transversely

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 227

rugulose. There is a deep depression at the base of the antennae, and a median sulca on the prominence between the antennae. The head is punctured, not narrowed posteriorly. The thorax is smooth with a very few fine and scattered punctures; the prothorax as wide as the head; the scutellum very prominent, its sides and the postscutellum finely ])unctured and pubescent. Median segment smooth, vertically truncate posteriorly. Abdomen shining, with large shallow punctures, very sparse on the basal segments. First segment truncate at the base, subtubercular above the truncation. Second segment with a tubercle at the base beneath. Epipygium coarsely punctured, carinated in the middle on the apical portion, depressed and slightly produced at the apical margin, with sparse fulvous pubescence. Shining black; tarsi fuscous, spines and ungues ferruginous. Wings fuscous, lighter at apex, brilliantly glossed with purple. Length 25 mm.

^. Instead of the sulca? from the eye to the occiput usual in the genus there is a broad longitudinal depression. The clypeus has a median carina.

Bab.— ls.W. Australia (Smith); Townsville, Q. (Dodd).

I his seems to be a rare species.

R. NEPTUNUS, n.sp.

^. Head shining, sparsely punctured, more densely above the base of the antennae; a median frontal sulca from just below the anterior ocellus to the base of the clypeus; clypeus narrow, sub- triangular, broadly emarginate anteriorl}^ Antennee very short. Thorax highly polished with a few scattered punctures, the pro- thorax as broad as the head, emarginate in the middle anteriorly; the impressed longitudinal lines on the sides of the mesothorax shallow as in R. Jcevigatus Sm.; the scutellum raised, subtri- angular, without punctures; median segment short, vertically truncate, with a few scattered punctures. First abdominal seg- ment obliquely truncate anteriorly. All the segments sparsely punctured, except the epipygium, which is deeply and coarsely punctured. Segments 2-6 with a depressed transverse line neai-

228 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

the base, the basal area without punctures. Hypopygiuiu broad at the base witli a central recurved aculeus and two long lateral spines. A deep notch beneath between the first and second segments, the tubercle at the base of the first segment very slightly developed, and no tubercle on the basal margin of the second segment : the segments beneath more strongly punctured than above, the two apical segments more finely and densely than the others. Entirely shining black, the wings fuscous flushed with violet, the uervures black. Length 16 mm.

Hah. — Port Essington.

Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Shuckard.

Near R. kevigatus Sm., but differs by the tridentate hypopy- oinm, the absence of a tubercle at the base of the second abdominal segment beneath, the narrower clypeus and more triangular scutellum.

From beyond Australia one true Rhagigaster has been described.

Rhagigastkr novar.e Sauss. Rhagigaster novaroi Sauss.. Raised. No^ . Zool. ii. l,Hym.p. 112, 1867.

Thynnus heiJeri D.T., Cat. Hym, viii. 108, 1897.

Hah. — New Zealand.

Apparently allied to R. unicolor Guer.

Other species which have been assigned to Rhagigaster^ but which I do not place either in Rhagigaster or in the allied genera Rhytidogaster or Enteles are : —

R. iUustris Kirby (Horn Exped. Pt.l, 1898) g.

i?./avi//-oHsSm.(Trans.Ent.Soc.London(3),ii.5,p.390,1865)9.

R. clypQatus Sm. (Descr.n.sp. Hym. 177, 1S79) [$'] identical with Thynnus coelehs Sauss. ($), and with Thynnus clypearis Sauss.((JO).

Bethylus apterus Fab. (Syst. Piez. p.238,2) is placed- by West- wood in this genus; but I do not think " abdomen pilosum " could be applied to any Rhagigaster.

BY ROWLAND E. TUKNEK. 229

Genus R H y t i d o g a s t e r, n.g.

^. Very near Rhagigastey\ from which it may be distinguished by the absence of the well defined frontal carina between the eyes and by the absence of the long A-shaped carina on the clj^peus. Hypopygiura without lateral spines.

9. Head without lateral sulcse, mandibles never bidentate, maxillary palpi imperfect, four-jointed. Pygidium simple. Tarsal ungues simple, not bifid. Abdomen usualh^ cylindrical. Corresponds to Saussure's Rhagigaster Sections B and C. The difference between the females and those of the true Eliagigaster seems sufticient to justify their separation, though the malt^s are very near.

Type Rhagigaster aculeatus Sauss.

Key to the Species of Rhytidou aster. cJ J', i. Median segment rounded. A. Prothorax produced at the anterior angles.

ft. Wholly black, Clypeus without a prominent tubercle, a^, Epipygium rounded at apex, a^. Apical margins of epipygium reflexed. R. alexins, n.sp.

b'^. Apical margins of epipygium not retlexed. R. trisfis Sm.

//-. Epipygium truncate at the apex. a^. Epipygium very narrowly truncate, with a spine on

each side near the base. i?. denticulatus, n.sp.

6^. Epipygium more broadly truncate, without lateral

spines. i?. bidens Sauss.

h. Clypeus with an acute prominent tubercle near base. a'^. Wholly black. R. cornntns, n.sp.

c. 'I'wo apical abdominal segments red.

a-. Clypeus with a smooth subtriangular space at the apex

enclosed by a carina. R. iracuudus, n.sp.

//•^. Clypeus with a triangular oblique truncation at the apex.

a=^. Tibige and tarsi ferruginous-red. R. com2jaratus Sm.

b^. Legs entirely black. R. tumidus, n.sp.

d. Mesopleurps red. R. pugionatm Sauss. f'.. Abdomen ferruginous, sometimes marked with black on the

disc of the segments. R. aculeatus Sauss.

ii. Median segment obliquely truncate.

A. Prothorax produced at the anterior angles. a. Prothorax strongly emarginate anteriorly, a'-. Wholly black. R. consangaineus, n.sp.

230 REVISION OF THE THYNXID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

b. Prothorax not emarginate. a'~. Two apical segments red. • i?. ijinguiculus, n.sp.

B. Prothorax not produced at the anterior angles. a. Prothorax truncate anteriorly. a"2. Black, prothorax and mesopleurse red. R. pvothoraciciis, n.&p,

6'2. Black, abdomen except basal segment ferruginous.

R. hrermsciihis, n.sp.

$ $ . i. With a depression on each side of the prothorax near the posterior margin.

A. Median segment without a carina.

a. Median segment trapezoidal, much broadened to the apex. a^. Black; the mesothorax, median segment, legs and pygi-

dium ferruginous. R. piigionafus Sauss.

b'^. Wholly castaneous. R. acuhaius Sauss.

b. Median segment subcylindrical, very little broadened to the

apex. a2. Black, the legs and margins of the abdominal segments

testaceous-brown. R. tiimidus, n.sp.

B. Median segment carinated.

a. The carina very slightly developed.

a"2. The depression on the prothorax slight and only on the

posterior margin. R. dmticniatus, n.sp.

b'^. The depressions large, almost reaching anterior margin.

R. prothoracicus, n.sp.

b. Carina very prominent.

a'~. Prothorax rounded anteriorly. R. brevinsculus, n.sp.

b". Prothorax with the anterior angles prominent and toothed

R. alexins, n.sp. ii. Without depressions on the prothorax.

A. Head narrow, much longer than wide.

a. Wholly castaneous. R. bkhn-s Sauss.

B. Head subquadrate, slightly longer than wide. ft. Shining, abdomen finely punctured.

a2. Light ferruginous ; head, mesothorax and disc of ab- dominal segments black. R. consangiiinens, n.sp.

b. Opaque, abdomen longitudinally rugulose.

a^. Antennae, legs and two apical abdominal segments ferru- ginous. R. comparafus Sm.

c. The truncation of the median segment concave.

ft2. Wholly castaneous, R. ca-^tanetis Sm.

R. ALEXIUS, n.sp. ^. Clypeus densely clothed with white pubescence; head punc- tured, a carina between the antenna? broadly rounded at the

BY ROAVLAXD E. TURNER. 231

apex. The anterior margin of thepronotum raised with a groove behind the elevation, broadly emarginate. The thorax punctured, the mesothorax and scutellum most coarsely. Median segment punctured, rounded to the apex. Abdominal segments shallowi y punctured; a transverse impressed line, with a row of fine punc- tures on the basal side of it, near the base, and a raised mark on each side near the apical margin of segments 2-6. Epipygium deeply punctured, the apical margins strongly recurved. Entirely black, with white pubescence. Wings hyaline, primaries faintl}' fusco-hyaline on the apical third, secondaries iridescent. Length (S-IO mm.

9. Head quadrate, as broad as long, slightl}^ rounded at the posterior angles, densely and finely punctured, with thin cinereous pubescence, a deep semicircular depression on the middle of the posterior margin. Prothorax short, broader than long, with the anterior lateral angle on each side produced into an acute spine, and a depression on each side of the posterior ma? gin, extending on to the mesothorax. The mesothorax raised in the middle into a rounded subtubercular elevation. Median segment rather short, broadened to the apex, where it is almost vei tically trun- cate, with a broad median carina, and the margins of the segment raised, leaving a deep depression on each side of the median carina. The thorax and median segment shining, sparsely and finely punctured. Abdomen subcylindrical, finely and densely punctured, the punctures on the apical half of each segment elongate. The second and third segments are more densely punctured than the others and are thinly clothed with fine pubes- cence on the apical half, giving an appearance of longitudinal stride. Enipygium elongate, strongly detlexed to the apex, with a very slender acute spine at the side near the base, the lateral margins on the apical half of the segment raised into carinas, the space between them longitudinally striated to the apex, which is narrowly rounded. Black; antennie, mandibles, legs and abdomen chestnut-brown. Length G-8 mm.

Hah. — Cape York, Q.((J9 in cop.).

•232 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

R. TRISTIS Sill.

Rhagigdster tristis Sm., Cat.Hym. B.M. vii. p.63,ii.l3, 1859(^). • Thynnus hammerlei D.T., Cat. Hyiii. viii. 108, 1897(^).

The clypeushas a very short carina from the base, then branch- ing, the space between the ])ranches smooth and shining. A very faint V-sliaped carina between the antennae. Head, thorax and median segment punctured-rugose, most coarsely on the mesothorax and scutellum; the nrothorax with the anterior angles slightly prominent; the scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex. Abdomen slender, rugulose, segments 2-5 with a depressed trans- verse line at the ])ase and a smooth, polished, raised mark on each side near the apical margin. Epipygium coarsely punctured at the base, smooth and rounded at the extreme apex. Black; wings h3^aline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 11 mm.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Western Australia.

R. DENTICULATUS, n.sp.

^. Cl3'peus densely clothed with grey pubescence, with a median carina from the base to the apex. Head rugulose. finely punctured on the occiput. Prothorax rugose, moderately pro- duced at the anterior angles; mesothorax and scutellum coarsely rugose. Median segment very densely punctured, obliquely depressed to the apex. Abdominal segments punctured, with a depressed transverse line near the base and a raised mark on each side near the apical margin of segments 2-5. Epipygium rugose, with a spine on each side near the l)ase, the apex narrowly truncate. Entirely black, legs fuscous. Wings fusco-hy aline, slightly iridescent. Length 11 mm.

9. Head much longer than broad, rectangular, shining, sparsely punctured. Prothorax very faintly punctured, with a depression on each side, broad and deep on the posterior margin, reaching nearly half-way to the anterior margin, but becoming narrower and less deep. Median segment more strongly punctured, with a faint median longitudinal carina, oblic^uely truncate at the apex,

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 233

bro^^denecl from the base. Abdominal segments densely covered with elongate punctures. Pygidiura narrow and strongly deflexed at the apex. Abdomen cylindrical. Length 7 mm. Hab. — Macka}^, Q.((J9 i*^ cop.).

R. BiDENS Sauss.

Rhagigaster bidens Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p. 11 2, n.3, 1867(^),

Thynnus seraijeri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 113, 1897.

Saussure's description of the male is sufiicieht. It is a much smaller species tliMi jRhagigasier unicoloi' Guev., and of an opaque black with subfuscous wings; the sculpture is also very different.

2. Head rectangular, much longer than broad, deeply but rather sparsely scul|)tured, not very much broader than the pi-o- thorax. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly, as bro^d on the anterior margin as long; mesothorax small, much narrowed posteriorl3\ Median segment as long as the prothorax, broadened posteriorly and obliquely truncate ; thorax and median segment rather shallowly punctured. Abdomen cylindrical, thickly covered with elongate punctures, which are deeper and larger on the three basal than on the apical segments. Pygidium narrowly truncate at the apex. Entirely castaneous. Length 10 mm.

Hab— Sydney (Coll. Froggatt).

R. CORNUTUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus slightly emarginate at the apex, with a longitudinal carina from the base, which terminates in the middle of the clypeus in a very prominent acute tubercle. A V-shaped carina between the antennae, but no transverse frontal carina. Front strongly, occiput more finely punctured. Thorax strongly and densely, median segment rather more finely punctured and rounded posteriori}-. First abdominal segment with a median sulca from the base not reaching the apex; segments 2-5 with a strongly depressed line near the base, and the sides raised near the apical margin forming an emarginate carina almost obsolete

*234 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

ill the centre. The segments finely punctured at the base, more strongly and sparsely near the apex, the two apical segments coarsely punctured. Entirely black; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous, a slight fuscous cloud in the radial cell. Length 1 1 mm.

Hah. —Australia. T3^pe in British Museum.

Easily distinguished by the prominent tubercle on the clypeus.

R. CASTANEUS Sm.

Rhagigaster castaneus Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 63, n.l5, 1859(9).

Head quadrate, the front longitudinally rugulose, pubescent; the occiput finely and sparsely punctured, without a sulca between the antennse. Thorax short, the prothorax rather broader than long, punctured sparsely. Median segment short, broadened posteriorly, obliquely truncate, the surface of the truncation concave. Abdomen subcylindrical, finely punctured, the epipygium longitudinally rugulose, rounded at the apex. Entirely castaneous-brown. Length 8 mm.

Hah. — Australia.

R. PUGioNATUS Sauss.

Rhagigaster pugionatas Sauss., Reise d. Xov. Zoo!, ii. 1, Hym. p.ll3,1867(,J).

Thynnus scalca D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. U5, 1897((J).

Saussure's description of the male is good. A Tasmanian specimen in my collection is 13 mm. in length.

9. Head rectangular, a little longer than wide, densely and coarsely punctured, the punctures often confluent, the posterior angles of the head rounded. Prothorax much narrower than the head, narrowed and rounded anteriorly, sparsely punctured, with shallow depressions on the sides near the posterior margin. Mesothorax much broader anteriorl}'^ than posteriorly, sparsel}' punctured with a median, longitudinal, impressed line Median segment obliqueh'- truncate posteriorly, only half as \yide at the base as at tlie apex, sparsely punctured, the surface of the trun- cation finel}^ and closely punctured. Abdomen subcylindrical,

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 235

ovjai'sely pinictured, the punctures elongate, thinly clothed with cinereous pubescence on the sides. Epipygium narrow, deflexed, longitudinally rugulose, rounded at the apex. Black ; the <iQtena8e, mandibles at the apex, mesothorax and median segment, and the apex of the pygidium, fuscous; legs dull ferruginous. Length 11 mm.

Hah. — Tasmania.

Specimens from S3'^dney are much smaller, the male being 10 mm. in length and the female 7 mm. only. The fuscous parts of the Tasmanian female are bright ferruginous in a Sydney specimen, as is also the prothorax.

R. ACULEATUS Sauss.

Rhagiya^ter aculeatus Sauss., Reise d.' Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p. 11 3, 1867((J).

Saussure's description is good. The colour varies as to the -extent of the black bands on the abdominal segments, which are sometimes wholly black above and sometimes ferruginous.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Sydney, Mittagong, N.S.W.; Victoria.

R. ACULEATUS St. ACUTANGULUS, n st.

(J. Differs from the typical form in having the sides of the prothorax nearl}^ parallel and the anterior angles sharply pro- duced. The abdomen is wholly ferruginous except the apical segment, which is black. Length 11 mm.

^. Head rectangular, much longer than wide, shining, with a few minute scattered punctures. Sides of the prothorax parallel, a small depression on each side of the prothorax near the posterior margin. Thorax and median segment sparsely and finely punc- tured, median segment as long as the prothorax, twice as broad at the apex as at the base, without a median carina. Abdomen cylindrical, finely and sparsely punctured. Pygidium rounded at the apex Entirely shining castaneous-brown. Length 7 mm.

Hah. — S. Australia. In British Museum collection.

236 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

R. BREViuscuLUS, n.sp.

g. Head and thorax rugose, the clypeus with a very short carina from the base; antennae very short. The prothorax is narrowed anteriorly, not produced at the angles. Scutellum short, subtriangular, with a faint carina at the apex. Median sef'raent strongly punctured at the base, obliquely truncate and reticulate at the apex, a faint median carina from the base to the truncation. Abdominal segments closely and very finely punctured, the basal segment and epipygium coarsely punctured. A transverse depressed line near the base and a raised mark on each side near the apical margins of segments 2-5, the extreme apical margins of the segments smooth. Epipygium very narrowly truncate at the apex. Black, opaque, with grey pubescence, the abdomen, except the basal segment, ferruginous. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures dark fuscous. Length 10 mm.

9. Head subrectangular, longer than broad, somewhat rounded at the posterior angles, with elongate confluent punctures and sparse pubescence. Prothorax narrow anteriorly, about the same length at the median segment, with a depression on each side on the posterior margin. Median segment with a broad central carina, the lateral margins slightly raised: obliquely truncate posteriorly. The thorax and median segment sparsely punctured. Abdomen long and cylindrical, delicately longitudinally rugulose. Epipygium pointed, with a delicate median carina. Entirely chestnut-brown, the legs testaceous. Length 7 mm.

Hab. — Mackay, Q.(cJ$ in cop.).

Near E. aculeatus Sauss., in general appeat ance. The form of the median segment and the delicate sculpture of the abdomen are the most marked distinctions in the male. The female differs much from that of the S. Australian form by the pro- minent carina of the median segment and the sculpture of the abdomen.

R. TUMiDUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus tumid, with a faint short carina close to the base, thinly clothed with cinereous pubescence. Head closely punc-

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 237

tured, aiost sliallowl}' on the occiput. Prothorax with tlie anterior margin straight, the lateral angles very slightly produced. Thorax closely punctured, scutellum rounded at the apex. Median segment very densely and more finely punctured, rounded at tlie apex. Abdominal segments shallowly punctured, smooth at the base, with a depressed transverse line near the base. Epipygium subtriangular, very narrowly truncate at the apex. Black; the two apical abdominal segments ferruginous-red. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous. Length 11 mm.

Hah. — Melbourne, Vic; Swan River, W. A.; Tempe, N.S.W.

This is the species identified by Smith as Rhayigaster hcemor- r hoidalis Guev., which name, I consider, applies to R. apicalis Sm.j the male of Eydeles bicolor Westw.

9. Head rectangular, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, longer than broad, broader than the thorax, shining, sparsely and shallowly punctured. Prothorax and median segment finely and rather sparsely punctured; the prothorax narrowed and rounded anteriorlj', with a small depression on each side close to the posterior angle; median segment rather longer than the pro- thorax, slightly broadened from the base, obliquely truncate. Abdomen cylindrical, more densely punctured, the punctures confluent. Pygidium pointed. Black; the legs testaceous; antennae, mandibles and margins of the abdominal segments fusco- ferruginous. Length 5 mm.

R. IRACUNDUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a prominent carina enclosing a heart-shaped space, which is smooth and shining. Head and thorax punctured, rugose; an obscure carina between the antennae; the anterior angles of the prothorax very slightly prominent. Median seg- ment finely and densely punctured, rounded posteriorly. Abdo- men finely and shallowl}^ punctured, segments 2-5 v/ith a smooth raised mark on the sides near the apical margin and a transverse impressed line near the base of the segments. Epipygium triau- 18

^^^ ^ KX

238 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

gular, pointed at the apex. Black; the two apical abdominal seg- ments red. Wings hyaline, nerviires fuscous. Length 12-15mm.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Melbourne, Vic. (French).

R. COMPARATUS Sm.

ma^/>a8^«r6'0/?2p«m^wjjSm.,Cat.Hym.B.M.vii.p.69,1859((J9).

Rhagigaster ragosus Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p. 176, 1879 ((Jnec$).

(^. The clypeus is carinated at the base, the head and thorax very coarsely rugose, the prothorax and median segment more finely so. The median segment is rounded at the apex. Abdo- minal segments very finely rugulose, smooth at the base. The tibi« and tarsi and two apical abdominal segments ferruginous- red. Length 10 mm.

O. The head is rectangular, longer than broad; head and thorax punctured, the punctures elongate and confluent; the prothorax almost square, shorter than the median segment, which is broadened to the apex and obliquely truncate, the whole abdomen longitudinally rugulose, the pygidium simple, rounded at the apex. Antennae, legs, and tw^o apical abdominal segments ferruginous. Length 7 mm,

Hab. — Adelaide, S.A ; Melbourne, Vic.

Much more coarsely sculptured than in the allied species, and may also be distinguished by the colour of the legs in the male.

The female described by Smith as that of rugosus is almost certainly wrongly paired by the collector, and does not belong to this section of the family.

R. PiNGUicuLUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a median carina from the base to the centre, where it is vvidely branched, the apex narrowly emarginate. The carina between the antenna faint and broadly rounded. Front rugose, occiput strongly punctured. Thorax and median segment at the base coarsely rugose, the median segment short and verti- cally truncate, the surface of the truncation finely reticulated. Abdomen densely punctured, the apical margins of the segments

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER 239

smooth, the base constricted. Epipygium more coarsely punc- tured, narrowly truncate at the apex. The abdomen is shorter and broader than in others of the genus. Black, the two apical segments of the abdomen ferruginous-red; mandibles at the apex, fore tibiae and tarsi, the calcaria and tarsal ungues, and the apical margins of the five basal abdominal segments fuscous. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures black. The clypeus and the rsides of the thorax and abdomen with gre}' pubescence. Length 13 mm.

9. Unknown

Hah. — Mackay, Q.

R. PROTHORACICUS, n.sp.

(J. Head densely and finely punctured, more sparsely and very finely on the occiput^ clypeus clothed with white pubescence, without a carina. Thorax densely and strongly punctured, the prothorax narrowed anteriorly, the angles not produced; the scutellum rounded at the apex. Median segment short, truncated posteriorly, more tinely punctured, with long white pubescence on the sides. Abdomen densely and finely punctured, segments 2-5 with a depressed transverse line near the base and a raised mark on each side near the apical margin. Epipygium coarsely rugose, very narrowly truncate at the apex, with a short spine on each side near the base. The aculeus of the hypopygium has an acute spine on the upper surface close to the base. The carina beneath the hypopygium not prominent. Black; the prothorax and mesopleura3 ferruginous-red, the tegulae dark testaceous, the tarsal ungues testaceous. Wings hyaline, very slightly clouded in the radial cell. Length 11 mm.

9. Head rectangular, longer than broad, the posterior angles not rounded, densely punctured, clothed with pale fulvous pubes- cence. Prothorax smooth, rather short, very little narrowed anteriorly, a deep depression on each side, broad on the posterior margin, but not reaching the anterior margin, the lateral margins elevated. Median segment rather sparsely punctured, with a median carina and slightly depressed on the sides, broadened

240 REVISION' OF THE THYNMD.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

posteriorly and obliquely truncate. Abdomen cylindrical, finely longitudinally rugulose. Pygidiuni narrow, arched. Chestnut- brown, the three apical abdominal segments rather darker. Length 8 mm.

Hab.—MRckay, Q (gQ in cop.).

R. CONSANGUINEUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a shining, subpunctured, triangular area, enclosed by slightly raised carinse. Head without frontal carinie, densely punctured. Prothorax shallowly punctured, the anterior margin raised with the lateral angles prominent, broadly emar- ginate. Mesothorax and scutellum strongly punctured, the scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment shorty obliquely truncate posteriorly, finely rugulose. Abdominal seg- ments strongly punctured, constricted near the base, the epipy- gium subtriangular, ver}' coarsely punctured. Beneath the segments are marked with a depressed transverse line near the middle, the basal portion finely, the apical strongly punctured. Entirely shining black, with sparse grey pubescence. Length 1 1 mm.

9. Head subquadrate, smooth; prothorax smooth, with a very few fine punctures, rather broader posteriorly than anteriorly, longer than wide. Median segment as long as the prothorax, broadened to the apex, sparsely and finely punctured. Abdomen cylindrical, shining, very finely punctured. Epipygium rounded, with a slight depression on each side near the base, the margins slightly raised. Shining black; the prothorax, median segment, antennae and legs ferruginous; the margins of the abdominal segments and the whole of the apical segment testaceous. Length 7 mm.

Hab. — Albany, W.A. Types in Oxfoid University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders.

Genus En teles Westw.

Enteles Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, 143, 1844.

g. Very closely resembles Rhagigaster, from which it may be distinguished by the broadly rounded or truncated epipygium.

HY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 24:1

The labrum is almost semicircular, truncate posteriorly, and borne on a short petiole. The labial palpi are four-jointed, the maxillary six-jointed, the joints not diifering much in length. The hypo- pygium has no lateral spines at the base.

9. The female has the maxillary palpi small, but six-jointed, the labial palpi four-jointed, also small. The mandibles are simple; the head is small, slightly convex. The median segment is short, obliquely ti'uncate; the second abdominal segment is transv^ersely carinated or striated, the number of the carinas being about seven. The pygidium is broad, obliquely or vertically truncate and longitudinal!}' striated.

The males and females in this group present most unexpected differences, the females closely resembling in appearance those of IVi Ij lino ides, and only showing a likeness to Rhagigaster in the structure of the palpi, though the males have always been placed in that genus without hesitation by previous authors; but Saussure places E. niorio in a division of the genus by itself.

Type U. h(f^morrhoi>lalis Guer.

Key to the Sjiecies.

^ (^ . i. Abdominal segments without a close marginal band of pubescence at the base and apex. A. Black, the two apical segments ferruginous-red. a. Prothorax rugose. a^. Mesopleurai black. E. hannorrhoidalis Guer.

h'^. Mesopleuras red, E. simillimus Sm.

h. Prothorax transversely striated. E. conjugatus, n.sp.

K. Black, the abdomen wholly ferruginous.

a. Abdomen and legs bright ferruginous-red. E. dimidiatus Sm.

b. Abdomen fusco-ferruginous, legs testaceous-yellow.

E. testaceipes, n.sp. C Abdomen wholly black.

a. Mandibles strongly bidentate.

a2. Wings fusco-violaceous, legs ferruginous. E. morio Westw.

/). Mandibles almost falcate.

f(,2. Entirely black, wings hyaline, of small size. E. harnardi, n.sp.

ii. Abdominal segments with a close marginal band of pubescence

at the base and apex.

a. Prothorax with transverse striae.

a'^. Entirely black. E. integer Fab.

242 REVISION OF THE THYSNID^ OF AUSTHALIA, I.,

h. Prothorax rugose.

a2. Abdomen dull ferruginous. E. deceptor Sm,

$ $ . A. Apex of the first abdominal segment with long white pubescence. a. Thorax and median segment ferruginous-red.

E. hamorrhoidalls Guer, B. P'irst abdominal segment without pubescence. a. Two apical abdominal segments ferruginous-red.

E. dimidiatuH Sm. h. Black, the legs testaceous. E. morio Westw.

EnTELES H.EMOHRHOIDALIS Guer.

Rhagigaster hcemorrhoidalis Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. 1842((J); B. apicalis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.63. n.l4, 1859((J); Thynmis^ ottonis D.T., Cat. Hym. viii 112, 1897((J); Enteles bicolor Westw., Arc. Eiit.ii.2,p.l43,1844(9); Tltynnusjimbriatus^m., Cat.Hym, B.M. vii. p.42, n.91, 1859(9); Thy nnus zing er lei D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 119, 1897(9); Thynnns lecheri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 110, 1897(^).

(J. Head rugose, a transver.se undulating carina below the anterior ocellus not reaching the ej^es, a V-shaped carina between the antennae and a short longitudinal frontal carina not touching the transverse carina on the apex of the V-shaped carina. The cl)''peus with a carina branched very narrowly near the base, the branches not reaching the apical margin, the clypeus raised into a triangular elevation, shining and rugose, finely punctured at the base. Thorax and scutellum coarsel}^ rugose, median segment truncate posteriorly, finely punctured-rugulose. Prothorax with tlie sides straight and the anterior lateral angles strongly pro- duced. Abdomen moderately punctured, the lateral elevations on segments 2-5 near the apical margin smooth. The depressed lines at the base of the abdominal segments with a little short cinereous pubescence. Epipygium coarsely punctured, broad and very broadly rounded or subtruncate at the apex. Black, the two apical abdominal segments ferruginou.s-red. Wings hj^aline, nervures dark fuscous.

BY ROWLAND E. TUHNEIJ. 24:3

9. The two carinse at the apex of the second ahdominal segment are much stronger than the five or six near the base; the third segment lias a few very fine and obscure short transverse stri;e near the base. The apical portion of the first segment is depressed and the margin raised so as to form a carina. The median seg- ment is short and truncate. Otherwise Westwood's description is sufficient.

ffab. — Swan River, W. A,; A^ictoria; Liverpool, N.S.W.

I have not seen Guerin's type, but I think I am correct in my identification, which agrees with Westwood's specimens marked hieniorrhoidalis.

E. CONJUGATL'S, n.Sp.

^. Clj^peus elevated in the centre, narrowly subtruncate anteriorly, coarsely longitudinally rugose, pointed at the base. An interantennal carina broadly rounded at the apex, and a transverse frontal carina, not reaching the eyes, connecting the extremities of the antennal carina, the space enclosed longi- tudinally striated; the remainder of the head finely and densely punctured, more sparsely on the occiput. Prothorax transversely striated, broadly and very slightly emarginate anteriorly, the anterior margin slightly raised, strongly produced at the lateral angles. Mesothorax coarsely rugose, scutellum very coarsely punctured; median se,2;ment short, vertically truncate posteriorly, finely and densely punctured. Abdomen shining, densely and shallowl}' punctured; epipygium rugulose, very broadly rounded at the apex. The abdominal segments constricted near the base; beneath ver}' finely and densely punctured at the base, coarsely and more sparsely at the apex, the first segment with a blunt tubercle in the middle. Black, the two apical segments bright ferruginous-red. Wings fuscous with brilliant purple-blue reflec- tions, lighter at the apex. Length 17 mm.

Hah. — Queensland.

Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders.

Very near E. hcemorrhoidalis Guer., but the prothorax is transversely striated, and the whole sculpture finer.

244 REVISION OF THE TflYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

E. SIMILLIMUS Sm.

Rhayiyaster simillimus Sm., Trans. Ent. 8oc. Loud. (3) ii. 5, p.390, 1865((J).

Thynnus ivolfraniii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. H9((J).

Probably only a local form of E. /uHmorrhoidalis, from which it differs mainly by the red colour of the mesopleiuw, the lesser development of the frontal carinas, and the presence of a fine median longitudinal carina on the epipygium.

9. Unknown.

Ilah.—^.W. Australia.

E. DIMIDIATQS 8m.

I Rhayiyaster dlmidiatus Sm., Cat. Hym.vii.p.62,n.lO, 1859((J9).

Tkynnus ottetihallii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 112, 1897((J9).

(J. Clypeus coarsely longitudinally rugose. Front and vertex rugulose, an undulating transverse carina between the eyes, a wide V-shaped carina between the antennae joining at the apex a short longitudinal carina which extends on to the basal portion of the clypeus. Prothorax transversely rugulose, the anterior margin raised and produced at the lateral angles. Mesothorax and scutellum coarsely rugose; median segment truncated poste- riorly, finely rugulose at the base, finely punctured on the surface of the truncation. Epipygium rugulose at the base, longitudinally striated on the apical portion, truncate at the apex with a slight median emargination, the margin recurved.

9. Third abdominal segment delicately transversely striated near the base. Pygidium vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation longitudinally striated, the extreme apex smooth and narrowly rounded. Otherwi.se as in Smith's description.

Zra6. — Sydney, N. S.W.

E. TESTACKIPES, n Sp.

^. Head punctured, very sparsely and finely on the occiput; a strong undulating transverse carina below the anterior ocellus, not quite reaching the eyes, a rounded carina between the

liY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 245

antennae the ends reacliing the transverse carina, tlie enclosed space longitudinally rugulose with a smooth line immediately below the transverse carina. Clypeus with two carinte diverging from the base but not reaching the apex, the space between them elevated, narrow and rugulose, the sides of the clypeus punctured. Prothorax obscurely transversely rugulose. Mesothorax and scutellum coarsely and rather sparsely punctured. Median seg- ment almost smooth, vertically truncate posteriorly, the posterior angles prominent. Abdominal segments slightly constricted at the base, sparsely punctured; the epipygium truncate at the apex, irregularly longitudinally striated. Hypopygiura with the usual recurved aculeus armed with a strong blunt tooth on the upper surface. First abdominal segment beneath with a tubercle near the base. Black, the abdomen fusco-ferruginous, the legs testaceous-yellow, the coxse black and the tarsi obscure fuscous. [Wings missing]. Length 19 mm.

}[ah. — A ustralia.

I'ype in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Westwood.

E. INTEGER Fab.

Thynmis inteyir Fab,, Syst. Ent. p. 360, n.3, \llb{$).

Rhaglgaster utteger Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 60, 1859((J).

Smith has published a good description of this insect. The type, which is as far as I know still unique, is in good condition in the Banksian Collection. Probably, like most of the Australian insects in that collection, it was taken at Cooktown, Q.

E. DECEPTOR 8m.

Thynnus deceptor Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p. 169, n.30, 1&79((J).

$ The clypeus has a prominent A-shaped carina, the front is produced over the base of the antennae, and there is a short transverse carina below the anterior ocellus. The median seg- ment is vertically truncate posteriorly, and the abdomen is finely and densely punctured. Epipygium strongly longitudinally striated, broadly truncate at tlie apex with a very slight median

246 HKVISIOX OF TlIK TIIVXNID.*; OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

emai-giiiatioii. The aculeus is sharply recurved, but does not project much beyond the epipygiuiii.

There is a colour variety in the British Museum in which the- abdomen is dark fuscous.

The female placed with this species in the British Museum Collection probably does not belong to it.

//«6.— N.W. Australia.

Most nearly allied to E. integer Fab.

E. MORio Westw.

Rhagigaster morio Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, n.4, 1844((J); Sauss., Raise d. Nov.Zool.ii. l,p.l 14,n.6,t.4, f.67, 1867((J); 8auss., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxx. p.58, n.8, 1869(9).

ThynniLS serripes 8m., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 44, n. 12-5, 1859(9).

Saussure's descriptions are good. He expresses some doubt as- to the correctness of the pairing, which has been now settled by more than one collector.

^«6.— Sydney, N. 8.W.

iNly dissections of the female show the maxillary palpi six- jointed as in Westwood's plate showing E. hicolor.

E. BARNARDI, n sp.

(J. Mandibles slender, almost falcate, the tooth on the inner margin hardly at all developed. Clypeus with a short longi- tudinal carina from the base, which branches in front enclosing a triangular space which is shining, and sparsely punctured, the punctures large and confluent. The sides of the clypeus covered with long white pubescence. A V-shaped carina between the antennse and a transverse frontal carina, which does not reach the eyes. Front finely rugulose, occiput punctured. Labrum exposed. Prothorax rugulose, the lateral angles less prominent than in the other species of the genus; mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured. Median segment finely punctured, vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation .delicately reticulated. Abdomen densely punctured, the tw^o apical segments most coarsely, segments 2-6 constricted near the base. N"o

BV ROWLAND E. TUKNEK. 247

tubercle beiiecatli the first segment. Epipygiuin broadly truncate at the apex, punctured, svith delicate, short, longitudinal striae near the apex. The aculeus of the hypopygium does not extend much be3^ond the epipygium. Black, with greyish-white pubes- cence. Apical half of the mandibles and the legs piceous. Length 1 1 mm.

Hah. — Duaringa, Q.

The head and prothorax of a female pinned with this resemble those parts in other species of the genus.

Genus Aelurus Klug.

Aelurus Klug, Physik.Abh. Akad.Wiss. Berlin, 1840, p.42, 1842 (nee Aehirns Sm.).

(J. Antennae long and slender; head more or less narrowed behind the eyes; mandibles bidentate; labium short, labial palpi four-jointed, the first joint much the longest; maxilla small, galea subtruncate at the apex and not divided; maxillary palpi six- jointed, the apical joints filiform, very long and slender, the three basal joints short and stouter, the first extremely short. Labrum transverse, short. The division of the tirst cubital cell is marked by a scar only, and the third cubital cell is not much narrowed along the radial nervure.

9. Head nearly rectangular; antennae thick; mandiljles lai-ge, not bidentate ; abdomen cylindrical. Tarsal ungues simple. Ashmead gives the maxillary palpi as four-jointed.

I have not been able to dissect a female, nor does Klug give any details as to the mouth-parts. The two Australian species which I assign to this genus correspond well with the uiale of Ael. clypeatas^ figured by Klug, in mouth-parts and neuration, and are very different from the Australian species assigned to Aelurus by Westwood and ^-^imth {Tacky no my ia). I have separated the genus Leptnirone from Aelurus on account c>f the narrowing of the third cubital cell along the radial nervure. Buttle/, iiafuhis Klug, is the type of the genus, not Ael. chj'peatui< ; and the neuration may possibly differ.

Type ApX. nasufns Klug (Brazil).

248 REVISION OF TJIE TllVNNID.E OF AUSTKALIA, I.,

Key to the specks of Aelurns.

<^ J . A. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex.

'I. Black, legs and antennaj ferruginous. Atl. 'jrandiceps, n.sp,

B. Scutellum subtriangular.

b. Legs and four basal abdominal segments bright rufo-testaceou^^.

Ael. rujTcru'i, n.sp.

AkL. GRANDICEPS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a carina from the base almost reaching the apex, smooth at the apex, finely rugulose on the sides.- Head very large, produced beliind the eyes, shallowly but strongly punctured; a V-shaped carina between the antennae. Prothorax very sparsely and shallowly punctured, tlie anterior margin raised. Mesothorax sparsely punctured on the disc, densely and finely on the sides. Scutellum rounded posteriorly. Median segment short, reticulate, almost smooth at the base, obliquely truncate. A short sulca from the base of the first abdominal segment, and a minute tubercle at the base beneath; a transverse impressed line near the base of segments 2-5. Epipygium truncate at the iipex, hypopygiuni rounded and ciliated. Abdomen shining, shallowly and sparseh' punctured. Black, with a little fulvous pubescence; mandibles, except the apex, antennte and legs, fulvous. AYings fulvo-hyaline, nervures fulvous. Length 15 mm.

^. Head rectangular, the posterior angles slightly rounded, much longer than broad, strongly punctured, the punctures large and elongate; front produced into a very small blunt tubercle on each side at the base of the antenna. Clypeus with a median carina. Thorax and median segment with deep, elongate punc- tures, often confluent. Prothorax subquadrate, slightly narrowed anteriorly; median segment longer than the prothorax, ^ ery little broadened posteriorly, obliquely truncate. Abdomen cylindrical, punctured, the punctures shallower than those on the thorax, but more elongate and confluent. Pygidium simple, rounded at the apex. Castaneous-brown, the abdomen darker. Lengfli 10 mm.

Hab,- Sydney, N. 8.W.

BY HOWLAND K. TUKNEH. 249-

Ael. ruficrus, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a very short carina at the base, branching broadly and shortly; the apical portion smooth and shining, not much produced at the apex, the apical margin slightly emarginate at the sides before the angles, which are produced into short, blunt spines. Head densely punctured, with an interantennal carina, rounded at the apex; slightl}' narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax depressed, the anterior margin raised, very closely and minutely punctured. Mesothorax and scutellum punctured, the scutellum rather long, narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment delicatel}^ reticulate, almost smooth at the base, rounded. Abdomen elongate, subcylindrical, shining, with shallow, scattered punctures; segments 2-5 with "a transverse line near the base. Epipygium strongly punctured, smooth at the apex and sub- truncate. Hypopj'^gium rounded and ciliated. Black ; w^ith fulvous pubescence on the sides of the head and median segment; the mandibles, the apical portion of the clypeus, the legs, the tegulse, and the four basal segments of the abdomen bright rufo- testaceous. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, nervures black, testaceous at the base. Length 15-17 mm.

/?a6. — Kenthurst, N.S.W. Type in Coll. Froggatt.

Subgenus Lepteirone, n.subgen.

^. Differs from Aelurus in the neuration, the third cubital cell being much narrowed along the radial nervure. The clypeus has either a carina from the base ending in a tubercle before the apex, or an elevated triangular area from the base, suddenly ceasing before the apex, leaving the apex depressed below the basal portion.

The female resembles that of Eirone and Aelurns in form, but I have been unable to dissect specimens.

The insects are slenderer than in Eirone ((J), in this point resembling the typical S. American Aeluri.

Type L. ru/opictus Sm.

This group occurs also in S. America, lltynnus nigrofasciatus Sm., belonging to it.

250 REVISION OF 11115 THYNNID.B OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

I do not regard the group as sufficiently distinct to merit full

generic rank.

Key to the Species of Lepteirone.

^ S^.\. Head large, produced behind the eyes, not appreciably narrowed posteriorly, A. Abdomen light ferruginous. An interrupted yellow line on the vertex. a. Black, clypeus and anterior margin of the prothorax yellow.

L. arenaria, n.sp. ii. Head not produced behind the eyes, more or less narrowed posteriorly.

A. Abdomen light ferruginous. a. Prothorax yellow.

a2. A spot on the mesothorax and the scutellum yellow.

L. 7'ufopicta Sm 62, Mesothorax and scutellum black entirely, L. caroli, n.sp.

h. Margins of the prothorax yellow, a^. An interrupted line on the vertex and the postscutellum

yellow. L. suhacta, n.sp,

c. Anterior margin of the prothorax only yellow.

L. ichneiimoniformiti Sm,

B. Abdomen with the basal segments ferruginous.

a. Three basal abdominal segments ferruginous. L. comes, n.sp.

h. Four basal segments ferruginous, except the base of the first.

L. jyseudosedula , n.sp. •C. Abdomen black.

a. Legs and antennae ferruginous. L. fallax Sm.

b. Basal half of flagellum of antenna?, femora and tibige

ferruginous. L. cuhitalU, n.sp.

c. Wholly black.

a^. Slender, finely and rather sparsely punctured. L. ojiaca, n.sp. &2, More robust, more closely and strongly punctured. L. triatis Sm.

:$ $ . A. Head nearly square.

a. Median segment considerably broadened from the base, a 2. Without a depression near the posterior angle of

the prothorax. L. ichneumoniformis Sm.

&2_ With a slight depression on each side near the angles

of the prothorax. L. cubit alls, n.sp.

b. Median segment very slightly broadened from the base.

L.. fcdlax Sm. B. Head much longer than broad.

a. Median segment with a delicate median carina. L. subactrt, n.sp.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNEK. 251

L. RUFOPICTA Sill.

Thynnus rufopictus ^m., Descr, n.Sp. Hyni. p. 159, ii.3, 1879((J).

The basal portion of the clypeus is raised and narrowlj^ triangular, the apical portion is abruptl}' depressed and trans- versely truncate at the apex. The head is produced behind the eyes, strongly rounded at the posterior angles, liroader than the prothorax. Head and thorax very tinely and closely punctured, median segment and abdomen almost smooth, the abdomen elongate fusiform. The scutellum is broadly rounded at the apex. The epipygium is elongate, punctured, narrowly truncate at the apex, the hypopygiuni nari-ow and ciliated at the apex.

^. Unknown.

Hab. — Adelaide, S.A.; Melbourne.

A variet}' of this species in Coll. Froggatt has the median segment black instead of ferruginous, and is a rather more robust insect, the thorax being broader.

L. PSEUDOSEDULA, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus slightly produced, depressed at the extreme apex; head very closely and finely punctured, not much narrowed to the posterior margin, about as wide as the prothorax. Thorax finely and closely punctured, the anterior margin of the pronotum slightly raised. Scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex, median segment very delicately reticulate. Abdomen elongate fusiform, almost smooth; the two apical segments delicately punctured and pubescent, the apical margins of segments 1-4 slightly depressed, and a faint, depressed, transverse line near the base of segments 2-5. Black; the anterior margin of the clypeus, the inner margin of tlie eyes, an obscure mark on each side of the vertex, the legs, except the coxae and the base of the trochanters, the apical half of the first and the whole of the second, third and fourth abdominal segments ferruginous ; the mandibles, the anterior margin of the pronotum and a broad band on the posterior margin, and the tegulae, yellow. Wings h3^aline, iridescent ; iiervures testaceous-brown. Length 10 mm.

Hah. — Adelaide, S. A.

Type in B.M., ex Coll. Smith.

252 REVISION OF THK TllYNMD^, OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

L. ICHNF.UMOXIFORMIS SlU.

Thynnus (Agriomi/a) ichnciano7iifor/nis Sm., Cat. Hyni. B.M. vii, p.39,n.l02, 1859(,:^).

(J. Clypeus pubescent; a carina from the base to the centre, where it is slightly prominent, overlapping a smooth, oblique, triangular truncation which extends to the apex. Head finely punctured, narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax shining, very faintly punctured, the anterior margin raised; niesothorax and scutellum tinely punctured, the scutellum large and broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment delicately reticulate, smooth at the base, with a short longitudinal sulca from the base. Abdomen slender fusiform, with very shallow scattered punctures^ the epipygiuin strongly punctured, with sparse fulvous pubescence. Black; the abdomen, except the base of the first segment, and the legs, except the cox^e and trochanters, light ferruginous; the mandibles, two small spots between the antennte, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior margin of the prothorax, and a short line before the tegulse, yellowish-white; the mandibles at the apex ferruginous. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures fuscous, tegulte testaceous. Length 9 mm.

9. Head rectangular, a little longer than broad, smooth and shining, with a delicate, median, frontal sulca. Thorax and median segment sparsely punctured, the median segment ehngate, longer than the prothorax, broadened from the base, and obliqueljr truncate at the apex. Abdomen subcylindrical, shining, with large, elongate punctures; the epi[)ygium with a broad, median longitudinal carina, narrowly rounded at the apex; the first seg- ment beneath with a minute tubercle at the base. Ferruginous- brown, the abdominal segments stained with black on the sides. Length 5 mm.

Hab. — Berwick, Melbourne, Vic.

The type appears to be lost, and my identification may possibly

be mistaken.

L. CAROLi, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a short carina from the base, which ends about the centre in a subtubercular prominence, overlapping a

BY ROWLAND E. TUKNKR. 253

broad triangular truncation extending to the aj)ex. Head very finely and densely punctured, a short, median frontal sulca between the antennae, separating two small tubercles. Prothorax shining, with very minute, shallow punctures, the anterior margin slightly raised. JMesothorax and scutellum densely and finely punctured, the scutellum subtriangular, rounded at the apex. Median segment very finely reticulate, with a short, median, longitudinal sulca from the base. Abdomen elongate fusiform, ver}'- faintly punctured, shining; epipygium strongl}^ punctured, with thin fulvous pubescence on the sides. Hypopygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Black; the antennae, legs, except the cox^e, and abdomen, light ferruginous; the mandibles, the trian- gular truncation of the clypeus and the anterior margin at the sides of the clypeus, the prothorax, except a black spot in the middle and the tegulte, yellow. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures fuscous. Length 10 mm. Hah. — Victoria (French).

L. ARENARIA, n.Sp.

(J. Head large, produced behind the eyes, the sides nearly parallel; shining, rather closely and shallowlj^ punctured; two rather prominent tubercles between the antennae. The clypeus with a small elevated triangular area on the basal portion, depressed on the apical portion, subtruncate at the apex and produced into minute spines at the apical angles. Prothorax almost smooth with minute shallow punctures. Mesothorax and scutellum shining, rather sparsely punctured, scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment nearly smooth at the base, very finely transversely rugulose at the apex. Abdomen shining, with a few scattered punctures; epipygium punctured, elongate, with a very fine median carina at the apex, and with sparse fulvous pubescence. Black; the abdomen, except the extreme base, and legs, except the coxse and trochanters, ferru- ginous. A fuscous mark on the fifth abdominal segment. The anterior margins of the clypeus and face uniting wdth a central mark on the clypeus extending nearly to the base, the two 19

254 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

tubercles between the antenn?e, a broadly interrupted line on the vertex, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior of the pro- thorax and a narrow line in front of the tegulae, yellow. The wings hyaline, tegulae and nervures at the base dark testaceous, the nervures at the apex black. Length 11 mm.

^. Unknown.

Hah. — Victoria (French).

L. SUBACTA, n sp.

(J. Head not much narrowed behind the eyes nor produced; closely and finely punctured, with two slightly prominent tubercles between the antennae. The clypeus is depressed along the apical margin, with a slight tubercle on each side before the apex. Prothorax almost smooth, the anterior margin consider- ably raised; mesothorax and scutellum closely and finely punc- tured, the scutellum subtruncate at the apex. Median segment very finely reticulate, with a ver}^ small, transverse, shining mark at the base, rounded at the apex. Abdomen shining, w^ith a few scattered punctures. Epipygium with a broad median carina, not elongate, narrowly rounded at the apex, thinly clothed with long fulvous hairs. Black ; the legs, except the coxse and trochanters, the abdomen, except the extreme base, and a spot at the apex of the scutellum, ferruginous; the margin of the face and clypeus, a triangular spot on the clypeus, the tubercles between the antennae, an interrupted line on the vertex, the anterior margin of the prothorax narrowly and the posterior margin broadly, almost uniting with the anterior marginal line in the middle, and the postscutellum, yelloNv. Wings hyaline, nervures dark fuscous. Length 9 mm.

Q. Head rectangular, nearly twice as long as broad, shining, sparsely punctured, with a slight median frontal sulca. Thorax sparsely punctured; prothorax shorter than the median segment, narrowed and rounded anteriorly. Median segment elongate, the sides almost parallel. Abdomen cylindrical, finely punctured; a median longitudinal depression on the apical portion of segments

BY ROWLAND E. TUllNKK. 255

2-4. Epipygium with a median carina. Castaneous-ljiown. Length 5 mm.

Hah. — Adelaide (Fortnuiu). Types in Oxfoid University Museum.

L. COMES, n.sp.

(J. Very slender. Clypeus with a raised triangular elevation from the base to near the apex, where it is broadest, suddenly depressed at the apex. Head densely and finely punctured, narrowed posteriorly. Prothorax shining, almost smooth; meso- thorax delicately punctured, scutellum rather long, narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment delicately reticulate, with a deep longitudinal sulca from the base reaching about half-way to the apex. Abdomen with a few shallow punctures, the apical segment more coarsely punctured, with thin fulvous pubescence. Black ; the mandibles yellow, ferruginous at the apex ; the antenn?e, legs, except the cox« and trochanters, the two basal abdominal segments and the third at the base, dark ferruginous the two apical joints of the antennae fuscous. A very narrow interrupted white line on the anterior margin of the prothorax. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures fuscous. Length 7 mm.

Hah. — Victoria (French).

L. OPACA, n.sp.

(J. Slender. Clypeus with a basal carina produced into a pro- minent tubercle in the centre of the clypeus; head finely punc- tured, with a short white pubescence and a very fine median frontal sulca; narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax rather depressed, narrowed anteriorly, very finely and shallowly punc- tured; mesothorax more strongly punctured; scutellum subtri- angular, narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment reticulate, almost smooth at the base, with white pubescence on the sides. Abdomen slender, shining, with very minute, shallow punctures, a slightly raised mark on each side of segments 2-5 near the apical margin. Epipygium strongly punctured, broadly rounded -at the apex. Entirely black, the head opaque, thorax and

256 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

abdomen shining. ^Yings liyaline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 10 mm.

The third cubital cell subtriangular, l)eing very short along the radial nervure.

Hah. — Victoria (French).

L. TRiSTis Sm.

Thynmis {Agriomyia) tristis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.34,n.88.

(J. Head densely punctured; the clypeus with a longitudinal carina from the base to the centre, where it is produced into a tubercle. The anterior margin of the prothorax raised, the scutellum transversely truncate at the apex; the whole thorax closely punctured, most finely on the prothorax. Median seg- ment finely reticulate, almost smooth at the base. Abdomen, finely and closely punctured, the epipygium rugulose. Entirely black. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures dark fuscous. Length 12 mm.

The antennae are shorter and stouter than in most species of the genus.

Hah. — Australia.

L. FALLAX Sm.

Thynniis fallax Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.35, n.91, 1859((J).

A pair from Adelaide in the Hope Collection at Oxford.

The male differs from the type in having the space at the base of the median segment punctured instead of smooth and shining. The scutellum is rather narrowly truncate at the apex.

9. Head rectangular, rather longer than broad, \evy sparsely and finely punctured, shining. Thorax and median segment shining, sparsely and finely punctured; the prothorax almost square; the median segment longer than the prothorax, the sides almost parallel, obliquely truncate posteriorly. Abdomen shining, more densely punctured than the thorax, the first segment vertically truncate anteriorly, and with a small acute tubercle at the base beneath. Epipygium narrowlj^ rounded at the apex, with a slightly raised, broad median carina. The abdomen is.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 257

■subcyliiidrical. Ferruginous-brown; the abdomen fuscous, except the apical segment. Length 9 mm.

Hah. — Adelaide.

The male closely resembles Eirone ruficomis 8m., in general appearance.

L cuBiTALis, n.sp.

^. Clypeus slightly advanced, truncate at the apex, a median carina from the base ending in a minute tubercle a little before the apex, very tinely punctured. Head densely punctured, narrowed behind the eyes, with two small tubercles between the autemiaB. Prothorax shining, very finely punctured, the anterior margin raised, with a faint, depressed, shining line behind the margin. Mesothorax punctured, the scutellum subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment delicately reticulate, slender. Abdomen subpetiolate fusiform, shining, with minute shallow punctures and long cinereous pubescence on the sides of the apical segments Black; the antennae from the third to the eighth joints, the mandibles at the apex, the tibise, tarsi, <ind posterior femora ferruginous; the mandibles at the base, a narrow line on the anterior margin of the clypeus, a narrow, interrupted line on the anterior margin of the prothorax and a narrow transverse line on the postscutellum, creamy-white. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures dark fuscous. Length 7 mm.

9. Head rectangular, longer than wide, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, shining, with a few minute punctures, a very short median frontal sulca, front between the antennae deeply emarginate. Thorax and median segment with sparse, large, elongate punctures, prothorax rectangular, longer than broad, rather narrower than the head; median segment longer than the prothorax, moderately broadened to the apex. Abdomen C3''lin- drical, more closely punctured than the thorax, the apical portion of the epipygium smooth with a longitudinal median carina. Eirst abdominal segment beneath with a minute tubercle at the

258 KEVISIOX OF THE THVNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

base. Chestnut-brown, stained with black on the median segment) and on the abdominal segments above. Length 4 mm. Hah. — Victoria (French;. Types in Coll. Froggatt.

Subgenus Eiroxe Westw.

Eirone Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, 144, 1844.

(J. Very near AeJurus Klug, from which it differs in the joints of the maxillary palpi, the three apical joints in Eirone being only a little more than half as long again as the three basal joints.

9. Head rectangular; maxillae small, with four-jointed maxillary palpi; labial palpi four-jointed. Abdomen C3dindrical or sub- cylindrical. Tarsal ungues simple.

In E. chspar, the typical species, the mandibles of the female are bidentate, but this is not usually the case.

The differences between this and Aeluriis are, in my opinion, too slight to merit full generic rank. Ashmead (Canad. Ent.xxxv.) mentions Eirone among genera of which the female only is known, and suggests that Lophocheilus Guer., may be the male. He cannot have looked at Westwood's description and figures, which are very good and clear; but has probably been misled by an error of Saussure's.

Type E. dispar Westw.

Kty to the Species of Eirone.

S' 3' i- Clypeus with a triangular truncation at the apex.

A. Head very large, produced behind the eyes.

a. Median segment short, truncate.

a'2. Anterior margin of prothorax yellow, legs testaceous.

Length 6-8 mm. E. crassiceps, n.sp.

B. Head not so large.

a2. Antennae and legs yellow. Length 10 mm. E. lacidu/a, n.sp.

&2. Legs only yellow. Length 10 mm. E. lucida Sm.

c2. Antennte, legs, prothorax and scutellum yellow. Length

5-7 mm. E. sctUellata, n.sp.

b. Median segment rounded.

a2. Legs and antennse ferruginous. Length 1 1 mm.

E. rujicornis k>m. ii2, Antennte only ferruginous. Length 7 mm. E. Jul vicostalis, n.sp.

I

I

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 259

c'^. The triangular truncation of the clypeus white. a'^. A white line on the anterior margin of the prothorax. a*. Clypeus without a median carina; with a minute

tubercle on each side. E. tuberculata Sm.

b^. Clypeus with a median carina. E. vitripennh Sm.

h^. Prothorax wholly black. Length 8mm. E. osculans, n.sp.

ii. Clypeus without a triangular truncation at the apex.

A, Abdominal segments slightly constricted near the base. a. Wholly black.

a'^. Thorax strongly punctured.

a^. Median segment with a broad low median carina at

the base. E. tenuipalpa, n.sp.

6^. Median segment without a carina. Length 11 mm.

E. (iispar Westw.

h'^. Ttorax finely punctured. Length 6 mm. E. tenehrosa, n.sp.

h. Postscutellum white.

a2. Clypeus white, antennae black. Length 5 mm. E. parca, n.sp.

h'^. Clypeus black, antennae fuscous. E. inconspinia, n.sp.

B. Abdominal segments not constricted.

a. Clypeus with a median carina from base to apex,

a'^. Head and five basal segments of abdomen ferruginous.

Length 13 mm. E. ferrugineiceps, n.s-g.

6'2. Light castaneous, two apical segments of abdomen black.

Length 12 mm. E. castaneicejis, n.sp.

5 $ . i. Abdomen subcylindrical.

a. Black, prothorax and two basal segments of the abdomen

ferruginous. E. luckhda, n.sp.

b. Wholly castaneous.

ffc2. First abdominal segment truncate, with a minute spine

at each angle, E. scutellata, n.sp.

b'^. Pygidium with minute lateral spines and a tuft of hair at

the apex. E. fulvicostalis, n.sp.

ii. Abdomen cylindrical,

A. Median segment longer than the prothorax.

a. With an impressed median longitudinal mark on the apical

half of abdominal segments 2-4. a^. First abdominal segment short, much broadened from the

base. E. tuberculata Sm.

62. First abdominal segment not short, not much broadened

from the base. E. tenebrosa, n.sp.

b. Without an impressed longitudinal mark on segments 2-4.

a-. Delicately punctured, mandibles bidentate. E. dispar Westw.

260 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

/>-. Strongly punctured, mandibles simple. E. tenuipalpa, n.sp.

B. Median segment about the same length as the prothorax.

a. Front between the antenna? deeply emarginate. E. parca, n.sp.

E. DISPAR Westw.

Uirone dispar Westw., Ai-c.Eiit.ii.2,p.l44,t.82,f ,5-6,1844 (^^9).

? Thynyius {Ayriomyia) brevlGor'niH Sm,, Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p.:39, 11.103, i859(^).

The female of this species has the mandibles bidentate. In other nearly related species the mandibles are simple. West wood gives full details as to the mouth-parts in his plates and in his generic description. Thynaus brevicornis Sm., is almost certainly a synonym, but the type seems to be lost and the description is not sufficiently full for absolute certainty.

Hah. — Adelaide, S.A.

E. TENUIPALPA, n.sp.

^. Head transverse, slightly narrowed posteriori}^; elypeus densel}' and finely punctured, smooth on the apical margin, not much advanced. Head and thorax strongly punctured; prothorax very long, the anterior margin slightly elevated at the sides, slightly emarginate in the middle. Median segment with a fine median carina from the base to the centre, a smooth area at the base, the remainder finely transversely rugulose, smooth at the extreme apex. Abdomen fusiform, the first segment with a median longitudinal sulca not reaching the apex, sabtuberculate beneath at the base. Segments 2-4 with an impressed transverse line near the base, and slight lateral elevations near the apical margin. All the segments densely punctured, almost smooth at the base. Hypopygium rounded, ciliated at the apex. Black, the abdomen shining, mandibles fusco-ferruginous. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, a fuscous cloud in the radial and second cubital cells, nervures black. Length 12 mm.

9. Head rectangular, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, longer tlian bro:id, with a faint median frontal sulca. Head, thorax and median segment punctured, the punctures large and

]3Y ROWLAND K. TUKNKH. 261

-elongate. Prothorax slightl}^ nanowed anteriorly; median seg- ment longer than the prothorax, moderately broadened to the apex, where it is obliquely depressed. First alxlominal segment narrowly truncate anteriorly ; the surface of the truncation concave, with a median sulca. The four basal segments with elongate punctures, shallow on the fourth segment. Apical segments very finely punctured, the punctures not elongate. Pygidiuin with a delicate, longitudinal median carina. A minute tubercle at the base of the first segment beneath. Abdomen cylindrical. The mandibles are not bidentate. Entirely castaneous-brown. Length 7 mm.

Hah, — Mackay, Q.

Near E. dispar Westw., from which it diifers in the sculpture of the median segment in the male, and the simple mandibles of the female.

E. TENEBROSA, 11. Sp.

(J. Clypeus and head delicately and closely punctured; clypeus without a carina. Prothorax shining, with very fine, almost microscopic, punctures, the anterior margin raised. Mesothorax and scutellum more strongly punctured, the scute Hum narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment rather short, delicately reticulate, with a smooth mark at the base. Abdominal segments finely punctured, smooth at the extreme apex; a raised mark close to the apical margin and strongly emarginate posteriorly in the middle on segments 2-4. Entirely black, the mandibles fuscous. Wings hyaline, strongly iridescent, nervures fuscous. Length 6 mm,

9- Head rectangular, longer than broad, shining, with a few minute shallow punctures; a very fine sulca between the antenna?. Thorax and median segment shining, with scattered punctures, tlie prothorax narrower than the head; the jnedian segment longer than the prothorax, very slightly widened to the apex. Abdomen cylindrical, rather sparsely punctured, the punctures large and elongate, a depressed, median, longitudinal line on the apical half of segments 2-1. Epipygium with a delicate median

262 KEVLSION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

carina, not reaching the apex, which is pointed. Shining casta- neons-brown, abdominal segments 2-5 stained with black. Length 6 mm.

Hab. — Melbourne (Bakewell).

Types in Oxford University Museum.

E. INCONSPICUA, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus short, without a triangular truncation at the apex; head delicatel}^ punctured, with a short, faint sidca between the antennae. Anterior margin of the prothorax moderately raised; the whole thorax punctured. The median segment finely reticulate. Abdomen finely punctured, the median sulca on tlie first segment extending from the base more than half-way to the apex, segments 2-4 with an impressed transverse line near the base, and with a raised mark on each side near the apical margin, the marks indistincth^ connected and widely emarginate in the centre. Shining black, with white pubescence; the postscutellum white; the mandibles, antennae and the tarsi of the anterior legs fusco- ferruginous. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 6 mm.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Cairns, Q.

Allied to E. imrca.

E. PARCA, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus hardly at all advanced, without a basal carina or oblique truncation, transversely truncate at the apex, very delicately punctured, pubescent at the sides. Head finel}- punc- tured, with a very delicate longitudinal carina from the vertex to the anterior ocellus. Prothorax long, the anterior margin raised, except in the middle, very finel}'' and closely punctured, as is also the mesothorax, which is very short. Scutellum subtriangular, narrowly truncate at the apex, rather more sparsely punctured. Median segment finely reticulate, almost smooth at the base. Abdonien fusiform, very delicately and closely punctured, the first segment with a short sulca from the base; segments 2-4 with a raised mark on each side near the apical margin, and with the

I5Y HOWLAND E. TURNER. 203

apical margin widely einarginate. Hypopygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Black; the clypeus, postscutellum and an interrupted line on the anterior margin of the prothorax white; mandibles and anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline iridescent, with a fuscous cloud in the radial cell, nervures fusco- testaceous. Length 7-8 mm.

2- Head rectangular, rather longer than broad, the front between the antennae deeply and narrowl}^ emarginate ; the mandibles acute at the apex, not bidentate. The whole insect punctured, the punctures large and elongate. The prothorax longer than broad, slightly narrowed anteriorly; the median seg- ment about the same length as the prothorax, .slightly narrowed anteriorly; the median segment about the same length as the prothorax, slightly broadened to the apex, obliquely depressed posteriorly. Abdomen cylindrical, the first segment vertically truncate at the base. Entirely castaneous. Length 5 mm.

Hab. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.).

E. FULVICOSTALIS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus slightly advanced, punctured, with a small, sub- triangular truncation at the apex, the apical margin transversely truncate. Head and thorax densely and finely punctured, the prothorax not very long, with the anterior margin raised and the sides nearly parallel; the scutellum rounded at the apex, the median segment reticulate, closely punctured at the base, short and depressed. Abdomen short, fusiform, finely punctured; the first segment with a short median sulca from the base; segments 2-4 with a raised mark on each side near the apical margin. The hyi)opygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Black; the mandibles and antennae, except the scape, fulvous; the tibias and tarsi of the anterior legs fuscous. Wings hyaline, faintly fiavo- hyaline at the base, splendidly iridescent, nervures fulvous. Length 7 mm.

9. The whole insect punctured, the punctures large and more or less elongate. Head rectangular, longer than wide, with a strong median frontal .sulca; wider than the thorax. Prothorax

264 REVISION OF THK TIIYNNID.E OP AUSTRALIA, I.,

slightly narrowed anteriorly, broader than long; median segment much broadened at the apex, where it is obliquely truncate. Abdomen subcylindrical, first segment verticall}'' truncate ante- riorly, the two apical segments narrowed, the pygidium pointed, with a small tuft of pubescence at the apex. Chestnut-brown, abdominal segments suffused with fuscous. Length 3-4 mm. Hah. — Mackay,Q ((J9 in cop.).

E. oscuLANs, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus very slightly advanced, with a very short carina from the i)ase joining a narrow, oblique, triangular truncation which extends to the apex. Head densely punctured, narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax long, the anterior margin straight and raised, the raised collar narrowU^ interrupted in the middle. Mesothorax and prothorax very delicately punctured, the pro- thorax niost sparsely; scutellum sparsely punctured, rounded at the apex. Median segment finel}' reticulated, smooth at the base. Abdomen ver}^ delicately and closel}'' punctured, shining, elongate fusiform, the first segment with a short median basal sulca, seg- ments 2-4 with slightly raised marks on each side near the apical margin. Hypopygium rounded, ciliated. Black; a white line on the anterior margin of the clypeus, the triangular truncation of the clypeus white; tibi^ and tarsi of the anterior legs fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a faint fuscous cloud in the radial cell, nervures fuscous. Length 8 mm.

Hah. — Mackay, Q.

Nearest to E. vitripeiDiis Sm.

E. VITRIPENNIS Sm.

Thynnus {Eirone) vitripennis Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p.41, n.ll3,1859(cJ$).

g. Tlie scutellum is rounded at the apex; the median segment is rounded, depressed at the apex, delicately reticulate, most finely at the base. The abdomen is finely and very- shallowly punctured. The third cubital cell is considerably narrowed along the radial nervure.

BY ROWLAND K. TURNER. 265"

llab, — Victoria (Lower Plenty).

The female under this name in the British Museum does not correspond with Smith's description. The type appears to be lost.

E. TUBERCULATA 8m.

ThijMias [Eirone) t^tbercn/atus Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 41, n.ll2,1859(cJ9).

g. The scutellum is rather broadly subtruncate at the apex; the median segment rather long and narrow at the apex, finely reticulate, with a short median sulca from the base. The abdomen is subpunctate, segments 2-4 with a curved raised mark near the apical margin on each side.

9. An impressed median longitudinal line on the apical portions of abdominal segments 2-4, and a curved raised mark on each side near the apical margin. The pygidium at the apex is acute, with a faint median carina and the lateral margins slightly raised.

Bab. — Victoria (Lower Plenty).

E. RUFICORNIS Sm.

Thynnus (^Agriomyia) rujicornis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 34, n.89, 1859((J).

Thynnus haerdtii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 108((J).

The clypeus has a short carina from the base, joining a smooth, oblique, triangular truncation which extends to the apex. Hypo- pygium rounded and ciliated at the apex.

Hab. — Swan River, W.A.

E. SCUTELLATA, n.Sp.

(^. Clypeus with a very short delicate carina from the base, a short and wide triangular truncation at the apex. Head and thorax densely punctured; head narrowed behind the eyes; the anterior margin of the prothorax very slightly raised; the scu- tellum rather broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment short, depressed and subtruncate posteriorly, delicately reticulate. Abdominal segments shining, with very fine punctures at the

266 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

base, smooth at the apex. Pygidium smooth and rounded. Abdomen fusiform, short. Black; antennae fuscous, the scape ferruginous; mandibles, the anterior portion of the clypeus, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior margin of the protliorax, a curved line before the tegulae, the tegula3, a large spot on the scutellum, a transverse line on the postscutellum and the legs yellow. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures testaceous. Length 5-7 mm.

9. Head much longer than wide, slightly narrowed to the posterior margin, shining, very finely and sparsely punctured, with a very delicate median frontal sulca. Prothorax narrowed ^nd rounded anteriorly, about the same length as the median segment, wdiich is modeiately broadened to the apex where it is obliquely truncate. Thorax, median segment and abdomen shining, with large, elongate, shallow punctures. Abdomen sub- cylindrical, the first segment truncate at the base, the lateral angles of the truncation produced into short spines, a minute tubercle beneath near the base. Epipygium pointed. Entirely castaneous. Length 3 mm.

Hah. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.). Cape York, Q.

Cape York specimens have the whole pronotum yellow, and the sculpture on the median seghient is coarser.

E. LUCiDA Sm. Thynnus {Agriomyia) lucidus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.36, n.95, 1859((J).

The antennae are black, not yellow as in the following species; it is also much less strongly punctured, especially on the abdomen. The type is in the Oxford University Museum. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Tasmania.

E. LUCiDULA, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus almost smooth, a very faint median carina from the base to the centre, whence the clypeus is broadly triangularly truncate to the apex. Head punctured, least strongly on the xjcciput. Prothorax of moderate length, the anterior margin

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 267

raised. The whole thorax punctured, the scutellum rounded at the apex. Median segment smooth at the extreme Imse, witlj a slight median depression, the remainder of the segment rugulose, most finely near the apex; the segment is obliquely depressed to the apex. Abdomen short, fusiform, delicately punctured; the first segment with a short median sulca from the base. H^^po- pygium broadly rounded, ciliated. Black; antennae, mandibles, clypeus on the apical half, tegula? and legs yellow. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures fuscous, testaceous at the base. Length 10-11 mm.

O. Head rectangular, rather longer than broad, with fine scattered punctures, the front more closel}^ punctured, with a short median frontal sulca. Thorax and median segment sparsely and finely punctured; the prothorax narrowed and rounded anteriorly, as broad on the posterior margin as long; the median segment as long as the prothorax, obliquely truncate at the apex, where it is nearl}^ twice as broad as at the base. Abdomen broader than the thorax, subcylindrical, punctured. Pygidium short, nearly pointed at the apex. Black; ttie antennae fusco- ferruginous; the protliorax, the two basal and tw^o apical abdominal segments, the mandibles, clypeus, anterior legs, all the tarsi and the extreme apex of the intermediate and posterior tibiae ferru- ginous-red. Length 5 mm.

^a6.— Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.); Wagga, N. S.W.; Victoria; S. Australia,

The female from S. Australia has the legs entirely ferruginous and the third and fourth abdominal segments black on the basal half only.

E. CRASSICEPS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus not much produced, with a short carina from the base and an oblique triangular truncation at the apex, the surface of the truncation smooth, the sides very finely punctured. Head very large, very slightly narrowed behind the eyes, densely punctured, a small V-shaped carina between the antennae, the space between the carinas marked with a very faint median carina. Prothorax finely punctured, the anterior margin raised, as broad

268 REVISION OF THE THYNNII)^ OF AUSTRALIA. I.,

as the head ))ut not long. Mesothorax and scutellum strongly punctured, the scutellum strongly rounded at the aj^ex. Median segment strongly punctured, reticulate at the apex and smooth at the extreme base, obliquely truncate posteriorly. Abdomen densely covered with minute shallow punctures; first segment with a short median sulca from the base and a small tubercle at the base beneath; segments 2-4 wdth a small, raised, smooth mark on each side near the apical margin. Epipygium smooth, rounded at the apex. Black; the antennse fusco-ferruginous; legs pale ferruginous marked with yellow; clypeus, mandibles, a line on the anterior margin of the prothorax and the tegulfe yellow. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures black. Length 6-8 mm.

2. Unknown. '

Hah.— Cape York, Q.

E. FERRUGINEICEPS, n.sp.

(J. Head rather large, strongly punctured; clypeus produced moderately, transversely rugose, with a median carina from the base to the apex. Prothorax long, as broad as the head, trans- versely rugulose, the anterior margin raised, the sides not quite parallel. Mesothorax and scutellum strongly punctured, the scutellum subtriangular, narrowl}^ rounded at the apex. Medi?.n segment short, depressed to the apex, finely reticulate, smooth at the base. Abdomen punctured, with a transverse line near the base of segments 2-4, which are almost smooth at the base and on the apical margin. Epipygium at the apex smooth and rounded. Black; head, except the clypeus and mandibles, the five basal abdominal segments, except the base of the first, ferruginous. Tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline, nervures black. Length 11-13 mm.

The first abdominal segment has an acute tubercle near the centre beneath.

9. Unknown.

Hab. — Sydney.

Apparently allied to E, castaneiceps, but I have not been able to study the mouth-parts.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 269

E. CASTANEICEPS, n.Sp.

-J. Clypeus produced anteriorly, rather narrowly truncate at the apex, with a longitudinal carina from the base to the apex, punctured. Head rather large, strongly punctured, the antenna? very short, a raised carina above the base of the antennae on each side, the front between the antennae narrowly truncate. Pro- thorax long and broad, as broad as the head, the sides parallel, the anterior margin raised. The thorax finel}^ and densely punc- tured, most finely on the prothorax; the scutellum triangular, more sparsely punctured, with a very delicate longitudinal carina from the base to the apex. Median segment smooth at the base, very finely reticulate on the apical portion, rather short and obliquely depressed to the apex. Abdomen shining, with close, shallow punctures, the apical margins of the segments smooth. Segments 2-4: with a faint depressed transverse line near the base and a faint raised mark on each side near the apical margin. Pygidium smooth and rounded at the apex. The first segment beneath with an elevated longitudinal carina from the base, ending in a tubercle at the base of the oblique, triangular, apical truncation of the segment. Light chestnut-brown; the clypeus, anterior margin of the piothorax and postscutellum yellowish; antennae, except the scape, and the three apicaJ abdominal seg- ments black. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures fuscous, stio;ma testaceous. Length 1 2 mm.

$. Unknown.

Hab. — Mackay, Q.

The first and third joints of the maxillary palpi are the shortest, the others subequal. May have to be separated from Eirone.

Genus A r i p h r o n Erichson.

Ariphron Erichs., Arch. f. Naturgesch.viii.Pt.l, p. 264, 1842(9).

(J. Clypeus very narrowly produced, usually with a median

carina; antennae of moderate length, usually longer than the

head and thorax without the median segment. Head rounded,

the sides with rather long pubescence, not much lengthened and

20

270 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

curled as in I'achynomyia. The head beneath concave, but not nearly as widely so as in Tachynomyia. Maxillary palpi with the three apical joints filiform and much elongated as in Aelurus, the basal joint very short. Labium rather short, labial palpi rather stout, the basal joint the longest, without hairs at the apex. No hairs on the labium. Labrum narrow, rounded anteriorly and ciliated, rather long and slightly narrowed to the base. The galea of the maxilla shows an obscure dividing line. The abdomen is short, petiolate; the hypopygium has a spine on each side near the base, and is produced either narrowly or tri- angularly to the base of the apical spine. The third cubital cell is long and receives the second recurrent nervure at about one- third of the distance from the base to the apex. The claspers are very long and slender.

9. Head flat, quadrate, broader than the prothorax, the max- illary palpi (according to Erichson) six-jointed; the mandibles not bidentate. The prothorax is deeply excavated in the known species, the median segments rather short, and the tarsal ungues simple. The pygidium varies a good deal.

Type A. bicolor Erichs.

Key to the Species of Ariphron. ^ ^ . i. Antennae bright orange.

A. Wholly black.

a. Median segment coarsely rugulose. A. petiolafiis Sm.

b. Median segment shining, with a few shallow punctures.

A. vagulus, n.sp.

B. Black and ferruginous.

a. Legs and abdomen, except segments 4-5, ferruginous.

A. rigidulus, n.sp. ii. Antennae black.

A. Wholly black.

a. Wings fusco- violaceous. A. hospes, n.sp.

b. Wings fusco-hyaline.

a^. Median segment punctured. A. blandulus, n.sp.

62. Median segment smooth. A. rixosus Sm.

c. Wings hyaline, iridescent. A. nudulu'^, n.sp.

B. Abdomen and legs at least ferruginous or testaceous.

a. Margins of prothorax yellow, abdomen and legs ferruginous.

A. tryphonoides Sm.

b. Wholly testaceous. .4, pallididus, n.sp.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 271

$ 5 . i. Head very much broader than prothorax, as broad as long or broader. a. Pygidium broadly transversely truncate at apex. a'^. Ferruginous; abdomen, except pygidium, black.

A. hicolor Erichs. h'^. Wholly ferruginous-brown, A. tryphojioides Sm.

h. Pygidium more elongate, very narrowly rounded at apex, with a strong median carina, a-. Dull ferruginous, abdomen black. A. blandulus, n.sp.

ii. Head very little broader than prothorax, rather longei than broad.

a. Wholly testaceous. A. nudulus, n.sp.

Ariphron BicoLOR Erichs.

Ariphron hicolor Erichs., Arch, f, Naturgesch. viii. Pt. 1, p. 264, n.239,t.5,f.l, 1842(9).

The male of this fine species is still unknown.

A. PETIOLATUS Sm.

Thynnus iMiolatns Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.36,n.94,1859((J)

The hypopygium has a spine on each side near the base, thence very narrowly produced with parallel sides to the base of the apical spine. The clypeus is narrowly produced anteriorly and has a carina from the base, not reaching the apex.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Melbourne, Vic. (French); Hunter River, N. S.W.; Cairns, Q.

Melbourne specimens are 12-13 mm. in length, those from Cairns 8-10 mm. The type is from the Hunter River, and is intermediate in size.

A. VAGULUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus produced anteriorly, very narrowly truncate at the apex, with a median longitudinal carina from the base to the apex; the sides of the clypeus finely and densely punctured and thinly covered with rather long grey pubescence. Head and thorax punctured, median segment shining, sparsely and shallowly punctured, longer than in A.petiolatics Sm., narrowed and rounded at the apex. Abdomen slenderer than in A. lyetiolatus, the petiole

"2r2 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

longer and more gradually widened, the second segment depressed at the base above. The whole abdomen shining, smooth on the basal segments, densely and shallowly punctured on the two or three apical segments. Hypopygium with an acute spine on each side, thence very narrowly produced with parallel sides, narrow- ing slightly and abruptly into the apical spine. Black; the antenna? bright orange, the clypeus at the apex, the mandibles and two minute spots between the antennae fuscous. Length 11 mm.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Victoria (French).

Near A. petiolatus Sm., from which it may be easil}'- distin- guished by the shining median segment and the slenderer abdomen.

A. HOSPES, n.sp.

(J. Head broad, slightly and widely emarginate posteriorly, occiput with rather sparse, fine, shallow punctures, front densely and coarsely punctured. Clj^peus with a strong median longi- tudinal carina, densely clothed with white pubescence. Thorax punctured, most finely on the protborax; the anterior margin of the prothorax slightly raised, with a narrow, smooth, depressed line behind it. Scutellum broadly rounded posteriorly. Median segment rounded to the apex, ver}'- finely punctured. Abdomen petiolate, oval, shining, subpunctate; the epipygium rugose, with a delicate median carina. Hypopj'gium with a spine on each side near the base, thence narrowly produced and rounded at the apex, with a sharp apical spine. Beneath the abdomen is more strongly punctured, the first segment has an oblique triangular truncation at the apex. Hind trochanters with an acute spine beneath. Entirely black. Wings fusco-hyaline, with violet reflections, lighter at • the base and apex, nervures fuscous. Length 14 mm.

9. Unknown.

Hah. — Australia.

Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER.

273

A. BLANDULUS, 11. sp.

^. Clypeus with a longitudinal median carina from the base to the apex, narrowly produced and truncate at the apex, thickly clothed with grey pubescence. Head densely punctured, pubes- cent, a very short, shallow sulca between the antennae, and a delicate carina from the vertex to between the two posterior ocelli. Thorax densely punctured, most coarsely on the meso- thorax, scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment finely punctured-rugulose, clothed with grey pubescence. Abdo- men smooth and shining, subpetiolate; a rather deep depression near the base of the second segment. Epipygium with a few deep punctures, pubescent; hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence sharply narrowed into a long apical spine. Entirely black, with ashy-grey pubescence. Wings fusco- hyaline, hyaline at the base. Nervures black. Length 1 1 mm.

9. Head subquadrate, large, very much broader than the thorax, shining and punctured; the front opaque, very finely and densely punctured, the punctures confluent longitudinally. A short, fine sulca betw^een the antennae, and a slight median depression on the vertex. The mandibles short and blunt. Prothorax narrow and depressed anteriorly, the anterior half with the margins raised, forming a prominent cordiform carina, the enclosed area depressed, the centre of the prothorax transversely elevated and the posterior portion oblique. The mesothorax very small, raised above the posterior margin of the prothorax; the median segment oblique from the base, much broadened to the apex, with a few scattered punctures, shorter than the prothorax. Abdomen shining, finely punctured, the first segment vertically truncate at the base, the third segment the broadest. Epipygium with a strong median carina from the base to the apex. Ferruginous, the abdomen black, the pygidium and the margins of the segments fuscous. Length 9 mm.

Hab. — Berwick, Vic.

Types in Coll. Froggatt.

274 REVISION OF THE THYNNIDiE OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

A.. RIXOSUS Sm.

Thynnus rixosus Sm., Desc.n.sp.Hym. p. 168, n.27, 1879((J). Hah. — Champion Bay, W.A.

A. NUDULUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a median carina from the base to tiie apex, narrowly produced anteriorly. Head finely punctured, with thin, short, grey pubescence. The thorax is a little more strong!}^ punctured than the head, the scutellum short, broadly rounded at the apex; the median segment obliquely depressed at the apex, smooth and shining at the base, delicately punctured on the apical portion. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and shining; epipygium strongly punctured. Hypopygium with a small spine on each side, thence gradually narrowed to the apical spine. Black; the apex of the sixth abdominal segment and the pygidium fuscous; spines of the tibiae testaceous. Wings hj^aline, irides- cent, nervures black. Length 8 mm.

^. Head quadrate, linely punctured; a short sulca between the antenn*, broader than the prothorax. Prothorax a little longer than wide, with a deep excavation on each side of the anterior portion, divided by a prominent median carina; the mesothorax small; the median segment subtriangular, abruptly truncate pos- teriorly, flat above and sparsely punctured. Abdomen sub- cylindrical, shining, very delicately punctured, the fifth segment emarginate at the apex, epipygium lanceolate, with a strong longitudinal median carina. Entirely light castaneous-brown. Length 5 mm.

y/rt6._Tweed River, N. S.W.

Types in Coll. Froggatt, without locality, but the locality on another male is as given.

A. RIGIDULUS, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus with a median longitudinal carina, narrowly pro- duced anteriorly and truncate at the apex, clothed w4th grey pubescence; front coarsely rugulose, occiput shallowly punctured. Prothorax short, shining, depressed anteriorly; mesothorax and

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 275

scutellura strongly punctured. Median segment short, rounded, shining, with small shallow punctures. Abdomen petiolate, smooth and shining, the second segment depressed at the base. Hypopygium shorter than in most of the species of the genus, with a lateral spine near the base, then gradually narrowed to the base of the apical spine, which is slightly recurved. Black; the mandibles dark rufo-testaceous-black at the apex; antennae, except the basal half of the scape, the legs, except the coxae and tro- chanters, the first, second and basal half of the third and the whole of the two apical abdominal segments bright rufo- testaceous. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, nervures testaceous, the stigma fuscous. Length 12 mm.

Hah. — Melbourne, Vic. (French).

A. TRYPHONOIDES Sm.

Thynnus tryphonoides Sm., Cat.Hym.B.M,vii.34,n.86,1859((J); Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.68, 1859(9).

(J. Smith's description does not refer to the sculpture. The clypeus has a carina from the base not reaching the apex, which is smooth, thinly clothed with long cinereous pubescence. The head densely punctured. Prothorax very shallowl}', mesothorax more strongly, median segment finely and densely punctured. Abdomen shining, the hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence sharply narrowed into the apical spine, which is long and slightly recurved. The six or seven apical joints of the antennae are produced and narrowed beneath at the base. The cubital nervure is bent at the point of recep- tion of the first recurrent nervure, having beyond that point almost the appearance of being a continuation of the first recurrent rather than of the cubital nervure. The division of the first cubital cell is indicated by a faint scar only.

9. Head quadrate, much broader than the thorax, punctured, the projection between the antennae divided by a median suture, a small tubercle at the base of the mandibles, which are simple. The anterior portion of the prothorax depressed, with a median carina, and the lateral margins slightly raised, having a depres-

276 REVISION OP THE THyNXID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

sion oil each side of the carina; the prothorax posteriorly much elevated and somewhat narrowed, forming a subtubercular pro- minence as high as the mesothorax. Median segment punctured, short, much broadened and vertically truncate posteriorly. Abdomen shining, finely punctured: epipygium broadly truncate at the apex. Entirely ferruginous-brown. Length 7 mm. Hah. — Adelaide, S.A.; Victoria.

A. PALLIDULUS, n.sp.

^. Clypeus narrowly produced to the apex, finely punctured, with an indistinct carina from the base not quite reaching the apex. Head strongly punctured, with a well developed median froatal sulca. Prothorax very short and depressed: mesothorax strongly punctured, the scutellum short and broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment shining, sparsely punctured, the punctures very minute and shallow. Abdomen flattened above and beneath, smooth and shining, subpetiolate, the second seg- ment depressed at the base. Hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence very suddenly narrowed and produced, very slender, with parallel sides to the base of the apical aculeus, which is rather long. Testaceous-brown, the clypeus, front, marnns of the prothorax, and postscutellum testaceous-yellow: the antennie, except the scape and two basal joints of the flagellum, black. Length 9 mm.

^. Unknown.

Hah. — Cairns, Q.

Genus T a c h y n o m y i a Guer.

Tachynomyia Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. 1842 (nee Ashmead).

Aelurus Westw , (nee Klug) Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 122, 1844.

Aelurus ^m., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. .53, 1859.

Pseudaelurus Ashm., Canad. Ent. xxxv.

g. Head broad, the sides with a beard of long curled hair.s, beneath strongly concave. The clypeus is moderately advanced, more broadly than in Ariphron; the cheeks are produced into a spine or tubercle at the base of the mandibles. The maxillae are

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. -J, i

fringed with long hairs, the maxillary palpi have the basal joint veiy short and the three apical joints much elongated, not quite as long and slender as in Aelurus. The division of the galea is obsolete. The labium has a tuft of very long hairs at the apex, and the first joint of the labial palpi is long, swollen at the apex and furnished with a cluster of very long hairs (nearly absent in some Queensland species). The abdomen is subpetiolate and the hypopygium armed, the latter varying much in shape. Labrum small, borne on a long petiole.

^. Rugose or coarsely punctuied, the head more or less convex, the mandibles simple, the labial palpi four-jointed, the basal joint the longest; maxillae and maxillary palpi very minute, rudi- mentary; pygidium usually simple; tarsal ungues simple in some species, bifid in most.

Type T. ahdominalis (ruer.

This genus is amply distinct from Aelurus Klug, with which it was confused by West wood and Smith. Ashmead has perceived the marked differences, but has got into confusion by a wrong identification of T. spiiiolcp, which he erroneously regards as the type of Tachynomyia. T. abdominalis is described in Guerin's w ork before T. sjjinolce, and should therefore be the type of the new genus proposed for the two, which are in my opinion varieties of the same species. Ashmead's genus Pseudaelurus must sink in any case.

Kty to the Species of Tachynomyia.

J (J . A. Hypopygium with parallel sides, subcorneal at apex, with a central spine at the apex.

a. Abdomen bright ferruginous.

a'~. Scutellum and postscutellum marked with yellow.

T. abdominalLs Goer.

b. Thorax and abdomen entirely ferruginous-brown. T. concolor, n.sp. B. Hypopygium with parallel sides, subconical or subtruncaie ai

the apex, with two small notches on one or both sides of the

apical spine. a. Second and third abdominal segments ferruginous. a2, Clypeus with a strong median carina. T. iKt-ah'-^ Sm.

b^. Clypeus without or almost without a carina. T. ruhtUa Sm.

278 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

6. entirely black. a.2. Abdominal segments constricted. T . 'paradelx)ha^ n.sp.

6"2. Abdominal segments not constricted.

a^. Pubescence on head fulvous. T. ohliterata, n.sp.

6^. Pubescence on head grey. T. senex Sm,

c. Tibiae and tarsi ferruginous, T. 2^u)ictata, Sm.

C. Hypopygium emarginate at the apex, with an apical spine, a. Second and third abdominal segments ferruginous.

a-. Postscutellum black ; mesothorax shining, sparsely

punctured. T. sedidoides, n.sp.

b'^. Postscutellum yellow; mesothorax opaque, closely punc- tured. T. volatUis Sm. h. Black, with ferruginous legs.

rtt. Anterior margin of the prothorax and the postscutellum

yellow . T. fervens Sm.

D. Hypopygium broadened from the base to the apex, where it is

emarginate with a long apical spine, a. Black, the legs ferruginous. T. abstinens^ n.sp.

E. Hypopygium subtriangular, the sides serrate; apical spine

very short, a. Black, the legs ferruginous. a"2. Abdomen coriaceous, clothed with fine pubescence.

T. 'piloHula Sm.

F. Hypopygium rounded, with a short apical spine.

a. Second and third abdominal segments ferruginous.

a'^. Pubescence on the front pale golden. T. anrifrons Sm.

h. Sides of all the abdominal segments ferruginous.

a^. Anterior margin of the prothorax yellow. T. comhusta Sm.

c. Black, the legs ferruginous or fuscous from near the base of

the femora. T. moerens Westw.

G. Hypopygium with a lateral spine on each side near the base

or with prominent angles, thence gradually narrowed to the base of the apical spine. a. Hypopygium rounded at the base of the apical spine, a^. Wings hyaline, crossed with a fuscous band.

a^. Scutellum with an apical emargination and a small tubercle on each side. aA. Postscutellum and anterior margin of the prothorax

white. T. fascipennis, n.sp.

5=^ Scutellum without tubercles or emargination.

a^. Wholly black. T. anthracina Sm.

6"2. Wings hyaline, iridescent.

a'^. Postscutellum and anterior margin of the prothorax white.

T. Jlavojncto. Ritsema.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 279

$ $ . A. First abdominal segment with a distinct transverse carina before the apex.

a. Head black, thorax and legs ferruginous. Sparsely punc-

tured. T, abdominalis Guer.

b. Black, thorax and legs ferruginous. Closely punctured.

T. punctata Sm.

B. The carina before the apex of the first abdominal segment

either absent or indistinct. a. Tarsal ungues bifid. a'^. Abdominal segments closely and finely punctured. T. adusta Sm. 62. Abdominal segments sparsely punctured, the punctures

large. T. incana Sm.

h. Tarsal ungues simple. a'^. Strongly punctured. Second abdominal segment broadly emarginate on the apical margin, a^. Head not much narrowed posteriorly. T. anfhracina Sm.

6^, Head much narrowed posteriorly. T.fascipennis, n.sp.

C. Pygidium contracted at the base.

a. Sparsely punctured. Second abdominal segment not emar- ginate on the apical margin. T. Jlavopicta Ritsema.

T. ABDOMINALIS Guer.

Agriomyia {Tachynomyia) abdominalis Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. p.5, 1842((J).

Aelurus abdominalis Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 122, 1844{(J).

Agriomyia {TacJiynomyia) spinolce Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 6, 18-t2(^).

Thynnus ftrvidus Erichs., Arch.f.Naturgesch. viii. Pt.l, p.263^ 11.237, 1842(^).

ThyiDius abdominalis D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 100, 1897((J) [nee Fabr.].

This species may be recognised by the light ferruginous colour of the abdomen with the basal segment black. T. spinolca Guer., seems to be merely a colour-variety, as Guerin himself suggests. In spite of this Ashmead makes the two forms the types of dis- tinct genera, erroneously choosing spi7iohe as the type of Tachyno- m,yia. I have seen specimens in which the black colour of the thorax is replaced by a ferruginous-red as noticed by Smith, and also intermediate forms.

280 REVISION OP THE THYNNID^ OP AUSTRALIA, I.,

9. Head convex, subquadrate, shining and sparsely punctured, a faint median sulca on the front; prothorax broader than long, the sides parallel; mesothorax narrowed posteriorly; median seg- ment broadened posteriori}^ and obliquely truncate; thorax and median segment sparsely punctured. First abdominal segment with a transverse depression just before the apex, the apical margin recurved, forming a raised carina; second segment with a transverse carina close to the base, a transverse depressed line following it; the apical margin depressed, with a transverse row of fine punctures. All the segments punctured, the three basal sparsely, the three apical finely and densely. Abdomen beneath finely punctured, the first segment with an acute tubercle at the base. Tarsal ungues simple. Fuscous; the head black: thorax, median segment and legs ferruginous; antennae, except the scape, and the two apical abdominal segments f usco-ferruginous. Length 9 mm.

Hah. — Victoria; Tasmania.

The female is described from a specimen in the Oxford Uni- versity Museum collected by Bake well.

T. CONCOLOR, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus punctured, with a median carina from the base to near the middle, a smooth, longitudinal, median line below the carina, the apex smooth and rather narrow^ truncate, the sides densely covered with long fulvous pubescence. Head finely rugulose, with fulvous pubescence on the front and a beard of long fulvous hairs on the sides. Prothorax almost smooth, the anterior margin raised, mesothorax and scutellum punctured, the scutellum broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment long, shining, almost smooth, very slightly depressed at the base. Abdomen slender, subpetiolate, almost smooth: the first segment with a deep median sulca from the base not reaching the apex. Epipygium punctured. Hypopygiuni prominent; the sides curving upwards, nearly parallel, slightly diverging to the apex; the apical margin subconical, ciliated, the apical spine slightly recurved. Ferruginous-brown, the head and flagellum of the

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 281

antennae black; the clypeus ferruginous, its apical margin dull yellow. Length 14 mm.

Q. Unknown.

Hab. — Berwick, Vic.

Type in Coll. Ftoggatt.

T. BASALIS Sm.

Aelurus basalis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 55, n.8, 1859((J). Thynnus sennhoferi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 1 15, 1897. Hah. — Australia.

T. RUBELLA Sm.

Aelurits rubellus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 56, n.ll, 1859((J).

Thynyius friedrichii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 107, 1897.

The type of this species seems to be lost. It is very near the last species, but has no central carina on the clypeus, and the sculpture of the abdomen appears to be different. It is also a smaller species.

Hab.—Ijowev Plenty, Vic.(Bakewell).

T. PARADELPHA, H.sp.

^. Clypeus densely clothed with cinereous pubescence, advanced and broadly truncate at the apex. Head and thorax rugulose, the cheek produced into a short blunt spine at the base of the mandibles and with a long beard of curled cinereous hairs. The pubescence pale fulvous and thin on the front and the mesonotum, cinereous and thick on the occiput, prothorax and median seg- ment. Median segment delicately reticulate, finely punctured at the extreme base. Abdomen subpunctate, first segment short and stouter than is usual in the genus, a strong median sulca from the base not reaching the apex, and a very obscure carina from the end of the sulca to the apex. Second segment with a faint median carina from near the base to the apex; a similar carina, scarcely visible, on the third segment. Segments 2-4 with a rounded elevation on each side near the apical margin; tlie second strongly, the third and fourth slightly constricted near

*282 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

the base. Hypopygium almost truncate at the apex, with a strong apical spine, the apical angles produced into very short spines, and the margiy notched, giving it a serrated appearance. Antennae rather shorter than in the allied species. Entirely black. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous. Length 14 mm.

Hah. — Victoria (French).

Somewhat resembles some species of Thynnoides^ but tlie mouth- parts show it to be a true Tachynomyia.

T. OBLITERATA, n.Sp.

(J. Head finely rugulose, densely clothed with long fulvous pubescence, and a long beard of the same colour on the sides; a short, sharp spine at the base of the mandibles. Clypeus clothed with long golden pubescence, with a carina from the base to the apex. Prothorax finely, mesothorax and scutellum more coarsely rugulose; the scutellum short, broadly truncate at the apex; the prothorax thickly, the mesothorax more thinly clothed with fulvous pubescence. Median segment finely reticulate, punctured at the extreme base, with long griseous pubescence on the sides. Abdomen subpunctate, ovoid, the sculpture very shallow and indistinct, a sulca on the first segment from the base almost reaching the apex, second segment depressed at the base, the pubescence on the sides of the abdomen griseous, on the epipy- gium pale fulvous. Hypopygium with a slightly recurved apical spine, a short blunt tooth on the apical margin, close to the base of the apical spine, and another at the apical angle rather longer and more acute, giving the apical margin the appearance of being doubly notched on each side. Black; the mandibles fuscous at the apex, the tegulae and the spines of the tibise and tarsi fusco- ferruginous. Length 11mm.

9. Unknown.

Hab. — S. Australia.

Type in Coll. Froggatt.

T. SENEX Sm.

Aeleurus senex Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 54, n.5, 1895((J).

Thyn7ius schroederi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 115, 1897((J).

Hab.— Waggs,, N. S.W.; Melbourne, Vic.

I

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 283

T. PUNCTATA fSm.

Thynnus jmnctatus Sm., Cat Hym.B.M.vii.p.44,n. 127, 1859(9).

Aelurus dentatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.vii,p.57,n.l4, 1859((J9).

Aelurus incaitus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 69, 1859(9 nee ^).

Thynnus kalteiibrunneri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 109, 1897.

g. The median segment is very finely rugulose and the nervures are testaceous-brown.

9. Head subquadrato, slightly convex, broader than long, finely punctured, rather sparsely on the occiput. Thorax and median segment rather strongly punctured, the median segment much shorter than the prothorax and obliquely truncate. The two basal abdominal segments rugose, the first with a transverse carina before the apex; the second and third with a smooth mark on each side near the apical margin. Third, fourth and fifth segments finely punctured, the punctures at the base of the seg- ments very minute. Epipygium rugulose, narrowl}^ rounded at the apex, with fulvous pubescence. Head and abdomen black; thorax, median segment, legs, antennae, mandibles and epipygium dull ferruginous. Length 9 mm.

Hab. — Adelaide, S.A.

The type of T. punctatus Sm., has the parts which are ferru- ginous in some specimens dark fuscous, and has a faint, short sulca on the front. It is in very bad condition, but I think I am right in identifying it with T. dentatus Sm.

T. SEDULOIDES, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus advanced, narrowly truncate at the apex, with a delicate carina from the base to the centre, clothed with cinereous pubescence, punctured. Head coarsely and densely punctured; a prominent almost straight carina between the antennae and covering their base. The sides of the head with a long beard of fulvous hairs. Prothorax smooth and shining, the anterior margin raised. Mesothorax sparsely punctured on the disc, finely and closely on the sides between the sulcse. Scutellum large, broadly rounded posteriorly. Median segment densel}' punctured. Abdomen with large shallow punctures; the hypo-

284 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

pygium with parallel sides, strongly emarginate at the apex, the apical angles slightly produced and the apical spine long. Beneath the first segment has a longitudinal carina from the base and is obliquely truncate at the apex. Black; the'mandibles, apex of the clypeus, the carina between the antennae, the pro- notum, tegul?e, the apical half of the first, the whole of the second and third abdominal segments, and the sides of the fourth at the base and the legs, except the base of . the coxse, ferruginous. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous, the costa testaceous.

Hah. — Berwick, Yic.

Type in Coll. Froggatt.

Near T. basalis Sm., in colour, but the sculpture is quite different.

T. VOLATILIS Sm.

Aelurus volaiilis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London^ 1868, p.237((J). Thy7inus mayri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. HI, 1897(J^).

Hah. — S. Australia.

T. AGiLis Sm.

Aelurus agilis^m., Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond.(3)ii. 5,p.390,1865(^). Thynnus ivildaneri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 118, 1897(^). Hah. — Swan River, W.A.

I have not seen this species. Smith does not refer to the shape of the hypopygiuin.

T. FERVENS Sm.

Thynnus fervens Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.58, n.l5, 1859((J).

Thijnnus pernteri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 118, 1897((J).

I have seen only one specimen of this species. It agrees well with Smith's description, but the abdomen is covered with large shallow punctures, not " fine, very shallow." The scutellum is large and very broadly truncate at the apex.

Hah. — Victoria.

T. ABSTINENS, n.sp.

(J. Head coarsely punctured, rugulose on the front, clypeus densely covered with pale fulvous pubescence, produced and rather narrowly truncate at the apex. The cheeks produced

BY ROWLAND E. TUKXEK. 285

into a blunt tubercle at the base of the mandibles, and with a long curled beard of pale fulvous hairs. Prothorax short, the anterior margin slightly raised, sparsely and shallowly punctured. Mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured; median segment very finely punctured at the base, finely reticulate on the apical portion, with grey pubescence on the sides. Abdomen shining, subpunctate, the first segment with a median sulca from the base, not quite reaching the apex; second segment depressed and slightly constricted at the base. Hypopygium prominent, witli a median carina beneath, strongly narrowed near the base, then gradually widened to the apex, which is strongly emarginate on each side of the long apical spine, which is slightly recurved, the apical angles are produced into short spines. Black; the man- dibles on their inner margin and the legs, except the coxae and trochanters, ferruginous. The pubescence on the head and disc of the thorax pale fulvous, elsewhere grey. A few fulvous hairs on the apical margin of the hypopygium. Length 10-14 mm.

9. Unknown.

Ilab. — Victoria (French).

T. PiLOSULA Sm.

Aelurus pilosulus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. p. 56, n.lO, 1859((J).

The clypeus is finely punctured, with a delicate carina from the base to the apex; the head and thorax are finely rugulose, the scutellum punctured, the median segment delicately reticu- late. The abdomen is finely coriaceous, the epip3^gium shallowly punctured. The hypopygium is subtriangular with two or three small lateral notches and a short apical spine.

Hab. — Victoria; Sydney, N. ►S.W.

T. COM BUST A Sm. Aelurus combustus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 55, n.9, 1859((J). Hub. — Moreton Bay.

T. AURIFRONS Sm. Aelurus aurifroiis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 55, n.9, 1859((J). The head and thorax are rugose and opaque, the prothorax and median segment shining and rugulose. Abdomen shining, 21

286 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.^ OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

with shallow punctures, the segments smooth at extreme base and apex. The scutellum is broadly truncate at the apex. Hab.—A\ha.ny, W.A.

T. MOERENs Westw.

Aelurus moerens "Westw., Arc. Eut. ii. 2, 124, 1844((J).

Aelurus incanus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.53, n.4, 1859((J).

Aelurus vulpinus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.54, n.7, 1859((J).

Thynnus schoberi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 115, 1897.

(^. The clypeus has the anterior region narrowly pale yellow; the colour of the legs varies from fuscous to ferruginous.

9. Head, thorax, median segment and two basal abdominal segments coarsely rugose, the head slightly convex, much broader than long, with a deep depression on each side between the eye and the base of the antenna. Prothorax broader than long; median segment short, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation finely rugulose. The tarsal ungues bitid. The apical margin of the first abdominal segment raised, forming a transverse carina, and a well marked transverse carina near the base of the second segment. The remaining segments punctured, most sparsely on the sides, almost smooth at the base. Epipygium finely rugulose, narrowly rounded at the apex. Fuscous, antennae and legs ferruginous. Length 13 mm.

Hab. — Shoalhaven, Bombala, N.S.W.; Melbourne, Vic.

The female described by Smith (Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 69) is that of 7\ dentatus Sm.

T. ADUSTA Sm.

Thynnus aduatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.43,n.l22, 1859(9).

9. Head and thorax coarsely puuctured, the punctures con- fluent; the head convex, much broader than long, very strongly rounded at the posterior angles. Median segment longer than usual in the genus, broadened posteriorly and obliquely truncate. The two basal abdominal segments rugose, the apical margin of the basal segment forming a strongly raised carina with a depressed transverse line in front of it. Second segment with a transverse carina close to the base, nearly covered by the first

BY ROWLAND E. TURNPJR. 287

segment. The remaining segments finel}' and densely punctured, i-ather more sparsely and deeply on the apical portion of the segments. A smooth, shining mark on each side of the third and fourth segments near the apical margin. Pygidium rugulusp, smooth at the extreme apex, with a faint median longitudinal carina. Tarsal ungues bifid. Fuscous; legs, mandibles, clypeus and antennae fusco-ferruginous. Length 1.3 mm.

(J. Unknown.

Hah. — Australia.

T. ANTHRACINA Sm.

Aelurus aathracinus Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p.l74, 1879((J9).

Thymius milUeri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. Ill, 1897((J9).

(J. Clypeus subtriangularly produced, clothed with whitish pubescence; and a median longitudinal carina from the base to the apex. The head densely punctured, a beard of grey hairs on the sides, a rounded carina between the antennse. Prothorax broad and short, the anterior margin curved backwaids at the sides and produced. The whole thorax densely punctured, most tinely on the prothorax. Scutellum siiort, broadly subtruncate at the apex. Median segment very closely and finely punctured, with grey pubescence on the sides. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and shining, the two apical segments with shallow punc- tures. Hypopygium with a sharp angle on each side near the base, thence broadly produced and rounded at the base of the apical spine. Black. Length 13-15 mm.

9. Strongly rounded to the hind margin, very strongly punc- tured, with a very delicate, short, frontal sulca. Thorax and median segment strongly punctured; the prothorax broader than long, the median segments broadened and obliquely truncate posteriorly. Tarsal ungues simple. The two basal abdominal segments rugose, the rest longitudinally punctured-rugose, the epipygium truncate at the apex, with a low broad median carina. Segments 2-4 smooth at the base. Fusco-ferruginous. Length 10-12 mm.

Hah. — Bowen, Mackay, Q.

288 REVISION OF THE THYNMDiE OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

T. FASCIPENNIS n.sp.

(^. Clypeus very nai-row]}'- advanced and truncate at tlie apex, densely clothed with cinereous pubescence, with a strong median carina from the base to the apex. Head strongly and ver}^ closely punctured, the interantennal prominence very broadly rounded at the apex; posterior margin of the head straight, iinel}^ and closely punctured on the vertex and behind the eyes; the sides with a beard of long grey hairs. Prothorax short and broad, finely punctured, the anterior angles prominent and recurved. Mesothorax finely punctured, a raised oblique carina on each side above the tegulse. Scutellum prominent, almost vertically truncate posteriorly, the apex strongly emarginate, the angles forming a slight tubercle on each side. Median segment rounded, finely reticulate, with grey pubescence on the sides. Abdomen subpetiolate, elongate-ovoid, shining, sub- punctate; the tirst segment narrower at the apex than in T. ardhracinus Sm., with a very short median sulca fromthe base. Third and fourth segments wider than the second. Hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence gradually narrowed to the base of the apical spine, where it is narrowly rounded. Black; the postscutellum white. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; a broad irregular fuscous band cro-sing the forewing from the stigma. Length 11-14 mm.

^. Head, thorax, and median f-egment coarsely rugose; the head gradually narrowed to the posterior margin, where it is narrower and not so strongly rounded at the posterior angles as in T. anthraclna Sm. The protliorax is broadest in the middle; the median segment rather shorter than the prothorax, much broadened to the apex, where it is almost vertically truncate. Abdomen longitudinally rugulose, rugose on the two basal seg- ments. Segments 3-5 almost smooth at the base; the epipygium w4th a delicate, median, longitudinal carina. Dark fuscous; the mandibles, antenna), and legs f usco-ferruginous. Length 9-1 3mm. Hab. — Cairns, Q.

Very near T. anthraclna Sm., from which it differs in the male by the shape of the scutellum and the white colour of the post-

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 289

scutellum. The sliape of the head in tlie female is different, and the median segment is more abruptly truncate.

T. FLAVOPiCTA Uitsema.

Aehcrus Jiavopictus Ritsema, Ent. Mag. xii. p. 185, 1876((J).

Thynnus saemiiMer'i D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 115, 1897.

(J. Clypeus narrowly advanced, very finely punctured, smooth at the apex, with a carina from the base almost reaching the apex, thinly clothed with grey pubescence. Head punctured, the sides with a beard of cinereous pubescence, the cheeks bluntly produced at the base of the mandibles, a delicate longi- tudinal carina from the vertex, almost reaching the anterior ocellus. Prothorax short and broad, not produced at the angles, very sparsely punctured. Mesothorax and scutellum punctured, the scutellum short, truncate at the apex; median segment opaque, pubescent, punctured-rugose. Abdomen smooth and shining, the petiole long and slender, the second segment depressed at the base. Hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence gradually narrowed, the apical spine very short. Black; the anterior margin of the clypeus, two small spots between the antennae, the anterior margin of the piothorax, narrowly interrupted in the middle, the teguke and the post- scutellum yellowish-white. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures black. Length 11mm.

9, Head, thorax, and median segment strongly and rather sparsely punctured; head subquadrate, slightly convex, rounded at the posterior angles; prothorax subquadrate, rather broader than long; mesothorax narrowed posteriorly; median segment short, much broader at the apex than the base, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation very densel}' and finely punctured. The thorax narrower than the head or abdomen. Abdomen with the first segment vertically truncate at the base, the three basal segments strongly and rather sparsely punctured, the apical margins slightly depressed; fourth and fifth segments densely covered with fine, shallow punctures. Pygidium con- tracted at the base, narrow, widened to the apex, where it is

290 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I.,

rounded, with a median, longitudinal carina. Dark fuscous, the head black; mandibles, antenna?, legs and pygidium ferruginous. Length 9 mm.

Hah. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.), Cairns, Cape York, Q.

Described by Ritsema from an Aru specimen. In Aru specimens the scutellum is rather longer, and more rounded than truncate at the apex.

T. BARBATA Sm.

Adurus harhatiLs Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p..57,n.I3, 1859((J9).

I have not seen this species, and the type, which was in Bake- well's Collection, appears to be lost. The female seems to be distinguished from that of all other species of the genus by the sculpture of the second abdominal segments.

Species of Tachynomyia have been described from the Austro- Malayan region and not yet recorded from Australia as follows :

1. T. COMATA Sm.

Aelurus comatus Sm., Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. vii. p. 27, 1863(^).

I/ab. — Waigiou.

2. T. FRAGILIS Sm.

Aelurus fragilis Sm., Journ. Proc. Linu. Soc. Zool. viii. p.78, 1864(^).

Hah. —Movty.

3. T. INSULARIS Sm.

Thynnns insularis Sm., Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. vii. p. 26, 1863($).

Hah. — My sol.

The following species which have been described as belonging to Tachynomyia or Aelurus should in my opinion be placed elsewhere: — Tachynomyia caelehs Sauss., Tachynom^yia nitens Sauss., and Aelurus fulvifrons Sm. These will be dealt with in a later paper.

291

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF AUSTRA- LIAN FORAMINIFERA. Part II.

By E. J. GrODDARD, B. A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Sydney University, and H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.

( C oiitinued fi'om Proceedings, 190^, p. 831.) (Plate vi.)

This paper might be taken as an addition to the work pub- lished by one or other of us in the Records of the Austrahan Museum, Vol. vi., Pt. 4, or in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1904, p. 8 10.

The recent foraminiferal sands examined have been obtained from dredgings made by Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., of the Australian Museum. The fossil material has kindly been supplied by Miss Mary Lodder, Launceston Museum, Tasmania.

The materials recorded in this and our previous papers having been obtained from localities on and about the Australian coasts far removed from one another, have enabled us to make deduc- tions regarding the distribution of Foraminifera in Australian waters, and also in connection with the conditions of climate and deposition at the time of the laying down of the Table Cape Beds.

1 . Foraminiferal sands from Van Dieynen^s Inlet, Gidf of Carpentaria; muddy bottom; depth 2 fathoms.

Family MILIOLID^. Subfamily MILIOLININ^.

1. Biloculina irregularis d'Orb.; diminutive.

2. Spiroloculina limbata d'Orb.; diminutive.

3. S. arenaria Brad3^

4. Miliolina seminulum Linn ; diminutive.

292 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIPBRA, II.,

5. M. ALVEOLiNiFORMis Brady; diminutive.

6. M. RETICULATA d'Orb.

7. M. ciRCULARis Bornem; diminutive.

8. M. UNDOSA Karrer.

Subfamily HAUERININiE.

9. Ophthalmidium inconstans Brady.

10. Planispirina exigua Brady.

11. P. celata Costa.

12. P. (Sigmoilina) sigmoidea Brady.

Subfamily PENEROPLIDIN^.

13. Orbitolites sp.; fragments.

Family LITUOLTD^. Subfamily TROCHAMMININiE.

14. Trochammina ringens Brady. 1.5. Webbina clavata P. <fe J.

Subfamily LITUOLINiE.

16. Haplophragmium fontinense Terq.

Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIINJE.

17. Textularia concava Karrer.

18. T. GRAMEN d'Orb.

19. Verneuilina spinulosa Reuss.

20. Olavulina cylindrica Hantk.

21. Spiroplecta AMERICANA Ehrenb.

Subfamily BULIMININiE.

22. BoLiviNA cosTATA d'Orb.

23. B. TEXTULARioiDES Reuss.

24. BULIMINA INFLATA Seg.

25. ViRGULINA SDBSQUAMOSA Eggei".

BY E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. JENSEN.

293

28. 29. 30. 31.

32. 33.

34. 35. 36. 37.

38.

Family CHEILOSTOMELLID^.

CriEILOSTOMELLA OVOIDEA ReUSS.

Family LAGENID^.

Subfamily LAGENIN^. Lagena aspera Reuss. \j. acuticostata Reuss.

L. desmophoha Ry. Jones (iionapiculate variety). L. HISPIDA Beuss.

L. ORBIGNYANA Seg.

Subfamily NODOSARIIN.a:.

NoDOSARiA scALARis Batscli, var. separans Brady Ckistellakia vortex F. tfc M.

Subfamily POLYMOEPHININ^. POLYMORPHINA ELEGANTISSIMA P. & J.

Uvigerina pygm^a d'Orb. U. interrupta Brady. U. canariensis d'Orb. XT. scHWAGERi Brady.

Family GLOBIGERINID^. 39. Globigerina bulloides d'Orb.

iO. G. BULLOIDES Var. TRILOBA RcUSS.

41. G. CRETACEA d'Orb.

42. G. ^QUiLATERALis Brady.

43. G. conglobata Brady.

44. G. dubia Egger.

45. G. DIGITATA Brady.

46. Orbulina universa d'Orb.

Family ROTALIID^. Subfamily ROTALIIN^.

47. DiSCORBINA BICONCAVA P. & J.

48. D. PARisiENSis d'Orb.

294 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA II.

49. D. ARAUCANA d'Orb.

50. Truncatolina haidingerii d'Orb.

51. 'i\ ungeriana d'Orb.

o'2. Anomalina ariminensis d'Orb.

53. PuLviNULiNA auricula F. & M.

54. P. MENARDii d'Urb.

55. P. PATAGONICA d'Orb.

56. P. CANARiENsis d'Orb.

57. RoTALiA CLATHRATA Brady.

58. R. PAPiLLOSA Brady.

59. Carpenteria proteiformis Goes.

60. Rupertia stabilis Wallich.

Family NUMMULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLINiE.

61. NoNIONINA SCAPHA F. & M.

62. POLYSTOMELLA MACELLA F. tk M.

Subfamily NUMMULITIN^.

63. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orb.

Neiv Species and Varieties.

Textularia quadrilatera C?) Schwager, var. (Plate vi. fig, 1).

The test is almost hyaline, approaching that of Bulimininae in appearance, faintly brownish in tinge from foreign material. It is larger than the types described in the Challenger Reports; the proximal end is rounded, and therefore does not agree in this respect with Sch wager's type-form, which is acutely pointed. The distal end containing the aperture is missing.

The test is very flat and remarkable for its straight contour, reminding one of the appearance of a pteropod shell; it has a thickened rim of h)''aline supplemental skeleton.

BY E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. JENSEN. 295

Cristellaria variabilis Reuss, var. allomorphinoides, var.nov. (Plate vi.fig.2).

This is a minute hyaline shell, the last chamber of which envelops the earlier chambers and is shaped like Lagena orhi- giiyana^ but has a cristellarian aperture. The enclosed earlier chambers have an arrangement which reminds one of that of the internal chambers of Allomorjihina trigonula, but they open into one another by cristellarian necks. In section the^hell is rather flattened. Size: length 0-35, breadth 0-25 mm.

Note. — The figure represents the shell seen by transmitted light.

Remarks. — About 20 % of this material is made up of foramin- ifera, the remaining portion consisting of sand, shell-fragments, one or two species of ostracod shells, polyzoa, and spicules of sponges, echinoderms and alcyonarian corals. A few pteropod shells are also present.

The members of the family Miliolidse are not well represented in numbers, and are uniformly diminutive in size. This is to be attributed to the fact that the material was dredged in muddy and very shallow water, whereas members of the family thrive best in clear water at a depth of from 50 to 150 fathoms. The great amount of fresh water brought down by rivers to the Gulf also brings about conditions unfavourable to the perfect develop- ment of the Miliolida?.

Members of the family Textulariidee are extremely abundant as regards numbers of individuals, but are limited to compara- tively few species and those of a small size. The forms present are such as are not restricted to great depths, and, like Textularia gramen and Bolivina costata, usually found in shallow waters. Yet all these species belong to deeper water than they were found in. To this and to the abundance of brackish water we ma}^ attribute the minuteness of the forms obtained.

The Globigerinida? are extremely abundant. This is very remarkable, as this family is pelagic, and properly speaking, belongs to deeper waters. The species represented are, however, all micromorphs.

296 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II. ,

The Lagenidae are represented chiefly by species of Uingerina. According to Carpenter this genus belongs, properly speaking, to depths between 100 and 300 fathoms. All the forms present are micromorphs. The genus Lagena is ver}^ poorly represented as regards number of individuals. This is to be expected, as the genus flourishes best at depths of 50 fathoms. The species present here are delicate, unstriated and nonapiculate.

The Rotaliidee are well represented, comparatively speaking, both as regards species and numbers. The occurrence of speci- mens of Rotalia clathrata is interesting, as verifying Carpenter's remarks regarding the adaptability of the genus Rotalia to estuarine conditions. Although the water is shallow, the genus DisGorhina is represented by minute forms only.

Nothing is more noticeable in an examination of this sand than that the foraminifera in it are characteristic of deeper water than that in which they occur, and show a marked tendency towards diminution in size. We would suggest, as a likely explanation of this, that the Gulf of Carpentaria is a remnant of a larger Tertiary sea, the floor of which has been undergoing elevation, eliminating the weaker oceanic forms and reducing the size of the hardier ones.

The absence of forms like Tinoporus and Calcariua, and the rarity of Amphistegina and Orbitolites might at first sight be taken as evidence that the forms present do not represent a true, stationary, littoral fauna; but this feature might also be explained on the grounds of brackish and muddy conditions.

A glance at the geological map of Queensland shows the Gulf to be surrounded by late Tertiary and alluvial strata.

2. Foraminifera dredged at a depth of 15 fathoras ojf^ Pabn Island near Townsville, Q., by C. Hedley.

The coarser sands from this locality were examined by one of us (H. I.J.) in 1903, and a list of forms present was published in the Proceedings of this Society for 1904 The eighteen species already recorded are omitted in this list, which comprises the

BY K. J. GODDARD AND 11. I. JENSEN. 297

finer dredging.s, except a few which are very abundant in tlie fine as well as coarse sands.

Family MTLIOLID^. Subfamily MILIOLININiE.

1. MiLlOLlNA RETICULATA d'Orl).

2. M. SEMiNULUM Linn.

3. M. VALVULAKJS Reuss.

4. M. LiNN^ANA d'Orb.

0. M. scROBicuLATA Brad}'.

6. Spiroloculina tenuiseptata Brady.

7. S. TENUIS Czjzek.

8. S. limbata d'Orb. '

9. S. crenata Karrer.

10. S. ASPERULA Karrer.

11. iS. grata Terq.

1 2. S. excavata d'Orb.

13. 8. tortuosa Chapman (Joiirn. Linn. Soc, Zool. Vol. xxviii.

p.l71,pl.l9,lig.5).

Subfamily HAUERININiE.

14. Planispikina exigua Brady.

15. Ophthalmidium cornu Chapman (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zooh

Vol. xxviii. p.408, pi. 36, fig.6).

16. O. inconstans Brady.

Subfamily PENEilOPLIDINiE.

17. Orbitolites complanata Lamk.

18. Articulina chapmani, sp.n. (Phite vi., figs. 5a, b).

Family LITUOLID^. Subfamily LITU0LIN5;.

19. Placopsilina cenomana d'Orb.

Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIINiE.

20. Textulakia trochus d'Orb.

21. T. CONCAVA Karrer.

298 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.,

22. T. SAGITTULA Defr.

23. Verneuilina propinqua Bmdy.

24. V. spiNULOSA Reuss.

25. V. variabilis Brady

26. Gaudryina pupoides d'Orb.

27. Clavulina angularis d'Orb.

Subfamily BULIMININ^.

28. Bolivina tbxtularioides Reuss.

29. B. punctata d'Orb.

30. B. TORTUOSA Brady.

Subfamily CASSIDULININ5:.

31. Ehrenbergina serrata Reuss.

Family LAGENID^. Subfamily LAGENINJE.

32. Lagena striata (apiculate variety) d'Orb.

33. L. GRACiLLiMA Seg. (one specimen only).

Subfamily POLYMORPHININiE.

34. Uvigerina interrupta Brady.

35. Sagrina australiensis, sp.n. (Plate vi., figs.3«, h).

Subfamily RAMULIKIN.E.

36. Ramulina globulifera Brady.

Family GLOBIGERINID^.

37. Globigerina linn^ana d'Orb.

38. G. bulloides d'Orb.

Family ROTALID^. Subfamily SPIRILLININ^.

39. Spirillina decorata.

Subfamily ROTALIIN.S:.

40. DiscoRBiNA araucana d'Orb.

41. D. tukbo d'Orb.

BY E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. JKNSEN. 299

42. D. PATELLiFORMis Brady.

43. D. OPERCULARIS (I'Orb.

44. Truncatulina ungeriana d'Orb.

45. T. PRiECiNCTA Kaner.

46. Anomalina foveolata Brady.

47. A. polymorpha Costa.

48. A. ARiMiNENSis d'Orb.

49. PULVINULINA CANAHIENSIS d'Orb.

50. p. OBLONGA Williamson.

51. P. OBLONGA var. scabra Brady.

52. P. TUMIDA Brady.

Family NUMMULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLIN^.

53. NoNiONiNA BOUEANA d'Orb.

54. POLYSTOMELLA HEDLEYI JeilSen.

55. p. VERRICULATA Brady.

Subfamily NUMMULITIN^.

56. Operculina ammonoides Gron.

Sagrina australiensis, n.sp. (Plate vi. figs.3a, &, c).

This species has a uvigerine commencement, after which it consists of a uniserial row of oval chambers cylindrical in section. The character of the shell is intermediate between S. dimorpha and S. virgula. The shell is thick, and studded with large pits as in S. dimorpha. There are also tubercles externally approxi- mating to the spines of S. virgida. The neck is as in *b\ virgula.

There is a distinct constriction at the junction of the chambers, and some of the chambers are produced outwards into small monticular prominences (see fig. 3a). The chambers increase gradually in size.

Under a high power the surface appears as in fig. 36. On focussing down, canals are seen in the walls, extending from the interior and opening to the exterior in the small tubercles.

Size: length 0-7 mm.

This species is fairly common in the Palm Island dredgings.

300 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFBRA, II.,

Articulina chapmani n.sp. (Plate vi. figs.5rt, h).

This is a highly ornamented species. It consists of a series of chamVjers, slowly increasing in size, and ending in a smaller neck-like spherical chamber with a round terminal aperture. Unfortunately in the two specimens found the proximal extremity was broken off.

The test is distinctly porcellanous. Because of this character- istic, as well as on account of the nodosarine arrangement of the chambers and their high ornamentation, we have ascribed this species to the genus Articulina.

As regards the ornamentation, fig.5/j shows it under high power. The test is slightly constricted between the chambers. Each chamber bears a series of longitudinal ridges, and in eacii space between these there are two rows of minute tubercles.

Length Oo7 mm.

Remarks. — About 30 % of the material under examination was made up of foraminifera, the rest being composed of coral remains, polyzoa, coralline algae, ostracods. and sponge spicules. The ostracods are particularly well represented, both in species and numbers. Glauconite casts are very rare. Miliolidse and JNum- mulinidte constitute the main bulk of the foraminifera present.

The occurrence of Ophthalmidium cornu and Spiroloculina tortuosa in considerable numbers is interesting inasmuch as these are new species described by Mr. F. Chapman in his report on the " Foraminifera from the Lagoon at Funafuti."*" Polysto- mella hedleiji is very abundant and characteristic.

Bolivina is fairly well represented; other Textiilariid?e, except- ing Veriieuilina, are extremely rare.

Operculitiq, ammonoides is a very abundant form. On the whole, the material is typical of coral reef conditions. Globigerinidse and Lagenidse are very rare.

* Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zoology. Vol. xxviii.

BY E. J. GODDAK]) AND II. \. .JENSEN. 301

3. Fhie Foraniiniferal Sand dredged at a (hjith of 300 Jatltomx, 27^ miles ea>^t of Sydiiey Heads, by Mr. C. Hedley.

Pcin.ily MILr(>LlL)^. Subfamily MILIOLININ^.

1. MiLiOLiNA CULTHATA Brady,

2. Spiroloculina fragilissima Brady.

3. S. GRATA Terq.

4. S. IMPRESSA Terq.

5. S. EXCAVATA d'Orb.

6. 8. LixMBATA d'Orb. 7.8. NiTiDA d'Orb.

Subfamily KAUERININ^.

8. Oerviciferina hilli, sp.n. (Plate vi.. figs.7«, b).

9. Planispirina exigua Brady.

Subfamily PENEROPLIDINJE.

10. CoRNusPiRA carinata Costa.

11. C. involvens Reuss. --

Family ASTRORHIZID^. Subfamily RHABDAMMININiE. \'l. Mar8IPELLA cylindrica Brady.

Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIIN^.

13. Textularia concava Karrer.

14. T. quadrilateralis 8c1i wager.

15. Spiroplecta AMERICANA Ehreiib.

Subfamily BULIMININ^. 10. BULIMINA ACULEATA d'Orb,

17. VlRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA Fgger.

18. BOLIVINA PUNCTATA d'Orb.

Subfamily. CASSIDULININJE.

19. Cassidulina crassa d'Orb.

22

302 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.,

Family CHEILOSTOMELLID.E.

20. Cheilostomella ovoidea Reuss.

21. Allomorphina trigonl^la Reu8s.

Family LAGENID^. Subfamily LAGENIN7E.

22. Lagena sulcata W. & J.

23. L. SULCATA var. interrupta Williamson (apiculate and non-

apiculate forms).

24. L. HispiDA Reuss.

25. L. striata d'Orl).

26. L. orbignyana Seg.

27. L. globosa Montagu, var.GRAXDiPORA, var.n. (Plate vi.,fig. 10).

Subfamily NODOSARIIN^.

28. NoDOSARiA communis d'Orb.

29. N. costulata Reuss.

30. N. inflexa Reuss.

31. N. sCALARis Batsch (apiculate and nonapiculate, striated and

nonstriated forms).

32. N. simplex Silv.

33. LiNGULiNA carinata d'Orb.

34. Cristellaria sp.

35. C. CALCAR Linn, (nonspinous variety). 35. C. VARIABILIS Reuss.

37. Cristell\ria sp. ; a young form intermediate between C.

crepidula and C. tricarinella.

38. Cristellaria haswelli Goddard, Records of the Australian

Museum, Vol. vi., Part 4.

39. Vaginulina sp.

40. Rhabdogonium tricarinatum d'Orb.

Subfamily POLYMORPHININ^.

41. Uvigerina canariensis d'Orb.

42. U. interrupta Brady.

43. XJ. SCHWAGERI Brady.

BY E. J. GODDAUD AND II. I. JENSKX. 303

44. Sagrina columellaris Brady.

45 S. sydnevensis, uov.sp. (Plate vi., figs. 4a, 6, c).

Family GLOBIGERINID^.

46. Globigerina bulloides d'Orb.

47. G. bulloides var. triloba Reuss.

48. G. DUBIA Egger.

49. G. ^quilateralis Brady.

50. G. SACCULiFERA Brady.

51. Orbulina universa d'Orb.

52. O. POROSA Terq.

53. Pullenia obliquiloculata P. & J.

54. Hastigerina pelagica d'Orb.

Family ROTALIID^E.

Subfamily SPIRILLININ-ffi.

55. Spirillina vivipara Ehrenb.

Subfamily ROTALIIN.a:.

56. Discorbina araucana d'Orb.

57. D. bertheloti d'Orb. 5S. D. biconcava P. & J.

59. D. orbicularis Terq.

60. D. PARisiENSis d'Orb.

61. D. saulcii d'Orb.

62. D. VALVULATA d'Orb.

63. D. vilardeboana d'Oi-b.

64. Truncatulina haidingerii d'Orb.

65. T. PRiECiNCTA Karrer.

QQ. T. wuellerstorfii ScliNvager.

67. T. tenuimargo Brady.

QS. Anomalina ariminensis d'Orb.

69. A. AMMONOiDES Reuss.

70. A. grosserugosa Giimb.

71. Pulvinulina haueri d'Orb.

72. P. MENARDii d'Orb.

304 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.,

73. P. MICHELINIANA d'Orb.

74. P. PAUPERATA P. i\: J.

75. p. PROCERA Brady.

76. P. CANARIENSIS d'Olb.

77. p. CRASS A d'Orb.

78. p. EXIGUA Brady.

79. RoTALiA PAPiLLOSA Brady, var. compressiuscula Brady, C. R.

pl.cviii.

Family NUMMULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLIN^.

80. NONIONINA BOUEANA ReUSS.

SI. N. depressula W. &J.

82, N. POMPiLioiDis F. &M.

83. X. SCAPHA F. Oc M.

Sagrina sydneyensis, 11. sp. (Plate vi., figs.4«, b).

This species has a straight cylindrical test. The commence- ment is a large hemispherical chamber which, however, contains one septum, indicating a iivigerine commencement. The sub- sequent chambers are short and cylindrical, and do not at first increase in diameter. Subsequent!}^ they increase slowly in diameter as well as in length (tig. 4a). The surface of each chamber is ornamented with minute spines, and two or three extraordinaril}' large oval pores. The latter are irregularly dis- tributed, l)ut are chiefly found towards the proximal end of each segment. Size: length 0*57 mm.

Cerviciferina hilli gen. et sp.nov. (Plate vi., figs.7rt, b).

This remarkable form is circular in outline, and very depressed, nevertheless slightly biconvex, and surrounded by an equatorial keel(fig.7«). The initial chamber in the specimen figured is distinctly oval in outline and has an entosolenian neck. The succeeding chamber envelops the one lirst formed, and is dis- tinctly flask-shaped. After this the chambers become more and more rounded, and the distal end of the one chamber is at the

J5Y K. J. r40DDARD AND II. I. JKNSBN 305

proximal end of the next (see fig.7«). The shell is porcellanous and imperforate. It is surrounded l)y a keel having a peculiar terminal appendage.

The genus is most closely allied to the genera OphfJudinidium and Hauerina, from which it is distinguished by the characteristic generic features that the chambers have no trace of spiral com- mencement but are arranged in an alternating manner, and each chamber possesses a well marked neck. Diam. 038 mm.

(Jristellaria variabilis Reuss, var. (Plate vi., fig.8). The variety figured is sufficiently near the type to be assigned to that species. The figure shows the irregular arrangement of the chambers and the possession of a keel.

Chistkllaria sp., intermediate between C. lata and C. crepidula (Fichtel & Moll). (Plate vi., fig.9). The specimen is a very flattened minute form whicli has the arrangement of chambers of C. crepidnla (Challenger Report, pl.67,fig.l9).

Cristellaria haswelli Goddard, var. (Plate vi., fig.6).

This form so closely approaches C. HasweHi in general contour, size and arrangement of the chambers that there seems no necessity to give it a separate varietal name. As varietal dis- tinctions between this form and the type, we might mention that the septal line shows Vjut the faintest trace of a recurving; also the front peripheral margin of the shell has a wavy contour unlike the even outline of the t3^pe. The shell is also broader than in the type-form (Records of the Australian Museum, Vol. vi., Partiv.).

Lagena globosa Montagu, var. grandipoha, var.no\ . (Plate vi., fig. 10). This form has the entosolenian neck and ovoid shape of L. ylohosa, and differs only from the type in possessing a number (about 8) of irregularly distributed large pores.

The forms represented in this list overlap to a great extent those diedged by H.M.C.8. "Miner" 22 miles east of Sydney

306 AUSTRALIAN FOKAMINIFKKA, II.,

Heads, at a depth of 80 fathoms, and described by one of us (E. J. G.) in the Records of the Australian Museum (Vol. vi., Partiv.). The}^ also show considerable affinity to those dredged at a depth of 100 fathoms, 16 miles east of WoUongong. The similarity is striking in connection with the Globigerinidm, Discorhina and Pulvirtidiiia, which aie very abundant in all these dredgings. The WoUongong material, however, differs from the other materials in the abundance of arenaceous and semi- arenaceous foraminifera.

I'ruacatidina pi'aechicta, which is characteristic of warm Avaters and occurs on our coasts in all localities north of Sydney-, is present in these dredgings, but is absent in the shallower water off WoUongong. The differences between the material dredged off WoUongong and off Sydney Heads is probably to be ascribed to the different nature of the bottom in the two places. Off WoUongong the bottom is largely basaltic, and off Sydney it is sandstone.

In the Sydney Heads material about 70 % is foraminiferal. Glauconitic casts are fairh' abundant, but not to the same extent as in the WoUongong material. The foreign material consists of fragments of gastropod shells, pteropod .shells, ostracods, spicules, and polyzoa.

The Mollusca from 300 fathoms off Sydney Heads have been described by Mr. C. Hedley in the Records of the Australian Museum (Vol.vi., Part 3).

4. Foraminifera from Lyell Bay, Xeiv Zealand, collected on the beach by Mr. A. Ilamiltori. The material consifsts chiefly of gastropod shells, lamellibranch shells, polyzoa and coralline alga3. The following foraminifera were noticed : —

Family ASTRORHIZID^. Subfamily RHABDAMMININ^.

1. Brachysiphon corbuliformis Chapman, Trans. X. Z. Inst.

xxxviii. 1905, pi. iii., figs 2a, 26, 3.

2. ASCHEMONELLA CATENATA Norman.

BY E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. JENSEN. 307

Family ROTALIID^. Subfamily ROTALIINiE.

3. DiSCORBINA VESICULARIS Lamk.

4. D. RUGOSA d'Orb.

5. Truncatulina rosea d'Orb.; rare.

Only a few specimens of Br achy siphon corhuliformis and Aschemonella catenata were obtained. Brachysiphon is a new genus described by Chapman in his paper on the Foraminifera and Ostracoda obtained off Great Barrier Island, New Zealana.

Discorhina vesicularis is the most plentiful form.

5. Foraminifera ohtained in shore (shell) sands at Kelso on the north coast of Tasmania.

Family MILIOLTD^. Subfamily MILIOLININ^.

1. BiLOCULiXA RiNGENS Lamk.

2. B. DEPRESSA d'Orb. var.

3. MiLiOLiNA ciRCULARis Bornem.

4. M. SEMiNULUM Linn.

5. M. TRiOARiNATA d'Orb.

6. M. TRiGONULA Lamk.

7. M. BicoRNis W. & J., var.nov.

Family LAGENID^. Subfamily POLYMORPHININiE.

8. PoLYMORPfllNA ROTUNDATA Bornem.

Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIIN^.

9. Clavulina parisiensis d'Orb. (Plate vi., tig. 11).

Family ROTALIID^. Subfamily IlOTALIIN.ffi.

10. DiscoRBiNA ROSACEA d'Orb.

11. D. VESICULARIS Lamk.

12. Carpenteria proteifor.mis Goes.

308 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.,

Family NUM MULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLIN^. 13. POLYSTOMELLA IMPERATRIX Brady.

This material was submitted to us b}^ Miss M. Lodder. Accompanying the foraminifera there are several species of polyzoa.

The Miliolina which we have referred to M. hicornis is a new variety which has the striations and ornamentation of M. pul- chella but the outline, aperture, and tootli of M. hicornis. The tooth, however, is rather more slender than that of typical M. hicornis.

Discorhina rosacea and D. vesicularis are the most abundant forms in the material, and they attain greater dimensions and more perfect development than those found in the Lyell Bay material, and other foraminiferal sands which we have examined.

It might be remarked that Discorhina vesicularis appears to thrive best in shallow water of the south temperate zone, especially where the waters are cold, as in Bass Strait where we have the Antarctic drift entering from the south-west.

Although specimens of this species occur in Port Jackson, they do not attain the grand development which they exhibit in Bass Strait. No doubt it will be found in increasing abundance south of Sydney, as we approach the cold current entering the Pacific Ocean through Bass Strait.

6. Fossil Foraminifera kindly suhmitted hy Miss M. Lodder^ of the Launceslon Museum.

Tilts material was obtained from the debris of fossil mollusca collected at Table Cape.

Family MILIOLID^. Subfamily MILIO LINING.

1. BiLOCULiNA SPH^RA d'Orb.

2. B. IRREGULARIS d'Orb.

3. B. ELONGATA d'Orb.

4. B. RiNGENS Lamk.

BY E. J. GODDAKD AND H. I. .JENSEN. 309

5. MiLiOLiNA ALVEOLiNiFOKMis Brady.

6. M. BUCCULENTA Brady.

7. M. ciRCULARis Bornem.

8. M. FERUssACii d'Orb.

9. M. LINN.EANA d'Oi'b.; only one specimen with small neck.

10. M. KUPERTiANA Biady.

11. M. SEPARANS Brady.

12. M. SEMiNULUM Linn.

13. M. TRiGONULA Lamk.

14. M. TRICARINATA d'Orb.

15. Spiroloculina limbata d'Orb.

16. S. acutimargo Brady.

17. S. FRAGiLissiMA Brady.

18. S. TENUiSEPTATA Brad3^

19. S. TENUIS Czjzek.

•20. 8. ANTILLARUM d'Orb.

21. 8. NiTiDA d'Orb.

22. S. PLANULATA Lamk.

. Subfamily HAUERININ^.

23. Planispirina celata Costa.

24. P. CONTRARIA d'Orb.

25. P. exigua Brady.

26. P. (Sigmoilina) sig.>joidea Brady.

27. Ophthalmidium inconstaks Brady.

Subfamily PENEROPLIDIN^,'

28. CoRNUspiRA carinata Costa.

29. C. FOLIACEA Phil.

30. C. iNVOLVENs Reuss.

Family ASTRO RHIZID^. Subfamily ASTRORHIZINiE.

31. ASTRORHIZA CRASSATINA Brad3^

Subfamily RKABDAMMININ^.

32. Hyperammina subnodosa Brady.

310 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFEUA, II.,

Family LITUOLID^. Subfamily LITUOLIIf^.

33. Reophax scokpiurus Mcntf.

34. R. LODDKRiE, n.sp.

35. Haplophragmium emaciatum Brady.

36. H. meridionale Chapman. (Plate vi., fi^".12).

Subfamily TROCHAMMININiE.

37. Thurammina compressa Brady (?).

38. T. papillata Brady.

Subfamily LOFTUSIIN^.

39. Cyclammixa (?) cancellata (1) Brady.

Family TEXTULARIID^.

Subfamily TEXTULARIINiE.

40. Textularia sp.

Subfamily BULIMININ.®.

41. BULIMINA PYRULA d'Orb.

42. YlRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA Egger.

Subfamily CASSIDULININiE.

43. Cassidulina subglobosa Brady.

44. C. PARKERIANA Brady.

Family CHEILOSTOMELLID^.

45. Cheilostomella ovoidea Reuss.

Family LAGENID^. Subfamily LAGENIN^.

46. Lagena sulcata W. & J.

47. L. ASPERA Reuss.

48. L. FAVOSOPUNCTATA Brady.

49. L. TRIGONOMARGINATA P. & J.

50. Lagena sp.

Subfamily NODOSARIIN.S;.

51. NoDOSARiA ROEMERi Neugeb.

52. N. SOLUTA Reuss.

BY E. J. GODDARD AND 11. I. JKNSEX. 311

53. X. ROEMERi Reiiss, var. SEMrcosTATA, ii.var. (Plate vi.,fiiv. 1 4).

54. N. FILIFORM IS d'Orb.

55. N. OBLIQUA Linn

56. Rhabdogonium tricarixatum d'Orb.

57. Froxdicularia trimorpha, n.sp. (Plate vi., fig. lo).

Subfamily POLYMORPHININ^.

58. POLYMOKPHINA ELEGAXTISSIMA P. & J.

59. P. coMMUXis d'Orb.

60. P. soRORiA Reuss.

61. p. COMPRESSA d'Orb.

62. P. ROTUND AT A Bornem.

63. P. LANCEOLATA ReUS.^.

64. p. REGIXA B.P. &J.

65. Sagrina raphaxus P. & J.

Family GLOBIGERINID^.

66. Globigerixa linn.eaxa d'Orb. _^

67. G. cretacea d'Orb.

68. Orbulixa uxiversa d'Orb.

Family ROT ALII D^. Subfamily ROTALIINiE.

69. DiscoRBiXA turbo d'Orb.

70. D. bertheloti d'Orlx

71. D. globularis d'Orb.

72. D. parisiensis d'Orb.

73. D. rugosa dOrb.

74. D. vilardeboaxa dOrb.

75. Truxcatulina haidixgerii d'Orb.

76. T. lobatula W.& J.

77. T. refulgens Montf.

78. T. rostrata Brady.

79. T. rosea d'Orb.

80. T. ungeriaxa d'Orb.

81. v. wuellerstorfii »Schwag.

312 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.,

82. Anomalina ammonoides Reuss.

83. A. GROSSERUGOSA Gumb.

84. Planorbulina larvata P. & J.

85. p. ACERVALis Brady.

86. Pl'lvinulina carpenteri Reuss (Chapman, Jouin. Roy.

Micr. Soc. 1898, p.8, pi. i., figs.llrt-c).

87. P. ELEGANS d'Orb.

88. P. FAVUS Brady.

89. J*. MENARDii d'Orb.

90. P. CANARIENSIS d'Ol'b.

91. p. TUMIDA Brady.

92. Cymbalopora(?) POEYi d'Orb. (1)

93. RoTALIA BECCARIl Lillll.

94. R. ORBICULARIS d'Orb.

95. R. soLDANii d'Orb.

Family NUMMULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLINiE.

96. NoNioNiNA BOUEANA d'Orb.

97. N. POMPILIOIDES F. tfe M.

98. N. DEPRESSULA W. & J.

99. POLYSTOMELLA CRATICULATA F. & M.

100. p. MACELLA F. &M.

101. P. STRIATOPUNCTATA F. ct M.

102. P. SUBNODOSA Miiiist.

103. p. VERRicuLATA Brady.

Subfamily CYCLOCLYPEINiE.

104. Cycloclypeus sp.

JVew Species and Varieties. Haplophragmium meridionale (?) Chapman, var. Only one specimen of this species was obtained. Tlie test wa.s thin, diaphanous and subelliptical, but the sutures were not well marked. We refer it to Mr. Chapman's new species on account of its resemblance to the shell figured by him in Ann. S. Afr. Mus. Vol. \y., pi. xxix., fig.2.

r»Y E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. .TENSKN. 313

Frondicularia trimorpha, n.sp. (Plate vi., fi.<;'.13).

This species, as shown in fig. 13, has the earliei- chauibers arranged as in the genus Cristellavia; tliree or four chanil)ers arranged as in Frondiciilaria inceqnaliH follow, and the final chambers are irregularly disposed as in PolymorpJuiui. Size : length 138 mm.

Nodosakia rokmeri Neugeboren, var. semicostata, var.now (Plate vi., fig.14).

This varietal form has the shape, size, and aperture of the type, but the earlier chambers bear well marked longitudinal costte which have a tendency to run spirally round the shell. This character links the variety to Nodosaria prismatica (Reuss). Size : length 4 mm.

Reophax lodder.e, sp.n. (Plate vi., fig.15).

This is a large form consisting of a linear series of chambers whose tests are composed of sand grains ^nd spicules. The spicules are large, derived from echinoids, and are placed with the greatest regularity, one row corresponding to each chamber of the test, and overlapping the row belonging to the next chamber. Length (incomplete); diameter 0 75 mm.

The Table Cape material was forwarded to one of us (H. I. J.) by Miss M. Lodder, an Associate Member of this Society, and Honorary Curator of the Launceston Museum. She has very kindly also supplied us with particulars how the material was collected. She writes as follows : — " I collected the specimens (foraminifera) from the debris of the matrix (molluscan shells), as well as from the inside of a large number of shells collected by various people from the Tertiary beds at Table Cape." The mollusca include Terebra, Voluta, Bela, Ancilla, Marginella, Tj'phis, Murex, Cyprsea, Natica, Lima, Pecten, Area, Cucullaea, Glycimeris, Cardita, Crassatellites, Chione, Solenocurtius, Tel Una, ite.

Miss Lodder believes that most of the above fossils were taken from tlie sea-side, or broken face, of Table Cape.

314 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFKRA, II.,

Ill response to an enquiiy made by the authors as to the supposed age of the beds from which the fossils were taken, Mis.s Lodder has kindly furnished the following information : — "I can onl}^ quote the words of Mr. J. Dennant and Mr. A. E. Kitson in their Catalogue of the ' Described Species of Fossils (except Bryozoa and Foraminifera) in the Cainozoic Fauna of Victoria, S. Australia, and Tasmania,' published in the Records of the •Geological tSurvey of Victoria (Vol. i. pt.2, 1903, p. 189).

" ' Group C. records the fossils belonging to the Table Cape and Spring Creek Deposits. By Tate they have been named Post-Eocene (Oligocene?), while by Messrs. Hall and Pritchard they are placed on a lower horizon than the distinctlj' Eocene Mornington Beds. Their separate grouping in this catalogue of species is intended to imply that no opinion is expressed con- cerning the relative age of the beds in question. Those interested in the matter should consult original memoirs.'"

In the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, Yol.viii. (New Series; Mr. G. B. Pritchard publishes " A Revision of the Fossil Fauna of the Table Cape Beds, Tasmania, with Descrip- tions of New Species " His inferences regarding the age of the beds are almost identical with our conclusions from a study of the Foraminifera.

The Foraminifera contained in the Table Bay material have a decidedl}^ Eocene or Palaeogene character, agreeing closely with those enumerated for the Eocene by Howchin.*

The occurrence of forms answering to the description of Pul- vinulina carpentei'i and Haplophragmiiiin meridionale figured by Chapman in his account of the foraminifera of Pondoland Westf serves as corroborative evidence of the old-Tertiary age of the material.

Nodosaria zipj^ei and Rotalia soldctnii occur here as well as in Mr. Chapman's Pondoland material which, however, is Cretaceous.

" Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc. Vol. v. Adelaide, S.A., 1893. t Ann. South African Mus. Vol. iv. Part v.

BY E, J. GODDARD AND H. I. .TKN8KN. 315

Numerous ostracods having the appearance of forms figured by Chapman in the above-mentioned report were observed in tlie material.

In general it may be stated that the richness of the foramini- feral fauna is indicative of warm water conditions of deposition. Further, it is certain that the material was laid down at a depth of from 50 to 150 fathoms. These conclusions are based on the occurrence of forms which are restricted to warm zones and shallow water, and to the complete absence of cold-water forms such as Discorbina vesicularis which now flourishes in the same latitude.

There is a close correspondence between the Miliolidse of the Table Cape fossil material and recent dredgings from Sydney Heads and Byron Bay. The Table Cape fossil Nodosariinse correspond closely with Howchin's Eocene list and those occurring at Byron Ba)^ The abundance of Polymorphininaj indicates deposition in shallow water (less than 200 fathoms). The abundance of Polystomellinaj, and especially so of species which <]o not occur at Sydney or B3^ron Bay now, but are restricted to strictly tropical waters, as at Torres Strait and the Barrier Reef, is itself conclusive evidence of warm-water conditions at the time of deposition.

Certain species found in the Table Cape fossil material deserve .special mention in support of these statements; they are : —

(a) Biloculina irregularis is a tropical species, which has only been observed by us elsewhere in the Gulf of Carpentaria material.

(b) Miliolina alveoliniformis is a coral-reef species confined to shallow water. Occurs also in the Gulf of Carpentaria.

(c) Miliolina rupertiana occurs only in shallow water in warm latitudes.

(d) Spirolomdina antillarum is a common form off the coast of Brazil.

(e) Spirolocnlina planulata and S. niticla are closely allied species, the former being characteristic of temperate zones, the latter replacing it in the tropical zone. Both are shallow water forms, and both occur at Table Cape.

316 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.,

[The Miliolida^ in general flourish )>est in tropical seas, from the shore to deptiis of 150 fathoms; and this family is exceedingly well represented]. .. ,

(f) Cassidulina j^'ifkeriana is characteristic of tropical seas at depths of 45-175 fathoms.

(g) LagpAia favoso punctata is, according to the Challenger Report, restricted to the shores of New Guinea and Torres Strait at a depth of 17 to 155 fathoms.

(h) Polymorphina regina is a shallow water form occurring round the islands of the Pacific, to be found in Howchin's list of Eocene foraminifera, but not in later Tertiary Australian deposits.

(i) The Rotaliid^ of our Table Cape material exhibit a striking parallelism to the forms now occurring off Sydney Heads and Byron Bay, especially as regards Truncatulina. Discorbina is not an abundant form, and the species present are forms which thrive best in warm latitudes.

From a study of this material, the conclusion is unavoidable that the material was deposited in Eocene times in a shallow sea; and, furthermore, that in this period climatic conditions were much warmer in the Tasman region than now.

In conclusion it is necessary to mention that our attention has been drawn by Mr F. Chapman, F.R.M.S., to the fact that recent forms resembling Biloculina rinyens and B. bulloides are referred to other genera on account of their internal structure differing from the fossil forms for which the above-mentioned names have been retained.^*' We have however not sectioned any of the forms of Miliolidie enumerated in our lists, and have therefore retained the well-known names of Biloculina ringens and B bulloides; the retention of these names in our paper has the advantage of making these lists consistent with other lists of Australian Foraminifera such as Whitelegge's list in " Invertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson and Neighbourhood," f

* Schlumberger, Mem. Soc. Zool. France. Vol, iv. 1891. t Joui-n. Proc. Koy. Soc. N.S.Wales. Vol.xxiii. 1889.

BY E. J. GODDARD AND 11. I. JKNSEN. 317

Howchin's " Census of the Fossil Foraminifera of Australia,"'*' and our own previously published notes, as well as with the Challenger Report and Flint's " Recent Foraminifera."

We are also indebted to Mr. F. Chapman for pointing out to one of us that Miliolina hucculenta in this and in our previous papers should read Planispirina hucculetita, Biloculina sphoira d'Orbigny, should likewise read Planispirina sphmra; and Plani- spirina sigmoidea should read Sigmoilina sigmoidea. We retain the commoner names for the sake of consistency and because we have not had access to the papers in which the proposed changes and the reasons for them are given.

In his " Notes on Prosobranchiata No. i.,"t discussing Aus- tralian fossil species of the geuus Lotorium, Mr. H. L. Kesteven remarks: — '' Lotoriuin pai'kijisoniayium is the recent representa- tive of L. radiale, abbotti, textile, woodsii, and torti7'ost7'is." A glance at Dennant's " Catalogue of the Described Species of Fossils," I show^s that three of these species, namely, Lotorium (Lampusia) abbotti, ivoodsii, and tortirostris occur at Table Cape.

On p. 455 of the same paper Mr. Kesteven goes on to say : — " Thus, if we compare this genus (Lotorium) as it occurs in the Lower Australian strata with European Miocene representatives, we are presented with two entirely different types of the genus. The predominating feature of the Australian section — that of the extinct Antarctic group — finds expression in only one European fossil ( L. tarbellianum). Again, if the two groups be compared with the recent representatives it w^ill be seen that the European section has the general facies of recent species, whilst the Aus- tralian fossils can, with one exception, be only compared inter se. These facts .... assuredly point to the greater antiquity of the Australian fossils."

From the large number of specimens which had their apices complete (over 70 per cent.) Mr. Kesteven infers (op. cit. p. 465) that the beds were deposited below the tidal limit.

* Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc. Vol. v. Adelaide, 1893. t Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1902, p. 454. Z Records Geol. Surv. Victoria, Vol. i, Part 2, p. 107. 23

318 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II.

It is very interesting to notice that our conclusions as regards the age of the deposits, and the depth at which they were laid down, agree so closely with those of Mr. Kesteven based on a study of the mollusca.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. L — Textularia quadrilatera var. ( x 90).

Fig.2. — Cristellaria variahilU var. allomorphinoides, n.var.(x90).

Fig.3a. — Sagrina australiensis n.sp.( x 90).

Pig.3&. — Sagrina [australiensis, n.sp., showing appearance by transmitted

light under higher power. Fig. oc. — Sagrina australiensis, n.sp., showing tubules in walls. FigA. — Sagrina sydneyensis, n.sp.( x 90).

Fig.4&. — Sagrina sydneyensis, n.sp., showing pores and structure of wall. Fig.5«. — Articulina chapmani, n.sp.(x90). Fig. 56. — Articvlina chapmani, n.sp., showing ornamentation under higher

power. Fig.6. — Cristellaria hasicelli var.( x 90).

Fig. 7a. — Cerviciferina hilli, n.sp.; seen by reflected light ( x 90). Fig.7&. — Cerviciferina hilli, n.sp.; seen by transmitted light ( x 90). Fig.8. — Cristellaria variabilis var.( x 90).

Fig.9. — Cristellaria sp., intermediate between C. lata a,nd C. crepidula ( x 90). Fig. 10. — Lagena globosa var. grandipora, n.var. ( x 90). Fig.ll. — ClavuUna parisiensis ( x 30). Fig. 12. — Haplopliragmium meridionale var.( x 30).

Fig. 13. — F rondicnlaria trimorpha, n.sp.; seen by transmitted light ( x 30). Fig.l4. — Nodosaria roemeri var. costata, n.var. { x 30). Fig. 15.— i?eo^/?a.r lodclene, n.sp.( x 30).

319

THURSDAY, MAY 23rd, 1907.

SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING,

A Special General Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Thursday evening, May 23rd, 1907, to mark the occasion of the Bicentenary of Carl von Linn^ (1707-1778).

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

The President offered a hearty welcome to the guests of the evening — Count Birger Morner, Consul for Sweden; President David Starr Jordan, of the Leland Stanford University; Mr. L. W. Marcker, Consul for Denmark; Mr. P. Board, M.A., Under- Secretary for Public Instruction; Mr. Alexander Mackie, M.A., Director of the Training College; Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., &c., President, and Mr. F. B. Guthrie, E.C.S., Hon. Secretary of the Royal Society of New South Wales; Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c., President of the Historical Society of New South Wales.

Programme.

Introductory Remarks by the President,

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.vSc.

The Invitations received from the Royal University of Upsala and the Royal Swedish Academy, Stockholm, and the Replies thereto.

SOCIETATlj I^TNNAENANAE

quae in urbe Sydney est

S.P.D.

UNIVERSITAS R^GIA UPSALIENvSIS.

Praeterierunt hoc anno duo saecula, postquam natus est

CAROI^US IvINNAKUS,

decus illud Universitatis Upsaliensis et totius patriae nostrae. Con- sentaneum est hoc potissimum tempore grate animo nos ea recordari, quae vir ille ad arcana naturae revelanda et maxime quidem ad botanices scientiam adaugendam atque promovendam felici labore

320 BI-CENTENARY OF CARL VON LINNE.

perpetravit, eamque ob rem in aniiiio habenms diebus xxiii et xxiv mensis Mali huius anni iiiemoriani natalis clarissimi viri ea, qua par est, pietate renovare atque celebrare. Spes autem est fore, ut Vos, Viri Doctissimi et Illnstrissimi, hoc consilium nostrum benigne appro- betis et sollemnibus, quae instituere decrevimus, interesse velitis. Itaque rogamus, ut unum aliquem ex Vestro numero legetis, qui hospitio nostro usus festos illos dies nobiscum agat. Quem legaveritis, ante Idus Martias, si placet, rescribite.

Valete et nobis favete.

Dabamus Upsaliae die x m. Januarii a. 1907.

SenaTus Academici nomine

Hexrik Schuck.

Universitatis Upsaliensis h.t. Rector.

Johax v. Bahr,

Univ. Upsal. Secretarius.

(Reply).

societas linneaxa

in Nova Cambria Constituta

regiae universitati upsaeensi

S.P.D. Perbenigne fecistis, viri spectatissimi, quod natalem Caroli I^innaei ducentesimum celebraturi Societatem nostram quamvis longo locorum intervallo divisam ut legatum mittat invitastis. Cuius Societatis sedes baud iniuria videtur esse collocata in urbe totius Australiae vetustissima prope ipsum locum ubi primuni comites illi Jacobi Cook, Banksius et Solander, quorum hie Linnaei discipulus fuerat, cum animantes novos turn eas res quas nova nostra terra gignit aspexere. Hie igitur, quasi in ipsis ut gentis ita scientiae nostrae cunabulis, obscura naturae loca ilia illustrare luce conamur quani princeps Linnaeus vester mortalium animo effudit. Cui studio intentis quod cum nobis vestrorum fructus studiorum communicare soletis, gratias vobis et agimus et habenms maximas.

Legavimus autem Socium nostrum Jacobum Petruni Hill, in Collegio IvOndinensi Universitati Affini Zoologiae Professorem, qui vobis- sollemnia ex pio animo gratuletur. Dabamus Sydneiae die xiv. mensis Aprilis anni MCMVII.

Arturus H. S. Lucas,

Praeses.

JOSEPHUS J. FeETCHER,

Secretarius.

SPECIAL C4KNERAL MEETING. 321

RKGIA ACADEMIA SCIKXTIARUM SUKCICA SOCIKTATI LINNKANAP:,

quae in urbe S3"dne3' est,

S.P.D. Sub lineni Maii huius antii duo secula erunt, postquam homen illud scientiae carolus linnaeus

in vitani est ingressus. Cuius nomen cum universae patriae illus- trissimae memoriae sit, turn Academiae nostrae praecipue celebrandum erit, quippe quae eius studio atque operae originem suam magnam partem debeat. Itaque constituimus natalem eius bisecularem, quo par est, honore prosequi.

Qui ut rite liabeatur, opus erit adesse, si non corporibus, at certe animis exteros eos, qui, Linnaeus quid contulerit ad rerum natnralium scientiam perficiendam, penitus perspexerint eiusque memoriam pie servent. Fuit ille quidem civis noster, sed idem universe generi humano vixit et e floribus totius orbis terrarum sedulae apis modo congessit, quidquid posset rerum naturae ordinem habitiimque in- vestigantibus lucem afferre. Et est certe inter eos, qui ubique doctrinae literisque operam dant, societas quaedam studiorum, quae locorum distantia eos impediri non sinit, quominus coniunctis viribus eodem tendant eademque promoveant. Quod cum ita sit, speramus fore, ut vos etiam nobis Linnaei memoriam celebraturis mente ac voluntate faveatis atque, si modo fieri poterit, unum aliquem e Vestro numero mittatis, qui coram adsit sollennibus nataliciis, quae agentur Holmiae die xxv Maii. rogamusque velitis ante Kalendas x\priles. nobiscum per literas communicare, quem adlegaveritis.

Valete nobisque favete.

Dabamus Holmiae die i m. Februarii a. 1907.

Academiae Scientiarum nomine Peter Klason Academiae scient. h. t. Praeses.

Chr Aurivillius

Secretarius perpetuus.

(Reply).

SOCIETAS LINNAEANA

quae in Urbe Sj'dneia est regiae academiae sciextiarum suecicae

S.P.D. Permagno gaudio, viri ornatissimi, accepimus litteras vestras, quibus ut vobiscum natalem Caroli Linnaei ducentesimum coram celebremus nos invitare voluistis, quippe quae cum sanctum illud communium

322 BI-CENTENARY OF CARL VON LINNE.

studioruni vinculum quo, quamvis longo spatioruni intervallo divisi, cum cultis veteris orbis gentibus simus coniuncti, tum communem nostram divini illius hominis venerationem testificentur.

Nos quidem nostram debemus originem Alexandro Macleay, homini A'ere Linnaeano, Academiae vestrae Socio, per annos septem et viginti Societatis Linnaeanae apud Londinenses Secretario, qui, cum anno demum MDCCCXXV. hue advenisset, semina sparsiteorum studiorum quae nos praecipue colimus, quaeque iam per totam Australiam florent. Quorum studiorum fructus cum lyinnaeo vestro, qui primus veras naturae animantis rationes per orbem terrarum propagavit, iure refer- amus acceptos, dies festos, quos in maiorem illius gloriam celebraturi estis, faustis omnibus pio gratoque animo prosequemur.

Legavimus autem Socium nostrum Jacobum Petrum Hill, in Collegio Londinensi Universitati Affini Zoologiae Professorem, qui feriarum sit particeps et nostris suique verbis bona omnia vobis comprecetur. Dabamus S3^dneiae,

Id. Apr. MCMVII.

Arturus H. S. Lucas,

Praeses.

JosEPHus J. Fletcher,

Secretarius.

ADDRESSES. The Predecessors of Linneeus - - - The President. The Personal History of Linnaeus - Mr. H. I. Jensen, B.Sc.

i Professor HasweIvI., D.Sc, Linnaeus, the Man of Science ■] F.L.S., F.R.S.

/ Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S. The 'Systema Naturae,' &c. - ' - Mr. C. Hedley, F.L-S. The Contemporaries of Linnaeus -

Professor Wilson, M.B., Ch.M. The immediate Successors of ^ The Secretary.

Linnaeus I Dr. H. G. Chapman.

Sir J. E. Smith and the Linnean Society of London, as, " in a sense, the heirs of Linnaeus" (Fries)

Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

The Linnean Society of New South

Wales — the choice and significance

of the name - - Prof. David, B. A., F.G.S., F.R.S.

Concluding Remarks - - - By the President.

Address - - - - By the Consul for Sweden.

Professor Jordan, who arrived in Sydney after the details of the programme had been settled and printed off, ver}^ kindly acceded to the President's invitation to address the Meeting.

323

WEDNESDAY, MAY SOth, 1907.

ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, May 30th, 1907.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

Messrs. Thomas Harvey Johnston, M.A., B.Sc, Technical College, Sydney; Robert Kaleski, Liverpool, N. S. W.; Alexander Mackie, M.A., Director of the Training College, Sydney; and Frank H. Taylor, Technological Museum, Sydney, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

The President announced that, under the provisions of Rule XXV., the Council had elected Mr. Henry Deane, M.A.,r.L.S.,&c., Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c.. Dr. T. Storie Dixson, and Mr. Thomas Steel, F.C.S., F.L.S., &c., to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A. (Bull's Chambers, 14 Moore Street) to be Hon. Treasurer, for the current Session.

A courteous letter from Count Morner, Consul for Sweden, thanking the Society for its tribute to the memory of Carl von Linne, and for the opportunity of attending the Special Meeting arranged to commemorate the Bicentenary; and also expressive of the pleasure which it had aflbrded him, as the representative of the fatherland of Linne, to take part in the proceedings, was read from the Chair.

An invitation from the New York Academy of Science to participate in its celebration of the Bicentenary of Carl von Linne was announced. The letter unfortunately did not arrive until May 29th.

An invitation to Members to attend a Meeting of the Sydney Section of the Society of Chemical Industry on 12th June, at which Mr. H. G. Smith, F.C.S., &.c,, will contribute a paper

324 ANNOUNCEMENTS.

" On recent work on the Eucalypts and what it teaches," was communicated.

The President, in referring to the recent death of Mr. Alexander Morton, Secretary of the Royal Society of Tasmania and Curator of the Hobart Museum, said that everyone who had attended the Meetings of the Australasian Association in Hobart, who had had occasion to consult the collections in the Hobart Museum, or was otherwise interested in the flora or fauna of Tasmania, had had opportunities of appreciating Mr. Morton's kindness, his freely rendered help, and his capacity for organising arrangements for the benefit of visiting naturalists.

Professor David spoke in support of the President's testimony; and, upon his motion, it was resolved that a letter of sympathy be sent to Mrs. Morton.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 5 Vols, 80 Parts or Nos., 48 Bulletins, 2 Reports, and 3 Pamphlets, received from 58 Societies, &c., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

The President invited discussion upon the papers by Messrs. E. C. Andrews, T. G. Taylor, Dr. W. G. Woolnough, and Mr. G. H. Halligan in Parts 3 and 4 of the Proceedings for 1906, recently published. As there was much to be said in the time available, the discussion resolved itself chiefly into criticism of the theoretical considerations brought forward in Mr. Andrews' paper entitled " The New Zealand Sound (and Lake) Basins and the Canons of Eastern Australia in their bearing on the Theory of the Peneplain," and in Mr. Halligan's paper "On Sand- Movement on the New South Wales Coast." Dr. Woolnough opened the discussion, and Messrs. J. E. Carne, G. H. Halligan, the President, and Mr. Andrews took part.

325

THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, A STUDY OF

THE EVOLUTION OF LAKES GEORGE AND

BATHURST, N.S.W.

By. T. Griffith Taylor, B.Sc, B.E., Assistant Demonstrator IN Geology and Lecturer in Commercial Geography at THE University of Sydney.

(Plates vii,-x.)

CONTENTS. Part i. Lake George.

PAGE

i. Introduction 325

ii. General Topography ... 326

iii. The Cullarin Fault Plane 329

iv. Changes in Topography since the Period of Faulting ... 333

V. Economic Aspect OF the Senkungsfeld 336

vi. Age OF the Subsidence 338

vii. Summary 33^

Part ii. Lake Bathurst.

1. General Physiography 340

ii. Origin OF the Lake ... ... 343

Parti. Lake George.

i. Introduction.

The lakes of New South Wales are conspicuous by their rarity. Undoubtedly the most important, and perhaps the largest, is Lake George, which lies in the angle between the Southern and Cooma railway lines. It is 25 miles south-west of Goulburn, but is most accessible from Bungendore, on the Cooma line. With the exception of the meteorological investigations instituted 24

326 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

by the late Mr. H. C. Russell, little research— certainly none of a physiographic nature — has been carried out in this district.

The following statement embodies the current opinion as to the lake's environment, and is in itself sufficient to indicate a very promising field of research on the lines of modern physio- graphy. The quotation runs as follows: — "Lake George occupies the southern portion of a depression in the Cullarin Range, called the Lake George Basin, 490 square miles in extent, and (is) the solitary exataple in the colony of a j)urely inland drainage area, watered as it is by several small screams, but having no visible outlet."^'

Paradoxical as it may sound, a lake is to a certain extent an unnatural natural feature. At any rate, especially in mountainous regions, its presence often implies abnormal conditions. Thus the great lakes of America are due to the somewhat erratic arrange- ment of the drifts of the Ice Age. The great lakes of Africa are due to a huge crustal rift. The small lakes of Kosciusko are geologically ephemeral, and the moraine barriers which clam back the waters are rapidly vanishing as the streams cut down to base level, vfhich. is indeed their "aim in life." Any complete interruption of a large drainage area, such as obtains in the case of the Lake George Basin, points to important late geological changes; which changes will, it is hoped, be clearly demonstrated in the succeeding account of the Lake George Senkungsfeld (^suhside7ice area).

ii. General Topography.

A reference to the stereogram (Plate viii.) will convey a clear idea of the topography of Lake George. The lake proper extends about 15 miles in a north and south direction, and may be closely €ompared in outline to a how (variety Cupid's); the string sym- bolising the straight, even western shore, while the double-curved eastern boundary resembles the wooden bow. This contrast of

* Geography of New South Wales, 3rd Ed., by J. M. Taylor, p. 81. (The italics are mine. — T.G.T. ).

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 327

boundary is of great importance in the pliysiography of the lake, so that the above analogy will perhaps be found of assistance.

At the northern extremity a series of gravel banks separate the lake from Murray's Lagoon, which latter at present (February, 1907) is a dry area about one mile in diameter covered thickly with rushes. Beyond this the country consists of a flat expanse extending towards Breadalbane. The Divide between the Wollon- dilly River system and the Lake George area is not well defined and seems to lie just north of the main Southern Railway.

On the eastern shore the lake outline is somewhat irregular. Ondyong Point, Rocky Point, Currandooley Point and Native Dog mark the spurs projecting from the Gourock Range into the lake (Plate vii.). In broad valleys between these spurs lie the streams which water Lake George; Murray's Creek (the name on the map, Allianoyonyiga, one is not surprised to find unknown in the district); Taylor's Creek at the foot of Governor's Hill, the most prominent landmark round Lake George; Deep Creek and Turallo Creek. It will be noticed that these creeks converge on the locality known as Geary's Gap (vide stereogram).

Reverting to the western shore, we are struck by the absolute dissimilarit3\ Standing at the level of the lake we seem to be confronted by a giant wall extending northwards for over twenty miles from the Molonglo Plain. No broad valley breaks its con- tinuity. Indeed, to one cycling along the foot of the Cullarin Range, it seems unbroken by any definite gap, while for a large part it presents a steep face 500 feet high to the lake. From the opposite shore (Governor's Hill), however, one is able to see a well defined gap about half-way along the western shore where the old Southern Road crossed the Cullarin Range. This depres- sion— Geary's Gap — was well known in the days before the rail- way, but is now practically unused by travellers. Less than two miles south of Geary's Gap a stream (Grove Creek) rushes down to the lake. Contrast its course with that of Taylor's Creek on the eastern shore. The latter stream flows through a broad valley, a mile or two wide, scooped out of the granite, and shows the even grade of a mature or senile type of river. The Grove

BT T. owmTH lAjyom,

329

^^odiM and •otidine*. In Uct bertj wen.y bar* po«UT« •ridenee ol the Ttrt^mry f'Jdimf into whu • r George Fault Km pMsed at lU •oatber-

tii Tmb Ccllabi>

Leaving the AmcripOttm • * ' portioo of ike area to a 1^ ^bote pheooii-^ «•**«» '^ nAiore will dov t- thirty when

exc*l»t *' * (mmU >ycc<Mir»n of tn eoasklermbie ^ abmpCihA^inff aIo)

Bnngv" t«^ton

a lat^r The W •

harii:. being airain to t

-P

. a

bilUisd

trpcs are eTidenoe ol

4olwiie toftrr eeatrie layen ol Wf wocthy ol iawst^f

BM

328 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

Creek is barely a mile long, yet descends nearly three hundred feet. Its course is interrupted by falls 25 feet high, and finally it emerges from a gorge, or miniature canon, with steep sides 200 feet high. Evidentl}'- it is a stream which has barely reached the youthful stage. The hollows carved out of the slate bear witness to the violence of the stream upon occasions, but for the greater part of the year it dwindles to a succession of rocky pools.

Travelling south, we arrive at a stream of some importance, the Molonglo River, about 12 miles south of the lake. This cuts across the Cullarin Range near Hoskin's Town (see Plate vii.). Suspecting that this river might have participated in the abnor- malities characteristic of the Lake George Basin, I wrote to Mr. A. E. Tuckwell, of Hoskin's Town, who amply confirmed my anticipations, as the following extract will show: — "The Molonglo River leaves the flat country 5 miles to the west of Hoskin's Town Public School, and flows through a 7iarrow gorge bounded by hills, some of them apj)roaching mountains."

An3^one who has enjoyed a trip up the Nepean from Penrith to Mulgoa, will remember that, at the latter place, the river leaves the plains and abruptly enters a steep gorge. The Nepean Gorge is due to the river gradually eating doivn its bed as the Blue Mountain scarp was elevated. This is the key to the Lake George problem. The Molonglo River (see Plate viii., at the lower rim of the model) has kept to its bed in spite of the fact that its basin at one period of its existence experienced a differ- ential movement, the upstream portion sinking with respect to the lower. Subsequently (28th March, 1907) I visited the Molonglo Water Gap and found that the river's course is con- cordant with the above account. Immediately at the entrance of tlie gorge, the slates and laminated quartzites are much crumpled and overfolded. This is the only locality where I observed such phenomena; the Silurian (?) strata, for the most part, being folded on a large scale and not crumpled locally. This local action occurring just at the plane where upthrow and downthrow meet, would seem to suggest that some considerable secondar}' folding has been supei imposed on the ancient Silurian

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 329

synclines and anticlines. In fact here we may have positive evidence of the Tertiary folding into which the CuUarin or Lake George Fault has passed at its southern extremity.

iii. The Cullarin Fault.

Leaving the description of the central — true lake-bottom — portion of the area to a later section, an explanation of the above phenomena, together with further evidence of a convincing nature will now be given. To anyone versed in geology, the thirty mile scarp constituting the Cullarin Range, especially when seen from an elevation at some distance, is inexplicable €xcept as a fault scarp. Probably the scarp originated as a succession of small faults along the same plane, extending over a considerable period. Indeed the northern scarp is much more -abrupt (having slopes reaching 45° in places) than the southern, Bungendore, portion. One may reasonably suppose that the tectonic action was more vigorous to the north and extended to a later geological period.

The geological features of the district are comparatively simple. With the exception of a few square miles of country near Governor's Hill (east of the Lake) where there is an interesting series of eruptive rocks,* the rock consists of slates and phyllites having a fairly uniform strike nearly north and south, the dip being nearly vertical sometimes to the west (Geary's Gap 70°) or again to the east (Native Dog 63°). On the eastern shore these rocks outcrop within the edge of the Lake, but on the west the slates end abruptly at the silt. A certain amount of talus from the hills is distributed at intervals along the western shore, but wells

* This area is roughly indicated on the map (Plate vii.). Rocks of two types are present. Granite of a somewhat porphyritic nature, showing some evidence of regional metamorphism in the shape of banded felspars, etc., is fringed (see fig. 1) by a complex series of basic and ultrabasic rocks ranging from dolerite to picrites and serpentines. The latter are coated with con- centric layers of secondary lime (travertine). This outcrop would seem to be worthy of investigation by geologists interested in differentiation.

330

THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

dug in the vicinity seem to show that this material is in many cases superficial, and lies over the silt and clay which occupies the lake bed (see Section, fig. 1).

Govef-nor's

Fig. 1. —Section AB (see Plate vii.) showing the Senkungsfeld and Fault Plane, also the High-level Gravels of the old outlet.

Assuming a strike fmdt as being the cause of Lake George, let us endeavour to reconstruct the topography of the country before the faulting. If the Lake George Basin were raised some 300 feet, the four creeks (Murray, Taylor, Deep and Turallo) would evidently unite into one river, which would flow towards the west and ultimatel}' reach the Yass River above Gundaroo. Some trace of this old river (which we ma}'- conveniently call Lake George River) should remain in the form of an old valley, which, owing to later erosion on a different system of drainage, should appear much like a ivater-gap. In addition, it is nob too much to expect tiiat some of the old river boulders shall have remained, no longer necessarily in the lowest portions of the area of eleva- tion (since the latter has been since modified by later stream- action). If, as is often the case, the fault has diminished in extent towards its extremities, we may expect that some (ante- cedent) river-systems have been able to keep their old path in spite of tectonic obstructions.

All these phenomena are abundantly shown in the Lake George area. Ascending the steep hill face, 300 yards north .of Grove Creek, and \h miles south of the jjresent lowest point of the CuUarin Range, a deposit of elevated river-gravels is reached.

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR.

331

section like a

About 500 yards due west from the Lake at this point one reaches the top of the ridge and arrives at a cluster of mine- shafts varying in depth from 5 to 40 feet. This patch of gravel is oval in shape, with the long axis W.N.W. and half-a-mile long (see Plate vii.). The shafts have been abandoned for several years and do not seem to have yielded much gold. How- e\ev, they enabled one to make the rough geological shown at B, fig. 2. The boulders were shaped much potato for the most part, and distributed through a deep red clay. They varied in size from a few inches to 2 feet in diameter. The junction of the boulders and slates was marked by a very hard layer of pebbles (3") cemented by a ferruginous material. At the centre of the field, pipeclay was struck at lower levels.

Continuing the traverse to- wards the west (see Section, fig.l) slates and quartz reefs were crossed. Brooke's Creek, which flows through a rather narrow valley, with steep bluffs (evidence of youth and uplift) was reached. This creek, which had a fine flow of water (February, 1907), is probably an old tributary of the "Lake George River," which has been revived by the slight uplift which probably accompanied the senkuugsfeld. Enquiring for elevated gravels, I was informed of the Diamond Hill Diggings, which lie half-a-mile from Brooke's Creek in the sharp bend it makes to the west (see Plate vii.). Here occurs another patch of gravels, practically identical in form with that at Grove Creek, with the same direction, W.N.W. The area is about 200 x 100 yards, and the lower 15 feet of the deposit (see A, fig.2) consists of a laminated pipeclay. Here, again, the boulders consist chiefly

Fig.2.— Vertical sections in alluvial shafts. A. Central portion of elevated gravels; Diamond Hill. B. Southern margin of elevated gravels; Grove Creek.

332 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

of rounded quartz. Returning to the lake-bed itself, just at the mouth of Grove Creek, a well has been sunk thirty feet into the silt. The dump consists largely of pipeclay identical in appear- ance with that from the shafts nea^dy 300 feet higher on the elevated alluvials. I was informed that boulders of a similar nature to those found at Diamond Hill were removed, but the clay had covered over the early dumpings.

We have no dat ,ufficient to estimate the length and drop of this fault. It extends for more than twenty miles from Collector to Bungendore. Beyor ' the latter, as the Molonglo has cut through the scarp (see page 334), the fault was not so extensive, or the movement may have developed merely as a fold. It is a matter of great difficulty to detect Tertiary foldings superimposed on Palaeozoic anticlines, but the river-development would seem to suggest that such faulting or folding has occurred near Molonglo. North of Molonglo River the streams flowing from the west are obsequent, and flow to the lake with short steep beds in narrow gorges. Here, undoubtedl}^, a fault on a large scale has taken place, and totally altered t'le drainage system, the tributaries of *'Lake George River" being hetrunked much as are those flowing into Port Phillip (Gregory).

Since the river-gravels at Grove Creek are ele\ated 270 feet above the lake-bed, we require a minimum dvo^ of 270 feet. The well sunk in the silt adds 30 feet. This well by no means reached rock bottom. There is an opinion, shared by the expert local engineer, Mr. Glover, that the silt is 100 or 200 feet deep on the western shore of the Lake. The lesser figure agrees closely with the slope of the line joining the Grove Creek and Diamond Hill gravels (see Fig.l). Hence it seems legitimate to place the fault drop at about 370 feet at this locality (Geary's Gap).

Comparing this with the Kurrajong Fault, it would appear to be on a somewhat similar scale. The fault, as described by Professor David,* extends about twenty miles, and has a drop of

* " An important Geological Fault at Kurrajong Heights, N. S. Wales." Journ. Proe. Koy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1902.

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR.

333

about 4*23 feet at tlie maximum point. It has not, however, led to the formation of any area of internal drainage as is the case at Lake George.

iv. Topographical Changes since the Faulting. These fall into two classes, (a) those due to erosion, (b) those due to aggradation. The former have affected the positive forms (hills, &c.); while the latter have tended to fill up the negative land forms, in this case the bed of Lake George. The more or less sharp edge left at the close of the faulting has been gnawed away; but, as noted previously, many

slopes of 45*

itill be

obtained at the northern end. This is a remarkably steep face for a continuous range, and points to the com- paratively recent character of the subsidence. It may be estimated that a wedge- shaped slice of slate some twenty miles long, with a base about 300 yards wide, and a depth of 500 feet has been removed by erosion of the scarp. This wedge of eroded material might be made the basis of a calcu- pjg^ 3._Map showing evolution of the lation as to the age of the river-system in the Lake George area,

fault, but a much more For topographical names, see text and

promising method is ampli- Plate vii. The area of subsidence is

fied in a later section (vi.).

334 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

The river-courses have been largely influenced by the fault. The Molonglo River being situated toward the southern extremity of the fault plane — where the latter was probably of much smaller dimensions, possibly only a fold — has defied the tectonic changes to alter its course, and it has eroded a deep gorge in the " uplift " side of the fault, and, its course being independent of present land contours, the stream is of the antecedent type (see

rig.3).

The small streams running down the face of the fault are typically obsequent, since they flow directly against the main slope of the country (which normally falls to the west). Grove Creek, Geary's Creek, &c., are of this character. As pointed out previously, the small rivers of the east coast of the Lake (Murray, Taylor, Deep Creek, ttc.) were originally united, but their lower portions are now buried deep in the silt, and therefore they belong to the betrunked class of rivers. Brooke's Creek for much of its path flows through fairly deep gorges. This tends to support the theory that the western side of the fault has partici- pated .slightly in the earth-movements. Not unusually the scarp of a large fault has been elevated absolutely as well as relatively, and this would appear to be the case at Lake George. If so, then Brooke's Creek is a revived river. Yass River, flowing normally to the west, maybe taken as a specimen of a conseq^ient river. To the north of the Lake, the Currawang Creek flows nortii-west for most of its course, and then bends back to the south. It is extremely probable that this creek originally formed portion of the Wollondilly system, but, owing to the depression of Lake George, it has been captured by the Windera- deen Creek, and now runs into Lake George. As this deviation is due to causes that acted subsequently to tiie establishment of the main slope, this river may be said to be subsequent. In brief, in this comparatively small area we have examples of the six main river-types, consequent {Yass), obsequent {Grove Creek), subsequent {Currawang), betrunked {Murray, d'c.),, revived {Brooke's), and antecedent {Molonglo). Finally, the " Lake George " is a splendid example of what has been termed a daad river.

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 335

Reverting at this somewhat late stage to the condition of the actual bed of the Lake, the latter is at present in a very favourable state for examination, since — with the exception of the small patch in the S.E. corner shown in Plate vii. — it is now (Februar}^, 1907) absolutely dry. The bed therefore presents a unique appearance. A level plain, apparently as flat as a billiard table, extends for over 15 miles, unrelieved by any islets or undulations as is the case with Lake Bathurst. Indeed, the plain extends for over 30 miles without obstruction, which fact may have helped to determine the choice of Bungendore for the primary base-line in New South Wales. Mr. Glover* has carried out levelling operations, and finds the south-central portion to have a fall of 4 feet in the mile, while to the north the slope is less than 2 feet to the mile.-

SSuch a dead level seems to corroborate the theory that Lake George never had an outlet since it was first formed. No evidence of any flood more than 30 feet deep can be traced as having occurred for many hundred years, while nearly 200 feet are necessary to provide an outlet north, west or south. Probably smce its inception the Lake has been receiving silt which has gradually tilled up its bed, and covered over all ancient irregularities. Near Grove Creek there is an isolated ridge of angular quartz grit about 150 feet long, 50 wide, and 5 feet high. This may represent a sort of Nunatak (to use a glacial term) projecting above the silt. It constitutes practicall)' the only outcrop on the western shore. At either end of the Lake — near Murray's Lagoon and near Bungemlore — there are extensive grcivel deposits. The former extends for more than a mile around the southern border of Murray's Lagoon (see Plate. vii.}. It reminds one irresistibly of the clinker or hurricane banks of coral shingle on the Barrier Reef. There is the same steep slope to

* " Notes upon Floods in Lake George," by H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.S., etc., Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S.Wales, Dec, 1886. In this paper a full account of the levelling and contours of the Lake is given, together with the history of the Lake till 1886.

336 THE LAKE GEOKGK SENKUNGSFELD,

the water's edge, 30 feet high, at an angle of 26'^. The same tongues project out behind to the leeward side (indicated in Plate vii.). Probably a like origin may be assigned to these gravel-banks. They are due, I think, to the action of the storms on the lake when the latter is full. The winds are confined by the gigantic wall of the fault scarp, and rush along the latter, driving forward the angular talus with which the scarp is littered. Gradually the angular fragments are rounded and collect at the ends of the Lake, in much the same way as on a coral reef the clinker gradually accumulates towards the lee side of such

reef.

V. Economic Aspect of the Senkungsfeld.

Little attention has hitherto been paid in Australia to the relation between physiography and economics, which fact may justify the following brief digression. In the first place mention may be made of the gold alluvial rendered available for human industry by the deviation of water from the old Lake George River. In 1860 there was a gold rush to Diamond Hill, then called the Brooke's Creek Gold Rush. From the numerous shafts sunk, as well as from the recollections of old residents, this would appear to have been fairly successful. Several years ago, a few diamonds were washed out of this same gravel, and hence the change of name. Grove Creek gravels do not seem to have been payable. The miners experienced great difficulty in cutting througli the layer of ferruginous cement at the bottom of the gravels, and most of the claims were therefore abandoned. Now the old wives of the district use the pipeclay for whitening their hearths, without experiencing much curiosity as to how it got there.

The graph of Lake-variation is inserted {vide tig. 4) to show the periods when Lake George really was a lake. Such were the years 1816-1830, 1852, 1864, 1874-1900. Since 1900 the Lake has been shrinking, and was practically dry in 1905. A local flood has practically no effect on the Lake. The dry silt acts as a huge sponge, and absorbs a covering of several inches of water, brought down by Deep Creek or some other feeder, in the course of a

I

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR.

337

night. The conditions are eminently favourable for great evapora- tion. The wind will drive a layer of water several miles from

Russell: floiy. £o

— Glover 'o/ — >

Fig. 4. — Variations in the level of Lake George, 1815-1907.

the actual lowest spot, and before it can flow back the sun's heat has reclaimed it for the atmosphere.

The Lake-bottom is now covered with a wiry form of grass, with a marsh-loving buttercup, and with several plants allied to the saltbush. These latter flourish in the saline soil, and are much relished by sheep after they become used to the new food. The saline flora is a new importation, I was assured. The Lake is now portioned into grazing leases, and fences run nearly across the bed. The local sheep-breeders for the most part much prefer the Lake dry, since many extra sheep can be carried on their runs. Water of a very pure type can be obtained almost an}-- where along the western shore, at a depth of 12 to 30 feet, and several wind-mills are now engaged in raising it to elevated tanks for distribution. At the same time the neglected boathouses, jetties, and decaying boats and launches which are to be seen near Bungendore, recall the good old times when the Lake teemed with Murray cod, to be replaced later by carp; and when black duck and other game were in the habit of frequenting the huge sheet of water.

Lately arrived foreigners, in the shape of foxes and rabbits, are hardly calculated to equal the old fauna from an economic point of view.

From 1828 to 1864, the Lake was only for one year (1852) more than ten feet deep, so that the indications seem to point rather to a continuance of the present arid conditions, so far as one is able to judge from records not yet extending over a century.

338

THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

The graph (fig. 4) is drawn from that given in Russell's paper (quoted above), and brought up to date from information given me by Mr. Glover, who keeps an official record of the meteorology of Lake George.

vi. Age of the Subsidence.

Mr. Russell made use of Lake George as a gigantic rain-gauge, and, from the data he obtained, he put forward some ver}' inter- esting theories as to weather cj'-cles and their causes. It has occurred to me that Lake George may serve as a geological chronometer for much the same reason, that it " keeps all it gets," whether water or silt. The foregoing sections will demonstrate the reasonability of stating that Lake George probably never had an outlet. Hence the silt deposited in Lake George should give us some idea of the time which has elapsed since the extensive faulting instanced took place.

All the data made use of are open to criticism, but it is hoped that the method used may be of interest, and that the result may represent a period of years of the right order if not correct to a few hundred units.

From Russell's textbook on Rivers* I obtained the following figures for the silt-deposits of the River Po in North Italy; and corresponding numbers for Lake George are tabulated alongside.

Table i.

A. B.

C.

D.

Area of Basin

Rainfall (H.K. Mill) ...

■o ^- silt

Eatio . — - —

water

Silt deposited per annum

River Po.

Lake George.

30,000 sq. m. 30 inches p. a.

67 million tons.

300 sq. m. 25 inches.

^000

3,400 mill. tons. X years.

A. (Area) gives the amount of material to be acted on.

B. (Rainfall) gives the effective eroding agent.

* River-Development. By I. C. Russell, 1898, pp. 74-5.

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 339

C. (Ratio silt/water) varies with the different rivers from 1 in 2000 to 1 in ^00. The former value would double the period in years, and is perhaps more nearly correct as the Po drains a glaciated country covered with debris.

D, The silt in Lake George was supposed to occupy a wedge 10 miles long, 5 miles wide, with base 100 feet deep. (This is probably too small a bulk). This gives a volume of 68,500 million cubic feet. Since a cubic foot of sand weighs about 100 lbs., this represents a weight of 3,400 million tons as deposited during a period of x years.

As the area in question is yj^ ^^ that drained b}' the river Po, and the rainfall and silt-carrying power less for Lake George,

, , , 67,000,000 X 25 x 900 we may roughly put down IQQ x 30 x '^000 — ^^ amount

deposited in Lake George in one year ( = 250,000 tons).

XT Q^nn -ir ^ -ii u j -^ i • 3,400,000,000 Hence 3,400 million tons will be deposited in ^ '-

years, or say roughly 14,000 years; a result which is quite as near the truth as could be expected. No account has been taken of the velocity-factor, which is very important in connection with silt-carriage. If the velocity were lower than the mean velocity of the Po, it would increase the period. If the rainfall, as is probable, were heavier in prehistoric times in Australia, it would decrease the period. However, one may perhaps be permitted to set down this huge senkungsfeld as having taken place less tiian twenty thousand years ago.

vii. Summary.

Lake George, the largest lake in New South Wales, occupies an area of subsidence (senkungsfeld) bounded on the west by a fault plane of about 400 feet drop. The fault is approximately parallel to the strike of the Palaeozoic slates and phyllites. It runs north and south for thirty miles, and constitutes the CuUarin Range. The violent tectonic changes have entirely altered the drainage-system of the district. The Molonglo flows through a gorge it has cut in the CuUarin Range, and is clearly an antecedent river. The feeders of Lake George once formed part of the Yass River system. Their lower portions are buried under the silt of Lake George, and they thus fall into the class of betrunked

340 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

rivers. The old outlet (Oid Lake George River) can be traced as a series of elevated river-gravels for three miles towards the Yass River. The boulders, some over two feet in length, cap hills nearly 300 feet above the present level of the lake-bed. The economic aspects of the senkungsfeld in connection with elevated auriferous alluvials, and the pastoral claims on the lake-bed are traced out.

From a comparison with the known silt-forming capacity of the basin of the River Po in Italy, an attempt is made to give a time-value to the silt-contents of Lake George. A period of less than twenty thousand years is shown to be sufficient to fill up tlie lake basin to its present silt-level under modern conditions. Hence the fault and senkungsfeld may be referred to a period contemporaneous with the close of the Great Ice Age in the northern hemisphere, and probably to the period during which the Blue Mountain folding at Lapstone Hill took place in New South Wales.

Part ii. LakeBathurst. 1. General Physiography.

This Lake lies about twelve miles to the east of Lake George, on the further side of the Cooma railway line, which approaches within a mile of the lake near Tarago (see fig. 5 and stereogram, Plate viii.). It is roughly triangular in outline, with the base to the east. Quartzite hills about 200 feet high border the east and south-west sides, while an area of granite extends into the lake- bed on the north-west, forming a long reef connecting Rabbit Island to the bluffs of the surrounding hills.

At each corner is an area of low-lying land. To the north-east a low bank separates the lake from the Bonnie Doon Morass. At periods of flood the two areas form one sheet of water. The southern corner receives the main feeder of the lake, known locally as Chain o' Ponds. Here is a considerable extent of gravels. At the western corner of the lake the gap between the hills is filled in with another extensive deposit of gravels which has been tapped by a railway siding for ballast purposes. When

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR.

341

full, the Lake has an area of five square miles, and is thus very- much smaller than Lake George.

■:.:.:::::::::-:>^^,

Fig. 5. — Map of Lake Bathurst showing its physiography (Feb., 1907). The boundary between the granite and quartzite is indicated approximately.

During February, 1907, I made a careful survey of the Lake, for the purpose of determining the area covered by water, and the character of the dam to which the lake owed its origin.

Leaving the road and approaching the Lake from the south, one reached a zone of coarse quartzose sand with subangular frag- ments of quartzite, evidently derived from the neighbouring hills. Then came a zone of grey sticky mud about 200 yards wide, and finally the water was reached. This was very brackish and covered with a slight scum. The mud gave off a musty smell, recalling that of certain guano reefs, and was possibly due to the same cause, since a flock of gulls were swimming in the northern portion of the lake. Journeying eastward across the Chain o' 25

342 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

Ponds, one traversed a sandy mud with occasional Hat-growing, fleshy weeds. The coarse grass at the foot of Lake Bathurst Trig. Station was littered with dead tortoises. One passed three or four every yard, mostly about a foot long. These reptiles were driven out of the lake in the autumn of 1906 by the increas- ing salinity, and as there is no permanent water on the eastern shore, perished. In some such manner, no doubt, many of the huge deposits of vertebrates found fossil in various parts of the world took their origin. From the Trig. Station a fine view of the lake basin and surroundings is obtainable (fig.T). Rabbit Island is a prominent feature, large wattle-trees growing amid the huge granite blocks which have determined the island. The well-defined gap to the south-west at the gravel-siding shows up as the lowest portion of the lip of the basin.

Continuing along the north-east shore, granite outcrops ' are met with, their position being shown on the map. At this northern end is the deepest part of the Lake, about one foot deep in February, 1907. Prominent blujffs of granite occur on the north-west shore. Completing the traverse by way of Rabbit Island (which is now merely a mound in a thinly grassed paddock), a series of detrital fans is crossed. These bear witness to the vigour of the torrents rushing down the liillsides, and have a bearing on the origin of the Lake.

Not man}' years ago sculling matches took place on tlie Lake between Rabbit Island and the gravel-siding, which latter was also used to convey passengers to the recreation ground on the edge of the lake. With the dr^-ing of the lake, the attraction of the recreation ground has passed; and the pavilion, a prominent and useful landmark, has now degenerated into a stable.

Referring to the section across Lake Bathurst (fig. 6), the geological features near the gravel-siding can be made out. About half-a-mile to the west of the lake, the Mulwaree Creek flows to join the WoUondilly-Hawkesbury system at Goulburn. This stream rises about ten miles south of the Lake, and drains a fairly large basin. Between Tarago and the Lake-outlet, the valley contracts so that the stream flows at the foot of rather

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR.

343

steep quartzite ridges, about 300 feet high. These ridges are covered with a loose talus which is continually dropping into the

L. Scales

I" *

Fig. 6. — Section A B (see fig. 4) across Lake Bathurst, showing the gravel-dam across the outlet and the talus occupying the Mulwaree Valley.

creek. In the railway cuttings 30 feet or more of this talus (mingled with soil) are evident.

The explanation of the lake-origin which I venture to put forward is intimately connected with this abundance of talus in the narrow valley of the Mulwaree.

ChamSPonds MulwcreaR. LoKj^deef^C

SOUTH Toraao , Grovel ""^ Robb.Ms. Gran.reRT

Fig. 7. — Sketch view of Lake Bathurst from the top of the Trig. Station on the eastern shore. The black area indicates the extent of water in February, 1907. j jWhen filled, the Lake covers the whole fiat expanse.

ii. Origin of Lake Bathurst.

In earlier geological periods, possibly when a somewhat greater

rainfall obtained in New South Wales, the Mulwaree Creek

received a pair of tributaries from the east. One of these drained

the valley now occupied by the Bonnie Doon Lagoon (N.E.), and

344 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD,

the other held much the same position as the Chain o' Ponds (S.E.)does now. These creeks crossed the bed of Lake Bathurst, and entered Mulwaree Creek near the gravel-siding.

During periods of drought, these lesser lateral streams would probably cease flowing, and their entrance into the main creek, not being scoured by any current, would very readily be choked by material washed down by the parent stream and derived from hills in the immediate vicinity.

Thus would arise a shallow lake which, given periods of increasing aridity, would serve as a settling ground for the water poured in by the two small tributaries postulated above.

Talus and pebbles brought down into this youthful lake would be rolled about by the storms (which are still a feature of the lake when flooded) and piled in the angles, giving rise to the gravel mentioned as occupying those positions. Each succeeding period of flood would but serve to isolate the lake more and more, by enabling further material to be piled on the barrier, Avhich would also be strengthened by the talus distributed by the Mulwaree Creek on the outer face of the dam."^

Given conditions of increasing aridity, a main stream flowing through a narrow talus-covered gorge, and a lateral valley of circumscribed cross-section receiving the drainage of a much smaller area; these, I believe, constitute the factors which have led to the isolation of Lake Bathurst.

In conclusion, a few dates in connection with Lake Bathurst may be noted.

1844. Lake Bathurst dry.

1870-8. A " banker," as in Lake George.

1873. The Lake overflowed into the Mulwaree over the gravel- siding.

1890. The lake rose to the lower rails of the siding. Within a few feet of overflow. Goulburn residents anxious as to danger of flood if the gravel-dam burst.

* Readers of the National Geographic Magazine will recall the origin of the Salton Sink in California, due to damming up of a lateral valley by silt carried down by the Colorado River.

I

BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 345

1907. One-quarter of the bed covered, not more than one foot deep in the larger area.

From these dates one can see that the floods in Lakes George and Bathurst agree sufficiently closely. Their modes of origin are, however, entirely dissimilar, Lake Bathurst being merely a dammed-up river valley, while Lake George is an example of a huge senkuugsfeld and fault-scarp which has absolutely altered all the original drainage-scheme of the area comprised in its basin.

In conclusion, I desire to thank Messrs. J. Barrett (Tarago), Gill (Winderadeen), Glover (Bungendore), and Donelly (Douglas) for much help received while carrying out my investigations on Lakes Bathurst and George.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate vii.

Map of the Lake George " Senkungsfeld " and Fault Scarp (Cullarin Range). The granite area is only approximate. The high-level gravels (making the old outlet) are indicated to scale as black oval patches. The extent of water in February, 1907, is shown by the hatched area on the east of the lake,

Plate viii.

Stereogram of Lake George showing the area of internal drainage. The high-level gravels, south of Geary's Gap, are marked. The antecedent valley of the Molonglo appears at the lower end. In the north-east the main features of the Lake Bathurst area are indicated.

Plate ix.

A view of the Lake-bed in February, 1907. The Lake has been practically dry for four or five years, and is sparsely covered with a nutritious salt-bush on which the sheep may be observed to be feeding.

Plate X.

From a photo taken in 1884 when the Lake was nearly full of water. The irregular eastern coastline culminating in Governor's Hill (to the right) appears in the background.

346

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY.

No. XV. New Genera and Species of CARABiDiE, with some Notes on Synonymy (Clivinini, Scaritini, Cunipectini, Trigonotomini and Lebiini).

By Thomas G. Sloane.

(Continued from Vol. xxix., 190 4, p.538.)

BIPARTITI.

A character which differentiates the two tribes of the Bipartiti (as represented in the Australian fauna), but which has not been noticed, is the seta near the tip of the basal joint of the antennae on the upper side; this is present in all Australian species of the Clivinini, but absent in all our representatives of the Scaritini. M}^ data are not sufficient to enable me to report on this feature in the faunas of other parts of the world, but the species of Scarites which I have examined have had no trace of this seta.

Only once have I seen a member of the tribe Scaritini in which this seta was present; viz., one specimen of Scdraphites lenoius Westw., (a species in which the seta is normally wanting). This seems a case of atavistic reversion, suggesting that the Scaritini are descended from a stock in which the seta was present, and so strengthening my impression that the present day Scaritini are less ancient than the Clivinini.

Tribe CLIVININI.

Genus C l i v i n a.

Clivina banksi, n.sp.

Elongate. Head wide before the eyes; elytra strongly punctate- striate, fourth stria joining fifth at base, interstices greatly raised near base, eighth carinate near base, narrow and carinate on apical curve; anterior tibiae strongly 3-dentate, paronychium

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 347

long, obtuse; prosternal episterna almost Isevigate (hardly substrio- late and subrugulose anteriorly); peduncle with lateral cavities impunctate. Black (elytra sometimes with an obscure ferruginous stripe on apical curve above eighth interstice), legs ferruginous.

Head smooth between facial carinas, a few punctures on each side near posterior extremity of facial carina; clypeus with median part lightly emarginate, strongly bordered, "wings" not divided from median part, rounded externally, lightly concave, rugulose> supra-antennal plates wide, rounded and bordered externally, decidedly divided from "wings" of clypeus. Prothorax convex, laevigate, a little longer than broad (255 x 2-4 mm.), widest a little before posterior angles, decidedly narrowed anteriorly (1-9 mm.); anterior line deep; median line well marked. Elytra convex, widest a little behind middle (5-3 x 2*7 mm.); base trun- cate; striae very deep anteriorly, shallow — but marked — pos- teriorly; interstices convex, very strongly so towards base. Prosternum with intercoxal part wide anteriorly, transversely sulcate on posterior declivity. Length 10, breadth 2*7 mm.

Hab. — Q.: Normanb}'- River, 40 miles south-west from Cook- town (Sloane; two specimens on the river-bank; June, 1906); Cooktown (Olive; Coll. Sloane).

Though so closely resembling C. australasice Bohem., that it might be taken for that species at the first glance, it is really more allied to C. leai SI., from which it is at once differentiated by its much larger size, elytra not with the whole apical fourth reddish, etc. From C. australasice it differs (apart from its less opaque black colour) by its almost smooth prosternal episterna; peduncle with lateral cavities impunctate; anterior tibiae with fourth (upper) tooth obsolete, paronychium longer, obtuse at apex; head smoother, much less punctate on gulae; elytra with interstices much more raised near base; wide basal part of inflexed margin without a longitudinal punctate stria, etc.

Clivina planifrons, n.sp.

Convex, parallel; head depressed, clypeus emarginate as in C, australasice (but a little more deeply so); elytra with fourth stria

348 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

joining fifth at base ; prosternum as in C. australasice (but episterna not perceptibly transversely striolate); anterior femora short, wide, with lower side rounded and bordered on posterior margin; anterior tibiae strongly 4-dentate. Head, prothorax, and anterior legs piceous-red ; elytra piceous-black ; body piceous beneath; four posterior legs testaceous.

Head with vertex and front flat, this depressed area extending on each side to eyes and backwards in a curve behind level of eyes; front without the usual facial carina on each side near eyes. Prothorax Isevigate, convex, quadrate (2 2 x 2-25 mm.), very little narrowed to apex; median and anterior lines well marked. Elytra a little wider than prothorax (4-75 x 2-5 mm), parallel on sides, widely rounded at apex; base truncate; striae not deep, punctulate, seventh not interrupted posteriorly; interstices lightly convex. Length 6-5-8-5, breadth 1 •75-2-5 mm.

Hah. — Q.: Brisbane (Hacker; Colls. Hacker and Sloane).

This species was sent to me by Mr. Henry Hacker ticketed '* Brisbane." It is allied to C. cava Putz., which is the only Australian species with which it can be confused, but it differs from C. cava by colour; head more depressed, the depressed area occupying all the space between the eyes, so that the supraorbital setae rise under its lateral edge, and the facial carinae become altogether lost (in C. cava the facial carinae are well developed and distinct).

Clivina hackeri, n.sp.

Robust, oval; head small; prothorax subtrapezoid, narrowed anteriorly ; elytra convex, shortly oval ; metasternum small, hardly more than half the length of posterior cox^e between inter- mediate and posterior coxae; peduncle with lateral concavities small, smooth; legs short, stout, anterior tibiae strongly 3-dentate with a slight protuberance above upper tooth.

Head as in C. nyctosyloides Putz.; clypeus with median part truncate, the "wings" lightly advanced beyond median part, gently oblique on inner side; mandibles short, stout; labrum short, 7-setose. Mentum large; lobes wide, obtuse, oblique on

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 349

inner side; sinus shallow; a very wide, prominent, roundly obtuse, median process in sinus. Antennae stout; second joint longer than third; joints 4-11 moniliform, compressed. Prothorax convex, transverse (2-8 x 3*5 mm.;, widest just before posterior angles, greatly narrowed to apex (2-1 mm.); sides oblique; apex emarginate; anterior angles widely obtuse, subprominent; pos- terior angles obtuse but marked ; basal curve short ; border narrow, entire on basal curve; anterior line well marked near anterior margin; median line distinct. Elytra short, oval (6 X 4mm.), very convex, deeply but roundly declivous to peduncle; shoulders quite rounded off; striae strongly impressed, finely punctate at bottom, seventh as strongly impressed as otliers and continuous to apex; interstices convex, first with a very short striole at base, third 4-punctate, eighth entire, wide and convex on apical curve; lateral channel closely catenulate (with punctate tubercles) at bottom. Presternum with intercoxal part wide, shortly channelled between coxae; posterior declivity transversely impressed, but not sulcate. Tarsi short, anterior with first joint as long as four succeeding joints together; intermediate tibiae stout, incrassate, outer edge denticulate, external spur stout, long, placed a little above apex, another short spur a little above it. Length 11, breadth 4 mm.

Hah. — Q.: Coen (Colls. Hacker and Sloane).

A very distinct species without any close relationship to any other Australian species. Its short broad form, with short oval elytra (not truncate at base) distinguish it from all our species. It is one of a few species with short metasternal episterna; probably it may be placed near C. nyctosy hides Putz., which it resembles generally in form of head, prothorax, "and peduncle, but it is very distinct by its smaller metasternum with shorter episterna; elytra not truncate on base, eighth interstice distinct from seventh and hardly reduced in width near apex. It has the elytra soldered together and the underwings reduced to a mere narrow membrane, characters which seem to differentiate it from all other species of the genus. Mr. Henr}'' Hacker informed me that he obtained only three specimens one morning

350 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

(18th Jan., 1906) after rain, crossing a track in open forest land; from this it would appear that it is not a riparian species like the typical species of Clivina.

Tribe SCARITINI.

Genus Scaraphites.

ScARAPHiTES HiRTiPES Macleay.

By a vexatious error in my Check-List of the Australian Carabidse, Pt. i. (1905), Sc. hirtipes Macl., has been placed as a synonym of Sc. latipennis Macl. The differences between these species and their synonymy have been dealt with by me in these Proceedings (1905, pp. Ill and 112), and I still hold the views there expressed.

Scaraphites len^eus Westwood.

Since dealing with Sc. lenceus Westwood, in these Proceedings (1905, p. Ill), I have received from Mr. J. A. Kershaw of Melbourne, a specimen ticketed Scaraphites martini Cast., which agrees more closely with Westwood's figure than the specimen of Sc. latipennis Macl., which I formerly identified as Sc. lenceus, Mr. Kershaw's specimen has the prothorax with the sides more strongly sinuate posteriori}^ and the basal angles far more strongly marked than in Mr. Lea's specimen (in which these features are feebly developed); thereby showing a stronger resemblance to Westwood's figure, though to me both specimens seem forms of one species — this suggests that Sc. latipenyiis Macl., from King George's Sound, is probably a slightly differen- tiated form or variety of Sc. lenceus, the typical form being from the West Coast. The ticket on Mr. Kershaw's specimen is an old one, and seems to offer a clue to the identity of Sc. martini Cast., with Sc. lenceus Westw., rather than with Sc. silenus Westw., as conjectured by me (these Proceedings, 1905, p. 111).

Genus Euryscaphus.

In these Proceedings (1905, p. 113) I have said that the type of Euryscaphus carhonarius Cast., is no longer in existence.

I

BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 351

Mr. J. A. Kershaw informs me, however, that there is a specimen (which 1 must have overlooked) in the Howitt Collection — at present in his charge — ticketed Scaraphites carhonarius Cast. It is to be hoped the vexed question of the identity of this species may be settled authoritatively sooner or later by an examination of the type.

Genus Laccoscaphus.

Laccoscaphus quadriseriatus, n.sp.

Elliptical-oval, robust, convex; head with two supraorbital punctures on each side; each elytron with four rows of deep fovepe; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Black, margin of prothorax and elytra and bottoms of elytral fovea? cupreous.

Head transverse-quadrate (4*9 mm across eyes); frontal sulci hardly divergent backwards, connected behind by a rounded impression; three subequal frontal spaces clearly defined from occiput; eyes small, lightly convex, not prominent. Prothorax convex, transverse (4-25 x 6-3 mm.); sides subparallel, rounded at posterior angles, lightly sinuate on each side of the wide basal lobe; anterior angles roundly obtuse, a little advanced but not prominent; border thick, refiexed, a little narrower on sides than on each side of basal curve, not refiexed in middle of basal lobe; median line distinct; a transverse line defining basal area; a wide shallow rounded impression before each side of basal lobe; four marginal punctures on each side, anterior puncture just behind anterior angle. Elytra convex, ovate (10 x 6-3 mm.), widest behind middle, a little narrowed to base; sides slightly rounded; base lightly truncate-emarginate behind lobe of prothorax; four rows of large deep fovete on each elytron, and a row of ocellate punctures placed in foveiform depressions along sides ; border refiexed, upturned (but roundly obtuse) at humeral angles. Length 18*5, breadth 6-3 mm.

Hah. — Australia (type in Coll. Deutsche Entomologische National Museum, Berlin).

In these Proceedings (1905, p. 116 )I have given a synoptic table of the species of Laccosca^phns, following which the position

352 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

of L. quadriseriatus would be next to L. foveigerus Chaud. The described species of Laccoscaphus with four rows of fovese on each elytron and the lateral ocellate pores placed in foveiform depressions are L. foveigerus Chaud., L. quadriseriatus Macl., L. lacunosus MacL, and L. macleayi SI.; these species are all so closely allied to one another that it seems probable they are colour-varieties of one variable and widely distributed species rather than distinct species. L. quadriseriatus differs from all the species mentioned above by the margins of the pronotum and elytra and the bottoms of the elytral foveae being cupreous; size larger; form more convex; pro thorax with anterior angles more obtuse and less prominent, sides more decidedl}^ rounded to anterior angles, base less strongly sinuate on each side — owing to the basal lobe being less developed; elytra more convex, with more numerous fovece in all the rows. L. quadriseriatus is the same size as L. spencei Westw., from which it differ.s by colour, the presence of a juxtasutural row of foveae on the elytra, ifec. A single specimen was sent to me by Herr Sigismund Schenkling, ticketed " New Holland "; I should expect its habitat to be

tropical Australia.

Genus C a r e n u m .

Carenum formosum, n.sp. Elliptical-oval, Isevigate; head convex, frontal sulci parallel, suborbital channel single, lower edge forming a ridge; prothorax convex, transverse, lobate, anterior angles strongly advanced, lateral margins wide, bipunctate; elytra ovate, convex, bipunctate towards apex; anterior tibiae 3-dentate, posterior tibiae slender. Head black with a faint violaceous tinge posteriorly above and below; prothorax widely margined with green (including anterior margin), disc deep purple-black ; elytra violet with green reflections, becoming green near margins; inflexed margin of prothorax and elytra green; prosternum black with episterna viridescent; body black; mes- and metepisterna and ventral segments laterally viridescent; legs, antennae and palpi black, antenn£e on sides of apical joints and apex of palpi reddish- piceous.

f

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 353

Head transverse (4*3 mm. across eyes); anterior margin truncate between intermediate angles, arcuate outside intermediate angles; frontal sulci parallel, not deep; preocular sulcus lightly marked- preocular process small, rounded; eyes reniform, lightly convex. Prothorax transverse (32 x 5*7 mm.), much wider than head, convex, declivous to base ; sides lightly rounded ; posterior angles rounded off'; anterior angles strongly advanced, roundly obtuse; basal lobe well developed, rounded; a strong sinuosity on each side of basal lobe; border widely reflexed, most strongly so at posterior angles; marginal channel wide; median line lightly marked. Elytra ovate (7-7 x 5-5 mm.), lightly rounded on sides; base obliquely declivous, punctate; lateral channel wide; border reflexed, strongly upturned at humeral angles; a row of closely placed ocellate punctures along lateral margins. Prosternum with intercoxal part lightly and widely channelled, truncate at base; two marginal punctures on each side. Legs light; anterior femora not swollen in middle; anterior tibiae with upper external tooth very small, surmounted by two small denticulations. Length 15-5, breadth 5*7 mm.

Hah. — N.W.Australia : Carnot Bay (type Coll. Sloane).

I owe this species to the kindness of Mr. C. French; it belono-s to the C. amaragduhmi group and is allied to C. virescens SI., but differs by smaller size; lighter form; eyes more convex, more lightly inclosed in smaller orbits posteriorly; lateral channel much narrower at sinuosities on each side of prothoracic basal lobe (border not reflexed at these sinuosities); elytra narrower, and less rounded on sides, disc of a beautiful metallic-blue colour. In general appearance it closely resembles C. froggatti SI., but differs decidedly by head wider, more convex, anterior angles less prominent, anterior margin not sloping forward on each side to summit of intermediate angles, frontal sulci parallel, ejes less prominent; prothorax more transverse; elytral margin wider; prosternum with intercoxal part not deeply longitudinally channelled.

354 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOxMOLOGY, »V.,

Carenum rutilans, n.sp.

Elongate-oval, convex, laevigate ; head with frontal sulci strongly divergent posteriorly, two supraorbital setigerous punc- tures on each side; pro thorax with posterior angles rounded, base lobate, marginal channel narrow, •2-punctate; elytra oval, 2-punctate on apical third; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Pronotum and elytra nitid-green with purple tints on discal parts in some lights; inflexed margins of elytra green; head black, occiput virescent on each side at posterior extremity of frontal sulci, under-surface with purple tints behind mentum ; prosternum nigro-virescent; body black, mes- and metepisterna virescent; legs black, tarsi and an tennse piceous, palpi reddish-piceous.

Head large (3 "5 mm. across eyes), convex, smooth; anterior margin with intermediate angles small, triangular, arcuate out- side intermediate angles; clypeus truncate and declivous between intermediate angles; frontal sulci deep, strongly divergent and defining lateral frontal spaces posteriorly; preocular sulcus short, distinct; preocular process, small, rounded externally; supra- orbital sulcus not extending downwards behind eyes to join suborbital channel; eyes convex, prominent; orbits not prominent behind eyes. Prothorax not much wider than head (■2'75 x 4mm.), evenly convex, roundly and strongly declivous to base; sides hardly rounded in middle, very lightly narrowed to anterior angles, widely and evenly rounded posteriorly; anterior angles a little advanced, obtuse; basal lobe strong]}^ developed, rounded; border narrow^ reflexed, sharply sinuate on each side of basal lobe, thicker on basal lobe; marginal channel narrow, a little wider round posterior angles; median line narrow. Elytra oval (6"3 X 425 mm.), convex, evenly rounded on sides; base strongly declivous to peduncle; margin explanate at apex; border roundly reflexed, prominent at humeral angles; inflexed maigin wide, widely vertical at apex; a row of closely placed ocellate punctures along sides; basal declivity punctate. Length 12-5, breadth 4-25 mm.

Hah. — Central Australia : Tennant's Creek (unique; Coll. French).

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 355

Belongs to the C. smaragdulum group; by its head with two supraorbital punctures it shows an affinity to C. odewahni Cast., and C. distinctum Macl., but it is at once difterentiated from these species by the prothorax with only two lateral setse, in this resembling C. frougatti^ SI., to which, however, it has no close affinity, differing by its very widely securiform apical joint of the labial palpi, prothorax with marginal channel and border not wide, &c.

Carenum morosum, n.sp.

Elongate-oval, convex, l?evigate; head with one supraorbital seta on each side; prothorax transverse, lateral margins without setigerous punctures, base sinuately subtruncate without median lobe; elytra cordate, impunctate on disc and on basal declivity; anterior tibiae 2-dentate, intermediate tibi?e stout, incrassate, with a well marked spiniform spur at outer apica langle. Black.

Head large, convex (6 mm. across eyes); frontal sulci deep, subparallel, reaching back as far as base of eyes; eyes rather prominent, strongly inclosed in orbits at base. Prothorax transverse (5x7 mm.), convex; sides lightly rounded, subparallel in middle, very lightly narrowed to anterior angles, these prominent, obtuse, more strongly narrowed to posterior angles, these rounded but marked; border strongly reflexed, narrow on middle of sides, much wider near anterior angles, widelyexplanate at posterior angles, widely subsinu ate on each side of base behind posterior angles, narrowed and emarginate on middle of base; median line deeply impressed; a well marked foveiform impression on each side of base about half-way between posterior and median line. Elytra hardly wider than prothorax (9-6 x 7*2 mm.); base widely emarginate, truncate; sides gently narrowed to apex; border reflexed, strongly so towards base, upturned at humeral angles; lateral channel wide behind humeral angles; lateral ocellate punctures widely placed (about twelve on each side).

* In the original description of C. froggatti the anterior tibise are twice mentioned, the first time erroneously as bidentate; they are trideutate.— T.G.S.

356 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

Prosternum with intercoxal part longitudinally channelled and with one setigerous puncture on each side. Posterior coxae with one setigerous puncture; posterior trochanters with a setigerous puncture on inner side near base. Length 19*5, breadth 7*2 mm.

Hab. — Victoria : Grampian Mountains (unique; Coll. French).

Belongs to the C. Icevipenne group,* which includes C. Icevi- penne Macl., C. ineditum Mac]., (I have doubts as to the distinctness of these two species), C. co7'dipenne SI. (remarkable for having the paragense setigero-punctate beneath suborbital scrobe), and C. politulumj Westw. C. morosum is allied to C. Icevipenne^ but differs by colour wholly black; prothorax more parallel on sides, much more lightly narrowed to anterior angles, posterior angles more prominent and marked, border much more widel}' reflexed; base of elytra without ocellate punctures near humeral angles; intermediate tibiae stouter and with a more decided spine at outer apical angle. It is remarkable to find in C. morosum the basal declivity absolutely without punctures; another black Victorian species, viz., C. ainplipenne SI., has only one puncture on each side, and C. lepidum SI., has sometimes the base with one puncture, sometimes with none; C. lepidiim has no affinity to C. morosum and C amplijyenyie, and these two latter species differ decidedly from one another.

Genus Carenidium.

Carenidium longipenne, n.sp.

Elongate, depressed, Isevigate. Labrum deeply emarginate; prothorax very little broader than long, two marginal setigerous punctures on each side; elytra long, narrow, impunctate, strongly bimucronate at apex, border not dentate at humeral angles;

*Cf. these Proceedings, 1900, p.366.

1 1 believe from Westwood's figure of C. politulum that it exactly resembles G. Icevigatiim Macl., in form of legs, shape of prothorax and colour; in fact, I have always inclined to think Westwood's description was founded on a form conspecific with C. Icevigatum, in which the two discal elytral punctures were absent.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 357

anterior tibiae bidentate. Black, prothorax and elytra widely- margined with green.

Head 5-2 mm. across eyes, subdepressed, smooth; frontal sulci long, deep, diverging backwards, anterior part turning outwards in a light linear course; clypeus with median part emarginate, declivous, intermediate angles strong, dentiform; eyes convex, not prominent; orbits large, rising gently from sides of head, as prominent as and enclosing eyes; two supraorbital punctures on each side. Prothorax a little broader than long (5 x 55 mm.) depressed on disc, not declivous to base in middle; sides sub- parallel; narrowed gently anteriorly before marginal seta, widely .rounded at posterior angles, lightly sinuate on each side of base; anterior margin truncate; border narrow, hardly produced at anterior angles, stronger and continuous between posterior marginal setae. Elytra hardly as wide as prothorax, elongate- parallel-oval (12x5-4 mm.), lightly depressed towards base; strongly and subobliquely declivous on sides; humeral angles rounded; base truncate; each elytron terminating in a strong cylindrical sharply pointed mucro; a row of separate punctures along sides; four punctures on base of each elytron. Ventral segments 3-5 bipunctate; apical segment with reflexed edge foveate on each side of" apex. Legs light; posterior coxae and trochanters impunctate. Length 23*5, breadth 5*5 mm.

Hah. — W.A.: ISorseman (W. A. Sayer; Coll. French; unique).

This species is characterised by its long narrow parallel form; it belongs to the C . mucroiiatum group, in which the elytra are bimucronate at the apex. From C mucronatum Macl., it is at once distinguished by its smaller size, much more narrow and elongate form, longer apical mucrones, &c. It is more allied to C. leal SI. (the other species of the group), with the description of which it agrees in the general characters of head and prothorax, but from which it is evidently distinct by its more slender form; elytra with margins of depressed discoidal area not "sharply defined " nor ending in a subtuberculate elevation on each side. The apical declivity slopes evenly to the long pointed apical mucrones, and the disc is only depressed (slightly) on the anterior half.

26

358 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

Tribe CUNEIPECTINI, n.trib.

Head not narrowed behind eyes, one supraorbital seta on each side; eyes round, distant from buccal fissure, not inclosed at base. Antennae with three basal joints glabrous. Mentum deeply emarginate, toothed. Prothorax widely margined; posterior marginal seta on explanate border just before basal angle. Elytra not bordered on base, strongly punctate-striate, dorsal interstices without setigerous punctures ; margin decidedly interrupted posteriorly and with a strong internal plica. Pro- sternum with intercoxal part shortly prolonged backwards in a wedge-shaped process. Mesosternuui wide and deeply excavate between intermediate coxse; epimera not attaining coxse. Meta- sternum and first ventral segment meeting and rather widely dividing posterior coxae; episterna short, wide. Ventral segments 4-6 with a strongly defined and wide raised margin or '* collar " along anterior margin. Legs stout; tibiae wide at apex, anterior emarginate on inner side towards apex, inner spur above emargin- ation; posterior coxae 3-setose.

I would place the tribe Cuneipectini at the beginning of the Trigonotomid series of the subfamily Harpalinae.

CuNEiPECTUS, n.gen.

Head stout, convex, not narrowed behind eyes; one supra- orbital seta opposite middle of eye on each side. Antennce setaceous, short, reaching to base of prothorax; three basal joints glabrous, first stout, not long (Imm.j, second shortest (0"65mm.), third longest (1-4 mm.). Lahrum large, subquadrate; a longi- tudinal median line from base to near apex; anterior margin lightly emarginate in middle and rounded on each side. Clyi^eus large; anterior margin widely subemarginate, a strong puncture near each anterior angle. Mandibles stout, not long, without a seta in outer scrobe. Mentum deeply excavate, with broad pro- minent median tooth; sinus with sides parallel. Palpi stout : labial with penultimate joint a little longer than apical, 2-setose in front; apical joint club-shaped, shortly and roundly angustate- truncate : maxillary long; second joint longest (1 mm.); two

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 359

apical joints shorter (07 mm.), equal; apical truncate. Maxillce with outer lobe longer than inner, 2-articulate; inner lobe stout, hooked at apex, inner side closely beset with bristles. Ligida short, corneous, with two widely placed setse at apex. Prothoracc transverse; three or four widely placed setae along lateral margins, the posterior seta near edge of explanate margin just before basal angles. Elytra widely oval, strongl}'- punctate-striate, not bordered at base; margin interrupted and with an internal plica near apex; a short striole at base of first interstice. Body sub- pedunculate; scutellum wide. Abdomen with a strongly raised wide border along anterior margin of segments 4-6; first segment meeting metasternum and dividing posterior coxse. Prosternn/m with intercoxal part wedge-shaped; posterior declivity narrow, vertical. Mesosternum with intercoxal declivity deeply excavate, a strong keel-like ridge on each side. Legs stout; tibiae wide at apex, anterior with inner side emarginate before apex, inner spur above emargination; tarsi of moderate length, fifth joint setulose beneath.

CUNEIPECTUS FRENCHI, n.spT~

Robust, wide, oval, glabrous; black. Prothorax transverse (6 X 9 "3 mm.); apex truncate behind head; anterior angles shortly advanced, wide, roundly obtuse; sides rounded, more gently narrowed to base than to apex ; base wide, truncate across peduncle; basal angles produced shortly backwards, obtuse; disc convex, canaliculate, transversely striolate; posterior marginal seta on border near edge at a little distance (1 mm.) from basa} angle; border wide with edge thick, produced at anterior and basal angles Elytra wide, oval (19 x 12'6 mm.) ; shoulders rounded off; apex wide, strongly sinuate on each side; disc wide, subdepressed, hardly declivous to base behind scutellum, but strongly so on each side of base; striae deep, coarsely punctate; interstices wide, lightly convex, seventh more raised, subcosti- form, forming outer margin of disc; space betw^een summit of eighth interstice and lateral border depressed, rugose-punctate. Length 29, breadth 12-6 mm.

Hah. — W.A.: Norseman District (Coll. French; unique).

360 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

There is a row of closely placed deep punctures near the lateral border of the elytra, but these are not the normal setigerous punctures of the ninth interstice; the latter are very small, but may be noticed by a careful inspection about the middle of the lateral depression.

The facies of this strange insect, for which I have not only

founded a new genus, but have also felt compelled to propose a

new tribe, is almost that of a true Carabus, and is very unlike

that of any other Australian carab. Most of its characters

show an affinity to the Trigonotomini, but it seems also to have

some remote affinities towards the Broscini, Chlceniini and

Panageini. It is evidently an ancient and generalised form

such as might have been expected to be still in existence in

Australia.

Tribe TRIGONOTOMINI.

Castelnau, Etudes Entomologiques, 1834, p.75.

Under the law of priority, which acts in the same manner for

higher groups as it does for genera and species, the tribal name

Trigonotomini must be given preference over Pterostichini

(Erichson, 1837) and Platysmatini (Tschitscherine, 1899).

Genus Castelnaudia.

Castelnaudia sp., Tschitscherine.

Trichosternus opacij^ennis Tschitscherine, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XXXV., 1902, p. 528 (not Homalosoma opacipenne Macleay).

There can be no doubt but that the late M. Tschitscherine mis- took another species for Homolosoma opacipenne Macl.; it would have been impossible for a specialist holding the views he did on taxonomy to have placed that species in the genus Trichosternus. One has only to take note of his statement in regard to the species he had before him, " tete et pronotum luisants," to be convinced that it was not H. opacipenne Macl., which has only the head nitid, the pronotum being opaque.

Tschitscherine's species is sufficiently described to be identified. It is unknown to me in nature; and " a specific name which un- doubtedly rests upon an error of identification can not be retained for the misdetermined species even if the species in question are

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 361

afterwards placed in different genera" (Art.31, Internat. Rules Zool. NomencL). Tschitsch^rine gives the dimensions as length 25, prothorax 5*25x7, elytra 13 x 8*5 mm. His notes indicate that it is closely allied to C. wilsoni Casteln., from which it differs by its colour wholly black.

Genus Notonomus.

NOTONOMUS CARTERI, n.Sp.

Oval, robust. Head small (2-5 mm. across eyes); prothorax subcordate, basal angles obtuse, marked, posterior marginal seta just before basal angle in marginal channel; elytra oval, deeply striate; interstices convex, third interstice 3-punctate on apical two-thirds, humeral angles rounded. Black; elytra in ^ sub- viridescent on apical and lateral declivities; legs piceous, tibiae, tarsi and antennae reddish-piceous.

Head convex; eyes round, prominent. Prothorax a little broader than long (3*5 x 3*7 mm.), lightly convex, widest before middle; sides lightly rounded, obliquely narrowed to base; apex truncate (2-5 mm.); anterior angles subprominent; base narrower thau apex (2*3 mm.), sloping forward on each side; basal angles obtuse but marked; lateral border narrow, subsinuate just before base; median line well marked; lateral basal impressions wide, elongate, rather deep; space between them convex. Elytra oval (8 X 4*9 mm.), convex; apical sinuosities distinct, wide; basal and lateral borders meeting at humeral angles without interruption; eighth interstice rather narrow, but wider than ninth; tenth interstice shortly developed before apical sinuosities. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded, of mesosternum decidedly concave. Length 13, breadth 4*9 mm.

Hah. — N.S.W.: Mount Kosciusko (Colls. Carter and Sloane).

Taken by Mr. H. J. Carter, to whose good nature I owe two specimens ((^9)- ^^ ^^^^ ^ considerable resemblance to N. howitti ISl., but differs b}'- head smaller, less convex; prothorax narrower, particularly at base, more convex, not depressed between lateral basal impressions, lateral border narrower, especially near basal angles; intercoxal declivity of mesosternum decidedly concave. Its position in the genus is beside N. mnelleri

362 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

SI., from which it is readily distinguished by smaller size, narrower form; head smaller; eyes more roundly prominent; prothorax more narrowed to base, border subsinuate just before basal angles and continuing on to base at each side; legs darker; elytra with a subvirescent tinge in ^, S:c.

NOTONOMUS ^QUALIS, n.sp.

Elongate-oval, convex. Prothorax subquadrate, posterior angles wide, hardly marked ; elytra oval, strongly striate, humeral angles rounded (but basal border decidedly rai^ed above lateral border at point of junction), interstices convex, third 4-punctate. Black, nitid; prothorax becoming metallic-green towards sides and across apex.

(J. Head moderate (3-3 mm. across eyes); eyes protuberant, deeplv inclosed in large orbits posteriorly. Prothorax broader than long (-i-S x 4-9 mm.), widest a little before middle, very lightly narrowed to base; apex and base of equal width (3-6 mm.); sides lightly rounded; basal angles widely obtuse, marked by the posterior marginal seta on border ; lateral border narrow, passing round basal angles on to sides of base; median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions wide, deep. Elvtra oval (9*2 x 5-5 mm.), convex; apex widely sinuate on each side; tenth interstice short, well developed towards apex; inter- stices convex, subcarinate on apical declivity, eighth wider than ninth on basal half. Intercoxal declivity of prosteruum rounded in middle, of mesosternum widely and very lightly concave. Length 16-18, breadth 5-5-6'3mm.

ffab. — X.S.W.: Verona (Colls. Sloane and Taylor).

Given to me by Mr. F. H. Taylor of Sydney as coming from Verona in the Bega district of X. S. Wales. It has the facies of ^. spenceri, but is allied to X. macoyi SI.,* from which it differs bv colour not wholly black; prothorax more convex, more evenly

* An error occurs in my description of N. macoyi where the size of the head is given as " 4"1 mm. across eyes"; it should be 3-1 mm. from a remeasurement of the type still in my possession. — T.G.S.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 363

rounded on sides, less strongly narrowed to base, posterior angles wider and less marked; elytra with basal border more decidedly raised above lateral border at shoulders, inner inter- stices more raised and narrower at apex; legs black, &c.

NoTONOMUS vioLACEUs Castelnau.

Trigonoioma violacea Cast., Etud. Ent. 1831, p. 76; Notonomus Jletcheri SI., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1902, xxvii. p. 277.

M. Petri Semenow of St. Petersburg has communicated to me a MS. description of Trigonotoma violacea Cast., by the late M. Tschitscherine, from which I have been able to determine it without doubt as the Sydney form of N. Jletcheri SI. M. Tschit- scherine's note indicated that one of the specimens before him (belonging to the Paris Museum) was ticketed " Sydney." My description of N. Jletcheri was founded on the form found at Springwood, which has the head and prothorax of a cupreous colour, elytra with a dark cupi eous tinge. I believe that it will be found advantageous for collectors to retain this name for the mountain form or variety of X. violaceus Cast.

NOTOXOMCS JOHNSTOXI, n.sp.

9. Elongate-oval. Prothorax subcordate, posterior angles not marked, posterior marginal seta distant from base; elytra oval, deeply striate; interstices convex, third 3-punctate, eighth narrow. Black with a very obscure brooze tint on elytra.

Head rather large (3 3 across eyes), oval, convex: eyes reni- form, subprominent. Prothorax broader than long (4x4 4: mm.), widest before middle, narrower at base (2-7 mm.) than at apex (3 3 mm.); sides rounded, roundly-obliquely narrowed to base; apex: truncate: basal angles not marked, very neiir peduncle; lateral border narrow, very narrow behind posterior marginal puncture; median line well marked; lateral basal impressions near basal angles, shallow, wide. Elytra oval (9-5 x 5-5 mm.), convex; basal and lateral borders meeting without interruption at humeral angles; apex widely rounded with a light wide

364 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

sinuosity on each side. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded in middle, of mesosternuiii flat. Length 16*5, breadth 5-5 mm.

Eah. — N.S.W.: Barrington River (Colls. Sloane and Taylor; taken by Mr. S. J. Johnston).

I owe a specimen of this species to the kindness of Mr. F. H. Taylor of Sydney. It is most nearly allied to .V, eMcisipennis SI., but is differentiated by colour; elytra not deeply sinuate on each side of apex; posterior marginal seta of prothorax more distant from base, &c. The convex narrow eighth interstice is not wider than ninth, except just near the base, but it is not so linear as in N. excisipennis. N. johnstoni has almost exactly the facies of N. scotti SI., from which it may be distinguished at once by the narrower eighth interstice, posterior marginal seta of prothorax 0"75 mm. from basal angle, not at basal angle, tkc,

NoTONOMUS SCOTTI, n.sp.

N. kingi SI. (not Chaudoir), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, xxvii. p. 286.

I have no doubt but that the late M. Tschitschetine was right in considering N. excisipennis SI., as synonymous with N. kingi Chaud.,* specimens of which he saw in the Paris Museum; this leaves the species which I have regarded as N. kingi without a name; N. scotti is now proposed to replace N. kingi SI., my description of which is sufficient for purposes of recognition. It seems fitting to associate this species with the name of the late A. W. Scott, the well known naturalist, formerly resident at Ash Island, where this species is plentiful.

NoTONOMUS SiEPISTRIATUS, n.Sp.

Robust, oval; elytra with twelve interstices. Upper surface bronzy, submetallic, brighter towards sides of prothorax and elytra; under surface and legs black, or piceous-black.

* It is doubtful whether Chaudoir considered he was redescrihing Pcecilus kingi W. S. Macleay, or not; but I believe not. If P. kingi W. S. Macleay, be taken to be a Notonomus, then N. kingi Chaud., will be a nom. prceoc. and N. excisipennis must stand; for this reason I do not propose to replace N. excisipennis SI., by iV. kingi Chaud.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 365

Head large (3-3 mm. across eyes), strongly bi-impressed between antennae. Prothorax transverse (3 8 x 5 mm.), wider at base (4 mm.) than at apex (3-4: mm.), depressed; sides arcuate, shortly subsinuate just before base; basal angles subrectangular, obtuse at summit; border narrow towards apex, wide towards base; posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle; median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions short, foveiform, joining marginal channel by a narrow impression posteriorly. Elytra truncate-oval (9 x 5*6 mm.), deeply striate; twelve convex more or less undulate interstices on each elytron, first bearing a short deep striole at base, second catenulate on apical declivity, third bipunctate on apical half, costiform behind second puncture, eleventh very narrow, seriate-punctate, twelfth linear, extending forward for half the length of elytra; basal border raised and obtusely dentate at humeral angles. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum wide, not concave. Ventral segments nitid, punctate laterally. Length 14'5-16"5, breadth 5'l-5-6 mm.

Hah. — Q. : Athertou.

Two specimens {$^) of this remarkable species occurred to nie in dense scrub at Atherton on the upper waters of the Barron River, North Queensland, in June, 1906. Its position is near N. australasice Dej., though probably it has more affinity to N. opacistriatus SI., than to any other described species. The remarkable interstitial sculpture of the elytra differentiates this species from all others hitherto described. If the interstices at the apex are counted, ten will be found (ninth seriate-punctate), which is the normal number in Notonomus, but towards the base there are twelve (eleventh seriate-punctate); the two extra inter- stices result from the seventh interstice branching into three interstices of normal width a little before the apex.

NoTONOMUS KiNGi W. S. Macleay. Poecilus kingi W. S. Macleay, King's Survey, 1827, ii. p. 438. The description of Pcecihis kioigi W. S. Maclea37-, is brief and vague in the extreme, not even the size being given, so that it

366 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

is impossible to know from it even the genus to which it should be referred; its identification would be absolutely impossible were it not that Castelnau in his " Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Coleopteres," I. (p. 105), supplies a clue when he says of his Poecilus marginatus ( = Notonomns marginatus) at the end of the descrip- tion : — " It est voison du P. Kingii Macleay." If we accept this clue it appears to me that we must consider P. kingi W. S. Macleay, to be a species of Notonomns, and judging from the description it should be, in all probability, the species which Chaudoir afterwards named N. incrassalu9, though I do not wish to assume that this suggestion of mine finally settles the question that these two names are synonyms, but it will serve to keep the subject before the minds of other investigators.

iSToTONOMUS MINIMUS, n.sp.

Elliptical. Prothorax cordate, posterior marginal seta on border at basal angle; elytra strongly striate, basal border den- tate at shoulders, third interstice bipunctate, eighth interstice narrower than ninth; intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosteruum wide, not convex; tarsi with onychium glabrous beneath. Black, legs and antennae piceous-red.

Head oval, convex (1-8 mm. across eyes), smooth, very feebly bi-impressed between antennae ; eyes (with orbits) reniform, rather prominent. Prothorax convex, cordate, broader than long(2-3 X 2-65mm.), widest before middle; sides lightly rounded, shortly sinuate before base; apex (1-8 mm) narrower than base, (•2-15 mm.); basal angles rectangular with summit obtuse; lateral border narrow, reflexed; median line deeply marked, not reaching base ; lateral basal impressions deep, narrow. Elytra oval (5-2 X 3-3 mm.), lightly and evenly rounded on sides, narrowed to base; apex obsoletely sinuate on each side; striae deep; interstices convex, eighth narrow (narrower than ninth), tenth short (only noticeable just before lateral apical sinuosities). Lengtli 9, breadth 3-3 mm.

Hab. — Vict.: Bright (C. French, Junr.; Coll. Sloane ; two specimens).

BY TIIOxMAS G. SLOANE. 367

Very distinct, being by far the smallest species of the genus; I have seen no other species of Notonomus less than 12 mm. in length; it has the facies of a small specimen of Rhytisternus miser Chaud. According to the classification adopted in my " Revision" (1902) its place is next N. incrassatus Chaud.

Notonomus australis Castelnau.

Triyonotoma australis Castelnau, Hist.Nat.Ins.i.p.l20(li840).

I believe that Trigonotoma australis Cast., (which is not indexed in Masters' Catalogue; nor have I found it in Gemminger & Harold's Catalogue) is a species of Notonomus, and that the species afterwards described by Chaudoir as N. ((^neomicans is conspecific with it. The only discrepancy would be that Castelnau described the elytra of T. australis as having three punctures on the third stria, whereas in N. (eneo7nicans there are four or live; but Castelnau had formerly (1834) described N. {Trigonotoma) violaceus as having two punctures on the third interstice, though in reality there are three or four, so that it is evident he did not take care to be thoroughly accurate in this matter. It might be thought that T. australis Cast., was N. colossus SI., but Castelnau's statement under su7'/ace and legs black applies to N. (Eneomicans rather than to N. colossus, the latter having the legs piceous with the tarsi reddish. Though I hold the view that Notonomus australis Cast., will likely ultimately supplant N. oineomicaiis Chaud., yet the species is a variable one with a wide distribution, which will probably be found to include several varieties entitled to names; so that I do not feel certain that the name N. ceneo- micans, which I consider to belong to the form found in South Queensland, may not be capable of retention, at least for a variety.

Castelnau's " Historie Naturelle des Insectes Coleop." is a work hardly to be seen in Australia; therefore, that other students may be able to weigh the evidence, I reproduce the description : —

" Trigonotoma australis. Long. 9 lig. Larg. 3 lig. — D'unnoir luisant; tete un peu bronzee, avec deux impiessions entre les

368 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN P:NT0M0L0GY, XV.,

yeux; corselet en coeur, reborde lateralement, avec une ligne longitudinal au milieu, et deux traits au bord posterieur, d'un vert brillant, un peu bronze au milieu, elytrees bronzees, ovales, striees, avec trois points sur la troisieme strie, le bord exterieur d'un vert eclatant; dessous du corps et pattes noirs. Nouvelle- Hollande. Collection de M. Gory."

Genus Setalimorphus. Setalimorphus nanus Sloane.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2) ix., 1894, p.435; Phcenaulax stenomorpha Tschitscherine, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.xxxii.l898,p.l67.

The late M. Tschitscherine had recoa:nised his genus Phcenaulax as synonymous with Setalimorphus f' and a comparison of speci- mens of *S'. nanus with the description of Ph. stenomoj'pha con- vinces me that they are the same species. I am not, however, convinced that Phcenaulax is absolutely congeneric with Setali- rtioT2')h%is\ points of dijBPerence being the presence of a setigerous puncture at the basal angles of the prothorax, and two foveiform punctures on the apical ventral segment in S. punctiventris SI. (the type-species of the genus), characters which are not found in aS'. nanus SI. My present conclusion is that while Tschits- cherine's genus Phenaulctx is likely to obtain ultimate recognition as valid, the species on which it is founded must be considered a synonym of Setalimorphus nanus SI.

Rhytisternus l^vidorsis Tschitscherine.

Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv. 1891, p. 169.

In these Proceedings (1894 p. 4 10) I published the opinion that Rhytisternus Icevidorsis Tschits., was synon3'^mous with R. {Pcecilus) Icevis Macl., but having recognised a species sent to me by Mr. F. P. Dodd from Townsville, Queensland, as jK. Icevidorsis, I have no doubt but that it is a good species, thoroughly distinct from R. Icevis. In R. Icevidorsis the posterior angles of the pro-

* Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxxv. p.508 (1902).

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 369^

thorax are described as more rounded at the summit than in R. liopleurus Chaud., whereas in R. Icevis these angles are more rectangular and marked than in B. lioj^leurns.

LoxoGENius, n.gen.

Mentuin short ; sinus shallow, wide, bordered and roundly- advanced at bottomj lobes obtusely rounded at apex, oblique on inner side. Subntentuin raised above mentum, with about six setigerous punctures on each side; a wide deep concavity behind middle of submentum. Mouth-parts similar to those of Castel- naudia; labial palpi with penultimate joint 2-setose. Labrum prominent, 6-setose, lightly and widely emarginate. Faragence* with upper margin forming a border, a deep elongate subfovei- form depression between this upper border and a median ridge. Frothorax opaque, subcordate; lateral channel and border wide; a lateral seta on each margin at widest part; two lateral basal seta3 on each side behind posterior sinuosity; two set?e on margin at each anterior angle. Elytra convex, a little narrowed to base, opaque; ninth interstice and lateral margin nitid; basal border nitid, with a strong obtuse tooth at each humeral angle closing the space between the second carina and the lateral margin; third, fifth and seventh interstices strongly carinate. Frosternum with a median channel extending backwards from about anterior third almost to base; intercoxal part bordered on base and bear- ing three or four set^. Mesosterjium with intercoxal declivity glabrous. Metasternuin glabrous; episterna concave, short, but together with epimera, longer than broad. Vetttral segments transversely sulcate and bordered posteriorly; apical segment in ^ with two, in ^ with four, setigerous punctures. Fades of Cadtelnaudia, Apterous. ^. A7iterior tarsi with three basal joints dilatate and with squamulse beneath.

Type. — Honialosoma opacipeniie Maclea3^ Length 20, pro- thorax 5x6, elytra 10-7 x 6*3 mm. Several specimens sent to

* -Chaudoir gave the name paragena to the space between the subocular antennal scrobe and the buccal fissure.

370 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

me by Mr. F. P. Dodd from K^uranda, Queensland, have been compared with Macleay's type in the Macleay Museum.

This species evidently never came under the observation of the late M. Tschitscherine;* I regard it as a primitive form apparently more allied to Tschitscherine's genus Liopasaf than to any other described form.

Genus S e t a l i s.

Setalis rubripes, n.sp.

Oblong, oval, robust. Head small (1*4 mm. across eyes), front strongly bi-impressed; eyes hemispherical, distant from buccal fissure beneath; prothorax convex, deeply bi-impressed on each side of base; two marginal setae on each side, anterior seta at anterior third, posterior near basal angle at inner side of lateral channel ; el3^tra convex, strongly crenulate-striate, without scutellar striole, third interstice impunctate. Black ; legs, antennae, and mouth-parts red.

Prothorax subcordate (1-8 x 2*3 mm.), widest about middle, wider at base /(2 mm.) than at apex (1-4 mm.); sides arcuate, lightly narrowed to base; apex lightly emarginate, angles obtuse; base emarginate in middle; basal angles subrectangular (obtuse but marked); lateral border narrow; marginal channel narrow, ending abruptly just before base; median line lightly marked on disc; inner lateral basal impression deep, short, sulciform, not reaching base; inner basal impression forming a shallow oblong fovea. El3^tra oval (4 x 2-7 mm.), convex, declivous to base; striae deep, crenulate; interstices convex, sixth and ninth con- tiguous near apex, seventh wide and well developed on basal two- thirds, eighth only developed (and linear) on basal third, ninth seriate-punctate; basal border forming a short strong tooth at humeral angles; apex sinuate on each side. Metasternum very short and bearing about three fine punctures on each side

* Vide supra under Castelnaudia sp. p. 360.

t Mr. H. J. Carter recently found Liopasa crepera Tschitgch., on the Tweed River, N.S.W.; its exact habitat has not been recorded before. It resembles Notonoinus angustibasis SI. , in f aeies and striation of elytra.

BY THOMAS G. SLOAXE. 371

between inteimediate and posterior coxae, episterna sliort. Basal ventral segments bearing some punctures, three apical segments deeply transversely sulcate and with a deep fovea on each side, apical segment with two foveiform punctures. Length 7, breadth 2 "7 mm.

Hah. — Q.: Atherton. One specimen occurred to me in thick scrub in June, 1906.

Very different from S. niger Cast., (the other species of the genus Setalis) from which it is easily distinguished by its smaller size, narrower and more convex form, very diJBFerently shaped prothorax, elytra with striae crenulate, &c. It is remarkable that the same unusual conformation of the lateral elytral interstices should occur in two such very different species as S. niger and S. ruhripes. In my description of Loxogmus ohscurus ( — S. niger Cast.), I have said the eighth elytr&l interstice is punctate, having overlooked the true eighth interstice, which only shows in a linear form near the base. In S. niger the seventh interstice also dis- appears about the posterior third, so that the sixth and ninth interstices become contiguous near the apex as in *S'. rubrijjes.

CosMODiscus, n.gen.

Mentum not deeply excised; lobes obtuse at apex; sinus oblique on sides, a short wide triangular median tooth at bottom. Falpi stout : labial with penultimate joint bisetose; apical joint short, hardly longer than penultimate, compressed, truncate: maxillary v/ith apical joint short, hardly longer than penultimate, obtuse at apex. Za6?'i<.7;i shagreened, truncate, sexsetose. Alandibles ^hovt, without a seta in outer groove. Ciypeus bisetose. Head small; front deeply and shortly bi-impressed : eyes hemispherical, nar- rowly separated from buccal fissure beneath. Antennce short, moniliform, lightly incrassate; joints 1-3 glabrous, 6-11 com- pressed, first large, about as long as second and tliird together, second shortest. Prothorax widely transverse, wider at base (2*7 mm.) than at apex (2 mm.); basal angles obtuse; apical border entire; two marginal setas on each side, anterior just before middle, posterior at basal angle. Elytra bordered on base, not dentate

372 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

at humeral angles; apex sinuate and with margin interrupted by an internal plica on each side; interstices convex, without a basal striole on first or second, third irapunctate. Prosternum leevigate, bordered between cox?e; episterna finely shagreened. Mesosteryial episterna densely punctate. Metasternum on each side, and episterna densely punctate. Ventral segments not transversely sulcate, densely punctate, except in middle between ambulatorial set£e. Legs short : femora short; anterior tibiae with apex wide, rounded and spinose externally; tarsi short, glabrous on upper surface, onychium glabrous beneath, ungues simple; anterior tarsi with first joint about as long as three succeeding joints together, strongly produced at apex internally in an elongate spiniform process, joints 2-4 successively shorter, second with apex sharply produced internally; posterior tarsi slender, first joint about as long as three succeeding joints together, these successively shorter, fourth very small; posterior trochanters with a setigerous puncture near base.

The position of this genus is evidently near Stomonaxus, which is unknown to me in nature; it differs from Motschulsky's description of the genus Stomonaxus by mandibles short, first joint of antennse longer than third; I believe, too, that the form of the prothorax (shaped somewhat like that of ^j)hnidius, lateral basal impressions feebly marked, base wide and obtusely angled) is altogether different from the form of the prothorax in Stomo7iaxus.

COSMODISCUS RUBRIPICTUS, n.sp,

Piceous-black; prothorax with border testaceous; elytra with ferruginous pattern (ferruginous pattern reaching the fourth inter- stice at base, spreading over the three outer interstices on the middle of the sides, sending off a wide oblique uneven fasciaform branch inwards on each elytron to join the corresponding branch of the other elytron at the suture about apical third), lateral channel testaceous backwards to apical sinuosity, inflexed margin ferruginous, infuscate opposite metepisterna; coxea, middle of metasternum, mesosternum, prothorax, and under parts of head

BY THOMAS G. SLOAXE. 373

ferruginous; femora and ))Osterior trochanters testaceous; tibiae and tarsi reddish-piceous; antennae ferruginous, paler near base, infuscate towards apex. Prothorax transverse (1-7x3 mm.), depressed on disc and across base, lightly declivous to sides on anterior two-thirds; apex lightly emarginate; anterior angles obtuse, not prominent; sides lightly rounded; basal angles obtuse; base lightly sinuate-truncate in middle between lateral basal impressions, sinuate on each side; border entire on apex, rather wide on sides, obsolete just before basal angles; median line hardly marked; lateral basal impressions linear, short, shallow, punctulate. Elytra widely ovate (4-8 x 3-7 mm.) ; shoulders rounded; interstices convex, narrower and more raised at apex. Length 7 7, breadth 3*7 mm.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Dodd; Coll. Sloane; unique).

Tribe LEBIINI.

Genus Phlceodromius.

Phlcegdromius plagiatus Macle^.

This species, described from Yule Island, New Guinea, is here recorded from Australia for the first time. It is at once dis- tinguished from Ph. piceus Macl., the only other species of the genus, by the large black patch common to both elytra which extends from about the basal third to the apical fifth and reaches laterally to the ninth interstice, but not to the border. Length 9, proth. 1-5x2, el. 5x35 mm.

Hab. — Q.: Townsville and Kuranda (Dodd; Coll. Sloane).

Note.— In the genus Phloeodromuis the mesosternum is small and narrow between the intermediate coxse, and the metasternum meets it by a very narrow intercoxal prolongation; the tarsi have all the joints clothed beneath with chestnut-coloured hairpads; in the male two narrow rows of paler squamulse are noticeable in the middle of joints 1-3 of the anterior tarsi, and the third joint of the intermediate tarsi; the third interstice of the elytra is 3-punctate, the anterior puncture is near the base beside the third stria, the second puncture a little before the middle near 27

374 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

the third stria, the third puncture about the apical fifth near the second stria. The ungues are strongly pectinate.

Sarothrocrepis mucronatus, n.sp.

Head large (2 mm. across eyes); prothorax transverse, base wide, lobate; elytra wide, strongly striate, third interstice bi- punctate near course of third stria, each elytron with a short spiniform process at outer and inner angle of apical truncature; legs as in Sarothrocrejns; tarsi with penultimate joint deeply emarginate, ungues strongly pectinate. Dark piceous; prothorax with explanate margins testaceous; elytra with reflexed border and marginal channel ferruginous; under surface of prothorax, mesothorax, metathorax, inflexed margins of elytra and femora pale testaceous; abdomen piceous, lighter-coloured near posterior COX80; tarsi, antennae, and palpi ferruginous.

Head convex between eyes, not narrowed behind eyes; upper surface distinctly punctate; front and clypeus rather rugulose; eyes very large and prominent. Antennae slender, inserted close to eyes, three basal joints glabrous. Prothorax transverse (1'85 X 2*8 mm.); apex truncate, same width as neck; sides roundly ampliate from apex without marked anterior angles, attaining greatest width and rounded about middle, very little (roundly) narrowed to base ; basal angles strongly marked, rectangular but not acute, bearing a setigerous puncture; disc convex; lateral margins explanate, very wide at base, becoming narrow near apex; base truncate on each side of peduncle (behind testaceous explanate margin), middle rather strongly produced backwards and forming a well marked wide lobe; sinuosity on each side of basal lobe wide but decidedly marked. Elytra wide (6-5 X 4-5 mm.), widest behind middle, convex; base widely rounded on each side of peduncle; striae strongly impressed, finely crenulate at bottom, seventh ending near suture in an ocellate setigerous puncture opposite apical extremity of third interstice; interstices convex, four inner ones not convex — except towards base, first narrow, ending at apex in a short mucro, becoming wider and bearing an elongate strongly im-

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 375

pressed stride on basal fifth; interstices 5-7 strongly convex, ninth wide (wider than eighth), seriate-punctate; space between eighth stria and margin very wide near apex; border narrowly reflexed on sides, feeble on base near scutellum; apical truncature sloping lightly obliquely forward from suture to extremity of eighth interstice, then curving very lightly backwards to the sharply marked external angle. Length 10*5, breadth 4*5 mm.

Hab.—Q.: Townsville (Dodd).

I have placed this species in ^arothrocrepis, at least pro- visionally, on account of its evident affinities to that genus, though it differs from all the other species by the punctures of the third elytral interstice; the apical truncature of each elytron dentate at outer and inner angle; the elytra with deeply im- pressed stride; interstices 4-6 strongly convex near base, ninth as wide as eighth; the abdomen setigero-punctate. It is also isolated by its dark colour (elytra not widely margined with yellow).

Genus E u l e b i a .

EULEBIA BICOLOR, n.Sp.

Testaceous; elytra Avith a very broad dark blue fascia (almost two-thirds of elytra) across middle from side to side; antennae after third joint infuscate.

Head nitid, minutely punctulate; eyes black, very prominent, globular. Prothorax transverse, a little wider than head (1x1-5 mm.); sides roundly narrowed anteriorly, oblique pos- teriorly; base much wider than apex, truncate on each side of peduncle, median part produced backwards, rounded; anterior angles widely rounded; basal angles subrectangular, obtuse at summit; lateral margins explanate, very wide posteriorly; two marginal setigerous punctures on each side, anterior at widest part, posterior on border at basal angle. Elytra wide (4 x 2 •9mm.), finely striate; interstices a little convex, shagreened, minutely punctulate, first with a fine striole at base, third 3-punctate, anterior puncture just outside anterior margin of blue part, second at its posterior margin, third at apex of interstice; blue

376 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

area having anterior margin a little sinuate, the testaceous colour of the base extending back a little along the fourth interstice; anterior margin of apical testaceous area extending forward from outer apical angle to second puncture of third interstice, then running back a little towards suture. Ungues serrate. Length 5-3, breadth 2-9 mm.

Uab. — Q. : Kuranda (Dodd ; ''on ilow^ers of Eucalyptus"; Coll. Sloane).

The three known species of Eulehia are before me; they may- be distinguished from one another as under : —

Elytra bicolorous on disc. Testaceous with four inner

interstices black on disc. .,, E. plagiatalsl-^Q\.

Elytra bicolorous on disc. Blue with base (widely)

and apex testaceous , E. bicolor SI.

Elytra unieolorous— brownish E. jjicijieniiis Ma:Gl.

J^ote. — Eulehia is closely allied to Sa7'othrocrepis; in fact it seems to me rather a section of Sarothrocrepis than a distinct genus.

Genus COPTODERA.

Eucalyptocola Macleay. The three Austialian species of Coptodera may be tabulated as under : —

Prothorax with lateral margins wide.

Elytra piceous-black, with a narrow zigzag, or V-shaped ferruginous fascia on posterior half, sometimes with also a faint discal macula on

each elytron injront of the fascia C. aiistralis Chaud.

Elytra piceous-black, with an intricate pattern in the form of two broken zigzag transverse testaceous

fasciae C. mastersi Macl.

Prothorax with lateral margins narrow... C. marcida Blackb.

CoPTODERA AUSTRALis Chaudoir.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii., 1869^ p. 184. Fhilophlosus duhius Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S.Wales, ii., 1871, p.90.

I have determined Phihphloeus duhius Macl., by examination of the type in the Australian Museum, and, after comparing

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 377

specimens in my possession with the description of C. australis Chaud., feel no doubt of the identity of these species. Philo- phloeus dubius MacL, is certainly congeneric with C. eleganiula Schmidt-Goebel, from Burma, to which it is closely allied.

Hah. — Eastern Australia. — Q.: Atherton (Sloane); Kuranda (Dodd) ; Gayndah (Masters). — N. S. Wales : Tweed River (Carter); Richmond River (Helms).

CoPTODERA MASTERSi Macleay.

Eucalyptocola mastersi. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. 1871, p.91.

This species is known to me, and is congeneric with C. australis Chaud. Macleay was in error in describing his genus Eucalynto- cola as having the mentum with a "large acute median tooth." I have dissected the mouth-parts of Eucalyptocola mastersi MacL, and found the mentum with the sinus edentate. C. mastersi must be very near Coptodera {Rhi^iocheila) levrati Perroud, from New Caledonia.

Hab.—Q.: Kuranda (Dodd); Gayndah (Masters); Brisbane

(Hacker).

Coptodera marcida Blackburn.

Eucalyptocola marcida Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust. 1903, p.91.

This species is unknown to me in nature. I have placed it in the table above by the aid of the description, which leaves us in some doubt as to whether it is actually congeneric with C. australis Chaud., or not.

Hah. — Vict.: Gleuelg River (Blackburn).

Genus M o c t h e r u s.

MOCTHERUS MACLEAYI, n.Sp.

Oval; elytra strongly and simply striate; prothorax deeply emarginate at apex, widely margined on sides, base truncate; mentum edentate. Black; elytra with four round testaceous spots, anterior near each shoulder on interstices 4-8, posterior at apical fourth on interstices 3-6; under surface piceous; legs and middle of abdomen brownish.

378 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

Head convex (1*1 mm. across eyes), shagreened; front not impressed; eyes convex, prominent, coarsely faceted. Prothorax wider than head, transverse (0'9 x 1-5 mm.), widest and sub- angulate in middle; disc convex, canaliculate; sides obliquely narrowed to apex and base, a little more strongly and roundly so to apex; anterior margin finely bordered; anterior angles obtuse, rather distant from head; base truncate, slightly oblique on sides; basal angles obtuse but marked; lateral margins reflexed, explanate (widely so posteriorly), bearing two setae (anterior at middle, posterior at basal angle); basal area depressed. Elytra widely ovate (3*2 x 2-35 mm.), lightly convex; humeral angles widely rounded; apex obliquel}'^ truncate; external angle widely rounded, sutural angle decidedly marked; interstices Isevigate, subconvex, first with a short striole at base, third with a fine puncture on subapical macula, ninth not narrower than eighth, seriate-punctate; marginal channel wide, depressed; border ex- tending from peduncle to apical sutural angle. Mesosternum with intercoxal part small, narrow; metasternum meeting meso- sternum in a narrow point between the coxae. Tarsi with penultimate joint entire. Length 4-5-5, breadth 2*35 mm.

Hah. — Q. : Cairns District (Froggatt); Normanby River (Sloane).

I have been able at the Macleay Museum to compare specimens brought from the Cairns District by Mr. Froggatt in 1887 with M. tetraspilotns W. S. Macleay, and have found that M. macleayi differs by size smaller; prothorax shorter, wider, sides not sinuate posteriorly; head less rugulose, ifcc. Several specimens occurred to me on the Upper Normanby River, 40 miles south-west of Cooktown, in June, 1906, beneath a log upon the ground in scrub. The genus Moctherits has not been recorded previously from Australia.

Stricklandia nigra, n.sp.

Depressed; head large, eyes prominent; prothorax deeply emarginate at apex, lateral margins explanate; elytra much wider than prothorax, striate, interstices subcostate, a sharp spine at inner and outer apical angles of each el3^tron. Black;

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE 379

under surface piceous; tarsi, palpi, and six apical joints of antennae reddish, four basal joints of antennse piceous.

Head large (2-5 mm. across eyes), strongly obliquely and everdy narrowed behind eyes, subconvex between eyes, widely and feebly impressed on each side between antennse; eyes large, hemi- spherical, not inclosed at base, very close to buccal fissure beneath; clypeus truncate; labrum long, almost covering mandibles, roundly truncate and 6-setose at apex (the lateral setse long). Mentum with a short, widely obtuse prominence in middle of sinus. Labial palpi with apical joint elongate; penultimate hardly shorter, bisetose in front. Antennse slender; basal condjde exposed. Prothorax broader than long (1-8 [2'2 at sides] x 2-85 mm.), widest and subangulate just before middle; sides narrowed to apex in an oblique curve, more lightly and subsinuately narrowed to base; apex deeply and roundly emarginate; anterior angles prominent, obtuse; base truncate; basal angles wide; disc canaliculate, transversely striolate; margins explanate, widely retlexed, widest at basal angles; a wide round depression near each basal angle, these depressions connected by a rather wide transverse impression; a setigerous puncture on edge of explanate border at basal angle, and another at widest part of prothorax on each side; a few fine setse on margin near each anterior an^le. Elytra lightly convex, shortly ovate {Q 5 x 4-8 mm.), about twice as wide at base as the base of the prothorax; humeral angles wideh^- rounded; apical truncature of each elytron obliquely arcuate, a short acute spine at outer angle; a long acute spine at apex of second interstice; striae finely punctate; interstices convex or subcostate, with a row of minute punctures down middle, third with two distinct setigerous punctures about apical third, ninth seriate-punctate, narrow and catenulate near shoulders; border narrowly reflexed on sides, reaching peduncle; inflexed maroin wide near base. Prosternum with intercoxal part narrow, bordered on each side; mesosternum narrow between coxjb; meta- sternum meeting mesosternum between middle cox^b in a sharp point. Tarsi long, slender; three basal joints of anterior in male slightly inflated; ungues finely pectinate near base. Length 11, breadth 4*8 mm.

380 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV.,

Hab. — Q. : Kuranda (Dodd; March and April).

I compared ihis species with the type of S. jjericalloides Macl., in the Australian Museum and found it thoroughly distinct. It differs decidedly from S. ^jericaZ^oic/e^j by the shape of the pro- thorax, which has the sides far less ampliate at middle, much less strongly sinuate posteriorly, and without the six or seven long marginal setae of the anterior half; the anterior angles triangular, not obtusely rounded, &c. The New Guinea genus Stricklandia is now recorded for the first time from the Australian mainland.

Genus Scopodes.

SCOPODES CYANEUS, n.sp.

Upper surface bluish ; elytra violaceous ; legs testaceous. Head wider than prothorax (1-2 mm. across eyes), smooth, nitid; eyes large and prominent. Prothorax a little broader than long (0-75 X 0*9 mm.), convex, nitid^ widest at anterior marginal seta (this on a sharp triangular process), narrowed and transversely impressed behind posterior marginal seta (this on a small angulate prominence a little before the base); lateral border reflexed between marginal setae. Elytra oval (2-3 x 1"6 mm.), punctate- striate; interstices depressed, third without distinct discoidal punctures.* Length 4, breadth 1-6 mm.

Hab. — Q.: Kuranda (Dodd).

A distinct species. Its colour, the striae of the elytra formed of rows of strong punctures, and the third interstice without foveiform punctures, are features that differentiate it from all the other Australian species. According to the table of the Australian species of Scopodes given by me in these Proceedings, (1903, p. 637), it would be placed nearest S. aterrimus Chaud., and S. Sydney ensis SI., but it is not at all closely allied to these species.

Scopodes angulicollis Macleay.

Tians.Ent.Soc. N.S.Wales,ii.,1871,p.92; S. r iiJiosicoUis Slos^ne, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, xxviii., p. 639.

* In my unique specimen I am able to detect only one fine puncture, almost confused with the punctures of the third stria, placed about the anterior fourth.

BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 381

I have compared my specimens of S. rimosicollis with the type of S. angulicollis and found them the same.

Ilab.—Q.: Kuranda (Dodd); Gayndah (Masters)— N. S.W.: Dunoon (Helms); Illawarra (Carter).

ScopoDES DENTicoLLis Macleay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, i. 1864, p. 112; S. sex/oveatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii. 1888, p. 456.

I have examined the types of ^. denticollis and S. foveatus in the Macleay Museum, and could find no difference between them.

ScoPODES LAEVis Macleay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. 1871, p.92.

I have seen the type of S. laevis in the Australian Museum, Sydney, and found it allied to S. denticollis, Macl. It has all the features necessary to bring it into the same group as aS'. denticollis according to the tabular view of the species I have given in these Proceedings for 1893 (p.637). I also compared with it S. sydneyensis SI., and considered them distinct.

Genus Ectinochila.

EcTiNOCHiLA aurata Macleay.

Scopodes auratus Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.Wales, ii. 1871,

p.92; Ectinochila tessellata Chaudoir, Col. Nov. 1883, i. p. 21;

Scopodes Jasciolatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887

(2), ii. p.219.

I have only recently been able to compare Chaudoir's descrip- tion of Ectinochila tessellata with fresh specimens of Scopodes auratus Macl., with the result that 1 feel no doubt as to their identity. The types of Scopodes fasciolatus Macl., are in the Macleay Museum, where are also specimens of Scopodes auratus from Gayndah; a recent examination of these convinced me of their identity.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Dodd); Gayndah (Masters); Coomera, south of Brisbane (Sloane; under the bark of a dead sapling; June, 1906). 28

382

ON DIMORPHISM IN THE FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID^.

By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S.

In the Proceedings of this Society for 1905 (p.302) I described a dimorphic form of the female of Ischnura heterosticta Burm. Since that time further examples of dimorphism have come to light, and the present paper is the outcome of the results of my investigations in this direction.

Of all the genera comprising the Australian Agrionidfe, there are only two in which I have been able to discover the phenomenon of dimorphism. These two contain the smallest and weakest species of the dragonflies known in Australia, a point which serves to strengthen the contention that the existence of dimorphic females is in some manner or other connected with the preservation of the species. The two genera in question are Ischnura and Agriocnemis. Of the former, three species (/. hetero- sticta Burm., /. delicata Selys, /. senegalensis Rambur) are known to inhabit Australia. The case of /. heterosticta has been already dealt with. /. seiiegalensis I have never yet taken, but its similarity to /. heterosticta leads me to believe that in any

BY R. J. TILLYAHD. 3^3

Spot where it is common, a careful search will reveal the existence of a dimorph. As regards /. delicata, this insect differs greatly both in size and colouration from the other two; however, I was confident that a dimorphic form would be found to exist. But, in spite of its abundance all over the Eastern States, a careful search for many months failed to reveal the desired form. It was only during my trip to Western Australia, in January last, that I was successful in discovering the dimorphic female. It is a distinctly rare form, and where it occurs, it numbers only about 10% of the females taken; whereas in the case of hetero- slicta the dimorph occurs in every locality and is nearly as common as the ordinary form.

As regards the genus Agriocneniis, on account of the rarity of most of the species, my data are necessarily incomplete, but they are suflficient to show the existence of a series of dimorphic females of a different type from those of Ischnura. The dimorphs of Ischnura in Australia are male-mimicking, but in other countries, dimorphs of this genus liave been recorded, known as " orange " forms from their prevailing colour. The dimorphs of A gi^iocne mis ma.y -aI^o be classed as " orange " or "red " forms, and are remarkable for showing not the slightest resemblance either to the male or to the ordinary form of the female, so much so that in some cases I have been for a long time deceived as to the identity of the insect (see Agriocnemis pruinescens below). The series is very incomplete in this genus, and in onl}' one species have I found both forms of the female; but in the other species, the one form of female that is so far known to occur is sometimes an ordinary form and sometimes an "orange" or " red " form. Hence I have arranged all the known females into two groups, feeling certain that, as in the case of /. delicata, a careful search for a second form of the female, where still wanting, will be well rewarded. There is of course also the possibility that amongst these extremely rare species of Agrioc- nemis one of the two forms of female has already died out, thus accelerating the final demise of the species.

384 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONIDiE,

Genus Ischnura.

/. heterosticta Burm., possesses a well-developed dimorphic female, a complete mimic of the male. This form occurs in all localities where the ordinary form is found and is fairly common, comprising from 30-40% of all the females taken.

/. delicata Selys. — The dimorphic female, which is a well- developed male-uiimicking form, is exceedingly rare, only occurring in a few localities in South- Western Australia. I took it first at Bridgetown on the Blackwood River. The species is by no means common here; out of a dozen females taken two were dimorpbs. At Wilgarrup, some fifteen miles from Bridge- town, and in the Warren Kiver district, this species was in great abundance, the males flying up in clouds from the rich grass that fringes the continually running and often boggy creeks. Here I was able to capture a great many females, with the result that about 10% were dimorphs. Three of these had the tips of the abdomen smeared with brown mud, indicating that they had already been ovipositing along the margins of the creek.

The following is a comparative description of the two forms: — Ischnura delicata Selys 9.

Total length 24-25 mm. ; abdomen 19-20 mm. ; forewing 14-15 mm.; hindwing 13-14 mm.

Wings: Neuration very slender, pterostigma lozenge- shaped, 0'6mm., very pale dirty brown. Nodal Indicator 2 6-8 Head: Eyes black above, yellowish-green in front and \2 5-6 below; a brilliant pale blue spot on the orbit behind each eye. Upicranium black, with a transverse yellowish-green band in front next the clypeus, in a line with the green portion of the eyes. Clypeus black ; labrum yellowish ; labium pale dirty greyish-white, or straw-coloured. Thorax: Prothorax black above, yellowish on sides. Meso- and metathorax black above, with a pair of narrow olive-green or yellowish-green bands, sides greenish. Leys pale yellow or straw-coloured, femora marked with a black line for half their length from elbow.

BY R. J. TILLYARD.

385

Form A. A b d o m e n cylindrical, stouter than in male. Colour: 1-7 metallic black above (some- times dull black or greenish- black), a pale transverse line in each suture; 8-10 dull black. Sides of all segments greenish.

Form B. Abdomen shaped as in A . Colour: 1 black above; sutures between 1 and 2 red; 2 with an irregular black basal patch; 3-5 bright red, a fine black trans- verse band along all the sutures; 6, four-fifths bright red, anal one-fifth black; 7 deep metallic black, basal and anal sutures touched with red; 8, basal two- thirds black, anal third pale blue; 9 blue, touched with black at base; 10 short, black. Sides of all segments pale orange. Appendages seipa,vsiie,0'l 5mm., Appendages shaped as in A,

subconical, rather blunt, black, brownish.

In a variety of Form B, taken at Wilgarrup, segment 2 of abdomen has basal half red with a large cup-shaped black mark, anal half black; 3-4 have a transverse anal black band, and 3 a transverse central black line; also the black line along the sutures of 3-5 is enlarged into a conspicuous narrow band, A similar variety occurs in the male, also intermediate forms.

Genus Agriocnemis.

A. pruinescens Tillyard. — The male of this insect is a dull blackish insect with the first two and last but one segments of abdomen clouded with greyish bloom. While in North Queens- land I failed to capture the female, but a few months later I received from Mr. E. Allen, of Cairns, one male and three females of this species. The females are most remarkable, bearing not the slightest resemblance to the male; a first examination of them made me think they were orange forms of some species of Ischmcra, as they bear a remarkable resemblance to that genus. However, the position of the first antenodal arising before the

386 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID.F.,

arculus fixes them in the genus Agriocnemis, and their size and general facies show that they cannot possibly be the females of any but this, the largest of the genus. As the only specimens of this insect known are the three males and three females in my own collection, it is quite possible that an ordinary form of the female may be found to exist when further captures are made. The following is a description of the female : — Form A. — (Not known).

Form B. — Size variable. Total length 29-34 mm.; abdomen 22-26 mm.; forewing 18-20 mm.; hindwing 17-19 mm.

Wings: Pierostigma lozenge-shaped, 08 mm., very pale brownish, darkest at inferior angle. Nodal Indicator |2 8 Head: Epicranium velvety black, a broad transverse ]2 7 yellow band in front reaching to the eyes and enlarged so as to enclose the postclypeus; ocelli pale, front one transparent. Post- clypeus jet-black, anteclypeus yellow; labrv.m dull yellowish; labium dirty straw-colour, Thorax: Prothorax black above, yellowish on sides. Mesa- and metathorax rich orange, w ith a broad black dorsal ray, narrowing somewhat anally. Legs, coxae, and femora orange, rest dull blackish. Abdomen cylindrical, 1-2 and 8-9 slightly enlarged. Colour : 1 pale orange; 2 orange with a large black dorsal mark shaped like a bishop's mitre, or sometimes like an inverted goblet; 3-7 metallic bronzy-black, a pale transverse yellowish line in the sutures; 8-9 black, with a pale yellowish spot on each side; 10 black. Sides and underside of abdomen j^ellowish. Appendages very short, separate, conical, black.

[For description of male, see these Proceedings for 1906 (p. 177) " New Australian Species of the Family Agrionidse."]

A. splendida Martin. — This is the commonest of the Australian species of this genus, having been taken by myself at Atherton in North Queensland, and also by Captain Billinghurst on the Goulburn River at Alexandra (Vic). M. Rene Martin has described the species, but owing to the colouration of the living

BY R. J. TILLYARD.

387

insect fading when dead, his description varies considerably from that of the living insect itself. Last December I took a long series of this insect at Alexandra (Vic), and the description I made from them corresponds almost exactly with that of the North Queensland specimens which I took two years ago, although the Victorian insects are slightly larger. This species exhibits strong dimorphism, having both an ordinary type of female (similar to the male) and also a fairly abundant red form, nearly as common as the other.

The colour of the male is a rich bronze-green, not a brilliant green as stated by M. Martin. The dimorphic female is a deep brick-red, not yellow or orange. The following is a comparative description of the two females : —

A. splendida Martin Q.

Total length 20-23mra.; abdomenl7-19mm.; forewing ll-14mm.; hindwinoj 10-13 mm.

Wings

Pterostigma rhomboidal, 0*5 mm , dull olive-brown.

Nodal Indicator

7 6-7

Form A. Head. — Eyes black above.

greenish beneath, orbits black underneath. Epicraniinn bril- liant bronze, giving copper-red reflections; behind each eye is a large s^jot of deep metallic blue. Postclypeus pale blue shading to greenish in centre ; the blue colouration

enlarged

on to

the eyes; anteclypeus metallic hro7izy -green, clypeal suture black. Labrum pale blue ; labium dull dirty yellowish- white, mouth tipped with black.

Form B (dimorph).

Head. — Eyes black. Epi- cranium deep bronze, lacking the m,etallic blue postocular spots', a broad transverse yellowish band in front extending to the eyes and surrounding the clypeus. Postclypeus black ; anteclypeu sand labrum yellow- ish; labium pale dirty yellowish- white.

388

DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID^,

Form A.

Thorax. — Prothorax bronze. Meso- and metathorax deep bronze-green with an irregular light blue patch low down on each side, extending from hind wing-join to between meso- and metacoxse; the blue edged with black. Scuta and scutellah\MQ.

Legs very long; deep brown or black.

Abdomen cjdindrical; 1-8 rich bronze touched with j'-ellow lines in the sutures; 8 with a transverse blue anal mark; 9 blue with a double basal bronze spot (separated into two sepa- rate spots in some specimens); 10 blue with a small double central spot of bronzy-black. Underside dull blackish.

Appendages short, separate, rather blunt, dull brownish.

Form B.(dimorph).

T h o r a x. — Prothorax rich brick-red. Meso- and metatho- rax deep metallic bronzy-black above; sides and notum 7'ich brick-red.

Legs very long, femora rich brick-red, or red-brown, rest dull blackish.

A b d o m e n cylindrical; 1 rich brick-red; 2 red, with a narrow transverse basal black band and a black anal spot; 3-9 dark bronze, sutures pale; sides of 8-9 dull orange-red; 10 black above, orange-red on sides.

Appendages as in A, yellowish-brown.

dull

A. argentea Tillyard. — Only one form of female is known. The colour of the male is silvery-white, due to a bloom forming all over the insect. Where this is rubbed off, the groundcolour is seen to be black. The colour of the female is black. I consider this as the ordinary form of female; the '* red " or dimorphic form being either not known or obsolete.

A. velaris Selys. — This rather rare insect occurs in North Queensland at Atherton, and also sparingly about Sydney. In both localities I have taken only one form of female, which differs completely from the male, being a " red " or dimorphic

BY R. J. TILLYARD.

389

form. The markings of the thorax show great similarity with those of the "orange" female of A. pruinescens described above, but the groundcolour is dull red and the insect is very much smaller. There may be also an ordinary form of female, yet to be found or, it may be, obsolete. I have only half-a-dozen females of this insect altogether.

The following table exhibits the classification proposed for the known forms of the two genera.

Genus Ischnuka.

Male.

Females.

Proportion of

Form B

to total number

of Females.

Name.

Form A (ordinary)

Form B (dimorph)

/. heterontieta I. delkata

bronze and

blue red and blue

dull black

dull black or olive-green

imitates J" imitates ^

:^0-40 %.

10% in S. W.

Australia ; ab- sent elsewhere.

Genus Agriocnemis.

Females.

Proportion of

Form B

to total numbei

Name.

Male.

Form A

Form B

(ordinary)

(dimorph)

of Females.

A . pruinescens

black with grey bloom

(wanting)

orange

100%.

A. splendida

bronze and blue

similar to (^

red

40%.

A. aryentea

silvery-white

(groundcolour

black)

black

(wanting)

0%.

A. velaris

bronze with red tip

(wanting)

red

100%.

In conclusion I would remark that the two genera in which dimorphism is shown to occur, though differing widely in their wing-structure, have many points of similarity, notably the small size and weak flight of almost all the species, the general facies

390 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID^.

of the insects, particularly the build of the head and thorax, and the relative proportion of expanse of wing to total length (about 5 to 4 in both genera). So great is this similarity that, if the wings were removed from one of the "orange" females of Agriocnemis priiinesceiis, one would unhesitatingly declare it to be a new form of the female of /. heterosticta or an allied species; and such I took it to be until I saw the difference in the neura- tion of the wings. That the same cause has brought about dimor- phism in both genera is scarcely open to doubt; and it is probable that the dimorphism is in some way connected with the preserva- tion of the species.

391

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 26th, 1907.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, June 26th, 1907.

Mr. A. H. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

The President called attention to a presentation copy of the Biography of Carl von Linne, by Professor Th. M. Fries (2 vols.), kindly forwarded by Count Morner, Consul for Sweden in Sydney, on the author's behalf; and he stated that the Consul had been asked to convey to the distinguished author the Society's very cordial thanks for this exceedingly opportune and highly appreci- ated gift, because many portraits, and representations of historic scenes and objects to be found in these volumes had hitherto been out of reach.

The President also called attention to another most interesting souvenir, namely, a presentation copy of the " Record of the Celebration of the Two Hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of Benjamin Franklin, under the auspices of the American Philo- sophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting Useful Knowledge, April 17th-20th, 1906 (1906)" from the American Philosophical Society. An appropriate acknowledgment would be made at the earliest opportunity.

At the request of Professor Liversidge the attention of Members was called to circulars of information respecting the recently established "British Science Guild " whose objects are :

1. To bring together, as members of the Guild, all those throughout the Empire interested in Science and Scientific Methods, in order by joint action to convince the people, by means of publications and meetings, of the necessity of applying the methods of science to all branches of human endeavour, and thus to further the progress and increase the welfare of the Empire.

392 ANNOUNCEMENTS.

2. To bring before the Government the scientific aspects of all matters

affecting the national welfare,

3. To promote and extend the application of scientific principles to industrial

and general purposes,

4. To promote ssientific education by encouraging the support of Universities

and other Institutions where the bounds of science are extended, or where new applications of science are devised.

An Association with aims of this character was certain worthy of support; and Members who desired to come into touch witli it, were recommended, in the first plaoe to appl}^ for the litera- ture, which w^as available on application.

Attention was also directed to a circular from the promoters of the proposed ''Souscription Universelle pour elever un Monument a Lamarck." The President commended the matter to the notice of the Society; and he stated that Dr. H. G, Chapman, of the University, would hd glad to receive contributions, and forward the same to Paris.

A letter of thanks from Mrs. Alexander Morton, of Hobart, for kind sympathy was communicated to the Meeting.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 14 Vols., 83 Parts or Nos., 14 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 28 Pamphlets, received from 54 Societies, &c., and 3 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. David G. Stead recorded that during the month an exceedingly large shoal of great Tunnies had made its appearance on the coast of New South Wales, having been reported from the entrances of both Port Hacking and — a few days later — Port Jackson. Individuals of the shoal averaged about six feet in length. One large example, forwarded to the Department of Fisheries, had been examined by Mr. Stead, who stated that the species was an addition to the New South Wales fish-fauna, and that he had identified it provisionally as 6^er»io maccoyi{CaHte\na.u).

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 393

It had been placed in Jordan's genus Germo because of the large pectoral fins, but the validity of that genus was open to doubt. Tlie species was closely allied to Temminck and Schlegel's Thynnus macropterus.

Mr. T. G. Taylor exhibited photographs which filled a gap between ordinary camera photos {\) and microphotos (Y*), obtained by the use of an Express Enlarger, giving magnifica- tions direct from the micro-section of 2 up to 10 diameters. This apparatus is ordinarily used for bromide enlargements or lantern slides, but is very suitable for enlarging large coral calices, which are not wholly visible in the microscope field. Imperial Special Rapid Plates were used; blue sky, 2-10 seconds exposure.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited a sample of the seed of some forage plants, recently imported from France, which had mixed with it numbers of dried land snails {Helicella candidula Studen).

Dr. Woolnough showed a number of photographs taken in Fiji, in illustration of his paper. A series of lantern slides will be shown at a future Meeting when the lantern is ae^ain available.

394

NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CALOPTERYGID^.

By K J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S.

Only one species of this exceedingly beautiful and interesting family has so far been described from Australia, ^^iz., Diphlehi a lestdides Selys. Two additions are now made, one being a com- mon East Indian species, and the other a beautiful Diphlebia from Northern Queensland.

It is probable that systematic collecting in the Cape York and Port Darwin districts would add several more species of this family to our Australian Odonata^ since the Calo'pterygidcf are exceedingly well represented in the tropical zone.

1. Diphlebia EUPKCEOiDES, n.sp.

(J. Total length 48-52 mm., abdomen 35-38 mm.; wings, fore 29-31 mm, hind 28-30 mm. Wings rather broad; suffused almost completely with dark brown or black (in the young $ with pale yellowish-brown); the only portions not suffused being the tip beyond the pterostigma and also the basal part of the wing including the costal, subcostal, and median spaces. Ptero- stigma 4 mm. black. Nodal Indicator \ 5-8 circ. 24 Head: All parts jet black; vertex and gense j 5-6 circ. 20 hairy ; a slight dark brown patch close under the eyes next the vertex; middle of labium dirty grey. Front ocellus transparent; antennae black, nearly 3 mm. Thorax: Prothorax jet black with four bright blue spots, two narrow transverse elongated, one of which is basal and the other anal, and two lateral, oval, pointed inwards. Meso- and metathorax soft rich sky blue, dorsal ridge black, widening into a black triangular patch next the prothorax and

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 395

curving round to join the subhumeral black rays of which there is one on each side, reaching to the fore wing-joins, and below it a parallel lateral black ray reaching to the hind wing-join; all the sutures marked by thin black lines. Wing-joins black, spotted with blue; scuta and scutella blue. Underside dirty grey or brown, edged with black. Legs black, powdered with grey. Abdomen cylindrical, 1-3 slightly swollen. Colour : 1, blue, with black suture; 2, blue, suture broadly black, a black semi- elliptical spot two-thirds of the way from the base and connected to it by a thin black line along the dorsal ridge; sides of 2 black; 3, basal two-thirds blue, rest black, a thin black line along the dorsal ridge, sides and underpart black; 4-7, jet black; 8, blue; 9, blue between broadly black sutures, the black on the basal suture sharply pointed inwards along the dorsal ridge; 10, black with a pair of oval blue spots; 9, swollen below into a small pointed tubercle. Underside black, powdered with grey around the genital appendages of segment 2, which are large and black. Appendages: Sujoerior forcipate, nearly 2 mm., jet black, tips blunt, slightly clubbed and downy, nearly touching; seen sideways the tips are slightly curved downwards. Inferior (two) about 1 mm., subcylindrical, black, tips blunt, in some specimens divergent, in others close together and parallel.

9. Total length 44-46 mm.; abdomen 31-33 mm.; wings, fore 32-34 mm., hind 31-33 mm. Wings longer and narrower than in (^, generally almost completely suffused with dull brown or yellowish-brown; sometimes, especially in immature specimens, hyaline. Pterostigma 4 mm., brown or dark brown. There are two distinct types of the $ which I shall designate A and B. In A the ground colour of the thorax and abdomen is either dull olive brown, slightly metallic, or else dull smoky black. In B it is bright yellowish-brown. Head: Vertex, A, dark olive brown, B pale brown; a curved black band between the antennae touch- ing the front ocellus; behind this an irregular black band or series of spots reaching from eye to eye and enclosing the two other ocelli. Behind this the occiput is swollen, almost tubercled; colour next the eyes black; a black or dark brown line across the

396 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CALOPTERYGID^,

occipital ridge. Ei/es black, bordered in front by a bright creamy or yellowish band. Clyjjeus and labium brownish, darker in A than B; labium pale dirty brownish, mouth deeply edged with black. Thorax as in ^J, but with the blue parts replaced by the ground colour of A or B. Underside dusted with grey. Legs black, dusted with grey on underside of femora. Abdomen cylindrical; 8 slightly narrowed basally; 10 very small. Colour as mentioned above and marked as follows :— dorsal ridge black, swelling out in 4-8 into an anal black spot; 3, with a wide black spot three-fourths of the way from the base; 2, with a suspicion of the same. Sides edged with dull black. These markings are very conspicuous in ^, but indistinct in A. Segments 8-10, very much swollen below, ovipositor large, ending in a pale blunt tip pointed slightly upwards and carrying below the tip two curved filaments, black, divergent and inclined downwards, about 0*6 mm. long. B has a brown colouration on sides of 9 and 10. Underside, A black, dusted with grey; B shining black. Appendages black, 1 mm., subcornute, separated.

Hab. — Kuranda, N.Q., Nov.-Feb., where it is fairly abundant on the small and densely wooded mountain creeks, but it is not found along the main river. I have also received specimens from the Cape York district.

It has a graceful easy flight, often fluttering like a butterfly round twigs and leaves. It is extremely fond of settling on logs or twigs near the water with expanded wings. The females are very retiring, and are generally found a short distance in the bush away from the creek where the males are disporting them- selves. One form of the female is about as common as the other, and it is possible that the difference is only one of age, the form A being the fully matured female; though, as I found both forms common late in the season, I cannot say for certain that this is the case.

There is no doubt as to the specific distinctness of this beautiful insect, though perhaps it will be as well to give the points of difference between it and D. lesidides Selys, the only other known species of the genus, which is common in Victoria and Southern

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 397

New South Wales. The following characteristics will at once distinguish the two species : —

(J. The (J of D. lestdides is a larger insect that D. euphoeo'ides, but its wings are decidedly narrower. Moreover, the wings of D. lestdides ^ are never clouded even with the palest brown, while those of D. euphoeo'ides ^ even in v^ery immature speci- mens are distinctly clouded. In D. lestdides (J, about half-way between the nodus and pterostigma, there is a milk-white bar of thickness varying from 1*5 to 3 mm. running across the wing; this is absent in D. euphoBdides. In D. lestdides ^ the ground colour of the whole abdomen is blue; in D. evphcedides ^ only the first three segments and 8-9 are blue, the rest being black. As regards the appendages, the superior ones in 1). lestdides are distinctly larger than those of D. euphoedides; while the inferior are absolutely different; those of D. eiiplioedides being subcylin- drical and with blunt rounded tips, while those of D. lestdides are scarcely one-fourth as long as the superior, and are wide and distinctly square at the tips, and even somewhat hollowed out so as to appear slightly bifid when viewed laterally. It may also be observed that the abdomen of D. lestdides ^ is distinctly flat- tened, rather wide, and of practically the same width from end to end, while that of Z>. euphvedides is much narrower and varies in width, being widest at 1-2, then tapering gracefully to 7, then slightly enlarged again to 10. It is also distinctly rounded and not flattened. The second segment of the abdomen is hairy in D. lestdides (J, smooth in D. euphcedides.

5. The two females, if placed side by side, would be more diffi- cult to distinguish, as they are very similar in general colouration and appearance. But D. lestdides 9 is distinctly larger than D. euphcedides 9; its wings are very seldom suffused with brown, and are much narrower than those of the latter, especial]}'- towards the tips, which in D. euphcedides are beautifully rounded. The pterostigma is always very pale brown between black ner- vures in D. lestdides; in D. euphcedides 5 it is a medium brown, and in ^ a very dark brown. The appendages are very similar. 29

398 NEW AUSTEALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CALOPTERYGIDJi,

The specific name is adopted on the suggestion of M. Martin sa as to maintain the uniformity of the specific nomenclature in use for this genus.

Note on D. lesto'ides Selys. — In making the foregoing compari- son, I have had recourse only to my own series of this insect, taken during Dec- Jan., 1905, on the Snowy River, Jindabyne, N.S.W. M. Rene Martin, in his remarks* on the specimens sent him from Victoria, says : — " Elle varie tellement pour la taille et la coloration qu'on serait tente de voir deux especes distinctes, quand on considere un grand male tout vert mat ou bleu luisant ayant un abdomen de 35 a 36 mm. et 7 antenodales, et d'autre part un petit male plus on moins varie de noir sur le corps, ayant un abdomen de 30 mm. et seulement 4 antenodales, mais on trouve toutes les tallies et toutes les colorations intermediaires."

The specimens to which these remarks apply were taken on the Goulburn River, Victoria, if I mistake not. On the Snowy River I took and examined hundreds of specimens, and I can truly say I found exceedingl}'' little variation in size, not more than 2 mm. either in length of abdomen or expanse of wings. The newly emerged $ has a flabby brownish abdomen marked with black, very similar to that of the 9, and it takes some weeks before the rich blue colour has covered the whole body. A male some days old shows the blue colouration beginning from the 2nd segment dow^nwards, and one can meet with them in all stages of colouration. But I am certain that the insect is never dull green {vert mat). Dried specimens generally lose their colour entirely and turn dull black or brown, but several well- matured specimens I had, turned a deep dull green and remained so for many weeks, though that colour has now disappeared. Doubtless some of M. Martin's specimens reached him in this condition. As regards the variation in size, it must be due to the colder climate and the later advent of summer in Victoria, whereby many specimens never reach full maturity; for even on the Snowy River at the end of January most of the specimens were flabby, ill-nourished, and but half-matured.

* Memoires de la Soci6t6 Zoologique de France, 1901, pp. 243-244.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 399^

2. Rhinocypha tincta Ramb.

A single male of this species which I now possess, in very bad condition, was taken in 1869 on the Endeavour River, Cooktown, by one of Sir William Macleay's collectors. The species is an exceedingly common one all over Oceania and the Indies, and it is a practical certainty that it must occur at Cape York and Thursday Island ; though the absence of any collections of Odonata from that district accounts for its not being recorded before.

The specimen I possess is possibly var. semitincta from the degree of suffusion of the wings, but all colouration has been obliterated long ago. It would be useless to attempt to describe it; the description of the type is given by Rambur, and Selysalso has remarks on the species [Ramb., Ins. Nevr. p. 237 (1842); Selys, Syn. Calopt. p. 64 (1853); Mon. Calopt. p. 253 (1854); Bull. Acad. Belg. (2), xxvii. p. 663 (1869); (2), xxxv. p. 490 (1873); (2), xlvii, p. 395 (1879)].

400

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^ BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY

CR YPTORHYNCHIDES.

Part VIIL

By Arthur M. Lea. (Continued from Proceedings, 1905^ 2).'258.)

In this contribution and Parts 5, 6, and 7 of the revision, the genera allied to Cryi)torhynchns are dealt with. These genera may be regarded as forming several closely allied sections, Cryptorhyn- chus and Tyrtceosus with several close allies forming one section; Perissops and its many close allies forming another; Protopalus with its allies forming a third, and this the most distinct section.* Aonychus and Mecistocerus, although at a glance widely i^eparated (and actually placed in different groups by M. Lacordaire), are closely allied, on account of a supplementary prosternal process (which appears to denote an approach to Camptorrhinus); with them may be doubtfully placed Berosiris and Microherosiris; Imalithus, Paratituacia and Sympediosoma lead off to and might fairly be claimed as belonging to the ChcBtectetorus group; Nechyrus might be regarded as belonging to the Poropterus group.

In most of the species the clothing is not very dense; it is often prettily variegated, and can usuall}^ be relied upon. Few of the species are tuberculate, but many are granulate. Many of the genera are very distinct and may be readily identified. The rostrum is frequently long and thin, and is never straight. The

* Protojyalus and its allies have been regarded as forming a very distinct and isolated section, but there are several genera that clearly lead up to it from Perissops.

I

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 401

scute] lum is invariably present, and is often of comparatively large size. The metasternum is usually almost as long as the following segment, sometimes it is even longer; its episterna are always very distinct. The abdominal sutures are always distinct; that between first and second is frequently curved in the middle, but the two segments are never closely soldered together; the second-fourth are often drawn slightly backwards at the sides, and the second is sometimes not at all or but slightly longer than the third or fourth. In Aonychus the claw-joint is absent, but in very few of the other genera are the tarsi at all remarkable. All are winged.

The following table is arranged solely for convenience of identification,

A. Tarsi triarticulate Aonychus,

AA. Tarsi quadriarticulate.

B. Body greatly depressed Imalithus.

BB. Body more or less strongly convex.

C. Rostrum barbed in the male Glochixorrhinus.

CC. Rostrum barbed in neither sex. D. Prosternum with supplementary processes.... Mecistocerus. DD. Prosternum without supplementary pro- cesses.

E. All the femora bidentate Sybulus.

EE. Anterior femora only bidentate Critomerus.

EEE. Femora unidentate or edentate. F. Middle coxas exposed internally.

a. Ocular lobes distinct Berosiris.

aa. Ocular lobes absent Microberosiris.

FF. Middle coxae not exposed internally. G. Mesosternal receptacle open. h. Scape shorter than funicle. c. Suture between first and second abdo- minal segments distinct Neomystocis. , '

CC. This suture more or less obliterated in

middle.. Nechyrus.

hb. Scape the length of or longer than /^q -.

funicle. [^ L « ^ P"

d. Elytra at base not much wider than y^

prothorax Enteles.

0

402 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII.,

dd. Elytra at base much wider than prothorax.

e. Elytra bisinuate at base Pkotopalus (in part).

ee. Elytra trisinuate at base. . . Episodiocis.

GG. Mesosternal receptacle cavernous. H. Metasternum longer than the following segment. /. Three intermediate segments of abdo- men almost equal Bleptocis.

ff. Abdomen with second segment much

longer than third or fourth Notocryptorhynchus.

HH. Metasternum shorter than the follow- ing segment.

I. Eyes coarsely faceted.

c). Posterior femora passing elytra.

h. Prothorax longer than wide Pezichus.

hh. Prothorax transverse Bothynacrum.

gg. Posterior femora not passing elytra. i. Second abdominal segment very little, if at all longer than third or fourth.

j. Femora dentate CryptgrhyiNchus.

jj. Femora edentate Anipigraphocis.

ii. Second abdominal segment much longer than third or fourth. k. Femora edentate. I. Elytra scarcely wider than

prothorax Queenslandica.

//. Elytra much wider than pro- thorax at base Scleropoides.

klc. Femora dentate. m. Suture between two basal segments of abdomen

straight Tyrtaeosus.

myn. This suture curved in middle. n. Elytra bisinuate at base .... Pseudotepperia. nn. Elytra trisinuate at base. 0. Scape the length of funicle Hyperiosoma. 00. Scape shorter than funicle Sympediosoma.

II. Eyes finely faceted.

J. Suture between two basal segments of

abdomen straight Protopalus (in part).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 403

JJ. This suture curved in middle.

K. Posterior femora passing elytra Dysopirhinus.

KK. Not passing elytra.

L. Femora edentate Paratituacia.

LL. Femora dentate. M. Scape considerably longer than

f u nicle Blepiabda.

MM. Scape the length of or shorter

than funicle. N. Each elytron separately rounded at base.

p. Shoulders projecting Orphanistes.

pp. Shoulders not projecting Tepperia. NN. Elytra trisinuate at base.

0. Tibiffi angular externally Metraniomorpha.

00. Tibiae (except sometimes the middle) not angular externally.

P. Tibise almost straight Axionicus.

PP. Tibias more or less distinctly

curved Perissops.

Genus Mecistocerus Fauvel.

Bull. Soc. Linn, de Normandie, vii. p. 159.

Head small, convex, not concealed; ocular fovea distinct and usually large. Eyes large, triangularly ovate, widely separated above and almost contiguous below, coarsely faceted. Rostru7ri long and thin, curved. Antennc^ thin or raoderatel}^ thin; inser- tion of scape variable; basal joints of funicle variable; club cylindrical and long or moderately long, sutures oblique. Pro- thorax transverse, sides rounded, apex moderately or strongly narrowed and produced, base bisinuate, constriction slight, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum distinct. Elytra slightly or considerably wider than prothorax, widest across shoulders. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, terminated at base of or just behind inter- mediate coxse, with walls between four anterior coxae that are formed partly by the pro- and partly by the mesosternum. Meso- sternal receptacle narrow and transverse, scarcely distinguishable from the metasternum and leaving the coxae exposed ; open. Metastermcm shorter or slightly longer than the following seg-

404 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII.,

ment; episterna wide. Abdomen with the 1st segment as long as 2nd-3rd combined, intercoxal process not \ ery wide and semi- circular, apex incurved or straight; 3rd and 4th combined the length of 2nd and distinctly longer than 5th, their sides drawn slightly backwards. Legs moderately long; femora dentate, not (or scarcely visibly) grooved, posterior passing elytra or not; tibiae compressed, more or less distinctly curved or bisinuate, sometimes straight, with a subapical tooth in addition to terminal hook; tarsi not very long, 3rd joint wide and deeply bilobed. Elliptic or subelliptic, convex, squamose, nonluberculate, winged.

A highly remarkable genus. Between the four anterior coxae the pectoral canal is seen to be bordered by distinct walls; these are principally formed by the prosternum, but also partly by the mesosternum. It is the only genus, other than Camptorrhinns and Aonychus, in which the prosternum has a supplementary process. The walls are polished internally and appear almost to belong to the mesosternum, but on removing the prothorax it can be seen that there is a narrow basal ridge (traceable across summit but concealed there with elytra in position) that imme- diately behind the coxae becomes elevated and forms the wall on each side of the canal. The mesosternal receptacle is not entire, but consists of a short basal piece (seldom distinctly separated from the metasternum) and a short process (concealed entirely unless the prothorax be removed) on each side that fit into the sides of the prosternal walls. The rostrum is frequently very long and is never stout. The sutures of the joints of the funicle are often indistinct. The sexual differences are very pronounced; the male has a shorter, and stouter rostrum which is ridged and squamose behind antennae, and these are inserted closer to the apex than in the female. The genus is not confined to Aus- tralia, several species having been described from New Guinea, New Caledonia, &c.

The species of the genus as now defined are not very homo- genous in appearance, but it was not considered advisable to generically separate any of them, as the characters of the pro- and mesosternum are the same in all. It is true that they are the

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 405

same in AoiiycJms, but the tarsi of that genus are triarticulate. In C amptorrhinus the canal is confined to the presternum. The most aberrant species are mcerens, V2ilnercUu8, egens and languiclus, and for each of these it may eventually be considered necessary to erect a genus. Both 7ncerens and vulneratus have a compara- tively short rostrum with rather stout antennae, and the meta- sternum longer than the following segment; egens has also a comparatively short rostrum with stoutish antennae, but the metasternum is .'shorter than the following segment; Imiguidus in appearance approaches Pezichus; it has the femora linear and minutely dentate, the claw-joint very long and thin, and the metasternum longer than the following segment; its clothing is very peculiar.

Elytra not much wider than prothorax; suture between 1st and 2nd abdominal segments straight. Metasternum longer than the following segment.

Femora thin and minutely dentate (anguickis, n.sp.

Femora stouter and rather strongly dentate.

Ocular fovea very large rnlnerattt.'^, n. sp.

Ocular fovea rather small mcerens, n.sp,

Metasternum shorter than the following segment.

TibijB moderately curved compositns, n.sp.

Tibia straight e^ens, n.sp.

Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax; suture between 1st and 2nd abdominal segments curved. Metasternal episterna with small punctures in two

rows tenuirostris, n.sp.

Metasternal episterna with large punctures in one row.

Under surface densely squamose dispar, n.sp.

Under surface rather sparsely squamose mastersi, Pasc.

Mecistocerus mastersi Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5413.

(J. Blackish-brown, antennajand tarsi red. Moderatel}' densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales, slightly variable in shade and larger on prothorax than on elytra, the latter with two feeble pale fasciae, one commencing on shoulders and meeting suture at basal third, the other postmedian; each puncture and the iuter- 31

406 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII.,

stices with series of stout scales, but smaller than those of pro- thorax. Under surface very sparsely squamose; legs densely squamose, the femora each with an obscure (often not traceable) whitish ring. Head and basal half of rostrum rather densely squamose.

Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea rather large and deep. Rostrum much longer than prothorax, tliin and moderately curved; basal half with moderately strong but con- cealed punctures and with three narrow ridges, apical half shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly longer than funicle; of the latter the 1st joint is considerably shorter than 2nd but the length of 3rd, the others gradually decreasing in length but none transverse; club cylindrical, not much shorter than four preceding joints. Prothorax with dense, round, deep punctures partially exposed on sides but elsewhere concealed ; median carina feeble and concealed by clothing. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and about twice the length of prothorax; with series of large deep punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices lightly convex, wider or narrower than punctures. Under surface with distinct but sparse punctures. Metasternum shorter than the following segment, its episterna each with a single row of large punctures. Abdominal sutures straight. Femora feebly dentate, the posterior just passing elytra and not very feebly dentate. Length 12 J, rostrum 5; width 6; variation in length 9|-13 mm.

9. Differs in having the rostrum thinner, more noticeabl}' curved, slightly longer, and shining throughout except at extreme base, where also only the median ridge and strong punctures are present. The scape is inserted almost in the exact middle of rostrum.

Hah.—^.^.W.: " Illawarra " (Pascoe), Illawarra ; Q.: Wide Bay (Sydney Museum), Rockhampton (Mr. George Masters).

The punctures on the basal half of the elytra are large and more or less confluent, but owing to the clothing they appear to be smaller and not very close together. This is also the case with some of the other species.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 407

Mecistocerus dispar, n.sp.

(J. Blackish-brown, scape red, rest of antennae and tarsi darker. Rather densely clothed with dark fawn-coloured scales, mixed with spots and blotches of paler and blackish scales, the dark scales forming four feeble lines down prothorax and a rather distinct but interrupted triangle on each side of middle of elytra; prothoracic scales very little larger than those on elytra, punctures of both containing larger scales. Under surface densely squamose, scales of 3rd and 4th abdominal segments dark except at sides; femora and tibiae each with an obscure blackish ring. Basal third of rostrum squamose.

Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea of moderate size, subtriangular and deep. Rostrum slightly longer than pro- thorax and scutelluni combined, thin and moderately curved; basal two-fifths with moderately strong punctures and with three narrow ridges, elsewhere shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted slightly nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of the latter the length of 3rd and noticeably shorter than 2nd, the others regularly decreasing in length, 7th transverse; club cylindrical and moderately long. Prothorax with large, round, deep, non-confluent, partially concealed punc- tures; median carina narrow, shining and not quite continuous to base and apex. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and about twice the length of prothorax; with series of large punc- tures becoming smaller posteriorly and all partially concealed; interstices gentl}^ convex, on basal half narrower, on apical half wider than punctures, but apparently wider throughout. Meta- sternum slightly shorter than the following segment; with large and rather dense punctures, which on each of the episterna are confined to a single row. Abdomen densely punctate, suture between 1st and 2nd segments slightly curved; 1st with almost as large punctures as on metasternum. Femora stout, acutely dentate, posterior extending to apex of elytra. Length 9, rostrum 2|; width 4 mm.

9. Differs in being of considerably larger size, proportionately wider across shoulders and more suddenly narrowed posteriorly

408 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII.,

than in the (J; the rostrum is longer, shining except at extreme base, and the scape inserted at basal two-fifths. Length 12f, rostrum 4 J; width 6 mm.

Hab. — Q.: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum), Cooktown (Mr. C. French).

Each of the large scales of the under surface instead of being placed in the middle of a puncture is placed at its base, so that although the depth of the puncture is concealed its extent is readily seen.

Mecistocerus tenuirostris, n.sp.

(J(?). Blackish-brown, antennae and claw-joints paler. Not very densely clothed with rather pale ochreous-brown scales, which are longer on prothorax than on the elytra; on the latter they are moderately dense on the interstices, on the former they are confined to the punctures; with small spots and blotches of pale scales scattered about. Under surface rather sparsely clothed, the clothing, except on sides of sterna, more or less setose in character; femora feebly ringed. Basal third of rostrum squamose.

Head in places coarsely and densely punctate, the punctures more or less concealed; ocular fovea deep, narrow and elongate, being fully half the length of head. Rostrum long, thin and moderately curved, considerably longer than prothorax; basal two-fifths rather coarsely punctate and with three narrow ridges, the median one of these being traceable to between the antennae where it terminates in a very feeble elongate impression; else- where shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted very slightly closer to apex than base of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; of the latter the 2nd joint is thin, twice the length of the 1st, and the length of the 3rd and 4th combined, the others gradually decreasing in length but none transverse; club the length of the four preceding joints. Prothorax with dense round and rather shallow punctures, each of which contains but is scarcely obscured by a scale; median carina entirely absent. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and more than twice the

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 409

length of prothorax; with series of moderately large elliptic punctures; interstices not separately convex, wider than punc- tures throughout, themselves punctate. Meiasternum shorter than the following segment, triangularly encroached upon by canal, with large punctures except on episterna, each of which is supplied with two rows of small punctures. Abdomen with straight sutures, 1st and 5th with dense, the 1st with large punctures, 2nd-4th ver}' sparsely punctate. Femora rather thin and acutely dentate, posterior extending to apex of elytra. Length 9, rostrum 3|; width 4Jmm.

Hah. — Queensland (Herr J. Faust).

The pale scales form five feeble spots on the prothorax, clothe each shoulder and form rather irregular spots about the middle of the elytra; on the head they form a very distinct large round basal spot.

Mecistocerus compositus, n.sp.

$. Blackish-brown, antennae and tarsi jmler. Densely clothed all over (except on scutellum and apical two-thirds of rostium) with fawn-coloured scales, with spots and blotches of dark scales scattered about or entirely absent.

Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea subtri- angular and not very large but deep. Rostrum the length of prothorax and scutellum combined and (for the genus) compara- tively stout; basal half rather coarsely punctate and with three narrow ridges, apical half shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; of the latter the first joint is slightly longer than the 3rd and just perceptibly shorter than the 2nd, 6th and 7th feebly transverse; club elongate-elliptic. Prothorax with large, round, deep, non-confluent, scarcely concealed punctures; median carina distinct only in middle. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long; with series of large elliptic punctures becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices (except posteriorly) narrower than punctures, although apparently every- where wider; basal half with small granules, but which are

entirely concealed. Metasternum Bhovter than the following seg-

410 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDJi:, VIII.,

ment, with large partially concealed punctures even on episterna, each of which, however, is supplied with but one row. Abdomen densely punctate and with straight sutures. Femora stout, acutely dentate, posterior almost extending to apex of elytra, their teeth large, tibiae distinctly curved. Length 7|, rostrum 2^; width 3i mm.

9. Differs in being considerably larger and rather wider, the rostrum much longer and shining except at extreme base; the scape is inserted nearer the base than the apex of rostrum. Length 9^, rostrum 3^; width 4J mm.

Hab. — Australia (Herr J. Faust); Q.: Salisbury Plain (Mr. A, Simson), Cape York (Macleay Museum).

The dark patches of scales are very variable in extent, especially on the males; they usually form a distinct but irregular postmedian fascia, but this is sometimes completely absent; usually there is a smaller and less distinct fascia beyond it, the intervening space being clothed with slightly paler scales than elsewhere; usually there is a very feeble dark stripe on each side of the median carina (which is marked by paler scales); the femora are seldom distinctly ringed.

Mecistocerus m^rens, n.sp.

(J. Black, antennae not much paler. Moderately densely clothed with obscure sooty-brown scales indistinctly variegated Avith small spots of pale scales. Head and basal half of rostrum densely squamose.

Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea deep and distinct but smaller than usual. Rustrum the length of pro- thorax and scutellum combined, lightly curved, sides feebly incurved to middle; basal half with coarse partially concealed punctures and with three ridges, the median one of which is traceable to apical fifth, apical half opaque and with rather dense and coarse but not concealed punctures. Scape inserted two- fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; joints of the latter rather stout, the 1st slightly longer than the 2nd, 3rd-7th subglobular, 7th feebly transverse; club elliptic-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 411

ovate. Prothorax scarcely longer than wide; with dense, round, deep, clearly-cut, non-confluent large punctures; median carina narrow and waved by punctures. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long; with series of large suboblong punctures, each of which is separated by a feeble ridge, both ridges and punctures partially concealed; interstices gently convex and wider than punctures throughout. Under sjt^yaoe densely and moderately strongly punctate through- out. Metasternum longer than the following segment. Abdo- minal sutures straight. Femora moderately stout but sublinear, rather acutely dentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdo- men. Length 12, rostrum 3 J; width 5; variation in length 9-13 mm.

9. Differs in having the rostrum slightly longer, straighter and narrower (except at base), shining and (except at basal fourth) with punctures of only moderate size and the ridges absent; the scape is inserted just perceptibly nearer apex than base of rostrum.

Hab. — Australia(Herr J. Faust); N.S.W.: Orange( Mr. Horace W. Brown), Forest Reefs (Lea); Tasmania (Mr. A. Simson).

The clothing of the prothorax is rather sparse, except at the apex, and usually forms three feeble pale lines; usually on the elytra the (otherwise ver}^ indistinct) preapical callus is supplied with a small spot of pale (almost white) scales; the patches of pale scales elsewhere seldom cover more than one puncture. On two specimens, however, the pale scales clothe the greater part of the derm, the sooty ones being distributed in small spots and blotches.

At one time I thought this species was possibly Boheman's Cryj)t07'hynchus moestus, but that species is described as having the posterior femora obtusely dentate (^nd by implication the others edentate) and the scutellum clothed. In the (eleven) specimens under observation the scutellum is perfectly glabrous.

Mecistocerus vulneratus, n.sp. ^. Blackish-brown, elytra paler, antennae of a rather bright red. Moderately densely clothed with rather large pale (often

412 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII.,

white) scales, having a more or less speckled appearance. Legs densely, under surface moderately densely squamose. Head and basal half of rostrum squamose.

Head with coarse partially concealed punctures; ocular fovea deep, subtriangular and unusually large, its walls shining. Rostrum very little longer than prothorax, sides lightly incurved to middle; basal half with coarse, partiall}' concealed punctures and with three acute ridges; apical lialf suhopaque and with moderately large but not dense punctures. Scape inserted at about the middle of rostrum and much shorter than funicle; of the latter the 2nd joint is distinctly longer than the 1st, and the 7th is transverse; club cylindrical. Prothorax strongly convex and distinctly transverse, sides strongly rounded; with moderately large, dense, round, clearly cut, non-confluent punctures; median carina very feeble and rather short. Elytra not much wider than prothorax and more than thrice as long; with series of moderately large, oblong, more or less confluent punctures, becoming not much smaller posteriorly; interstices not separately convex, much wider than punctures, themselves rather densely punctate. Under surface densely and moderately strongly punc- tate throughout. Metasternum longer than the following seg- ment. Abdominal sutures straight. Femora rather short and not very acutely dentate, posterior scarcely extending to apical segment. Length 8, rostrum 2; width 3^ mm.

9. Differs in having the rostrum rather wider than in the male, highly polished and lightl}' punctate except at basal third, and the scape is inserted slightly closer to base than apex of rostrum.

Hah.—Q,.\ Cooktown (Mr. C. French).

A narrow, cylindrical species in which the ocular fovea occupies more than half the space between the eyes; it is the only species here described in which the rostrum of the 5 is no longer than that of the ^. The scales are sometimes snowy white and usually form three feeble lines down the prothorax; on the elytra they form more or less irregular narrow fasciae (on one specimen six of these are traceable), but they are seldom distinct.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 413

Mecistocerus languidus, n.sp.

(J. Blackish-brown, antennae of a rather bright red. Moder- ately densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales of an almost uniform shade; on the prothorax they are set in punctures, most of them are large and rounded and although depressed are slightly elevated above the derm; they, however, (especially in front) are setose in character; on the elytra the scales are much smaller than the large prothoracic ones and each is transverse; they clothe the interstices thickly towards the apex but less so towards the base; each puncture is supplied with a concave scale. Under surface sparsely squamose, the scales varying from short and round almost to setae; legs densely clothed, the anterior tibise with long thin hair on the apical two-thirds. Head (except at base; and basal three-fourths of rostrum rather densely squamose.

Head with coarse concealed punctures; ocular fovea narrow and elongate. Rostrum long, thin, parallel-sided and moderately curved, longer than prothorax and scutellum combined; basal three-fourths with rather coarse concealed punctures, and with a feeble median ridge that terminates between antennae in a feeble impression, apical fourth shining and with rather small punctures. Antennae thin; scape inserted one-fourth from apex of rostrum and slightly longer than funicle; funicle with the 1st joint the length of 3rd and considerably shorter than 2nd, 3rd as long as 4th and 5th combined, /th lightly transverse; club cylindrical. Prothorax moderately convex, apical third rather strongly and regularly rounded, basal two-thirds subparallel; with deep but rather small punctures, regularly but rather sparsely dis- tributed; median carina absent. Elytra oblong-cordate, not much wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long, base almost truncate; with series of not very large and feebly transverse punctures, each of which is separated by a feeble ridge; inter- stices not separatel}^ convex, wider than punctures throughout. Metasternum longer than the following segment, with moderately large (except on episterna where they are small) and not very dense punctures. Abdomen with rather sparse and irregular 32

414 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.^, VIII.,

punctures; sutures straight. Legs long and thin; femora linear and very minutely dentate, posterior passing elytra; tibiae straight; 4th tarsal joint thin and almost as long as the rest combined. Length 7^, rostrum 24; width 3| mm.

tiab. — N. S.Wales (Macleay Museum).

The clothing and punctures are remarkable; the transverse scales of the elytra are almost [li not quite) unique in the sub- family. The scape is inserted much closer to the apex of the rostrum than in any other species; the claw-joint is unusually long and thin. Several of the characters are suggestive of Pezichus. On the rostrum there may be three obtuse ridges, but only one can be traced on the unique specimen under

examination.

Mecistocerus egens, n.sp.

^C?), Dark reddish-brown, antennae of a rather bright red. Not very densely clothed (denser on legs, sparser on under surface and rostrum than elsewhere) with obscure ochreous scales, which are condensed in places into small spots and stripes.

Head with coarse, scarcely concealed punctures; ocular fovea large and open posteriorly. Rostrum slightly longer than pro- thorax, moderately curved, parallel-sided; basal third with coarse concealed punctures and a distinct median ridge, elsewhere polished and minutely punctate. Scape inserted slightly nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, 3rd-7th gradually increasing in width and all transverse; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax with large, round, deep, scarcely obscured punctures; median carina feeble. PJlytra cordate, not much wider than prothorax and about twice and one-half as long; with series of large, oblong, subapproximate punctures; interstices not separ- ately convex and narrower (except posteriorly where they are wider) than punctures. Metaster^ium slightly shorter than the following segment, coarsel}^ and irregularly punctate. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment rather coarsely punctate, 2nd with two feeble rows on basal half, 3rd and 4th almost impunc- tate. Femora rather thin, not very acutely dentate, posterior

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 415

extending to apex of elytra; tibiae straight. Length 3 J, rostrum 1; width 1^ mm.

Hah. — Q.: Cairns (type in Macleay Museum).

A small dingy species which at first sight appears to belong to Melanterius (it resembles such species as macidatus, acacice and tristis). The antennae are decidedly aberrant, but it has not been considered necessary to generically isolate it on that account.

Mecistocerus denticulatus Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5412.

Hah. — '' Port Bowen " (Pascoe).

I am confident that I have not seen this species. The male is described as having a number of small spine-like teeth on the anterior femora and tibia?. "^^

Genus B E r o s I r I s Pascoe.

Journ. Linn. Soc. 1873, p.43.

Head small, convex, partially concealed. Eyes large, triangu- larly-ovate, widely separated above and moderately beneath, rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum long, thin and moderately curved. Ante^mce thin; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum and the length of funicle; club elongate-elliptic. Pro- thorax moderately or scarcely transverse, sides rounded, base bisinuate, apex produced, ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutellu7n distinct. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal moderately deep and narrow, terminated in metasternum. Mesosternal receptacle absent, the intermediate coxse exposed internally. Metasternum slightly shorter than the following segment; episterna rather wide. Ahdomen with the four basal segments drawn slightly backwards at the sides, the 1st almost as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process moderately wide and rounded, apical suture incurved; 3rd and 4th combined slightly longer than 2nd and considerably longer than 5th. Legs rather short; femora moder-

* Since this was written I have seen a male, and the spines of its femora and tibiae render it very distinct.

416 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII,,

ately stout, not grooved, dentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae short, compressed, the anterior bisinuate beneath; tarsi rather short, 3rd joint wide and deeply bilobed, 4th elongate. Elliptic, convex, squamose, non-tuberculate, winged.

Allied to the preceding genus, which it resembles in the long rostrum and exposed intermediate coxae, but distinguished from it by the absence of a prosternal process between the four anterior coxse. In tanyrhynchus the canal extends almost to the abdomen but it is entirely different in character from that of Myrtesis. The genus appears to be abundantly represented in the Malay Archipelago, but only one species has previously been recorded from Australia.

Pectoral canal terminated almost at abdomen tanyrhynchus.

Pectoral canal terminated just behind intermediate coxae... mixtus.

Berosiris mixtus, n.sp.

Elongate-elliptic. Reddish-brown, antennee paler. Densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales somewhat variable in shade, and with patches of sooty scales; scutellum nude. Under surface with rather pale scales except at sides and on the apical segments. Head and basal third of rostrum in (J, basal fourth in 9, with dense and rather dark scales.

Head with dense, round, concealed punctures. Rostrum thin, longer than prothorax and scutellum combined; in ^ basal half with coarse concealed punctures, the apical half shining; in 9 basal fourth only with rather coarse punctures. Scape inserted one-third from apex of rostrum in $ (two-fifths in 5); 2nd joint of funicle as long as the 3rd and ith combined, 1st and 3rd sub- equal. Prothorao: moderately transverse, apex produced and less than half the width of ba.se; with dense, round, concealed punc- tures. Scutellum oblong and shining. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and about twice and one-half its length: with series of large, deep, oblong, more or less concealed punctures; interstices apparently much wider than punctures but really considerably narrower except posteriorly, the alternate ones very

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 417

feebly raised. Under surface with dense concealed punctures. Pectoral canal semicircularly encroaching on metasternum. Basal segment of abdomen feebly depressed in middle in (J, convex in $. Femora stout, posterior not extending to apical segment, all acutely dentate; anterior tibiae strongly bisinuate beneath, the others distinctly curved. Length 7|, rostrum 21; width 3J mm.

Hah. — Q.: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum).

Apparently close to calidris in general appearance, but the four basal joints of the funicle in that species are said to be short and subequal. The palest scales are on the elytra beyond the middle; there is a subtriangular sooty patch on each side of the prothorax at base (sometimes conjoined to form a subquadrate patch), on the elytra the sooty scales are more numerous from the basal fourth to near the middle. The scales are of a soft nature and appear to be easily discoloured. There are numerous specimens in the Macleay Museum.

Berosiris tanyrhynchus, n.sp.

2- Elongate-ovate. Reddish-brown, antennae paler. Densely clothed with muddy grey scales; prothorax with sooty scales except on each side of base; elytra with a large sooty patch terminating beyond the middle but not continued to shoulders. Femora obscurely ringed. Head and base of rostrum densely clothed.

Head with dense, round, concealed punctures. Rostrum longer than prothorax and scutellum combined, basal third with moder- ately coarse punctures, elsewhere shining. Scape inserted just peiceptibly nearer apex than base of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle of equal leugth and not very long, the others transverse. Prothorax scarcely if at all transverse, apex produced but more than half the width of base, with dense concealed punctures. Scutellum rather indistinct. Elytra not much more than twice the length of prothorax and at base not much (but suddenly) wider, widest at about middle; punctures and interstices appa- rently as in the preceding species. Under surface with very dense concealed punctures. Pectoral canal extending almost to

418 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.^, VIII.,

abdomen, the tip of the rostrum actually resting on it. Basal segment of abdomen convex. Femora and tibiae much as in the preceding species. Length 5, rostrum 14; width 2 mm.

Hab. — Q.: Endeavour River (Maclea}' Museum).

Dififers from the preceding species in being much smaller and differently clothed, narrower and elongate-ovate, instead of almost perfectly elliptic, the scape inserted at a greater distance from apex of rostrum, the joints of the funicle diiFerently proportioned and the rostrum touching the abdomen when at rest. Two female specimens are under examination.

Berosiris calidris Pasc; Mast. Cat. 8p. No.5563.

Hah. — " New Guinea; Somerset, Rockhampton " (Pascoe).

Mr. Pascoe describes the funicle as " articulis primis quatuor

subaequalibus," otherwise his description applies

fairly well to mixtus.

M I C R 0 B E R 0 S I R I S , n.g.

Head convex, not concealed. Eyes small, ovate, lateral, coarsely faceted. i?os^7'?mi not very long, but thin and curved. AnteurKe rather thin; scape inserted nearer base chan apex of rostrum; club briefly ovate. Prolhorax transverse, sides rounded, base bisinuate, apex almost truncate, ocular lobes absent. Scutellnm small. Elytra elongate-cordate. Pectoral canal not very deep and rather narrow, slightly encroached upon by anterior coxae and terminated in metasternum. Mesosternal receptacle absent, the coxae exposed, Metasternum slightly longer than the follow- ing segment; its episterna rather wide. Abdomen \\/\th. the three intermediate segments drawn slightly backwards at the sides, the two basal segments rather large. Legs rather short and stout; femora edentate, not grooved, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae round, terminal hook obtuse; tarsi almost the length of tibiae. Elliptic, convex, squamose, non-tuberculate, winged.

In appearance the minute insect described below, approaches many of the Erirhinidce. The pectoral canal appears to (if it

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 419

actually does not) extend to the abdomen. Seen from the sides, the prothorax appears to be obliquely truncate from the apex to the anterior cox^e so that the ocular lobes are really absent.

Tlie position of the genus is by no means certain, but on account of its elongated canal and exposed intermediate coxse it is placed after Berosiris.

MiCROBEROSIRIS EXILIS, n sp.

Blackish-brown, antennfe (club excepted) and rostrum (base excepted) paler. Densely and almost uniformly clothed (on rostrum at extreme base only) with white scales that almost completely hide the sculpture.

Neod with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum long and thin; with rather strong punctures on basal half, apical half shining and lightly punctate. Prothorax feebly transverse, apex not much narrower than base; with dense concealed punctures. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and but little more than twice as long, shoulders rounded, sides parallel to near apex; with series of concealed punctures; inter.stices regular. Under surface with dense concealed punctures; pectoral canal terminated almost at abdomen, but a feeble impression connecting it with abdomen itself. Length 1^, rostrum |; width | mm.

Hah — W.A. : Swan River.

I have seen but one specimen of this minute insect, and in preparing it for examination damaged the funicle of both of its antennse; in consequence only the club and scape could be described. Both genus and species, however, are remarkably

distinct.

Sympediosoma, n.g.

Head rather small, moderately convex, partially concealed. Eyes large, ovate, rather widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather long and thin, distinctly curved, sides distinctly incurved to middle. Antennce rather thin; scape shorter than funicle, inserted in middle of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club elliptic-ovate. Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate, apex strongly narrowed, constriction feeble, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutelhnn distinct. Elytra subcordate, not much (and not

420 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII.,

suddenly) wider than ]>rothorax, base trisinuate. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, terminated between intermediate coxae. Meso- sternal receptacle feebly raised, U-shaped; slightly cavernous. Metasternmn about three-fourths the length of the following seg- ment; episterna rather wide. Abdotnen with the 1st segment as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process rounded, apex slightly incurved; 3rd and 4th drawn slightly backwards at sides, their combined length slightly more than that of 5th and less than that of 2nd. Legs rather short; femora feebly ridged and dentate but not grooved, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae compressed and lightly curved; tarsi normal. Oblong-elliptic, moderately convex, squamose, winged.

The genus differs from Cryptorhynchus principally in the elytra, abdomen, and tibiae. It is closely related to the New Zealand genera Tychanus and Sympedius; from the former it mav be distinguished by the U-shaped mesosternal receptacle and the comparatively long metasternum; from the latter by the insertion of scape and the curved tibiae. Mr. Pascoe describes the femora of Sympedius as unarmed, but in vexatus they are comparatively strongly dentate, although the teeth are not visible from in front; even from behind in testudo the anterior femora may be seen to be minutely dentate. Mr. Pascoe compares both genera with Acalles, a genus with which they have few characters in common.

Rostrum distinctly wider at base than at apex albi/rons.

Rostrum no wider at base than at apex ohliquifasciatiim.

Sy]vjpediosoma albifrons, n.sp.

Pi-eddish-brown. Densely clothed with soft mouse-coloured scales (paler and smaller on elytra than on prothorax); apex of prothorax with a large transverse patch of svhite scales; elytra with a moderately distinct median fascia of white scales and a scarcely traceable one posteriorly, between them two very feeble dark fasciae. Under surface with dense, rouud, soft, pale scales, denser on metasternum than elsewhere; legs feebly variegated. Head and base of rostrum with dense mouse-coloured scales.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 421

Head with concealed punctures. Rostrum slightly longer thtui prothorax, base considerably wider than apex; basal fourth rather strongly punctate, elsewhere shining and impunctate. First joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd, 4tli-7th transverse. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, posterior angles scarcel}^ produced; with dense concealed punctures and with small scattered granules. Elytra ai,h out twice and one-third the length of prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures concealed; interstices separately convex, wider than striai, the 3rd rather distinctly raised at base, all (but more noticeably those nearest to the suture) with minute shining granules. Under surface with dense, regular, partially concealed punctures. Femora minutely dentate. Length 6 J, rostrum 2 J; width 3| ram.

Ilab. — Q.: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum).

Of the two specimens under examination one has the derm of an almost uniform reddish-brown, tlie other is somewhat paler, with the rostrum, antennae and legs still paler. The paler speci- men has the clothing as described, but on the darker one the jnarkings are less distinct.

Sympediosoma obliquifasciatum, n.sp.

Reddish-brown, antennae dull red. Very densely clothed with soft pale fawn-coloured scales, and with a very distinct fascia of paler scales extending from each shoulder to near the suture slightly before the middle. Under surface with pale scales varying from thin to almost perfectly circular, and dense in some places and sparse in others; legs with dense scales the colour of those on prothorax, but with white ones rather thickly distributed. Head and base of rostrum with darker scales than elsewhere, but the former with a feeble median line of paler scales.

Head with concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of pro- thorax, apex as wide as base, sides rather strongly incurved to middle; basal third and basal half rather strongl}' punctate, else- where shining and minutely punctate First joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides rather suddenly narrowed at apical third, posterior angles pro-

422 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII.,

duced; witli dense concealed punctures and scattered shining granules. Elytra scarcely more than twice the length of pro- thorax; striate-punctate, punctures concealed; interstices sepa- rately convex, wider than punctures, with rather numerous small shining granules becoming smaller posteriorly. Under surface with dense, regular, partially concealed punctures. Femora minutely dentate. Length 4, rostrum \\; width 2 mm.

Hab.—Q.: Barron Falls (Mr. A. Koebele).

The granules, especially on the elytra, show up very distinctly despite the density of the clothing.

Genus Imalithus, Pascoe.

Journ. Linn. Soc. 1869, p. 465.

Head rather large, slightly convex, entirely concealed from above. Eyes rather small, ovate, lateral, coarsely faceted. Rost7'utn rather short and wide, almost straight. Antennce rather stout; scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum and much shorter than funicle; club ovate. Prothorax transverse and semicircular. Scutelhnn small. Elytra closely applied to and their outline continuous with that of prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between anterior coxse. Mesosternal receptacle large, sides incurved near base, base truncate, emargina- tion vvidely transverse; cavernous. Metasternuni longer than the following segment; episterna distinct. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment as long as 2nd and 3rd comVjined, intercoxal process rather wide; 3rd and 4th with deep and wide sutures, their combined length equal to that of 2nd and slightly more than that of 5th. Legs short; femora stout and wide, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen, grooved and edentate; tibise compressed; tarsi rather short but thin, 3rd joint not very wide. Oblong-elliptic, greatly depressed, squamose, winged.

A remarkable genus, the true position of which is very doubtful. Mr. Pascoe regarded it as allied to Acalles, but the metasternum is decidedly elongate, its episterna distinct and rather wide, and the body winged. I ma}'' be wrong in placing it with the true

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 423

Cri/2^torhynchides rather than amongst the allies of Chcetectetorns. Its connection with Acalles, however, is certainly very remote.

I.MALiTHUS PATKLLA Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5482.

Black, antennse dull reddish-brown. Densely clothed with stout, muddy-brown scales, paler and smaller on under than on upper surface.

Punctures everywhere concealed, but apparently dense. Rostrum, slightly shorter than prothorax, sides lightly incurved to middle. Frolhorax, depressed in middle, margins strongly raised and semicircular, each distinctly notched in middle. Elytra flattened along middle; 5th interstice largely and suddenly raised and somewhat curved, the raised portion becoming sub- tuberculate posteriorly and terminated at apical fourth, 7th interstice slightly raised and posteriorly with a number of rather large fasciculate tubercles, 9th interstice curved and slightly raised. Length 5|, rostrum \\\ width 3Jmm.

y^a6.— N.S.W.: "Clarence River" (Pascoe); Q.: Wide Bay (Australian and Macleay Museums). _^

An easily recognisable species.

Paratituacia, n.g.

Head rather large, feebly convex, partially concealed. Eyes small, ovate, lateral, ver}^ finely faceted. Rostrum wide but not very short, moderately curved. iSccvpe inserted closer to base than apex of rostrum, distinctly shorter than funicle; two basal joints of the latter moderately long; club elliptic ovate. Pro- ihoraoi briefly subconical, base bisinuate, constriction feeble but continued across summit, ocular lobes very obtuse. Scutellum small. Elytra briefly cordate, base wider than prothorax and each separately rounded. Pectoral canal deep and wide, termi- nated between intermediate coxse. Mesosternal i-eceptacle ft-ebly raised, crescent-shaped, emargination moderately transverse ; cavernous. Metasternum not much shorter than the following segment; episterna distinct. Basal segment of abdomen as long as the two following combined, intercoxal process rather wide

424 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII.,

but rounded, apex incurved; 2nd-4th drawn slightly backwards at sides; 3rd and 4th combined the length of 5th and slightly shorter than 2nd. Legs moderately long; femora sublinear, not grooved, edentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae rather stout and almost straight, tarsi normal. Briefly ovate, convex, squamose, winged.

A distinct genus which might be regarded as allied to Chcttec- tetorus, bub which is placed here on account of most of its characters. From Cryptorhynchus it differs in the \'ery finely faceted eyes, in the legs and basal segments of abdomen; Tituacia^ to which on first sight it is rather close, differs in having coarsely faceted eyes, elytra not much wider at the base than prothorax, metasternum very short and the body apterous.

Paratituacia dorsosignata, n.sp.

Black or blackish-brown, antennae dull red, club darker. Clothed with white scales feebly variegated with ochreous, and with a very large and sharply defined patch of black scales com- mencing at apex of prothorax and terminating beyond middle of elytra. Under surface and legs with pure white scales. Head (except at extreme base) and rostrum with black scales.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides incurved to middle; densely and rather coarsel}^ punctate throughout and with a feeble median ridge on basal half. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rounded, apex less than half the width of base; with dense, round, clearly cut but concealt^d punctures. Elytra not much (but suddenly; wider than prothorax, and about twice as long; with series of moder- ately Inrge but almost entirely concealed punctures; interstices wider than punctures, the 3id and 5th each with two very feeble tubercular elevations. Under surface with dense concealed punctures. Posterior femora not quite extending to middle of apical segment. Length 3|, rostrum 1; width 2; variation in length 3-3J mm.

Hab.—W.A. : Swan River, Chidlow's Well, Geraldton.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 425

Tlie large black patch of the upper surface has an almost triangular outline; on one specimen, however, this triangle, though traceable, consists of slightly variegated and not much darker scales than elsewhere, whilst the scales on its head and rostrum are of a dingy grayish-white. Of the (six) specimens under examinatiou, two were taken with the sweep net, two were beaten from a common Acacia, one was taken from the stomach of a magpie, and the other was received from the Australian Museum without label, but was probably taken by Mr. Masters at King George's Sound.

Genus Nechyrus, Pascoe.

Journ. Linn. Soc. 1871, p. 203.

As this genus is numerously represented in the Malay Archi- pelago and but sparingly in Australia, I have not considered it advisable to give a formal generic diagnosis, which of necessity could be based on but few Australian species. The main features of the genus, however, appear to be the small head, small and finely faceted eyes, long and thin rostrum, short scape, small but distinct scutellum, open mesosternal receptacle, and soldering together of two basal segments of abdomen.

The Australian species may be thus tabulated: —

Femora edentate legitimus, n.sp.

Femora dentate.

Scape aim ost the length of f unicle latipennis, n. sp.

Scape much shorter than f unicle.

Prothorax slightly transverse incomptus, 'P&sc.

I'rothorax slightly wider than long mollipes, n.sp.

Nkchyrus incomptus Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5566.

Depressed, elliptic-ovate. Black, opaque; antennae dull dark red; rostrum shining. Densely clothed with ferruginous-brown scales which are rounded in shape and not closely applied to derm, they are largest on the prothorax, at the apex of which they are paler and bifasciculate; elytral tubercles fasciculate. Under surface with sparser scales than upper; tibiae with stout brownish and sooty setae or elongate scales, claw-joint with a few distinct sets©.

426 UKVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII.,

Head small, round, convex; densely and rather coarsely punc- tate; ocular fovea not traceable. Rostrum long, thin, curved; towards base coarsely punctate and irregularly costate, towards apex with sparse elongate punctures. Antennae moderately stout; scape short, about the length of three basal joints of f unicle, inserted slightly closer to base than apex of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle moderately long, subequal, almost the length of the rest combined; club ovate. Prothorax (by measurement) slightly wider than long, flat except for a few feeble tuberosities in middle, sides rounded, towards apex strongly coarctate, apex less than half the width of base; with moderately large shallow punctures (in fresh specimens almost concealed by clothing). Scutellum small and transverse. Elytra flattened, sides almost vertical; posterior declivity rather abrupt; wider than and scarcely twice the length of prothorax; irregularly seriate-foveate, fovese in places subgeminate, towards the sides becoming regular; each with three series of moderately large but obtuse tubercles; ou the 2nd, 4th and 6th interstices respectively these are so placed that the posterior declivity is crowned with four in a transverse series, and there is a similar series before the summit; the shoulders are tuberculate. Pectoral canal moderately wide and deep, terminated near base of intermediate coxse. Metasternum shorter than basal segment of abdomen, its episterna (which are very narrow) longer. Abdomen with scattered large punctures, basal segment longer than 2nd, intercoxal process rounded and very wide; 2nd seg- ment transversely and largely excavated but not to the sides; three apical segments flat, the apical longer than 3rd and 4th combined. Legs rather long; femora not clavate, posterior just passing elytra; each with a small tooth which is almost concealed by scales. Length 8, rostrum 2J; width 4; variation in length 7-9 mm. ^

Hah. — "Queensland" (Pascoe); N.S.W.: Tweed and Richmond Rivers (Lea).

Appears to be somewhat variable in regard to size and clothing; the elytral fovese, though large, are sometimes indistinct on account of clothing; they are all sometimes perfectly round and regular, but are usually here and there conjoined.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 427

Nechyrus mollipes, n.sp. or \ai-.

Very close to the preceding; differs in having the antennae inserted closer to base of rostium, prothorax slightly longer than wide, apex half the width of base; elytral fovese still more irregular, the tubercles smaller, a series before, at, and b^low summit of posterior declivity; under surface with larger punc- tures and scales; and the posterior femora more acutely and strongly dentate than the others. Length 8^, rostrum 2^; width 3^ mm.

Hab.—N.Q.: Barron Falls (Mr. A. Koebele).

Perhaps but a variety of inconiptus', I have but one specimen to judge from.

Nechyrus latipennis, n.sp.

Black, antennae red. Densely (on under surface sparsely) clothed with fawn-coloured scales, a small but very distinct spot of white scales on each side of elytra (on 3rd interstice) at apical third. Head and basal third of rostrum rather densely clothed. Prothorax with four very distinct fascicles, elj^tra with twelve very distinct (three each on the 3rd and 5th interstices) and some smaller fascicles.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum moderately curved, considerably longer than prothorax; basal half with coarse concealed punctures, apical half feebly shining and with moderately small but dense punctures. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum and almost the length of funicle; 1st joint of the latter slightly longer than the 2!id, the others subglobular, 7th lightly transverse. Prothorax moderately trans- verse, base distinctly bisinuate and once and one-half the width of apex; with dense concealed punctures; feebly tuberculate beneath fascicles and with a feeble clothed median carina. Elytra oblong-cordate, about once and one-half the width and almost thrice the length of prothorax; with series of large partially con- cealed and not very close punctures, becoming smaller on the sides and posteriorly; interstices narrower than punctures and not separately convex, with small tubercles beneath fascicles.

428 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII.,

Under surface with sparse and small punctures except on sides^ wliere, however, they are more or less concealed. Femora acutely and very distinctly dentate. Length 8;^, rostrum 2J; width 4i mm.

Hab. — ^N. S.W.: Clarence River (Macleay Museum).

The two white spots on the elytra, though small, are very distinct; the femoral teeth are of considerable size. The outlines of this and the following species are very different from those of the two preceding.

Nechyrus legitimus, n.sp.

Black, antennae red. Densely clothed (not much sparser on under than on upper surface) with brownish-fawn scales, becoming sooty-brown on head and basal third of rostrum and very dense on legs. Upper surface with distinct but not strongly elevated sooty-brown fascicles, four on prothorax across middle (two very indistinct ones on apex, and about ten on elytra; of these eight are on the 3rd interstices but not confined to them.

Head w^ith dense concealed punctures. Rostrum lightly curved and moderately wide, the length of prothorax; punctures at basal fourth concealed, elsewhere shining and with moderately large but not crowded punctures. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and almost the length of funicle; 1st joint of the latter slightly longer than the 2nd, the two combined slightly more than half its total length, 3rd-5th subglobular, 6th strongly, 7th very strongly transverse. Prothorax feebly transverse, base bisinuate and twice the width of apex; with rather coarse but almost concealed punctures; feebly tuberculate beneath fascicles and with a scarcely traceable median carina. Elytra subcordate; once and one-fourth the w^idth and not much more than twice the length of prothorax, base trisinuate, shoulders rounded; with series of large, round pl^nctures, not very close together and becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices narrower than punctures, and not separately convex, feebly tuberculate beneath fascicles. Under siirface with dense, moderatel}^ large and partially con- cealed punctures. Femora edentate, posterior passing elytra. Length 6|, rostrum IJ; width 3J mm.

[Printed off August 16th, 1907.]

PLS.NS.W. 1907.

JSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA.

P.LS.N.S.W. 1B07

STEREOGRAM OF LAKE GEORGE SHOWING FAULT SCARP AND DRAINAGE MODIFICATIONS.

BY ARTHUR M. LKA. 429

Hnb. — New South Wales (type in Macleay Museum).

The shape is somewhat as in the preceding species, but the clothing is very different (although the fascicles are almost in the same positions), the femora are edentate and the rostrum is much shorter. Although Mr. Pascoe in describing the genus notes the femora as edentate, this is the only species here described in which such is the case.

Genus S Y b u L u s Pascoe.

Journ. Linn. Soc. 1871, p. 202.

The species described below certainly belongs to the genus Sybidus, now first recorded from Australia, but as Mr. Pascoe states that at least six species of the genus occur in the Malay Archipelago, and he describes the femora as being uni- or bi- dentate, I have not thought it advisable to give a generic diagnosis based on but one Australian species. The chief generic features of this species, however, are its large and coarsely faceted eyes, long and thin rostrum, longish subcylindrical club, the sutures of which are oblique, U-shaped and slightly cavernous mesosternal receptacle and distinctly bidentate femora. There appears to be no closely allied genus in Australia; Mr. Pascoe regarded it as being allied to Fezichus, but. its connection with that genus is decidedly remote.

Sybulus Yorkensis, n.sp.

Black, antennae of a rather light red, club darker. Rather densel}^ clothed with scales varying from white to dingy black, but the majority of a rather dark fawn, scales larger and more rounded on prothorax than on elytra. Under surface moderately clothed with whitish scales; legs densely clothed with dingy scales. Head and base of rostrum with feebly variegated scales.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum longer tlian prothorax, rather strongly curved, thin and feebly decreasing in width from base; basal fifth strongly punctate, elsewhere highly polished and impunctate. Scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle

L I B R A R Yj 33

430 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII,

moderately long and subequal in length, 3rd and 4th each slightly longer than wide, 5th-7th globular; club almost the length of five preceding joints. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded, base bisinuate and almost twice the width of apex, which is but feebly produced; with dense, round, partially concealed punctures. Scutellum distinct, in the centre of a depression. Elytra slightly wider than pro- thorax and scarcely twice and one-half wider; with series of rather large and partially concealed punctures; interstices not much wider than punctures, not alternately raised, with small and shining but frequently concealed granules. Uv.der surface with distinct but not very dense punctures. Metasternum slightly shorter than the following segment; its episterna rather wide and each with a single series of punctures. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment almost the length of 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process narrow, 2nd the length of 5th and just perceptibly longer than 3rd or 4th. Leyti not very long; teniora grooved, strongly acutely and equally bidentate, posterior not extending to apical segment; tibise strongly compres ed and falcate; tarsi not very wide, 4th joint thin, claws small. Length 5J, rostrum If; width 2| mm.

Hah — Q. : Cape York (Macleay Museum).

Differs from the description of peccttarins (trom Batchian) in being smaller, the 1st joint of the funicle longer than the 3rd, and the prothorax without four white spots across the middle and one at apex.

Derbvia Lea. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1899, p.543.

I have to thank Messrs. Etheridge and Rainbow for calling my attention to the fact that this name, although not appearing in Scudder, had been previously used* for a genus of fo.ssils. As a substitute therefore for the genus of weevils, I propose the name Derbyidla.

^ Palseontologia Indica, Vol. i., p. 591.

431

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF YITI LEVU, FIJI.

By W. G. Woolnough, D.Sc, F.G.S., Assistant Lecturer in Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney.

Contents.

Page.

Introduction ... .... .. ... ... ... ... 431

Narrative 433

Summary of Eesults of Former Expedition 435

Geological Observations... ... ... ... ... ... 436

Plan of Subdivision 436

i. — Rewa District ... ... ... ... ... ... 436

ii. — Medrausucu Range 440

iii. — Upper Waidina and Waimanu Valleys .. ., 444

iv. — Wainivalau Valley 447

v._Waiqa Valley 450

vi. — Navua-Wainikoroiluva Valley 452

vii. — Wainimala Valley 455

viii. — Wailoa-Nadarivatu District ... ... ... ... 460

ix. — Muanivatu District 463

X. — Navosa Plateau 466

xi. — Nadrau-Rewasau Section 467

Summary 468

Conclusion 472

Introduction.

Id January and February, 1901, at the suggestion of Professor J. W. Judd, F.R.S., and with Professor David's permission, I spent about six weeks in exploring geologically the central por- tion of Viti Levu, the main island of the Fiji Group. The results of that expedition were published in the Proceedings of this Society(Vol. xxviii.l903,pp.457-496, 500-540, Plates xxii.-xxxvi.).

Note.— I have given all names as they are spelt in Fiji because of the difficulty I have had in getting natives to locate places if the spelling is Anglicised i The language is phonetic; the vowels have the French values, double vowels are true diphthongs. Of the consonants b = nib, c = th (as in that), d = nd, g==ng (soft), q = ng-g (hard). The accent in simple words is usually on the penultimate, sometimes on the last syllable.

33

432 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

With the assistance of Professor Judd, a grant of seventy- pounds was obtained from the Royal Society of London in 1903, and a further grant of eighty pounds in 1904. This liberality enabled me to carry out a much longer and better equipped expedition during the early part of 1905, when I was able to spend almost three months in central Viti Levu. My best thanks are also due to the Senate of the University of Sydney for allowing me three months' leave of absence from the date of my appointment to the teaching staflp.

To Professor David I owe more than can ever be expressed for his whole-hearted sympathy and ready advice at every point of the undertaking.

In Fiji the success of the expedition was entirely due to the assistance and advice of Dr. J. B. Corney, Chief Government Medical Officer. He gave us the benefit of his unequalled know- ledge of the people, the country, and the conditions of work; and at great personal inconvenience was always ready with advice and help. No man has travelled so widely in Yiti Levu, and during his journeys he always noted natural objects with true scientific acumen; even where his notes were fragmentary and he had to depend on his memory for facts observed years previously, we never found his observations in error. Enough cannot be said of his assistance to the expedition.

I was fortunate enough in securing the services of Mr. E. J. Ooddard, B.A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Univer- sity of Sydney, as assistant. Throughout all the difficulties and dangers of the trip he proved himself a loyal and courageous companion, and I desire to express to him my thanks.

Through the good offices of Mr. Thomas Steel, F.L.S., the Directors of the Colonial Sugar Refining Company were good enough to give general directions to all their managers in Fiji to help me where possible. This request was most liberally inter- preted, and to all concerned my grateful thanks are hereby rendered.

Other acknowledsrments will be made below.

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 433

Narrative.

Leaving Suva on 6th January, 1905, we proceeded up the Kewa River to Nausori. Mr. R. Gemmel Smith, general manager for Fiji of the Colonial Sugar Refining Company, extended his hospitality and afterwards very kindly allowed the expedition to travel to Bau Levu by the stern-wheel river-boat belonging to the Company. At Bau Levu we were hospitably entertained by Mr. Freeman. On Saturday night a hurricane commenced to blow, and lasted until the middle of Sunday afternoon, but fortu- nately heavy rain did not fall in the Rewa Valley, so that the river did not come down in heavy flood.

Dr. Corney had, through the kindness of Mr. Joske, Commis- sioner for Colo East, etc., been able to arrange for a large canoe to meet us at Bau Levu, so that we were able to start up stream again early on Monday morning. The canoe was not able to carry all our goods, so that we had to arrange for another one to follow us with the excess. We travelled by canoe as far as Naivucini on the Wainimala. While waitinoj for the second canoe, we ascended Nacau, a mountain overlooking the town.

We then travelled southwards to Nabukaluka, on the Waidina River, and made the ascent of Nabukelevu, spending a night on the summit. Returning to Naivucini, we were met by a train of pack bullocks arranged for by Mr, Joske. These, with a party of native porters, carried our goods through a long day's journey to Narokorokoyawa on the Upper Wainamala, at which town we had decided to make our headquarters.

A few days were spent working in the neighbourhood of the town. On 23rd January we set out to cross the high plateau of Navosa. This took us two days of exceptionally hard travelling. The climb on to the plateau is about 2000 feet, and the surface of the plateau is simply a morass. After floundering through this for miles, we were overtaken by a heavy thunderstorm, convert- ing the streams into raging torrents which it was impossible to cross. We were delayed for a considerable time waiting for one of these to subside, and, after crossing it, reached the western

434 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

edge of the plateau, overlooking the valley of the Sigatoka River just as night was falling. After descending about 1500 feet over slipper}^ soapstone, we found the Sigatoka in moderate flood, and were unable for some time to find a means of rounding a pre- cipitous bluff and reaching the town of Namoli. We finally accomplished this by wading through the flood-water, and arrived in the town after seventeen hours' heavy travelling. We travelled down the river to Natuatuacoko and returned to Narokorokoj^awa via Waibasaga, Vunatoto, Naduta and Korolevaleva.

On 30th January I started alone to revisit the Waidina Valley, leaving Mr. Goddard to carry on his biological work at Naroko- rokoyawa. I was forced to return to Suva to obtain boots, but returned to Narokorokoyawa by way of the Wainivalau Valley, crossing a track which has not, I believe, been traversed by another white man.

On February 10th I left Narokorokoyawa for Nadarivatu via Vatuvula, Nubumakita and Nasoqo, and arrived there 15th February. Mr. Goddard and I left again, in company, on 18th, and reached Nadrau on Upper Sigatoka. Thence we proceeded to Vuniwaiwaivula at the junction of the Wailoa and Rewasau Rivers, and went on to Udu at the junction of the W^ailoa and Wainimala Rivers. Here we were delayed for a day by a heavy flood, and were enabled to reach our headquarters next day only through the marvellous resourcefulness of our head man Pita Caginicolo.

We returned to Suva by the same route traversed on the up journey. We were again indebted to Mr. Freeman for hospi- tality, and also for the loan of his boat and crew to take us to Nausori, where we caught the steamer for Suva.

On arriving at the capital we found that there was no news of the " Pilbarra," and it was surmised that she had broken down. I therefore cabled to the Registrar of the University of Sydney requesting an extension of leave for an extra fortnight. This having been granted, I set out with Mr. C. A. Holmes, Mr. Goddard being ill, to attempt the ascent of Korobasabasaga in the hope of gaining considerable information from the bird's-eye

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 435

view obtainable from its summit. As we could not obtain guides, we were forced to give up the attempt. We therefore followed the Waidina River to its source, crossed into the Wainikoroiluva Valley, and followed it and the main Navua River to Navua, thence returning to Suva.

With a longer time at my disposal, a much improved equip- ment, and a fair working knowledge of the language, and with the results of my former expedition as a basis upon which to work, I have been able to add considerably to the work done previously. Even now I can claim only that a general idea of the geological structure of Viti Levu has been obtained; the salient facts are correct, but the details are subject to modification by future observations. It is only natural that my earlier work requires extensive revision. On the whole, the results of my second exploration of Viti Levu have confirmed the main con- clusions formed by me after m}^ first exploration there, but there are several very important alterations which must be made in it. These will be noted in their proper place.

Summary of Results of Previous Expedition.

In my previous paper^' I showed that while the main bulk of the island of Viti Levu is built up of andesitic and basaltic lavas and tuffs, " soapstones," and upraised coral reefs, there are never- theless extensive areas of granitic and slaty rocks. Granitic and slaty rocks being practically confined to continental areas, I sought to show reason why Fiji should be considered as continental in origin.

The continental rocks were met with in the very centre of the island, extending from Wainiveidroon the upper Wainikoroiluva River to near Udu on the upper Wainimala River, a distance of upwards of thirty miles by track. Slaty rocks were met with near Namoli (called in error Nalaba) on the Sigatoka River, and examination of the river gravels of the island indicated a wide range of distribution for similar rocks.

* These Proceedings, 1903, Vol. xxviii. pp.457-496, 500-540, Plates xxii.- xxxvi.

436 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

Fossiliferous limestones of Middle Tertiary Age were met with at Walu Bay, Suva, and at Tawaleka, Sigatoka River. An immense mass of dense white limestone occurs at Naqalimare, on the Sigatoka, but has yielded no fossils.

The volcanic rocks were divided into a southern andesitic series and a northern basaltic series, each associated with tuffs and agglomerates, and giving rise to extremely rugged mountainous country.

The "soapstone" is an almost ubiquitous rock. As its name implies, it is a fine-grained, unctuous roek. It is stratified, the bedding generally being nearly or quite horizontal. I believe it to be a redistributed volcanic tuff deposited under marine con- ditions. At Nasoqo it has yielded marine fossils and waterworn boulders of granite, and at Nadrau marine fossils. The former place stands at an altitude of over 800 feet above sea-level, and the latter place at over 1200 feet, so that we have evidence of elevation of the land to the extent of at least 1200 feet during Cainozoic time.

I failed to find any conclusive evidence of folding or faulting connected with the movements which, I assumed, had isolated Fiji from the continental areas to the west, but thought that there was possible evidence of a fault at Nadarivatu.

Geological Observations. — Plan of subdivision.

For convenience I shall divide the area examined into several geographical districts, and describe these in order. These districts are indicated by numerals on the sketch plan (fig.l).

It must be understood that this division is one of convenience only and has nothing whatever to do with the official partition of the island into provinces and districts.

i. — Rewa District (includi7ig the Lovjer Waini^nala, Waidina, and Waimanu Rivers). The Rewa Delta and the lower Wainimala were described to some extent in my former paper. At the upper end of the steamer channel through the mangrove belt of the delta, Avhere the channel joins the main river, it was noticed that a bar of reef limestone was being blown up to deepen the channel. I

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 437

could not obtain specimens, but judging from appearances it consists of the ordinary reef material ; it was situated at a depth of about three feet below low-water mark. This point is about three miles from the present edge of the mud flat and dve miles

Fig.l. — Index Map of Viti Le%-u showing the relative positions, but not the absolute boundaries of the districts discussed in this paper. i.The Rewa Area, ii.The Medrausucu Eange, iii. Upper Waidina and Waimanu Valleys, iv.Wainivalau Valley, v.Waiqa Valley, vi.Navua-Wainikoroiluva Valley, vii.Wainimala Valley, viii. Wailoa-Xadarivatu District, ix.Muanivatu District, ix.Navosa Plateau.

from the existing reef of Xukulau Passage. Its presence proves that there has been a considerable seaward advance of the river sediments, and that, for a long time, present conditions of level have not been altered to any great extent, a fact borne out by an examination of river history in the upper portions of the valley. The high level soapstone near Xaduruloulou noted before* proves to be of great interest and importance. There is evidence that there formerly extended over the whole of the area now occupied by the upper portion of the delta a continuous sheet of estuarine deposits wiih lignitic bands. These are now represented by isolated hills about Nausori, and more continuous areas higher up in the neighbourhood of Xaduruloulou. They rise to a height of about 100 feet above the surface of the present river flat-s, indicating an elevation of this portion of the island since the beds were deposited. Passing northwards and westwards

* Loc. cit. p. 464.

438 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

the level of these soapstone hills gradually rises until an elevation of from 300 to 500 feet is attained. Everywhere that I have examined sections of this formation in the district under con- sideration, I have found the beds to lie almost level, except towards the- western boundary, where, close to the mountains, steeper dips have been observed. In a small creek (Nadirubasaga) between the Nadakuni and Wainiwaqa a dip of 15° to the east was obtained. Above Serea on the Wainimala the dip is E.N.E. at 8°-

It is quite possible that, in the case of these inclined beds, we are dealing with tuffs derived from the volcanic mountains which lie immediately to the west, and not with true " soapstones." Near Qelidranitaki (south of Serea") this conclusion is rendered probable by the fact that the dipping beds contain fragments of older and finer soapstone up to 4 inches in diameter.

Viewed from high points in the Medrausucu Range the area occupied by the level-bedded soapstones appears almost perfectly level, and seems to extend in an unbroken plain right away to the east coast of the island. There are, I believe, a number of deep, narrow river valleys east of the Rewa; their positions are, however, uncharted.

The area is a plain of marine accumulation uplifted with very little disturbance of the bedding. The fact that the track going south from Serea rises by a series of gentle slopes and falls by a series of steep scarps, suggests a gentle northerly dip, but lack of rock exposures and dense tropical jungle prevent direct observation.

A few isolated points rise above the general level of the plain. It is possible that these may represent the residuals of an older level at an elevation between 700 and 1,000 feet, but data are wanting.

With the elevation of the soapstone plain the rivers entered upon a canon cycle. The rocks, consisting as they do of alternate relatively hard and soft beds of soapstone, produce a structure favourable to rapid recession of the streams. Even so, the fact that the first trace of a rapid in the Wainibuka is at least 30

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 439

miles from the top of the delta, and over 40 from the sea, proves that the elevation is not an extremely recent one. The evidence of the reef at the river mouth has already been commented on.

From Viria onwards the river valley becomes practically a gorge. No very extensive patches of alluvial are met with, and the soapstone cliifs rise to heights of 200 to 300 feet almost from the water's edge. The smaller tributary valleys do not enter the river " at grade " but yield cascades falling into the main stream. Even moderately large creeks are interrupted by picturesque waterfalls at no great distance above their junctions with the river. The larger tributaries are at grade. The small valleys have thus the character of hanging valleys, and indicate the youthfulness of the stream,

I followed the Wainibuka a little above the junction of the Wainimala in order to examine the nature of the gravels brought down by the former stream, but found that there were none. The natives informed me that this river is singularly destitute of gravel for a very considerable distance. This shows that the whole of the country drained by it is a continuation of the soap- stone plain, uninterrupted b}'- areas of volcanic or plutonic rock.

In the Wainimala, up to the town of Serea, level-bedded soap- stones similar to those described above, form the banks, but, unlike the Wainibuka, there are extensive and varied gravels consisting of rock types met with in sifAi further to the west.

Above Serea strongly marked dips are encountered in the soapstones {vide p. 438).

I searched carefully for fossils in all the soapstones, but found very few traces of macroscopic organisms. The lignified plant stems of Naduruloulou were referred to in my last paper. In addition to these, ill-defined plant fossils were found just above the first rapid of the Wainibuka.

In general character and in elevation these soapstones are comparable with those in Suva. If the rocks here are con- temporaneous with those of Walu Bay near Suva, then we may form some idea of their age. In the latter case they are not newer than Pliocene, and may be Miocene. For topographic

440 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

reasons I am not inclined to believe the Rewa soapstones older than Pleistocene, though it is possible they may be as old as Pliocene. In the absence of further data the correlation of the Rewa soapstones with those of Walu Bay cannot be considered proved.

Nowhere in this area have basal beds of the soapstone series been observed, so that, in the absence of fossils, their strati- graphical relationships are obscure. In the deep creeks just east of the Medrausucu Range, the lowest rocks encountered are jointed andesites, but these are in all probability intrusive into the soapstones.

Summary of Section i. — The greater part of the area is covered by level-bedded " soapstone " containing traces of plant fossils and representing redistributed tuffs. These form an extensive plain, with an average elevation of some 300 feet. In the surface of this plain the rivers occupy canon-like valleys. At the head of the Rewa Delta the high-level plain is broken into mesas with an altitude of about 100 feet. The delta is very extensive, and this, together with the occurrence of reef-limestone well within the mangrove belt, proves that there has been no notable change in sea-level for a considerable time. No solid rocks of any kind occur in situ anywhere in the region except just at the base of the Medrausucu Range.

ii. — Medrausucu Range.

I have taken the liberty of referring to this remarkable range of mountains by an abbreviation for the name of its two most prominent peaks, Medrau sucu basaga. The range is a most striking feature from all points of view. Its eastern face, as seen from the Rewa Plateau, is almost precipitous throughout its entire extent. It is strikingly linear in character, extending for many miles in a N.N.W.-S.S.E. direction. It stretches from the south coast a little west of Suva, to Nacau, a mountain just north of Naivucini, a town at the junction of the Wainimala and Wailase Rivers. At its southern end it is not sharply defined from a number of other mountain ridges,

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 441

which cross it more or less at right angles; but throughout the rest of its extent it presents a V^old scarp to the east. On my former expedition I did not obtain a good view of this range, and my information led me to believe that the country lying to the west consisted of a high plateau; but, as shown below, this idea is incorrect. Running, as it does, almost meri- dionally, it cuts directly across the courses of a number of important east and west branches of tlie Rewa River, chief among which are the Waimanu, Waidina, and Wainivalau, in order from south to north. These emerge from the range through a magnificent series of water-gaps, which are well seen on a clear day from the high-level soapstone hills about Nausori. The chief peaks in the range are Namaku and Wainiwaqa, respectively south and north of the Waidina, Medrau sucu basaga (the Fijian equivalent for "The Paps," by which name this pair of hills is known to the British residents), Kororaqiqi,"^ Ucikavukavu"!" and Namolaca, respectively south and north of the Wainivalau, Nariko and Nacau south and north of the Wailase. Nabukelevu, the "Great Yam Mound, "(spelt Buki Leva before) forms a narrow spur extending for two or three miles to the east of the main range.

The true structure of the range, suggested by these water-gaps, is not seen to advantage until viewed from the summit of one of the mountains twelve or fifteen miles to the west. From a point such as Uvuuvunidavui, the range is seen to be simpl}^ a wall of rock some 2000 feet in height, and not more than three or four miles in thickness at the base. Lying to the west of its central and northern sections is an extensive plain which will be described in detail later. On close examination the range is found to be built almost entirely of verj^ coarse andesitic agglomerate. The boulders in it are generally of hypersthene andesite, with a base varying from glassy to pilotaxitic; Sometimes hypersthene

* Spelt Kororagigi in my former paper.

t Spelt Kavukavu in my former paper.

I Former paper, loc. cit. pp. 520-525.

442 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

fails, and pseudomorphs of magnetite and augite after hornblende appear. Massive products of eruption are quite subordinate to f ragmen tal ones, but numerous dykes and sheets or sills occur. One of the former, Devo,* has given rise to an imposing piece of scenery. In all instances these rocks are perfectly fresh, and have not suffered at all from orogenic processes.

The contrast in form and structure between this range and the Rewa Plateau, immediately to the eastward, is very striking. Soft soapstones run right up to the base of the range, but, at a very short distance within the gorge of the Wainivalau, the agglomerates rest upon granites and jointed rocks. The actual junction-line is obscured. The importance of this structure is discussed later (p. 448).

The forms of the peaks of the range are wevy suggestive of a line of volcanic necks'partially denuded.f Nacau, at the northern end of the range, has very strikingly the appearance of a crater rising 1230 feet from the level of the plain to the eastward. Its shape is crateriform, the highest point of the rim lying to the west. The northern portion of the rim, for about a quarter of its circumference, is broken down; and the central portion is occupied by a deep crateral hollow. The southern face exhibits a steep cliff formed by a subsidence of the outer crater-slopes on that side. The northern end of Nariko, facing it across the valley of the Wailase, exhibits a similar cliff; and the ridge joining the two and rising to a level of about 600 feet above the plain probably represents a sunken block.

The cliffs and eastern side of the ridge consist of andesite agglomerate, but the western side of the ridge is of diorite porphyry. The latter rock extends for some distance westward along the valley of the Waiqa River. It will be discussed in the description of that area.

■" Former paper, p. 467, plate xxiii., fig. 4. t The high range of hills in the background in the view of Nabukelevu (former paper, plate xxiv., fig. 5) has no existence either in fact or upon my negative; it is a creation of the process engraver. The hills behind Nabu- kelevu were hidden in mist when the photograph was taken.

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 443

The water-gaps mentioned above are not the only ones developed in the range. Between Ucikavukavu and Nariko there is another well marked one. It is not, however, occupied by a considerable stream. Close to Serea there enters the Wainimala Valley, a very considerable tributary valley whose bed is occupied b}'' a long lagoon known as the Waieliu or " Former River." This heads towards the gap above-mentioned, and I have no doubt that we are dealing here with an instance of river-capture occurring within historic time. The '• pirate " was certainly one of the headwater streams of the Wainivalau, possibly the Waisomo. That this is the case is rendered likely by the large volume of the Wainivalau in proportion to the size of its gorge, as compared with other rivers.

In addition to the main rivers crossing the line of this range, there are numerous smaller streams rising in it which have cut more or less deep notches, such as the Waibowa, rising just to the south of Nabukelevu, Waicevu north of the Wainivalau, Wainimase south of Serea, and several other still smaller creeks.

In the bed of the Waibowa pebbles of granite occur, but in the other minor streams crossed no such granitic material was observed. Pebbles of jointed and saussuritized trachyte, exactly similar to that described later, occur, thus showing that fairly ancient rocks occur within the reach of the east-flowing creeks.

The very great geological importance of this range of mountains will appear later.

Summary of Section i i. — The Medrausucu Range is a remarkable, linear, wall-like range of volcanic mountains stretch- ing N.N.W.-S.S.E. a little to the west of the meridian of Suva. It is crossed by numerous large rivers which have cut great water-gaps in it, and are certainly antecedent streams. There is at least one important " air-gap," and it is highly probable that the river-capture originating this feature took place within historic time. The smaller streams are busily engaged notching the divide. All the topography suggests extreme youth. All the larger, and some of tlie smaller, streams have reached the

444 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

foundation of ancient rocks, in part plutonic, lying below the volcanic material which builds the bulk of the range.

iii. — Upper Waidina and Waimanu Rivers.

A journey up the Waidina Valley has already been described,* and very little need be added here. The Great Dyke of Devo (Plate xxiii., fig. 4 of my former paper) bears nearly north and south,! and therefore about parallel to the general trend of the Medrausucu Range, on whose western flanks it occurs. It has a distinct underlie to the west.

The general direction of the Waidina Valley is about E.N.E. and W.S.W., that is at right angles to the line of weakness suggested by the trend of the Medrausucu Range. The valley is bounded on the south by a range of hills which have the appearance of a line of denuded volcanoes. It is a very common feature in orogenic processes that lines of weakness develop in the form of a nearly rectangular network; the case under discus- sion seems to conform to this general law. Another line of hills, in approximate parallelism with the river-valley, occurs on its northern side, in its upper course.

I stated in my former description of the Waidina Valley that the hot spring at Naseuvou rises through solid quartz diorite.| This statement has to be corrected. The rock is really jointed andesite, the mistake having been caused by a transposition of specimens.

A small tributary, the Waimanu, enters the main stream on its left bank, just above the town of Nasirotu, and brings down abundant large boulders of quartz diorite, which rock must, therefore, occur in situ at no great distance to the north.

I ascertained that the Wainavadu, in which abundant and very large boulders of quartz diorite occur, rises beyond the north-

* Former paper, p. 465. t Compass bearings in the volcanic parts of the island are often quite unreliable on account of the extraordinary local deviations. X Former paper, p,468.

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 445

eastern end of Korobasabasaga at a place called Mataicicia. It thus drains part of the area to the south-west of the Wainivalau Valley, and proves a southward and westward extension of the crystalline rocks met with in situ in the latter stream. Judging from the size and abrasion of the boulders, I judge that the granitic rocks occur in situ some ten or fifteen miles (by river) north of Delai Lasakau on the Waidina.

There is little to add with regard to the upper portion of the Waidina Valley with the exception of some rather striking topo- graphic details. There is a decided suggestion in places of block-mountain formation; the crests of the blocks have a uniform gentle slope of about 10° in a southerly direction. Fairly con- siderable streams continue to within a mile or thereabouts of the water-parting between the Waidina and Wainikoroiluva.* They then bend north and south, and so flow paiallel to the divide. The latter is itself parallel to the line of weakness manifested in the Medrausucu Range, and, like it, is a linear range of andesitic agglomerates. The most striking feature is, however, the nature of the pass. This has a level floor, about two miles wide, bounded north and south by the towering clifl-faces of Nairibiribi and Natabuwaitui. These answer in every respect to the cliffs bounding the gorges in the Medrausucu Range, through which issue the main streams flowing eastward. The resemblance is so striking that there can be little doubt, I think, that these cliffs mark a comparatively recent water-gap, and indicate a very profound disturbance of the drainage-systems of this part of the island in late geological time.

An examination of the map (Plate xii.) will show that the trend of the Main Navua Valley is markedly collinear with that of the Waidina River. Not only is it collinear, but it is very nearly concurrent. The only break in continuity is at the gap described above, and the water-parting here is not more than about two or three miles wide. The last of the Waidina water crossed on the track is 180 feet below the summit of the pass,

* Called in error the Navua River in my former paper.

446 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

while the bed of the Wainikoroiluva is 270 feet below the same point.

I have very little doubt that, originally, the Waidina and the Navua formed one stream. This may have risen somewhere near the present town of Waivaka, and flowed W.S.W. to the sea; or it may have risen near the source of the present Navua, and flowed E.N.E. to join the ancestor of the Rewa. Of the alterna- tives, the latter is the more probable. The disturbance in stream-arrangement was almost certainly due to heavy faulting along the line of the Medrausucu Range, and along the course of the Wainikoroiluva and lower Navua, leaving the intervening area as a "horst."

No detailed examination was made of the Waimanu Valley. The river has a remarkably uniform general direction a little north of east, parallel to the Navua- Waidina line just referred to and at right angles to the fault-lines which determine the " horst." Like the Wainivalau and Waidina, it has the character of an antecedent stream, crossing the Medrausucu Range (here rather indetinitej by means of a picturesque water- gap. This gap is a very conspicuous feature when viewed from Uvuuvunidavui. I crossed the stream at a point between Vesari and Nabukaluka, and there noted the important fact that granites form a large part of the gravels. From the small size and complete rounding of the pebbles, we see that the outcrops of granite in situ must, probably, be near the head of the stream. This brings the granite area considerably further south than it has ever been observed before. I was informed by natives that it is possible to canoe upstream for some distance from its confluence with the Rewa, but then its coarse becomes broken up by impassable rapids. These continue for some distance above the point where I crossed it, but then the valley widens out again and the river becomes navigable. This agrees with all the other topographic evidences which point to a very recent origin of the Medrausucu Range.

Summary of Section iii. — The Waidina and Wai- manu Valleys are about parallel to one another, and at right angles

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 447

to the Medrausucu Range. This suggests that they occupy lines of weakness (possibly faults) at right angles to the dominant topographic line of weakness expressed by the said range. There is strong evidence for considering both streams as antecedent to the range, and for supposing that the Navua River was formerly continuous with the Waidina. The breaking of connection took place through a heavy fault along the line at present occupied by part of the Wainikoroiluva, leaving a " horst" between that stream and the Medrausucu Range. Most of the evidence for these movements is topographic in character, but is none the less extremely suggestive. The changes must have been very recent. Granite areas are proved to exist as a basement under the Korobasabasaga, and further south at the head waters of the Waimanu.

iv. — Wainivalaii Valley.

I made a journey from Nabukaluka on the Waidina to Narokorokoyawa, our headquarters, along the valley of the Wainivalau. A prospector, Mr. Harding, traversed part of this region, but I was informed that no white man has previously been right across it. Owing to the dangerous nature of the numerous river-crossings (fords they cannot be called) I was compelled to pack up my field book and instruments, and allow a native to carry them. My notes on this portion of the island were there- fore written up from memory three days after traversing it.

From the gorge to Nadakuni, the stream hugs the eastern base of the Medrausucu Range; thence it turns eastwards and enters the Waidina just below Nabukaluka. Its bed is not so wide as that of the Waidina, but I believe its volume is nearly as great, a fact already commented on in connection with its probable piracy of the head waters of the Waieliu. It enters the main stream with a very swift current, and at quite a noticeable grade; and as is usual under such circumstances, the bed of the Waidina for some -miles above and below the junction, is very much choked with coarse alluvial deposits. About a mile above Nabukaluka, convex curves of the two streams approach within an eighth of a mile of one another. As the divide is of 34

448 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

soft soapstone, a junction at this point is, geologically speaking, imminent.

The gorge by which the Wainivalau issues from the mountains is very remarkable, the cliffs rising perpendicularly on both sides almost from the water's edge, for hundreds of feet. Nowhere east of the Medrausucu Range have I found granite or slaty rock in situ, but immediately the gorge is entered highly jointed rocks are encountered, and just to the west of the range granite occurs, ill situ, at a level higher than that of the 'plateau immediately to the eastivardj and much higher than the beds of the streams which have dissected that plateau. From this point westwards, the surface of the granitic and slaty rocks is more or less uniform right away to the valley of the Sigatoka. I hold that the existence of a heavy fault along the line of the Medrausucu Range is thus rendered extremely probable, if not absolutely proved; and that the volcanic products of the range have been extruded along this fault-plane. We thus add geological evidence to the topographical evidence for an important fault here.

West of the range is an extensive and well-watered plain, of whose existence few people seem to be aware. For long distances the country is practically level, and no outcrops of rock are met with. Account being taken of the fact that the Wainivalau has had to cut a gorge through the Medrausucu Range, I think it very probable that part, at all events, of this plain has been the site of a lake. No definite evidence can, however, be brought forward. Observation and native information show that, even now, the area is subject to frequent inundation, so that it temporarily takes on a lacustrine habit.

At its western edge this plain rises towards the water- parting between the Wainivalau and Wainimala Rivers, and we pass off soft soil on to solid, much-jointed granite. The stream has entrenched itself deeply in the surface of this rock. The granite is overlain by the lavas and agglomerates of the Uvuuvu- nidavui Range, which is andesitic in character. The plain is bounded on the south by a ridge of no great elevation,' separating it from the Waidina Valley. The granites must have a very

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGil. 449

considerable south-easterly extension as the Wainivobo brings down abundant large granite boulders, and, as already stated, the Waibowa, on the eastern side of tlie range, has granitic gravels.

The range which bounds it to the north, and of which the Korobalavu is the chief point, is considerably higher than that to the south. The gravels of the Waisomo prove that the granites extend in this direction too.

Rising from the south-western corner of the plain is the awe- inspiring mass of Korobasabasaga, with its five towering summits (Plate xiii., fig.l ). A more magnificent piece of scenery is beyond the limits of imagination. It rises abruptly, and in places, sheer to a height of nearly 4,000 feet above sea-level, and therefore a good deal over 3,000 feet alx)ve the plain. In places there are precipices of quite 3,000 feet. The mass is cleft through its middle, apparently from crest to base, by a stupendous fissure, whose origin I do not at present know. The mountain or rather range has a general 8. W. and N.E. extension, and is composed, for the most part, of very massive agglomerates of a very handsome hornblende andesite described in my foraier paper (p. 529). An exactly similar rock is exposed in the left bank of the Waini- koroiluva below Laselase. If the scarp forming this bank is, as suggested, a fault-scarp, the hornblende andesite must be older than the faulting, and therefore probably older than the hyper- sthene andesites of the Medrausucu Range. This is rather important, as the evidence with regard to sequence of eruptions is so meagre.

In the foregoing sections I have suggested that the plain to the west of the Medrausucu Range represents a " horst " of granitic rock, bounded east and west by two great faults trending S.S.E. and W.N.W. The existence of these faults is, I think, fairly proven by geological and topographical evidence alike, and their very recent date is quite probable. It is also suggested that the ranges of hills bounding the Waidina and Waimanu valleys may be directly due to faulting; on this latter point, however, I do not wish to lay any stress. It is quite likely that

450 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

the ridges, as such, are the normal result of atmospheric weathering. Whether this is so or not I believe the very markedly regular trend of the Navua, Waidina and Waimanu, together with that of the Waiqa and Wainimala, to be described later, points to a very marked direction of weakness along a W.S.W.-E.N.E. line.

It is also conceivable that the topography of the Wainivalau basin may be explained in a different manner. The stream might have worked in a general S.S.E. direction across an elevated plateau. Striking the resistant rocks which now constitute the Medrausucu Range, its vertical corrasion might have been checked there, and have proceeded so slowly that its higher waters working constantly over their available area, kept it in the condition of a slowly sinking peneplain, the rate of sinking keeping pace with the corrasion of the range. It would thus have the character of a superimposed river.

Such an explanation fails, however, to explain the essential geological features, and it is impossible to understand why the stronger Waidina, perhaps fortified by the Upper Navua, should not have excavated an even more extensive plain.

The evidence then is strongly in favour of heavy faulting, with building up of a very recent volcanic range at the fault-plane.

Summary of Section i v. — Hydrographic evidence points to the Wainivalau having ver}^ recentlj^ been enlarged at the expense of some of its neighbours. Geological evidence points conclusively to the existence of a heavy fault under the Medrausucu Range, whose existence has been suggested before (p,446) for topographical reasons. Possible evidence is adduced to show that the hornblende andesites of Korobasabasaga are older than the hypersthene andesites of Nabukelevu. A possible alternative to faulting, as an explanation of the topographical features of this part of the island, is discussed and rejected.

V. — Waiqa Valley.

Separated from the Rewa Plateau by the northern part of the Medrausucu Range, and from the Wainivalau Valley by the

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 451

Korobalavu Range, is a very interesting district drained chiefly by the Waiqa, a fairly important tributary entering the Waini- mala north of Nacau. Crossing the saddle from Naivucini on the road leading west to Botenaulu and Narokorokoyawa, the track rises over the tuffs, agglomerates, and lavas of Nacau until an elevation of about 675 feet above the Waiuimala is reached, and then drops to the valley of the AVaiqa. At the summit of the pass there occur great angular boulders of a very remarkable diorite porphyry. In section it is found that this rock is some- what quartzose and ver}' rich in hypersthene, so that it shows relationship to the more acid members of the charnockite group. The western slope is over decomposed rocks of a similar character in situ. The remarkable nature of the rock was not recognised in the field, and its relationships to its neighbours are therefore obscure and must be left for a future expedition to determine. The level of the Waiqa River is 575 feet below the crest of the ridge. The stream occupies a fairly broad open valle}', the most open of any stream of its size which I have sesen in the island.

Granite puts in its appearance at a point between Tavua and Nuku; as above explained, the dividing line between this and the charnockite-like rock is not determinate. Some distance west of Tavua the granite is strongly gneissic in character, and associated with this we have a narrow belt of very schistose I'ock whose relationships are concealed bj'^ lack of outcrops.

For some distance west of Nuku the track crosses alluvials, but about two miles west of the town decomposed granite in situ is met with. This rises in high hills which form the eastern boundary of the Upper Wainimala Valley. At the crest of the ridge which separates the Waiqa Valley from that of the Waitabu, the road-level is about 1480 feet above the sea; at the highest point of the range it is at least 200 feet higher than this. In the valley of the Waitabu undecoraposed granite is met with in situ, but some distance to the west the rock is apparently slaty; exposures are, however, very poor.

It will be seen that the main direction of the Waiqa is about W. and E., this course being imposed upon it by ranges of

452 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

volcanic material running in that direction. The hills to the south were not visited; those to the north are more basaltic in character than the ranges to the east.

Summary of Section v, — The Waiqa Valley runs east and west for about twelve miles. Considering the size of the stream, it is a very broad and open valley. The rocks exposed are mostly crystalline (granites and schists), but towards the eastern end a remarkable hypersthene rock, with characters linking it to the more acid charnockites, occurs.

vi. — Naviia- Wainikoroiluva Valley.

The Navua System is analogous to the Rewa System in that both main rivers keep close to the eastern side of their basins, and draw their waters from wide stretches of country to the west. In both cases there are no important affluents coming in from the east, while very large tributaries enter the right hand bank. This statement is true only if we regard the Wainikoroiluva as the main branch of the Navua System, as I believe it is struc- turally, though it is certainly inferior in volume to the Navua. On no map of Fiji which I had seen, prior to my recent visit, was the largest stream of the system shown correctly. The informa- tion with regard to this portion of the country was supplied by Mr. C. A. Holmes, L.S., Government Surveyor, with the kind permission of His Excellency, Sir Everard im Thurn, and is detailed and accurate.

The structure of the Navua System resembles that of the Rewa in another important particular; the streams in their lower courses are intrenched in a dissected plateau, occupying narrow canons about 300 feet in depth. The general surface of the plateau is strikingly level, more so than that of the Rewa; from high points in the Namosi district it appears as an almost unbroken plain stretching for miles to the westward. The heights which rise above the general level, such as Koqi, Tuvutau, Nabekalevu, etc., are very strongly suggestive of residuals of at least one older peneplain. The eastern limit of the plateau is sharply defined by the western scarp of the range of mountains,

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 453

of which Nalumu and Nabui are two''' of tho most prominent peaks.

Reasons have already been advanced for supposing this scarp to have originated in late geological time through faulting. Additional evidence of the same fact is not wanting. Almost as soon as the hill country is entered, in the journey up the Wainikoroiluva, that is, below Naqarawai, ancient-looking tuffs are encountered, and a few miles further on quartz diorites in situ. The " soapstones " to the west of the range are exactly similar to those of the Rewa Plateau, and, like them, are on the whole horizontally bedded. Close to the range the dips depart from the horizontal. Below Laselase the rocks (andesites) in the bed of the Wainikoroiluva are strongly jointed, indicating powerful earth-movement, and the axis of these joints is S.S.E.- N.N.W.

The upper portion of the Wainikoroiluva is the only part which I have examined in detail, and this has already been described.! Further examination, on my second expedition, confirms my first impressions as to the comparatively great antiquity of the jointed rocks below Naqarawai. It appears quite certain that there is strong nonconformity between these rocks and the level-bedded soapstones which overlie them. Unfortunately no new section was discovered which throws any important light on the all important question of the relation between the jointed rocks and the quartz diorite immediately to the north.

A considerable extension of the granitic and slaty rocks to the westward is proved by the discovery of well-worn pebbles of such rocks in the Wainimokuta, a large stream entering the Waini-

* The Admiralty chart shows only one very high peak here, and my endeavours to fit in the results of my own magnetic bearings lead me to suspect that Nalumu and Nabui are possibly the names of opposite slopes of the same mountain. The Fijians are very poor geographers, with very little conception of direction and distance, and get hopelessly "bushed" when taken out of their own districts.

t Former paper, p.47'2.

454 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

koroiluva just above its junction with the Navua. The main Navua was in flood, so that I could not examine its gravels.

The lower portion of the gorge of the Navua differs essentially from that of the Rewa in being a perfect canon, with perpen- dicular walls rising straight out of the water. The reason why it has failed to perform any lateral corrasion, as the Rewa has done, is that the materials it has had to excavate have been much harder. The rocks of the Navua Valley are enormously massive andesitic flows, with some interbedded tuffs, while those of the Rewa are soft soapstones. Until it leaves the tableland and begins to open out at the head of the delta, there are practically no enlargements of its valley; while the Rewa and its tributaries are bordered by rich river-flats and flood-|>lains which sometimes show two, perhaps three, distinct terraces.

One very striking feature of the caiion of the jSTavua is the existence of numerous "hanging valleys" in its walls. Even the large tributaries, such as the Wainikoroiluva, enter the main stream by a series of rapids, that is, not absolutely at grade; while the minor affluents often leap from the apparently unbroken bank of verdure of the canon walls at heights of a couple of hundred feet above the river, making the gorge one of the finest pieces of scenery it has ever been my good fortune to see.

These hanging valleys are, of course, due to the youthfulness of stream-development. Neither trunk nor tributary has yet reached base-level, and the differential erosion of the powerful stream has sunk its bed below the level of its weaker tributaries. Mr. Holmes informs me that similar structures, on an even grander scale, are to be seen higher up the Navua.

Summary of Section vi.-— Additional evidence is adduced in favour of faulting having taken place along the valleys of the Navua and Wainikoroiluva. A comparison is drawn between the structures of the Rewa and Navua Systems. Especially it is pointed out that both systems have linear eastern boundaries, and draw their waters from extensive basins to the west. This strongly suggests block-faulting. Additional granitic areas are shown to exist west of those formerly observed. The

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 455

differences in character of the lower Navua and Rewa valle}^^ is explained as due to the difference in hardness of the rocks to he excavated. The incongruity of grade of the Navua and its tributaries, giving rise to hanging valleys, is described.

vii. — Wainim ala Valley.

The upper Wainimala Valley is one of the most interesting and geologically important districts of the island. Up to its junction with the Waisomo* above Vatuvula, and probably for some distance beyond this, it belongs structurally to the Rewa Plateau. Above its junction with the Wailoa to its head, it shows quite a different structure; its banks in this part afford some of the most valuable sections observed at all.

I chose ISTarokorokoyawa as my headquarters because it lay in the centre of an area of granitic rocks observed by me on my first expedition. I spent a considerable time in trying to determine the relationships of the rock-masses in this region, with very limited success. The jungles here are verj^ dense, and the country very mountainous; exposures are very few away from the rivers, and the problem cannot be considered finally settled.

The plutonic rocks are of two quite distinct types. The first, represented by the Narokorokoyawa granite,! is a coarse-grained biotite granite, without hornblende, and showing extensive cataclastic structures. The other is represented by the Nadrano- kula quartz-diorite.l It is finer in grain than the granite, has hornblende predominant over biotite, and has suffered less than the granite from shattering, possibly because of its lower quartz content.

Associated with, and separating these plutonic rocks, is a band of slaty rock. II In my former paper I described a type of this

* This is not the Waisomo referred to under Sections i. and iv., but a larger stream flowing into the Wainimala from the north. There are at least three Waisomos in the Rewa System, the third coming from Navunitorilau, and entering the Wainimala at Nasava.

t Former paper, p. 501. X Former paper, p.506.

II Former paper, p. 514.

I

456 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

series, obtained just north of Nasava, as a fine quartzite. It and its associates, extending from Nasava to Narokorokoyawa, are very strongly cleaved, and are, to all appearance macroscopically, slates. My suspicions were aroused on finding that some of the rocks contained porphyritic felspar, and I made an extensive collection in this locality. Microscopic examination of a large number of sections* show that, while many of the rocks vary between actinolitic quartzite and actinolite schist, others are apparently trachytic in structure and composition. Most of these trachytic rocks are strongly silicified and saussuritized, and nearly all show traces of strain. I have etched and stained all the more likely looking ones, but have been unable to detect any nepheline.

It is probable that these rocks represent, not highly altered sediments, as I formerly thought, but highly metamorphosed trachytic lavas and possibly tuffs. While this is so, the possi- bility of some sediments being present is not excluded.

This discovery very seriously weakens my previous con- clusions as to the great age of the slaty rocks, since it shows that the entire absence of fossils is not due to high antiquity and extensive metamorphism. Nevertheless I claim that all the evidences point to a considerable age for these rocks. They are unconformably overlain b}^ andesitic lavas and tuffs, which liave none of the signs of chemical and mechanical alteration so con- spicuous in them. They are associated with granitic rocks of coarse grain, and have strain-structures analogous to those found in the granites. The extreme complexity of their jointing proves that they have been subjected to several distinct earth- movements in different directions.

Mawson's discover}^ of jointed Miocene tuffsf in the New Hebrides at least suggests the possibility of a similar age for these rocks. The analogy must not, however, be strained too far; he found no trace of granites, while, in Fiji, these cover enormous areas.

* To be described in a subsequent paper, t These Proceedings, 1905, Vol.xxx. p.446.

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 457

Another band of slaty rock is met with between Botenauhi (called Moira before)"^ and VVaibasaga (called Togicedra before),* and extending some distance northwards. These are even more schistose in appearance than the rocks of the Nasava series; some of them appear in section extremely like some of the felspathic quartzites of the Cambrian rocks of South Australia. Most of them are, however, strongly felspathic and actinolitic, and must probably be classed with the trachytic rocks of Nasava. I attempted to map in the boundaries between these four sets of rocks, but could obtain no definite proof even of their relative ages. They are exposed only at the bottom of the narrow V-shaped river valleys; immediately the hills are mounted one comes upon the level-bedded later volcanic series. In the river-beds and jungle-covered banks I found no sections showing junction-lines between the granites and slaty rocks. The entire absence, even amongst the river-gravels, of quartz porphyries, and the fact that no granitic veins were observed in the field intersecting the slaty rocks, seem to indicate that the granites are older than the slates. On the other hand, there is no definite evidence of trachytic dykes in the granite masses, unless certain small masses near Botenaulu are of such a character.

The general trend of all the members of the older series is about N.N.E.-S.S.W., which also agrees with the direction of dip of the jointed tuffs south of the Udu.f There is no doubt that this area of crystalline and slaty rocks is continuous with those met with in the Wainivalau, Waiqa, and Wailato,J and else- where. The generally even surface presented by these rocks points to their having formed a peneplain. This involves an extensive land surface, poioerful earth-movements, and enormous denudation during a protracted period of existence above sea-level, in other words, a continental character for the ancient land. The

* Moira is the name of the district, and Botenaulu is its chief town. Tokikicedra is the name of the rocks actually photographed (These Proceed- ings, Vol. xxviii. PI. xxxi. fig. 14) opposite the town of Waibasaga. t Former paper, p. 476. X Vide infra, p. 469.

458 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

surface of the peneplain is everywhere covered with a later unconformable series of more or less level -bedded volcanic products, save where the latter have been dissected away since the last great uplift. In the neighbourhood of Narokorokoyawa the level of the ancient peneplain is only about 300 feet above the river bottom and about 800 feet above sea-level. Southwards at Navunitorilau it rises to over 1,300 feet, and northwards at Rewasau to about 1,100 feet. It must not be forgotten that these and other differences of level are probably due to the tilting accompanying block-faulting.

The Waibasaga, flowing from the west to meet the main stream at the town of the same name, plunges over the edge of the volcanic plateau to the level of the granitic peneplain in three magnificent waterfalls, called Wavou, with a total drop of over 1,600 feet.

In the upper part of the Wainimala Valley, that is above Udu, there seems to be some topographic indication of an older valley-level from 50 to 60 feet above the present stream. There are in places, as near Matainasou, very distinct cut terraces which appear to indicate that the stream cut out a moderately U-shrtped valley, and then quite recently suffered uplift which caused increased vertical corrasion in the bottoms of such valleys. This is a point which is worthy of further investigation.

Summary of Section v i i. — The pi u tonic and slaty rocks described in my former paper are described in much more detail. It is shown that there are four distinct belts, with a general N.N.E.-S.S.W. trend; and that these form part of an extensive old peneplain, now covered unconformably by more recent volcanic accumulations. Many of the slaty rocks, formerly believed to be sedimentary, are now shown to be slaty trachytes. No evidence is forthcoming to definitely prove the relative ages of plutonic and slaty rocks; the balance of the negative evidence available leans towards the granites being the older. Certain physiographic peculiarities of the valley cutting are referred to, but no explanation of the very extraordinary course of the Wainimala between Nasava and Naivucini is attempted.

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 459

viii. — Wailoa and Nadarivatu District.

The Wailoa River (Black River, so called on account of the abundance of magnetite sand and limburgite gravel in its bed) is the principal tributary of the Wainiinala River. It rises in the southern slopes of Tomanaivi, the highest point in Fiji, and flows in a general S.S.E. direction, joining the main stream just below the town of Udu.

Nadarivatu is situated immediately on the northern edge of the high plateau which extends here within a few miles of the north coast, and in places actually reaches the coast. It lies at an altitude of about 2600 feet above sea-level.

The whole area included in this section is characterised by a remarkable development of extremely basic limburgitic lava, and associated tuffs and agglomerates. These form practically the universal surface-rocks of the district.

Eastwards they pass into the level-bedded '' soapstone " tuffs of the Waiiiibuka. These soapstones, which are gently dipping in places, extend from about Nubumakita right away to the north-east coast apparently. It is extremely probable that they represent the actual extension of the limburgite series, beyond the eastern limit of its solid lavas.

Towards the south the area is bounded fairly sharply by the Wainimala, which, about Udu, suddenly turns east after flowing north for a long distance. The more or less linear boundary of the basic series, corresponding as it does with this sudden change in direction of a main river-valley, certainly points to some major earth-structure; but evidence as to its exact nature is wanting.

Northwards the area reaches the sea at a point north-east of Nadarivatu. To the north-west of Nadarivatu there is a very sharp drop of 2000 feet to the village of Waikubukubu, whence a coastal plain, some eight or nine miles wide, slopes to the mouth of the Tavua River. This coastal plain was described in mv former paper (p.478), and it was there inferred from the crateri- form shape of the numerous hills which cover it, and from the evidences of extinct hot spring action, that volcanic activity has only comparatively recently died out in this portion of the island.

!^ ^

t

iiU'

^:^i

J ^ ^

PHSlf^Pi

0

f:-:

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 461

This inference is strengthened by the fact that hot springs do occur in the north-west part of the plain, west of the Tavua River. From what I could make out from rambling native descriptions, these springs, of which there are two sets, must be considerably hotter than those in any otlier part of the main island, though probably not so hot as those of Savusavu Bay in Vanua Levu, described bj^ Guppy.* I understood that the water was at times hot enough to severely scald one. The flow appears to be spasmodic and, the natives stated, sometimes violent.

In my former paper I suggested the possibility of a fault bounding the Nadarivatu scarp. f Most of my correspondents have taken my statement to mean that such a fault had definitely been proved to exist. I did not intend such an impression to be created; even at the time I regarded the existence of such a fault as highly problematical, and further investigations have shown that no such fault exists in this place. I have now no doubt that Dr. Guppy's explanation^ of this plain as a recently elevated plain, chiefly of marine accumulation, is the correct one.

Westwards, the area extends at least as far as the Sigatoka River at Nadrau. Sections of the columnar andesite exposed there, and formerly described as an augite andesite, show that the rock is much more basic than was supposed, a limburgite in fact, very similar to the Nadarivatu rock but more basic. The strong curvature and divergence of the columns indicates that the cooling surface in contact with the rock was irregular. There are two flows separated by a bed of fine tuff. The lower one rests on a coarser tuff containing beautifully perfect augite crystals, and recognisable remains of marine organisms.

The most interesting feature of the area under consideration is the shell-bearing conglomerate at Nasoqo, previously described. §

* Guppy, H. B., " Observations of a Naturalist in the Pacific," etc., 1903. Vol.i.,p.25.

t loc. cit., Plate xxxiv.

X Private communication.

§ Former paper, p. 477.

-162 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

I revisited the locality, and searched it as well as very adverse conditions would allow. Although no fossils better than those before obtained were collected, 1113^ previous work is confirmed in evei-y pai-ticular. It will be shown later (p. 468) that the granite floor has been met with, in situ, at a point only a little to the south of this, and can lie at only a very slight depth below the NasocjO conglomerate which is, therefore, in all probability a basal conglomerate. As it lies at an altitude of 790 feet above sea-level, the uplift during Cainozoic time must have been at least that amount.

The level-bedded tuffs associated with the limburgite series reach an elevation of over 4000 feet. From their great uni- formity of composition and their persistence, they must certainly be marine, for it does not seem j)ossible to obtain such uniformity and level bedding in a subaerial formation. If this is so, the elevation during Cainozoic time must have reached at least 4000 feet.

If the tuffs are marinse, then their associated flows must also be submai'ine, and yet they extend with perfect uniformity over very wide areas. The only very vesicular lavas met with are north of XJdu, and north of Nagatagata on the Sigatoka.

Another conglomerate, similar in many respects to that at Nasoqo, occurs below the village of Dubuya south of Nadrau. It does not seem to contain any fossils, and I found no pebbles other than andesitic ones in it. It is, however, related to the older rocks below Waisa,

Summary of Section viii. — The rocks of this district are essentially level-bedded soapstones, with intercalated limbur- gites. These are all certainly of marine origin, and, since they rise to over 4000 feet above sea-level, point to an uplift of at least that amount in Cainozoic time. A basal conglomerate containing granite pebbles and resting on a floor of granitic rocks (exposed a little distance to the south) is met with at Nasoqo on the Wailoa. In it occur marine shells, including Conus. These are too poorly preserved for specific determination, but are certainly Cainozoic. Shells {Pecten, etc.) and corals (Goiiiophyllum) also

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 463

occur in a tuff below the main limburgite at Nadrau. Another conglomerate occurs south of Nadraii, but does not contain granite pebbles nor fossils. It is, however, probably the base of the limburgite series.

Passing eastwards, the solid rocks disappear, leaving onl}^ the tuffaceous members of the series.

The fault at Nadarivatu whose possible existence was suggested in my former paper, does not exist. Hot springs occur near Tavua, bearing out the suggestion that volcanic action has been very recent in this part of the island.

ix. — Muanivatu District.

This district lies in the Sigatoka Valley, just about the junc- tion of several large tributaries with the main stream. I have taken the liberty of calling the district after the noble mountain peak, over 4000 feet high, which is its most conspicuous feature.

This area is of very great geological importance, on account of the sections afforded of the older rocks, and the possibility that some of these sections may show the relationship of these rocks to fossiliferous formations. The district is well worthy of a separate expedition. I was prevented from returning to it on account of floods. Among the points of special geological interest may be m.entioned the wide area of granite and associated rocks of the Wailato, Waivou, Wainasa valleys; the slaty rocks of Namoli"^' and the district immediately to the north, the hot springs of Waibasaga, the granite-bearing agglomerates of Nukuilau, the cave-limestones of Tawaleka, the level-bedded soapstone of the higher parts of the district, and the magnificent volcanic mass of Muanivatu itself.

My former traverse indicated that no granitic rocks outcrop in the valley of the main stream of the Sigatoka, though granitic pebbles are abundant, particularly below Waibasaga. At this town a large tributary, the Wailato, comes down from the east. At a point only a mile or so above the junction, the granite is

* Called Nalaba in my former paper. 35

464 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

met with in situ. It nowhere rises much above the level of the stream, and is capped by rocks of the later volcanic series. It is associated with strongl}^ jointed andesitic rocks. The Wailato is only one of a series of rivers rising in the neighbourhood of Muanivatu; and in the other streams, at all events in the Waivou at Nakoro, and the Wainasa above and below Naduta, similar granitic rocks occur, with the same relationship to stream- development as that noted above. We have, therefore, a wide extent of these older rocks brought to light in this district, at or about the same lev^el as those in the Wainimala, Wainivalau and Waiqa Valleys, and, like them, retarding the vertical corrasion of the rivers. The two sets of exposures are certainly continuous beneath the overlying volcanic series, so that a great area is indicated for the granitic series.

The slaty rocks of Namoli were inaccessible owing to flood, but the discovery of granite in situ so close to the south-east is an argument in favour of the considerable age of the slaty rocks. The hard, green, jointed tuflfs* south of Waisaf certainly belong to the same series.

The hot springs at Waibasaga on the Sigatoka, like those of Naseuvou on the Waidina, occur close to what appears to be the edge of the granitic area, or, rather, close to a spot where that area is brought to the surface, possibly by faulting.

At the town of Nukuilau an interesting and important section occurs. Just west of the town is a small creek in whose bed large boulders of granite occur. It is, however, somewhat doubtful whether granite occurs in situ in the watershed of this creek. A road-cutting close by shows a series of tuffs containing large rounded boulders of granite in abundance, and this may be the immediate source of the boulders in the creek. The granite is relatively more abundant than in the Nasoqo conglomerate, but in the Nukuilau beds fossils do not seem to occur. The section is nevertheless confirmatory of the Nasoqo section as

' Former paper, p. 480. t Possibly the name of the district and not of the town.

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 465

indicating the lapse of an enormous period of time between the injection of the granite and the formation of the tuflf.

The cave limestone of Tawaleka is considerably folded, the contortion being connected with that of the tuffs further down the river. The latter were not visited during my second expedition.

A splendid view of a mountain called Nasikawa, east of Natuatuacoko, is obtained from the hills north of Tawaleka. From this distance it appears to have the structure of a mountain composed of dipping beds of varying hardness, dip slopes and scarps being recognisable. The dip is about W.N.W. at 40°.

Most of the higher points in the district are composed of level- bedded soapstone. This is met with unconformably overlying the slaty rock at Namoli, and there attains an altitude of iully 1,500 feet above the river-bed, and about 2,100 feet above sea- level. A similar material occurs unconformably (?) overlying the cave limestone at Tawaleka.

The top 1,000 feet, or thereabouts, of Muanivatu, consist of a mass of columnar pyroxene andesite. It is possible that this may be a sill, but it is more probably a flow. It yields magnifi- cent precipices.

Summary of Section ix. — This district, lying not far from the head of the navigable water of the Sigatoka, was so far removed from my base that I have not yet explored it thoroughly. While in the district, meteorological conditions were extremely unfavourable. I have seen enough, however, to prove that the energies of any future expedition should be con- centrated on the solution of the many problems presented by it.

Granitic rocks do not occur in the bed of the main stream, but highly jointed, ancient-looking tuffs and slaty rocks form the bed, from about Waisa at least to Koroilevu. Granites and related rocks are extensively exposed in the group of tributary streams which meet the main river between Namoli and Waibasaga, These are about the same general altitude as the granitic rocks of Naroko- rokoyawa, and undoubtedly form part of the ancient peneplain referred to under Section vii. of this paper. A granite-bearing

466 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

conglomerate occurs at Nukuilau, proving that granites were exposed at the surface at the time when the bottom beds of the tuffaceous series were being deposited. This tuffaceous series reaches a thickness of at least a couple of thousand feet, and is level-bedded and almost certainly marine. It is probable that the cave limestone of Tawaleka is part of this series, though it is by no means impossible that it may be portion of an older series. There are beds of tuff (?) east of Natuatuacoko, dipping W.N. W. at high angles; their relationship to the limestones and granites remains to be discovered. The upper portion of Muani- vatu consists of an enormous mass of pyroxene andesite.

X. — Navosa Plateau.

This district lies at a very uniform height of 3,000 to 3,500 feet above sea-level. It stretches from the Wainimala on the east, to the Sigatoka on the west. Southwards it is bounded by the deep valleys south of Muanivatu and Korolevaleva. Northwards it runs into the higher portion of the Nadarivatu Plateau, which culminates in Toma na Ivi at 4,555 feet.

Both east and west slopes are extremely steep. As noted above (p. 458), a considerable river plunges over its eastern scarp, and forms the magnificent falls of Wavou, near Waibasaga on the Wainimala. Throughout the greater part of its extent it consists of level-bedded soapstones which, for reasons given above, I consider to be of marine origin. Only in the lower portions of its eastern scarp are solid rocks met with. Here there are pyroxene andesites resting on granite. Its western scarp, forming the left bank of the Sigatoka gorge at Namoli, is composed of soft, greasy, level-bedded "soapstone" almost down to river-level. Only at tv/o points on the surface of the plateau were solid rocks encountered, and these were certainly parts of the Muanivatu mass just described. Almost the whole surface is a hideous morass.* It is drained (!) by

* I strongly advise anyone intending to cross this plateau to do so either from Nadrau to Rewasau, or from Naduta to Nasava, via Korolevaleva. These tracks are both bad, but nothing like so bad as the dreadful one from Namoli (or Tavua) on the Sigatoka to Waibasaga on the Wainimala,

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 467

a, number of streams of fairly considerable volume. Towards its south-west corner these streams flow into the Sigatoka, but throughout the greater part of its extent the drainage is towards the Wainimala. Thus the Sigatoka, along part of its course at all events, like the Navua and Rewa, keeps close to the eastern margin of its watershed. The apparent exceptions to this general rule are almost certainly due to piracy of Wainimala water by branches of the Sigatoka in the Muanivatu area.

The plateau, though rather barren geologically, is an extremely important topographic feature. It has a powerful effect upon climate and rainfall, and on the distribution of the flora of the island. To the east, we have the heavily forested country and bamboo jungles of the Rewa and its tributaries; to the west, the rolling hills of the Sigatoka and Ba, covered with a jungle of reeds about 8 to 10 feet high. The surface of the plateau is densely wooded, but the downward limit of forest trees on the western side is extremely sharply defined, and forms a most remarkable *' timber line." It has also had a powerful influence on the migration of the Fijian tribes; the people on opposite sides of the range belong to quite distinct types.

Summary of Section x. — The Navosa Plateau separates the Wainimala and Sigatoka Valleys, and rises to an average height of over 3,000 feet above sea-level. On both east and west it is bounded by steep escarpments. It is almost entirely composed of level-bedded soapstones, which on the eastern side overlie, and on the western underlie, andesitic rocks. Below the falls of Wavou on the east, the andesites overlie the granitic rocks of the Narokorokoj^awa series. It is an extremel}'' important feature in determining the distribution of climate, rainfall, vegetation, and races of men.

xi. — Nad rau-Reivasau Section.

This belongs structurally to the Navosa Plateau, but I have separated it to call special attention to two very important occurrences. One is the section at Nadrau on the Sigatoka, the other that at Rewasau, in the Wailoa Valley.

468 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

The former has ah-eady been described.

North-west of Rewasau the surface of the plateau consists of a veritable " clinker field " of very basic lava. This rests on a series of several hundred feet of level-bedded soapstones. Then comes a thick and very massive agglomerate or conglomerate bed resting directly upon an irregidar surface of granite. This is the only place, so far as I know, where the actual junction-line can be seen between the conglomerates at the base of the soapstone series and the pavement rocks. This point is within two or three miles of Nasoqo, where the granite-bearing fossiliferous con- glomerate occurs, but at the latter place the pavement rocks are not exposed. The Bualevu conglomerate of the Sigatoka under- lies the fossiliferous tuifs and basic lavas of Nadrau in almost identically the same way as the similar formation under considera- tion. At Bualevu the conglomerates are not far removed from the jointed tuffs of Waisa, which may have formed their surface of accumulation, but no junction-line is seen.

Between Rewasau and Nadrau the greater part of the track crosses level-bedded soapstones. In several places, however, there are exposures of considerable extent of andesitic rock. There are also patches of much-jointed rock which may represent inliers of the older series.

Summary of Section x i. — The chief point of interest in this district is the highly interesting and important section at Rewasau, showing a coarse conglomerate resting on the denuded surface of a mass of granite. This is certainly the same forma- tion as has been met with at Nasoqo and is in all probability continuous with a similar conglomerate at Bualevu on the Sigatoka. Both the latter occurrences have Tertiary fossils associated with them.

General Summary of Results.

The greater portion of the island of Viti Levu is covered by a thick series of level-bedded " soapstones," which I believe to be marine redistributed tuffs. In places, as in the Nadarivatu District, thick flows of limburoitic lava are interbedded with the

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 469

soapsfcone. Elsewhere, as at Suva and at Tawaleka, we have interbedded fossiliferous limestones, certainly of Tertiary age. These rocks form what I have somewhat loosely termed the " Newer Series." They lie unconformably upon a much older series -of rocks, amongst which granitoid rocks predominate. With these are associated extensive areas of rocks with highly perfect and very complex slaty cleavage developed in them. These were formerly believed to be altered sediments, but later investiga- tions have proved that in many, if not most, cases they are highly metamorphosed volcanic materials, in part trachytic. That they are much older than the newer series is proved by the \er3'' marked lithological differences, by their universally inferior position, and by the occurrence of pebbles of granite and other -rocks in massive beds of conglomerate at Nasoqo on the Wailoa, Rewasau on the Wailoa, and Nukuilau on the Sigatoka. All these places are at, or very near, the junction of the " Newer Series" with the older series. At Bualevu on the Upper Sigatoka there is another conglomerate on probably the same geological horizon, but no granites have been found in it. At Nosoqo, and at Nadrau (near Bualevu) fossils have been found which show that the beds in question belong to some part of the Tertiary era, though their preservation is not good enough for specific determination. We have, nevertheless, the ver}' important conclusion that basal conglomerates of a great Tertiary series rest unconformably upon, and contain pebbles of, an enormousl}^ older series made up of granitoid and slaty rocks.

So widespread is the newer series that it is onl}' where extensive denudation has removed it locally, that the older series is exposed to view. We therefore meet with the older rocks chiefly in the bottoms of the narrow, young river-vallej^s. In such positions they have been met with in situ in the Wainivalau, Wainimala, Wailoa, Sigatoka, Wailato (and neighbouring streams) and Wainikoroiluva Rivers. Their presence is inferred from river-gravels in the Waimanu, close to the Waidina, and in some of the north-west branches of the Navua Rivers. In one place only, so far as I know, do they occur extensively forming the

470 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OP VITI LEVU, FIJI,

main water-partings of the island, namely, at NavunitorilaUy between the heads of the Wainikoroiluva and Wainimala Rivers, Their existence as a basement has been proved over an area of at least 35 miles by 30 miles. It is inferred that their surface was, prior to Tertiary time, reduced to the condition of a^ peneplain.

The most recent rocks (excluding the present-day river-alluvials and the coral-reefs) appear to be a series of andesitic volcanics varying from pyroxene andesite to hornblende andesites. It is likely that, of the two, those of hornblendic facies are the older. These andesitic rocks form lofty mountain masses, and yield magnificent scenic effects. They have, in part at all events, been extruded along major fault-planes, which have had a dominant influence on the structural features, and even on the very exist- ence of the island of Viti Levu and of the Fiji Group as a whole.

Faulting . — One very important line of faulting is shown to exist, in a general N.N.W.-S.S.E. direction, along the course of the Medrausucu Range; a parallel line is inferred, with great probability, to exist along part of the courses of the Wainikoro- iluva and Navua Valleys. The country between these two faults is of the nature of a " horst."

A second axis of faulting about at right angles to the first is suggested, but the evidence for its existence, resting as it does solely on topographical evidence, is not so convincing as that for the other axis.

Uplift s. — The basal beds of the newer series reach an altitude of 1350 feet above sea-level near Nadrau; the granitic rocks attain about the same level at Navunitorilau. The topmost beds of the level-bedded soapstones reach well over 4000 feet, and probably the rocks (limburgites and tuffs) forming the highest summit in the island (Toma na Ivi, 4555 feet) are members of the same series. The soapstones are certainly marine beds, and we thus have evidence of a positive movement of the land, during Cainozoic time, amounting to well over 4000 feet. Further investigation is necessary to completely trace the stages of this

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 471

elevation. It is certain that it was a differential movement. The levels of the highest beds of soapstone and of the basal con- glomerates of the newer series agree in pointing to a general tilt (towards the south-east.

River -development points to the same conclusion, since the three great river-systems of the Eewa, the Navua, and the Sigatoka have markedly asymmetrical drainage- trees, drawing their waters almost entirely from the northern and western portions of their basins. The exceptions to this rule, which are most marked in the case of the Sigatoka, are believed to be explicable as a result of river-piracy on a large scale. The Sigatoka has probably been robbed by the Ba, but has enriched itself at the expense of the Wainimala and probably of the Navua.

It is possible that the original tilt was towards the E.N.E., but more probably the marked trend of several of the chief streams in that direction has been determined as a result of the faulting explained above. It will be seen that the rivers have a marked tendency to a rectangular arrangement along general E.N.E.-W.S.W., and N.N.W.-S.S.E. lines. It is believed that this tendency has been imposed upon them by block-faulting of the land. The suggestion is made that the upper Navua and Waidina Valleys were at one time continuous, but have been cut off by the fault along the Nalumbu-Nabui Range.

The rivers are all in a condition of 3^outhfulness. They are for the most part still engaged in sinking deep narrow canons in the surfaces of otherwise level plateaux. In the case of the Navua River the drainage-system is so immature that its tributaries do not meet it at grade, and the smaller ones form veritable hanging valleys. This immaturity is partly due to the hardness of the rocks through which the beds have to be sunk, as compared with those in the Rewa and Sigatoka Valleys. Both the latter streams have progressed considerably towards maturity, as the "falls-line" on the Rewa has receded a very long way, and the stream has, within the present cycle, built a large delta. 36

472 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

There is abundant evidence, particularly in the Revva Valley, that the earth-movements have been chiefly positive, and that they are probably still in operation. There are remains of older delta-deposits about the head of the present delta, and about *200 feet above its level. This intermittent, but probably not oscillatory, uplift may account for the entire absence of lakes in such a youthful topography. The only possible evidence of lakes is in connection with the Wainivalau Valley. This stream was probably temporarily dammed by the elevation of the Medrausucu Range.

Most, or all, of the streams flowing across the trend of this range are excellent examples of " antecedent rivers." In the case of the Waieliu (Former River) there seems to be a suggestion of river-capture having taken place on a large scale within historic time.

The rivers of the north-west have not been critically examined, but their distribution shows that there is a very fine field there for physiographic research.

Conclusion.

The accumulation of evidence, both of a geological and of a geographical nature, while it [)oints to certain mistakes in detail in my former work, on the whole strongly bears out the conclu- sions arrived at in the paper presented to this Society about four years ago.

The great extension of granitic and slaty rocks, their base- levelling to form a peneplain, their relativel}^ great age, as proved by the occurrence above them of basal conglomerates of Tertiary- age, and the occurrence of very heavy systematic faulting, all lead towards the conclusion that Viti Levu, and therefore pro- bably the whole of Fiji, has been a land-area for enormous periods of time, even reckoned geologically. It has had sufficient magnitude and durability to permit of earth-movements competent to produce schists : it has existed so long as a land-surface that large rivers have had time to reduce it to base-level. These facts constitute in my mind the essentials of a continental area. Its relationships to the surrounding continental masses have been

BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 473

fully discussed in my former paper, and the mechanism of separation, namely faulting, was there suggested. In this paper it is shown that some faulting, at all events, has occurred.

I am therefore compelled to respectfully differ from Dr. Guppy* in his general conclusions as to the origin of Vanua Levu. He believes that the second island of the group is essentially an oceanic island, built up from great ocean depths, and that it has never formed part of a great continental mass. Its axis is parallel to the second line of faulting I have suggested for Viti Levu, and the whole of the structure lines of the group strongly suggest that the archipelago is essentially a unit built upon the axes which I have postulated for the main island.

The absence of granitic or slaty rocks on Vanua Levu may possibly be explained by the fact that its rivers, not being so powerful as those of Viti Levu (I do not speak here from personal experience) have not as yet succeeded in reaching and laying bare the basement rocks.

With his reading of the later portions of the geographical history, I am in agreement, particularly as regards the general upward movement of the land. No student of Island geology can fail to be indebted to his painstaking labours for many valuable suggestions, even if he cannot share with him all his conclusions.

In conclusion 1 beg to again point out that a most fascinating field for study lies almost at our doors. The work is of interest and importance to the biogeographer as much as to the geologist, and I sincerely hope that Australian men of science will not rest till the secrets of this wonderful land have been completely laid bare.

Postscript {added 16th August, 1907). — I have lately received from the Rev. — Lelean, of Nailaga, a suite of specimens illus- trating the gravels of the Ba River. They contain no trace of granite rocks, so that the older series cannot outcrop extensively in the area drained by that river.

* "Observations of a Naturalist in the Pacific." London.

474 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL -XV.

Plate xi. <ieological Sketch Map of Viti Levu, Fiji.

Plate xii. Map of Viti Levu, Fiji.

[iVo^e.~The gaps in the last two syllables of the name Wainikoroiluva (just above the name Nabui) represent the missing letters l and v.]

Plate xiii.

j^igj. Korobasabasaga from the east. Nearly 4,000 feet above sea-level.

Native name means "the mountain with the much divided summit." It represents the denuded remnant of a line of volcanic cones along a N.E. and S.W, axis. The summits consist of solid necks of hornblende-andesite agglomerate, and were probably amongst the earlier Cainozoic volcanoes.

Pig. 2. — Voma, a volcanic peak at the head of the Waidina River. It is composed essentially of hypersthene-andesite agglomerate, and is probably amongst the latest of the Fijian volcanoes.

Plate xiv.

Fig. 1.— Nabui, another hypersthene-andesite peak on the Wainikoroiluva River. It probably belongs to the same suite of eruptions as Voma, and is later than Korobasabasaga, which lies a little to the north- east. The precipitous fall in the picture is about 2,000 feet high, and may be the direct result of faulting.

Fig. 2. — Upper Waidina Valley, showing that the stream has in places passed the period of extreme youth, though it is still quite young. The forms of the mountains in the background strongly suggest block- faulting.

Plate XV.

Figs. 1-2. — Sections of upraised (Tertiary) coral reef exposed in road-cutting behind the hospital, Walu Bay, Suva. The " reef channels," characteristic of present-day reefs, are filled in with "soapstone," which also covers the limestone. Photographs by C. A. Holmes, Esq., Suva.

475 WEDNESDAY, JULY 31st, 1907.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, June 31st, 1907.

Mr. A. H. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 22 Vols., 100 Parts or Nos., 21 Bulletins, 3 Report, 38 Pamphlets, and 2 Portraits received from 69 Societies, ifec, and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Cheel exhibited a specimen of Cojyrinus comatus Fries, which he had found to be common on grass lawns in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and in other localities in the Port Jackson district, in June and July. Ic is an edible fungus, in great request on the Continent and in America. In decay, it melts into an inky black fluid. It should be collected for edible purposes whilst the gills are white or pink. The species has not previously been recorded from New South Wales, so far as the exhibitor could ascertain.

Mr. Cheel exhibited examples of the curious Horse-hair Fungus, first recorded by Baron von Mueller as Marasmius equi-crinis F.v.M. [Frag. xi. 1880, p.90 (not 80 as indexed)], by some authors quoted as Marasmius cri7iis-equi Muell. From a superficial resemblance to the lichen Alectoria Fremontii Tuck., it had been erroneously regarded as representing an allied species and described as A. australiensis Knight. The specimens exhibited were from Coomera, N. S.W. (Rev. F. R. M. Wilson), but other examples had been examined from the Upper Richmond River, N. S.W. (Mr. Fred. Turner, F.L.S.). The attention of possible collectors was called to the fact that the only perfect specimens known seem to be those in the Berkeley Herbarium, Kew Gardens. 37

476

THE MOLLUSC A OF MAST HEAD REEF, CAPRICORN GROUP, QUEENSLAND.

Part II.

By C. Hedley, F.L.S.

(Plates xvi-xxi.) ( C ontinued from Vol. xxxi., p. ^79.)

A moderate estimate of the total molluscan fauna of the Capricorn Group is a thousand species. It could not be ade- quately represented by such a collection as that on which this paper is written, procured within a week in six miles' radius of one spot. The leisure hours of the past two years have not sufficed to exhaust our gatherings. Numerous species., especially among the difficult groups of Triphoridse and Pyramidellidse are laid aside. So that in addition to the 447 species now enumerated from Mast Head, more than 100 are left unstudied. M}^ cata- logue includes 55 new to science, 123 new to Australia, and 202 new to Queensland. Many hitherto not observed north of Sydney or south of Torres Strait have their respective boundaries much enlarged.

Almost exactly the same number of species are reported by Messrs. Melvill and Standen from a collection formed within 100 miles radius of Thursday Island by Prof. A. C. Haddon. The two lists have only a small proportion in common. But this discrepancy indicates less a difference in fauna than a contrast in methods of collecting. The conspicuous shells from the beaches predominate in Prof. Haddon's collection, while the Mast Head list includes more minute species from deeper water.

There are three other important collections described from the coast of Queensland. The bivalves from the 'Chevert' Expedition

BY C. HEDLEY. 477

were never published. But of that collection 673 species were enumerated by Mr. J. Brazier.* The 'Challenger' Expedition dredged 230 shells in Queensland waters, while the 'Alert' obtained 181.

(Addenda to Part i.)

The chiton Acanthopleuy'a spi7iiger Sowerby, was abundant amongst the oysters on the nigger-heads, but was omitted from the preceding list.

Ill the previous Part a conspicuous bivalve from Mast Head was catalogued (p. 466) as Pitaria inflata Sowerby. As the result of further study, I now consider that this is the species pourtrayed on PL 152 of Martyn's 'Universal Conchologist.' The "explanatory table" of that work cites two species of mussel for this Plate 152, but these names evidently refer to the two mussels of the preceding Plate 151. So far as Martyn is con- cerned, our shell is therefore nameless. My determination was based less on Sowerby's original accountf than on Reeve's figure, | the locality, "Port Curtis," in the latter having weight.

I referred a specimen to my friend, Dr. W. H. Dall, who with his usual kindness gave me the benefit of his judgment and knowledge, as follows : — " It is a Pitaria according to my synopsis, and very close to P. albida Gmelin, from the West Indies, but more globose and shorter. I do not find it in Sowerby or Roemer, and I think it is not Sowerby's inflata. Conrad's Cytherea jivora^ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vii. 1837, p. 253, pl.xix., fig. 18, agrees well, both figure and description. He says it ' inhabits the Pacific, probably towards the coast of New Holland.' We have no specimen of this. The shell Reeve called prora from the Gulf of California is G. pollicaris Carpenter, quite a ditFerent shell. It therefore seems likely that your shell may be prora Conrad, but I cannot say positively, having no specimens."

* For illustrations and critical notes on this series, see Records Austr. Mus. iv. 1901, pp. 121-130, pls.xvi.-xvii.

t Sowerby, Thes. Conch, ii. 1853, p. 637, PI. cxxxiii., f. 127-8. % Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiv. 1863, Dione, PI. ix., f.3.

478 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

Here follows a list of the

Gastropoda.

* New to Australia, t New to Queensland.

Schismope atkinsoni Ten. Woods. Scutus unguis Linne.

* Suhemarginula cumingii Sowerby.

* tricarinata Born.

t Emarginula dilecta A. Adams.

* convexa Hedley Fissuridea jukesii Reeve.

t proxima Sowerb}''.

quadriradiata Reeve.

* galeata Helbling.

* Macroschisma madreporaria Hedley. t Zeidora loddercB Tate & May.

Rimida exquisita A. Adams. Haliotis varia Linne. asiyiina Linne.

* Microtis tuherculata A. Adams.

* Stomatella concinna Gould. t biporcata A. Adams.

sulcifera Lamarck.

* Stomatia phymotis Helbling. t Ge7ia va7'ia A. Adams.

* ungiila Hedley. Trochus oheliscus Gmelin.

fenestratus Gmelin. maculatus Linne.

* calcavatus Souverbie.

* Clanculus granti Hedley.

* stigmatarius A. Adams. atropurpiLreus Gould.

* Gihhula maccidlochi Hedley. Mon'dea pudibunda Fischer.

BY C.HEDLEY

479

Monilea lifuana Fischer. '^ tropicalis Hedley.

Calliostoma similare Reeve. nionile Reeve.

* trepidiun Hedley. Turcica maculata Brazier.

* Eucheliis lamberti Souverbie.

angulatns Pease. ■^ rubit>^ A. Adams.

Angaria delphiniis Linne.

* Ethalia jndchella A. Adams.

■*^ guamensis Quoy <k Gaimard.

Phasianella variegala Lamarck.

* Alcyna australis Hedley. 'Turbo petholatus Linne.

t speciosus Reeve.

Gonciniius Philippi. Astralium petrosum Martyn.

* aureolum Hedley.

t Callomphala lucidimi Adams & Angas. Teiriostoma involutiun Hedley. oppletum Hedley.

* qualum Hedley.

t Cirsonella tveldii Ten. Woods. ■^ Cyclosfrema cubitale Hedley. t Liotia peronii Kiener.

* crenata Kiener.

* scalaroides Ree\ e.

.f minima Ten. Woods.

rostrata Hedley. ,

* latebrosa Hedley.

■^ Moerchia introspecia Hedley.

t Leptothyra nanina Souverbie.

laeta Montrouzier.

Nerita melanotragus Smith.

plicala Linne.

38

480 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, 11.

Nerita chamoileon Linne. alhicilla Linne.

polita Linne, var. australis Wood. Neritina souverhiana Montrouzier. t Helcioniscus illihratus Yerco. t Acmaea costata Sowerby. t Phenacolepas ciimamomea Gould. Planaxis sulcatus Lamarck. Rissoa cheilostoma Ten. Woods. iiovai^ensis Frauenfeld.

* liddelliana Hedley.

* Onoha glomerosa Hedley. Amphithalamus jacksoni Brazier.

* capricorneus Hedley.

* Anabathron contortum Hedley.

* ascensum Hedley. t Epigrus verconis Tate.

xantidas Watson, t dissimilis Watson.

Scaliola caledonica Crosse. hella A. Adams. arenosa A. Adams. Rissoina cardinalis Brazier. elegantula Angas. crassa Angas. inconspicua Brazier. inermis Brazier. miranda A. Adams. t ohelisGiis Recluz.

■* kesteveni Hedley,

Ohtortio fulva Watson. Alaha Jlammea Pease.

goniochila A. Adams. Diala martensii Issel.

semistriata Philippi.

* Cithna marmorata Hedley.

BY C. HEDLEY. 481

t Amalthea conica Schumacher. harbata Sowerby. Cheilea eqicestris Linne. Pyrazus morus Lamarck. t Cerithium graciliforme Sowerby. columna Sowerby. zebrum Kiener. ^ Ataxocerithium abbreviatum Brazier Clavapulchra A. Adams. vertaga Linne.

* Plesiotrochus pagodifoi'mis Hedley.

* Mathilda oppia Hedley.

t Cerithiopsis angasi Semper.

ridicida Watson. Triphora dolicha Watson. ^ rnb7^a Hinds.

rufula Watson. i kesteveni Hedley.

t labiata A. Adams.

corrugata Hinds. "^ fanebris Jousseaume.

* cornuta Hervier.

* Turritella captiva Hedley. Modulus tectus Gmelin.

j" Ccecum amputatum Hedley. t lilianum Hedley,

succineum De Folin. t Strebloceras ci/gnicollis Hedley. Crossea gatliffi Hedley.

* inverta Hedley.

■^ Fossarus brumalis Hedley. Lippistes blainvilleanus Petit. gracilentus Brazier.

* zodiacus Hedley;

* Siliquaria trochlearis Morch. t Recluzia hargravesi Cox.

482 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.

Vanikoro cancellata Gmelin. ^ Xenophora solarloides Reeve. Strombus luhuanus Linne. urceus Linne. campbelli Gray. * gibherulus Linne.

Pterocera lambis Linne. t Atlanta fusca Eydoux & Souleyet. t rosea Eydoux & Souleyet.

Epito7iium dentiscalpium Watson, f bicarhiatimi Sowerby.

■^ revolutum Hedley.

t Pyramidella turrita A. Adams.

terehelloides A. Adams. *^ mitralis A. Adams,

f Syrnola tincta Angas. f Oscilla tasmanica Ten. Woods. Odostomia oodes Watson.

* metata Hedley. clara Brazier. comjyta Brazier. co7'pulenta Watson. convoluta Watson.

* canaria Hedley.

t Odostomia rubra Pease.

* bidbula Hedley.

* sigma Hedley. opaca Hedle3^ henni Brazier.

Pyrgulina umeralis Hedley. zea Hedley.

* gliriella Melvill & Standen. senex Hedley.

Turhonilla aplini Brazier. cheverti Hedley. f varicifer Tate.

BY C. HEDLEY. 483

Eulima acerrhna Watson. canipyla Watson. nitens Brazier. latipes Watson, t Melanella peiterdl Beddome.

* Mucronalia bizonula Melvill.

* Stilifer orbiculafAts Hedley.

* auricula Hedley. Eulimella coacta Watson.

"^ columna Hedley.

t Cingulina spma Crosse k Fischer t Torinia variegata Gmelin. dorsuosa Hinds.

* Omalaxls radiata Hedley. Gyrineum pusilhtm Broderip. Tonna variegata Lamarck. Natica gualteriana Recluz.

chinensis Lamarck. t suhcostata Ten. Woods.

* burlasensis Recluz. Polinices flemingianus Recluz.

conicus Lamarck. Cypraea vitellus Linne.

tigris Linne.

suhviridis Reeve.

caput-serpentis Linne.

neglecta Sowerby.

felina Gmelin.

errones Linne.

caurica Linne.

lynx Linne.

moneta Linne.

var. anmdus Linne.

punctata Linne. l^rivia globosa Gray.

scabriuscula Gray.

484 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II ,

t Erato lachryma Gray.

angistoma Sowerby.

* nana Reeve.

t Ovida margarita Sowerby.

Radius angasi A. Adams.

Scaphella pulchra Sowerby. macidata Swainson.

Cymhium diadema Lamarck, t Lyria deliciosa Montrouzier. t Olivella nympha Adams k Angas. t Ancdla oblonga Sowerby.

Marginella ovidiim Sowerby. t nuistelina Angas.

t ochracea Angas.

hrachia Watson, t Cancellaria costifera Sowerby.

Conus glans Hwass. ehraeus Linne.

* lividus Hwass. mUlepiinctatus Linn6. coronatus Dillwyu. nussatella Linne. vitidinus Hwass.

Turris acuta Perry.

* Glyphostoma stromhillum Hervier.

* rugosum Mighels.

* polynesiense Reeve.

* vultuosum Reeve.

t Daphnella cassandra Hedley. t excavata Gatliff.

daphnelloides Reeve.

* Clathurella tessellata Hinds.

* tincta Reeve.

* thespesia Melvill & Standen.

* edychroa Hervier.

* Thala adumhrata Souverbie.

BY C. HEDLEY. 485

Vasiim inrbinellum Linne. T^idicula armigera A. Adams. Megalatractus aruanus Linn6.

* Siphonalia gracillima Adams <fe Reeve. Fasciolaria filamentosa Lamarck. Latiriis australiensis Reeve.

2)olygonus Gmelin.

* Peristernia lyrata Reeve.

* Turbinella suhnassatula Souverbie. Mitra mitra Linne.

riifescens A. Adams.

* cucumerina Lamarck.

* zephyr ina Sowerby.

* cajjricornea Hedley. t Tritonidea undosa Linne.

Pisania crenilabrum A. Adams. Engina lineata Reeve.

* trifasciata Reeve. anaxeres Diiclos.

■*^ siderea Reeve.

Goluhraria ardiquata Hinds.

Maculotriton h-acteatiis Hinds.

Arcula7'ia dorsata Bolten. mucronata A. Adams, f paupera Gould.

* semitexta Hedley.

t Cyllene pulchella Adams cfe'Reeve. Pyrene digglesi Brazier. versicolor Sowerby. pardalina Lamarck. merita Brazier. laeta Brazier.

* roseotincta Hervier. moleculina Duclos. troglodytes Souverbie. abyssicola Brazier.

■»

486 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

t Pyrene atkinsotii Teu.WooJs.

* lurida Hedley.

* gemmulifera Hedle3\ Murex teridtus Reeve. Aspella a7iceps Lamarck. Thais hippocastanea Linne.

mancinella Linne. pseudamygdala Hedley.

* Drupa rubusidcea Bolten.s

* porphyrostoma Reeve, f chaidea Duclos.

marginalba Blainville.

* ozenneana Crosse. Pupa coccinata Reeve. Ringicula assidarum Watson. Cylichna hizona A. Adams.

arachis Quo}^ & Gaimard. granosa Brazier.

* doliar ia ^Hedley. acrobeles Watson. leptekes Watson.

Retusa coinplanata Watson. Atys cylindrica Helbling.

dehilis Pease.

decora Brazier.

tortuosa A. Adams.

* monodonta A. Adams. Bulla punctulata A. Adams.

t Gylindrobulla fischeri Adams k Angas.

* pusilla Nevill.

* Volvatelld pyrjformis Pease. Cavolinia longirostris Lesueur. Clio acicula Rang.

t virgida Rang.

Platydoris coriacea Abraham.

BY C. HEDLEY. 487

Emarginula convexa, n.sp. (Plate xvi., figs. 13, 14.)

Shell small, solid, with a slight spiral twist, high arched, with a narrow inrolled depressed apex which projects beyond the base. Posterior wall concave. Aperture regularly oval, its edge frilled. Sinus a long cleft; fasciole continued to the apex as a broad furrow enclosed between narrow elevated walls and latticed by spaced bars. Colour pale green and gray in indistinct concentric zones. Sculpture : about 50 close-set radial ridges, alternately larger and smaller, bear crowded beads largest at their termina- tion and diminishing upwards. Across the narrow interstices concentric threads join bead to bead. When worn the concentric sculpture becomes more prominent. Height 1-75 mm.; length 31mm.; breadth 1*95 mm.

Numerous examples from 17-20 fathoms.

Macroschisma madreporaria, n.sp. (Plate xvi., figs. 4, 5, 6, 7.)

Shell small, rather thin, about twice as long as broad, ovate- oblong, moderately elevated, broadest opposite centre of perfora- tion, then gradually tapering anteriorly, posteriorly rounded, anteriorly truncate, dorsal slope neatly half the length of the shell, gradual, with an obscure median furrow; side slopes straight, posterior slope most brief, being shorter than the eroded edge of the perforation. Colour variable, in the type, rose rays on a cream ground. Peristome sharply turned up behind, almost level in front. Perforation about the breadth of the shell, a narrow wedge-slit, sides straight anteriorly sharply meeting, posteriorly excavating a broad crescent in the shell. Sculpture : fine dense radiating threads which tend to produce beads at the intersection of equal growth-lines. Length 9-5nnn.; breadth 4*5 mm.; height 2*5 mm.

Several specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

The only record of Macroschisma from tropical Australia is a note by Brazier (These Proceedings, ii. 1877, p. 51) that M. com-

488 MOLLUSCA OP MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

pressa Adams, was taken in 30 fathoms off Darnley Island. Probably the present species was there referred to. As no information has appeared on the growth-stages of the genus, I present a figure of a shell (fig.7) 1-85 mm. long in the Puncturella stage, and of another (fig.6), 2*95 mm. long, in the Glyphis stage, showing the evolution of the slit.

Gena ungula, n.sp. (Plate xvi., figs. 1, 2.)

Shell oblong-ovate, small, thin, attenuated, about twice as long as broad, arched. Spire minute, flat, at right angles to the shell's length, terminal, of two whorls. Colour white with irregular crimson splashes spirally arranged along the back. Sculpture : fine spiral grooves decussated by growth-lines. Peristome nearly in one plane, angled above. Columella slightly thickened. Length 3*4 mm.; breadth 1-65 mm.

A few specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

The small size, narrowness and conspicuous painting seem to separate this from others of the genus.

Clanculus granti, n.sp.

(Plate xix., figs. 45, 46.)

Shell solid, umbilicate, conical, pointed at the apex, slightly angled on the shoulder, rounded at the periphery and flattened on the base. Whorls seven. Colour, on the last three whorls, oblique and zigzag brick-red stripes extending from suture to peripher}^; between these as well as on apex and base, pale cream. Sculpture: the third, fourth and fifth whorls carry distinct spiral grooves latticed by oblique threads, which do not cross the intervening ridges. On the latter whorls this sculpture gradually fades away, leaving the last whorl smooth and polished. Around the axis on the base run four profound spiral grooves, tlie outer deepest, separated by smooth, prominent, narrow cords. Umbilicus narrow, bounded by a tuberculate rib, within which it is excavate, and spirally ascends the full height of the shell's

BY C. HEDLEY. 489

interior. Aperture very oblique, rhomboidal. Outer lip sharp, bevelled within and carrying a strong deep-seated tubercle. Parietal callus coarsely wrinkled. Columella spirally ascending the umbilicus, terminating anteriorly in a massive bifid tooth, and higher up supporting a small tubercle. Height 9 mm.; major diameter 95 mm.; minor diameter 8 mm.

A single perfect shell was gathered dead near high water mark on the sand at the western extremity of the islet by the late Mr. F. E. Grant. He regarded it with interest and was pleased that it should bear his name. The grooved centre of the base and smooth body whorl are recognition marks which distinguish it from other Australian species*

GiBBULA MACCULLOCHI, n.sp.

(Plate XX., figs. 50, 51, 52.)

Shell small, very solid, depressedly-globose, subcarinate. Colour dull white, radially painted with flames of black or chocolate, which persist more on ribs than interstices. Whorls six. Sculpture : above the periphery six subgranose spiral ribs, elevated, widely spaced, increasing in size from the suture to the periphery and ascending the spire. Interstices occupied by one or two spiral threads and roughened by fine radial growth-lines. On the base, eight similar spiral cords decreasing in size from the periphery to the umbilicus. Aperture slightly bub suddenly descending, subquadrate. Inner edge bevelled, of a dull callus, radiately plicate, the margins united by a thick layer of callus, within brilliantly nacreous. An expansion of the columella slightly intrudes upon the umbilicus, which is narrow but deep, margined by a crenulate rib, internally with two deep-seated funicles. Height 5*0 mm.; major diameter 6*5 mm.; minor diameter 5*5 mm.

Common alive under loose coral blocks at low tide on Mast Head Reef. I met it again, though less abundantly, in similar situations on the Cairns Reef.

The novelty has a general likeness to the New Caledonian G. danieli Crosse, but is larger and difi'erently painted. It moie

490 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, 11.,

closel)^ resembles the Cingalese G. blanfordiana G. & H. Nevill, from which the umbilical funicle distinguishes the Queensland .shell.

MONILEA TROPICALIS, n.sp.

(Plate xvi., fig. 12.)

Shell small, rather thin, depressedl}' conical, widely umbilicate. Colour grey, turning to pink on the last whorl, a few scattered crimson dots on the larger ribs. Whorls 4|, the spire biangulate, last whorl angled at shoulder, periphery and base. Sculpture : a well-developed spiral rib girdles the periphery, parted from this by broad interspaces runs a similar one above and another below. On the base are four smaller spirals followed b}' a larger granulate rib which borders the umbilicus. Within the broad and deep umbilicus continues a succession of granose spirals. The flat sub- sutural shelf is traversed by radial plications and the whole shell is overrun by dense, fine, radial threads. Aperture subcircular, simple. HeightS'lSmm.; majordiameter3-75mm.; minordiameter 3 0 mm.

A single specimen from 17-20 fathoms.

Calliostoma trepidum, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig.3.)

Shell small, thin, glossj'^ and showing a nacreous lustre exter- nally. Whorls five, rounded, separated by a furrowed suture; apex minute, rather tilted, unscalptured, of a whorl and a half. Colour, pale purple on the spire, last whorl pearl-grey with small scattered orange dots. Sculpture : on the base are eight spiral beaded cinguli parted by narrow grooves; at the periphery the sculpture changes abruptly; above this on the last whorl are six narrow elevated crowded cinguli, the upper bordering the suture, each bearing small sharp prominent tubercles, set in obliquel}''- descending rows. On the upper whorls the cinguli aie fewer and the tubercles proportionately larger. Aperture rhomboidal, throat furrowed by the imprint of external sculpture, lip sharp, serrate by the sharp ends of the revolving sculpture. Columella

BY C. HEDLEY. 491

broadening distally, with a large blunt tubercle on its outer edge. Above this is a narrow but deep axial groove. Height 4-5 mm.; major diameter 3*75 mm.; minor diameter 3-35 mm.

Several specimens from 17-20 fathoms. A broken specimen occurred to me off the Hope Islands.

This seems to be a close ally of C. deception Smith,* from W. Australia, Port Darwin and Albany Island His drawing is too indistinct to use except as a silhouette, but it indicates that the whorls are more angled above and below than in the Mast Head shell. Presuming that the latter are adult, the species is smaller with fewer whorls. A more distant relation is Callios- toma spimdosiwi Tate.f

Alcyna australis, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig.29.)

Shell small, broadly conical. Whorls four and a half, rounded, rapidly increasing. Colour: adult whorls dull white, protoconch dark purple. Sculpture: the base is ornamented with spaced spiral grooves; these occur, but fainter, on the penultimate whorl. The protoconch, embracing two and a half whorls, is more strongly spirally furrowed. Aperture large, round; into it projects from the columella a prominent tooth-like tubercle. Height 25 mm.; breadth 1-45 mm.

A single rather worn specimen from 17-20 fathoms is the first representative of the genus to be reported from Australia. The contrast in colour and sculpture between the apical and succeeding whorls distinguishes this species.

ASTRALIUM AUREOLUM, n.sp.

(Plate xxi., figs.56, 57, 58.)

Shell large, massive, conical, imperforate; spire elevate, later whorls becoming subscalar. Whorls seven. Colour a uniform

'■' Smith, Proc. Malacol. Soc. lii. 1899, p. 312, fig.5, and Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p.72. tTate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. xvii. p. 195, PI. i. fig. 7.

492 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

dull brick-red, except a brilliant cadmium-orange ring round the aperture. Sculpture: the earlier whorls are strongly radiately plicate below the sutures; periphery armed with short, broad, downwardly directed spines becoming obsolete towards the aperture; on the penultimate whorl they number sixteen. Close spiral cords densely beset with imbricating scales cover the surface of the shell; above there are ten cords carrying more distant hooded scales obliquely connected with those above and below. On the base there are also ten cords with more crowded scales. Base flattened. Aperture very oblique, subcircular, within and upon the columella pearly; a narrow inner margin to the lip continuous with an axial callus pad is bright cadmium-orange. Operculum pale orange, oblong, nucleus subtermiual, hollow medially between two ribs, one of which rises proximally into a heavy callus mound. Height 87 mm.; major diam. 92 mm.; minor diam 80 mm.

A single living and adult specimen from 20 fathoms a few miles south of Mast Head. This, the prize of the Expedition, and probably the handsomest shell discovered anywhere during the year, was captured in the last haul of the dredge. In size and general appearance it is comparable to A. sulcatum Marty n, from New Zealand, and may be classed as a second member of the subgenus Cookia. The subscalar whorls, peripheral thorns and orange mouth of A . aureolum distinguish it. I am indebted to my friend and colleague, Mr. A. R. McCulloch, for an excellent figure of this splendid shell.

Cyclostrejnia cubitale, n.sp.

(Plate xvi., fig.8.)

Shell minute, thin, translucent, conical, perforate. Colour white. Whorls four, the first two rounded, smooth. Sculpture: a dozen prominent, distant, thin radial ribs descend the last two whorls perpendicularly, broadening at the periphery; these there produce a marked angle to the contour of the shell. Spiral threads lattice the interspaces and denticulate the edges of the ribs. Aperture round, adherent anteriorly to the body-whorl for

BY C. HEDLEY. 493

a short space. Outer lip formed by the last radial rib, inner a little expanded and reflected. Umbilicus a narrow perforation. Height l-Io mm.; breadth 08 mm.

Several specimens from 17-20 fathomis.

LlOTIA LATEBROSA, n.sp.

(Plate xvi., fig.ll.)

Shell small, globose, perforate. Colour buff. Whorls three, flattened beneath the suture, thence rounded to the base. Sculpture: about twenty radial puckers undulate the summit of the last whorl, but disappear before reaching the periphery. Around the umbilicus about a dozen similar radial riblets are disposed. Fine close spiral threads parted by grooves of equal height and breadth ornament the entire surface. Aperture simple, subcircular, slightly angled anteriorly and posteriorly. Umbilicus deep and narrow. Operculum externally concave, shelly and multispiral. Its whorls answering to those of the shell, parted by a deep sutural furrow and radially sculptured by irregular raised lines. Height 1-35 mm.; major diam. 145 mm.; minor diam. 1*1 mm.

Numerous specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

The shell resembles Leptothyra, but the operculum is of a different type. It seems to me probable that neither Leptothyra nor Collonia occurs in Australasian seas, and that the species which have been ascribed to them ought to be transferred to Liotia.

MOERCHIA INTROSPECTA, n.sp.

(Plate XX., figs.47, 48,49.)

Shell small, solid, hemispherical, bluntly keeled at the base, rounded above. Colour white. Whorls four, parted by a furrowed suture, rather rapidly increasing, first two descending, third tilted, fourth inflated, at first ascending then suddenly descending to the margin of the base, so that the spire projects obliquely in a cavity formed by the ascent of the body-whorl. Sculpture: the earlier whorls are smooth and glossy, the last

494: MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

wrinkled towards the suture and ornamented throughout by fine close radial hair-lines. Base slightly concave, the plane of the periphery continued in the aperture, a small umbilicus corres- ponding to the spire. Aperture horizontal-oblong, adnate to the keel, thickened externally. Major diam. 2-25mm.; minor diam. 1-6 mm.; height 0-9 mm.

This species, common in 17-20 fathoms around Mast Head, represents a genus new to Australia. The Chinese M. morleti Fischer,"^' closely resembles it, but, judging from literature, differs in sculpture, and especially by the denticulate periphery.

RissoA NOVARENSis Frauenfeld.

Alvania novarensis Frauenfeld, Novara Moll, p.ll, pi. ii. fig. 16 (1867). Rissoa {Alvania) trajectus Watson, Chall. Exped. Zool. XV. 1886, pl.xliv. fig. 6.

This synonymy has not been previously noted, but B. trajectus appears to be embraced within the limits of variation of R. novarensis. The species thus develops a continuous range from Sydney to the Gulf of Carpentaria.

Rissoa liddelliana, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig.24.)

Shell minute, thin, translucent, conical, perforate. Whorls four, rounded. Colour white. Sculpture: the first two whorls are smooth, the others ornamented by elevate lamellae which continue across the suture and traverse the whole whorl. On the body-whorl they amount to seventeen, are prominently angled at the shoulder, less so at the base. The interstices are broad and flat, traversed by regular dense spiral microscopic scratches. Aperture perpendicular, circular, entire, almost, but not quite, free from the body-whorl, fortified by a broad and thick varix. Umbilicus a small axial furrow. Height 1*25 mm.; breadth 0-8 mm.

* Fischer, Journ. de Conch, xxv. 1877, p. 202, pi. iv., fig.l; and Melvill, Proc. Malacol. Soc. vii. 1906, p. 27.

BY C. HEDLEY. 495

A few specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

Named in honour of Mr. A. Liddell, a member of our party. The novelty is related to R. invisibilis Hedley {Mem. Austr. Mus, iii. 1899, p 4:18, fig. 9) from Funafuti. The sculpture recalls Cyclostrema, but the few whorls and solid varix do not well agree with that genus,

Onoba glomerosa, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig.23.)

Shell small, solid, glossy, columnar, blunt at either end. Colour milk-white to pale ochre, yellow at the summit. Whorls five, first three turbinate, last two-thirds of the shell's total length slightly inflated, contracted at the sutures, wound obliquely. Sculpture: top whorls smooth, last two ornamented by fine flat- topped spiral riblets parted by shallow grooves of slightly greater breadth; the riblets are more crowded on the centre of the whorl. There are 20 on the last and 10 on the antepenultimate whorl. Faint growth-striae cross riblets and grooves obliquely. Aperture round, bevelled at the edge, and thickened within but not externally. Height 2*9 mm.; breadth 1-35 mm.

Common around Mast Head. I have also seen it in shell-sand from Noosa, Queensland. It is closely related to 0. mercurialis Watson,* but the novelty is shorter, proportionately broader, with less defined sutures.

Amphithalamus capricorneus, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig.22.)

Shell minute, solid, perforate, ovate, smooth. Whorls four, contracted at the suture, inflated, rapidly increasing, last descend- ing at the aperture. Colour cream, the upper whorls pale orange, the lower with bands of pale orange on periphery and shoulder, only the latter reappearing on penultimate whorl; these bands are visible within the aperture. Umbilicus and columella stained a much deeper orange. Sculpture: faint irregular growth-lines.

* Watson, Chall. Rep. Zool. xv. 1886, p.600, pi. xlv., fig. 12. 39

496 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

Aperture entire, free, though barely so, from the body-whorl, subcircular, angled above; outer lip thin, a little expanded; columella arched, partly reflected over the umbilicus. Base rounded. Umbilicus narrow, deep, margined by a ridge which runs out to the point of the pillar. Height l'5mm.; breadth 1-1 mm.

Dredged in abundance in 17-20 fathoms. The rich orange colour of this minute shell readily distinguishes it.

'&^

Anabathron contortum, n.sp. (Plate xvii., fig. 21.)

Shell minute, first columnar, then untwisted. Whorls five, of which the last three are adult. Protoconch of two flat whorls terminating in a heavy varix and angled by a thick upstanding spiral marginal keel, the whole resembling a Liotia minima, and causing the summit of the shell to be sharply obliquely truncate. From the protoconch the adult shell descends almost perpendicu- larly, first two whorls tightly coiled but long drawn out, the final polygonal, unscrewed and long drawn out. Colour uniform ochre. Sculpture: each whorl bears on base and shoulder a heavy spiral keel which defines an angle in the contour of the whole shell; in the penultimate the lower keel is buried by the succeeding suture of the next whorl. Fine, close, longitudinal, lamellate riblets traverse every whorl and render the spiral keels delicately nodose; ver}^ faint but dense spiral strife cross the riblets. Aperture subcircular, with a broad, thick continuous varix-rim. Height 1-24 mm.; breadth 0-5 mm.

Two specimens in 17-20 fathoms.

In size and sculpture this is comparable with the type of the genus, A. co7itahidatum, from which the colour, protoconch and irregular disposition of the coils plainly separate it.

Anabathron ascensum, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 20.)

Shell subulate, very solid. Whorls five, first trochiform, suddenly descending to form the tightly twisted, long drawn coil

BY C. HEDLEY. 497

of the remainder. Colour white, pink on the summit and round the mouth. Sculpture: the first whorl is acutely angled at the shoulder; from that angle is evolved a strong projecting peri- pheral keel descending and enlarging till it merges in the varix. The base carries a lesser keel, reappearing as a thread above the suture of the last whorl. Fine microscopic spiral striae overrun the whole surface. Aperture obliquely oval, surrounded by a broad and thick varix. Height r95mm.; breadth 085 mm.

Numerous specimens dredged in 17-20 fathoms.

From A. contabidatum the novelty is clearly distinguished by colour, greater bulk, and the massive spiral keel.

ScALiOLA BELLA A. Adams.

A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) vi. 1860, p.l20; Watson, Chall. Rep. Zool. xv. 1886, p.623.

This species occurred with, but in less abundance than, S. arenosa and S. caledonica. On revising the group with m@re material and knowledge, I would now withdraw my S. lajjillifera^ from the Ellice Islands, as a synonym of S. hella. I have also obtained this species at Green Island near Cairns, and off the Hope Islands.

RiSSOINA KESTEVENI, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 25.)

Shell small, massive, ovate. Whorls five, gradate. Colour white. Sculpture : the first two whorls smooth, prominent; widely spaced arcuate radial ribs, numbering 17 on the last whorl, ascend the spire continuously and obliquely, rise into nodules on the shoulder and descend tapering in a sigmoid flexure on the base. A double peripheral girdle breaks the ribs into beads; midway down the base another spiral chain of beads occurs. A secondary microscopic sculpture of fine, distant, spiral threads overruns the whole surface. Aperture ovate, a little effuse anteriorly. Height 3*25 mm.; breadth 2*25 mm.

Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. ill. 1899, p. 41 5, fig. 8

498 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

A couple of specimens from 17-20 fathoms. A single speci- men, more delicately sculptured than the type, occurred in 5-10 fathoms off the Hope Islands, North Queensland.

Named after a member of the Expedition, Mr. H. L. Kesteven.

ClTHNA MARMORATA, n.Sp.

(Plate xviii., figs.27-28,)

Shell smrJl, thin, hyaline, imperforate, conical. Whorls six, parted by impressed sutures, rounded, but inclining to be angled at the periphery in some individuals. Sculpture: fine growth- lines. Colour: on a hyaline background are numerous narrow zigzag brown radial lines. These are interrupted by a peripheral band, chequered b}^ small square opaque white dots, which ascends the spire above the suture. Aperture subquadrate, emarginate and subchannelled anteriorly, outer lip flexuous, sometimes with an external varix; columella with a low oblique median fold and a narrow callus reflection adnate to the axis. Height 1-95 mm.; breadth I'l mm.

Common in 17-20 fathoms. I have also dredged it in 5-10 fathoms off the Hope Islands near Cooktown.

Plesiotrochus pagodiformis, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 16.)

Shell small, solid, regularly conical. Whorls eight, including the protoconch. Colour buff or white, with or without irregular chocolate streaks or dots. Sculpture: a broad, deep, peripheral groove indents the body-whorl and ascends the spire; the top side of the groove overhangs the lower, giving a pagodiform shape to the shell; the suture is wound outside the basal slope of the groove; on the earlier whorls the upper limb of this groove is pinched into a sharper keel. Broad but low radial ribs, which vary in development in different individuals, cross the whorls. They are faint in the earlier whorls and grow bolder with the increase of the shell, do not continue from whorl to whorl, and amount to about seven on the last volution, are scarcely per-

BY C. HEDLEY. 499

ceptible below the suture, but swell towards the periphery and undulate the upper limb of the groove where they terminate. The whole surface is roughened by sharp, close, minute spiral threads, numbering about 16 on the penultimate; their interstices are latticed by radial striae. Protoconch smooth, two-whorled, turbinate. Aperture unfinished rhomboidal, grooved within by the imprint of the spiral threads. Columella straight, its edge a trifle re|lected. Canal very short and broad. Height 6 mm.; breadth 3*5 mm.

Abundant in 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head. One specimen was taken by Mr. A. U. Henn off Cape Sidmouth, Queensland, and 1 found it plentiful round the Hope Islands, in 5-10 fathoms.

The genus Plesiotrochus seems so little known to conchologists that a few remarks on it may be acceptable. It was formed by P. Fischer* for the reception of his new P. souverbianus, from the Loyalty Islands. The classification of the genus puzzled him; a resemblance to the Cerithiidse caught his eye, an affinity to the Littorinidai was mentioned, but tinally, and with a mark of interrogation, he placed it in Planaxidse. In the opinion of the majority, the genus is best suited with the Cerithiidse.

It was suggested by Pilsbryf that Trochus exilis Pease, | from the Paumotus, should he conveyed to Plesiotrochus. After examining specimens from the Paumotus, the Ellice and the Loyalty Islands, I would unite P. souverbianus to P. exilis as an absolute synonym. To the same genus I now refer my Cerithium impeudens^ from Funafuti. I would further enlarge Plesiotrochus by the addition of the Tasmanian Cerithium monachus Crosse & Fischer. 1 1 The resemblance of the latter to Plesiotrochus has been remarked by Melvill & Standen.^ Angas referred C. monaclius to Potainides*'^ Watson's comment on his Bittium oosimense'W

* Fischer, Journ. de Conch, xxvi. 1878, p. 212.

t Pilsbry, Man. Conch, xi. 1889, p. 490.

X Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. 1867, p 286, pl.24, fig. 7.

§ Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. iii. 1899, p.434, fig.23.

Ij Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 347.

IF Melvill & Standen, Journ. of Conch, viii. 1897, p. 409.

** Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 171-

+t Watson, Chall. Rep. Zool. xv. 1886, p.ooO.

500 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD RKEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

and Pilsbry's comparison of BittiiLm scalatum Dunker,* suojgest the inclusion of these Japanese species in Plesiotrochus. Nevill has recorded the genus from the Indian Ocean. f Dr. J. C. Verco has kindly sent me the radula and operculum of C. monacTius. The former (PI. xvii., fig. 18) has the rachidian plate broad, with a slender median cusp, not reaching the basal margin, with three minute cusps aside. Laterals three, curved and hooked, the hook of the innermost denticulate. Opercuknn (PL xvii., fig. 17) thin, ovate, paucispiral.

Mathilda oppia, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig.9.)

Shell small, solid, ovate, narrowl}^ perforate. Colour ochreous. Whorls four, plus a two-whorled tilted but not immersed proto- conch. Suture deeply channelled. Sculpture : on the base are three spiral threads, on the peripher}^ two prominent distant spiral keels ascend from the aperture to the protoconch. These are traversed by strong, widely spaced, perpendicular, radial ribs, about seventeen to a whorl, which commence on the second adult whorl and cease a little behind the aperture; they descend from the suture to below the periphery and at the intersection of the spirals form deep square pits. Aperture broadly ovate, outer lip denticulated by the ends of the spirals, inner lip narrowly reflected. Height 3-35 mm.; breadth 1-45 mm.

A few specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

Related to J/, decorata (Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. iv. 1903^ p. 352, tig. 75) but differing by fewer spirals, smaller size and different angle of the heterostrophe protoconch.

TURRITELLA CAPTIVA, n.Sp.

(Plate xvii., fig.26.)

Shell of medium size, slender, slowly tapering to a fine point, angled at the periphery. Whorls fifteen. Colour dull white

* Pilsbry, Cat. Mar. Moll. Jap. 1895, p. 57. t Nevill, List Mollusca Indian Museum, 1884, p. 158.

BY C. HEDLEY. 501

with indistinct brown dashes. Sculpture : the second or third whorl develops a spiral keel, spiral threads appear first below, then above it, later the sides flatten, then grow concave. About the ninth or tenth whorl the adult sculpture is assumed, at and after this stage the middle of the whorl is broadly constricted between an upper and a lower prominent, spiral, rounded ridge. The anterior cingulus usually splits in two on the later whorls. Both ridges and constriction are ornamented with close, minute, spiral threads. In turn these are overrun by close, thin, radial lamella?, arcuate in the constriction, their edges making the shell harsh to the touch. Base flat, inclining to concave, smoother than the spire. Aperture subquadrate. Height 30mm.; breadth 7 mm.

Several specimens from 16-20 fathoms.

Judging from Reeve's figure the novelty most resembles Turritella constricta^^" a species united (though probably errone- ously) to T. clathrata Kiener, by Tryon.f T. captiva appears to have more whorls in less length, to be narrower in proportion, and to have the upper cingulus adjacent instead of remote from the suture.

Chossea inverta, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig.l5.)

Shell biconical, very solid, the ba.se produced, much exceeding the spire, which is low and gradate. Colour milk-white. Whorls four, the first minute, unsculptured, the others rapidly increasing, parted by channelled sutures. Sculpture : the upper whorls carr}'- three thick, elevated, spiral ribs, divided by broad, deep grooves. These vanish on the last whorl, which is entirely covered by dense, microscopic spirals so crossed by radials as to give the eflfect of fine punctures over the whole surface. Basal funicle massive, coiled on the body-whorl like a subsidiary whorl, far extended anteriorly, its truncate extremity excavate. A small perforation occurs below the aperture in the base of the

* Reeve, Conch. leon.v. 1849, Turritella, pl.x. sp. 18. tTryon, Man. Conch.viii. 18S6, p.206.

502 MOLLUSCA OP MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

funicle. Aperture subcircular, outer lip simple, inner reflected over the umbilicus. Umbilicus superiorly a narrow spiral per- foration, inferiorly a trough hollowed between the columella and funicle. Height 2*45 mm.; major diameter 2-G5mm.; minor diameter 1*8 mm. ■ A few specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

The novelt}'' is nearest C. biconica,^ than which C. inverta is larger, proportionately broader, with a lower spire and a heavier funicle.

FOSSARUS BRUMALIS, U.Sp.

(Plate xviii., fig.38.)

Shell small, thin, globose-turbinate, widely umbilicate. Whorls four, rapidly increasing, parted by impressed sutures. Colour coffee-brown. Sculpture : spiral^ elevated, narrow keels, two on the penultimate, five on the last whorl, spaced by flat interstices three times their breadth, the highest on the shoulder, the lowest margining the umbilicus; over all a secondary sculpture of fine, close, spiral microscopic striae. First whoil smooth, dome-shaped. Umbilicus a wide funnel spirally ascending to a narrow perforation. Aperture large, subquadrate, outer lip sharp-pointed at the termination of each keel. Columella straight, slightly reflected over the umbilicus. Height 1-32 mm.; breadth 1-0 mm.

A few specimens from 17-20 fathoms. Further examples were procured in 1906 off the Hope Islands.

The sign of Capricorn was "brumalis " to the Romans though not to ourselves.

LiPPiSTES zoDiACUS, n.sp.

(Plate xviii., fig.30.)

Shell small, solid, narrowlj' perforate, ovate. Colour pale buff. Whorls four and a half, including a protoconch of a whorl and a half. Sculpture : prominent, widely spaced spiral keels, two on each of the upper whorls and fo^ur on the last, both the. keels and

*Hedley, These Proceedings, xxvii. (1902), p.l2, pi. ii. tig.24.

BY C. HEDLEY. 503

flat interspaces smooth. Aperture ovate, toothed by the ending of the spirals. Columella narrowly reflected. Height 1-6 mm.; breadth 0-85 ram.

Several specimens from 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head.

The novelty appears to be the smallest and narrowest of its genus.

When previously discussing Lippistes"^ I was unaware of an excellent review of the genus by von Martens, f

Odostomia metata, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig.35.)

Shell small, thin, columnar, imperforate, smooth, glossy and semitransparent. Adult whorls five, inclining to fusiform shape, narrowly tabulate at the sutures. Protoconch of two or three whorls, small, globose, wound at right angles to the adult axis, half immersed in the flat summit of the first adult whorl, within the margin of which it is contained. Colour : narrow spiral chocolate lines are ruled on a milky ground, ibetween these are transverse bars or checkers of chocolate, a narrow opaque white margin frequently bordering the chocolate. The spiral lines are three on the last whorl, two each on the two earlier and one each on the two others. Chocolate also tinges the outer edge of the columella lip. Base well rounded. Aperture pyriform, the columella with a low oblique fold. Height 2-35 mm.; breadth 0-35 mm.

Two specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

Odostomia canaria, n.sp.

(Plate xviii., fig.32.)

Shell small, rather solid, umbilica.te, elongate, conical, smooth. Colour entirely bright canary-yellow. Adult whorls five, flat- sided. Periphery with a deep groove in which runs the suture

* These Proceedings, xxvii. p.2.S.

tVon Martens, Archiv f. JNaturg. Ixiii. 1897, p. 174.

504 MOLLUSCA OP MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

of the upper whorl, thus producing a sharp deep constriction between the whorls. Protoconch large, projecting across the summit of the first normal whorl, and consisting of three prostrate drawn out whorls. Base inflated, well rounded. Umbilicus narrow, partly walled in by the columella. Aperture rhomboidal, rather produced anteriorly, angled posteriorly. Outer lip sharp, medially inflected. Just below the insertion of the columella there projects a single, large, compressed fold. Throat internally finely spirally grooved. Height 2-35 mm.; breadth I'O mm.

Several specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

The unusual sulphur colour will aid in the recognition of this

species.

Odostomia bulbula, n.sp.

(Plate xviii., fig.34.)

Shell small, very solid, imperforate, globose, conical. Colour white. Adult whorls four, rapidly increasing, the last flattened above, subangled at the periphery, rounded on the base. Apical whorls small, wound horizontally, too deeply immersed to count the coils. Sculpture : to the naked eye smooth, but under magnifi- cation ornamented by radial spaced threads, anteriorly wrinkled over a low spiral ridge round the axis. Aperture lunate, outer lip sharp. Columella spreading as a pad over the axis and there bearing a strong, compressed, horizontally-entering fold; below this it is perpendicular, arcuate, much thickened, and slightly reflected, anteriorly meeting the outer lip in a blunt angle. Height 3-5 mm.; breadth 2-75 mm.

A single specimen from 17-20 fathoms.

The extreme corpulence of this small Odostomia will facilitate

its recognition.

Odostomia sigma, n.sp.

(Plate xviii., fig.33.)

Shell small, rather solid, imperforate, ovate, turreted. Colour white. Whorls four, and a heterostrophe protoconch. Sculp- ture : fine, close, ^ regular, radial riblets extending obliquely across the whorls in a sigmoid flexure. Aperture pyriform.

BY C. HEDLEY. 505

angled above, effuse below, outer lip sinuate, columella with a single prominent fold. Height 2*3 mm.; breadth 1-3 mm.

A single specimen from 17-20 fathoms, is specifically distin- guished by the sculpture.

Odostomia henni Brazier.

Odostomiahenni Brazier, These Proceedings (2),ix.l894, p.l71, pl.xiv. fig. 2. Pyrgulina perspectiva Hedley, These Proceedings xxvii. 1902, p.lO, pl.iii. fig.33.

On reconsideration I would now withdraw my P. perspectiva as a synonym of 0. henni. A series from 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head supplies a locality intermediate between those hitherto recorded. I find that I also took this species under stones at low water in Port Moresby, Papua, in 1890.

MUCRONALIA BIZONULA MelviU.

Melvill, Proc. Malacol. Soc. vii. 1906, p.72, pl.viii. fig.31.

A single immature shell from 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head corresponds well to the account of one recently described by Mr. J. C. Melvill from the Persian Gulf.

Stilifer orbiculatus, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig.37.)

Shell small, globose, narrowly perforate. Whorls six, rapidly increasing; first two stiliform, third and fourth sharply angled on the shoulder, last two rounded. Sculpture: low radial undu- lations crossed by minute incised spiral lines. Colour pale yellow, warming to orange on the spire. Aperture pyriform, lip sharp, a thin callus on the body-whorl. Columellar margin reflected over a narrow perforation. Height 4*4 mm.; breadth 44 mm.

One weathered shell from 17-20 fathoms.

Stilifer auricula, n.sp. (Plate xviii., tig.36.)

Shell minute, turbinate, with a subulate spire. Colour white. Whorls six, the final one swollen, globose; the penultimate much

506 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

narrower, gradate; the earlier together forming a tall and slender column. No sculpture. Umbilicus wide and deep. Aperture semilunate, lip expanded, columellar margin broadly reflected. Height 2-15 mm.; breadth 1-65 mm.

Three specimens from 17-20 fathoms. I again met with this species in 5-10 fathoms off the Hope Islands.

EULIMELLA COLUMNA, n.Sp.

(Plate xviii., fig. 31.)

Shell minute, long and slender, turreted, terminating obtusely. Whorls seven, plus an inclined heterostrophe protoconch, angled at the periphery, slowly increasing. Colour translucent white. Sculpture: above the angle are no spirals, at and below- it numerous spiral grooves, finer and crowded at the angle, deeper and wider spaced below it. Across these and the smooth belt between the angle and suture run fine flexuous growth-lines. Base rounded, imperforate. Aperture pyriform, outer lip sharp, columella expanded. Height 2-3 mm.; breadth 0-75 mm.

Numerous specimens from 17-26 fathoms. This species also occurred in 5-10 fathoms off the Hope Islands.

This is most nearly related to E. anabathro7i Hedley,* from which it is distinguished by the spiral grooves, which appear as opaque lines on a translucent ground.

Omalaxis radiata, n.sp.

(Plate XX., figs.53, 54, 55.)

Shell minute, thin, discoid al, angled above and below; spire slightly raised, umbilicus broad and deep. Colour w^iite. Whorls three, subquadrate in section, last finally detached. Protoconch of one tilted and unsculptured whorl ending in a varix. Sculp- ture: fine, close, lamellate, radial ribs, about 52 on last whorl, crossing the upper and lower angles these thicken and project

These Proceedings, xxx. 1906, p. 524, pl.xxxiii., figs. 39, 40.

BY C. HEDLEY. 507

as denticles. Aperture unfinished, free. Height O'G mm.; major diam. 1-.3 mm.; minor diam. 0*9 mm.

Abundant in 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head.

Judging from literature, this species appears to resemble the the Sicilian 0. zanclea Philippi, from which the size, sculpture and elevation of the spire separate it.

Daphnella excavata Gatliff.

Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. xix. (n.s.), 1906, p. 1, pl.i., fig.l.

The occurrence of a shell recently described from Victoria was unexpected, but a good series taken in 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head corresponds exactly to authentic examples kindly supplied by Mr. J. H. Gatliff. This extension of range suggests that it may in future be detected in New South Wales. The species somewhat resembles Glathurella hirsuta de Folin, in miniature.

MiTRA MiTRA Linne.

Voluta mitra var. ejyiscojoalis Linne, Syst. Nat. x. 1758, p. 732.

A single worn example from the beach probably represents the southern limit of the shell. Linne compounded his species of two " varieties," episcopalis and papalis. It seems to me, but not to my predecessors, that when papalis was withdrawn as a separate species, the specific mitra reverted to the residual.

An addition to Australia is Mitra zephyrina Sowerby,"^' of which I dredged a fragmentary specimen in 17-20 fathoms.

Digressing from the Capricornian fauna, this opportunity may be taken of recording another Mitra new to Australia, M. hern- hardina Bolten, which I gathered at Green Island, off Cairns. It was named in the rare ' Museum Boltenianum'f from a figure by Chemnitz. I Thirteen years afterwards Lamarck established, § on the same figure, his Mitra mui'icidata, a name by which the species is generally known.

* Sowerby, Thes. Conch, iv. 1874, p. 4, pi. 368, fig. 307. t Bolten, Museum Boltenianum, 1798, p. 1.36. X Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. x. 1788, pi. 150, tig.1427. § Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. xvii. 1811, p. 216.

^08 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

MiTRA CAPRICORNEA, n.sp.

(Plate xvi., fig. 10.)

Shell minute, slender, conical, solid. Whorls five, of which two compose the protoconch. Colour: various shades of brown from chocolate to ochre, or lilac, usually monochrome, but some- times with two narrow spiral dark lines on the upper whorls. Sculpture: protoconch smooth, remainder with broad, wave-like well spaced, radial ribs, about eleven to the whorl, which undulate the suture, continue from whorl to whorl and vanish on the base. The last third of the body-whorl is without ribbing. Aperture narrow, columella quadruplicate, the folds diminishing rapidly in size downwards, a thick callus layer on the inner lip, a stout tubercle beneath the hook of the right insertion, about six deep- seated spiral lyrse on the parietal wall. Height 3-85 mm. ; breadth 1-75 mm.

Several specimens from 17-20 fathoms.

The form varies; some are stouter, others more slender. In general appearance the novelty is like M. nitidissinia Melvill & Standen, from Lifu, but is distinguished by ribbing and duller surface.

COLUBRARIA ANTIQUATA Hiuds.

Triton antiquatus Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p,21.

This species ranges from Torres Straits, whence it was reported by Melvill & Standen,^' south to Sydney. Brazier has named specimens from New South Wales Triton coxif and others from Queensland Tritonium angasi-X Pease has added a synonym in Triton crenulatus.% The generic position of the species was lately revised by Dr. DalLjl

Melvill* Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. 1899, p. 163.

t Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 22, pl.iv., fig. 9.

+ Brazier, These Proceedings, i. 1877, p. 174.

§ Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch, iii. 1867, p. 233.

II Dall, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll. xlvii. 1905, p. 135.

BY C. HEDLEY. 509

Arcularia dorsata Bolteii.

Bucciniiin dorsatum Bolten, Mus. Bolt. (2) 1798, p.lU, for Martini, Conch. Cab. iv., pl.cxxv., figs. 1194, 1195.

For this species F. P. Marrat has recommended*'' the name of Nassa tri/asciata Gmelin. Probably he did not observe that Omelin duplicated this name by proposing Buccinum trifasciatum first on Syst. Nat. xiii. p.3477, for Cassidea gramdata Born, and then again on p. 3489 for this species. So Gmelin's name is obliterated by himself.

Next in order appears to be the name of Bolten, which, founded on a figure of the Conchylien Cabinet, recognised as applicable to our shell by E. A. Smith,! precedes the names which Brazier! has enumerated, N, livida Gray, N. unicolor Kiener, etc.

Roth states§ that the Batavia River Blacks eat the mollusc and call it "tru-no."

Arcularia semitexta Hedley.

Nassa semitexta Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. iii. 1899, p. 462, fig.37.

This species was discovered in the Ellice Islands; its taxonomic position is still a matter of uncertainty. A single broken individual, half the size of my type from Funafuti, extends its range to Australia.

Pyrene abyssicola Brazier.

Columbella abyssicola Brazier, These Proceedings, i. 1877, p.232.

(Plate xix., figs. 40, 41, 42, 43.)

The shell figured for this species by Tryon|| does not agree with the description or with the authentic specimens that I have

* Marrat, Journ. of Conch, ii. 1879, p. 78.

t Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p.48.

X Brazier, These Proceedings, x. 1886, p. 86.

§ Roth, North Q'ld. Ethnography, Bull. iii. 1901, p. 18.

IjTryon, Man. Conch, v. 1883, p.l41, pl.51, fig.65.

510 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

examined. His figure was possibly based on Pyrene melvilli Hedley* { = Columbella suhphilodicia Hervier), which I took in 5-10 fathoms off the Hope Islands. The two species have a general resemblance, but in P. abijssicola the colour is disposed in angles, while in P. melvilli it takes the form of bars. The species is abundant in 17-20 fathoms round Mast Head; the collection is divisible into two series, probably sexual, of a stouter and of a more slender form. These are shown in the accompanying drawings from the brush of my friend, Mr. A. R.

McCulloch.

Pyrene lurida, n.sp.

(Plate xvii., fig. 19.)

Shell small, oval, thin, semitransparent, glossy. Whorls five, slightly shouldered. Colour, uniform, clear cinnamon-brown with a pale, narrow, peripheral zone. Sculpture : the anterior extremity is wound round with ten small spiral cords; the remainder at first appears smooth, but on high magnification is found to have minute spiral striae reticulated by delicate growth- lines. Aperture oblong, outer lip thickened externally and with three tubercles internally. Columella smooth, straight. Height 3-4 mm.; breadth 1-5 mm.

A few imperfect specimens were dredged in 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head Island. I have derived my figure from a perfect example gathered by the late Mrs. Starkey in Middle Harbour, Sydney.

Pyrene gemmulifera, n.sp.

(Plate xix., fig. 44.)

Shell small, narrowly ovate, very solid, slightly turreted. Colour uniform chocolate-brown. Whorls five, of which two compose the protoconch. Sculpture : second whorl of the proto- conch with fine radial riblets, adult whorls with elevated, continuous, perpendicular ribs, about twenty to a whorl. These

*Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. iii. 1899, p.463, fig.38.

BY C. HEDLEY. 511

are cut into beads by similar spirals, of which the antepenulti- mate and penultimate have each four, and the last whorl nine, besides four unbeaded ridges at the anterior end. The bead-row below the suture is marked off from the rest by a deeper furrow. Aperture narrow, lip thickened externally, armed within by five denticles. Height 2*7 mm.; breadth 1-15 mm.

Numerous specimens in 17-20 fathoms. The species is smaller and more ovate than others of the genus which have reticulate sculpture.

Drupa RUBUsiDiEA Bolten.

Drupa rubusidceus Bolten, Mus. Bolten. (2), 1798, p.55 (based on Knorr, vi. t.24, fig.7).

Among rocks on the weather-edge of the reef at low water we found alive a shell which approaches nearer to the illustration of liicinula reevemia Crosse* than to any other published figure. An examination of Crosse's type enabled E. A. Smith to pro- nounce it a variation of •" Sistrum hystrix Lamarck."! But Lamarck's Pnpura hystrix% is merely a misinterpretation of Murex hystrix Linne.§ For Hanley|| in his exposition of Linnean t3^pes writes, that " Murex hystrix of Linnseus .... must assuredly be regarded as an immature example of ricinus."

Failing an earlier synonym, after discarding hystrix, it would be necessary to employ reeveana. But Deshayes and Kuster regarded Purpura spathulifera Blainville (1832), as equivalent to hystrix of Lamarck.

Antecedent even to the name of Lamarck is the Drupa rubus- idoius of Bolten, whose citation of Knorr and Martini coincides with the quotations of his successor. Bolten's name must there- fore stand for the common tropical shell familiarly known as Ricinida hystrix.

* Crosse, Journ. de Conch, x. 1862, p. 47, pi. i. tig.2. t Smith, Proc. Malacol. Soc. ii. 1897, p.230. J Lamarck, An. s. vert. vii. 1822, p. 247.

§Linn., Syst. Nat. x. 1758, p. 750. I Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch. 1855, p.295. 40

512 MOLLUSCA OF MAST HEAD REEF, QUEENSLAND, II.,

Cylichna doliaria, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig.39.)

Shell small, solid, cask-shaped, perforate at either end. Colour milk-white zoned with alternate opaque and semitrans- parent, spiral bands. Sculpture : nineteen sharp, narrow, deep, spiral grooves are interposed between broad flat-topped ribs. Under a high magnification the ribs are seen to be set with fine lonc^itudinal grains, whose ends undulate the grooves. Summit flat, excavate within, spirally descending to a narrow perforation. Base with a comparatively large umbilicus, which at the penulti- mate whorl contracts to a similar narrow hole. Aperture regularly arched. Columella subdentate below. Height 2-35 mm.; breadth 1-55 mm.

The novelty is related to C. granosa Brazier { = reticulata Watson), C. pulchra Brazier ( = suhreticulata Watson), and C. hizona A. Ad. From this group it is distinguished by broader form and absence of colour.

Plentiful in 17-20 fathoms. A smaller form was taken near the Hope Islands, North Queensland, in 5-10 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xvi.

Figs. 1, 2.— Interior and exterior of Gena ungida Hedley.

Pig, 3. — Calliostoma trepidum Hedley.

Figs.4, 5, 6, 7. — Adult and growth-stages of Macrosrhisma madreporaria

Hedley. Fig. 8. — Cydostrenia cubitale Hedley. Fig. 9. — Mathilda oppia Hedley. Fig. 10. — Mitra capricornea Hedley. Fig. 11. — Liotia latehrosa Hedley. Fig. 12. — Monilea tropicalis Hedley. Figs. 13, 14-. — Emargimda convexa Hedley.

Plate xvii. Fig. 15. — Crossea inverta Hedley. Fig. lQ,—Plesiotrochus pagodiforniis Hedley.

BY c. hedlp:y. 513

Figs. 17, 18.— Operculum and raclula of Plesiotrochus monachus Crosse &

Fischer. Fig. 19. — Pyrene lurida Hedley. Fig. 20. — Anahathron ascensum Hedley. Fig. 21. — Anahathron contortum Hedley. Fig. 22. —Amphithalamus capricorneus Hedley. Fig. 23. — Onoba glomerosa Hedley. Fig. 24. — Rissoa liddelliana Hedley Fig.25. — Rissoiiwb kesteveni Hedley. Fig. 26. — Turritella captiva Hedley.

Plate xviii. Figs. 27, 28. — Cithna marmorata Hedley. Fig.29. — Alcyna australis Hedley. Fig. 30. — Lippistes zodiacus Hedley. Fig. 31. — Eidimella columna Hedley. Fig. 32. — Odostomia canaria Hedley. Fig. 33. — Odostomia sigma Hedley. Fig.oi. — Odosto/nia bulhida Hedley. Fig. 35. — Odostomia metata Hedley. Fig. 36. — Stilifer auricula Hedley. Fig. 37. — Stilifer orbicidatus Hedley. Fig. 38. — Fossarus brumalis Hedley. Fig. 39. — Cylichna doliaria Hedley.

Plate xix. Figs.40, 41, 42, 43. — Pyrene abyssicola Brazier, showing dimorphism, pro- bably sexual. Fig. 44. — Pyrene gemmulifera Hedley. Figs. 45, 46. — Clancidus granti Hedley.

Plate XX. Figs. 47, 48, 49. — MoercMa introspecta Hedley.

Figs. 50, 51, 52. — Gibbtda maccv.llochi Hedley; and enlarged sculpture. Figs. 53, 54, 55. — Omalaxis radiata Hedley.

Plate xxi. Figs.56, 57, 58. — Astraliurii aureolum'H.edilej; with operculum. Nat. size.

514

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ANTHOBOSCA (FAMILY SCOLIID^) WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

YHymeno'iJtera.'\

By Rowland E Turner, F.E.S.

Genus Anthobosca Guer.

Anthohosca Guer., Yoy. Coq. ii. 2, p. 214, 1830(1839).

Cosila Guer., I.e. p. 249; Sichel, Sauss. etSich., Spec. Gen. Scol. p. 259, 1864; Sauss., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx. P. 2, p. 233, 1892.

Myzine (partim) Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. iii. 69, 1855; Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym.viii. 1897.

Di7norj?hoptera Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 238.

By careful comparison with exotic species in the British Museum Collection, I have convinced myself that the insects classed in the genus Anthobosca are the male sex of the insects usually known in Australia as Dimoiyhojitera Sm. Smith him- self described a single male as belonging to his genus, which is undoubtedly an Anthohosca; but did not compare it in any way with other males, which have hitherto been classed with the Thyn- nidce. Although certainly forming a link between the Scoliidce and Thynnidm, the structure of the thorax in the female and the presence of wings will not allow of retention in the Thynnidce. The genus must, therefore, be placed in the Scoliidce, next to Myzine.

The male sex is well described by Guerin, and may be dis- tinguished by the short, straight and stout antennae, the unarmed hypopygium and the narrowness of the second cubital cell on the radial nervure; in some species the cell is almost triangular. The neuration extends to the outer margin as in Thynnus. The mandibles are bidentate.

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 515

In both sexes the maxillary palpi are six-jointed, the joints usually subequal, and the labial palpi four-jointed.

In the female the shape of the second cubital cell is similar to that of the male, but the neuration does not quite reach the outer margin. The mandibles are strong and rather blunt, not biden- tate. The epipygium is large and broad, usually pubescent.

In both sexes the clypeus is very short, transverse. The second and third cubital cells each receive a recurrent nervure in most of the species, but in A. crassicornis Sm.((J) and A. clypeata Sm.(9) both recurrent nervures are received by the second cubital cell.

The genus may be distinguished from the rest of the Scoliidcn by the first abdominal segment, which is not strangulated in either sex. It has a wide range over the Southern Hemisphere, occurring in S. America, S. Africa, and Madagascar; but the species seem more numerous in Australia than elsewhere.

Key to the Species of Anihohosca.

J*(^. i. Second and third cubital cells each receiving a recurrent nervure,

A. First abdominal segment slender and elongate.

a. Black; thorax and abdomen marked with yellow. Length

14 mm. A. australaskn Gu6r.

B. First abdominal segment not slender or elongate.

a. Wings nigro-violaceous.

a^. Wholly black. Length 17 mm. A, nigripennis Sm.

b. Wings hyaline. a2. Wholly black.

a^. Median segment rounded, finely reticulate. A. nigra Sm.

h^. Median segment quadrate, rugose. A. aethiops Sm.

b'^. Black; with ferruginous legs.

a3. Wholly black, except the legs. Length 15 mm.

A. varipes Sm. 63. Posterior margin of the pronotum and the post-

scutellum yellow. Length 7mm. A. torresensis, n.sp-

c^. Black; the legs black.

a^. Posterior margin of the pronotum, the postscutellum and a spot on each side of the epipygium yellowish- white. Length 12 mm. A. longipalpa, n.sp.

516 EEVISION OF AUSTEALIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ANTHOBOSCA,

6=^, Posterior margin of the pronotum pale yellow.

Length 7 mm. A. frenchi, n.sp.

ii. Second cubital cell receiving both recurrent nervures.

a. Second and third abdominal segments and legs dull ferru- ginous. Length 11 mm. A. crassicornis^vn. $ $ . i. Second and third cubital cells each receiving a recurrent nervure.

A. Wings nigro-violaceous. a. Wholly black.

a^. With long black pubescence on the sides of the abdomen.

Length 29 mm. A. australis Sichel.

b^. With thin grey pubescence on the sides of the abdomen.

Length 18 mm. A. morom Sm.

&. Black; the fiagellum orange. Length 11 mm. A. flaincorms^B.\xB^.

c. Black; a yellow spot on each side of the third abdominal

segment. Length 21 mm. A. signata '^vn.

d. Black; the abdominal segments margined with coarse, short,

white pubescence. Length 14 mm. A. albopilosa, n.sp.

B. Wings hyaline.

a. Wings clouded at apex, a^. Wholly black, front punctured. Length 15 mm.

A. anthracina Sm. 6. Wings not clouded at apex. a^. Entirely black.

a^. Front punctured. Length 11 mm. A. unicolor Sm.

&3. Front smooth and shining. Length 7 mm. A. Icevifrons Sm.

c. Wings tinged with fuscous.

a^. Legs ferruginous. Length 11mm. A. cognata^m.

d. Wings tinged with yellow, shorter than the abdomen.

a^. Kufo-testaceous; head, mesothorax and three apical

abdominal segments black. Length 17 mm. A. fastuosa Sm. ii. Second cubital cell receiving both recurrent nervures.

a. Black; second, third and fourth abdominal segments rufo-

testaceous, except the apical margin. A. dypeata Sm.

L Anthobosca AUSTRALASIA Guerin.

A. australasiceOxxGYm, Voy. Coq. Zool. ii. 2, p. 237, T.8, f.8, 1830 (1839)[5].

A. crabroniformis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.59, n.4, 1859((J).

Thynnus cathreinii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 103, 1897((J).

Hah. — Sydney (G. A. Waterhouse) Richmond River, N.S.W. (Froggatt).

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 517

2. A. NIGRIPENNIS Sm.

DimorjjJioptera nigrij^ennis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p.239(5).

Myzine nigripennis D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 125, 1897((^).

Hah. — A ustralia.

3. A. NIGRA Sm.

A. nigra Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 59, n.2, 1859((J).

Thynnns reischii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 114, 1897((J).

This species is almost entirely black, the anterioi- tibise are fuscous and the spines of the tibiae white. Head finely punc- tured, thorax and abdomen finely shagreened.

^a6._Woodford, Blue Mtns., N. S. W. (G. A. Waterhouse); Victoria (French).

4. A. AETHIOPS Sm.

A. aethiops Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p. 175, n.3, 1879((J) Thynnvs stolzii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 116, 1897((J). The median segment is short, quadrate and transversely rugu- lose; the scutellum is truncate at the apex. Hah. — Champion Bay, W.A.

5. A. LONGIPALPA, n.sp.

(J. Clypeus short, transverse, very slightly emarginate at the apex. Head and thorax finely shagreened; median segment very finely shagreened, shining at the apex, with a faint depressed mark on the disc near the centre. Abdomen very finely shagreened, a fine, short median sulca from the base of the first segment; the apical segment narrowly truncate at the apex. The three apical joints of the maxillary palpi are rather long, the apical one filiform and of a testaceous colour.

Black, a narrow line on the posterior margin of the pronotum, a transverse line on the postscutellum, a mark at the base of tho posterior tibiae and the spines of the tibiae, yellowish-white; a spot on each side of the epipygium testaceous-yellow. The anterior tibiae ferruginous, the anterior tarsi and the intermediate

518 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ANTHOBOSCA,

and posterior tibiae fuscous. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent,

nervures black. The second cubital cell longer along the radial

nervure than in most of the genus. Length 12 mm.

Ilah. — Cairns, Q. (Turner).

'&'

6. A. FRENCHi, n.sp.

$. Head very finely punctured, the three apical joints of the maxillary palpi rather longer than the others and of a pale yellow colour. Thorax and abdomen finely shagreened. The scutellum narrowly rounded at the apex.

Black; the mandibles pale yellow, ferruginous at the apex; tlie posterior margin of the pronotum, the tegular and a spot at the base of the tibiae pale yellow; the anterior tibiae ferruginous, the anterior tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline, iridescent. Length 7-8 mm.

Hah. — Victoria(French).

Nearly allied to A. nigra in general form, but the thorax is more slender. *

7. A. VARiPES Sm.

A. varipes Sm., Cat. Hym. E.M. vii. p.59, n.3, 1859((^). Thynnus fischeri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 106, 1897. The scutellum is subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex, with a delicate carina from the base nearly reaching the apex. Hah. — Lower Plenty, Vic; Victoria (French).

8. A. TORRESENSIS, n.Sp.

(^. Head sparsely punctured, almost smooth on the vertex, the apical joints of the maxillary palpi not elongate. Pronotum smooth; the mesothorax, median segment and abdomen very finely shagreened. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex.

Black; mandibles pale yellow, ferruginous at the apex; scape of the antennae ferruginous beneath ; a broad band on the posterior margin of the pronotum, the tegulse, a spot on the postscutellum, a spot on each side near the apex of the median .segment and the outside of all the tibiae, pale yellow; legs light

BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 519

ferruginous, coxae and trochanters black. Wings hyaline, irides- cent, nervures fuscous. The second cubital cell is very narrow along the radial nervures, subtriangular. Length 7-8 mm. Hah. — Cape York, Q. (April and May; Turner).

9. A. CRASSICORNIS Sm.

Tachyi)teriis crassicornis Sm.,Cat.Hym.B.M.vii.64,n.3, 1859((^).

The second recurrent nervure is received by the second cubital cell, close to the apex. The second cubital cell is much longer along the radial nervure than in other species of the genus.

Hah. — Australia.

10. A. AUSTRALis Sichel.

Cosila australis Sichel, Sauss. et Sich., Spec. Gen. Scol. p. 261, 1864(9).

Dimoiyhoptera scoliiformis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, 238(9).

Myzine scoliiformis D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 126, 1897(9).

Hah. — More ton Bay (Smith). — -

11. A. MOROSA Sm.

Dimorpho2)tera m^rosa Sm.,Trans.Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 239(9). Myzine morosa D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 125, 1897(9). Hah. — Australia; Melbourne(?) (Smith).

12. A. SIGNATA Sm.

Myzine signata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. iii. 75, n.31, 1855(9). Cosila higultata Sichel, Sauss. et Sich., Spec. Gen. Scol. p. 262, n.3(9).

/)i/«o?7jAo/>^errtsi^7z«<aSm., Trans. Ent.Soc. Lond. 1868,p.238(9). Hah. — Sydney, JS' .S.W.(G. A. Waterhouse); Cairns, Q. (Turner).

13. A. FLAVicoRNis Sauss.

Cosila Jiavicorn is Sauss., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx.P.2, p.233, 1892[9](nec Myzine flavi cor nis Sm., 1879).

9- Front coarsely, vertex sparsely punctured, a short, faint, longitudinal sulca from below the anterior ocellus. Pronotum

520 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ANTHOBOSCA,

very finely and closely punctured anteriorly, more coarsely ancT sparsely posteriorly, the anterior margin strongly depressed. Mesothorax and scutellum sparsely punctured; median segment opaque, reticulate, almost vertically truncate posteriorly. Abdo- men rather sparsely punctured, first segment broad, truncate at the base.

Shining black, with grey pubescence; the flagellum of the antennae bright orange. Wings fusco-hyaline with faint violet reflections. The second cubital cell is much produced towards the base along the cubital nervure, and is very short on the radial nervure. Length 11 mm.

Hab. — Victoria(French).

14. A. ALBOPiLOSA, n.sp.

9- Head strongly punctured, with white pubescence on the posterior margin. Thorax strongly punctured, most closely on the anterior portion of the pronotum, the pronotum covered with long, thin, black pubescence. Median segment opaque, more finely punctured, obliquely truncate posteriorly. Abdomen densely and rather finely punctured, the apical margins of the segments above and beneath with a fringe of short, broad, scale- like hairs of a silver- white colour, the sides of the segments with long black pubescence. The fifth segment is without the white marginal fringe, and is clothed with long black pubescence. The pygidium is broadly rounded at the apex, the apical portion bare and very finely punctured.

Entirely black, the pygidium fuscous at the apex. Wings fuscous, with very faint violet reflections at the base. The second cubital cell is rather longer along the radial nervure and less produced towards the base along the cubital nervure than in A. anthracina Sm. Length 14 mm.

Hah. — Queensland. Type in B.M., ex Coll. Smith.

15. A. ANTHRACINA Sm.

Myzine anthracina Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.iii. 71, 1855(9); ^'^r Cat. Hym. viii. 121, 1897 (9).

BY ROWLAND E, TURNER. 521

Divnoiyho'ptera anthracina Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Loncl. 1868, p.238(9).

Myzine sahulosa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. iii. p.7G, 1855(9); D.T., Cab. Hym. viii. 126, 1897(9).

DimoTY)hoptera sahulosa Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Loncl. 1868, p.238(9).

Gosilafasciculata Sichel, Sauss. et Sich., Spec. Gen. Scol. p. 263, 1864(9).

Hah. — Sydney.

Cosila inornata Sauss., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx. 233, 1892, is probably another synonj^m.

16. A. UNicoLOR Sm.

Myzine unicolor Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. iii. 75, 1855(9). Dimorphoptera unicolor Sm., Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 1868,238(9). Cosila yninuta Sauss., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx. 233, 1892(9).

Hah. — S. Australia(Saussure).

17. A. LiEVIFRONS Sm.

Dinio7'phoptera Icevifrons Sm., Descr.n.sp. Hym. p. 188,1879(9). Myzine levifrons D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 124, 1897(9). Hah. — Victoria (French); South Australia (Smitli).

18. A. COGNATA Sm.

Diraovphoptera cognata Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. 188, 1879(9). Myzine cognata D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 122, 1897(9). Hah. — Swan River, W. A. (Smith).

19. A. FASTUOSA Sm.

Dimorphoptera fastuosa Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p.240(9).

Myzine fastuosa D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 123, 1897(9).

Hah. — Champion Bay, W.A.

522 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ANTHOBOSCA. 20. A. CLYPEATA Sm.

DimorphojHera clypeata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p.240(9).

Myzine clypeata D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 122, 1897(9).

Hah. — Champion Ba}^, W.A.

The second recurrent nervure is received close to the apex of the second cubital cell.

21. A. ARGENTEO-ciNCTA Gribodo.

Cosila argenteo-cincta Gribodo, Ann. M us. Civ. di Storia Nat. Genova, xviii. 261, 1883(9).

I have not seen this species, which seems to differ from A. a7ithracina Sm., in the neuration, also by the presence of a tubercle at the base of the first ventral segment of the abdomen, and the sparser puncturation of the whole insect. Length 15mm.

Bab. — Australia.

Described by Gribodo from a specimen in his own collection.

523

•

Page. .. 523

.. 525

.. 527

.. 533

.. 533

.. 545

.. 549

.. 551

.. 552

THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST,

N. S.W.

By W. N. Benson, Student at the University of Sydney.

(Plates xxii.-xxiii.)

Section i. — Introduction and Previous Literature ii. — Andesites and Asbestos iii. — Granites, Granophyres, and Aplites iv. — Chlorite Schist

V. — Slates

vi. — Limestones

vii. — Economic Minerals ...

viii. — Summary

ix. — Conclusion

i. — Introduction and Previous Literature.

The village of Newbridge is on the Great Western Railway, 20 miles south-west of Bathurst, and 165 from Sydney. It is the outlet of the mines of the Trunkey and Tuena districts, and may become that of the Rockley and Burraga districts. The country described in this paper includes the Parish of Galbraith, in which Newbridge is situated, and the southern portion of the adjoining Parish of Lowry, in which most of the marble occurs; references are also made to the Caloola gold mines, and the copper mines of Belmore and Cow Flat, which are in the Parish of Ponsonby, still further to the east. The country is hilly but not very rough, and is drained by Reedy Creek, George's Plains Creek, and Queen Charlotte Vale into the Macquarie River.

Five series of rocks are developed in this district : — slates, limestones, chlorite-schist, andesites, and granites; and the mode of occurrence and the description of the varieties of each of these form the subject matter of this paper.

Very little mention has been made of Newbridge district in scientific literature. The boundaries of its several formations are

524 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBKIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

shown rather incorrectly on the Rev. W. B. Clarke's map, and his boundaries are followed in the Geological Survey Map of 1893. Scattered references occur in the Reports of the Department of Mines."* The Rev. J. Milne Curranf has drawn attention to the exposure of the junction of granite and slate in the railway cutting near Newbridge, and has sketched the branching of a granite vein. He has also referred to the diabase 4! at Blayney, an augite-plagioclase-magnetite rock, probably connected with the andesites of this region. Mr. W. J. Clunies Ross, B.Sc, has sketched very approximately the boundary of granite and slate in this district, and has. made several observations on the slates. § Mr. J, E. Carne has reported on the iron ore deposits, || and his report is quoted by Mr. Jaquet,1T who also settled the relation of andesites to slates in the neighbouring district of Cadia.** Mr. L. F. Harper reported on the Caloola marbles in 1904.tt Mr. E.

Fig. 1. — Section from A to B on Map (Plate xxii,).

F. Pittman makes references to the iron and marble deposits, and also to the slate quarries both in " The Mineral Resources of New South Wales" (p.446) and in the " Prospector's Guide" (p.l6).

* See list given by Curran in these Proceedings for 1891, (2) vii. pp. 175-178.

t Op. cit. p. 208,

+ Op. cit. p.231.

§ Q.J.G.S. 1894, p. 105, et seqq.

il Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South Wales for 1892, p. 150.

'J Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology. No. 2. " The Iron Ore Deposits

of New South Wales," p. 137(1 901).

*' Op. oit. pp. 2 1-30. ft Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales, 1904, p. 147.

BY W. N. BENSON. 525

So far as I know, this is the whole of the work that has been done on the Newbridge district; and no detailed description or map of the formations as a whole lias yet appeared.

ii. — The Andesites and Asbestos.

The south-w^estern portion of the Parish of Galbraith is andesite. At its contact with the slate it becomes laminated and very decomposed, so that the distinction between decomposed slate and decomposed andesite is often difficult. It is, therefore, not quite certain whether the andesites are intrusive into or inter- bedded with the slates. I have not noticed branching andesite veins, as might be expected in an intrusion ; and there are frequent examples of long, narrow bands of slate among the andesite. These Newbridge andesites appear to be continuous with those of Cadia, and their microscopical characters are similar. The Cadia andesites are stated by Mr. J. B. Jaquet to be inter- bedded with the slates.* I, therefore, am inclined to believe that the slates are interbedded with the andesites, that is, the andesites formed a series of contemporary flows. In the absence of any fossils in the adjacent slates, we cannot sa}^ whether the i^lates are Silurian or Ordovician. Mr. Jaquet classes those of Cadia as Ordovician.

The boundary of the andesites crosses the Trunkey Road near the southern limit of the Parish. It runs from there up to the point where the railway crosses Reedy Creek. Thence it runs in a north-westerly direction for about three miles, beyond which it was not traced. The rock outcrops fairly well near the boundary, but away from it the outcrops are few. The rock- mass as a whole must be fairly porous. A strong spring of pure water runs (September) at the top of Smith's Hill.

An exact petrographical description of the Smith's Hill andesite is as follows : —

MacroscopicaL — Hard, compact, light green rock, with pyroxene and felspar phenocrysts.

* " Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales," 1901, p. 21.

526 TIIK GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURJST, N.S.W.,

Microscopically, it is seen that the rock was originally made up of augite and felspar phenocrysts, with subordinate ilmenite, set in a felspathic ground-mass. Subsequent alteration has changed all the ilmenite into leucoxene, and the felspathic base has become partly epidote and sericite. The phenocrysts of felspar are still determinable by their extinction angles, and are andesine. The augites are beginning to be converted into epidote and chlorite, the action commencing at the border, and leaving the centre of the crystals unaltered. They are frequently twinned parallel to 010, and occasionally diagonally. Radiate aggregates of chlorites in green and brown spherulites also occur. There are a few crystals of pyrites, but iron ores are vei-y subordinate. A micro- photograph of this rock is shown on Plate xxiii., fig. 1.

The andesites developed here are a portion of a large area of intermediate rocks, which runs west to Blayney. In it several important mines are situated, notably those of Cadia. Two rock descriptions by Mr. Card* show the similarity of rocks of this district with those of Newbridge.

(a) Annadale Copper Mine, Blayney. — "These are augite- andesites in diflerent stages of alteration, the alteration taking the form of a development of epidote and to some extent chlorite." (6) Mt. Sugarloaf. — "These are andesites, showing a development of epidote, and containing hornblende. I am of the opinion that the hornblende is very probably of secondary origin, resulting from the paramorphic change of the augite. The augite in the specimen is distinctly uralitic."

The andesites of the Canoblas are not a portion of this area, but are of a much later age.

In the south-western portion of the Parish, and in or near Portion 17, there is an occurrence of asbestos. It is in veins about half an inch wide, running through decomposed andesite. The fibres are short, rarely three inches long, and rather brittle. The asbestos is quite anhydrous, and has the optical properties of tremolite. It is probable that it has been formed from the augite of the andesite by uralitisation and solution.

* Rec. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, iv., p. 159.

BY W. N. BENSON. 527

Besides the locality mentioned above, it occurs in Portion 5. Here the rock is less decomposed, and the fibres are not separable.

iii. — The Granites, Granophyres, and Aplites.

The main mass of the granite in this district lies in the north- eastern portion of the Parish of Galbraith, and north and north- western portions of the Parish of Lowry, though its boundaries in the latter Parish have not yet been mapped. In the preparation of this paper, little work was done on the granites of the main mass; and the rocks here described are almost entirely from the innumerable granitic veins that intrude the slate. Before pass- ing to their particular description, I may remark that the granites of the main mass are much decomposed, and show few good outcrops except at or near their junction with the slates. They appear to be much intersected by aplite veins, which, decomposing, are very like red sandstone in appearance. I learn from Mr. T. C. Dwyer, B.Sc, that around Wimbledon, to the extreme north- east of Galbraith, coarse pegmatite is abundant. Near the boundary of the massif basic segregations are very common; the rock in which they are situated is generally a fairly coarse-grained (2-4 mm.) hornblende granite, with large orthoclase phenocr^'sts. The segregations are usually spheroidal. A particular descrip- tion of one is as under : —

Macroscopical. — Fine-grained, dark blue granite.

Microscopical. — Hypidiomorphic granular, with predominate oligociase, and subordinate microcline, orthoclase, and quartz Small phenocrysts of these last three occur, and larger ones of oligociase. The coloured minerals are hornblende, green and twinned, with brown biotite much less abundant. Magnetite also is present. Sphene occurs in brown, pleochroic crystals, passing into leucoxene. Apatite needles are frequent.

Coming now to the granitic veins, these seem to run in a general north and south direction, but branch a good deal. Two of these (the westernmost that cross the railway) were traced as far as possible, as shown on the map (Plate xxii.). They did not pass either into pegmatites or quartz veins. Curran gives sketches 41

OL'^

THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

of several other veins so traced.* It is noticeable in the railway cuttings that generally tlie granite veins follow the cleavage of the slate, and have straight and parallel bounding walls of slate. But this rule is by no means universal, for many irregular intru- sions are to be seen, and even horizontal veins occur. We may divide the veins into three classes, (a) granitic, (b) granophyric, and (c) aplitic.

(a) Granitic Veins. — These are the most abundant of the veins that cross the railway cuttings. Man}- of them are very highly decomposed. Some are only partly decomposed, and may still be examined microscopically. Such an one occurs at the 1621- mile peg on the new line. It intrudes the slate very strongl}^ as may be seen from fig. 2, which is from a sketch taken in the old railwa}' cutting near by. In Plate xxiii., fig 3, a microphotograph of the junction of the mica schist with the granite is shown. Microscopically I _ //// ijjj^ -[- I the granite is seen to be

r 1 Foot. ' ^ Jlllllll i_ -I composed of predominate

orthoclase, with oligo-

clase, quartz, biotite,

muscovite, and apatite.

Ill the Railway reserve and near to the bound arj' fence of

Portion 65, Parish of Galbraith, there is a large vein of a beautiful,

fresh hornblende-granite. Its exact description is : —

Macroscopical. — Medium-sized grain (1 mm.) showing quartz and felspar, with abundant short prisms of hornblende, some biotite, and occasional!}^ pyrites.

Fig. 2. — Intrusion of mica schist by granite Sketch in the railway cutting.

* These Proceedings, 1891, (2) vii.

BY W. N. BENSON. 529

Microscopical. — Fabric hypidiomorphic granular. The min- erals composing the rock arranged in descending order of abundance are : — quartz in fairly large grains with inclusions of apatite. Plagioclase, in large and small crystals, fairly idio- morpliic, and sometimes zoned, probably oligoclase. Orlhoclase in rather large, slightly decomposed crystals, fairly idiomorphic; twinning is infrequent. Hornblende in green pleochroic and idiomorphic prisms, occasionally twinned; charade teristic six-sided basal sections occur. Biotite in large brown pleochroic flakes, frequently intergrown with the hornblende; in one instance a biotite flake appears in the centre of a perfect basal section of hornblende. Sphene in brown to red-yellow pleochroic grains, often approximating to the idiomorphic lozenge-form. Magnetite in cubes and irregular grains. Apatite and zircon.

Besides these granite.s, there are other rocks more satisfactorily referable to the granite-porphyries. Such a rock is that in a vein crossing the railway at the 162-mile peg. The vein is decomposed, and contains large, spheroidal boulders, segregations of a pink granite of the following description : —

Macroscopically coarse-grained, with quartz, pinkish felspar, and hexagonal biotites, easily recognisable. Large ortlioclase phenocrysts are present.

Microscopically, the fabric is microporphyritic, showing the above minerals, and also twinned and zoned oligoclase and micro- cline. The biotite is very subordinate and is passing into chlorite; apatite occurs.

Another, and perhaps a more typical granite-porphyry, is that which forms the boulders marking the outcrop of the largest granite vein shown on the map (Plate xxii.); it is near the 164|- raile peg, and is about 70 yards wide, and half a mile long; and forks at the southern extremity. The main mass of the vein is decomposed, the fresh boulders onl}^ being capable of sectioning. The precise description of the rock is : —

MacrosGopical. — Fine- to medium-grained brownish granite, showing quartz, felspar and biotite.

530 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE. NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

Microscopical. — Fabric inicroporphyritic. Ground-mass: quartz and orthoclase in a fine granular base, with no sign of grano- phyric intergrowth. Phenocrysts: predominant oligoclase, almost idiomorphic and slightly decomposed ; untwinned orthoclase crystals; quartz with shadowy extinction, and strongly pleochroic biotite occur, the last changing into chlorite, JMuscovite is present, but appears to be due merely to the decomposition of the felspars.

(b) Granophyric Veins. — There are several rocks present in this district w^hich may be classed as granophyres. One of them immediately adjoins the granite-porphyry last described. It also has been traced as far as possible; it crosses the railway about 100 yards east of the 16-if-mile peg, and is about two yards thick. It bends round to the N.W., and runs about a quarter of a mile before it is lost to sight.

Macroscopically it is a fine, even-grained, (0-5 to 1 mm.) hard, bluish rock in which only quartz and felspar are recognisable.

Microscopically it is seen to be composed of plagioclase, ortho- clase, and subordinate quartz. Biotite is present in small greenish flakes, and muscovite also, the latter being derived from the decomposition o\ the felspar. The plagioclase is pre- dominant in fairly idiomorphic crystals, probably oligoclase, though the twinning is not very distinct. The orthoclase is idiomorphic, and generally twinned. The quartz is usually very irregular in shape, but in one or two instances shows an hexagonal section, with included biotite fibres placed parallel to the prism faces. The ground-mass is almost entirely quartz and orthoclase in a very fine microgranophyric intergrowth generally arranged radiating from some crystal, not a mica, as centre; that is, a pseudospherulitic structure. Apatite is an accessory mineral, and there is a little magnetite.

In another specimen from the same vein, however, the grano- phyric structure is almost entirely absent, its place being taken by a fine-grained mixture of quartz and orthoclase, like the " panidiomorphic " structure of aplites. Also in this specimen the twinning of the plagioclase phenocrysts is more distinct,

BY W. N. BENSON.

531

following both tlie Albite and Carlsbad laws. Zoning is common in felspars, and chloritisation has just started among the biotites. This latter specimen would be more correctly classed as a micro- granite. The former is a true granophyre.^

The second occurrence of granophyres is in the railway line

near

the 163-J-mile

peg. It is in the form of a long, nearly horizontal vein of which about 80 yards are exposed in the cutting. Should it be carefully traced, I believe it will be found to extend for some distance, as specimens of a macroscopically very similar rock occur nearly one mile to the south at George's Plains Creek. It intrudes the slate very strongly, as may be seen in Plate xxiii., fig. 4. A precise description of the rock is: —

Macroscopical. — Fine-grained base, with small phenocrysts of quartz and hexagonal biotite, and very large crystals of orthoclase an inch or more long.

Microscopical. — Large crystals of plagioclase almost idio- morphic, and small allotriomorphic phenocrysts of orthoclase, both with dusty inclusions; irregular grains of quartz also occur.

Fig. 3. — Intergrowth of quartz (black) and felspar showing Baveno twinning. Highly magnified.

There is in my section one grey, hexagonal, isotropic section of garnet. Small flakes of mica and grains of magnetite are present also. In between all these crystals is a base of "panidiomorphic"

* Teall, British Petrography, p. 292.

532 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

quartz and felspar, fine-grained, also a little muscovite; and there are large patches of intergrowth with a net-like structure of quartz and orthoclase, rarely pseudospherulitic, but frequently- arranged perpendicular to the sides of a square, that is divided into four diagonally. Fig. 3 is a sketch of such an intergrowth. This appears due co the Baveno twinning of the felspar crystals, with which the quartz is intergrown, as suggested to me by Dr. Woolnough. Other examples occur in which the quartz crystals- are arranged like the barbs of a feather. This is perhaps referable to Carlsbad twinning of the enclosing felspar.

The most remarkable of the granophyres that I have seen in this district is that which occurs in a vein 30 feet wide, crossing the railway line at the 162|-mile peg. Macroscopically it is a hard, white, apparently felsitic rock, with thin flakes of biotite. Microscopically (see Plate xxiii., fig.2) it is almost entirely ortho- clase, containing every variety of graphic intergrowth of quartz, from the development of very small pear-shaped quartz grains forming long strings, up to large iishhook-like patches of quartz imbedded in orthoclase. Quartz also occurs in phenocrysts. There is a little muscovite in square flakes, and long pleochroic strips of biotite.

It is believed that this is the first record of granophyre from the neighbourhood of Bathurst.

(c) Ajylitic Veins. — Aplitic veins are fairly common, both in the granites of the massif and intruding the surrounding slates. In the slate near the George's Plains Creek (Railway Reserve near Portion 65, Galbraith) there is a vein of pink aplite containing quartz and felspar, with but few grains of biotite. It is fine-grained (1mm.). It cuts through an older vein of the same mineral com- position, but of much coarser grain (5 to 10 mm.). The felspar seems to be mostly orthoclase. This association of a fine-grained aplite vein cutting a coarse-grained aplite vein also occurs on the Wimburndale Creek, at the point where the Peel Road crosses it, some nine miles north of Bathurst. The finer-grained rock there is almost identical with the Newbridge aplite above. It is composed of predominant orthoclase, with oligoclase and micro-

BY W. N. BENSON. 533

cline, and also quartz in irregular grains. There is a little granophyric and pseudospherulitic intergrowth of quartz with orthoclase. Very subordinate biotite occurs, and some apatite.

Age of the Granites. — From the evidence obtainable in the district here described, we cannot fix the age of the granites more definitely than post-Silurian. From their examination of the whole Bathurst district, both Ross and Curran believe that it is probable that the granites are the result of two intrusions, the first pre-Devonian, the second post-Devonian.

iv.— Chlorite Schist.

The chlorite schist occurs, as before noted, in a wide band, one-quarter of a mile west of the Newbridge Railway Station. It runs in a northerly direction, crossing the present railway cutting, appearing again in the old railway cutting; and frag- ments of the schist are enclosed in a quartz vein about half a mile west of the slate quarry on Reedy Creek. It is so soft that it does not form an outcrop, and so can be examined in the railway cutting only.

Macroscopical. — Green and yellow striped, fibrous, splintery, highly cleaved in three directions, falling into acute rhombohedra, translucent and wax-like to the touch.

Microscopical. — Composed of talc in white, strongly birefringent fibres, running through and occasionally forming ^ubradiating bunches in a predominant ground-mass of green pleochroic chlorite of very low, double refraction

With a magnification of 400 diameters numerous aggregates of brown rutile needles are to be seen, and also some zircons.

Until a more extensive examination has been made in the field and laboratory, I can off'er no explanation of the origin of this peculiar rock.

V. — Slates.

The slates of this district lie in a wide band, running in a S.W. direction across Galbraith Parish, between the andesites and granites, by the latter of which they have been intruded. Thoy are the oldest rocks exposed in the district. In age they are

534 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHUKST, N.S.W.,

probably Silurian, the only fossil recognisable being a Pentamerus found in the interbedded limestones; but it is quite possible that much of the slate is Ordivician,* though so far I have seen no sign of graptolites. As to whether they are highly contorted or not, I have little evidence. Slaty cleavage is developed to such an extent that all sign of the original stratification is lost. The strike of the cleavage is very variable, ranging from N.N.W. to N.N.E., and the dip east or west at 50° to 90°. From examination of the Caloola limestones, I believe the true strati- fication strike to be N.N.E. and S.S.W. Should the andesites be interbedded with the slates and not intrusive into them, we should be able to use their junction with the slates to give us the true dip and strike; and by this test it would seem that, at the junction, the dip was to the east at 70°, but that the strata were rather contorted; though as previously pointed out the dis- tinction between decomposed andesites and decomposed slate is rarely clear at their junction.

In this region the slates contain fissure-veins filled with iron ore (detailed later), and in one place indications of a copper lode; and are netted with man}?- quartz veins. One of these veins is so notable as to merit description. It is first seen capping a small rise by the road-side in Portion 10, Parish of Galbraith, though it does not occur in the road-cutting below, where there is a wide band of soft pipeclay which represents the slate out of which the silica was bleached to make this great vein. The leaching out of the silica was also accompanied by a removal of the iron, for the pipeclay is nearly white, and the iron is segregated in a vein of siliceous haematite near by. The quartz capping the hill is almost pure. As we pass to the north-west, we cross a small valley where there is no sign of the reef. It occurs again on the top of the next hill (Portion 35) among the andesites, and forms a great scarp or wall running down the hillside. It does not occur in Pteedy Creek, but forms a large patch (not marked on the map) on the flank of Smith's Hill opposite. Hence the vein forms what may be called a horizontal pipe vein.

* J. B. Jaquet, " Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales," p. 20.

BY W. N. BENSON. 535

Sufficient field-work has not been done to ascertain whether the quartz veins are continuations of granitic veins; the two granite veins traced do not pass into pegmatite or quartz. This point appears to be well worth investigating in view of the differences of opinion that exist as to the origin of pegmatites. Also, were the quartz veins shown to be connected with the granitic intrusion, it would completely settle the question as to the relative ages of andesite and granite.

At the Caloola Gold Mine there is in the slate a large fissure some 30 feet across, and extending probably to a great depth. This is filled up with soft mud in which are embedded rounded, and apparently waterworn, pebbles of various rocks, some rather similar to the Devonian quartzites. It seems probable that this is a fault crush-conglomerate.

Also at Caloola is the carious feature of a highly crumpled slate lying between walls of quite straight laminated rock. The dip and strike of the slate varies greatly within a hundred yards of the mine, but broadly it may be said to be easterly at 45°.

To describe these slates petrographically, they can be divided into seven distinct groups with varieties, each of which has a sufficient!}'- characteristic appearance in hand-specimen to dis- tinguish its members; and also each group or variety possesses an almost constant microscopic character. Each group may be described in order, dealing with its petrography and distribution in the field; and an attempt will be made to show the origin of each kind of slate. The seven groups are : —

Blue Slate (varieties. Green Slate and Oxidised Slate), Quartz Schist, Augen Slate, Fel spathic Slate, Knotted Slate (variety, Spotted Slate), Chiastolite Slate, and Mica Schist.

i. Blue Slate. — Macroscopic characters: hard, fissile, blue, fine- grained; thin flakes have a translucent green colour and semi- lustrous waxy appearance. Some specimens have small cubes of pyrites developed. In the field this rock goes in a narrowing band southwards. It forms the whole hill in which the slate quarry (on Portion 42, Parish Galbraith) is situated, and runs down along Back Creek nearly to Newbridge. Jt also goes north

536 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

of Reedy Creek towards the Dry Diggings for some distance (see- Map of the Distribution of the Slates, fig. 4).

Microscopically, it is very fine-grained, consisting chiefly of quartz, some of which shows strain-structure. It is generally all of one size, though certain bands of coarser grain run through

Distribution of SLATES

Fig. 4.— Sketch map showing the distribution of the various kinds of slate.

the rock. Some of the quartzes contain liquid inclusions. The effects of rock-flowage, as described by Van Hise,* are frequently very marked. Biotite runs through the slide, segregated into bands which are nearly parallel, the direction being that of the cleavage of the slate. Some of the bands are wavy, in which case the quartz grains on the convex side are smaller than those on the concave. The biotite is generally brown, highly pleochroic, and birefringent, though the process of chloritisation, which has just started, renders these properties less marked. The biotite crystals are oriented parallel to the slaty cleavage. In the bands of biotite there is also a little carbonaceous matter, and probably some magnetite. A few grains of andalusite occur, which are

* 'Treatise on Metamorphism." Monograph xlvii. U. S. Geol. Suiv. Chap, viii., p. 748.

BY W. N. BENSON. 537

recognisable by their high refractive index and low double refraction. Tourmaline also occurs, but is not abundant; scarcely a dozen crystals are present in the t3'pe-slide, though other members of the group are richer in this mineral. The crystals are oriented quite without reference to the cleavage plane. In some members of this group a little orthoclase appears to be present. The usual accessory minerals are rutile in fairly short crystals, zircon, and apatite in very small prisms.

Mr. H. J. Meldrum, B.Sc, has analysed the slate in the quarry on Portion 42, a very typical example of this group of slates. He obtained the following figures (A).

(A)

SiO,, 68-67

AI2O3 16-99

Fe,03 l-ll

FeO 1-87

MgO 2-34

CaO 2-33

Na.^O 1-07

K.^O 2-88

TiO^... present n.d.

H.,0 1-92

(B)

64-77

14-4.5

1-84

4-54

2-34

2-33

1-57

5-03

0-60

1-92

99-18 99-39*

Analysis B, showing the composition of a biotite slate from Cross River, Minnesota, U.S.A., is added for comparison. It will be seen that the analyses are very similar, the Newbridge slate being richer in silica but poorer in alkalies than the other.

This is the normal slate of the district, being simply the original sediment consolidated. All the other types of slate, except the Augen and Felspathic, may be regarded as metamor- phosed Blue Slate.

The varieties of this first group are Green Slate and Oxidised Slate. The former is partly oxidised Blue Slate, and is perhaps the most common slate of the whole area. As will be seen on the map (fig.4), it occurs between Newbridge Station and the

* Rosenbusch, Elemente der Gesteinlehre, p. 51 3.

538 THE GEOLOGV OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

first great bend in the railway line, where it passes into Augen and Knotted Slates. It also occurs between the slate quarry and the andesites.

Macroscopically, very fine-grained, soft, light grey-green, with good slaty cleavage and lustre. A little limonite is frequently present in the cracks.

Microscopically, almost identical with the Blue Slates; the disposition and size of the quartzes is the same, and also of the biotite crystals. The chemical change is chiefly in the biotite, which has been largely altered to sericite, with the formation of haematite and some chlorite. The accessories, tourmaline, anda- lusite, rutile, zircon, and carbonaceous matter, are present, the last being a widely varying quantity even in slates of the same variety, since probably it was a varying quantity in the original silt from which the slates were formed. Certain members of this variety have special characteristics; one specimen contains a few grains of oligoclase, another a great quantity of finely divided andalusite.

In this subgroup is classed the slate from the Caloola lime- stones, though it differs from the type in several particulars. It is to be regretted that the specimen was not obtained in situ^ but only from the quarry debris. In hand-specimen it is of a bright apple-green, rather coarser in grain than most members of this group, slightly lustrous, and with a rather poor cleavage. Microscopically it is chiefly quartz, showing the effects of rock- flowage. Coloured minerals are less common than usual; the biotite has been almost completel}' chloritised, forming feebly pleochroic flakes of low double refraction. A little actinolite occurs, and some muscovite; but there is little or no hsematite. Tourmalines are frequent in grey-blue, pleochroic prisms; rutile abundant in comparatively large yellow or brown needles, and andalusite common in well developed, colourless, highly refracting prisms with pyramidal, terminal faces. Zircons occur in the quartz grains.

The second variety of this group, Oxidised Slate, is very abundant. It forms a band running down the eastern boundary

BY W. X. BENSON. 539

of the aiidesites, and extends from there to the Green Slate zone (fig 4). It is also developed at the Oaloola Gold Mine on the east side of the creek, and has been here brought into contact with the Augen Slates. This, I believe, is due to the existence of a fault as suggested previously (p. 535).

The Oxidised Slate is the final product of the oxidation of the Blue Slate. At Caloola this zone of oxidation extends down below the level of the creek-bed In hand-specimen it is crumbly, soft and silky to the touch, and yellowed with limonite. Fre- quently it is recemented near quartz veins, and forms a hard rock. At Caloola it contains large limonite pseudomorphs after pyrites, usually in cubes, but occasionally dodecahedra; on the andesite boundary it is coloured a deep red with haematite derived from the andesites.'^ At this latter point it is soft and friable to a depth of 40 feet, and has lost cleavage and stratification.

The second group is termed Quartz Schist, and there is but one occurrence known to me. It is at Caloola, where it forms the wall of the fault before described. In hand-specimen it is a hard, lustrous, pink and white streaked slate, like shot silk, with a fair cleavage and very fine grain. Microscopically it is almost entirely quartz in very fine grains, cemented by films of haematite and limonite. Sericite occurs in long parallel fibres, and some rutile. Zircons are included in the quartz grains. Rock- flowage structure is not well developed.

From the field-occurrence as well as from the appearance of this rock, I am inclined to believe it is a rather sandy slate which has been crushed during the faulting.

The third group is termed Augen Slate, a name suggested to me by Dr. Woolnough. It occurs typically near the limestones of Caloola, where it forms a broad band running approximately north and south; it also occurs in the hill between Newbridge and the granites crossing the railway in a band 50-60 yards wide, running

* J. B. Jaquet, " Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales," p. 26.

A R Y I

540 THE GKOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

in a northerl}' direction. In hand-specimen this rock is not unlike the green slates, though greyer and more fibrous; and its cleavage is poor. Its distinguishing feature is the presence of numerous blebs of clear quartz up to one-eighth of an inch in diameter. These grains are nearly round or lenticular, but have rough surfaces and are not smooth as if waterworn. Micro- scopically it is very like the green slate, and shows the rock- flowage structure slightly developed among the small quartzes, and parallel disposition of the biotite, which is partly chloritised with the formation, in some cases, of haematite. Sericite occurs, and comparatively large crystals of a twinned plagioclase, pro- bably oligoclase, which contain inclusions of biotite and sericite arranged in lines parallel to the general direction of schistosity. In another specimen of Augen Slate the felspar appears to be albite. Pju-ites occurs in some instances, rutile and zircon usually. Tourmaline is rare or absent. Muscovite is sometimes present, usually inclined to the direction of schistosity. The quartz blebs may be either of one optically continuous grain, or of several grains of different orientation. The lines of biotites may be truncated by the quartz blebs, or may bend round them, or more rarely pass into them. The boundary of each quartz bleb is not a smooth curve, but irregular.

With regard to the mode of origin of the Augen Slates, Curran* terms them conglomerates, and points out that, as the limestones, representing coral-reefs in the old Silurian sea, were doubtless near the shoredine, the Augen Slates, which are generally in the neighbourhood of the limestones, will represent the beach-conglomerates. While this may in part account for the large quartz grains, I am inclined to believe that they are chiefly due to shattering and subsequent recrystallisation under pressure. The larger quartz grains would resist the crushing more than the other grains, or would be broken up only on their surfaces; and during the recrystallisation the large grains would grow at the expense of the smaller. The surface of the blebs is

"^ These Proceedings, 1891 (2), Vol. vii. p. 198.

BY W. N. BKNSON. 541

sQ penetrated by the grains of other minerals, particularly biotite, that it cannot be supposed to be a waterworn surface.

The fourth group is that of the Felspathic Slates. This is perhaps the most interesting of all the groups. They form a large portion of the southern part of the Parish of Lowry, stretching from its \vestern boundary to near the Caloola quarries; they also occur in a rather unusual form at a point where •George's Plains Creek passes from the slates to the granites. Macroscopically, the Felspathic Slates are hard, compact, dark- coloured rocks of rather coarse grain {i.e., the individual grains can be separated by the naked eye), and with poor or bad cleavage, though the parallel arrangement of particles is obvious. Micro- scopically, they are not unlike the augen slates, showing a granular ground-mass and some comparatively large grains of quartz, with indications of a rock-flowage structure. Biotite is in plenty in green-brown flakes, and muscovite is in smaller flakes. The usual accessory minerals, rutile, zircon, and sometimes magnetite occur; also a good deal of andalusite. Orthoclase and oligoclase are developed in large idiomorphic and abundant crystals, twinned in- their usual fashion, and very full of inclusions frequently arranged in bands parallel to the direction of schistosity, and irrespective of the orientation of the felspar crystal.

The unusual variety from the creek is characterised by its very typical rock-flowage structure, and the abundance of large oval masses of orthoclase containing oval inclusions of quartz arranged parallel to the schistosity. Muscovite and magnetite occur. Albite is also present, but subordinate to the orthoclase. Further, long ropy bands of very fine, almost ultra-microscopic, colourless needles go through the rock in the direction of schistosity, but bending in and out among the larger grains. These needles would be called sillimanite were it not that they are not fractured, and are sometimes even bent. They may be tremolite.

As to the origin of these slates, the structure is so unlike that of an ordinary slate that we can hardly believe them to be merely altered sediment. It seems more probable that the}^ were originally tuffaceous sediments of a rather acid type; subsequent

542 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

pressure has fractured the larger crystals, and recrystallisation has to some extent induced a fiowage-structure, especially marked by the biotites, though the llowage-structure is in most specimens quite subordinate to the cataclastic structure.

The fifth group is that of the Knotted Slates. Their chief occurrence is in the railwa}'- cutting, between the augen slate band and the granite massif. They are fine-grained, grey, with a silky lustre and good cleavage. On cleaving, the flake will be seen to contain dents or lumps up to the size of a grain of wheat; and, if we polish the flake, the lumps will be found to have a black core. I have not sectioned a specimen of this slate from Newbridge, but an exactly similar rock occurs at the Wimburn- dale Creek, as is described by Curran;^ and sections of it show the following characteristics — the predominant mineral is quartz showing rock-llowage. Brown biotite is very abundant, and runs in strings parallel to the schistosity; it is not very pleochroic. Carbonaceous matter is very abundant, and finely divided. Some tourmaline occurs, and small rutiles, both well crystallised. The black spots are aggregates of carbonaceous matter with some magnetite. In one instance the boundary of a spot is almost pure graphite, outside of which the biotites are arranged circum- ferentially, so that a wave of extension passes round the spot as the slide is rotated between crossed nicols. Generally the spot is elliptical, but this instance is in the form of a prism with terminal pyramidal faces. Inside the black border there is carbonaceous matter intimately mixed with green and brown biotite. These spots probably represented incipient andalusite^ or chiastolite crystals.

The second member of tliis group. Spotted Slate, is only the oxidised outcrop of the Knotted Slates. It occurs in a band running down the eastern side of the hill between Newbridge and the granites, that is a band parallel and near to the junction of slate and granite. This band is about 200 yards wide. In hand-specimen it is medium to fine-grained, soft and reddish,.

* These Proceedings, 1891 (2), Vol. vii., p. 201.

HY W. N. BENSON. 543

cleaves faiily well, showing a few glittering mica flakes on cleavage. The spots in it are quite black, and generally elliptical; and contain a good deal of mica. Microscopically, it differs from the knotted slates in that there is less carbonaceous matter; the biotites are chloritised and stained yellow with limonite; and muscovite occurs in large flakes lying across the general direction of schistosity. Small oxidising grains of magnetite occur ; tourmaline and r utile as before.

Sixth Group : Chiastolite Slates. — These have so far been found only in the railway cutting just east of the large western granite vein, and about 200 yards east of the 164|-mile peg. The specimens obtainable in the old railway cutting are better than those in the new. The slate appears first about two yards from the granite vein, and extends to 20 or 30 yards from it, the crystals becoming smaller as we pass outwards. In hand- specimen it is rather like the green slate, and has a fairly good cleavage. There are dark green rectangular prisms in it up to one-quarter of an inch in length, and surrounded by a bleached halo (Plate xxiii., figs. 5, 6). Sometimes instead of the prism-form the black" patches are in the shape of crosses, and may be with or without definite outline. Microscopically, the green main portion of the slate is seen to be very fine-grained, with rather larger crystals of biotite than usual, which are strongly pleochroic; though sometimes they may be partly chloritised. Sericite is scattered in wisps over the slide; there are some flakes of mus- covite and a little magnetite. Rutile and tourmaline occur in their usual forms. Some andalusite is present as irregular grains. The bleached halos of the dark patciies are composed of quartz, sericite, and muscovite only. The dark patches consist of a closely felted aggregate of biotite, muscovite, and a little quartz. I believe them to be decomposed chiastolite cr3^stals.

The seventh group is that of the Mica Schists. These are the most metamorphosed of all the slates that occur in the district, and vary considerably in hand-specimen. Sometimes they are only distinguishable from the green slates by their coarser grain, and large flakes of muscovite. In this form they are generally very 43

544: THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

soft and decomposed. The band of mica schist that lies between the chiastolite slates and the granite vein is of tiiis type. A second and more common type is seen among the granite veins nearer the massif. It has a very fair cleavage, and on the cleaved surface comparatively large flakes of mica can be seen. The mica is arranged in black layers which alternate with grey, finer-grained, less micaceous laminje. Junction-specimens of slate and granite are easily obtained, and can with care be sectioned (see Plate xxiii., fig. 3). Microscopically the slate is recognisable by its unusuall}' large quartz grains, by the presence of fairly large orthoclases free from inclusions, the abundance and size of the muscovite flakes, and the complete absence of sericite and carbonaceous matters. Biotite occurs in bright red- brown crystals forming parallel bands which project from the slate into the granite for a short distance from the line of contact. This is probably due to the selective absorption of the schist minerals by the molten granite, the quartz being absorbed more than the biotite. The granite is devoid of coloured minerals for about one-eighth of an inch from the junction. Small rutiles occur in the slate, and some brown, pleochroic, perfect tourmaline crystals.

The schist that is in contact with the granophyre vein near the 163J-mile peg is different from either of these types. It would be easy to mistake it in hand-specimen for a blue slate, save that it is black, and has not the same waxy translucency. Microscopically it is very highly crystalline, though of fine grain. Rock-flowage structure is typically developed. Quartz, biotite, and carbonaceous matter are the chief minerals. Large clear grains occur, with parallel rows of inclusions, and these Dr. Woolnough believes to be potential andalusites. This mica schist is very strongly intruded by the granophyre (see Plate xxiii., fig.4).

We have thus as a consequence of contact-metamorphism first, the formation of knots in the blue slates. These pass later into chiastolite crystals. B}' still further alteration the chias- tolite slate passes into mica schist, which is the most metamor-

BY W. N. BENSON. 545

)>hosed of all the slates described. The felspathic and the aufeii slates cannot be regarded as products of contact-metamorphism, but rather of regional metamorphism; the sediment from which they were formed was not identical with that which has now become blue slate.

The other types of slates not mentioned above are merely the products of the weathering of the blue or knotted slates.

vi. — The Llmestones.

The limestones occur in a group of lenticular beds near the Caloola gold mines, and some eight miles east of Newbridge. They were geologically examined by Mr. L. F. Harper* and economically reported on by Mr. A. L. MacCredie.f The greater part of them is leased to, and worked by, the Common- wealth Marble Quarries, Ltd. Five occurrences may be noted there, as under the number of each description referring to its position on the appended map (Plate xxiii.).

i. (Portions 104 and 115 of the Parish of Lowry). This is the seat of the main quarrying operations. The patch of limestone is a])out one-quarter of a mile long in a N.N.E. direction and five or six chains wide. It is composed of almost pure, white, crystalline marble; the grain-size is very even, about 1mm. The marl)le is very solid, there being but few cracks or "dryers," so that large blocks are easily obtained. Along the dryers are dendrites, flakes and tufts of sericite, and occasionally crystals of chalcopyrite, galena, and actinolite, metasomatically replacing the limestone. In places the stone is completely replaced by a soft green steatite, fibres of which penetrate into the calcite grains. Microscopically, this seemingly homogeneous green mass is shown to be composed of practically colourless fibres of chlorite, recognised by its low double refraction, small optical axial angle, and optically positive character. There is also a little strongly birefringent talc or sericite, frequently in radiate groups, some

* Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South Wales, 1904, p.l47. + C.M.Q. Ltd., Prospectas.

546 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

corroded calcite, and many perfect rutile cr3'stals, frequently geniculately twinned. At the Belmore Copper Mine (Cow Flat, Parish Ponsonby, and about five miles north-east of Caloola) this replacement of calcite by chlorite is very common, and here also the silicate actually associated with the ore is actinolite, so much so that the ore appears to be in a country rock of actinolite schist, which the microscope shows to be only a limestone almost entirely replaced by the actinolite. Mr. W. J. Clunies Ross, B.Sc.,* has analysed the chlorite and actinolite; he shows the chlorite to be a hydrous silicate of alumina; and, for the actino- lite, he gives figures proving it to be essentially a magnesia-lime silicate with smaller amounts of iron and alumina. The analysis corresponds to a typical analysis of actinolite given by Dana.f

Seeing that, both at Caloola and at Belmore, the copper pyrites occurs with actinolite metasomatically replacing the limestone, it appears probable that the one solution deposited both of these minerals, i.e., the sulphidic cupriferous solution also contained the silicate actinolite. The solution that brought up chlorite was probably connected with this same metalliferous solution. The Belmore vein appears to correspond more closely to the sericitic silver-copper type of Lindgrent than to any other of the types he mentions.

The marbles of the Caloola quarries have been analysed by the Department of Mines with the following result: — §

CaCOg

... 97-07

84-78

97-71

MgC03

... 1-47

13-3-2

1-75

Fe^Og + Al^Og ...

... 0-10

0-91

0-04

Insoluble

1-45

0-95

0-46

100-09 99-96 99-96

These figures show that w^iile dolomite does not appear to occur in the marble, magnesium carbonate is present in quite

* Report of the Seventh Meeting of the Australasian Assoc. Adv. Sciencer Sydney, 1898, p.384.

+ System of Mineralogy, p. 393.

X Genesis of Ore Deposits, p. 596.

§ Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South \Yales, 1904, p. 147.

BY W. N. BENSON. 547

considerable quantities. This is quite in accordance with the results obtained by Prof. Skeats,* which show that up to fifteen per cent, of magnesium carbonate may be absorbed by a lime- stone before dolomite crystals appear. The question arises as to the cause of the presence of so much magnesium carbonate in the marble, Was it brought in by the metalliferous solutions, which were rich in magnesia; or was it introduced by replacement from sea- water while the limestone was still a coral-reef, after the manner described by Prof. Skeats "? The latter I should imagine to be the case, for if the magnesia were derived from silicate solution it would probably be in accordance with an equation like the following

2CaCO;3 -t- MgSiOs = CaCOgMgCOg + CaSiOs which would mean the formation of much wollastonite. Now, though I have seen a specimen of wollastonite said to have come from Caloola, I have not seen any in situ, and must hence believe it to be rare. Therefore, the reaction above could not have taken place on a large scale, and therefore the alternative origin of magnesia in the marble must have been the more important.

So far fossils have not been found in this quarry.

ii. (Portion 66, Parish Lowrj'). This is a narrow lens, less than three chains wide, crossing a small creek about three- quarters of a mile south of Occurrence No. i. It is a very fine- grained, good, solid marble, but its extent is not yet de6nitely settled. Probably it extends only a chain or two north of the creek, but may run further to the south. Major axis runs about N.N.E.

iii. (Portion 265, Parish of Ponsonby). This quarry, the first one to be worked, is situated a mile to the S. S.W. of No. i. It was originally worked for lime. The marble is of a rather finer grain than the previous occurrences, and in the exposed portions shows a pink or creamy colour. It is intersected by veins of almost colourless, coarsely crj^stallised calcite. Sericite and

'' Bull. Mus. Corap. Zool. Harvard Coll., Vol. xlii., p. 102 (1903).

54:8 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

chlorite occur as before, but ores are rarer. A few unmistak- able traces of Pentanierus Knightii are to be seen on weathered surfaces. This fixes the age as Upper Silurian, Other markings occur, which may be corals but are very doubtful.

In extent this patch of limestone may be the largest of the group. To the north it is overlain by alluvium, while to the south it runs into a hill for some distance, for slate does not appear to outcrop for a long way to the south of it.

iv. (Occurs in the fl-bend of the Caloola Creek, op[)Osite Por- tions 100 and 99, Parish of Lowry). This is shown by a block of marble in the creek-bed, visible onl}' at low water. If it is really in situ, it can be part onl}^ of a very small lens, for the slates appear to be in situ within 20 j^ards of it.

V. (At the northern end of Portion 99, Parish of Lowry). A small almost circular patch, about a chain across, and one-quarter of a mile south-west of the first occurrence here described. The marble is of good qualit3\

In none of the quarries has the junction between the slates and limestones been exposed, so that the dip of the strata here cannot, by this means, be determined yet. The strike, however, is N.N.E., as is shown by the direction of the major axes of the lenses of limestone. On the eastern side of Queen Charlotte Yale there is a series of limestone patches, some containing Pentamerus knightii, running approximately in this jST.N.E. direction through Cow Flat, and terminating on the Mount, where they are highly dolomitised, and contain 43*73 per cent, of mao^nesium carbonate.* If we continue on the same direction from here across the granites of the Bathurst Plains, we again come on limestones at Fernbrook, and at Limekilns, very rich in fossil content, Stromatojyora, Favosites, Phillipsastrcea and some Pentameri.f There thus appears to have been a continuous horizon, with a N.N.E. strike, extending for 30 miles. As to its dip, there is little definite evidence. The Belmore copper lode

* W. Clunies Ross, Kept. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1898, p. 384. t W. Clunies Ross, Q.J.G.S. 1894, p. 1 13.

BY W. N. BENSON. 549

near Cow Flat has the same strike, and dips W. 20 N. at 45°. This ma}'^ be the dip of the strata in that locality.

vii. — Economic Minerals.

Gold. — In the early days there was a good deal of shallow digging near Newbridge in what is now the railway reserve; but it was never very satisfactory, and has entirely ceased.^' Lately, however, a mine has started in the western part of the Parish near the andesites (Portions 20 and 22), and cyanide vats are to be set up. The great quartz reef (see p. 534) has been much prospected but is barren. The mine at Caloola has been worked successfully for some time, the gold occurring in a soft, highly oxidised slate.

Dredging has been carried on with some success in the valley to the north, just outside the Galbraith Parish boundary, where in the alluvium brought down by the Reedy Creek, consisting of slate, andesite, and a little granite debris, payable gold was found on the granite floor at a depth of about 25 feet. This dredge, ha,s, however, lately closed down.

Silver. — Some silver ore was reported from here,! and a shaft was put down on Portion 29, Parish Galbraith, just near the southern end of the haematite veins. Nothing payable was found.

Lead has been reported from this district, | but I did not learn that any mining had been done for it.

Cojrper. — Within the district described in this paper no payable copper lodes have yet been discovered. Traces were found in the making of the new railway cutting, and a lease was pegged out, but nothing done. Mr. J. E. Carne reports a find of sulphide ore from Colo Creek, § near Newbridge, but that is outside the area here described; nor, so far as I know, has any mining been

* Pittman, " Prospectors' Guide," p. 16, 1905. t E. F. Pittman, Min. Resources of New South Wales, p. 127. \ Pittman, ojp. cit. p. 192. § Geol. Surv. New South Wales. Mineral Resources No. 6. ' ' The Copper Mining Industry," &c.(1899), p. 76.

550 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W.,

done there. Copper pyrities occurs, as previously described, in the marble at Caloola. But its chief occurrence near Newbridge is at Cow Flat, where there are two lodes, worked respectively by the Cow Flat Mine,* now closed, and the Belmore Mine (Lloyd)t still working. The surface indications of both these lodes is very distinct, being marked by haematite, malachite, and a little azurite. Actinolite schist, a lime-silicate rock, is the country rock, and associated are chlorite limestone and slate.

Iron. — The iron ore deposits of Newbridge, though rather small, are of excellent quality. They were described by Mr. J. E. Carne, F.G.S., in 1891.; The lode runs in a north-westerly direction from Portion 91 of Galbraith Parish, across Portions 104 and 108, where it is very poor, and appears again in the Railway Reserve, and in Portion 59; it is said to have been followed some miles to the north of this. A large amount of ore has been taken from the outcrop in the reserve, and a typical analysis of it is given in Mr. Carne's report {op. cit. p. 150).

The southernmost opening on Portion 91 shows very good specimens of haematite, sometimes stalactitic; but as a whole the lode here is very siliceous. The intermediate outcrops in Portions 108 and 104 are useless.

This lode is, according to Mr. Carne, " a fissure vein extending for several miles, and locally thickening at the parts opened up. There is yet no indication of its depth and whether or not it passes into pyrites at the water-level. It is still solid haematite at 35 feet deep. The walls of the lode are nearly vertical, inclining slightly to the east."§

At Caloola in the oxidised slates that are crushed for gold, there are frequent limonite pseudomorphs after perfectly crystallised pyrites, which are up to one inch across. The deepest workings of the gold mines, 50 feet, are still in the zone of oxidation.

* Op. cit, p. 82.

t Op. cit. p. 52.

X Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines New South Wales, 1892, p. 150.

§ .J. B. Jaquet, " Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales," p. 138 (1901).

BY W. N BENSON. 551

Manganese. — At the inner end of a tunnel on either G.L. 271 or 262, Parish Ponsonby near Caloola, there is a vein three feet wide of soft crumbly, but seemingly fairly pure wad; other veins occur in the hill. Considering the low price of manganese, it appears to me very doubtful that these can be worked to any profit.*

Marble. — Large blocks can be easil}' obtained from the Caloola quarries. It is of excellent quality, has been used for statuary, pavements, steps, &c.t

Slate. — A quarry was opened up on Portion 42 of the Parish of Oalbraith, and a good deal of stone removed; its poor fissility prevents it from being used for roofing slate. It could, however, be used for flagging, kerbstones, shelvings, &c., though rather soft.; It is very fine-grained, black, lustrous. The analysis of this slate was given on p. 537.

Asbestos. — As described previously, this occurs in narrow veins, is short in fibre, and brittle. Also there is very little of it. It cannot therefore be of much use commercially.

Diatomaceous EojVih. — An occurrence has been recorded from near Newbridge,§ but I was unable to get any information about it locally.

viii. — Summary.

In the foregoing an endeavour has been made to show in some detail the geological and petrographical features of the Newbridge district. It has been shown that the oldest rock is slate, probababl}'' Ordovician, interbedded with contemporaneous iindesite flows; and that higher in the series the slate is Silurian, as proved by the presence of Pentamerus Knightii in the inter-

"" Pittman, " Min. Resources of New South Wales," pp. 243-4.

t Op. cit. p. 434; also L. F. Harper, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South Wales, 1904, p. 147.

% Pittman, " Min. Resources of New South Wales," p. 446. § Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S.Wales, Vol. v. p. 147.

552 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGK, NEAR BATHUR8T, N'.S.W.,

bedded, lenticular beds of limestone. The andesites are a portioir of a large area stretching out to the west, and are rather decom- posed and uralitised, sometimes with the formation of tremolitic asbestos. The slates have been intruded b}^ a large granite massif, part of that which forms the Bathurst plains, which sent into the slate such vein-rocks as granite, granophyre and aplite. The slate was considerably metamorphosed by these, both at tlie contact and to some extent regionally. A good series of contact-metamorposed slates can be traced towards the massif, viz., slate passing into knotted slate, chiastolite slate, and mica slate. Felspathic and augen slates also occur, but these are more correctly referable to regional metamorphosis.

The limestone has become marble, and in favourable localities has been metasomatically replaced by copper ores, or changed by a similar process into actinolite schists. The occurrence of a chlorite schist has been noted, but its mode of origin at present remains une.xplained. Lastly, the economic minerals have been briefly described, and it has been shown that marble, iron ore, and gold are the only minerals in this district likely to be of much value.

ix. — Conclusion.

I am indebted to Mr. L. V. Puckle, Secretary to the Common- wealth ^larble Quarries, Ltd., for information concerning, and permission to inspect, the marble quarries; and to his quarry manager, Mr. F. T. Campbell, for pointing out the smaller occurrences of marble.

Mr. H. J. Meldrum, B.Sc, has \'ery kindly anal3^sed the slate for uie. My thanks are especially due to Dr. Woolnough, for much advice and assistance in the preparation of this paper and its illustrations.

Note, — Since writing the above, I have learnt, from Mr. K. H. Cambage, that basalt occurs capping Sugarloaf Hill. This is on the northern border of Galbraith Parish, and I was unable to visit it.

BY W. N. BENSON. 553

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xxii.

Geological Map of Newbridge.

Plate xxiii.

Fig. L^Andesite from Smith's Hill. At the top a large crystal of augite

may be clearly seen, and below it a mass of fibrous chlorite. The

crystals of felspar stand out clearly against a matrix of decomposed

glassy matter. Fig. 2.— The granophyre referred to on page 532. As may be seen, it is a

perfect example of an intergrowth of quartz and felspar. Fig.3. — A junction of mica slate and granite. The latter has absorbed a

little of the colourless part of the slate as may be seen from the fact that

the biotites project into the granite. This specimen is remarkable for

the coarseness of grain of the mica slate. Fig. 4. — A junction of mica slate and granophyre. This is very different

from Fig.3. The slate is finer-grained, and contains much magnetite.

The granophyre has greatly disrupted the slate. Note the potential

andalusite crystal on the lower margin. Fig.5. — Chiastolite slate. The chiastolite occurs in black, rectangular

grains; and is sometimes in a cruciform twin. Fig. 6. — Chiastolite slate. Notice the light halo round each crystal. A

centimetre scale is shown to give an idea of the size of the crystals.

554

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 28th, 1907.

The Ordinaiy Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, August 28th, 1907.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 5 Vols., 51 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, 3 Reports, 9 Pamphlets, received from 43 Societies, <fec., and 3 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. David G. Stead oflfered a preliminary record of the occur- rence of that most archaic of modern Selachian forms, Chlamy- doselachus, in the waters of New South Wales, an announcement which would be received with great interest by zoologists. The record was based upon portions of a specimen cast ashore some time since, in Rose Bay, Port Jackson, comprising the skull and about 150 vertebrae. The specimen measured more than 10 feet in length. Only one species of the genus is known, C. anguineus Garman, from the Sea of Sagami, Japan, as well as from deep waters in the vicinity of Madeira, the Azores and the coast of Norway; while the length of the largest specimens hitherto known, appeared to be about 5 feet.

Dr. J. B. Cleland of Perth, W.A., contributed a Note on "The Resistance of the Vegetation of Australia to Bush-Fires, and the Antiquity of the Australian Aboriginal," with the object of suggesting that, if it can be proved that the vegetation of Australia has been modified iu the course of atjes so as to have

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 555

become more tolerant of bush-tires, and as a result of the frequency of such fires; and if the frequency of such fires can be regarded as due mainly to the agency of man, then there would seem to be some grounds for attributing considerable antiquity to the presence of fire-producing man in that region, and therefore, presumably to the ancestors of the vanishing Aboriginal Australian. It is not difficult to accumulate facts which indicate tliat certain Austra- lian genera and species of plants are peculiarly resistant to destruction by tire. Among such may be mentioned the remark- able recovery of Eucalypts, Proteads, and others after bush-fires; the characteristics of the woody fruits of many proteads which afford the seeds protection from fire, but the opening of which, with the concomitant scattering of the seeds, is favoured by a tire; the fact that the germination of the seeds of the Acacias is facilitated by heat {e.g., immersion in boiling water); the case of the orchid, Lyperanthiis nigricans which rarel}', if ever, flowers except in ground recently burnt over. Though these peculiarities of resistance to fire-destruction seem ver}^ noteworthy, it is another matter to assert that they are the evolutionary result of the frequency of bush-fires. Adaptation to arid conditions of long continuance may perhaps account for some of them. Though bush-fires occasionally originate through other than human agency, it seems not unreasonable to suppose that Man is the only likely cause of frequent conflagrations of that character.

It will be seen that three propositions require proof if the theory suggested is to be accorded any support. They are : —

(1) Has the Australian vegetation any peculiarities which render it specially resistant to destruction by fire 1 The answer to this seems to be undoubtedly yes.

(2) Are these peculiarities the result of the frequency of these fires, or can they be satisfactorily explained otherwise?

(3) If due to the frequency of such fires, could other agencies than those of man produce them frequentl}' enough to so modify the vegetation 1

Discussion was postponed to next Meeting.

556 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Jensen exhibited a series of photographs and petrological specimens, illustrating the geology of the Warrumbnngle Moun- tains. Lantern slides will be shown at a future Meeting, when the geology of the Nandewar Mountains is treated of.

Mr. Fletcher showed germinating seeds and young seedlings up to 4 inches, of a common leafless parasite, Cassytha pubescens R. Br., one of the Dodder-Laurels [N.O. Laurine.e]. The portion of the embryo which emerges from the seed is at first cylindrical, shortly becoming club-shaped; meanwhile the rudiments of the roots, of which there are usually three, appear as a median and two lateral projections — sometimes only two are developed. The roots and root-hairs of seedlings no older than those exhibited attain considerable development; in this respect, as also in the presence of chlorophyll in the young stems, differing markedly from young Dodder plants [N. O. CoNVOLVULACEiE] (as described in text-books, e.g., Kerner and Oliver's " Nat. Hist, of Plants," i. 173), to which at an earl}^ stage they offer some resemblance. A leafless condition characterises both types.

557

THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS.

By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geolooy.

(Plates xxiv.-xxxii.)

Synopsis,

A. Geology.

1. IXTilODUCTION

2. Petrography

5. Physiographic Notes

4. Geomorphogeny ...

(a) Pre-Cretaceous Configuration ...

(b) Stream-Development

(c) Peneplanation

(d) Vulcanism

(e) Present Changes ...

-5. Springs and Artesian Water

'6. Diatomaceous Earths, Coal, Ironstone and Opal

B. Petrology

Page. 557 559 565

571 572 573 575 576 579 583 586

A. Geology. 1. Introduction.

The Wari'umbungle Mountains proper lie about 70-80 miles W.S.W. of Gunnedah, and about the same distance N.N.E. of Dubbo, the two nearest and most convenient railway centres; and between the townships of Coonabarabran, Mundooran, Tooraweanah and Baradine, which are the nearest places where stores and accommodation can be obtained.

The Warrumbungle Mountain Region is roughly circular in shape, with a diameter of from 30 to 40 miles.

I spent two months in the district in 1905 (October and November) and nearly two months in 1906 (also October and

558 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

November), so that the observations here recorded represent field-work occupying a period of nearly four months.

During my field-work I derived much information about the country and cordial assistance from men stationed in the district. To Mr. Goodridge, Licensed Surveyor, I am particularly indebted for his never-failing courtesy and help. Dr. F. Failes of Coona- barabran, Mr. May-Steers (Stock Inspector), Messrs. John Knight,. Senr., and Alfred Knight of Tannabar Station, Mr. Lawrence Brown of Tundebrine Station, Mr. J. Draper (Tundebrine), Mr. Goldfinch of Gowang, Mr. Wright (Road Inspector), and many others have rendered me valuable help. To Mr. A. Wallace I am indebted for his cheerful company on my first trip through the mountains. On my second trip I was accompanied by my brother, Mr. Thor Jensen, L.S.

Owing to the rough nature of the country, it was necessary to work this district b}'- camping out in various places to which access could be attained with a vehicle, and making excursions on foot from the camps in all directions. During the work I have been camped at the following places : — Coonabarabran, Riversdale, Tannabar, Gowang, Uargon Creek, Tooraweanah, Tundebrine, Tenandra, Goorianawa, Bugaldi, Upper Bugaldi Creek and Yarraman. By working from these localities it was found possible to visit all the most important peaks of the group and to acquire a good idea of its geological structure.

Work of a detailed nature has never been done in the district before, with the exception of Professor T. W. Edge worth David's description of the diatomaceous earth and tuff-beds at Wandi- allabah (Wantialable ?) Creek.* The Rev. J. M. Curran has visited the district on several occasions, but has not published anything about it. Mr. Pittman and officers of the Geological Survey have made hurried trips to special localities in the region to report on mining claims, but have done no detailed geological work. To Sydney people the district is only known through the photographic zeal of His Honor, Judge Docker, who has done

* These Proceedings, 1896, p. 264.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 559

SO much in this way to open up and make known the l^eauty spots of New South Wales.

Owing to the very characteristic physiography of the Warrum- bungles, I published a preliminary note on that subject last year.*t

2. Petrography.

The rocks of the Warrumbungle Mountains fall under the headings Sedimentary, P5^roclastic, and Volcanic.

The Sedimentary Rocks consist of sandstones, shales, calcareous shales, conglomerates and recent alluvial. The Permo-Carbon- iferous System (Upper Coal Measures) is met with in most places E. and S.E. of the Warrumbungles, and consists of clay- shales, coal seams, sandstones, and conglomerates, which have, as a general rule, a dip to the S.W. of 1 in 20. Dolerite sheets or sills of pre-Tertiary age occur in connection with these rocks. In places we meet with mesas of sandstone of later (Triassic or Trias- Jura) age dipping N.W., and capping the Permo-Carbon- iferous, e.g., Mow Rock, etc.; and cappings of andesite and basalt of Tertiary age are also common.

In the Warrumbungles proper, to the north of them (in the Pilliga Scrub), and north-east at Ulimambra we meet with sand- stones and conglomerates which have, when not much disturbed by igneous intrusions, a N.W. dip of 5°-10°. These rocks have the usual barren look of Australian Triassic and Trias-Jura

*These Proeeedings,»1906, p. 228.

tSince the above was written the Government Geologist, Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., has lately contributed a "Note on the Occurrence of Precious Opal at Tooraweanah, Warrumbungle Mountains," and Mr. Henry Deane, M, A., F.L.S., some " Notes on the Fossil Leaves from the Warrum- bungle Mountains " to the last issue of the Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales (Vol. viii.. Part 3, 1907, pp. 187 and 189).

Mr. Deane's investigations show conclusively that the trachytic eruptions were of the early Tertiary age, for the tuffs in which the leaves examined by Mr. Deane are found occur sometimes interbedded with trachytic flows, sometimes overlying a trachyte flow and underlying a later basalt flow.

Both the above papers bring corroborative evidence for conclusions which I have come to in this paper. 44

560 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

formations. Naturally in the centre of the volcanic region dips are much disturbed. West of the Warrumbungles we find, at Tenandra, calcareous shales dipping W. at 10° — probably of Upper Trias- Jura or Cretaceous age. These too are intruded by andesitic eruptives (Tenandra Mountain) coeval with the Warrumbungle lavas.

At Scabby Rock, about 10 miles north of Coonabarabran, we find the trachytic knob surrounded by a narrow rim of highly inclined slates with quartz reefs, surrounding which we find gently inclined Triassic (or Permo -Carboniferous) sandstones. The slaty rocks are probably of Gympie (Carboniferous) age. (Figs. 4a and b).

At Timor Rock, about 8 miles west of Coonabarabran, fragments of chert are included in the trachyte. Several fine specimens of chert with Glossopteris (Permo-Carboniferous) were collected by Mr. McLeod, until lately schoolmaster at Bugaldi, near Wheoh Mountain on Upper Bugaldi Creek. I have been unable to find the outcrop, which is probably small, and brought to the surface by an igneous intrusion.

These occurrences, however, prove that rocks older than the Triassic occur at no great depth. One might also mention in this connection that at Tundebrine Station pieces of quartz and fragments of biotite granite have been brought to the surface by volcanic action.

The Pyrodastic Rocks consist of tuffs and breccias. Inter- bedded with them occur diatomaceous earths at Bugaldi, Yarra- man, Wandiallabah Creek and Govvang. Tuffs and breccias of the arfvedsonite trachyte-comendite series were met Avith at Gowang, Wandiallabah Creek, Berum Buckle (Tannabar), Timor, Scabby Rock and Siding Spring Mountain. They occur very abundantly everywhere in the heart of the AVarrumbungle Mountain group in association with the trachytes related to them. Andesitic and basic tuffs occur in association with more basic lavas on top of Mount Exmouth, at Chalk Mouiitain, Cow Mountain, Lion's Head, Paddy McCulloch's Mountain, and other

vomid

aioivjoa

'<^'

-ajQuioa/ina . VVfVOOW

voyvua

r^n I 1 -,

^T^

3T033N 3HJ.

iH.

>~ \- t- z

> J - o

< /> C X

°^- 3,-'

-orrr 3

\ '/

562 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

mountains round Bugaldi Creek, at Gowang and numerous- other places.

The Volcanic Bocks include (a) light grey arfvedsonite trachytes which form the main balk of the mountains in the heart of the group, such as Timor, Mobara, Siding Spring Mountain, Berum Buckle, Mount Caraghnan, Needle Mountain, The Bluff, Wombalong (Terra-Terra or EKmouth) and The Spire.

(b) Dark bluish cegirine trachytes, nepheline-segirine phonolites and allied rocks, capping the arfv^edsonite rock in places, as on Mount Caraghnan, and extending all round them in a sheet now dissected by gorges and wider creek valleys; the AVarrumbungle Range north of the Castlereagh River from Timor to Coona- barabran is capped with this rock, as is also the ridge known as Naman Ledges; Tooraweanah Mountain, the Dillys (south of Tooravveanah), the Ridge Pole S.W. of Tannabar, Mount Tannabar and most of the spurs north of the Warrumbungle Range, such as Kalga Range, the Bugaldi Spur and the Yarra- man Spur, have similar cappings.

(c) Grey nosean and pseudoleucite phonolites at Mount Bingy Grumble, Berum Buckle and round the base of Mount Caraghnan.

(d) Trachydolerite with sodalite, olivine, augite, fegirine and soda felspars at Uargon Creek covering much of the tableland south of Black Mountain, and forming part of The Spire pinnacle (Tonduron). The rock which forms the butte-like hills of the Forked Mountain and Nandi near Coonabarabran is closely related.

(e) Melilite basalts or basanites at Billy King's Creek, a couple of miles south of Coonabarabran.

(f) Sodalite basalt at Mount Gowang, The Spire, and other places, a differentiation-product of the trachydolerite.

(g) Ordinary andesites and basalts capping the other rocks in places, as on tlie top of Mount Wombalong (Exmouth), and spreading over a much wider area.

Sequence. — The sequence of the lavas seems to have been in general from the more acid to the more basic; and they merge into one another in such a way that there can be no doubt that

BY H.

JENSEN.

563

they all belong to one rather long period of volcanic activity, probably, for reasons given later, lasting from the Eocene to the Pliocene. In the preceding paragraphs the lavas are mentioned practically in the order of sequence. South of Black Mountain basalts cap trachydolerites and are unquestionably the last out- pourings. North of the Warrumbungle Range around Bugaldi basalts cap trachytic and phonolitic rocks. The age of the dark green or blue trachj^tic rocks (with associated phonolites) relative to the light grey arfvedsonite trachytes is harder to decide. At Mount Caraghnan there is a capping of the former on the latter; but more usually, excepting in the central mass of mountains, the light grey trachytes exist only as isolated knobs, either stand- ing in a valley surrounded only by sandstone and occasionally

Fig. 3. — Diagrammatic Section from the Warrumbungle Eange to Jack Hall's Creek through Timor Rock.

tuflf as Wallaby Rock near Uargon Creek (see Figs.l and 5 posiea), Scabby Rock (Figs. 4a and b), Timor Rock (Fig. 3); or surrounded by tuffs, and sometimes capped with basalt as at Gowang; or completely surrounded by the dark variety of trachyte, as Paddy's Rock in the Naman Ledges. This last kind of occurrence suggests that the more acid rock has been thrust into the more basic, a sequence which is not verified by occurrences elsewhere. The only explanation which satisfies all the facts is that the arfved-

564

THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

sonite trachytes were the earliest lavas and were in many cases injected into earlier tuff cones. Their maximum development was attained between Mount Wombalong, Berum Buckle and

/ ^ /S/€l^cl//t

'// 4v^ ^'*^'"^

sandy

; '/y2//'^/^M///i;'r;,''\ soil

v:

/rit-.,

z' /r

/ I

'^

./

Fig. -la. — Plan of Scabby Kock (diagrammatic). r, trachyte; s, slate; o-, sandstone; t, tuff.

Mobara. Later flows of more basic lava followed, and this, being of a more fluid nature, filled the valleys around the central group and surrounded outlying members of the n>ore acid series,

\9ooyc.

Fig. 46.— Diagrammatic Section N. and S. through Scabby Rock.

forming an extensive lava-tield sloping in all direction^ from the central mass. Subsequent erosion has carved valleys through this lava-field, reaching the sandstone below. The earlier arfved-

BY H. I. JENSEN. 565

soiiite-ti-cacliyte plugs being surrounded by soft tuffs, have, in many cases, been isolated by the erosion.

Dykes of arfvedsonite-trachyte have been met with cutting the Triassic sandstones at Tannabar, behind The Spire, at Gibb's Pass and many other places, so that the earliest lavas are at least post-Triassic. Tuffs belonging to this series are, however, associated, at Gowang and Wandiallabah Creek, with leaves of Cinnamomum Leichhardtii and other leaves of Eocene appear- ance. This fixes the commencement of volcanic action as somewhere about the Eocene.

Distinct sills and laccolites I have not seen anywhere.

3. Physiographic Notes.

An observer standing on one of the central peaks such as Wombalong, Berum Buckle or Siding Spring Mountain, would observe (a) that the elevation of the mountains diminishes as the central group is receded from; and (b) that the watercourses pursue very direct paths outwards from the central group in all directions; when the streams reach the " plains " country they commence to deviate from their original straight courses. They are therefore " consequent."

The central mountains are very rugged. The surrounding zone of darker rocks is characterised by almost flat-topped mountains and ridges, sloping gently away from the central area. The watercourses are often wider inside the zone of dark trachytes than in it. Thus the Castlereagh Biver at Timor (Fig.3) has a wide valley, having had soft tuffs and sandstone to work in, but flows in a narrow V-shaped valley thence to Coonabarabran; Uargon Creek occupies a wide flat valley in the sandstone country north of Black Mountain and east of Tonduron, but runs in a narrow gorge between the Naman Ledges and Black Mountain (Fig.5). Wandiallabah Creek and Belar Creek show the same peculiarities. Where the creeks leave the inner sand- stones and tuffs surrounding the light-coloured trachytes and flow through the hard segirine trachytes and })honolites, erosion has not been able to widen the valleys at the same rate as higher up.

566 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

The Warrumbungle Mountains are drained by the tributaries of the Namoi and Castlereagh Rivers. The former is a con- sequent stream, throughout most of its course following the dip

Black mt^t

DGElb

jZb5bj[h

^lue Phonoiltic

Fig.5.

Vesicular Tracjvy^ Tu.[f •

V ~

Sandstone

(Dl^6w)

-Diagrammatic Section showing the structure of Goat Mountain, Tannabar.

of the Trias-Jura (or Trias) rocks in a N.N.W. direction. Pro- bably it is a very old river, as Mr. E. C. Andrews has pointed out,"^ originating in its present course when the Triassic sediments were tilted in Cretaceous time. It follows that, where these sediments have been denuded away and the Namoi runs through Permo-Carboniferous rocks dipping S.W., it occupies a subsequent position, and is in reality a supe7'imposed stream. In some places it cuts through deep alluvial plains of its own deposition, as at Narrabri. Many of its tributaries are subsequent streams running N.E., following the strike of the Trias-Jura. The Namoi is older than the raised peneplain marked by the mesas of Coona- barabran. The erosion produced by tributaries like Brigalow Creek, Baradine Creek, Bohena Creek and Bugaldi Creek has given rise to similar mesas of about the same altitude in the Pilliga Scrub, north of the Warrumbungle Range.

The Castlereagh rises in the Warrumbungles near Mobara. First it pursues an easterly course through a wide gorge or valley, with steep cliffs bounding it on the north. A few miles

* " Tertiary History of New England," Eecords Geol. Survey N. S.Wales, Vol. vii. 1903, p.27.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 567

■east of Coonabarabraii it swings round and flows south, first in a narrow deep trough, later, about 10 miles south of Coonabara- bran, in a shallow bed little below the level of the plain (Rivers- dale). Later, at Mundooran, the course swings to the west, and, still further on at Breelong, it takes a north-westerly direction which it preserves till the Darling is reached. Thus this river describes a spiral course round the Warrumbungles.

There can be little doubt that the drainage was more direct prior to the volcanic outbursts. There was probably a conse- quent stream draining the Liverpool Plains in the same direction as the Naraoi and Macquarie. The great effusive pile of the Warrumbungles, however, effectively blocked it, and a new, more circuitous drainage-system had to develop. This accounts for the youthful appearance of the Castlereagh as compared with the Namoi. The poorness of the water-supply in the Castle- reagh, and the development of monkeys (aboriginal '^ moongies") in its course I have already touched upon in my preliminary note.* Here, too, I mentioned how the creeks flowing westward from the Warrumbungles dry up, and have beds so little depressed below the general level that the traveller hardly notices when he crosses a creek. The drying up of streams on reaching the level country was also noticed in the Pilliga country. The water coming down from the mountain springs may be absorbed by the outcrop of porous artesian strata at a level of about 1,400 feet. Oertain it is that the rainfall at the present day is insufficient to enable the streams to erode beds, but the existence of dry water- jcourses infilled with sand shows that at a remote period there was a better rainfall.

The watershed known as the Warrumbungle Range divides the drainage-areas of the Castlereagh and the Namoi. It com- mences as an offshoot of the Liverpool Range, east of Coolah, iirst runs N.W., then W., losing itself in the Warrumbungle Mountains to the N.W. of Coonabarabran; then it re-emerges as the Kalga Range at Bulloway Mountain. The Kalga Range

* These Proceedings, 190G, p.231.

568 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

runs N.N.W., gradually diminishing in altitude, until it is lost in tlie Pilliga Scrub to the N.W. of Baradine. The Warrum- bungle Range has only an average height of about 2,000 feet, and is composed essentially of sandstones, conglomerates and shales which belong to the Triassic to the north-west and north of Coonabarabran, but to the east and south-east they probably belong to the Permo-Carboniferous (Upper Coal Measures).

The highest peaks of the Warruinbungle Mountains themselves attain an altitude of about 4,000 feet. In the centre of the group we have Wombalong (4,210), Terra Terra (3,710), The Bluff(about 4,000), Mt. Caraghnan(3,875), Berum Buckle (3,710),. and Belougery Split Rock. Practically situated on the Warrum- bungle Range, where it approaches most closely to the centre of the mountain group, are the high peaks of the Siding Spring Mountain (about 4,000), Mobara and Bulleamble. Mt. Bullo- way, at the commencement of the Kalga Range, is apparently also about 4,000 feet high."^

The zone of table-topped mountains and spurs of dark trachyte and plionolite surrounding the central mass attains usually to the height of from 2,000 to 2,500 feet. Thus Timor Ledges, north of Timor Rock, are 2,400 feet high. Black Mountain and Naman Ledges 2,500-2,600, Gowang Tableland 2,200-2,500 ; Kalga Range, Paddy McCulloch's Mountain and the Bugaldi Ranges- reach 2,000-2,500 near the Bugaldi-Tenandra Road, but drop to- lower levels further northward.

In the valleys between the mountains are numerous smaller knobs, steep-sided plugs and sugarloaf-shaped cones. These are particularl}^ abundant in the Gumin-Gumin Valley; Plate xxviii» illustrates their appearance.

The level at Coonabarabran is about 1,700 feet. At Rivers- dale, 10 miles or so to the S.S.E., it has fallen to about 1,400

* The elevations given in this paper can only be taken as approximate,, being based on aneroid measurements checked by comparisons with the official barometric readings taken at Coonabarabran, for which I am indebted to the Postmaster. The altitude of Coonabarabran was taken to be about 1,700 feet.

BY fl. I. JENSEN. 569

feet. At Tooraweanab, to the S.W. of the mountains, it is aVjoiit 1,500 feet; and at Tundebrine about 1,400 feet. At Tenandra Station it has fallen to about 1,100 feet; at Goorianawa Station the level is 1,200 feet; at Bngaldi it is about 1,350. Mundooran is about 1,000 feet above sea-level, Gumin-Gumin about 1,200, and Kalga 900 feet.

We see then that there is a tendency for the level to drop rapidly to that of the western plains around, i.e., to about 900- 1,100 feet. Around Coonabarabran there is a tableland elevated 400-500 feet above the Liverpool Plains to the S.E. Studded over this tableland are flat-topped sandstone mesas, and butte.s of trachyte; the former all reach a level of between 1,900 and 2,000 feet — the same height as the Warrumbungle Range where it is composed of sandstone. The trachytic buttes, e.g., Nandi, The Forked Mountain, Yarrighnan, Yarabala, etc., usually attain the same altitude, but frequently vary within wider limits. Very often trachyte caps a sandstone mesa, thereby increasing its altitude. The buttes and cappings represent remains of a sheet of lava which tilled the valleys in the sandstone in the volcanic period. The lavas in the Warrumbungle Mountains proper overlie a continuation of this Coonabarabran plateau.

The foregoing description of the Warrumbungle Mountain topography with a glance at the reproduction of a stereogram (Plate XXV.) shows that the region has the nature of a lava cono- plain, as pointed out in my preliminary note.

South and west of the mountain group we also find mesas and buttes which were originally portions of the Warrumbungle conoplain, but are now severed by erosion. Thus between Toora- weanab and Bearbung there are the Dillys, masses of sandstone with steep, often vertical walls, which overlie conglomerates (probably Permo-Carboniferous), and are in some cases capped with trachyandesite at a level of 2,000 feet. Similar masses occur north of the Warrumbungles in the Pilliga Scrub.

The soils are very different in different parts. In the sand- stone belts they are poor and sandy, and characterised by pine {Callitris rohusta and C. calcarata) and white gum {Eucali/ptus

570 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

tereticornis var. dealbata^ and E. coriacea [?]) forests, with oaks {Gasuarina Cunninghamii, G. Luehman^ii) and belar (C. Gam- hagei) along the banks of creeks. In the arfvedsonite-trachyte .region the soil is still poor, but somewhat better than in the sandstone country; pine trees are here typically absent. The dark trachytes and trachyphonolites have fair red soils, and are timbered with gums, ironbarks (chiefly Eucalyptus siderophloia), wattles, pine {Callitris robicsta), emu-bush [Eremophila sp.), Styphelia sp., etc. The trachydolerites and basalts are surrounded by good red and black soils, commonly timbered with box {Euca- lyptus hemiphloia var. alhens) and a fair sprinkling of kurrajong (Sterculia diver sifolia). Outside the mountain region we have the extremely poor and thirsty sandy soils of the Pilliga Scrub to the north, thickly timbered with pine {Callitris calcarata); and the vast black soil plains lying to the west and south-west. Interspersed with the black soil plains there are belts of wretched Sandy soil of the Pilliga type. In some of the valleys in the mountains, as at Tundebrine and around Tooraweanah, where basaltic detritus accumulates, and where wash from basic trachytes is deposited, there are miniature black soil plains, in reality occupying the position of alluvial fans. From the close resem- blance of the black soil in these valleys to that of the plains, in colour, touch, mode of cracking when dry, and vegetation it seems very likely that the black soil plains owe their richness to detritus brought down from the AVarrumbungle Mountains in the course of ages. The black soil of the plains contains deposits of coarse gravels and waterworn pebbles made up partly of volcanic rock of the Warrumbungle type, and partly of quartz derived from the breaking up of the conglomerates. These coarse materials must have been carried down at a time when the rainfall was greater in the mountains than at present.

Wind-action is an important factor in redistribution in these areas, but as the winds here are mostly westerly, they have not taken any part in bringing down the detritus which formed the black soil plains. The wind, however, is an important distributor of pests. Almost every year produces a new variety of thistle,

BY H. I. JENSEN. 57 1

or other noxious herb, which completely monopolises the plains for the season, and only dies out to give the monopoly to a plague of something else. The winds bring the seeds from the west. The rabbit also helps the invader by shunning it for a while, and feeding on the diet he is used to. It is due to the rabbit that prickly species of thistles, unsuited for feed, are getting the upper hand .on the plains.

The sandy soils of the Pilliga Scrub are, I am told, very deep in places, and must have been deposited partly by the aid of water in the rainy period, and partly by wind-action in the present arid cycle.

A striking instance of natural pruning is seen, throughout the Pilliga Scrub, in the uniform height above ground of the lowest branches of the pine forests.

Black soil plains are often devoid of forest trees. This is due mainly to the fact that they tend to become swampy in wet weather, and to scorch up, cake and crack in dry weather. Where the black soil is loamy, such trees as box {Eucalyptus Woollsiana T), silver-leaved ironbark {Eucalyptus melanoiyhloia), kurrajong, wattles and myalls are common.

4. Geomorphogeny.

(a) F re-Cretaceous Configuration. — The Warrumbungle area was probably submerged in Carboniferous times, being the western margin of a sea which stretched across to the New Eng- land border. Elevation followed. In late Permo-Carboniferous times parts of it, especially the eastern and southern quartants, were depressed, and received sandy and gritty sediments (the Upper Coal Measures) probably from the west. In Triassic times the whole area was again submerged. The subsidence continued, with interruptions, until in Cretaceous time a move- ment of elevation or negative movement of the sea, probably connected with a general uplift in the Liverpool Range and New England, again made the area dry land. This uplift gave the Triassic sediments a N.N.W. dip, just as the uplift of the New

572 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

England area at the end of the Permo-Carboniferous gave the Upper Coal Measures a S.W. dip.

(b) Str earn- Development. — In Cretaceous times the present drainage system commenced, the rivers like the Namoi, Castle- reagli (lower part) and the Macquarie taking a consequent direc- tion, and flowing, therefore, N.N.W. The uplift continued for some time, but the rainfall being good, on account of a Cretaceous sea lying to the N.W., erosion almost kept pace with the uplift. Tv'xhwt^v J subsequent streams like the Talbragar River, Baradine Creek, etc., now developed, and low watersheds like the Warrum- bungle Range were formed by erosion. A stationary period following, allowed most of the country to be reduced to a pene- plain, at present marked by the 2,000 feet level mesas all round the Warrumbungles. In the centre of the group there was a sandstone area which had not yet been quite reduced to a level, but was diversified with ridges and valleys. This takes us to early Tertiary (Eocene) times. Now volcanic action commenced, and the lavas built up the central mass to a great height; whilst subsequent outpourings not only filled up any valleys in the country around, but covered the peneplain over a considerable area with a lava-sheet thinning out away from the central mass. In this way it is possible to explain that some lava hills like Nandi near Coonabarabran, Yarrighnan and Yarabala near Bugaldi, rest on sandstone at a level of from 1,500 to 1,700 feet, being relics of flows filling valleys; whilst in most cases the lavas rest on the sandstone at a level of from 1,900 to 2,000 feet, being mappings on the old peneplain level {e.g.^ cappings around Coona- barabran on the Warrumbungle Range, around Bugaldi, on the *'Dillys," etc., etc.). In fact there seems to have been a slight uplift and recommencement of stream-dissection in the area before the eegirine trachytes, phonolites and basalts were poured out. This uplift was probably due to the injection of sills at the period of eruption of the arfvedsonite- trachytes.

The drainage of this area was now altered. The waters had to find their way round a great effusive pile. In this wa}' the Castlereagh developed.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 573

The late Cretaceous sea being now again dry land, the streams from the mountains deposited much of their silt on the plains, where the velocity decreased on reaching the more level country, thus giving rise to the Black Soil Plains. Valleys were carved in the volcanic conoplain, dissecting the lava-sheets and under- lying sandstones. Thus the Castlereagh at Timor has cut through the phonolitic trachytes into the sandstones below. Likewise Uargon Creek flows between the vertical clifis of JSTaman Ledges (a flow from The Spire crater, probabl}'), and Black Mountain at a level of about 1,850 feet. At the 2,000-feet level on either side the sandstone is capped by lavas which the creek erosion has severed (Fig.5). In such cases the valley widens by the retreat of almost vertical clifls, formed by the sandstone weathering away from under the lava-capping.

(c) Peneplanation. — As has been shown above, a peneplain, now marked by the 2,000-feet level, was formed at the end of Cretaceous time. Subsequent erosion has not produced another peneplain, yet the Coonabarabran tableland is approaching that end. However, the late Tertiary erosion has tended to reduce or base-level the land, not to sea-level, but to the level of the western plains. Following upon a wet period — probably Pleis- tocene or Pliocene, and contemporaneous with the lake period of parts of Central Australia, when an inland sea covered great areas — there succeeded a dry period, which still persists. This matter I have already touched upon in my preliminary note.

As evidence proving the existence of an Arid Cyde^ in the area of this Warrumbungle conoplain, the following facts are suflicient : —

(1) The streams have definite courses in the mountains where they are fed by springs, but dry up and become indefinite on reaching the more level country, especially to the north and west of the Warrumbungles.

(2) The country is being base-levelled to the level of certain depressions in the western plains, which have become filled with •detritus (black soil) from the mountains.

Cp. Journal of Geology, Vol. xiii. No. 5, July, August, 1905.

574 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

(3) The drainage is therefore disintegrated. The Castlereagh River itself is a striking example, with its dry beds and billa- bongs distinguished from the surrounding and more lowlying country only by a ridge of wind-blown sand {monkey or moongie). Many other creek-beds, no longer serving as water-courses, are present. Evidently in the arid period the integrated drainage- system established in the wet period has been destroyed. Old age of arid erosion has been reached in the countr}^ Avest of the mountains, and maturity on the Coonabarabran tableland. Only in the mountains themselves, on account of the hardness of the rocks, has a youthful appearance been maintained.

(4) " Scorched plains " devoid of soil, flat-topped stony hills, and slopes covered with coarse shingle instead of soil, have developed in the volcanic mountains; and around Coonabarabran a typical bad-land topograph}^ has been shaped.

(5) Alluvial fans occur in the valleys where declivity lessens, or where the streams reach the plains, as at Tundebrine.

(6) There are no post-Tertiary fossils, except a few plant-remains and bones of terrestrial animals, in the surrounding country. No marine or lacustrine Tertiary fossils have been met with either, so that there is reason to believe that throughout Cainozoic times- land-conditions have prevailed.

(7) The Coonabarabran tableland, with its buttes and mesas,, has the character which Passarge terms Inselberglandschafty. shaped mainly by wind-erosion.

Some of the above facts are also characteristics of a conoplain as defined by Miss Ida H. Ogilvie.*

The main reasons for looking upon the Warrumbungles as a conoplain may, hoAvever, be summarised in the following words :

(1) The mountains form an eroded lava-dome. This consisted of a high core of light grey trachytes, surrounded and capped by a sheet of phonolitic trachytes, which were again covered with later basalts.

* " The High Altitude Conoplain." The American Geologist, Vol. xxxvi. No.l, July, 1905.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 575

(2) The streams diverge from a common centre.

(3) The valleys widen by the retreat of vertical cliffs.

(4) Alluvial fans are common. Detritus is deposited all round the mountains where the grade diminishes.

(5) The watercourses frequently change their position; or the waters flow in a sheet when the plains are reached, following no definite course.

The rainfall in the Warrumbungles comes mostly in heavy showers separated by long dry intervals. This kind of rainfall favours arid erosion and conoplain-formation.

(d) Vulcanism. — The sequence of the lavas has already been described. Eruptions commenced probably in the Eocene period, and continued for a considerable time. The alkaline trachy- dolerites and basanites may have been as late as Miocene, and the calcic basalts which followed in places may be as late as Pliocene. Owing to the absence of fossils we have only the land forms to enable us to arrive at an approximation in this regard. The eruptions had finished when the very wet cycle commenced.

Volcanic action was throughout accompanied by elevation. The plugs and cones are not distributed along definite intersect- ing cracks as in the Glass House Mountains. If such cracks ever existed, their traces have been hidden by the enormous amount of lava poured out. Although the igneous mass occupies a somewhat circular area, there is reason to believe that the lava was erupted mainly from a fissure running N.N.E.-S.S.W., through Mount Wheoh, Siding Spring Mountain or Mombara, Berum Buckle, and The Spire (Tonduron). Berum Buckle at Tannabar is apparently the centre of the whole system. Radial cracks were probably developed, originating at this point. One fracture might be imagined running west through Caraghnan, Needle Mountain, The Bluff and Wombalong (Exmouth); another east through Goat Mountain and Bingy Grumble.

In the country around The Spire the sandstone nearly always reaches a higher level on the western side of a mass than on the eastern. This would seem to indicate that the lava came up diagonally from the west.

576

THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

Possibly the weight of Mesozoic sediments to the west, after Cretaceous sedimentation, has contributed to squeeze underlying magmas away in an easterly direction.

The diagrammatic plan and section (Figs. 6a and b) illustrate the structure of The Spire, which is typical of that of many of the other plugs.

\^r/

Fig. 6. — Diagrammatic Plan and Section of Tonduron (The Spire).

(e) Present Changes. — There are no indications of any oscilla- tions or earth-movements in the present period. The Warrum- bungle Mountains abound in poised rocks so delicately balanced that the least earth-tremor would cast them down. The well- known Bottle Rock, at Timor Rock, in itself shows that there has been no earth-tremor for thousands of years.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 577

At present we have only the agency of erosion tending steadily by means of sand blast (wind) action, rainfall, etc., to reduce the mountains to the level of the western plains.

(f) Remarks,— The peneplain which developed in early Tertiary or late Cretaceous times, before the commencement of volcanic activity, may have been shaped by arid agencies like those prevailing at present. However, evidence in favour of this supposition is weak, and only of a negative character, consisting in the fact that we find no marine or estuarine fossils of Cretaceo- Eocene age anywhere within a very large area, such as we would expect on submerged parts of a true peneplain.

The slight partial dissection of this peneplain which preceded the phonolitic series of eruptions may, if the peneplain were of arid origin, have been due either to an uplift caused by intrusion of sills and laccolites, or by the development of an exterior drainage leading to a renewal of erosion.

' The most puzzling problem met with in the field was that of the relative age of the light-coloured and dark-coloured trachytes. The structure at Timor Rock, which I have already discussed, and that observed at Paddy's Rock in the Naman Ledges opposite Black Mountain, where we have a mass of grey arfvedsouite trachyte surrounded by a narrow rim of tilted sandstone around which there are undisturbed flows of dark trachyte, may be explained in two ways. The neck of arfvedsonite trachyte may be imagined to be a plug which has filled the vent through which the aegirine trachyte rose and flowed over the country; or it may be imagined to be an earlier mamelon or neck surrounded by later flows of more basic rock. I have, however, nowhere seen arfvedsonite trachyte or its tuffs overlying the more basic rock in a flow or sheet. It reaches higher elevations, but either over- lies sandstone or extends down to unknown depths. The more basic trachytes, however, have been noticed in numerous places capping the arfvedsonite trachytes in flows and sheets, as at Goat Mountain near Tannabar (Fig. 7), Mt. Caraghnan and Uargon Creek, etc. / have therefore come to the conclusion that the dark trachytes are the newest, and that many of the ridges of

578

THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

this rock represent old valleys which were filled with it in the- volcanic period. The old ridges, consisting of softer sandstone^ have now become valleys.

'. Phonolitic columnar trach . 2^0 1. Vesic jtihoMoliTic trac/jy^e

/^.Trachyfte, Cuff llOO

5. ^eslc.arfyed trach

6. Trac\^. Breccia

25O0,

Fig. 7. — Section across Uargon Creek from Black Mountain to Naman

Ledges.

The arfvedsonite trachytes have in most cases been necks injected into tuff cones. It is easy to understand that later erosion would find the soft tuff beds more subject to attack than the hard segirine trachytes around. Consequently many plugs (or mamelons of originally viscous rock) stand now in valleys, their inaccessible walls forming a striking feature.

This view is borne out by the present structure of Tonduron (The Spire), which consists of a central plug of massive trachy- dolerite, and a number of high hills surrounding it, two of which (on the east and west respectively) attain mountain-like dimen- sions. These hills are remnants of the old crater- ring, and tuff and lava cone. The original mountain w^as built up of alternate layers of tuff and lava, with a plug of lava in the core. By the action of meteoric waters working along the soft tuff and breccia

]}Y H. I. JENSEN. 579

beds, the cone is being destroyed, all but the central plug. In -the same way have most of the steep-sided monoliths been formed.

5. Springs and Artesian Water.

(a) Springs. — The fact that powerful springs with a perennial flow often occur on the summits of the highest mountains and very seldom in the valleys, has been the cause of much astonish- ment and speculation. I have heard the problem discussed by men of every occupation, from tramp to squatter, and from stockman to doctor.

Near the summit of Mount Terra Terra, at an altitude of 3,500 feet, I saw a powerful spring, which, during the drought, gave a permanent flow of water, and was the saving of much stock. Near the summit of Tenandra Gap two great springs originate at an altitude of more than 2,500 feet, and feed the heads of Wombalong and Belar Creeks. Below Siding Spring Mountain, on the south side at an altitude of about 3,000 feet, is the large and permanent Siding Spring; and on the northern side of the same mountain, at the same altitude, is another great spring, the Boonoo Spring I believe they call it. Then we have Wheoh Springs, Yarragrin Springs, Bulleamble Springs, and many others in the Warrumbungles.

Springs at the bases of mountains may be due to meteoric waters which have accumulated in wet seasons, and which escape gradually. Such springs would, however, not be permanent. They would weaken appreciably in a prolonged drought, and would show an inoeased flow in wet seasons. The Warrum- bungle Springs, according to information received from numerous local station-owners and stockmen, show an increased flow in drought times, and a diminished one in wet seasons; but they never disappear entirely except to reappear close by. The waters are, therefore, of deep-seated origin.

The causes advanced in text-books to account for springs are (1) steam-pressure, (2) gas-pressure, (3) hydrostatic pressure, (4) pressure of overlying rocks.

580 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

(1) The springs show no evidence of being caused by steam- pressure, for none of them are warm; and volcanic activity has long been extinct in the region.

(2) Gas-pressure can hardly account for them in a primary way.

(3) Hydrostatic pressure cannot explain the phenomenon, for we get permanent springs on very high summits. They cannot be connected with tlie artesian system, inasmuch as they are above the artesian intake beds.

(4) Pressure of overlying rocks is a plausible explanation in some cases where the springs issue from sandstone beds under- lying an igneous mass; biit the increased flow in drought time^ and the occurrence of springs on volcanic summits are facts which cannot be thus explained.

It seems to me that several of the above causes are in opera- tion, but they are not the primary cause. The primary cause of these remarkable elevated springs is rock-decay. It is a well- known fact that most rocks contain, included in them, several times their own volume of gas, chiefly carbon dioxide and hydrogen, occluded in minute, ultramicroscopic cavities. In the same way they contain water. Decomposition liberates these substances; and in this way the gas-pressure necessary to force up deep-seated waters is produced.

In rock-formations like those of the Warrumbungles, rock- decay is particularly likely to produce great gas-pressure, inas- much as the elements calcium, magnesium, and iron are not present in large quantities for the liberated carbonic acid to combine with. The most abundant rocks of the region are rather acid trachytes, highly alkaline and very low in lime, and highly siliceous sandstones and conglomerates. The latter are derived from older granitic rocks, and the quartz-veins are therefore, in all probability, studded with gas-pores. Most of the gas produced in disintegration of the rock must therefore escape.

In a prolonged drought joint-cracks widen, giving increased facilities for the atmospheric air to penetrate into the rocks.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 581

This accelerates decomposition, hence increases gas-pressure, and produces a strong flow from deep-seated sources. This flow is the more powerful from the fact that the widening of joint- cracks and fissures has lessened resistance.

In 1902, springs were particularly active in this region. Personally I am inclined to believe that even the cause suggested above is inadequate to explain this, and that there was, as well, a great cosmic cause at Avork, the same which produced the violent volcanic activity in other parts of the world. Perhaps some such cause was, during the drought, causing slight folding; and hence increased rock-pressure in these parts.

It is interesting to note that in 1902, when the Namoi had become a series of waterholes, powerful springs broke out in the bed of the river in several places, causing it to flow for miles. In the same year remarkable cracks, big enough to swallow a cart, opened near Trangie, not far from Dubbo, quite suddenly, without any shocks of earthquake being felt, and gradually closed up again. These were in the Black Soil Plains, and may there- fore have been due to desiccation; but I am informed that the occurrence was sudden. May it not have been caused by an earth-movement not of suflicient violence to produce appreciable shocks at a distance, and not felt locally on account of the thick blanket of loose soils on the plains (cp. the cracks formed in the Cachar Earthquake; see Suess, ' La Face de la Terre,' Ch. i.)?

(b) Artesian Water. — The following facts have been elicited by conversation with local inhabitants and by personal observation:

(1) Most of the Warrumbungle streams flow perennially in the mountains, but cease to flow on reaching the plains.

(2) They are supplied by springs at an altitude of from 2,500 to 3,000 feet or more.

(3) They cease to flow at an altitude of about 1,000 to 1,500 west and north of the Warrum bungles.

(4) Many continue to flow at a depth in the sand in their beds, or in billabongs filled with sand, for some distance, but more

582 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

disappear altogether. In the Pilliga Scrub it is generally useless to sink for water in or near a creek bed.

(5) Many of the wells and bores sunk in the district, at alti- tudes of between 1,000 and 1,500 feet, strike water which rises to a constant level, and gives a good pumping supply but does not overflow. This is the case at the Goorianaw^a bore and at many wells near Bugaldi.

The lower the altitude at which the well is sunk, the deeper one has to dig for water, and the higher it rises in the well.

These wells which maintain a constant level are evidently sunk in artesian or subartesian strata near the intake.

At still lower altitudes artesian water has been obtained by sinking deeper, and it overflows at the surface, as at the Kalga Bore and Tenandra Bore.

(6) In places on Bugaldi Creek a trickle of water has been obtained a few feet down. On sinking deeper, into soft sand- stones, all the water has been absorbed, and no new supply has been obtained.

From 'these considerations we may deduce the following conclusions : —

(1) The Warrumbungle streams are supplied by mountain springs.

(2) The Artesian Intake Beds of the Triassic system outcrop at a level of from 1,500 to 1,000 feet to the north-west and west of the Warrumbungles. Hence streams disappear at this le^'el, a feature which is partly brought about by the aridity of the plains.

(3) Bores in the intake beds give a permanent pumping supply but no overflow.

(4) A well in Triassic Sandstone may give a permanent pump- ing supply if cut through a pervious stratum into an underlying impervious one. On deepening it, one may cut into a second and lower pervious layer, and the well will dr}^ up again.

(5) East, north-east, and south-east of the Warrumbungles, the formations are Permo-Carboniferous and Lower Trias, therefore

BY H. I. JENSEN. 583

non-artesian. North-west, west and south-west the formations are mainly artesian, Upper Triassic, strata."*^

For statistics concerning the output of the artesian Ijores near the Warrumbungle area, see Allan's paper, f

6. DiATOMACEOUS EaRTIIS AND OTHER MINERALS OF COMMERCIAL

Value.

(a) Diatomaceous Earths. — There are numerous deposits of this mineral in the Warrumbungles. Professor David described one occurrence at Wandiallabah Creek. | Here the earths are associated with trachytic (sanidine) tuffs.

Similar deposits in association with tuffs containing Cinna- mornum Leichhardtii, Endiandra ^9r<:<^^j?t6e«s § and other leaf- remains occur at Gowang not more than half a mile from the station house at Keewong (or Gowang) Creek, and also on smaller tributaries of this creek and of Bianaway Creek. These last- named deposits are, however, thin and valueless.

A very thick deposit of good diatomaceous earth occurs on Chalk Mountain near Bugaldi. Its thickness is six feet or more, and it is interbedded with basic tuffs below which there is a sheet of phonolitic trachyte and above a sheet of vesicular basalt.

* I am pleased to find that Mr. Pittman has also arrived at the conclusion that the trachytes in the west of the Warrumbungles overlie the Triassic intake beds of the artesian system. Mr. Pittman classes these rocks as Hawkesbury (Records Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Vol. viii. p. 187). In my Preliminary Note I called them Trias- Jura simply on account of lithological resemblance to the Trias-Jura rocks of South Queensland. I do not think any very definite evidence of age has so far been obtained, except that they cap the Pernio- Carboniferous unconformably, and are of fairly late Triassic age. They also seem to me to merge into the Cretaceous to the north-west of the Warrumbungles without any unconformity, but this point is doubtful. The section of Tooraweanah Mountain in Mr. Pittman's paper is typical of sections met with in numerous places along Uargon Creek, Wandiallabah Creek, and at Gowang.

t Allan, P., '"The Drought Antidote for the North-West, N. S! Wales," Proc. Sydney University Engineering Society, Vol. xi., 10th October, 1906. % These Proceedings, 1896, p 264. § Deane, 11. , Records Geol. Snrv. N. S. Wales, Vol. viii. p. 191.

584 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

This deposit occurs about 650 feet up the mountain side at an elevation of about 2,000 feet above sea-level; it apparently extends under the entire basaltic summit of the mountain^ outcropping on all sides.

°9.

HwK

iatlel

•"4 "/^.^^

•<xX^ .^'^

X^

Stn. 7

°^v:^r:y7

1800 jr.

SKeVcb

lv[ap

Doi'omdceoL/s Earth Deposit

BUGALDI NS.W

Scale 2. chains +"0 an inch

Fie 8 —Sketch Map Diatomaceous Earth Deposits, Bugaldi, N.S.W. Scale, 2 chains to an inch (reduced by \ approximately).

I have plotted the diatomaceous earths of Chalk Mountain in the accompanying figure (Fig. 8).

iiY H. I. JENSEN. 585"

There are numerous other similar deposits in the vicinity of Bugaldi on other hills and also in some of the valleys.

On Paddy McCulloch Mountain near Yarragrin Springs, a similar deposit occurs at about the same altitude in similar associations.

Besides tuffs, petrified wood, petrified leaves and twigs, opal, silicified breccia and chalcedon}'- are commonly associated with these deposits. From the associations we may judge that the diatomaceous earth deposits were formed in hot lakes and siliceous- hot springs situated either in the craters or close to them.

Mr. E. J. Goddard has kindly examined the diatomaceous- earths collected by me (a) at Wandiallabah Creek, (b) at Chalk Mountain, (c) at Paddy McCulloch, and finds that the material from each locality consists mainly of the common variety, Melosira. Rewrites: — " The earth collected from the localit}' of Chalk Mountain consists of the frustules of several species of Melosira allied to Melosira crenulata and M. granulata, both of which are well-marked European freshwater forms, and no doubt occur among our, so far poorly examined, diatomaceous- flora at the present day. The genus Melosira is the characteristic organism of diatomaceous earths in New South Wales. In the diatomaceous earth deposit of Chalk Mountain the forms present are much larger than those from Wandiallabah Creek. Spicules of the freshwater sponge, Spongilla, are also present, but are by no meixns abundant as in the Wandiallabah Creek deposit."

Addendum.— In the trachyte tuffs of Gowang I have met with leaves or fragments of leaves belonging to the species Cinna- momum Leichhardtii Ettingsh., Endiandra prcepuhens Deane, Anojyterus Pittmani Deane, and Cryptocarya prwobovata Deane.

(b) (9;x(?.-- Numerous seams of common opal, chalcedony, and allied forms of silica occur in the trachytes and associated tuffs. They are generally accompanied by silicified breccias, and petrified wood; and are probably the result of hot-spring action. I believe that there is every likelihood of good opal being found in some

586 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

parts of the mountains, especially at the head of the Castlereagh, Wandiallabah Creek and XJargon Creek.*

(c) Coal and Ironstone. — I have seen specimens of good coal from a well near Croxon's, a few miles south of Coonabarabran. Whether it is of Permo-Carboniferous or Triassic age I do not know, but this part of the country appears to me to be Triassic. The Geological Survey Map has it Permo-Carboniferous. It is quite possible that payable coal seams may be met with.

It is of some economic interest too that there are throughout the area many ironstone beds in the sandstones. Some of these are so rich in iron that they will probably pay to work when the railway system reaches the district and workable coal seams are found.

B. Petrology.

Only volcanic rocks were of sufficient importance for the purpose of my research to be given special mention in this part.

In the present paper, as in my previous reports on the volcanic rocks of East Moreton, I have purposel}^ avoided making microscopic measurements, by the Rosiwal method, of the amounts of different minerals in the rocks examined. Such determina- tions have (according to my experience in the study of the rocks of Prospect) great value when the rocks studied are coarse and even-grained, and consist essentially of easily recognised minerals. Then it is possible, by Rosiwal measurements alone, to obtain a very good idea of the chemical composition of the rocks. How- ever, recent researches especially have shown that even in these ideal cases the method is inexact.

The rocks discussed in this paper are une\ en- and fine-grained, and porphyritic. Most have a very fine base. It is therefore often impossible, without the very greatest expenditure of time and patience, to decide the nature of each grain. The results

* I have seen some very good fair-sized pieces of precious opal obtained at the head of the Castlereagh River near Timor, and numerous small pieces, the size of pinheads, obtained in vesicular trachyte in all parts of the Warrumbungles, and especially from the localities mentioned above.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 587

arrived at are sul)ject to doubt and uncertainty. The method in fact becomes painfully laborious and very inexact. When a knowledge of the composition of a rock has been desirable, I have therefore made a complete chemical analysis.

In my opinion microscopic study and chemical analysis are both equally essential for the correct descri})tion of a new rock. The former reveals, as accessories, minute crystals of fluor, apatite, etc., whose presence indicate traces of F, PoO.,etc., which might easily be overlooked in a chemical analysis. The latter, however, brings out clearly so many facts regarding the affinities of the rock that it cannot be dispensed with. The resemblance between the pantellarites and the comendites of the Glass House Mountains^ and the trachytes of the Warrumbungle and Nandewar Mountains (e.^., W. 16, N. 30, N. 59) is so close that a chemical analysis is essential to feel sure that there is a difference at all.

The Warrumbungle rocks may be conveniently classified under the following general headings : —

(a) Arfvedsonite Trachytes, Comendites and Pantellarites, light grey or bluish-grey in colour.

(b) Dark ^girine Trachytes, Phonolitic Trachytes and Phonolites.

(c) Trachydolerites.

(d) Andesitic Rocks and Basalts.

The mineral contents of the first of these two divisions include felspars, soda-hornblendes, segirine, segirine-acraite, felspathoids like nosean and pseudoleucite, quartz (rare), decomposition- products, and apatite (extremely rare).

The felspar occurs with three different habits — the orthophyricy as in the Scabby Rock trachyte; the prismatic, ^^ in Timor Rock trachyte; and the tabular, as in the silky trachytes of Gibb's Gap, etc., and the phenocrysts in the dark phonolitic trachytes. The prismatic habit is the commonest, being developed in the majority of the felspars of most of the rocks of these divisions. Tabular felspars are also very common. The orthophyric felspars are confined to the old plugs or necks. The prismatic type occurs both in the trachytes of necks and sheets or Hows. The tabular

588 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

t^^pe seems to predominate in the dykes, but occurs also in other rocks.

Orthophyric Fehpars.— The felspar in the Scabby Rock speci- mens has the orthophyric tendency, although it is not quite isometric. The crystals seem to be usually enclosed by three sets of facesc(OOl), 2/(201) and 6(010). Sometimes a^( 101) and a (100) are present. In some crystals the angles, as measured, show that the faces m(llO) have developed to the exclusion of b and y.

Carlsbad twinning is not frequent, but Baveno twins in doublets and fourlings are common. Manebach twinning is rare.

At first sight this orthophyric felspar seems to be a water-clear sanidine, but on closer examination with high power a line striation is noticed, in some sections both lengthwise and cross- wise, f'iving a fine meshed appearance. Some crystals have an isometric core of unstriated felspar, probably true sanidine. The striations are due to microscopic twinning on the albite and pericline laws. The outermost zone is frequently pure albite. The felspars are therefore composed essentially of a cryptopertbitic intergrowth of orthoclase and albite or soda-microcline, occasion- ally with a core of sanidine and a rim of albite; the main bulk is therefore anorthoclase or microcline cryptoperthite.

The refractive index of all the crystals is lower than that of Canada balsam. The optic sign is negative (Bx^^ a); the inter- ference figure is, however, nearly uniaxial, and occasionally crystals occur which are positive in sign (albite): a lies near a and b = ^'- The crystals are somewhat elongated along the a axis, so that sections parallel to a are square, and sections parallel to b and c are somewhat elongated parallelograms. Extinction is usually straight or nearly so in the direction of elongation, but of a shadowy nature in most cases, due to ultra- microscopic twinning. The extinction of the border zone usually varies slightly from that of the interior, the angle increasing from the interior outwards.

Prismatic Felspars. — The prismatic (lath-shaped) felspars so abundant in the other soda-trachytes of the area are much

BY H. I. JENSEN. 589

more fine-grained, so that it has not been found possible to deter- mine them with accuracy. However, they agree with the orthophyric type in having the a in the direction of greatest elongation, and in the extinction angle (c : a) in that direction being very slight (0°-5°). Carlsbad twinning is the commonest variety of twinning. Probably this felspar is also anorthoclase. It is the most abundant mineral both in the segirine trachytes and soda-amphibole trachytes, and occurs as well in the trachy- dolerites.

Tabular Felsjoar. — This variety constitutes most of the pheno- crysts in all the trachytes. It is tabular parallel to c. In other respects the properties are similar to those already described for the felspar of prismatic habit.

Inclusions of a black titanium mineral, pseudobrookite (*?) or Tutile (?), occur sparingly in the felspar phenocrysts.

Soda-amphibole. — This is scattered about throughout the rocks, l)earing it in irregular fragments, few of which are large enough to give any indication of cleavage. In a few rock-types the grains are united into dendritic (poikilitic) aggregates. Some- times the hornblende occurs in the form of very dark, blue-blacky rod-shaped crystals and irregular grains. The absorption is greatest in the direction of the length of the rods, just as is the case in the prismatic riebeckites of the rocks of Mt. Conowrin in the Glass House Mountains, and Mt. Jellore near Mittagong.*

In the more decomposed specimens the grains and rods are replaced b}'- a reddish-brown nonpleochroic mineral {ferrite).

In sections showing the two cleavages (at 56°), that is, perpen- dicular to the c axis, the colour changes from deep indigo-blue to blue-black, opaque, on rotating the stage. In sections parallel to the face a the pleochroism is from deep blue to greenish-blue, and parallel to the face b from greenish-blue to yellowish-green. The extinction angle is about 14° (probably c : a).

* Taylor &Mawson, ' Geology of Mittagong,' Journ. Proc. Roy. Soe. N. S. Wales, Vol. xxxvii.

590 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

Probably the mineral is a variety of arfvedsonite. It com- menced to crystallise after the larger felspars (felspar phenocrysts) had formed, and continued to crystallise until shortly before the last felspar of the base had consolidated. Hence we find felspar phenocrysts often enveloped by soda-amphibole and dendritic intergrowths of felspar and hornblende of the base.

This protraction of the period of crystallisation of the arfved- sonite was undoubtedly due to the action of mineralising vapours containing FjCljZrOg and TiOg-

^^girine-augite. — In acicular crystals this is a very abundant constituent of man}^ of the trachytes, particularly of the d;irk and phonolitic varieties. It is the sole ferromagnesian con- stituent of some rocks, but is associated with soda-amphibole in some, and with other pyroxenic minerals and olivine in the trachydolerites. It varies from highly pleochroic eegirine to almost nonpleochroic segirine-augite. The latter is the dominant variety in the dark green trachytes and trachyandesites (W.l Timor Ledges, W.l 17 Naman Ledges, and W. 1 LS Tooraweanah Mountain, etc.). In these rocks it compensates with a selenite plate in a direction across the length, a being considerably removed from crystallographic c; the extinction angle is mostly oblique at angles from 15°-30°; occasionally straight; the pleo- chroism is weak, in colours from yellowish -green to grass-green (with an occasional tinge of blue). The double refraction {y-a) is about 0-030.

True pegirine and acmite are not well represented, but in most slides there are some crystals which can be referred to these types.

Felspathoids. — The felspathoid minerals identified in the trachytes are nosean and pseudoleucite. The chemical analyses prove that nepheline must also be widely distributed in the more basic types, although it was not at first noticed under the micro- scope. Staining tests confirm its presence. A more detailed description of these minerals will be given in the petrological descriptions of the slides in which the}^ occur.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 591

In the nosean and pseudoleucite phonolites tie soda-amphibole tends to cluster round the felspathoid minerals. This seems to indicate that mineralisers abstracted SiO, and NaoO from the felspar molecules, and at the same time added SO 3; the NagO they deposited in the jegirine-augite molecules with ZrOo, TiOg, r and CI to form arfvedsonite; and the SiOo passed off as fluoride.

The other minerals sometimes, but not invariably, present in the trachytes comprise magnetite in primary idiomorphic grains, a very dull black or brownish-black mineral, probably pseudo- brookite or rutile, minute zircon needles and more rarely minute stunted rods apparently apatite.

The order of consolidation generally followed was as follows: —

1. Accessories (magnetite, zircon,

apatite, pseudobrookite (?), etc.)

2. Felspar

(a) Orthoclase (sanidine)

(b) Albite

3. .^girine-a.ugite

4. Soda-amphiboles

Nosean, when present, crystallised out early, practically simul- taneously with the felspar phenocrysts; nepheline, when present, was one of the very last substances to consolidate.

This order of consolidation I will hereafter refer to as the normal order for these trachytes.

W.215. Loc: Scabby Rock. (Plate xxx., fig.3).

1. Handspecimen : this is a light bluish-grey fine-grained rock which bears close resemblance to the Glass House Mountain comendites in handspecimen.

2. In microscopic texture it may be described as hypocrystalline, with a glassy interstitial matter cementing even- sized grains of the constituent minerals. The fabric is almost orthophyric.

3. Composition : the main constituent is/elspar, most of which occurs in elongated prismatic and isometric grains. As already mentioned in the introductory notes on the minerals, it consists of microline microperthite (anorthoclase). Some of the crystals^

46 ~

592 THK GEOLOGY OF TlIK WAllRUMHUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

have a core of sanidinc and a rim of albite. Next in point of amount is the glassy base in which the felspars lie. It has a greenish colour, and has partly devitritied into a doubly refract- ing substance, probably a chloritoid. This glass probably has the composition of ajgirine-augite. Soda-amphibole is present in minute, highly pleochroic, blue-black and green fragments, too small and ragged for exact determination.

4. Order of consolidation : the felspar had almost finished to crystallise out before the ferriferous minerals commenced to crystallise.

5. Name: Hypohyaline and orthophyric ^'Anorfhoclase-Arfved- sonite Trachyte " near Orthophyre.

W.45. Loc: Scabby Rock.

This rock resembles W.215, both in megascopic and microscopic characters. The main difference between them lies in the relative proportions of glass and arfvedsonite. In W.45 the soda-amphi- bole greatl}' exceeds the glass in amount. This rock has therefore crystallised more slowly than AV."J15.

W.50. Loc: Scabby Rock.

1. Handspecimen : this rock has a grey colour; it is uneven- grained, and is readily seen to consist of heterogeneous materials.

2. Microscopic texture typical of a pyroclastic rock, tufi' or breccia.

3. Composition : the main constituent is glass in peculiar boomerang-shaped and dumb-bell-shaped needles. Imbedded in the meshes of this glassy matrix lie fragments of quartz, probably derived from the surrounding sandstones, and also fragments of magnetite, felspar, and soda-amphibole crystals. The structure and nature of the constituents prove the rock to be a tuff.

4. Name : Hypohyaline Soda-trachyte Tuff.

W.39. Loc: Timor Rock, near the " Bottle Rock." 1. Handspecimen dark greenish-grey in colour, and rather fine- ijrained.

JJY H. I. JKN'SEN. 593

2. Microscopic texture : holocrystalline, with even-grHined <;rystal8 cemented with a fine, even-grained, microcryBtalline base; fabric trachytic.

3. Composition : felspar forms upwards of 95 % of the mass; it consists of sanidine-anorthoclase in lath-shaped crystals, in the interstices between which the other minerals of the rock are found. The most abundant soda amphibole present is of the type already described. There is also present in larger ragged grains a small amount of a brownish soda-am phi Vjole, highly ploochroic in colours from a deep brownish-black to light h>rown, purple, and even dark green. It is commonly surrounded by a rim of blue amphiV>ole. It is proVmbly one of the highly titani- ferous amphiboles of the cossyrite family. Frequently it occurs in optically continuous aggregates enclosing felspar in a poikilitic manner. It also seems to have affinities with katophorite. A minute quantity of interstitial segirine is present; sometimes it is gathered round arfvedsonite crystals.

4. Order of consolidation : felspar commenced to crystallise before the other minerals. The ferriferous minerals crystallised simultaneously with the last of the felspar.

5. Name : Trachytic Soda-Trachyte. Magmatic name, Nord- makose (see Analysis W.38).

Note. — The brown pleochroic amphibole mentioned above occurs in many of the rocks of this area and the Nandewar Mountains. Occasionally it is seen to shade off into clear reddish-brown non-pleochroic ferrite, a substance which in many rocks replaces it. At first I was under the impression that the rocks containing ferrite and haematite were altered by weather- ing, but a closer examination, aided by the chemical analyses, has convinced me that the alteration is in most cases due to mineralising vapours, and took place in the period of volcanic extravasation and of the cooling of the magma. Not only do we find all gradations from arfvedsonite to ferrite (including the brown pleochroic amphiboles; in the same rocks, but the felspars are quite fresh in many rocks in which ferrite is the predominant coloured constituent, and decomposition-products are rare and

594 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

the analyses do not show any notable excess of carbon dioxide or combined water above what we find in the arfvedsonite rocks (compare N.59a, an arfvedsonite rock, and N.55, a ferrite rock). The two kinds of trachyte frequently occur close together with a sharp line of demarcation between them but exposed to exactly the same weather-agencies and equally resisting to the blows of a hammer. From these facts I conclude that vapours containing HF and HCl have wholly or partly decomposed the arfvedsonite molecule subsequent to its formation, at the same time oxidising the FeO in it toFeoO^, and removing the TiO.^, NaoO and ZrOo, redepositing them elsewhere in the rock as rutile and zircon; and a later cj'-cle of activities restored in part these constituents, forming a rim of arfvedsonite, or perhaps more frequently the the ingress of vapours took place before the complete consolida- tion of the magma, and, as soon as they re-escaped, crystallisation proceeded in the normal way.

In a similar way the frequent occurrence of an envelope of Eegirine round soda-hornblende, or of soda-hornblende round aegirine, may be explained. The former is probably due to the exhaustion of the mineralising vapours present in the first period of consolidation, the latter to the introduction of mineralisers after crj'stallisation had commenced and gone on for some time without their aid.

W.16. Loc: base of Timor Rock.

1. Handspecimen grey in colour with bluish-black specks, giving the whole rock a bluish-grey colour.

2. Texture : like "W.SS, but hypocrystalline, containing a yellowish interstitial glass which gelatinises with acid and stains with malachite green. It may contain cryptocrystalline nepheline.

3. Composition : felspar similar to that in W.38 is the chief constituent. Brown amphibole and ferrite are almost wholly wanting. The blue amphibole occurs in moss-like aggregates, ^girine is almost absent. A little limonite occurs as a decom- position-product. Round some of the felspar phenocrysts there is an isotropic white mineral w^iich may be slightly decomposed nepheline.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 595

4. The normal order of consolidation for these rocks was followed.

5. Name : Trachytic Soda-Trachyte. Magmatic name, Phle- grose {cp. Tables i. and ii.),

W.17. Loc: Timor Rock near base. (Plate xxx., figs. 1 and 2).

1. Handspecimen a bluish-grey even-grained rock like the preceding.

2. Texture hypocrystalline and even-grained, with trachytic fabric.

3. Composition : felspar forms about 90% of the rock; it occurs in laths, most of which exhibit Carlsbad twinning, crosscracks, and other common characteristics of sanidine; but the refractive index is almost identical with that of canada balsam, so that the mineral is probably anorthoclase. There is also present a little oligoclase in laths showing albite twinning and straight extinc- tion. Albite also occurs. The blue-green soda-amphibole is next in importance. It occurs scattered throughout the rock in minute stunted rods and elongated grains. The pleochroism colours are deep blue, greenish-blue, and greenish-yellow. Abundant inclusions of varying shapes and sizes occur. They appear to be chert fragments brought up from a depth by the lava. The soda-amphibole has aggregated round these fragments. A little interstitial quartz occurs. It was the last mineral to crystallise out. A little yellow interstitial glass is also present.

4. Order of consolidation normal.

5. Name : Trachytic Soda-Trachyte. Magmatic name, Phle- grose (see Analysis W.16).

W.114. Loc: Paddy's Rock, Naman Range.

1. Handspecimen greenish-grey, mottled; like some of the Glass House Mountain comendites in appearance.

2. Texture : holocrystalline, even-grained, with trachytic fabric.

3. Constituents : lath-shaped anorthoclase felspars, moss-like .aggregates of minute prismatic crystals of soda hornblende, inter- stitial segirine, and a little interstitial isotropic material, probably a felspathoid.

4. Name : Trach3^tic Soda-Trachyte.

596 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

W.109. Loc: Gibb's Gap, near Naman. (Plate xxx., fig.4).

1. Handspecimen shining, silky, dark greenish-grey and vesicular..

2. Microscopic texture : holocrystalline, microcrystalline, and even-grained base, with trachytic fabric and flow-s'tructure, and with occasional sanidine phenocrysts.

3. Composition : the essential constituent is felspar (soda- sanidine) of prismatic habit, sometimes tabular, ^girine-augite and blue soda-hornblende (arfvedsonite) are present in about equal proportions. The former occurs in grains interstitially; the latter in ragged grains exhibiting the characteristic pleochroism in blue, green and yellowish-green colours. A few dark opaque grains of what is probably a titanium mineral {e.g., pseudo- brookite 1) are also present.

4. Name : Vesicular Soda-Trachyte.

The rocks so far described, W.215, W.45, W.50, W.39, W.16,, W.17, VV.114, and W.109, exhibit close petrological and miner- alogical affinity, though coming from different parts of the War- rumbungle area. They all come from plugs outstanding like monoliths, with precipitous walls; and such structures are almost universally composed of this rock-type.

W.222. Loc: Bingy Grumble Mountain, summit. (Plat& xxxi., figs. 7-8).

1. Handspecimen dark grey, with white specks, and with a greasy lustre.

2. Texture holocrystalline, fine and uneven-grained, with trachytic fabric.

3. Composition : the main constituents are albite, pseudoleucite, nosean, and analcite; with segirine, arfvedsonite, and, in smaller amount, a highly pleochroic, brownish-black amphibole in notable quantity and also in minute amount, nepheline, and augite- acmite, the last of which is colourless and has a double refraction of 0040. The bulk of the felspar exhibits lath-shaped sections. Only Carlsbad twinning is common. Albite twinning is occa- sionally seen. The felspar is of two generations, there being lath-shaped phenocrysts of albite, and minute needles of a felspar

BY H. I. JENSEN. 597

which has the habit of sanidine but is probably anorthoclase. The aegiriiie is highly pleochroic in colours ranging from grass- green to bluish-green. It has straight extinction, and compen- sates in the direction of the length of the needles. It occurs in bundles of acicular crystals, and commenced to crystallise early, being sometimes enclosed in felspar phenocrysts; and finished late, sometimes being seen enveloping arfvedsonite [cj). Note on p.594). The arfvedsonite occurs in characteristic moss-shaped aggregates which crystallised simultaneously with the felspar of the base. The pseudoleucite and nosean occur in the form of idiomorphic phenocrysts giving square, hexagonal, and polygonal sections, but rarely showing cleavage. Some of the crystals are clear, but most are dusty from an abundance of inclusions, in addition there are irregular patches of an isotropic mineral which is sometimes clear and sometimes yellowish from zeolitic decom- position-products. This mineral is frequently seen in the intervals between needles of felspar arranged in radiating, pseudospherulitic manner. Probably it is analcite. The decom- position-products are kaolin, zeolites, and ferrite.

4. Order of consolidation :

i. Phenocrysts of Albite

ii. ^girine

iii, Nosean

iv. Anorthoclase

v. Arfvedsonite

vi. Katophorite (1)

vii. Augite Acmite

viii. Analcite (?)

5. Name : Trachytic Nosean-Analcite-Phonolite. Magmatic name, Nordmarkose (see Analysis W.222).

6. Chemical Notes : all the patches referred to the felspathoid group of minerals gelatinise with acids and take stains strongly.

W.220. Loc: Mount Bingy Grumble.

1. Handspecimen dark brownish with greasy lustre; porphyritie in phaneric phenocrysts.

598 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

2. Texture : hyalopilitic fabric; uneven in grain.

3. Composition : the constituents are acicular felspars (albite and anorthoclase), ragged grains of arfvedsonite, and an isotropic base which does not gelatinise and stain. A little magnetite is present, and also decomposition-products such as kaolin, zeolites and brown iron ores.

4. Name : Hyalopilitic Trachyte.

W.UO. Loc: Berum Buckle. (Plate xxxi., figs. 9-10).

1. Handspecimen : a dark grey mottled rock, with large phaneric phenocrysts of tabular felspar.

2. Texture : holocrystalline, with porphyritic phenocrysts in a very fine, even-grained trachytic base.

3. Composition : the felspar is of two generations, consisting of phenocrysts of sanidine (or anorthoclase?) and the anorthoclase of the base in minute needles. The usual aggregates of blue hornblende abound, as well as the same mineral in stunted rod- shaped grains. Almost isotropic phenocrysts of regular six-sided, octangular, and four-sided outlines, and of a yellowish colour are present in abundance. They show an anomalous double refraction in the centre, which is partly due to an abundance of inclusions. These phenocrysts consist of altered leucite (pseudo- leucite) and nosean. The inclusions in them are, in part at least, felspar. The felspar phenocrysts also contain throughout inclu- sions of isotropic material, apparently leucite, and of cancrinite, whilst in the outer zone arfvedsonite is occasionally included. The soda-amphibole also tends to crowd round the isotropic- phenocrysts. ^girine-augite occurs interstitiall}^ Accessories are zircon, rutile, etc., as inclusions.

4. Order of consolidation :

1. Zircon, Rutile, Apatite

2. Leucite (now pseudoleucite) ,

3. Sanidine phenocrysts .

4. Nosean

5. Blue Amphibole 1 ■

6. JEgirine

7. Anorthoclase base ■

BY II. I. JENSEN. 599

5. Name: Trachytic Noseau-Arfvedsonite-Leucitophyre. Mag- matic name, Phlegrose.

6. Chemical Note : this rock gelatinises strongly with acid and takes stains. The absence of chlorine shows that sodalite is not present, and the low percentage of SO3 shows that the almost isotropic material which is a very abundant constituent (more than 10% of the bulk) cannot be wholly nosean. The low CO 2 and HoO percentages of the rock, as well as the regular outlines of the isotropic mineral, show that tliis cannot be a zeolite (amyg- daloidal fillings). The investigation therefore indicates that it it must be pseudoleucite.

W.14L Loc: Tenandra Gap between Caraghnan and Mount Berum Buckle.

1. Handspecimen like W.140.

2. Texture like W.140.

3. Composition : the constituents are the same as in W.140, with these differences : — the felspathoid minerals are less abun- dant, segirine-augite is more abundant, exceeding soda-hornblende in amount; and the latter mineral is a brownish variety allied rather to barkevicite and cossyrite (?) than to arfvedsonite, and is scattered about in minute grains and rods. The isotropic minerals gelatinise with acids and take stains.

4. Name : Trachytic Nosean Soda-amphibole Leucitophyre.

W.138. Loc: A. ridge N.E. of Mount Berum Buckle.

1. Handspecimen a mottled, uneven-grained yet fine-grained greenish-grey rock.

2. Texture : fabric trachytic, holocrystalline, porphyritic in felspathoid.

3. Composition : the felspar consists essentially of anorthoclase in laths, ^girine, arfvedsonite and brownish soda-amphibole are represented. A few cubes of magnetite are present.

4. Name : Trachytic Nosean-Pseudoleucite Trachyte.

Note: the last four rocks here described, viz., W.222, W.140, W.141 and W.138, are closely allied, and belong to the group of the phonolites. In the Warrumbungles this rock-type (typified

600 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARKUMBUNGLE xMOUNTAINS,

in W.140) forms a connecting link between the light arfvedsonite trachytes like W.116, and the dark fegirine-tracliytes (and phono- litic trachy-andesites) like W.l, W.22, etc. En both physical appearance and volcanic succession they are intermediate between these two groups.

W.l 24. Loc: Needle Mountain.

1. Handspecimen of a greenish colour and shining lustre. It is porphyritic in shining tabular felspars.

2. Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained, with phaneric felspar phenocrysts, and trachytic fabric of the base.

3. Composition : the constituents, in order of decreasing abun- dance, are felspar, legirine-augite, ferrite, magnetite, and blue amphibole. Only felspar and aegirine-augite are represented in notable amount. The felspar phenocrysts are tabular, and show Carlsbad twinning; from their cleavage angle, low refractive index (less than canada balsam), and extinction angles they are seen to be composed of albite. They include fegirine grains. The felspar needles composing the base are probably also albite, but may be partly sanidine or anorthoclase. The tegirine-augite occurs in idiomorphic twinned phenocrysts (twinning plane parallel to a (100), with moderate pleochroism). The extinction angles on the cleavage in sections showing but one cleavage are moderately high. It is therefore true tegirine-augite, and occurs abundantly in minute idiomorphic grains. Magnetite and soda- amphibole occur only in very minute proportions.

4. Order of consolidation :

1. Magnetite

2. ^girine

3. Albite (phenocrysts)

4. Felspar of base

5. Name : Trachytic ^girine Soda-Trachyte.

Note : this rock is interesting as showing that an absence of mineralising vapours in the soda-trachyte magma leads to the crystallising out of the ferric constituents as magnetite, segirine and ferrite (from the excess of Fe^Og), and these minerals under ^uch conditions commence to form before the felspar.

BY H. I. JENSKN. 601

W.113. Loc: Tooraweanali Mountains, sumnnit.

1. Handspecimen dark greenish-grey in colour, almost aphanitic.

2. Texture holocrystalline, even- and fine-grained witli pilotax- itic fabric.

3. Constituents (in order of decreasing abundance): felspar occurs in lath-shaped sections, and appears to Ijelong to the species anorthoclase. The aigirine-augite is a somewhat strongly pleochroic variety changing from light leek-green to dark green and greenish-yellow. It occurs in needles and prismatic grains with frayed ends. Biotite in irregular fragments is present in the same proportion as segirine-augite. As accessories we find magnetite and ferriferous decomposition-products.

4. Name : Pilotaxitic Biotite ^girine-Trachyte.

5. Note : biotite occurs in varying, usually very minute pro- portions, in most of the dark-coloured trachytes in which the main femic constituent is segirine-augite. These trachytes are closely related to and graduate into andesites.

W. 117. Loc: Naman Ledges opposite Black Mountain on LTargon Creek.

1. Handspecimen dark greenish in colour, with even fracture, silky lustre, and aphanitic grain-size.

2. Texture as in W.113.

3. In composition it differs from W.113 in that biotite is exceedingly rare; and it contains a few irregular masses of dolomite, wliich probably represent infilled vesicles.

Name : Pilotaxitic ^girine Trachy-Andesite.

VV.9. Loc: Timor Ledges, Warrumbungle Ptange, one mile north of Timor Hock. (Plate xxx., fig. 5).

1. A dark aphanitic, silky rock, with even fracture.

2. In texture like W.117.

3. Composition as in W.117, but there is no dolomite, and a little chlorite is present. The chlorite probably represents altered a;girite or glass, and occuis in almost isotropic patches with a fibrous structure.

602 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

4. Name : Pilotaxitic ^girine Trachy-Andesite. Magmatic name, Monzonose (see Analysis "W. 1).

Note : this specimen is the same as W.l, which was analysed. The analysis of W.l represents the composition of most of the great flows of trach3^-andesite lava and phonolitic trachyte which followed the outbursts of true trachyte and phonolite. In these flows the iron, lime, and magnesia are higher, and the silica lower than in the trachytes. However, their high percentages of alkali and AlgOg show their definite relationship to the other rocks. The trachy-andesites were tested for felspathoids with acid and staining reagents. Rocks of similar appearance from different parts of the Warrumbungles were sectioned and tested. Most resisted the reagents, but a few stained slightly in the ground-mass, and sometimes small nephiiinitoid crystals took the stain. It appears therefore that most of these rocks are free from felspathoid mineral, but some contain a little interstitial nepheline. On account of their close resemblance to one another in physical, mineralogical and chemical characters and their close field-relationship, I have classed these rocks together as trachy- andesites and phonolitic trachytes.

W.l 27. Loc: ridge between Berum Buckle and Belar Creek, about one mile N.E. of Berum Buckle.

1. Handspecimen not unlike Gib Syenite. It abounds in vesicles (miarolitic structure).

2. Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained, porphyritic with trachytic fabric in the groundmass.

3. Composition : the essential constituent is orthoclase of pris- matic and acicular habit (giving lath-shaped sections). The other minerals present are phenocrysts of magnetite, needles of segirine, irregular grains of soda-amphibole and ferrite with iron- bearing decomposition-products.

4. Name : Porphyritic Soda-Trachyte.

W.l 35. Loc: same as W.l 27. This rock is similar in every respect to the preceding.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 603

W.121. Loc: Mount Caraghnan, summit.

1. Handspecimen of a dark colour.

2. Texture holocrystalline, fine- and even-grained, with pilo- taxitic fabric approaching panidiomorphic-granular.

3. Composition : it consists of felspar laths, and aigirine-augite in needles and stunted prisms.

4. Name : -^girine Trachyte.

W.132. Loc: Damnation Gully, below and north of Mount Caraghnan.

1. Handspecimen of a brick-red colour; grain-size uneven; fracture rough; lustre silky.

2. Texture as in W.127 and W.135.

3. Composition : the same minerals occur as in W.127 and and W.135, with which rocks it has close affinities. It is porphy- ritic in tabular and lath-shaped felspars and in magnetite. The felspar phenocrysts are albite. The other minerals represented are bluish-green highly pleochroic soda-hornblende (arfvedsonite?), haematite, the felspar of the base and ferric decomposition- products.

4. The haematite is an original constituent and crystallised immediately after the magnetite.

5. Name : Porphyritic Magnetite Soda-Trachyte.

W.125 from Damnation Gully is similar to W.132 except in that most of the phenocrysts are composed of anorthoclase showing Carlsbad twinning.

W.142. Loc: south slope of Mount Caraghnan.

1. Handspecimen reddish when weathered, greenish-grey when fresh; lusture silky, fracture rough.

2. Texture : holocrj^stalline, porphyritic hence uneven-grained, with a fine-grained base composed essentially of felspar laths.

3. Composition : the felspar phenocrysts appear to be partly anorthoclase, partly albite. The felspar of the ground-mass is sanidine or anorthoclase. Biotite occurs abundantly in frag-

C04 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WAliRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

mentary flakes and is evidently foreign to the magma, having been snatched up in the upward passage of the lava from the strata penetrated. A little arfvedsonite, some grains of segirine, and a few grains of magnetite are also present.

4. Name : Porphyritic Albite-Biotite Soda-Trachyte.

W.22. Loc: Nandi Mountain, Coonabarabran. (Plate xxx., fig.6).

1. Handspecimen dark in colour, porphyritic and rather more coarse-grained than those previously described.

2. Texture : holocrystalline, fairly even-grained but for the phenocrysts : grain-size averaging less than 1 mm., hence fine ; fabric panidiomorphic-granular.

3. Composition : the essential constituent is felspar of prismatic habit, giving square, rectangular, and lath-shaped sections. Twinning is on the Carlsbad law. The crystals are zoned, the interior portion being full of dark inclusions of magnetite and chlorite, the outer portions being usually clear. The felspar has usually slight extinction, but occasionally it extinguishes at low angles up to 10°. The refractive index is lower than that of Canada balsam. It appears to be essentially orthoclase and anor- thoclase. The mineral next in order of decreasing abundance is olivine, which occurs in partially resorbed phenocrysts showing incipient decomposition to serpentine. ^girine-augite occurs both included in felspar and interstitially. It has the acicular habit. Magnetite occurs, primary in idiomorphic cubes as inclu- sions in felspar, and also interstitially in the ground-mass. Secondary magnetite in mossy aggregates ia also present. Serpentine and chlorite occur sparingly as decomposition- products.

4. Order of consolidation : the felspar is of two generations, the portion abounding in inclusions having probably formed in a deep-seated magmatic reservoir. Crystallisation commenced with the olivine which is devoid of inclusions.

IJY H. I. JENSEN. G05

We therefore have the following order

Olivine

Magnetite

Felspar, 1st gen.

^girine

Felspar, 2nd gen.

5. Name : Panidiomorphic Oiivine-Trachy-Andesite {Kerato- phyre of Rosenbusch).

Note : another slide of the same specimen showed, in addition to the minerals already mentioned, an interesting brown mineral highly pleochroic in colours from deep reddish brown to yellowish- brown. It shows no trace of cleavage, but is highly corroded and full of magnetite inclusions, some of which are undoubtedly primary and most probably secondary. Fragments of it also occur adhering to the mossy magnetite aggregates. Both are probably secondary. The shape of the crystals of this brown mineral suggests hornblende or hypersthene, and the inclusions are arranged as in hypersthene. The mineral is probably pseudobrookite secondary after titaniferous rhombic pyroxene or hornblende.

Chemical Analysis : Specimen W.22 is in physical appearance very like W.l (trachy-andesite), and in chemical composition these rocks are also very close. The Nandi rock is, however, richer in ferric oxide and titanic acid. The excess of the latter has combined with FeoO.^, and probably NagO and SiOo, to give a femic mineral subsequently altered to pseudobrookite (?), leaving an excess of FeO free to combine with MgO to form olivine.

Magmatic name of W.22, Monzonose {cp. Tables i. and ii.).

W.32. Loc: The Forked Mountain, near Coonabarabran.

This rock resembles W.22 both macroscopically and micro- scopically. However, it contains some beautiful aegirine-augite phenocrysts and fine plates of red micaceous haematite which is an original mineral. Acicular crystals of apatite are present.

Name : Hypidiomorphic-granular Olivine Haematite Trachy- Andesite or Keratophyre (Rosenbusch).

606 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARKUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

W.30. Log.: The Forked Mountain.

In this rock the £egirine-augite phenocrysts are still more plentiful, and haematite less so than in W.32. Name : ^girine-Olivine Trachy-Andesite.

The Nandi, Forked Mountain, and other rocks from the buttes around Coonabarabran must be ranked as trachyandesites on account of their peculiar mineralogical composition. They are intermediate between the trachyandesites (and phonolitic trachytes) of Timor Ledges, Naman Ledges, etc., and the sodalite or analcite basalts of Tonduron (The Spire) and Wombalong (Mount Exmouth). They are apparently the volcanic equiva- lents of an essexite magma. Variations in the relative propor- tions of gegirine, haematite, olivine, and pseudobrookite (?) seem to have been controlled essentially by variations in the titanium percentage in different portions {cj?. Analyses W.l, W. 2 2; and petrological descriptions W.l 17, W.9, W.22, W.32, W.30).

Minerals of Trachyaridesites, Trachydolerites and Sodalite Basalts. The minerals contained in common by these rocks are : —

(a) Plagioclase Felspar. This mineral occurs in phenocrysts which show Carlsbad, Albite, and Pericline twinning. Its extinction angle in symmetrical sections varies from 10° to 25°. Presumably the varieties albite, oligoclase, andesite, and labra- dorite are all present. In the ground-mass the felspar has the form of needles, and fine laths whose refractive index is lower than that of Canada balsam and whose extinction angles are very low. It is probably albite or anorthoclase.

(b) Orthoclase Felspar occurs both as fragmentary phenocrysts and as fine laths (sanidine) in the base. It is probably soda- bearing, and often graduates into albite or anorthoclase.

(c) The olivine is a clear colourless variety which occurs as highly corroded phenocrysts with serpentinous cracks. It is the chief mineral found included in the felspar phenocrysts.

(d) Several varieties of augite occur. The chief is a light brownish or copper-coloured, titaniferous, slightly pleochroic diallage. This kind is of two generations, the first occasionally

BY H. I. JENSEN. 607

forming phenocrysts which may include olivine. The phenocrysts are quite allotriomorphic, and often bound together in such a way as to indicate that the rock is derived from the refusion of a coarsely crystalline gabbro or theralite. The second generation occurs in minute idiomorphic grains in the base, and sometimes ophitically intergrown with felspar.

Darker brown titaniferous augite and greenish varieties allied to segirine occur in some of the rocks.

' (e) Apatite is a common constituent in minute quantities, and occurs in the form of long needles often included in the felspar and augite phenocrysts.

(f ) Magnetite in idiomorphic cubes and ilmenite in hexagonal plates are both very common.

(g) Sodalite or analcite with very low refractive index and completely isotropic is a common constituent. It occurs in perfectly clear but very irregular patches in the interstices between the other minerals. It stains strongly.

As inclusions, in the alWite phenocrysts particularly, we find olivine, apatite, magnetite, augite, segirite, and occasionally biotite.

An interesting point is that in these rocks the felspar pheno- crysts are always corroded less than those of augite and olivine. It appears therefore that the basic nature of these rocks is due to the remelting and absorption of a gabbro, theralite or essexite by an acid alkaline magma. An acid magma would exercise greater corrosive chemical) influence on the basic minerals of the absorbed rock than on the acid ones. The felspars would only be slightly corroded, and would rather tend to grow as the magma cooled. We should therefore expect, and actually do find, zoning common in the felspars of these basic rocks.

W.67. Loc: Tonduron (The Spire), head of Spire Creek. (Plate xxxi., figs. 5-6).

1. Handspecimen a dark bluish-black rock with splintery fracture and oily lustre. 47

608 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

2. Texture : liolocrvstalline, very uneven-grained, porphyritic with large phaneric phenocrj'sts, and with pilotaxitic base.

3. Composition : the plagioclase consists of phenocrysts of acid labradorite idiomorphic in outline and idiomorphic albite pheno- crysts with corroded edges and numerous inclusions. Amongst the inclusions the most abundant are of augite, magnetite and olivine, but muscovite and quartz fragments also occur. The latter are evidently of extraneous origin. The second generation of felspar consists of prismatic needles of clear albite and an- orthoclase. Many of the phenocrysts show Schiller structure, and zoning is very frequent, the outer portions of a crystal being the more acid. The augite is of two generations, the first being diallagic. The olivine is also of two generations. The most abundant iron ore is magnetite, which occurs chiefly in the base. Apatite is also present. A mineral of the sodalite group occurs interstitially. Less important are the following : — orthoclase phenocrysts in rare fragments; quartz fragments included in the felspar phenoTysts; talc included in labradorite, especially in the crystals showing Schiller structure, and rare flakes of muscovite Avhich may be either primary inclusions or secondary developed by alteration. All these minerals are xenocrysts.

4. Order of consolidation :

1. Olivine

2. Felspar phenocrysts

3. Diallage ,

4. Apatite ■

5. Magnetite

6. Augite (2nd generation)

7. Albite (2nd gen. felspar)

8. Isotropic sodalite or analcite (interstitial)

Remarks : the augite of the first generation is a titaniferous

(reddish) diallage, whereas that of the second generation is a light green or colourless diopside. Round the corroded felspar pheno- crysts of the first generation there is frequently a deposit of laths of acid felspar arranged parallel to the original crystal. This deposit frequently encloses magnetite grains.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 609

As shown in Plate xxxi., tig.5, this rock contains aggregates of coarse crystals of olivine, felspar, and pyroxene, not unlike inclusions of partly resorbed olivine gabbro. From this char- acteristic, considered in conjunction with the occurrence of the felspar of talc and muscovite (sericite ?) and of Schiller structure, and with the presence of diallagic augite and an alkaline base, the rock appears to have been formed by the crushing and partial refusion of an olivine gabbro, and the blending of the mass thus formed with an alkaline magma.

5. Name : Pilotaxitic Orthoclase (and Sodalite 1) Basalt, allied to Trachydolerite. Magmaticname, Akerose (see Tables i. &u.}.

W.201. Loc: Mt. Exmouth, summit.

1. Handspecimen a dark bluish-black porphyritic rock with greasy lustre and splintery fracture.

2. Texture : almost holocrystalline, with very variable grain-size* The base is very tine-grained (microcrystalline) and has a hyalo- pilitic fabric in places, trachytic in others.

3. Constituents (in order of decreasing amount): felspar occurs in idiomorphic, only slightly corroded phenocrysts of medium labradorite, and in tine microscopic needles varying from albite to labradorite. Olivine in corroded phenocrysts. Augite rarely as very corroded, rounded phenocrysts, but abundant in minute grains throuj^hout the base; it is a titaniferous variety. Magnet- ite in idiomoiphic grains. A little glass is also present, as well as accessories comprising serpentine (decomposition-product), apatite and sodalite (or allied isotro[)ic mineral).

4. Name : Porphyritic Hyalopilitic Olivine Basalt.

W.85. Loc: Uargon Tableland, south of Black Mountain. (Plate xxxii., fig.l).

1. Handspecimen like the preceding.

2. Texture like W.67 with pilotaxitic-ophitic fabric.

3. Composition: the phenocrysts comprise felspar varying from acid labradorite to andesine; corroded olivine; augite so inter-

610 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

penetrated with felspar as to appear broken up into grains yet optically continuous over small areas. The base is microcrys- talline and consists of titaniferons augite in prismatic grains; acid plagioclase (oligoclase and albite); an isotropic mineral with very low refractive index occurring in irregular patches, probably sodalite; and idiomorphic magnetite grains. The felspar pheno- crysts contain inclusions of an isotropic colourless mineral (analcite from decomi)Osition).

Name : Porphyritic Ophitic Olivine-Sodalite Basalt.

W.207. Loc: summit of Terra-Terra.

1. Handspecimen somewhat decomposed, highly porphyritic in plagioclase (albite).

2. Texture : the base is very tine, microcrystalline, with hyalo- pilitic fabric.

3. Constituents (in order of decreasing amount): (a) felspar, (b) magnetite, (c) ferrite and haematite, (d) sodalite (or analcite), (f) glass, (g) nepheline. The felspar is essentially albite, and occurs in the base in minute laths. The red iron ore is derived from the decomposition of magnetite, though some of the haema- tite may be original. Olivine and augite are absent. The com- position being essentially made up of albite and magnetite, this rock is necessarily very alkaline. I have examined specimens of a rock of the same composition collected by my brother, Mr. Thor Jensen, L.S., at Coorombin Creek, Q., near the McPherson Range.

4. Name : Nepheline-Sodalite Tephrite.

W.58. Loc: one mile east of Gowang Station. (Plate xxxii., figs. 2-3).

1. Handspecimen coarsely porphyritic with aphanitic base and splintery fracture.

2. Texture : holocrystalline with phenocrysts exceeding 5 mm. ill diameter, and a very fine microcrystalline base with pilotaxitic fabric.

\

BY H. I. JENSEN. (il 1

3. The constituents comprise felspar, a honey-yellow mineral which seems to be meliphanite, magnetite, olivine, fine-grained augite and apatite. The felspar phenocrysts range in basicity from acid labradorite to albite. Many are zoned, the outer zone being of a very acid character. The lath-shaped felspars of the base appear to be anorthoclase. A very curious plienomenon may be observed in some parts of the base. Viewed in plane polarised light without the analyser, it looks like a pilotaxitic mass of hypidiomorphic crystallites of different minerals. Yet as soon as the analyser is put on, certain patches appear to con- tain a base which is optically continuous over the whole area, and these patches have definite crystalline outlines. They behave, in fact, like phenocrysts of ver}'- acid felspar (apparently anorthoclase) embracing crystallites of lime-soda felspar, meli- phanite, magnetite, augite and olivine. Some of the basic felspar phenocrysts merge imperceptibly into the ground-mass. Many are deeply corroded, but do not merge into the ground-mass. The 3^ellow mineral, provisionally termed meliphanite, is quite allotrimorphic. It is rather pleochroic from yellow to greenish- yellow. Some thin flakes are light green in colour. It crys- tallised last, for it commonly envelops the other minerals and occurs interstitial ly. The double refraction is strong and the refractive index moderate. Apatite occurs in allotriomorphic fragments. The magnetite is idiomorphic. The pyroxene consists of minute grains and laths of colourless to greenish diopside. Chlorite occurs secondary after diopside. In some sections a bluish isotropic mineral, probably haiiyne, occurs interstitially.

4. Order of consolidation :

1. Felspar Phenocrysts

2. Olivine

3. Magnetite

4. Felspar — -

5. Meliphanite

5. Name : Pilotaxitic Meliphanite-Olivine-Basalt.

612 THE GEOLOGY OF TH K WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

Remarks. — The curious patches of optically continuous felspar noted above and the various stages of absorption exhibited by the felspar of the tirst generation are matters which suggest that this rock originated b}'^ the refusion of a previously existing gabbro. Tlie fused mass then received an addition of alkaline magmatic waters and a little alkaline lava. On the magma reaching the surface man}'^ of the phenocrysts whicli had survived the upward passage were now recrystallised. Tlie recrystallisa- tion must have taken place after the lava came to rest, otherwise the outlines of the crystals would have been lost. A kind of hydato-igneous fusion must have taken place, otherwise we cannot imagine how the magnetite was introduced, unless these crystals were rich in inclusions to begin with.

W.40. Loc: Billy King's Creek, 2 J- 3 miles south of Coona- barabran. The rock forms a lava-flow.

1. Handspecimen black in colour, consisting of a dark aphanitic base containing a few felspar phenocrysts.

2. Texture : the base is ver}'^ fine-grained, and has a trachytic fabric.

3. Constituents : the felspar phenocr3'^sts consist of albite; the felspar of the base is mainly albite, but a little anorthoclase appears to be present as well. A couple of perfectl}^ rounded phenocrysts of andesine also occur. The next constituent in order of abundance is a black dusty mineral, usually opaque, but occasionally showing slight transiucency with a bluish tint. ►Sometimes this mineral is seen in four-sided, five-sided, or six- sided grains, but more often it is quite allotriomorphic, and occasionally the dust occurs in groupings similar to the ophitic groups of riebeckite in the trachytes. Most of it has a dull lustre and is probably a variety of emery or corundum. A few of the cubical grains consist of magnetite. It is possible that a black, opaque garnet mineral may be present as well. The felspar forms roughly 55-60 % of the bulk of the rock, the black opaque minerals 10-15%. Next in order of abundance we have a 3'ellow or brownish-yellow mineral in acicular prisms and

BY H. I. JENSEN. G 1 3

columnar grains. It shows a strong pleochroism giving reddish or brownisli-yellovv, wine-yeliow and very pale yellow. Irregular cracks in a direction transverse to the length of the prisms sometimes occur. A cleavage, and occasionally twinning, may be noticed running in the direction of the length of the crystals. The extinction angle varies from 0° to 20°. Double refraction is strong. From these characters, the mineral, which forms about 10% of the rock, appears to be laavenite. Next in order of abundance we liave minute prisms, grains and lozenge-shaped microlites, clear colourless sphene with characteristic high refrac- tive index and double refraction. A light greenish to colourless diopside also occurs in grains. Melilite occurs in patches and is moulded on the felspar enveloping it in an ophitic manner. It has the characteristic peg-structure. Finally we have an isotropic colourless interstitial substance which gelatinises with acid; it probably consists of leucite or anal cite.

4. Order of consolidation : 1 . Sphene

2. Felspar (2nd gen.)

3. Corundum (1)

4. Laavenite Q)

5. Melilite

6. Isotropic base

A little primary haematite is present, and crystallised out

early. The felspar of the first generation was highly corroded by the magma just before the period of crystallisation. A ferro- magnesian mineral (either an amphibole or pyroxene) was also original^ present but was completely resorbed, and one can only trace its former presence by the existence of patches of dusty corundum and magnetite and isotropic mineral, which have the outline of hornblende phenocrysts. The orginal mineral has been completely pseudomorphosed.

The chemical composition of the rock is so extraordinary that one can only account for the amount of FcoOg by assuming that the black mineral is, in part at least, garnet. In this way the

614 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

spare SiOo (quartz of the norm) would also be used up and conditions for the production of leucite or analcite in the base would be brought about.

4. Name : Corundum (?) Basalt (with sphene, melilite and laavenite), Magmatic name, Monzonose.

Note : the occurrence of blue corundum in rare grains in this rock is confirmative of the Rev. J. M. Curran's theory as to the origin of our sapphires.

The rock (W.40) has many points in common with W.58, but contains no olivine.

W.64. Loc: Tableland south of Belar Creek.

1. Handspecimen dark grey rock with rough fracture; looks like andesitic basalt.

2. Texture : holocrystalline, uneven-grained, with ophitic fabric.

3. Composition : labradorite felspar in laths, but not as pheno- crysts. Only one generation is developed. Brownish, titani- ferous, somewhat pleochroic augite, occasionally pierced by felspar laths. Colourless olivine in corroded phenocrysts. Magnetite in idiomorphic grains; segirine in needles lying interstitial ly between felspar laths: and orthoclase also interstitial. An isotropic mineral of the noselite group, or perhaps leucite, also occurs interstitiaily.

4. The occurrence of segirine and orthoclase in this rock justifies its classification as a trachy-dolerite.

5. JSame : Ophitic Olivine Trachy-Dolerite.

Other specimens from other parts of the same tableland were similar macroscopically and microscojjically. This rock covers a great area. ,

M.6. Loc: 34-mile peg, Gunnedah-Coonabarabran Road.

This rock is a holocrystalline, fine-grained, ophitic dolerite with porphyritic olivines. It is composed of labradorite, titan- iferous augite, and olivine, with magnetite and apatite as abundant minor constituents.

I3Y H. I. JENSEN. 615

Name : Olivine-Dolerite.

This rock is calcic and has no relation with the alkaline series.

M.l. Loc: Hilltop, Black Jack Coal Mine, Gunnedah.

This is a holocrystalline, medium-grained dolerite porphyritic in olivine and titaniferous augite. It contains labradorite (lath- shaped), idiomorphic phenocrysts of purplish augite, corroded olivine phenocrysts, idiomorphic grains and phenocrysts of magnetite, and interstitially analcite Apatite occurs as an accessory. The isotropic mineral darkens on heating and gelatinises with acid. It is therefore analcite, but appears to be of secondary origin in part at least.

Name : Olivine-Analcite-Dolerite.

The microscopic investigation of the rocks of the Warrum- bungle Mountains brings out the following points, namely : — (1) the existence in the district of a complete series of alkaline rocks ranging from acidic comendites to basic sodalite-analcite basalts; (2) the gradation of these rocks into one another; and (3) that in the volcanic period older basic rocks were remelted at depths in various places, and, after being mixed with more acid alkaline magma, rose to the surface.

The alkaline rocks include —

(1) Riebeckite Comendites ( . ,

(2) Pantellarites I

(3) Arfvedsonite Trachyte.

(4) Nosean-Leucite Trachytes and Phonolites.

(5) jEgirine Anorthoclase Trachydolerites and Trachytes.

(6) Albite Magnetite Basalt without olivine or augite.

(7) Sodalite and Analcite Basalts, sometimes with melilite and

meliphanite (l).

(8) Garnet and Corundum-bearing Basalts, with laavenite and

melilite. A comparison of the chemical analyses with one another and with the mineralogical characters is very instructive. 48

w.16.

Arfvedsonite

Trachyte.

Log.: Timor Rock.

^"CiO — <M o ooooco oo o O o-HOO o oo-o o ocp o

S .1-666 6 6606 0 00 0

O

I !

W.140.

Peeudoleucite

Nosean Phonolite

Loc. : Berum Buckle

Mountain.

. 0 r^ t^ i-H i-H lot^cor^ 0 in <M -H -^■^t^— CO 0 o<Mc;-oio 00 0 ^ 0 7- 0 0 p poop p <p <p p S .^666 6 6666 6 66 6

°^ (Ni^(N c<i 6 _j- '^ 6 .^ 106 66'^ 6 6-^ o'^'i'i'^

CO 1

W.222. Nosean Phonolite.

Loc: Bingy Grumble Mountain.

. 10 05 (N 0 ^ — 0 cc t^ tH cere ^

^Ol^iMOl 0 0<N--^«5C3 00 0

0 0 — op p pp — p p pp p ^ r^666 6 6666 6 66 6

^,COCC»nOOOf3o-iOC'4CCCOO(MfOMW I^MMMM

^ 6aD<?c;-66-6-^^66:H|66-f^'^ 'o'S'^'^'^

(N

p

1—1 O

.(NO — 0— TflOCCCOC^ LO OC5.HPPP Ippppp p| S 0000 0 0000 0 0

!

C<lr:t<t^00COCU.CO(M(M — »0>0 O '^" * ...

°^^00CC-*6S'^6c>w666 ^ ^ ' oj ' ' ' ''^'1'^

U I

•II

.cct— ceo —1 ^irSfCOO CD — C5 — r-;Q0Op--O O .r^Tft^CO O OOO, , , , , Oci-HOp p |pppp -;H pppi 1 1 1 j

^ 6666 6 6666 6 666

j

lo-^ocoin— .i>.c; — csoioococct^ .o) . o . . . .

^0 OipojpOO rnutiTt^iOCCiOtMOIr-.-H M 2 uj U 03 co m m

^~~^ g^^c^'^66'§6c<irH66.^666'i_g'§_^'§'i'i'^

CO 1

W.40.

Corundum- Basal t.

Loc: Billy King's

Creek, near Coona-

barabran.

^ 6666 6 6666 6 66 6

1

i:^<NoocCTfia)t^i:orccciocNOi^'<*<iio—

^p (MOOOiOO"-~iOl^CCC»LOCCa002^^ wcqcom-jO Q0QC(NOOO:^-^OC0CCOOOT^Ol^'^O'^^l3^1i Tr 1-^ >—( -<-= -u -u

1

W.G7. Orthoclase-Basalt. Loc: Tonduron or

Spire.

og2S§ g !=:;;§§ ? SS

i2!i oooo o oooo o oo

-H-2ic'?666'^-*6coco6.^6?o SS '6 l'^'^ '

:::•:::::::,+ :::::::::::

OO

O 0

: i : i i :::; ;ii ;:!!!: i :: i :

.o?^?^oOgoOo^.ooo^^^^ . Oof.

s

E.

^girine Trachyte.

Loc: Mount Jellore, Mittagong.

(Analyst, D Maw son, Journ. Roy. Soc, N.S.W., xxxvii.).

,-H ^ rj< -H CO O O CC as Tt^ CO oo o

O rH r-l p P P <p<p<p<p p Cp p O

S ^ o o o o o o o o o oo o

"^co^'NG^io 'o-Hcb-^boooSoo 'Jo'S'S6

CO

1

.lOCvliMrO OtO(M-*Cl ^ CO (M O O -- O i-O lO CC , ^OlT^Op p pp p Oi 1

i«^ .^ o o o oooo o

oi c^ '-< —^ o c^O'^^^-c^lo oj o

CO

CO

8

C.

Trachyte.

Loc : The Canoblas,

nr. Orange, N.S.W.

(Analyst, B. White.

Rec. Geol. Surv.

N.S W.)

---OCO-hCI O OOC5CO <M OO

o f^i ^ p p p opoo o oo ^.Ihooo b boob boo

co-oOi-Ht^ . .OioOTfcs-Hfococ^ .COO) . . cdoj

^QOGOC5!>-OWW-H^CCCO(NfOO-iM02 1 02WWOO

o o

B.

Trach.vte. Loc: Parish of Dun- garry, near Dubbo,

N.S.W. (Analyst,

B.White, Rec. Geol.

Surv. N.S.W.)

.QOt^O:/3 OiTt^UOlM-rf CO

^rrpo 1 ppppp p

S -H o o o oooo o o

OOOOOOC-I . .TtiTl^Ot-iOiOCOO .TJHCU . . . <D <u ^o"-OC:>(NCSiOigMCOQOCCOOCDOO<NMOU | mmmCCJ

^^co^^b'i'gbb.i.^.b^.bb'^bl '-i-i-^ll

00

i

A.

chyte.

. Flinders,

ch,Queens-

alyst, H. I

sen).

^ 9':^99 P P?99 r 9

<! — < O O O O OOOO O O

Tra Loc: Mt nr. Ipswi land (An

Jen

_o»^obcooouc^r^OQOo?§ioo| 1 1 |i*|OM

b

05

1 1

Mm

hi

O o

Mol.

1-012 0-178 0-029 0-003

io-001

0-008 0-002 0 079 0-066

-0-117

0-008

cccocoooai®,-iOoo-^c^coa)0 .co * .et ^co-M— iOOrc)-HOOC<jt^cooco|MO| i i i i i

8

00

o

W.38.

Arfvedsonite-

-Egirine Trachyte.

Loc. : Timor RocK.

Mol.

1-064 0-175 0017 0-024

0 002 0011 0-115 0-059

0-050 0-003

^gL:^-o-§-^ooi:.^bb-^b l-^l 1 1 4'i'^

CO

I

??

s

CO

J 1 o

1^=^

[tg[:

fe^2

s

"^ t^ i i b b 6

5; CO rf

-^ O lit

^

c-H^

A

V

: '•"c '• S

(D O 0) -"-^

- ?H "to .t5 "S 5 M ce c c

::5 4) o

c ti:-

^

b do .^

02 fe •

CD |CD ee

A

c3 -^ a2 O

c5

+ =^ o

^1

A

cclu:,

V

. ^ 5 X

L— ;- r-- •-- "2

>: o ce

so

Ol o

<N <3 -TS

^ cz; o ir: c: c: — 00 t^ o

SOt^OlC-IOOOC^OOCC

"tHbaob^ccoi4f — 5t cc re -^

^:S .^

5^

io ico

A V

II

V

OQ

ore

to 2

'7iQOO0C<ICMMrNCO — -iGO

oot>oot---^-^-l-4tb'^ I cc cc

<1 o

— ^ "tS 0^-3

i. •— '^ ^ ;_,

' A ■

s V '

V

A «•

' /J

V i

5PS

0

H

w.

5

fl

QO ICC

0

i;© it^

II

1

«lz s

d «

^CCCi.^'^CNCC(Nb05 — b-^

^ : a; S^ o : : :

0^5 ^ 5 5 W S E '^

2 ^ ^^

A :d

V J- -

-•ia". y

O

A

V

A ^-=0

V

^- t£^lg>;^g

+ 5^oR.^^

5 o

. O

i>:gc

jjTrorf:pppc<t;ct~-po

> s 5 == !> ^ 'C "^

j^ SU — li,

•5 -s o ^ a > tc 2 o c2 -f- ■£ ;2 c .2 t^-^ =^ S "S >> ^

o^<10So^h:66^

A:=:

V .4

53 ® oe I «

o

c2

c S O

V I

A ^

CO I— — '

II ^

Afl'

\ / to

-I

II

O c.

GO g tc

BY H. I. JENSEN. 615

Name : Olivine-Dolerite.

This rock is calcic and has no relation with the alkaline series.

M.l. Loc: Hilltop, Black Jack Coal Mine, Gunnedah.

This is a holocrystalline, medium-grained dolerite porphyritic in olivine and titaniferous augite. It contains labradorite (lath- shaped), idiomorphic phenocrysts of purplish augite, corroded olivine phenocrysts, idiomorphic grains and phenocrysts of magnetite, and interstitially analcite ' Apatite occurs as an accessory. The isotropic mineral darkens on heating and gelatinises with acid. It is therefore analcite, but appears to be of secondary origin in part at least.

Name : Olivine-Analcite-Dolerite.

The microscopic investigation of the rocks of the Warrum- bungle Mountains brings out the following points, namely : — (1) the existence in the district of a complete series of alkaline rocks ranging from acidic comendites to basic sodalite-analcite basalts; (2) the gradation of these rocks into one another; and (3) that in the volcanic period older basic rocks were remelted at depths in various places, and, after being mixed with more acid alkaline magma, rose to the surface.

The alkaline rocks include —

(1) Riebeckite Comendites ) . , ^ ' ) cp. Anal.

(2) Pantellarites J

(3) Arfvedsonite Trachyte.

(4) Nosean-Leucite Trachytes and Phonolites.

(5) u^girine Anorthoclase Trachydolerites and Trachytes.

(6) Albite Magnetite Basalt without olivine or augite.

(7) Sodalite and Analcite Basalts, sometimes with melilite and

meliphanite (?).

(8) Garnet and Corundum-bearing Basalts, with laavenite and

melilite. A comparison of the chemical analyses with one another and with the mineral ogical characters is very instructive. 48

Pi

VV.16.

Arfvedsonite

Trachyte.

Loc: Timor Rock.

'o

1-098 0-164 0-011 0-028

1 0-001

0-002 0-002 01 03 0 062

j 0039

0-003 0 002

0-008

^

pt-t-ppp§ppcoi-(N-*^<N(^i^g-:HwjMMM

igO-'-^OO^s-OOCCiCOO-^OO eS^O eS e8 :3 e3 e8

§ 1

W.140.

Pseudoleucite

Nosean Phonolite

Loc. : Berum Buckle

Mountain.

'o

O "* r^ rH ^ irtt— cot- o »o (M -^

l^ir cc o 0(MO--cio oo o

p — p p p <p <p c:><p p op p -^ b b b b bbbb b bb b

^

<M05(NO00<I) .OCCCCOlTfiOi ,UOO . lO*."*^^"^ Tf<cot--7^02coC'lipoc^l(Npa3CCC<lco 1 lOMccaJcc

<Nr^(f^ !N b jH '^ b^ ob bb-^ b b"^ o'^'i'S'i

i

Nosean Phonolite.

Loc: Bingry Grumble Mountain.

1-005 0-179 0 022 0-026

1 0-001

0-001 0-020 0-113 0-067

j 0 094

0-003 0-003

0-001

^

(M (M lo CO CO uo " ^ CJ — >-c »n — ' (D t-o CO , . " * . ■'T "*" "*T ccfOloc:oo=^o^O(^^ccfoo<^^coa;M \ ^ x w zn w

boofc-^bb^b-^r-bb-^ Job-^-^ ' b -§ -^ -^ ^

9

o

li

sip

H

"o

^

(N CO — O — "* i-O TC CO <N O C-t-CJCO O ,— Ttlt-CO t^ ,1-1 , Pr-ippp Ippppp |P|

bbbb b bbbb b b

i

^

(M-*(^GOCOQJ.CC<M(M— 'lOiO wt) '^ * ...

ooQoco-^b_^'§boi4t<bbb '-^ ' © ' ' ' "^"^"^

b ■

il

'V.

ccr^-coio —1 -^ lo cc 00 co — o — '

GOCO---sO O ,-H-r^r-CO O OOO, , , , , Ci-7-ipO p pOpO —1 OOOl I 1 1

bbbb b bbob b bbb ',

j

i

b^

lO'+ocoo^H .r-os— 'OsosoDcocct- . <^ .o • . . .

ppCOppO rnip-5ti»0CC»0(Npt-^ W O c/j O mm w M

oot-(N^bb'^b(N'^bb-^bbb'ij^'S^'^'§'§'^

CO i

i 1

W.40.

Corundum-Basalt.

Loc: Billy Kind's

Creek, near Coona-

barabran.

'o

iOCOCOCCpH CiOOOCOt-— to Ol^l-— O .'MOCOTC t- OCO, , ,0, ,

oOfT^pp p |p~oo o po| 1 |pi 1 bbbb b bbbb b bb b

I

^

i>'(Mcoorc-^<Bt-cococciCi'MOi--Ttia)<D^

oippppp o.~,ot-ccoouococ»o «^ 2t^ "* ^ ^ "'S Qoooo^bbb_j^.^bccfcbbb-*b_j2^<=''^'^'^'i'^

^ 1 1

W.67. Orthoclase-Basalt. Loc: Tonduron or

Spire.

»f5 C: CC CO .-H lO •* CO W3 t- Ir- Til

S2g§ § |S = S§ ? 8S| 1 1 1 1 1

oooo o oooo o oo

^00(Nl^COOOm<:DCCC5(NiOTj^(MiO 1 g« |'?'^|S_o 1

:::::::::::,+ :::::::::::

i^ii::::::!!:::::-:':::

a

-^ u

^ ^ ~rt< ~-< TO a> OCCC5-f:0 00 o

o rH --H o 9 9 9999 9 90 0 ^— ^oboo oobboob b

* s

QOCCOO^OS OOOC-lO^QOCOlOOOJOOfC QJio o) CpX) — M-^ 1 |C0Cp'7H9C0Q0O<NU^O 1 oo_^o

CO

i

D.

Trachyte. Loc. : Wantialable Ck., Warrumbungle Mts.(Analyst,J.C.H. Mingaye, liec Geol. Surv. N.S W. iv. p.ll«, 180n).

f

. 10 iTJ CO CC 0 10 (M -*^ 05

— 1 CC C<l 0 0 — 0 iC «C CO 0 (M -. 0 9 0000 (TO

S .^ b 0 b bbbb b

%

74 12

12-89

0-81

0-21

trace

0-42 0-30 3-22 5-07 2-22 2-10

trace trace

100-33

C.

Trachyte.

Loc : The Canoblas,

nr. Orange, N.S.W.

(Analyst, B. White,

Rec Geol. Surv.

N.S W.)

^ 0 IC — ' (M 0 0 0 05 CO (M 00

0^,^99 9 9909 9 SS

^ -H 0 0 0 C 0000 0 00

^c.^^-l.b'^'ibb^^.obbb-Sbl l-i-^-^ll

B.

Trachyte.

Loc: Parish of Dun -

garry, near Dubbo,

N.S. W. (Analyst,

B.White, Rec. Geol.

Surv. N.S.W.)

.COr--OCiO CTS'^OfMrH ffO --HC^^ttM't'l , 0-HCOIOC5 ,0

0 ^ _ p 9 1 9909 9 0 g— boo oobbb b

.^o'-OCl'NOSOStQIOQOffCCOCOOOlMMOS | CQOTMOO

X

i

A.

chyte.

. Flinders,

ch,<^ueens-

alyst, H. I

sen).

. 0 i>- Oi 0 CO :o 0 — ' ec cc 0 .-H^t, __ 0 orocot^o — ( 0 9 r-H 9 9 9 9999 — 9

S-nbbb 0 ^ i^ c> ^ <b> b

Tra Loc: Mt nr. Ipsvvi land (An

Jen

QOcD»ooO'-tHt~-.aiccTt<^t~OiO CO 01*01

^lOOOCCOOgrqt^OXC^Ci 100 1 1 1 1 O i Um

o^boo^-^bbSb-^iobbb 'b ' ' ' 'J 'J-^

^

g

W.127.

Porphyritic Soda

Trachyte.

Loc: N.E.of Berum

Buckle.

. CJ X O CC -H X C^ 35 CD C- X

^ --I b b b b bbbb o b

COOCCOOOiO,-HOX— ((MCC0)O .cc * et-THCCM-HOOro-HXCOt^coocoiMOi i i i i i

^ a^^^aS§a>6^zo6^§b '^b i i ' i I I

Mol.

1-064 0-175 0-017 0-024

0 002 0-011 0-115 0-059

1 0-050 0-003

t

^gr^^i.b'i-gbo.^^bb'^b l-^l 1 1 I'i'^'^

cc

g

1

1.1

IS=

o -H t^ CO o CO o t^ as >* -^ «3

^r2«otx> boo

P- O iO

'-^

Oh

-5 C

O)

O) o

2-2

r-3 -*^ -5 *=

§ air: 2 t£-

i; O o 13 ci

o^:z;^nq^s^^

(N <J -73

a.'

CO

: 2 : oj :

-u T< S ^ '^ c (u :S c .2 t>5 S ee ^

O

iOlCO

A

V

02

., ^9

V

lo

CO ICC II

fcf2

to o

(S S3

fc p

00 -<

A

ID

m

V o

V

a>

t-lrH W

o

o" ^

N o^O <ii <5l P ffi ;:^

SOI

V.

C/2 oo )co

CO 11^

II ^ O

;(M CD Tf

""^INcCtNOOi — O^

-S O

• m •

c?o^

A

."tf " -1-3 .— (D (D ID

t! 5 ID <^ ^ c

;2 c S

<1 O ffi ffi E& H i

5^

V ^

»o jec

t A

i V

*:< o: lo .Oi '

A

cc lir

V

ce I <D

cP «^

o S

tJD J^ O

V « j-; G I3J

■ is ,0 t>, ce 'o'^

■CC 'CO s- s-i • js o

-2 a

— CO

"^ 0) ^ 2

CJ "^ fl

2 o

5 H

p lit ?c 10 cb © c<i b

a a; a

O <D

O

2S S S C C .t^

•^ ^^- ^ ^ "S

A V

, A V

II --=■

w

vl

\ / to

CO ICD ^ II S

m

a

O)

"TJ

c

H

^

ct!

rn

■^

a;

s

-Ti

O)

>-» a

3 C

E

H

^•

f.

s

CO

f1

a

o

HH

h:;

'^ "S -"^ -^ ;^ fl

G c !s ?t 5 o c3 s « c3 zn

t^ o ^ t: S c c .,

!■"

-r»

0)

/\ ^

o

V

1^1— « .2

M

5

y 1

"a

A ,S

— it-

V

o

3 1

o

A^ Tl

O CO —

(M

o

"ii i

1-* Ci

^

O tc

i^ Gc tie

II 5

etf

-i

00 II

+

o

0|

o=-:

1

m

E]:^

^h

tii

;4-^^^

%

^ 1 -^ i;o <N o t^ '^t* Ci Tt< o

;oo07t<co<pcc(>iccci0

t= C

CO

■■ S <5

c3 •-: (D c ^ Si

A

O «3 II

m lEc-

A

^ o

V|

GO Ttl

I-

II

i: ^

ee^i

A t v ^

CO ;iO 3

II

a

CO

H I

A

O)

CD

M : <D : c

o o

cs ce

0*0 <i < Q ^ p; s ^

A

CD .0>

Oi I ll

GC I5i<

A

o ice

II

'H o

o ^^

to

c

V|

^'^ U X

cT a

.■§ I

o ^

A

S A 'S

cc lo " -t,

II

c5 :t2

3 sh

CO

I ai III ill

<t3 ffi <t5 HH S fiH tj;i a ^

flO

I! O

v

A

;3 '^

2^

p o <]5 o

O g^

M ^

cc

^|2 II

o

vo .2

3 ^

3 ^

W Z

^ S

o ^

^^^§

3_ ee

i^aocooccccooo

I ^

to

• — ' "S «-i TJ -*-= ->^

CO <j<i5;z;qShhN^

:3

/\

en

v:

si

138

8-38 i. P

1

05 ' M

ee

11 ^^

H

z

Salic Femic CI

.4

+ C

P:^

+

0

A

:jcc V

— r-.co

tD

o

p5

0.°^

« z

.2

S CD

49

^ O L>

13 03

la QJ (-1 Js

i|3§|a|l|.||

:

^ S ^5 2

ce^ 5 g fl

o^M-^i

;

CC' O

c3

s

t>0

3

OS

(Z2

S

43 '^ kJ

Sc0tD(N'<*Ci(N>O

0*0 <

c

^1

ce C je o J

eg ^ ce .ir

CO Qi E C ^ ^ 1^ eg eg 1^

0) o S;

.SaJ

-= ^ a ^.^1

o c o o

<D ^ CO

gOcT

O

lb.

A .^.

oil

A

CCjlO

V

I A

a.

CO H* 1-4

-2

02 fe

II

A V

S

CiD

N 13 „, ^ to "S ."t^ •, -t=o_2cQc3cc3

0'0<P^SS^

i-H

i

-f^* "o

._;

1

A %

ir.lcc S;g

H

:

t-t-

03

A ^

«|2^

v;;^^

a>

A

Q

ccko^.

^I'^^co

Oi ^

V ^

q

bD

A §^

Si^ t II -§

|0 j»

o

.

•^ »o -TS

^

ci

-^

2

05 11

b «0

+

r

s

m

^ s

11

CJ

%i

s

OQ Si-

cl^

w

wb

by h. i. jensen. 621

Discussion of the Analyses.

The chemical analyses appearing in Table i., with the exception of those which are inserted for comparison (A to E), were carried out by myself in the research laboratory of tlie Chemical Department, Sydney University; and I desire to express my thanks to Professor Liversidge, M.A., F. R.S., etc., and Mr. Schofield, A -bl.S.M,, for putting at my disposal the apparatus necessary.

The exigencies of time did not permit me to make duplicate analyses. Though several of my analyses sum up below or above the limits of first-class work, none of them are so inferior as not to be useful for comparison.

The reader is recommended to compare the composition of the Warrumbungle Mountain rocks with the analyses of the trachytes from the Glass House Mountains, Q.,*from Mittagong, N.S.W.,t from the Mount Macedon district, Victoria, | and from the Otago Peninsula.^

Special Notes.

W.67. This rock was analysed to verify chemically the con- clusion arrived at by microscopic examination, that this orthoclase basalt and the trachydolerites allied to it (e.g., W.64) were formed by a mixture of magmas. The CaO and MgO are too low and the alkalies (especially KoO) are too high to permit the rock to be referred to the basalts. Nor can it be referred to the trachy- dolerites, as the AI0O3 percentage is too low. The alkaline basalt from the Blow Hole Flow near Iviama|! is closer to it in chemical composition than any other rock of basaltic appearance of which I can find analytical records. The norm is that of "akerose." The rocks which usually have this composition,

• H. I. Jensen, These Proceedings, 1906, Part i.

t D. Mawson, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. xxxvii.

+ Quoted by Prof. Gregory, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Vol. xiv., Pt.2.

§ P. Marshall, 'The Geology of Dunedin,' Q.J.G.S., Vol. Ixii., 1906.

II 'Geology of the Kiania-Jamberoo District,' Records Geol. Surv. N. S,

Wales, Vol.viii., Pt.l.

622 THE GKOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

namely, the akerites and many monzonites, are of an entirely different physical appearance and habit (compare "Akerite," N.15, Nandewar Mountains, H. I. Jensen in litteris). The minerals of the norm are in close agreement with those actually observed in the mode, a fact due to orthoclase and albite of a trachytic magma having mixed with augite, olivine, and basic felspar of a partially fused doleritic magma whereupon the whole mass has consolidated.

W.40. Corundum Basalt is a rock which contains minerals which by optical means alone could not be determined with accuracy. These were — (1) A black, lustreless, usually opaque mineral, which in very thin slices appeared occasionally to be translucent and bluish. It was wholly isotropic. The analysis shows that ir, cannot be spinel or magnetite, and that it must be corundum and sapphire. This determination bears out the Rev. J. M. Curran's theory that our sapphires are derived from basalt. (2) Yellow needles terminated by pyramids. This mineral w^as considered to be wbhlerite or laavenite. The high TiO._, per- centage and the presence of ZrOo make the occurrence of laavenite highly probable, and the titanic acid is so high that the allied minerals rosenbuschite and rinkite are probably also present.

The norm differs very considerably from the mode. The ground-mass is very readily gelatinised with dilute acid, indicat- ing the presence of a felspathoid which probably contains most of the K2O.

In the trachy-andesites, W.l and W.22, we again notice that the mode is very different from the norm. This is, of course, because the hypersthene and diopside molecules are incorporated in the segirine-augite. In W.22 the TiOo percentage is higher than in W.l, a fact which verities the determination of pseudo- brookite in the rocks of Nandi Mountain and The Forked Mountain. The norm of the trachyte-andesites calculates to monzonose. Rosenbusch (in ' Gesteinlehre') describes such rocks under the name keratophyre. This designation is, however,.

BY H. I. JENSEN.

623

better applied to hypabyssal rocks of similar composition (see Harker's Petrology).

1. Trachy-andesite W. 1, Warrumbungle Mts.

SiO^

58-95

•

58-80

Al.,03-Ti0.2

17-80

17-43

Fe Oxides ...

7-46

8-25

MgO

0-57

]-83

CaO

2-49

1-16

Na,0

K,0

4-51 \ 6-39 J

10-90

5-22 4-27

2. Keratophyre. 3. Rhombenporphyr.

Blankenburg, Harz. Norway.

58-54 17-28 8-61 1-81 3-04 7-181 3 24 J

10-42

The above table illustrates the close relationship between the keratophyre of Rosenhusch, Brogger's rhombenporphyr, and the Warrumbungle trachy-andesites.

A comparison of chemical compositions also shows that the monzonoses W. 1 and W.221ie between the arfvedsonite trachytes (W.16, W.38) and the sapphire basalt. If any rock in the district can be regarded as representing the parent magma, the trachy-andesite is the one.

The following table illustrates how the trachy-andesite may be regarded as occupying a position intermediate between the corundum basalt and the arfvedsonite trachyte.

Corundum

Arfvedsonite

Mean of

Trachy-

Basalt W.40.

Trachyte W.16.

W.40 & W.16.

andesites W.l.

8i0.2

48-27

65-90

57-09

58-95

AI2O3

18-02

16-74

17-39

17-80

Iron Oxides. .

12-96

3-71

8-33

7-46

MgO

117

0-06

0-61

0-57

CaO

6-06

0-09

3-08

2-49

Na.^O K2O

8-73 3-33

6-35 5-77

4 "50 )

6-39] ''■''

The orthoclase basalt, W.67, also approximates in composition to a mixture of a dolerite, like the one from Dingo Creek in the Nandewar Mountains (N.17), with the monzonose W.l, thus —

624

THE GEOLOGY OF THE WAKRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS,

Dolerite

Monzonose

Mean.

Orth. Basalt

N.17.

W.l.

W.67.

SiO^

47-20

58-95

53-07

51-88

AI203

11-78

17-80

14-79

14-20

Fe Oxides ...

10-98

7-46

9-22

10-59

MgO

9-95

0-57

5-26

4-62

CaO

11-63

2-49

7-06

6-36

Na,0

1-61

4-51

308) ..11 4-03 j ' ^^

3-27 \ ' -^

K2O

1-67

6-39

The phouolites analysed, \V.222 and W.l 40, are very high in alkali, as was expected from the amount of their felspathoid minerals, which form about 10 % of the mass. The determina- tion of pseudoleucite appears from the chemical results to be correct, inasmuch as there is insufficient SO3 to give so much nosean. In both of these rocks and also in the trachytes (W.l 6, W..38) the norm differs from the mode in that all the diopside and hypersthene molecules have gone to form segirine augite and arfvedsonite. As these minerals are richer in silica than augite there has been insufficient silica left for the formation of felspar, hence felspathoids have formed. The trachytes and phonolites analysed fall in the divisions phlegrose and nordniarkose o<" the chemical classification, usually near the border line between the two subrangs.

The analysis of trachyte from Wantialable Creek (D, by J. C. H, Mingaye*) is interesting as being of very similar composition to the orthophj'-ric pantellarite from Ngun-Ngun, Glass House Mountains, Queensland. The Mount Flinders trachyte contains barkevicite instead of arfvedsonite and is slightly more calcic than the Warrumbungle trachytes, and as a result falls in a different subrang. The Canoblas trachyte is much more like the orthophyric comendites of the Glass House Mountains than any of the Warrumbungle rocks.

* This rock has since been found to be a silicified trachyte tuff.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 625

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Plate xxiv.

Sketch Map of the Warrumbungle Mountains, showing Geological Formations.

Plate XXV. Stereogram of the Warrumbungles.

Plate xxvi.

Fig. 1. — View of the BuUeamble Mountains from Siding Spring Mountain,

showing clififs of columnar lava. Fig. 2. — View of The Spire (Tonduron) from Needle Mountain, showing

maturity of arid erosion.

Plate xxvii.

Fig. 1. — View of the Needle and mountains of continually diminishing

altitude behind it, overlooking Gowang Station from Needle

Mountain. Fig. 2. — View of Siding Spring Mountain looking northward do%vn the

Bugaldi Valley towards the Pilliga Scrub. Note the gradual

decline in altitude.

Plate xxviii.

Fig.l.— View of Bugaldi Valley and Wheoh Mountain from Siding Spring

Mountain. Fig. 2. — View looking across "Wombalong Valley towards Belougery Split

Rock, The Bluff, and Mount Exmouth (on the right) from Siding

Spring Mountain.

Plate xxix.

Fig.l. — General View of the Warrumbungles looking north from Needle Mountain. Siding Spring Mountain lies on the extreme left ; Mobara Rock and High Peak in the centre, and Mt. Blackheath on the right.

Fig.2.— A Sandstone " Mesa " near Baradine Creek.

(Magnification of microphotographs about 21 diameters in each case.) Plate XXX.

Fig.l. — Arfvedsonite Trachyte (W.17), Timor Rock, Nicols uncrossed.

The large black patch consists of an inclusion of shale or schist;

the rest consists of arfvedsonite (black specks) and anorthoclase

(white). Fig.2. — Same as fig.l. Nicols crossed.

626 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS.

Fig. 3. — Arfvedsonite Tr8.chyte(W. 215), Scabby Rock, showing microgranitic

almost orthophyric structure. Nicols crossed. Fig.4.— Trachytic .^.girine-Trachyte (W.109), Gibb's Gap, near Naman.

Nicols crossed. Fig.5. — Dark .Egirine- Trachyte (W. 9), Timor Ledges, with an wgirine

crystal near the centre of the field. Nicols uncrossed, Fig, 6. — DarkPorphyritic .Egirine-Trachyte-Andesite or Keratophyre(W.22),

Nandi Mountain, showing a dark mass of pseudobrookite and two

microline microperthite phenocrysts. Nicols crossed.

Plate xxxi.

Fig.l. — Nosean Pseudoleucite Phonolite (W. 222), Bingy Grumble. Nicols uncrossed ; showing the femic minerals crowding round the felspathoids (nosean, etc.).

Fig.2. — Same as fig. 7. Nicols crossed; showing black patches of isotropic nosean and pseudospherulitic aggregates of felspar microlites with interstitial analcite.

Fig.3. — Nosean- Arfvedsonite Leucitophyre, Berum Buckle. Nicols un- crossed. Notice the crystals of pseudoleucite.

Fig.4. — Same as fig. 9. Nicols crossed. Note the trachytic and flow- structure of the base.

Fig.5. — Orthoclase-Basalt (W.67), The Spire, showing coarse-grained gabbroic inclusion adjoining fine-grained base of trachydolerite composition.

Pig. 6. — Xenocryst of Labradorite studded with magnetite inclusions in

W.67.

Plate xxxii.

Fig.l. — Xenocryst of Labradorite with inclusions in trachydolerite (W.85). Fig.2. — Meliphanite Basalt (W. 58), Mt. Gowang. Nicols uncrossed. Fig.3. — Same, Nicols crossed; showing a portion of the base crystalline in outline, and composed of similarly oriented felspar microlites.

The following three figures belong to the Paper on the Geology of the Nandewar Mts., to appear later.

N.l. — Perlitic Pitchstone (N.62), Boggabri. Nicols uncrossed.

N.2. — Dolerite (N.17), Dingo Creek; the extinguished crystal is augite, the

small bright crystal near it is olivine. Nicols crossed. N.3. — Solsverbergite (N.S), Bullawa Creek, showing microperthitic felspar

phenocrysts. Nicols uncrossed.

[Printed off October 23rd, 1907.]

PLSN.SW 190a Plate XI

GEOLCX5ICAL SKETCH MAP

FLS NbW I'JOZ Plate Xfl

PL S NSW. 1907

FIG. 1. KOROBASABASAGA FROM THE EAST.

H

FIG. 2. VOMA AT THE HEAD OF THF WAIDINA RIVfR.

HG. 1. NABUI ON THE WAINIKOROILUVA RIVER.

KG. 2. UMPtH WAIDINA VALLEY.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1S07.

FIG. 1. SECTION OF UPRAISFD (TERTIARYi CORAL REFF AT SUVA.

FIG. 2. SECTION OF UPRAISED I.TERTIARYI CORAL REEF AT SUVA.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

^ fV<5€^^ <:?!^

MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1D07.

6 '^e<^e,$' o^^

MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA.

PUS. NSW. 1907.

^ //c^^ <^c/

MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S N S W. 1907.

46

:-<*T^:7

'O 62^

■06o€>A^. c^c/-

MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907

^ . «, 1

53

54

\

W'^S^

■

55

MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

cJ. (Z.(^'S<^^a>cX.

MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA.

\ / \ / \

\ y\ / \ /

^^^y^^/ fi ^'^ /^ /\ /'^. ^ y^ ^^ ^'\ -^'^ /

NEWBRIDGE ROCKS. FIG. 1. ANDESITE. FIG. 2. GRANOPHYRE. FIG. 3. JUNCTION OF MICA SLATE AND GRANITE.

FIGk 4. JUNCTION OF MICA SLATE AND GRANOPHYRE. FIG. 5-6. CHIASTOLITE SLATE.

PLS NSW. 1907

GEOLOGICAL SKETCH

MAP OF

THE WARRUMBUNCLE M"-^

PILLICA

SCRUB. ^vW/_ ^N' '^ ,1, ,,,,

Sc a I e

/tj.r.i,. T,„h,,„ Pkonokl,

t.=..n

r:.i E3

„_J

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

-«r,^rfr ii^r..- ..•»r<,".'*r'-W' "^ly^^

TooRAwei

-' CD

TOOdAWeAN

THh- /'^

DILlVS /^

Stereogram of

The WARRUM8UNGLE M^

STEREOGRAM OF

THE WARRUMBUNGLE MTS.

. -t^

'.L.S.N.RW, 1907.

TRACHYTES (WARRUMBUNGLE MTS.).

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

<1^^^

^^

■^•^^

^^

k

PL. XXXI.

« ■*

--"•i

<'^ h

W

3

PHONOLITE, LEUCITOPHYRE, ANP 0ASALT • WARRUMBUNGLE MTS.),

P L B N <? W 1907.

FIGS. 1-3. BASALT (WARRUMBUNGLE MTS.

FIGS. N1-3, PITCHSTONE. &.C. (NANDEWAR MTS.l

627

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 25th, 1907.

Tlie Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, September 25th, 1907,

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 15 Vols., 67 Parts or Nos., 28 Bulletins, 2 Reports, and 1 Pamphlet, received from 50 Societies, &c., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

DISCUSSION : NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The Chairman invited discussion upon the points raised in Dr. J. B. Cleland's "Note on the resistance of the Vegetation of Australia to Bush-Fires, and the Antiquity of the Australian Aboriginal," communicated at the last Meeting. Messrs. Fletcher, A. G. Hamilton, W. M. Carne, Baker, A. A. Hamilton, Cheel, J. F. Campbell, Dr. Woolnough, Professor David, and the Chairman took part in the discussion; the Secretary also com- municated an interesting note from Mr. T. Stephens, of Hobart, bearing on the subject. Evidence was adduced showing that many Australian plants offered evident and characteristic examples of adaption to arid conditions or the concomitant circumstances, with which the Aboriginal was not in any way concerned. Wattles in some cases will germinate freely without any assistance from fires. The case of Lyperanthus nigricans was comparable with that of certain Cape bulbs (Cyrtanthus)^ both being examples of plants which are propagated largely b}^ vegetative means, and in which the vegetative energy needs a 50

628 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

check before sexual reproduction ordinarily manifests itself.* Stringy-barks are apt to be killed by fire when the sap is down. On the whole as regards any possible share of the fire-kindling Aboriginal in the direct modification of the vegetation, upon the evidence available, "not proven" seemed to be the only warrant- able verdict.

Professor David referred to the occurrence of stone tomahawks, and of a charred stump of Banksia, at Shea's Creek, near Sydney, six feet below present low-water mark;t and of charred roots at Narrabeen, at a depth of 50 feet— an indication of fires when the coast-line stood fifty feet higher than at present; and he pointed out that, in the latter case, if it could be shown that the fires were the result of human agency, very considerable antiquity for the Australian Aboriginal might be claimed (from 5,000-10,000 years, allowing 1 foot or 6 inches as a moderate estimate of the average rate of subsidence per century).

But though the Aboriginal may have had no share in directly modifying the flora, in some cases, he certainly did locall}' control geographical distribution to some extent, as pointed out b}' Mr. Stephens, In 1825, the Van Diemen's Land Company obtained a charter authorising the issue of a Crown grant of land in the unexplored country of north-west Tasmania In 1827, the district was explored by Mr. Hellyer, whose careful description of the country is on record. Finally 160,000 acres were selected and surveyed, extensive improvements were made, and the country was stocked with sheep; but having an average elevation of 2000-3000 feet, it was found to be suitable only for a summer run. After struggling for some time against heavy losses, the Company's managers eventually gave up the occupation of the greater part of the country; and later on it was rented, for some years, by outsiders, as a cattle-run. Prior to occupation, the

* See Darwin's "Plants and Animals under Domestication," Vol. ii., chap.xviii.; Maxwell T. Masters' "Vegetable Teratology," p. 177; Henslow's " Floral Structm-es," p. 231.

t Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxx., pp. 174-175.

notp:s and exiiihits. G29

Aborigines were in the habit of periodically burning off portions of the open country to improve the grass lands, the favourite feeding grounds of the kangaroos and wallabies. Soon after Hellyer's exploration the Aborigines were driven away from their favourite haunts, and finally exterminated; and the forest, unchecked by periodical fires, shortly began to resume possession of the pastoral country; so that thousands of acres of " the large tracts of open country as far as the eye could reach," and " the grassy hills of great extent," described in Hellyer's report, were subsequently covered with scrub and timber.

Mr. North sent for exhibition a set of four eggs of the Plumed Egret, Mesoj^hoyx plutnifera (Gould), with the following note: — " The eggs of Mesophoyx plumifera here exhibited were taken by Mr. Septimus Robinson on Buckiinguy Station, N.S.W., on the 8th November, 1893. Mr. Robinson reported that he found about a dozen or more nests of this species; they were nearly flat, and scantil}'' formed structures of thin sticks and twigs; and were so small that they were almost concealed by the birds when sitting. They were built in gum, or ' Humulung ' {Acacia sp. ?) saplings, standing in water where the Macquaiie River had overflowed its banks, and varied in height from seven to twenty feet from the surface of the water, most of them not being higher than twelve feet, and in some saplings were two nests. Each nest contained four eggs, some being fresh, others well advanced in incubation. The eggs are almost true ellipses in form, the shell being close-grained, with fine pittings, otherwise smooth and lustreless. They are of a uniform pale sea green colour, with here and there scattered over the shell almost invisible white limy-incrustations, and measure as follows : — length (a) 1-82 x 1-32; (b) 1-81 x 1-2; (c) 1-82 x 1-23; (d) 183 x 1-29 inches. Last July, through the kindness of Mr. Charles French, Junr., I was enabled to examine a set of three eggs of the Plumed Egret taken by Mr. J. Ross near Mathoura, N.S.W., in November, 1906. They were similar in shape and coloui-, but slightly larger than the specimens now exhibited. Althougli

630 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Robinson took the eggs of the Plumed Egret so many years af'o, hitherto, I believe the eggs of this species have remained undescribed."

Mr. Musson sent for exhibition, specimens illustrating two forms of the common "Blackthorn'" {Bursaria sjnnosa Cav.; N.O. PiTTOSPORE^), namely, the common type, more or less thorny or spiny, with small leaves, from poor rocky ground; and a form of more robust growth, without spines, and with large leaves, from rich soil on the Darling Downs, Queensland.

Mr. R. T. Baker showed specimens of two remarkable plants from New Zealand, commonly known as " Vegetable Sheep," Raoulia exitnia Hook, f., and E. mammiUaris Hook. f. [N.O. CoMPOSiTyEl. They are to be found in the New Zealand Alps, at altitudes varying from 3,000-6,000 feet, where they form hemispherical woolly cushions varying in diameter and height from a few inches to eight feet, and three feet respectively. The largest specimen exhibited measured 2 feet 6 inches diam., and 14 inches high.

Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited a number of individual flowers from a Waratah head (Telopea speciosissima Smith) showing an interesting series of gradational abnormalities. The lowest rows comprised normal flowers. The flowers immediately above these were characterised by the presence of a slight groove in the pedicel, corolla and style of each of them. In the flowers of the uppermost rows the groove had deepened, until finally each pedicel and flower had become completely divided, the only junction being at the base of the pedicels.

631

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.

By a. J. Turner, M.D., F.E.S.

( Continued from Proceedings, 1906, xxxi., p.7i6?. j Fam. GEOMETRID^.

Subfam. HYDRIOMENINiE.

During the few months since the publication of my last instalment (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 682) five new species have come into my hands, increasing the total to 168. On a moderate computation there should be 200 species of this family in Australia, and I hope to live to see this number exceeded.

Chloroclystis laticostata. Q. : Adavale.

Chloroclystis elaeopa,* n.sp.

9. 19-21 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish, greenish- tinged. Antennae grey, basal joint ochreous-whitish. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-green irrorated with dark fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish, greenish- tinged; anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous; posterior tibi?e with inner distal spur long, outer distal spur |- inner, inner proximal spur long, outer proximal spur obsolete. Forewings triangular, costa arched only at extremities, middle portion straight or slightly excavated, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; dull greenish, with dark fuscous transverse lines and irroration; several incomplete basal lines; a quadrate spot on costa at ^, giving rise to two indistinct lines; a second similar costal spot beyond middle, from its posterior edge a fine crenated

* eXaiayrros, olive-green. 51

632 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

postmedian line to f dorsum; suffused subterminal and sub- marginal lines; an interrupted darker terminal line; cilia dull greenish. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings, but without costal spots. Underside greenish- ochreous with well marked dark fuscous antemedian, postmedian, subterminal, and terminal lines; forewings with space between base and antemedian line suffused with fuscous.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in October and December; two specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

Chloroclystis athaumasta,"^ n.sp.

^.19-20 mm. Head and antennae fuscous- whitish. Palpi dark fuscous. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish, greenish- tinged, the latter irrorated with dark fuscous, especially on terminal half, but not on apical segment. Legs fuscous; posterior pair fuscous-whitish, outer spurs distal J, proximal ^. Fore- wings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous-whitish, greenish-tinged, with some dark fuscous irroration; lines very indistinct, fuscous; postmedian from J costa to f dorsum, curved outwards, somewhat dentate; sometimes a dentate whitish subterminal line edged anteriorly with fuscous; a fuscous terminal line interrupted on veins; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded ; colour and markings as forewings. Underside pale fuscous with a darker postmedian line.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in September and October; five specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

Chloroclystis perissa,! n.sp.

9. 20-21 mm. Head bright green. Palpi moderate (2); whitish mixed with green, at apex dark fuscous. Antenna? grey, basal joint whitish. Thorax dark fuscous mixed with green. Abdomen

* dOav^aaros, not admired. t Trepicra-os, above the common,

BY A. J. TURNER. 633

with crests represented by scanty erect hairs; dark fuscous with green blotches. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous, anterior coxa? green; posterior pair with outer spurs |. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; bright green with transverse fuscous lines variably developed; an interrupted line close to base; three lines forming a subbasal band, followed by a single slender line, and this again by a broad antemedian line at ^, expanded on costa; median area sometimes pure green, sometimes suffused with fuscous; postmedian line from ^ costa to J dorsum, bowed outwards in disc; followed shortly by a subterminal band of three closely approximated lines; cilia whitish, obscurely fuscous on veins. Hindwings small, termen rounded; whitish; towards dorsum and termen suffused with fuscous and green; cilia whitish. Underside whitish; forewings suffused with grey towards costa and termen.

Not near any other Australian species. The sharp contrast between fore and hindwings is a striking character. Possibly the male might show structural differences.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in September; three specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

Hydriomena subrectaria.

Q.: Nanango.

Hydriomena subochraria. Q,: Dulong near Nanibour.

Hydriomena epicteta,* n.sp.

(J9. 22-30 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen grey-whitish. Palpi 2J. Antennae in g very shortly laminate, ciliations ^. Legs whitish irrorated with fuscous; anterior pair mostly fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa rather strongly arched, apex tolerably acute, termen slightly sinuate beneath apex, bowed, slightly oblique; pale grey, in 9 darker; a small

* cTTiKTTjTos, acqulred in addition, newly acquired.

634 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

fuscous basal blotch, limited by a faint whitish line from J costa to J dorsum; a fuscous median band containing a minute darker discal dot, limited by fine whitish lines, the anterior outwardly curved or with an angular posterior projection below middle, the posterior with a very strong acute median process; immediately beneath this process the median band is usually constricted or interrupted, in the $ the interruption may be wide, and the lower division of the band may be much reduced in size, or even absent; a fine whitish subterminal line, and a pale oblique sub- apical streak, both better marked in 9; a very fine ^rey terminal line; cilia grey, apices partly white. Hind wings with termen rounded, wavy; pale grey; a fine fuscous terminal line: cilia grey^ apices whitish.

Very similar to H. interruptata^ and varies in an analogous way, but a series of each species shows unmistakable differences. It lacks the brownish coloration and the strong white lines of interruptata, its basal line is less oblique, and is not angled near dorsum, and there are other minor points of difference.

Type in Coll Lyell.

Vic: Gisborne, and Lome; in January, February, and March; ten specimens.

DiPLOCTENA PAXTOEA,* n.sp.

(J9. 20-22 mm. Head dark fuscous irrorated with pale reddish Palpi 2^; dark fuscous mixed with ochreous-whitish. Antenna? dark fuscous annulated with whitish; in ^ with two pairs of fine long (6) pectinations on each joint, pectinations nearly equi- distant. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous irrorated with whitish and pale reddish; a small posterior thoracic crest, and a minute dorsal crest on second abdominal segment. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated, and tarsi annulated, with w^hitish. Forewings in Q triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, slightly oblique; dark fuscous-brown; median band ill- defined, containing a large dark fuscous reniform spot; outer edge of median band marked by minute white dots, which are

* TTavTotos, of all kinds.

BY A. J. TURNER. 635

not always present; another series of minute white dots marks the subterminal line; a dark fuscous terminal line; cilia dark fuscous, apices brownish. Forewings in 9 with apex more acute, ground-colour pale brown, median band containing a dark fuscous median band. Hind wings in both sexes with termen rounded; whitish with a slight purplish tinge and some grey irroration tending to form transverse lines.

Ab. a. (J. Reniform spot white or whitish outlined with dark fuscous.

Ab. h. $. Whole of disc except base, upper part of median band, and a terminal band, brown-whitish.

A variable but unmistakable species.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

Vic: Lome; in February and March; nine specimens.

Xanthorhoe brujata. Q.: Dulong, near Nambour.

Subfam. Sterrhin^.

Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing with their common stalk to form a single or double areole (in the latter case 10 may arise either separately or from the common stalk), or more rarely there is no areole, 11 arising from the common stalk. Hindwings with 5 from middle or slightly above middle of cell, not strongly approximated to 6 (except in Dasyhela\ 8 anasto- mosing very shortly with cell near base, then rapidly diverging. Posterior tibise of ^ frequently without spurs, and more or less abbreviated or distorted.

In the European genus Cleta vein 1 1 of forewings is free.

In his Australian revision Mr. Meyrick included the Sterrhince with the GeometriricG, but subsequently in his European revision"**" recognised the two groups as distinct. The former is certainly an offshoot of the latter and very closely connected with it. They are indeed not separable by any absolute definition, for the

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892.

636 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LP^PIDOPTEKA, IV.,

approximation of vein 5 of the hindwings to 6 is present to a slight degree in several genera, and in the genus Dasyhela is as strongl}^ marked as in the Geometrinoi. Nevertheless they form a natural group and ma}^ conveniently be kept separate. In the neuration there are but few variations, and some of these, such as the separation or stalking of veins 6 and 7 of the hindwings, are not of generic value, being sometimes variable in closely allied species or even the same species. The structure of the posterior tibise of both sexes and of the $ antennae gives trust- worthy generic characters, and I am satisfied that without making use of these it is impossible to classify this subfamily in a natural manner.

I have 74 species of this group in m}^ collection, and have examined all the species in the collection of Mr. Geo. Lyell, together with all the types in the British Museum, and the great majority of those described by Mr. Warren, Dr. Lucas, and Mr. Lower. Sir Geo. Hampson has helped me in the naming of species of the Anisodes group received by me since my visit to England.

While the Sterrhince are represented in temperate regions, they are more abundant in the tropics. In Mr. Meyrick's revision, published in 1887, 32 species were ascribed to 5 genera. The present revision contains 102 species ascribed to 20 genera. Some of these are, however, only imperfectly known, and the number of unrecognised species is still considerable. When the tropical parts of Australia are adequately explored man}'^ new species will be discovered.

I have followed Mr. Meyrick in dividing the genus formerly known as Acldalia Treitschke, into several genera of which Eois Hb., and Leptomeris Hb., are the most important.

Tabulation of Genera.

\. Palpi short or moderate, seldom exceeding rons,

terminal joint not elongate 2.

Palpi long, second joint well exceeding frons,

terminal joint elongate (at least in $ ) 13.

BY A. J. TURNER. 63

2. Forewings with a simple areole (or rarely a double

areole but 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9) 3.

Forewings with a double areole, 10 arising

separately 10.

Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked... 12. Chrysocraspeda.

3. Antennae of J simple or serrate, ciliated 4.

Antennae of J^ laminate, or shortly pectinate, with

long terminal fascicles of cilia 11.

Antennae of ^ pectinate, without terminal fascicles

of cilia 12.

4. Posterior tibiae of $ without middle spurs 5.

Posterior tibiae of $ with two pairs of spurs 8.

5. Posterior tibiae of (?■ without spurs 6.

Posterior tibia? of ^ with terminal spurs 7. Sterrha.

C. Hindwings of ^ with a glandular swelling and

deeply incised at tornus 1. Mnesterodes.

Hindwings of ^ not so 7.

7. Middle tibias and basal tarsal joints of <^ clothed

with long hair 2. Xenocentris.

Middle tibite and tarsi of ^ normal 3. Eois.

8. Posterior tibiee of J" without spurs 4. Leptomeris.

Posterior tibiae of ^ with terminal spurs _ 9.

9. Palpi and underside of thorax clothed with long

roughhairs 5. Dasybela.

Palpi and thorax not hairy , 6. Pylarge.

1 0. Posterior tibiae of ^ without spurs 8. Somatina.

Posterior tibiae of J' with terminal spurs 9. Autanepsia.

11. Abdomen without lateral tufts 10. Problepsis.

Abdomen with lateral tufts of long hairs on apical

segments 11. Trygodes.

12. Forewings with 11 anastomosing very shortly, well

before origin of 7 13. Ptochophyle.

Forewings with 11 anastomosing for some distance

beyond origin of 7 14. Gnamptoloma.

13. Forewings with areole double 15. Organopoda.

Forewings with areole single 14.

14. Posterior tibiae of J extremely short and densely

tufted with long hairs, first joint of tarsi

immensely elongate 16. Brachycola.

Posterior tibiae and tarsi of ^ not so 15.

15. Posterior tibiae of ^ without middle spurs l(i.

Posterior tibiae of J with one or two middle spurs 17.

638 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

16. Posterior femora of J* with a dense hair-tuft 17. Perixera.

Posterior femora of ^ smooth IS. Anisodes.

17. Posterior tibipe of S with a single middle spur 19. Pisoraca.

Posterior tibiae of S' with all spurs present 20. Dizuga.

Gen. 1. Mnesterodes.

Ifnesterodes MejT., Trans. Ent. 8oc. 1889, p. 483.

Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrect, or slightly ascend- ing. Antennae in ^ serrate, ciliated. Posterior legs in ^ rudimentary, tibiae moderately thickened towards apex, tarsi subaborted, posterior tibiae in 5 without middle spurs. Fore- wings in (J without scales on dorsal part of disc beneath; 3 and 4 separate, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing with their common stalk. Hindwings with termen incised at tornus in both sexes, but more deeply in (J; in ^ with a pencil of long hairs from base of costa above, a central oval glandular swelling, and no scales on central portion of disc on uppersurface; 3 and 4 widely separate at base, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

A development of Eois. The hindlegs of ^ are intermediate between the two sections of that genus. The characters given are those of the type; further discoveries ma}' lead to their extension.

I.MnESTERODES TRYPHEROPA.f

g. Mnesterodes trypheropa Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p.483. 9. Ptychopoda angustipennis Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 223.

(J. 12-13 mm. Head whitish-ochreous: face and palpi fus- cous. Antennae whitish-ochreous; in ^ serrate with short ciliations (|). Thorax and abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair fuscous; posterior tarsi of ^ i length of tibia. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen long, bowed, oblique, dorsum short; whitish-ochreous; a small discal dot, and a broad ill-defined sub- terminal fascia fuscous; cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with

* fj.v€crTi]pa)Br]s, like a wooer. t Tpv(pepa>Tros^ of delicate appearance.

BY A. .1. TUHNKK. G.i9

termen first rounded, then deeply incised at tornus; a dense pencil of long ochreous hairs from base of costa; disc scaleless, with silvery lustre; a large oval central glandular swelling best seen beneath, concealed by tuft on upper surface; a pale fuscous terminal band; cilia pale fuscous.

9. 12 mm. Forewings moie elongate, dorsum longer relatively to termen; a pale fuscous antemedian line at ^ outwardly curved; a fine, straight, slightly wavy median line; subterminal fascia very distinct. Hindwings slightly incised at tornus; a fine ante- median line; a broad fascia near but not touching termen; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuranda, Townsville; in December, March, April, and June; six specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

Gen. 2. X enocentris. Xenocentris Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 484.

Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrect, or slightly ascend- ing. Antennae in $ simple or slightly serrate, with moderate ciliations or with long cilia in fascicles. Middle legs of $ with tibife normal or shortened, spurs well-developed, inner spur longer, sometimes abnormally large, tibise and basal tarsal joints clothed with long hair; posterior tibiae in ^ without spurs, tarsi distorted, tapering to a point or ending in a large obtuse club; posterior tibiae in 9 without middle spurs. Forewings with 3 and 4 separate, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing with their common stalk. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked; in ^ dorsal area sometimes densely clothed with hairy scales.

Type ^Y. rhipidura Meyr., from New Guinea.

Also a development from Eois, originating from Sect. i. of that genus. There is considerable specific variation both in the antennal ciliations of the ^ and in the middle tibiae and tarsi of the (J, which latter distinguish the genus from Eois. Xenocentris is probably a genus of considerable extent in the Papuan sub- region. X. epipasta is the least modified species.

640 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV,,

1. Posterior tarsi in J' ending in an obtuse club 2.

Posterior tarsi in ^ tapering to a point. .„ 3.

2. Hindwings oblong, with strongly bowed termen, wings

reddish 2. dafiypus.

Hindwings not oblong, termen rounded, wings whitish. 3. rhopalopus.

3. Wings reddish. 4.

Wings whitish 5.

4. Fore tibiae of J' densely hairy 4. crinipes.

Fore tibia? of <^ smooth 5. catacoma.

5. Forewings with a broad median dark grey fascia 6. fasciata.

Forewings without median fascia 6.

(j. Middle tibias and first four tarsal joints in (^ clothed with

very long dense hairs 7. pilosata.

Middle tibiae and first joint of tarsi in <^ moderately

hairy 8. epipasta.

Section i. Posterior tarsi of ^ forming a large obtuse club.

2. Xenocentris dasypcs,'" n.sp.

(J. 18 mm. Head whitish; face fuscous. Palpi ochreous. Antenna whitish; in ^ shortly and evenly ciliated (|). Thorax and abdomen pale pinkish-grey. Legs ochreous; middle tibiae in (J moderately long, clothed with dense long hairs externall}^, outer spur well developed, inner spur twice as long as outer, basal tarsal joint elongate and clothed with long hairs externally; posterior tibiae and tarsi in $ short and much dilated, forming an obtuse club. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, oblique; pale pinkish; markings pale fuscous, very indistinct; indications of fine antemedian, median, and postmedian lines; cilia pinkish- white. Hindwings diamond-shaped, strongl}'- bowed and very prominent on vein 5; colour and markings as forewings.

The peculiarly shaped hindwings should make this species easy of recognition.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in April; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

* bacTVTvovSi hairy-footed.

BY A. J. TUKNEIt. 641

3. Xenocentris rhopalopus,* n.sp.

(J. 15-lGmm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Face fuscous; palpi fuscous-whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in (J with moderate ciliations (1). Legs whitish-ochreous; middle tibi?e and first tarsal joints in ^ clothed with long hairs (damaged in my examples); posterior tibiae and tarsi forming a large obtuse club, broadest near extremity, with a large tuft of expansile hairs on its inner aspect. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bov/ed, oblique; ochreous- whitish with fuscous irroration and markings; antemedian line from ^ costa bent inwards at a right angle in disc, and again at a right angle to end in J dorsum; a median line from midcosta to I dorsum; postmedian, subterminal, and submarginal lines faintly indicated; an interrupted fuscous terminal line; cilia ochreous-whitish with fuscous irroration. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Townsville; in November; two specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

Section ii. Posterior tarsi of ^ tapering to a point.

4. Xenocentris crinipes. Ftycliopoda crinipes Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 224.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Cooktown. I have no examples of this species.

5. Xenocentris catacoma,! n sp.

(^9- 1^*1*^ iiiJ^- Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with pinkish. Face dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous. Antenna? whitish; in ^ with tufts of long cilia (4). Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair slightly infuscated; middle tibiae in ^ very short, fringed with long hairs internally, outer spur slender, longer than

* poTzakoTzov^^ club-footed. t<araKo//of, with luxuriant hair.

642 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

tibia, inner spur twice as long and immensely dilated, first and second tarsal joints much elongate and fringed with long hairs internally, second tarsal joint with long hairs internally; }30Sterior tibiae in $ short and flattened, tarsus ploughshare- shaped, joints not discernible. Fore wings triangular, costa straight except near base and apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique: pale pinkish; markings fuscous; traces of an antemedian line; an obscure discal dot, closely followed by a very fine denti- culate line from |^ costa to middorsum; subterminal represented b}'^ a series of dark fuscous dots on veins; an interrupted grey terminal line; cilia pale pinkish. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

The structure of the legs and antennas appears to closely resemble that of X. rhijndura Meyr., but it has not the enlarged genital tufts of that species.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in May and July; three specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

6. Xenocentris fasciata.

Xenocentris fasciata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p. 245. Type in Coll. Rothschild. Q.: Rockhampton. I have no example of this species.

7. Xesocentris pilosata.

Ptychopoda pilosata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p.21.

Eois osuopus Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1902, p. 249.

(J9. 14-16 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Face and palpi fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in ^ with moderate ciliations ( 1 ). Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair slightly infuscated; in g with middle tibiae clothed with veiy long dense hairs above, outer spur moderate, inner spur very long (2), first tarsal joint elongate, and together with second, third, and fourth joints clothed with dense hairs above, those on first joint very long, shortening to fourth joint; posterior legs in (J rudimentary, tarsi moderately long (§), rather short at base,

BY A. J. TURNER. 643

tapering to apex, witli a large expansile tuft of purplish hairs internally. Fore wings triangular, costa gently arched, more strongly so towards apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish; a fuscous suffusion on basal half of costa; a fine antemedian line at ^, sometimes obsolete; a median diseal dot; a fine, slightly wavy postraedian line at §, sometimes obso- lete; subterminal and submarginal lines faintly indicated; cilia whitisli-ochreous, sometimes with indications of fuscous Vjasal dots. Hindwings with termen rounded; in ^ dorsal area beneath densely clothed with long scales.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Ab.a. With conspicuous fuscous subterminal and submarginal lines on both wings. One male from Kuranda, agreeing struc- turally with the typical form.

N.Q.: Cooktown, Cairns, Kuranda, Townsville; in June, Sep- tember, February, and March.

8. Xenocentris epipasta,*' n.sp.

(J9. 16-19 mm. Head ochreous-whitish; face and palpi fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in g slightly serrate, with moderate ciliations (1). Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish with a few scattered dark fuscous scales. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair somewhat infuscated; in ^ with middle tibiae normally developed, clothed with rather long hairs above, spurs rather large, inner spur 1 J, first tarsal joint elongate and clothed with rather long hairs above; posterior legs in ^ rudimentary, tarsi rather long (|), moderately slender, acute, clothed with long hairs. Forewings triangular, costa gentl}^ arched, more strongly so towards apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous- whitish with dark fuscous markings and sparsel}^ scattered scales; antemedian line obsolete, represented b}' a dot on costa at |; a median diseal dot: postmedian line from A costa to | dorsum, sometimes well-marked, sometimes obsolete except at extremities; subterminal and submarginal lines sometimes faintly indicated;

* €7rnra<rT0St besprinkled, irrorated.

644 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

cilia ochreous-whitish with a basal series of dark fuscous dots opposite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded; in ^ dorsal area beneath densely clothed with hair}'^ scales; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in July, August, and October. — Q.: Nambour, Brisbane; in December and February.

Gen. 3. E o i s.

Bois Hb., Verz. p.308; Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 86. Ptychopoda Steph., 111. Brit. Ent. iii. p. 305.

Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrect, or slightly ascend- ing. Antennae in g ciliated. Posterior tibite and tarsi in ^ slender and rudimentary, or more or less dilated and distorted; posterior tibije in O without middle spurs. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing with their common stalk, forming a single areole. Hindwings with vein 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

A large and cosmopolitan genus. In the Australian species 6 and 7 of hindwings are always stalked; according to Meyrick they are rarely separate in exotic species. The Australian species may be readily separated into two sections according to the structure of the hindlegs of the ^, but it must not be sup- posed that these would form tenable genera. In the following table, which is based on characters only found in the ^ — and I am convinced that this is the only scientific method of studying this genus — the following species are unavoidably omitted : £J. alopecodes M.eyr., iodesma Meyr., plumboscriptai'ia Christ., jwly- gramma Low., stenozona Low.

1. ^ with posterior tibicB more or less dilated and distorted 2. (^ with posterior tibiae slender, abbreviated 7 .

2. (^ with tarsi dilated and distorted 3.

^ with tarsi slender 5.

3. Forewings with pale ochreous transverse lines 10. coercita.

Forewings without ochreous lines . 4.

4. Wings reddish-grey 9. costaria.

Wings whitish 12. eretmopvs.

BY A. J. TURNER. 645

-5. Wings dark greenish \]. lipurota.

Wings whitish 6.

6. Cilia with basal dark fuscous dots 13. elaphrodes.

Cilia without dark fuscous dots 14. dolichopis.

7. Wings with fuscous and orange (or ferruginous) lines... S. Wings without orange (or ferruginous) markings 9.

8. Forewings with postmedian line showing an acute pro-

jection above middle 15, ferrilinea.

Postmedian line of forewings without acute projection.. 16. detima.

■9. Wings pinkish- or reddish-tinged 10.

Wings whitish without reddish tinge 12.

10. Forewings with a whitish costal streak ... \'J. alhicostafa,

Forewings without whitish costal streak 11.

11. Wings with fuscous lines or dots 18. hahnaeata.

Wrings without fuscous markings 19. i<cintillans.

12. Wings with transverse lines pale ochreous 20. fitcosa.

Wings with transverse lines fuscous or grey... 13.

1 3. Forewings with a whitish costal streak 14.

Forewings without costal streak 15.

14. Forewings with costal edge reddish 21. prohleta.

Forewings with costal edge not reddish 22. nephelota.

15. Forewings with median line obsolete 23. pseliota.

Forewings with median line distinct 16.

16. Forewings with distinct discal dot 24. pachydetis.

Forewings without discal dot 25. philocosma.

Section i. Hind tibica of ^ more or less dilated and distorted (Ptychopoda).

9. EOIS COSTARIA.

Acidalia costaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxvi. p. 16 10. Acidalia isornorpha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p.845. Very similar to E. albicostata, but slightly larger, more pinkish, with less purple-grey tinge. The fillet is fuscous, nearly as dark as the face, and this is a good point of distinction from albicostata, which has the fillet white or whitish. The males of the two species are easily distinguished. Both have a wide range of dis- tribution. Walker's type is a female, and without subjecting it to critical examination I cannot of course be sure whether, as Sir Geo. Hampson suggests, it actually is the same as isomorpha Meyr., and not albicostata Wlk.

646 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

Q.: Brisbane, Toowoomba — Vic: Gisborne — Tasm.: Hobart — S.A.: Mt. Lofty.

10. EOIS COERCITA.

9. Acidalia coercita Luc, Proc Roy. Soc Queensland, 1899, p. 140. (J. 19-20 mm. Head fuscous, fillet whitish; face dark fuscous. Palpi ochreous-fuscous. Antennae grey, towards base whitish; ciliations 1. Thorax and abdomen pale gre}^ Legs grey; posterior tibise broad and flattened; tarsi broadly ploughshare- shaped, with a large pencil of expansile whitish hairs from inner side of base. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly sinuate, strongly oblique; uniform pale grey; with three slender whitish-ochreous transverse lines edged posteriorly with darker grey, sometimes scarcely traceable; antemedian sinuate, from J costa to J dorsum; median bowed slightly outwards in middle, from midcosta to § dorsum; third somewhat dentate, from ^ costa to tornus; a grey terminal line; cilia grey. Hind wings with termen strongly sinuate; tornus thickened with scales beneath; colour and mark- ings as forewings, but without basal line.

9. 18-20 mm. Head reddish-fuscous, fillet whitish; face and palpi reddish-fuscous. Antennae grey, towards base whitish. Thorax and abdomen pale grey. Legs whitish; anterior and middle pairs with some reddish suffusion. Forewings elongate- triangular, costa moderately arched towards apex, apex round- pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; grey-whitish faintly purplish- tinged; costa dull purple-reddish; three well marked whitish- ochreous transverse lines edged posteriorly with grey, correspond- ing in form and situation to those of $; a purple-grey terminal line; cilia reddish. Hindwings with termen evenly bowed; colour and markings as forewings.

The 9 is an elegant insect; though superficially so dissimilar to the (J, I believe both sexes belong to the same species.

Type in Coll. Lucas.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in April (Dodd) — Q.: Brisbane; in October, November, and April; in all, four specimens of each sex.

BY A, J. TURNER. Q4'J

11. EOIS LIPAROTA,* n.sp.

^. 18 mm. Head whitish; face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae grey, towards base whitish; ciliations in (J 1. Thorax and abdomen greenish-grey, smooth and shiny. Legs dark grey; posterior pair in ^ aborted, closely appressed to abdomen, femora and tibiae dilated and flattened, tarsi slender, abbreviated (^). Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa straight, slightly arched towards apex, apex round-pointed, termen scarcely bowed, oblique; dull greenish-grey with shining reflections; markings whitish-ochreous; a line from ^ costa to J dorsum; an elongate subcostal mark before this; a triangular subcostal spot at J; a line from midcosta to | dorsum, slightly bent outwards in disc; an irregularly wavy subterminal line; a series of terminal spots, best marked towards apex; cilia grey. Hind wings with termen rounded; in $ with tornus slightly projecting and thickened with dense scales beneath; colour and markings as forewings.

A very distinct species, its nearest Australian ally being £J. coercita.

Type in Coll. Turner. ^

N.Q.: Kuranda; in March; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

12. Eois ERETMOPUS,t n.sp.

(JQ. 15-18 mm. Head pale fuscous; fillet whitish, face blackish. Palpi whitish-ochreous. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in $ filiform, ciliations f. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair infuscated; posterior tibise in g short and stout, with a large dense tuft of very long hairs spring- ing from inner side of base; posterior tarsi in $ broadly flattened and paddle-shaped. Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique; whitish, towards costa ochreous-whitish; first line obsolete or indicated by two or three blackish dots on veins; median and posterior lines faintly marked, more or less dotted with black on veins; a waved whitish

* XinapoTos, sleek, shining, f epeTfioTTovSf paddle-footed. 52

U i. I S R A R Y

648 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

subterminal line; a broadly interrupted blackish terminal line; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings, but basal line absent, and median and posterior lines nearer base.

Closely similar to E. philocosma Meyr., but readily distin- guished by the extraordinary posterior legs of the male.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, and Toowoomba; f rom February to April, and in November; nine specimens.

13. EOIS ELAPHRODES,* n.Sp.

(J9. 13-15 mm. Head fuscous-whitish; fillet whitish; face dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous. Antennse ochreous-whitish; ciliations in (J 1. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish with a few fuscous scales. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair slightly infuscated; posterior pair in $ with tibiae moderately long, clothed with hairs above, ending in an apical tuft, with a pencil of long hairs from inner side of base; posterior tarsi slender, moder- ately long (J). Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish with a few scattered fuscous scales; lines pale fuscous; a dark fuscous discal dot beyond middle; antemedian line from J costa to J dorsum, outwardly curved; a sinuate median line from J costa to mid- dorsum; a finely dentate postmedian line from f costa to f dorsum; faintly suffused subterminal and submarginal lines; cilia whitish with a basal series of dark fuscous dots. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

The terminal dots are situated in the cilia in this species.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda; in August and October; five specimens.

14. Eois DOLiCHOPiSjt n.sp.

(J 9. 22-29 mm. Head pale fuscous; fillet whitish; face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae whitish; in ^ serrate towards

* iXa<f)pa>dr)Sj of light appearance. t do\ixa>7ris, appearing long.

BY A. J. TURNER. 649

apex, ciliations 1. Thorax and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair mixed with dark fuscous; posterior tibiae in ^ well developed, broad, laterally compressed, rough-scaled, without spurs; posterior tibiae in 9 with middle spurs wanting; posterior tarsi in ^ very short, i. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, termen bowed, very oblique; ochreous-whitish, with pale greyish lines; basal line and discal dot obsolete; median very oblique from middle of inner margin, obsolete towards x;osta; postmedian line from costa at |- to inner margin at |^, dotted with fuscous on veins; subterminal and submarginal cloudy; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with termen sinuate; 6 and 7 stalked; colour and markings as forewings.

The largest Australian species. Of ordinary facies, distin- guishable by the shape of the fore- and hindwings, but the hind tibiae of the male are of the form characteristic of several of the genus Leptomeris.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q,: Bundaberg, Brisbane; three specimens in April.

Section ii. Hind tibice and tarsi of ^ slender, abbreviated (Eois).

15. Eois ferrilinea. Eois f err ilinea Warr., Nov. Zool. 1900, p. 106.

My specimen is in poor condition, but agrees with the type in Coll. Rothschild, with which it has been compared.

Q.: Duaringa; Stanthorpe, in January, one specimen.

16. Eois cletima,* n.sp.

^^. 12-15 mm. Head and thorax whitish, faintly tinged with reddish-orange, with a few blackish scales; face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, in 9 sometimes fuscous except towards base; in ^ serrated, ciliations J. Abdomen whitish mixed with fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior pair infuscated; in

* KXrjTifxos, worth choosing.

650 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIl^OPTERA, IV.,

(J posterior pair minute, tarsi slender. ^J; in 9 posterior tibia> without middle spurs. Forewings with eosta slightly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique; whitish, faintly tinged with reddish orange and irrorated with fuscous and dark fuscous, some scales showing dull metallic reflections; costa fuscous except shortly before apex: an outwardly curved, somewhat dentate, dark fuscous, basal line from costa at i to inner margin at J: a reddish-orange median line irrorated with dark fuscous, especially towards costa: followed by a circular dark fuscous discal spot; postmedian line slightly outwardly curved, somewhat dentate, from costa at § to inner margin at J: followed by two dark fuscous blotches in disc representing subterminal: sub- marginal represented by a grey suffusion; cilia with basal half reddish-ochreous-whitish barred with dark fuscous, terminal half grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

A variable species as regards the degree of fuscous irroration.

Type ill Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Towns ville; four specimens in April, May, and July; my three finest examples of this delicate and beautiful species I owe to Mr. F. P. Dodd — Q.: Brisbane, in December: one female specimen with the orange markings mostly obsolete.

17. EOIS ALBICOSTATA.

Acidalia albicosfata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 7 79; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.844.

Type in British Museum.

Q.: Duaringa, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Toowoomba, Stan- thorpe — X. S.W.: Glen Innes, Sydney, Bathurst, Mt. Kosciusko — Tasm.: Launceston, Deloraine. Also from Xew Guinea (Meyrick).

18. EoiS HALMAEA.

Acidalia hahnaea Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p.846.

This species shows considerable variability, and I at one time

divided it into two. The termen of forewings is sometimes

BY A. J. TURNER. '>51

slightly sinuate beneath apex. The wings vary in the degree of reddish suffusion, and the forewings in the presence or a])sence of suffused greyish blotches on termen and tornus. An occasional variety has a broad median grey band across both wings.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

Q.: Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba— N.S.W.: Sydney, Bulli,Kiama -Vic: Gisborne— Tasm.: George's Bay.

19. EOIS SCINTILLANS.

Ptychopoda scintillans Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p. 2 43.

I have no example of this species, but have examined the type in Coll. Rothschild. It is a male with minute hind legs, which appear to have been overlooked by its describer, as they are stated to be absent.

Q.: Duaringa; in September.

20. EoiS FUCOSA.

Eoisfncosa Warr., Nov. Zool. 1900, p. 106.

(J. 13-14 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in ^ serrate and ciliated in tufts, ciliations 2 J. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair infuscated; posterior tibiae in $ very small, not dilated; posterior tarsi in $ 1. Forewings withcosta moderately arched towards apex, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, with six wavy transverse pale ochreous lines; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hind wings with hindmargin rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

A small, delicate, and inconspicuous species, but very distinct in the pale rippled ochreous markings, absence of fuscous scales, and antennae of male.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Cairns and TowiisviJle; in March, May, June, and August; six specimens. — Q.: Rockhampton (Warren).

652 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

21. EOIS PROBLETA,* II. Sp.

(J. 21 mm. Head ochreous- whitish; face dark fuscous. Palpi ochreous-wliitisli mixed with dark fuscous. Antennae ochreous- whitish; in ^ with moderate ciliations (l^^). Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair fuscous; posterior pair in ^ minute, tibite very small and slender, tarsi -i, slender. Forewings triangular, costa with basal half nearly straight, then strong]}^ arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish suffused with pale grey; an ochreous-whitish costal streak from base nearly to apex; costal edge reddish; a fuscous dot on median and another on dorsum at ;^, representing antemedian line; traces of a median line; postmedian represented by a series of minute fuscous dots on veins, from | costa to | dorsum, sinuate; suffused wavy greyish subterminal and submarginal lines; a grey terminal line interrupted on veins; cilia whitish with some obscure basal greyish dots. Hindwings with termen rounded, strongly pro- jecting between veins 2 and 5; colour and markings as forewings, but antemedian and postmedian faintly indicated by grey lines.

Nearest U. iiephehta, from which it is best distinguished by the reddish costal edge of forewings, and the form of termen of hindwings.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

Vic: Lome; in February; one specimen (Mr. G. Lyell).

22. Eois NEPHELOTA,t n.sp.

(J^. 17-18 mm. Head fuscous, fillet ochreous-whitish, face blackish. Palpi ochreous-fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair irrorated with fuscous; posterior tibise in ^ minute, tarsi J. Forewings with costa straight, posteriori}^ somewhat arched, hindmargin slightly bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish, partly

* irpo^\T]Tos, projecting; in allusion to the hindwings. t v€(f)€\a)Tos, cloudy.

BY A. J. TURNEK. 653

suffused with purplish-grey; a whitish streak along costa; basal line obsolete; median distinct, fine, grey, acutely dentate, from near costa at f to middle of dorsum; posterior line represented by a series of dark fuscous dots; subterminal broad, cloudy, purplish-grey, anteriorly ill-defined, posteriorly dentate, sharply edged by a fine ochreous-whitish line; a fine interrupted blackish hindmarginal line; cilia whitish. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

Vic: Gisborne, in January and February; two specimens.

23. EOIS PSELIOTA.*

Acidalia pseliota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p 848.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

Q.: Brisbane; in October; one specimen — Vic: Melbourne; Gisborne, in November, one specimen (Mr. G. Lyell).

24. EoiS PACHYDETIS.f

Acidalia pachydetis Meyr., ProcLinn.SocN. S.Wales, 1887, p. 847. Type in Coll. Meyrick. W.A.: Perth.

25. EoiS PHILOCOSMA.;

Acidalia philocosma Meyr., ProcLinn.SocN. S.Wales, 1887, p. 845. Ftychopoda punctatissima Warr., Nov. Zool. 1901, p. 25.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.Q. : Townsville — Q. : Brisbane, Strad broke Island, Toowoomba, W^arwick — N.S.W.: Tenterfield, Ben Lomond, Sydney, Katoomba — Vic: Melbourne, Gisborne, Birchip — Tasm.: George's Bay.

* yJAeXicoTos, wearing a bracelet.

t Traxvberis, thickly ^bound or bordered.

+ <f>i\oKO(TiJOs, fond of ornament.

654 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN lEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

Species of ivhich the ^ is uiuUscrihed.

26. EOIS PLUMBOSCRIPTARIA.*

Acidalia plumhoscriptaria Christ., Bull. Mosc. 18S0 (2), p.-ii. Eois plumhoscriptaria Meyr., Traus. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 376.

N.A.: Port Darwin; one imperfect specimen in Coll. Lyell. — Q.: Duaringa (Meyrick).

Eois iodesma Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 376.

This species is unknown to me.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

Q.: Brisbane {loc. cit.^, but probably the exact locality is Southport.

28. EoiS ALOPECODES.f

Acidnlia alopecodes Meyr., Proc.Liun. Soc. N.S.Wales,1887, p. 846.

Type in Coll. Meyrick. W.A.: Geraldtou.

29. EoiS POLYGRAMMA.

Eois polygramma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1902, p. 249.

9. Fillet white. Thorax and abdomen white. Forewings white, with a few scattered dark fuscous scales towards base, and five dentate or wavy ochreous-grey transverse lines; an inter- rupted grey line close to termen; cilia whitish. Hind wings with colour and markings as forewings, but without basal line.

Type in Coll. Lower.

N.Q.: Cook town (Lower).

30. Eois stenozona. Eois stenozona Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1902, p. 248.

Face blackish. Head, antennae, thorax, and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Forewings ochreous-whitish sparsely irrorated with

* Plumbum, lead; scriptus, written, lined. t dXco-fKcodijs, like a fox, foxy-red.

BY A. J. TURNER. 655

dark fuscous; a well marked dark fuscous, dentate, postmedian line from f costa to | dorsum. Hind wings with similar colora- tion and postmedian line.

Type in Coll. Lower.

N.S.W.: Broken Hill (Lower).

Gen. 4. L e p t o m e k i s.

Leplomeris Hb., Verz. p.310; Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p.89. Craspedia Hb., Verz. p.3r2; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 426.

Face smooth. Palpi obliquely ascending, moderate or rather short, second joint closely appressed to or sometimes slightly exceeding frons, terminal joint minute. Antennae in ^ serrate, shortly laminate or simple, with moderate or rather long cilia- tions. Posterior tibiae in ^ without spurs, often dilated, in 9 with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in ^ more or less abbre- viated. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing shortly with their common stalk, forming a single areole. Hind wings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 short-stalked or separate.

The species are numerous, most of them very similar, and require careful discrimination. Special attention should be paid to the structure of the hindlegs of the (J, which in many instances is the most valuable distinguishing character. The Australian species fall naturally into two sections, of which the first contains the great majority.

The following species are unavoidably omitted from the tabulation, and must be consulted separately: L despoliata Wlk., didyiuosema Low., hypocallista Low., tetrasticha Low., ca!<tissinia Warr.

1. Posterior tibiae of ^ more or less dilated 2.

Posterior tibiae of <^ slender 19.

2. Posterior tarsi of (^ more than ^ tibiae 3.

Posterior tarsi of J' less than ^ tibiae 8.

3. Face ochreous- whitish or ochreous-greyish \M. lydia.

Face ferruginous-whitish 32. neoxesta.

Face dark fuscous or blackish 4.

656 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

4. Cilia iiTorated with dark fuscous 5.

Cilia not irrorated with dark fuscous 6.

5. Posterior tarsi of J^ nearly as long as tibiie , 33. hypochra.

Posterior tarsi of (? § tibia? S4:, axiotis.

6. Termen of hindwings angulated in middle 35. perlata.

Termen of hindwings rounded 7.

7. Termen of f orewings strongly oblique 36. lechrioloma,

Termen of f orewings only moderately oblique 37. liotif^.

8. Forewings grey with slender, acutely dentate postmedian

line 38. desita.

Postmedian line of forewings without long acute denta- tions 9.

9. Wings ochreous-reddish 39. ruhraria.

Wings whitish or ochreous- whitish 10.

10. Posterior tarsi of ^ about J 11.

Posterior tarsi of J* ^ or less „... 16.

11. Face brownish-ochreous iO. chloristis.

Face dark fuscous or blackish 12.

12. Wings with ground-colour whitish A\. aleuritis.

Wings with ground-colour ochreous-whitish or grey- whitish , 13.

13. Postmedian line of both wings marked with blackish

dots 42. sublinearia.

Postmedian line without blackish dots 14.

14. Wings greyish with many scattered blackish scales 43. prosoeca.

Wings whitish or ochreous-whitish with few blackish

scales 15.

15. Termen of hindwings strongly bowed, with slight

median projection 44. recessata.

Termen of hindwings rounded , 45. coenona.

16. Termen of hindwings with median tooth 46. nictata.

Termen of hindwings rounded 17-

17. Cilia with two distinct dark lines 47. oppilata.

Cilia without two dark lines 18.

18. Posterior tibise of ^ more strongly dilated in basal

half, with two tassels at base 48. thysanopus.

Posterior tibige of ^ more strongly dilated in distal

half, without tassels 49. optivata.

19. Wings ochreous whitish 50^ ccesaria.

Wings with ground-colour pure white 51. innoceiis.

BY A. J. TURNER. 657

Section i. Posterior tibice of ^ more or less dilated, 31. Leptomeris lydia.

Idcea lydia Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 435 : Idma je!<sica Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p.436 : Acidalia lydia Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p.851.

Type in British Museum.

Q.: Peak Downs, Duaringa, Brisbane, Dalby, Warwick, Miles, Cunnamulla — N. S.W.: Sydney, Broken Hill — Vic: Melbourne — S.A.: Mt. Lofty — W.A.: Geraldton, Carnarvon.

32. Leptomeris neoxesta.

Acidalia neoxesta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 850. Type in Coll. Meyrick. This species is unknown to me.

Q.: Duaringa,

33. Leptomeris hypochra.

Acidalia hypochra Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 848.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.Q.: Thursday I., Cooktown, Kuranda, Townsville, Ravens- wood — Q.: Duaringa, Narabour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Southport— N.S.W.: Sydney— S. A.: Mt. Lofty.

34. Leptomeris axiotis.

Acidalia axiotis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p.855.

This species is unknown to me. The localities were accidentally omitted in Mr. Meyrick's paper, but he has given me leave to publish them.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

W.A.: York, Geraldton,

35. Leptomeris perlata.

Acidalia perlata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii., p. 776; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 860. The only species likely to be confused with this is L. recessat((, which differs in the slighter median prominence of hind wings,

658 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

paler ground-colour, less oblique median line of forewings, and especially in the shorter posterior tarsi of the male.

Type in British Museum.

Q.: Nambour, Mt. Tambourine, Bunja Mountains — N.S. VV.: Sydney, Kiama, Jenolan — Vic.:Gisborne — Tasm.: Mt. Wellington.

36. Leptomeris lechrioloma,"^ n.sp.

(;J. 18-19 mm. Head pale fuscous; fillet broadly white; face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae white; in ^ very shortly laminate, with rather long cilia (2). Thorax and abdomen whitish. Legs vvhitish, anterior and middle pairs more or less suffused with pale fuscous; posterior tibiae in g slight, dilated towards apex, with a fine pencil of long hairs from inner side of base, tarsi |. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, strongly oblique; white, with a very few scattered fuscous scales; a blackish median discal dot; lines very pale fuscous; antemedian line obsolete; median, post- median, subterminal, and submarginal lines straight, parallel to termen; a terminal series of blackish dots; cilia white. Hind- wings with termen gently rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in August and October; three specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

37. Leptomeris liotis.

Acidalia compensata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. 777, 2)^'(^occ. ibid. xxii. 724; Acidalia liotis Meji\, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887,p.854.

Type in British Museum.

N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko— Vic: Mt. Hotham (Drake). Accord- ing to Walker, also from Tasmania.

* XfxP'o^f^^of, with oblique edge.

by a. j. turner. 659

38. Leptomeris desita.

Tephrosia desita Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxi. p.42l; Acidalia desita Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p.850; Acidalia vibrata Luc, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1899, p. 141.

Type in British Museum.

N.Q.: Cairns, Kuranda — Q : Duaringa, Nambour, Brisbane, Toowoomba — N.S.W.: Sydney.

39. Leptomeris rubraria.

Ptychopoda r ubr aj'ia Dh\d., DieK N.Z. ii. p.286; Acidalia figli- 7iaria Gn., Lep. ix. p. 454, pl.xii. f.8; Acidalia repletaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 778; Acidalia attributa Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 779; Fidonia (?) acidaliaria AVlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiv. p. 1037; Acidalia rubraria Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.852.

Q.: Peak Downs, Duaringa, Nambour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Isld., Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba, Nanango, Stanthorpe, Ada- vale — N.S.W.: Tenterfield, Ben Lomond, Glen Innes, Sydney, Katoomba, Bathurst, Moruya — Vic: Sale, Melbourne, Spring- vale — Tasm.: Launceston, George's Bay, Hobart — S.A.: Mt. Lofty, Pt. Lincoln — W.A.: Albany. Abundant everywhere. Also from Norfolk Island and New Zealand.

40. Leptomeris chloristis. Acidalia chloristis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales,1887,p.849. Type in Coll. Lucas. This species is unknown to me. Queensland; exact locality unknown.

41. Leptomeris aleuritis,*- n.sp.

(J9- 18-20 mm. Head ochreous-fuscous; fillet white; face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae whitish; in $ simple, ciliations 1. Thorax and abdomen white. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair pale fuscous; posterior tibiae in ^ evenly dilated, smooth-

* oKevpiTis.

660 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTEKA, IV.,

scaled, hairy on upper surface posteriorly; posterior tarsi in ^ f. Fore wings with costa slightly arched near apex, termen bowed, slightly oblique; whitish without ochreous tinge, with a very few scattered fuscous scales; lines pale ochreous-grey; postmedian and median line sometimes scarcely indicated; a blackish discal dot; postmedian line fine, denticulate, outwardly curved, from costa at 4 to dorsum at |; subterminal and submarginal some- times obsolete; a series of blackish terminal dots; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; 6 and 7 connate; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Geraldton and Townsville; in February, April, and May; eight specimens.

42. Leptomeris sublinearia.

Acidalia sublineariaWlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxv, p.l632; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.858.

The win^s vary from grey-whitish to grey.

Type in British Museum.

N.Q.: Cairns, Atherton, Townsville — Q.: Duaringa, Brisbane, Stradbroke Isld., Toowoomba — W.A.: Geraldton.

43. Leptomeris prosoeca, u.sp.

(J9. 20-25 mm. Head fuscous-whitish; fillet whitish; face and palpi blackish. Antennse whitish; ciliations in ^J IJ. Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish, with a few scattered black scales. Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish; posterior tibii^ in ^ much dilated, rough-scaled on upper edge, tarsi |. Forewings trian- gular, termen bowed; grey-whitish with sparsely scattered black scales; lines grey; antemedian line nearly obsolete; median usually distinct, suffused, oblique, from | costa to mid-dorsum; preceded by a blackish discal dot; postmedian tine, denticulate, from I costa to f dorsum; subterminal and submarginal faint, closely parallel; a series of fine terminal black dots between veins; cilia grey-whitish, towards base more or less irrorated with black scales. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings

IJV A. J. TUJlNFJl. OGl

as forowiri^s, hut iu\U',u\(',(\\iu\ lino ohsoloU-,, and riif!fli?i,ri lino precedirif; discal dot.

Clos(;Iy allied to L. opticata Wlk., from whioli it may bf; dis- tinguisho(J hy the moro ^rfiyiHh colourinj^ and tlio black dots on cilia, together with the relatively longer tarsi of ^.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Townsville; in April, May, Jurif!, and July; five bred specimens and others received from Mr, F. P. Dodd.

44. LkI'TOMKIIIS ItKCKSSATA.

Acidal/ia recenHata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 777; nee Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.85G.

(J9. 21-2G mm. Head fuscous-whitish; fillet white; face and palpi flark fuscous. Antenna; wliitish; eiliations in ^ 1^. Thorax and abdomen wliitish, with a vf.ry ff;w blackish scales. Legs whitish; anterior pair pale fuscotis; posterior tarsi of $ ^. Forewings triangular, costa straight for j§, then bowed to apex, apex round-pointed, termen Vjowed, oblique; whitisli with a few scattered blackish scales; lines grey or pale fuscous; antemedian line oblique, from J dorsum, not reaching costa, sometimes obsolete; a blackish median discal dot; median line slightly out- wardly curved, wavy, from | costa to mid-dorsum; postmedian line dentate from 1 costa to ^ dorsum; subterminal and sub- marginal similar but less distinct; a terminal series of black dots; cilia whitish, rarely with a few blackish scales. Hind wings with termen strongly bowed and with an angle, or slightly projecting, on vein 4; colour and lines as forewings, but without Vjasal line, and with discal dot on or just before or after median line.

The longer posterior tarsi of the g and the angulated hind- wings distinguish this from L. optivata, but the posterior tarsi are much shorter and the angulation less marked than in perlata. I think this species, which corresponds to Walker's type in the British Museum, was unknown to Mr. Meyrick.

N.Q.: Thursday Island, Kuranda, Geraldton, Townsville— Q.: Stradbroke Island, Mount Tambourine, Toowoomba.

662 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

45. Leptomeris coenona, n.sp.

(J. 20 mm. Head pale fuscous; fillet whitish; face blackish. Palpi blackish, anterior edge whitish. Thorax and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteriorly; posterior tibiae of J" somewhat elongate, slightly dilated, flattened and twisted, with a pencil of long hairs from base, and a tuft of hairs on outer side of apex; tarsi 4. Forewings ochreous-whitish with a very few scattered black scales; lines pale grey; a faint antemedian line; a minute black discal dot; a faint median line from I costa to mid-dorsum; a finely denticulate postmedian line from 4 costa to J dorsum; distinct wavy subterminal and sub- marginal lines; a series of minute terminal black dots between veins; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings, but antemedian line and discal dot obsolete.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Townsville, in May; one specimen.

46. Leptomeris nictata.

Acidalia nictata Gn., Lep.ix.(i!es^e Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 428): Acidalia ligataria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxii. p. 748; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p. 860: Acidalia deliciosaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 791; Acidalia dimorphata^r\Q\.,TiidHch.. v. Ent. 1881, p.81, pl.x. f.6; Idcea agues Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p.437.

This is a variable species. L. diynoriyhata Snel., = agnes Butl., is a form with groundcolour of wings white and antemedian line of forewings obsolete.

Q.: Rockhampton, Duaringa, Bundaberg. Also from New Guinea, Celebes, Formosa, Ceylon, and India.

47. Leptomeris oppilata.

Acidalia opinlata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 776; Acidalia stipataria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p.779 ; Acidalia crosso- phragma Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 206, and Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.859.

BY A. J. TURNER. 6G3

I heave examined Walker's types in the British Museum, and have no doubt as to their identity with Meyrick's species.

N.Q.: Thursday Island,To\vnsville — Q.: Duaringa,Peak Downs, Gympie, Brisbane, Rosewood, Toowoomba, Dalby, Miles, Cunna- raulla — N. S.W.: Tenterfield, Sydney. Also from New Guinea.

48. Leptomeris thysanopus,*' n.sp.

<J9. 17 mm. Head fuscous-whitish, fillet whitish; face blackish. Palpi whitish; upper surface and apex blackish. Antennae whitish with some dark fuscous scales; apical portion in X greyish; in (J simple, ciliations 1. Thorax and abdomen ochreous- whitish; the latter with one or two blackish scales. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous; posterior tibife of ^ elongate and somewhat dilated, especially near base, smooth-scaled, with two long pro- cesses from apex of knee, each expanding half-way into a tuft of long hairs; posterior tarsi of ^ 4. Fore wings with cost a moderately arched near apex, apex rounded; termen slightly rounded, oblique; ochreous-whitish, with a .very few scattered blackish scales; lines very faint ochreous; antemedian straight, from beneath costa at J to dorsum at |^; a minute black discal dot well before median; median nearly straight from costa at -r- to middle of dorsum; posterior straight, dentate, from costa at 4 to dorsum at |; subterminal and submarginal wavy; a series of terminal black dots; cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded; 6 and 7 connate; colour and markings as fore- wings, but basal line absent, and discal dot on or just posterior to median.

Characterised by the remarkable tassellated appendages to the posterior tibiae of the male, also by the short antennal ciliations and absence of blackish scales from cilia.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Cardwell and Townsville; four specimens (one g, three ^) in August and September.

* dvaavoTTovs, tassel-footed,

53

664 revision of australian lepidoptera, iv.,

49. Leptomeris optivata.

Acidalia optivata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p.780; Meyr., P roc. Linn. Soc.N.S. Wales, 1887, p.857: Acidalia recessata^leyw, Proc.Linn.Soc.N. S.Wales, 1887, p.856, nee Wlk.: 1 Acidalia homodoxa Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 208.

A widely distributed species common everywhere. I regard the two forms described by Mr. Meyrick as varieties, but the type oirecessata Wlk., is a distinct species. I have received specimens identified as homodoxa Meyr., but doubt if they are anything more than a local form. Mr. Meyrick gives length of posterior tarsi in (J as i, but this may be a misprint for i.

Ab. amathodes. Two male specimens structurally identical with this species, but with wings brownish and markings obsolete. They are from Lance field Junction, Victoria.

Ah. 2^olia. Head, thorax, abdomen, and wings grey. Yic: Birchip; one $ in Coll. Goudie.

Type in British Museum.

N.A.: Port J} a.v\Ym [homodoxa) — N.Q.: Cooktown, Townsville, Mackay — Q : Gympie, Nambour, Brisbane,^ Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba, Nanango, Stanthorpe, Miles — N.S.W.: Tenterfield, Glen Innes, Ben Lomond, Sydney, Kiama— Vic: Melbourne, Gisborne— S.A.: Mt. Lofty— Tasm.: Hobart, Deloraine~W.A.: Albany, Gerald ton.

Section ii. Posterior tibice of /J slender. 50 Leptomeris caesaria.

Acidalia ccesaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 750; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 853: Acidalia ohturhata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 755.

Type in British Museum.

N.Q.: Townsville — Q.: Duaringa. Also from Ceylon.

51. Leptomeris innocens.

Idcea innocens Butl., Trans. Ent. Soo. 1886, p.436; Acidalia innocens Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p. 843.

BY A. J. TURNER. 665

The posterior tibite of 9 have two pairs of spurs. The median line in both wings may be well developed or obsolete. Type in British Museum. N.Q. : Mareeba — Q.: Rockhampton, Duaringa, Brisbane.

Unclassified Species. 52. Leptomeris despoliata. Acidalia despoliata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 778.

9. 21 mm. Head fuscous-whitish; fillet whitish; face dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous. Antennae whitish. Thorax and abdo- men ochreous-whitish; the latter with a few scattered blackish scales. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair mostly fuscous. Forewings v^^ith costa slightly arched, termen slightly rounded, oblique; ochreous-whitish, with sparsely scattered blackish scales; lines faint ochreous, cloudy, straight, parallel; antemedian line scarcely perceptible; a minute black discal dot before median; median from f of costa to middle of dorsum; post- median from 4 of costa to J of dorsum; subterminal and sub- marginal similar; a terminal series of transversely elongate blackish dots; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hind wings with hind- margin rounded, towards anal angle straight; 6 and 7 connate; colour and markings as forewings, but basal line absent, and discal dot on median.

Characterised by the straight cloudy transverse lines, especially by the posterior line which is denticulate in allied species. The male may show additional characters. Walker's type in the British Museum has scarcely any blackish irroration.

Q.: Stradbroke Island; one specimen.

53. Leptomeris hypocallista.

Leptomeris hypocallista Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1900, p.405.

Head, face, thorax, and abdomen brownish-ochreous. Fore- wings brownish-ochreous; costa and three faint wavy transverse lines reddish-purple; a dot above mid-disc following tirst line, and

666 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

a series of terminal dots, reddish mixed with dark fuscous; cilia reddish-purple, apices mixed with dark fuscous. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour like forewings, but brighter; mark- ings as forewings, but basal line absent, and other lines less marked.

Type in Coll. Lower.

S.A.: Goolwa (Lower).

54.LEPT0MERIS DIDYMOSEMA.

Acidalia didymosema Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Aust. 1893, p, 156,

Head, face, thorax, and abdomen brownish-ochreous. Fore- wings brownish-ochreous; a transverse darker line from | costa to f dorsum; a dot in mid-disc; a postmedian sigmoid line from j costa to f dorsum; a dark brown terminal line; cilia brownish. Hindwings as forewings, but lines indistinct.

Type in Coll. Lower.

S.A.: Adelaide (Lower).

55. Leptomeris tetrasticha.

Leptomeris tetrasticha Low., Trans. Roy. Soc, S.Aust. 1902, p.2r)0.

Face blackish. Thorax and abdomen whitish irrorated with dark fuscous. Forewings whitish, sparsely irrorated with grey and blackish scales; a dark gre}'- dot in disc above middle; three postmedian transverse lines of grey dots; a series of blackish sub- termina,l dots; cilia whitish mixed with dark fuscous. Hind- wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Lower.

N.W.A.: Derby (Lower).

56. Leptomeris castissima.

C^'aspedia castissima Warr., Nov. Zooi. 1897, p.51.

I have seen only the type, which is in Coll. Rothschild. It resembles suhlinearia Wlk., but appears to be distinguishable by lower half of face being whitish. There is a specimen in the British Museum from New Guinea.

N.Q.: Cooktown.

BY A. J. TURNER. 667

Gen. 5. D a s y b e l a,* nov.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, subascending, clothed anteriorly with long, stiff, diverging hairs. Antenme in ^ serrate, with fascicles of moderately long cilia. Thorax and cox£e hairy beneath. Posterior tibiae in ^ without middle spurs; [in 9 unknown]. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing very shortly with their common stalk. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of discocellulars, strongly approximated to 6, 6 and and 7 separate.

Probably a development of Pi/large, from which it differs in the long rough hairs on palpi and underside of thorax. The approximation of vein 5 of hindwings to vein 6 at base is quite as strong as in the Geometrince, but the natural affinities of the genus place it in this neighbourhood.

57. Dasybela achroa. Eminiltis achroa Low,, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Aust. 1902, p. 229.

(J. 18-19 mm. Head and palpi whitish-ochreous with some dark fuscous scales; palpi 1|. Antennae whitish-ochreous; in (J strongly serrate (§) with fascicles of long cilia (1 J). Thorax and abdomen blackish with whitish-ochreous irroration. Legs whitish-ochreous; femora and anterior tibiae mixed with dark fuscous. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa straight, abruptl}^ curved near apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; brown-whitish with dark fuscous markings and irroration; a twice angulated antemedian line from \ costa to ]^ dorsum; a median line, somewhat dentate, thickened on costa; followed towards costa by a discal dot; a finely dentate postmedian line from I costa to 4 dorsum, thickened on costa; a dark subterminal suffusion; a series of black terminal dots separated by ochreous- whitish; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; colour and markings as forewings but without basal line.

* da<xv^r]Xos, with hairy weapons (palpi).

668 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPrERA, IV.,

Type in Coll. Lyell.

Tasm.: Hobart, in February; three specimens.

Gen. 6. P y l a r g e. Pylarge H. Sch.; Meyr., Brit. Lep. p.244.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, subascending. Antennee in $ ciliated with fascicles. Thorax smooth beneath. Femora smooth. Posterior tibiae in $ not dilated, with terminal spurs only, in 9 with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with 10 out of 9, 11 con- nected or anastomosing with 9. Hindwings with 6 and T separate or stalked.

Type

A small genus containing one European species.

1. Thorax dark grey 58. episcia.

Thorax whitish 2.

2. Forewings with blackish dots on eosta 59. erebospila.

Forewings without blackish costal dots 3.

3. Hindwings with termen almost straight 60. proxima.

Hindwings with termen rounded 4.

4. Forewings with discal dot large, postmedian line sub-

sinuate 63. megalocentra^

Forewings with discal dot minute, lines straight 5.

5. Antennas of J^ with ciliations 2^ 62. orfhoscia.

Antennse of <^ with ciliations 1^ 61. loxosema.

58. Pylarge episcia. Acidalia episcia Meyr., Proc.Linn.Soc.N. S.Wales, 1887, p.863.. Type in Coll. Meyrick. N.S.W.: Broken Hill— W. A.: Carnarvon.

59. Pylarge erebospila. Pylarge erehos^nla Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1902, p. 250.

(J. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish, towards base annulated with blackish. Fore- wings elongate-triangular, costa straight almost to apex; ochreous- whitish; three faintly paler lines beyond middle; discal dot, dots on costa, on costal portions of first and third lines, and on termen

BY A. J. TURNER. 669

blackish; cilici ochreous- whitish. Hindwings with ternien slightly rounded, colour and markings as forewings, but terminal line obsolete and replaced by a row of dark fuscous dots, and costal dots obsolete.

Type in Coll. Lower.

N.Q.: Cooktown (Lower);

60. Pylarge proxima. Lycauges proxima Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p.435.

^. 22 mm. Head brownish-ochreous; fillet whitish; face and palpi blackish. Antennas whitish; ciliations in ^ 2. Thorax and abdomen whitish, faintly pinkish-tinged, sparsely irrorated with blackish scales, the latter with a blackish dot on the base of each segment. Legs whitish ; anterior pair mixed with fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, termen slightly rounded, moderately oblique; pale pinkish-white with sparsely scattered blackish scales; antemedian line obsolete; a fine blackish discal dot; median represented by an oblique pinkish shade from mid-dorsum towards apex; postmedian by a series of blackish dots from near apex to f dorsum; subterminal and sub- marginal lines faintly indicated; a series of minute blackish terminal dots on veins; cilia pinkish-white. Hindwings with termen straight except at apex; 6 and 7 separate; colour and markings as forewings.

Butler's description is not recognisable, but fortunately I have been able to examine his type, which is in the British Museum.

Q.: Rockharapton, Brisbane, in December and April; two specimens — N. S.W.: Sydney.

61. Pylarge loxosema, n.sp.

(J. 17-20 mm. Head fuscous; fillet white; face blackish. Palpi whitish. Antennae white; ciliations in (J 1 J. Thorax and abdomen whitish with a very few scattered blackish scales. Legs whitish; anterior pair mixed with fuscous. Forewings elongate- triangular, costa moderately arched, termen slightly rounded,

670 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

strongly oblique; ochreous-whitish, with a very few scattered blackish scales; antemedian line faint or obsolete, oblique; a black discal dot; median following discal dot at some distance, broadly suffused with fuscous, straight, from beneath costa at f to dorsum at f ; postmedian fuscous, slender, finely crenulate, from 1^ costa to ^ dorsum; subterminal and submarginal pale grey, wavy, parallel; a terminal series of black dots between veins; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly bowed; 6 and 7 connate; colour and markings as forewings, but discal dot on or touching median line.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

Vic: Lancetield Junction, in March; three specimens received from Mr. G. Lyell; Melbourne (Drake).

62. Pylarge orthoscia. Acidalia orthoscia Meyr., Proc.Linn.Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p.861. Type in Coll. Mej^rick. W.A.: Perth, Geraldton.

63. Pvlarge megalocentra.

Acidalia megalocentra Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p.862. Type in Coll. Meyiick. S.A.: Adelaide.

Gen. 7. S t e r r h a.

Sterrha Hb., Verz. p.308; Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p.&8.

Face smooth or loosely haired. Palpi rather short, ascending or porrected, shortly rough-scaled beneath or with rough project- ing hairs. Antennae in /J filiform or dentate, evenly ciliated or with fascicles, rarely emitted from very short processes. Thorax glabrous or rarel}^ haiiy beneath. Femora glabrous or rarely hairy; posterior tibiae in $ moderate, slender, without median spurs, rarely with only one terminal spur: in 9 without median spurs; posterior tarsi in $ moderate. Forewings with 10 out of

BY A. J. TURNER. 671

9, 11 anastomosing or connected with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked (Meyrick).

Type S. sericeata Hb.

Having no European types for examination, I cannot be sure that the Australian species are referable to this genus. In them, vein 5 of the hindwings arises from slightly above the middle of the cell, and in validaria at least 6 and 7 of hindwings are separate.

1 . Forewings crimson 64. rhodoeosmo..

Forewings not crimson 2.

2. Forewings with fuscous transverse lines 65. aglaodesma.

Forewings green, without fuscous lines 66. validaria.

64. Sterrha rhodocosma.

Sterrha rhodocosma Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1897, p. 14. Type in Coll. Lower. S.A.: Adelaide.

65. Sterrha aglaodesma.

■Sterrha aglaodesma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1893, p. 157. Type in Coll. Lower.

W.A.: Eucla.

66. Sterrha validaria.

Thalassodes validaria Wlk.,Brit.Mus.Cat.xxxv.p. 1 607; Fjjhyra validaria Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 446.

(J^. 22-24 mm. Head pale yellow or greenish; tillet fuscous; face purple-fuscous. Palpi moderate (1 J); terminal joint minute; purple-fuscous, beneath whitish-ochreous. Antennae whitish- ochreous; in ^ dentate, dentations terminating in tufts of moder- ately long cilia (H). Thorax and abdomen pale green. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior and middle femora and anterior coxse suffused with purplish; posterior tibiae with one pair of spurs in both sexes; in g with a tuft of hairs on posterior femora near base, and another on posterior tibiae near apex. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight towards base, towards apex moderately arclied, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; pale green; costal edge yellow; a darker linear discal dot, ante-

672 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

median, and postmedian lines; a pale tinely dentate subterminal line edged with darker green; cilia pale green. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings. Underside green-whitish.

The structural characters of this species given in the 'Moths, of India,' are not quite accurate.

N.Q.: Cairns, Kuranda, Townsville. Also from Celebes Ceylon, and India.

Gen. 8. S o M a t i N a.

Somatina Gn., Lep. x, p. 10; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p.463 Dithalama Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.8-t0.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrect or subaJicending Antennae in $ dentate, ciliated. Posterior tibiae in ^ fattened distorted, without spurs; in ^ with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in $ short. Forewings with vein 10 arising separately anastomosing with 8 + 9 above 7, and 11 anastomosing with 10 forming a double areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked.

Allied to Leptomeris, but differing in the structure of vein 10 of forewings.

67. Somatina cosmospila.

Dithalamacosinospila Meyr , Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 840. Type in Coll. Meyrick. N.S.W.: Newcastle, Sydney — Yic: Kewell.

68. Somatina rufifascia. Somatinu rufifascia Warr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p.379-

Though I have seen the types, I have unfortunately seen no other examples of this species, and of the next two. Possibly they represent a variable species.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q : Cooktown.

69. Somatina maculata. Somatina maculata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p.244.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Q.: Duaringa.

BY A J. TURNKR. 673

70. SOMATINA SORDIDA.

Somatina sordida Warr., Nov Zool. 1898, p. 244. Type in Coll Rothschild Q.: Duaringa.

Gen. 9. Autanepsi a,* nov.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, not reaching beyond frons, subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antennae of $ dentate, ciliated in fascicles. Thorax not hairy beneath. Posterior tibiae in (J not dilated, with middle spurs absent, terminal spurs well developed [$ unknown], Forewings with vein 3 from 4, 5 from slightly above middle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 anastomosing first with 11 and then with 8 + 9 to form a double areole. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked,

A development of Rhodostro'phia Hb., with which it agrees in neuration, but diifers in the absence of middle spurs of hind tibiae and non-pectinated antennae of ^. The type-species presents the facies of Eois or Leptomeris.

71. AUTANEPSIA POLIODESMAjt n.Sp,

^ 20 mm. Head dark fuscous; lower J of face whitish. Palpi dark fuscous, anterior surface whitish. Antennae dark grey. Thorax pale leaden-grey; collar whitish. Abdomen whitish irrorated with pale leaden-grey. Legs grey; anterior pair darker; posterior pair whitish. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen moderately oblique, slightly bowed; whitish irrorated with pale leaden-grey, and with pale leaden-grey transverse lines; antemedian, median, postmedian, and subterminal lines all finely wavy and approximately parallel; a transverse linear discal mark before median line, also pale leaden-grey; a rather broad terminal line of the same colour, with several slightly darker dots on the extreme margin; cilia grey-

* aiToi/er^toy, a cousin, nearly akin. 1 KoKiobeo-fxost grey-banded.

674 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings, but antemedian line and discal mark absent.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q.: Brisbane; in April; one specimen, taken at light.

Gen. 10, Prohlepsis. :|: Prohlepsis Led., Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1852, Abb- p. 74.

Face smooth. Palpi short or moderate, porrected or sub- ascending, with appressed scales or .somewhat rough. Antennae in ^ shortly bipectinated or rarely dentate, pectinations or teeth ending in fascicles of cilia, towards apex simple. Thorax hairy or almost glabrous beneath. Femora rather hairy or glabrous; posterior tibise in $ flatly dilated, enclosing a large tuft, without spurs; in 9 with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in $ much abbreviated. Forewings with 10 out of 9, 1 1 connected or anas- tomosing with 9. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and 7 separate.

Type P. ocellata Friv., from Europe.

A small Indo-Malayan genus with two European species, closely allied to Leptonieris, from which it differs in the ^ antennae.

1. Wings irrorated with fuscous lb. cana.

Wings without fuscous irroration 2.

2. Forewings with a conspicuous dark ocellus 3.

Forewings without ocellus 72. clemens.

3. Ocellus circular 13. apoUijiaria.

Ocellus transversely elongate 74. sancta.

72. Problepsis clemens.

Froblepsis clemens Luc, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales,1889,p.l093; Problepsis mar gar itata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p. 377.

^ with very long antennal pectinations (8) shortly ciliated on margins and apices.

Type in Coll. Lucas.

Q.: Brisbane. _

Z 7rpo/3Xt>|ris, conspicuous.

by a. j. turner. 675

73. Problepsis sancta. Problepsis sancta Mej'r., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 839. Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.Q. : Townsville — Q.: Duaringa, Gayndah, Brisbane, Rose- wood.

74. Problepsis apollinaria.

Argyris apollinaria Gn., Lep. x. p.l3; Problepsis apollinaria Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p.838.

N.Q: Cairns, Geraldton, Towusville. Also from P>orneo.

75 Problepsis cana. Somatina cana Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 463.

(J9. 26-32 mm. Head white; face fuscous, with a few white scales. Palpi \\\ fuscous. Antennae pale ochreous, towards base white: in ^ shortly laminate f J), each lamina ending in two small teeth, which bear fascicles of very long cilia (6-7). Thorax and abdomen white, with sparse fuscous irroration. Legs white, anterior and middle pairs partly suffused with fuscous; posterior tarsi of $ i. Forewings triangular, costa straight, strongly a!ched near apex, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; white with general sparse fuscous irroration; antemedian line obsolete; two large roundish ochreous spots placed transversely beyond middle, outlined by dark fuscous scales showing metallic lustre, and connected by a similar line; a fine pale fuscous line connects upper spot witii costa and lower with dorsum; a finely dentate, outwardly curved, pale fuscous postmedian line, from J costa to 4 dorsum; succeeded by suffused, indistinct, interrupted, subterminal and submarginal lines ; a black terminal line, thickened between veins; cilia white with a few^ fuscous scales. Hindwings with termen bowed; colour and markings as fore- wings, but discal spot single, narrow, and white centred.

N.Q.: Geraldton, Townsville — N.W.A.: Baudin Island. Also from Ceylon and India.

676 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTER-A, IV.,

Gen. 11. Tr YGODES.

Trygodes Gn., Lep. ix. p. 426; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p.460 : Antitrygodes Warr., Nov. Zool. 1895, p. 90.

Face smooth. Tongue well-developed. Palpi slender, short, ascending, reaching slightly beyond frons; terminal joint very small. Antennae of $ laminate or shortly pectinate, thelaminse or pectinations ending in tufts of hair on three penultimate seg- ments. Posterior tibiae of $ without spurs. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, and 11 connected with their common stalk to form a single areole, or 10 anastomosing first with 11 and then with 9 to form a double areole. Hindwings with 5 from about middle of cell, 6 and 7 sej>arate.

Type, T. muscivaria H. Sch., from South America. A small genus found in the tropical regions of both hemispheres. It shows some variability in details of structure. The single areole is found in T. divisaria, the peculiar double areole in T. catacissa.

Section i. Posterior' tibice in ^ strongly dilated ivith a tuft of long Jiairs from itmer side of base.

76. Trygodes divisaria.

Macaria divisaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 9 27: Trygodes agrata F. & R., Reise Nov. pi. 128, fig. 19 : Trygodes divisaria Hmps., Moths. Ind. iii. p.460.

(J. 40 mm. Face purple-fuscous, lower edge white; fillet white; crown narrowly dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous, towards base whitish. Thorax white with a few dull purple scales; anterior edge broadly dull purple. Abdomen white; lateral tufts ochreous- whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteriorly; posterior pair white. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, arched towards apex, termen bowed, oblique, wavy; whitish with sparsely scattered dark fuscous scales; costal edge and a subcostal streak sufiPusedly reddish-violet; several large dark green spots edged with reddish-fuscous in basal half of disc; a small spot in cell near base and a larger between this and dorsum, a large squarish blotch in end of cell, followed by two smaller blotches,

BY A. J. TURNER 677

a large blotch before and a smaller beyond origin of vein 2; a fine wavy fuscous line from i costa to tornus; three subapical green and reddish-fuscous spots parallel to termen; a fuscou>s terminal line; cilia whitish; apices purplish-tinged. Hindwings with termen strongly bowed, sharply dentate; colour like fore- wings, but more strongly violet-tinged; three blotches like fore- wings, two median within and beyond cell, and a third between these and inner margin; some ferruginous suffusion beyond blotches; wavy purplish postmedian and subterminal lines, the latter with a sharp median projection; terminal line and cilia as forewings.

A large and very handsome species. The green blotches on wings are somewhat variable.

Type in British Museum.

N.Q.: Kuranda and Gerald ton (Johnstone River); two speci- mens Also from Celebes, Ceylon, and India.

Section ii. Posterior tibice of ^ slender, ivithout tuft. 77. Trygodes catacissa,"^ n.sp,

$. 28 mm. Head pale ochreous; fillet reddish-fuscous; face reddish-fuscous, lower edge whitish. Palpi whitish, outer surface reddish-fuscous. Antennae whitish-ochreous, towards base reddish-fuscous; in $ with short (|) slender pectinations ending in fascicles of long cilia (2^). Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish with a very few scattered blackish scales. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibial and tarsi pale fuscous anteriorly; posterior tibia? in $ slender, without spurs. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; grey-whitish with a very few scattered blackish scales; costal edgQ pale reddish; a green subapical spot beneath \ costa, edged with fuscous, narrowly connected with a similar elongate fascia-like spot which reaches to dorsum at |; the latter is constricted near middle and bent outwards towards dorsum; several lines of fine fuscous

* KaTaKi(T(TOSi ivy-wreathed.

678 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

strigul^e between this and termen; a grey terminal line; cilia white. Hindwings with termen bowed; groundcolour as fore- wings; a row of five unequal roundish green spots from | dorsum transversely towards costa, but not reaching half-way, outlined with fuscous, and preceded by a fuscous line; cilia white with basal fuscous dots opposite veins. Underside whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in October and November; two specimens, of which one is in Coll. Lyell.

Gen. 12. Chrysocraspeda. Chrysocraspeda Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 443.

Face smooth. Tongue well-developed. Palpi short, slender, porrect; terminal joint minute. Antennae of $ with a double row of long pectinations, apical \ simple. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present in both sexes. Forewings with no areole, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from middle or slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

An Indo-Malayan genus of some extent, easily recognised by the absence of the areole, and by the crimson and j^ellow colora- tion of the species. According to Hampson, the stalking of 3 and 4, and of 6 and 7 of the hindwings is not constant.

Type C. ahhadraca Wlk., from Ceylon and India.

1. Forewings with a broad yellow fascia from beneath costa

to tornus IS. inundata.

Forewings without yellow fascia 2.

2. Hindwings with discal spot white 79. aurimargo.

Hindwings with discal spot yellow 80 cruoraria.

7^. Chrysocraspeda inundata. Chrysocraspeda inundata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p. 238.

9.22 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dull crimson. Antennae whitish, towards base crimson-tinged. [Legs broken]. Forewings oval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen long, obliquely rounded; dull crimson; a broad sharply defined yellow bar commencing abruptly at subcostal vein before middle,.

BY A. J. TURNER. 679

curved outwards and gradually dilated to end on tornus; upper half of termen narrowly yellow; cilia yellow. Hindwings elongate-oval, termen very strongly bowed; dull crimson; a white discal dot at J; termen narrowly yellow; cilia yellow.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in October; one specimen in Coll. Lyell, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Also from New Guinea.

79. Chrysocraspeda aurimargo, Chrysocraspeda aurima^^go War r., Nov. Zool. 1897, p.216.

(J. 21-22 mm. Head, face, palpi, and antennae dull crimson; antennal pectinations in g very long (10). Thorax and abdomen ochreous-crimson. Legs pale ochreous; anterior and middle pairs crimson-tinged. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous- crimson with fine fuscous strigulations; a median fuscous discal dot, a fuscous postmedian line from | costa bent outwards and then inwards to f dorsum; a fine yellow terminal line, mixed with crimson, from apex to beyond middle; a yellow spot on tornus narrowly prolonged on termen; cilia yellow. Hindwings oblong, termen obtusely angled; colour and markings as fore- wings, but discal dot white margined with fuscous. Underside dull crimson with yellow markings as above.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuranda, in May and June; two specimens (F. P. Dodd).

80. Chrysocraspeda cruoraria.

Chi'ysolene cruoraria Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p.49.

9.24 mm. Head fuscous; face, palpi, and antennae crimson. Thorax fuscous with a posterior crimson spot. [Abdomen broken]. Legs pale ochreous; anterior and middle pairs sufi'used with crimson. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen long, strongly bowed, strongly oblique; deep crimson; a fuscous suffusion at base prolonged along costa to J, and more broadly along dorsum nearly to tornus; 54

680 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

a suffused yellow central spot; a subapical fuscous suffusion from costa to vein 3; termen suffused with yellow; cilia yellow, inter- rupted by a crimson bar at mid-termen. Hind wings oblong, termen strongl}^ produced to form an obtuse angle; deep crimson; a suffused yellow spot at J; a broad fuscous postmedian band; termen and cilia as forewings. Underside similar without fuscous suffusions and less vivid.

This beautiful species is a true Chrysocraspeda, having 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 of forewings stalked.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Oooktown, Kuranda, in July; one specimen (F. P. Dodd).

Gen. 13. Ptochophyle.

Ptochophyle Warr,, Nov. Zool. 1896, p.293.

Face smooth. Tongue well developed . Palpi short, slender, ascending; terminal joint minute. Antennse in $ with a double row of long pectinations, apical ^ simple. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present in both sexes. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing very shortly with their common stalk well before origin of 7. Hindwings with 5 from slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

This o^enus is not to be confused with the European Leiicoph- thahnia Hb., {Ephyra Dup.), which is more closely allied to Gnamjytoloma by the neuration. I cannot be quite sure that the genus here described is that to which Mr. Warren gave the name Ptochophyle, but it appears probable.

Type P. notata Warr., from the Louisiades.

81. Ptochophyle cyphosticha,* n.sp.

(J^. 20-24 mm. Head, palpi, and antennae pale reddish-brown; pectinations in $ very long (10). Thorax and abdomen pale reddish-brown; sides of abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legswhitish- ochreous; anterior and middle pairs with some pale crimson

KV<poaTixos, with bent line.

BY A. J. TURNER. 681

suffusion. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight except close to base and apex, apex rounded-rectangular, termen moder- ately oblique, strongly bowed and prominent on veins 3 and 4, crenulate; ochreous-brown finely strigulated with darker brown; lines brown; a slender antemedian line from J costa to J dorsum; a minute white median discal dot; a slender postmedian line from § costa towards tornus, bent sharply inwards in mid-disc, and then curved outwards to | dorsum; a terminal series of minute fuscous dots between veins; cilia pale brown. Hindwings with termen rounded, crenulate; as forewings, but antemedian line obsolete, and postmedian line angled in middle. Underside pale ochreous with suffused subterminal and terminal pale crimson fasciae, more or less developed.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q. : Cairns, Kuranda, in December; Townsville ; three specimens.

Gen. 14. G n a m p t o l o m a.

Gnamptoloma Warr., Nov. Zool. 1895, p. 95.

Face smooth. Tongue well developed. Palpi moderate, ascending, terminal joint short. Antennae of $ with a double row of pectinations, apical J simple. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs in both sexes; posterior femora and sometimes also tibiae in ^ with long tufts of hairs. Forewings with apex acute; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, areole single, 11 anastomosing with 8 + 9 beyond 7. Hindwings with termen angled; 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from somewhat above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

I regard the long-stalking of vein 11 as the most important characteristic of this genus. The same occurs in the European genus Ephyra Dup. = Leucophthalmia Hb. Calothysanis Hb. = Timandra Dup., to which Mr. Meyrick and Sir Geo. Hampson refer the species, differs essentially in vein 11 not anastomosing, but connected by a short bar with 8 + 9 opposite 7; at least this is so in specimens of C. amata which I have examined.

Type G. aveyitiaria.

Forewings with termen angulated aventiaria.

Forewings with termen showing a rounded prominence only... mundissinia.

682 revision of australian lepidoptera, iv.,

82. Gnamptoloma aventiaria.

TimanrJra aventiaria Gn., Lep. x.'p.S; Meyr., Pioc. Linn. See. K S.Wales, 1887, p.864.

The colour of the wings varies from green to greenish-ochreous and dull reddish.

N.Q.: Cairns, Townsville — Q.: Duaringa, Brisbane. Also from Java, Formosa, Ceylon, and India.

83, Gnamptoloma mundissima.

Acidalia {"l) mundissima Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p.795 : Timandra prasodes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 865: Timandra mundissima Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 460: 1 Timandra malacopis Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1902, p. 228.

Probably a variable species. I have only a solitary example in poor condition, and am indebted to Sir Geo. Hampson for its identification.

Q.: Duaringa, Bundaberg. Also from Ceylon, India, and Africa.

Gen. 15. O R G a n o p o d a.

Organopoda Hmps., 111. Het.ix.p.l47(1893); Moths Ind. iii.p.45L

Frons smooth. Tongue developed. Palpi porrect, elongate; second joint projecting well beyond frons; terminal joint elongate. Antennse of 5 serrate with fascicles of cilia. Hind tibiae and tarsi of ^ much aborted and distorted. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 10 anastomosing first with 11 then with 8 + 9 opposite 7 to form a double areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 short-stalked.

Type 0. carnearia Wlk., from Ceylon.

A small Indo- Malayan genus. I have no male for examina- tion, and must refer the reader to the ' Moths of India ' for a full description of the much modified posterior male tibiae and tarsi in the type. Probably these structures vary in the different species.

my a. .j. turner. 683

84. Organopoda olivescens. Oryanopoda olivesceyisWa^vr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p. 374.

9. 28 mm. Head brown-whitish; fillet white; face purple- reddish. Palpi 1,[; terminal joint 1^ .second; purple-reddish, beneath whitish. Antennae towards base wliite, towards apex grey. Thorax and abdomen brownish-grey. Legs whitish- ochreous; anterior pair dull purple. Forewings triangular, costa rather strongly arched towards apex, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; brownish-grey; traces of a fuscous, transverse line at I; a conspicuous dark fuscous median discal dot; a slender, finely dentate, fuscous line from J costa to J termen; cilia brownish-grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markinfjs as forewings.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuianda, in October; one specimen (F. P. Dodd).

Gen. IG. Brachycola.

Brachycola Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p 48.

Face smooth. Tongue well developed. Palpi porrect, elongate; second joint far exceeding frons; terminal joint elongate. Antennae in $ with a double row of long pectinations, apical J simple. Posterior tibiae of $ extremely short, densely clothed with long hairs beneath, usually with three long terminal spurs; first tarsal joint immensely elongate; posterior tibiae of 9 normal, with all spurs present. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing with 8 -t- 9 beyond 7 forming a narrow areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, connate, or short-stalked, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 separate, connate, or short-stalked.

This and the following genera form a large group of species characteristic of the Indo-Malayan region. The structure of the female corresponds to the above definition throughout, except that the areole may be absent, 11 arising from 8-1-9 beyond 7. But the male sex shows much variability of structure. The most trustworthy characters for generic division are found in the structure of the posterior legs of the male. The genus Mesotrophe

684 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.

Haips., founded on the hairiness of the middle tibiae of the male, cannot be maintained, as the posterior legs of the species showing this character correspond to those of different groups of species with smooth middle tibiae.

The type of Brachycola is ahsconditariaW\k.,ivom. Ceylon and India.

1. Fore- and hindwings with large circular discal blotches 86. cyclophora Wings without circular blotches 2.

2. Wings yellow So. glycydora.

Wings not yellow 2.

3. Wings grey-whitish, discal dots of forewings minute or

obsolete 87. ohrinaria.

Wings ochreous-whitish, discal dot of forewings con- spicuous SS. porphyropis.

Section i. Middle tibice and tarsi of $ clothed with long hairs.

"^b. Brachycola glycydora,*' n.sp.

(JQ. 27-32 mm. Read yellow, with a few reddish scales; face whitish-ochreous, upper edge luscous. Palpi 2^; purple-reddish, beneath whitish-ochreous. Antennae pale yellowish irrorated with fuscous and reddish, towards apex grey; pectinations in (J very long (10). Thorax and abdomen yellow with a few reddish scales; abdomen with a pair of basal and one or two median fuscous dots, sides and apex whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous suffused, especially anterior pair, with purple. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; yellow minutely dotted with reddish; three small dark fuscous spots on costa at J, ^, and J, and three minute fuscous dots between the last and apex; several dark fuscous spots in basal part of disc; lines pale grey, suffused, containing dark fuscous dots on veins; antemedian at i, ill-defined; median and postmedian parallel, arising from costal spots, first outwardl}^ oblique, and then bent inwards beneath costa towards dorsum; subterminal and terminal series of dark fuscous dots between

* yKvKvs, sweet; bcopov, a gift.

BY A. J TURNER. 685

veins; cilia yellow with minute basal reddish dots opposite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly toothed in middle; colour and markings as forewings, with a rather large annular dark fuscous yellow-centred spot in disc at ^. Under side pale yellowish; suffused and spotted with purplish; with a terminal series of dark fuscous spots.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in March and May; two specimens (F. P. Dodd).

86. Brachycola cyclophora,* n sp.

9. 26-30 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous with scattered dark fuscous scales. Palpi very long and slender (31), terminal joint half second; above purple-fuscous, beneath whitish. iVntennee whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior and middle pairs suffused with dull purple. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched near base and apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; pale ochreous speckled with dark fuscous; fuscous bars from ^ and | costa representing antemedian and median lines; a large circular spot in mid-disc, grey-whitish outlined with dark fuscous; a short fuscous line from |^ costa continued by a series of dark fuscous dots on veins to 4 dorsum; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots between veins; cilia pale ochreous, with a basal series of fuscous dots opposite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded, dentate; colour and markings as forewings. Under- side whitish-ochreous strigulated and suff'used with dull purple.

Placed here conjecturally in the absence of the male.

Type in Coll. Turner.

KQ.: Kuranda, in March and April; three specimens (F. P. Dodd).

Section ii. Middle tibice of ^ smooth- scaled.

87. Brachycola obrinaria.

Ephyra ohrinaria Gn., Lep. ix. p. 4 14; Anisodes obliviaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxii. p. 643; Acidalia contrariata Wlk., op. cit.

* KVK\o(f)opos, bearing rings or circles.

686 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

xxiii. p. 770; Anisodes similaria Wlk., op. cit. xxvi. p. 1582; Ani- sodes caligata Wlk., op. cit. xxvi. p.l 584; Anisodes suspicaria Snel., Tijd. V. Ent. xxiv. p. 80, pi. viii., f.6; Anisodes ohrinaria Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p.446.

(J9. 32-38 mm. Head grey-whitish; face brownish-fuscous, lower half whitish. Palpi, ^ 2, 9 2 J; purple, beneath whitish. Antennae grey-whitish; pectinations in $ very long (12). Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair suffused with purple; tuft on posterior tibiae of $ purple, partly conceal- ing three long terminal spurs. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; grey-whitish, with scattered scales of obscure fuscous, a fuscous dot beneath \ costa, a second on median vein below this, and a third above \ dorsum; discal dot minute or obsolete; an obscure median shade from I costa to mid-dorsum; a series of minute fuscous dots on veins at f; terminal fuscous dots indistinct; cilia grey-whitish. Hind wings with termen rounded, rather prominent and angled at torniis; colour and markings as forewings; discal dot white- centered, usually minute, sometimes conspicuous. Underside whitish with fuscous postmedian and terminal series of dots.

N.Q.: Townsville, in February; three specimens (F. P. Dodd) — Q.: Brisbane, in March and May; two specimens. Also from Malay Archipelago, Ceylon, and India.

88. Bkachycola porphyrgpis.

PeWa:emporp7i^ro^ju'Meyr.,Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S. Wales, lS87,p.837.

Variable in the extent of the development of the dark mark- ings on wings. The square fuscous suffusion at tornus of hind- wings is only occasionally developed. Antennal pectinations in $ very long (12). Tuft on tibiae of $ purple, partly concealing one very stout and long terminal spur. Veins 3 and 4, and also 6 and 7, of hind wings sometimes separate.

Type in Coll Meyrick.

Q.: Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Mount Tambourine— N.S.W.: Newcastle, Sydney.

BY A. J. TURNER. 687

Gen. 17. P E R I X E R A.

Perixera Meyr., Trans. Eiit. Soc. 1886, p. 209.

Palpi elongate; terminal joint elongate. Forewings sometimes without areole. Posterior femora of $ with a dense tuft of hairs; posterior tibiae of $ without middle spurs.

Type P. j)Tionodes Meyr., from Fiji. Mr. Meyrick described two species under this genus, which is defined by characters drawn from the $. As the first species was represented only by a 9 type, the second must be taken to be the type of the genus. Subsequently Mr. Meyrick ascribed porphyropis Meyr., to the same genus, but he had only ^ examples before him.

1. Wings brownish, discal spot of hindwings large, snow-

white , ^'d. monetaria.

Wings not brownish, hindwings without white spot 2.

2. Wings without median line ,., 90. lophosceles.

Wings with median line well developed 91. odontota.

89. Perixera monetaria.

Anisodes inonetaria Gn., Lep. ix. p. 418, nee Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 450; Perixera (1) pleniluna Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 394; Perixera leucopeltaTiOw., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1898, p. 42.

(J. 38 mm. Head pale reddish-brown; fillet white; upper part of face reddish-purple. Palpi 2^, reddish-purple, beneath whitish- ochreous. Antennae white, towards apex grey; pectinations in (J very long (12). Thorax and abdomen pale reddish-brown. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair with some purplish suffusion; tuft on posterior femora of ^ whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa scarcely arched, except near base and apex, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; 11 stalked, no areole; pale reddish-brown; a faint fuscous line from J costa to J dorsum; cilia pale reddish-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly crenulate, forming a prominent angle at tornus; colour and postmedian line as forewings; a large circular snow- white discal spot, outlined with fuscous. Underside paler with- out postmedian lines.

I i 8 R A R Y'3o|

688 REVISIOX OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

N.Q.: Townsville, in February; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd). Also from Borneo and the Malay Peninsula.

90. Perixera lophosceles,* n.sp.

^.32 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey; face brownish- fuscous. Palpi If; purple, beneath whitish. Antennae whitish- grey, pectinations of ^ long (8). Antennae whitish-grey, sides tinged with purple. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair suffused with purple; tuft on g femora purple. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique, crenulate; whitish-grey; a dark fuscous dot beneath i costa, a second on median vein beneath this, a third above and a fourth on 4 dorsum; discal dot pale-centred, out- lined with pale fuscous; a conspicuous series of dark fuscous dots on veins at 4; a similar terminal series between veins; cilia grey-whitish with minute basal fuscous dots between veins- Hindwings with termen rounded, dentate; colour and markings as forewings. Underside purple-whitish with fine fuscous post- median line at 4.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Townsville, in February; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

91. Perixera odontota,! n.sp.

^. 30 mm. Head whitish; fillet white, bordered posteriorly by a fine blackish line; face above greenish-fuscous, beneath whitish. Palpi 2: purple, internal surface ochreous-whitish. Antennae white with fine blackish irroration; pectinations in (J very long (10). Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish with a few dark fuscous scales. Legs ochreous-whitish partly suffused with purple ; anterior pair purple; tuft on posterior femora of ^ purple. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa scarcely arched except near base and apex, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded, dentate, grey-whitish finely irrorated with fuscous;.

Xocpoo-KeXrjs, with tufted legs. ^6^ovTOToSi "cothed.

BY A. J. TURNER. 689

lines pale fuscous, rather strongly oblique; antemedian at ^, indistinct; a minute dark fuscous discal dot; median from | costa to before mid-dorsum, finely dentate above, broader and suffused below; postmedian represented by a series of dark fuscous dots on veins at i; succeeded by broad, indistinct subterminal and submarginal lines; a terminal series of blackish dots between veins ; cilia grey-whitish with minute blackish dots opposite veins. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded, strongly and acutely dentate; colour and markings as forewings but discal dot and postmedian line better marked. Underside of forewings dull purple with faintly darker discal dot and postmedian line, and broad whitish terminal line which is partly double. Hind- wings whitish with purple median, postmedian, subterminal, and submarginal lines.

In shape of wings and coloration of upper side this closely resembles a species of the genus Selidosema, but the underside is very different.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in April; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd).

Gen. 18. An i s o d es.

Anisocles, Gn., Lep. ix. p. 415; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 446; Stibarostoma,Wsirr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p.380.

Palpi elongate; terminal joint always elongate in Q, in ^ often abbreviated; second joint in ^ often crested with long scales above and beneath. Posterior femora of ^ without tuft; posterior tibiae of ^ without middle spurs. Forewings often without areole.

The structure of the (J palpi exhibits very considerable varia- tions in this genus, but these differ in closely allied species and are not available for generic definition.

1. Wings whitislv 2.

Wings not whitish - 4.

2. Wings suffused, dots obsolete 92. griseata.

Wings with conspicuous dots, at least in postmedian

Hne 3.

690 REVISIOX OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

3. Palpi of (^ with a brush of long hairs on lower surface

of second joint, upper surface smooth 93. pallida.

Palpi of ^ without brush on lower surface of second

joint, upper surface with loose spreading hairs 94. hptopasta.

4. Wings pale yellowish 96. pulverulenta.

Wings mostly chocolate-brown 95. sciota.

Section i. Palpi of ^ tvith termi7ial joint more or less abbre- viated (Stibarostoma). Foreivings ivithout areole.

92. Anisodes griseata.

Stibarostoma griseata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p. 380; Perixera{1) longidiscata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1904, p. 487; Stibarostoma pulve- rata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1905, p. 424.

fj^. 28-31 mm. Head ochreous-whitish; face in ^ whitish- ochreous, in ^ purple except lower edge, which is whitish-ochreous. Palpi purple above, whitish-ochreous beneath; in (J 3 J, second joint very elongate, sigmoid, with a strong tuft of whitish- ochreous hairs from upper surface near apex, directed backwards, terminal joint very short; in 9 3J, terminal joint normal. Antennae ochreous-whitish; pectinations in $ very long (10). Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish, the latter with some purple suffusion on sides. Legs w^hitish-ochreous; anterior pair suffused with purple. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish finely irrorated with grey-whitish; a transverse linear discal mark at end of cell, best seen in 9; a terminal series of minute fuscous dots; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hind wings with termen rounded, slightly crenulate; as forewings, but discal mark pale and indistinct.

The (J is readily recognised by the peculiar palpi; the 9 may be known by the suffused wings without markings, except the linear discal mark.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuranda, in June, two specimens bred by Mr. F. P. Dodd from Ficus glomerata; Townsville, in February, two specimens.

by a. .1. turner. g91

93, Anisodes pallida.

Anisodes jxdlida Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 445, PL 201, f. 11; Perixera syntona Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 487.

(J9. 27-30 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish with a few dark fuscous scales. Palpi purple above, whitish beneath; in ^ IJ, second joint smooth above, beneath with long hairs directed somewhat backwards, terminal joint minute, bent down- wards; in 9 2J, terminal joint elongate. Antennae ochreous- whitish ; pectinations in $ 8. Abdomen ochreous-whitish ; sides suffused with purple; a dorsal series of dark fuscous dots Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle veins suffused with purple. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish with scattered dark fuscous scales and blackish dots; a dot beneath costa near base, and another above dorsum near base; three or four dots about cell; a median discal dot; a series of dots from 4 costa to J dorsum, the fourth dot displaced inwards; a terminal series of dots; cilia ochreous-whitish with a basal series of minute dots. Hind wings with termen rounded; as forewings but discal spot larger, subtriangular, ochreous-whitish outlined with blackish. Underside whitish with some purplish suffusion, and postmedian and terminal series of purple dots.

There has been some confusion over Moore's species. I follow Sir Geo. Hampson's identification. The species should be readily recognised by the peculiar $ palpi.

N.Q.: Kuranda, from March to August. — Q.: Burpengary near Brisbane, in April, attached to Phyllanthus Ferdinandi. Also from New Guinea and Ceylon.

94. Anisodes LEPTOPASTA,*n,sp.

^(^. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish; upper edge of face narrowly purple. Palpi purple above; ochreous-whitish beneath; in (J 2, second joint moderate, rough-haired above, smooth

■^XfTrroTrao-ros, lightly sprinkled.

692 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

beneath, terminal joint § second; in 9 3, second and terminal joints elongate, smooth. Antennae ochreous- whitish; pectinations in (J 8. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, sides suffused with purple, sometimes with median dorsal dark fuscous dots. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior pair purple. Forewings rather elongate-trian- gular, costa gently arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish finely irrorated with purple-fuscous; a few blackish scales along costa; discal dot obsolete; a faint grey median shade from § costa to mid-dorsum; a series of blackish dots on veins at 4, and another between veins on termen; cilia ochreous-whitish, with minute basal blackish dots opposite veins. Hind wings with termen rounded, slightl}" dentate; as forewings but discal dot conspicuous, blackish, sometimes with whitish centre, rarely obsolete. Underside whitish; forewings with purple suffusion; postmedian and subterminal purple lines, extending only to costa of hind wings; a series of purple ter- minal dots.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Cairns, one specimen; Kuranda, in October, December, and May; four specimens (F. P. Dodd).

Section ii. Palpi of ^ zvith terminal joint not abbreviated. Middle tibice of ^ densely hairy.

95. Anisodes sciOTA,*n.sp.

(J. 42 mm. Head purple-fuscous; between antennae whitish. Palpi 1 J; purple-fuscous, lower surface and' apex whitish-ochreous. Antennae purple-fuscous; dentations in (J very long (12). Thorax and abdomen purple-grey. Legs whitish with pale purple suffu-^ sion; middle tibite and first tarsal joints of (J elongate and densely clothed beneath with long pale ochreous hairs. Forewings trian- gular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; whitish-ochreous strigulated and blotched with ochreous-brown; costa with a broad suffused purple-fuscous streak to 4; basal area

* aKLOTos, shaded.

BY A. J. TURNER. G93

mostly ochreous-brown; a minute white discal dot before middle; a suffused median ochreous-brown fascia, bifurcating below and connected with an irregular blotch of the same colour on tornns and lower part of termen; a smaller irregular ochreous-brown blotch on termen beneath apex; cilia brownish. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour as forewings, but mostly ochreous- brown, the whitish-ochreous confined to a large apical area. Underside pale purplish; costa of forewings strigulated with fuscous.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in February; one specimen (F. P. Dodd).

Section iii. Palpi of ^ with terminal joint not abbreviated. Middle tibice of $ smooth.

96,Anisodes pulverulenta.

Anisodes pulverulenta Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892,p.9,pl.i. f.8; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 4 48.

(J. 29 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; some fuscous scales on upper edge of face. Palpi 3|; terminal joint in ^ elongate, | of second; purple above, whitish-ochreous beneath. Antennee whitish-ochreous with a few fuscous scales; pectinations in (J 10. Thorax and abdomen whitish-ochreous with a few fuscous-brown scales. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair with some purplish suffusion. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique, slightly crenulate; whitish- ochreous with numerous fuscous-brown specks, which become dark fuscous near costa; a broad suffused pale brownish bar from beneath ^ costa to tornus, connected by a broad process with mid-costa; a terminal series of blackish dots between veins; cilia whitish-ochreous with basal fuscous-brown scales opposite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded, dentate; colour as forewings; a small fuscous discal dot. Underside whitish with some faint purple strigulation and dark fuscous terminal spots.

N.Q.: Townsville, in February; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd). Also from India.

694 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

Gen. 19. P I S 0 R A C A.

Pisoraca Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiv. p. 1078; Trirachopoda Hmps., 111. Het. ix. p.U8.

Palpi elongate; terminal joint more or less elongate, similar in both sexes. Posterior tibiae of g with a single median spur, Forewings with areole sometimes absent.

Type P. hitactata Wlk., from South Africa.

1. Wings yellowish 91. nephelospila.

Wings brown 9S. 7iiveopwicta.

Wings whitish 2.

2. Forewings with postmedian line strongly angled

inwards beneath costa '. 99. punctata.

Forewings with postmedian line not strongly angled

inwards. 3.

3. Face purple-fuscous above, whitish beneath 100. cryptorhodata.

Face brownish 101. decretaria.

Section i. Middle tibice of $ densely hairy. 97. Pisoraca nephelospila. Perixera nephelospila Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p.487.

Male with long antennal pectinations (12); anterior and middle femora hairy on posterior surface; middle femora densely clothed with long hairs on posterior surface. Palpi in both sexes 1|, terminal joint |.

Somewhat variable but easily recognised by the structural characters of the male, yellow-ochreous coloration, large size (36-40 mm.); and white discal dot of hind wings without dark edge.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.Q.: Kuranda, in August, February, and March; four speci- mens (Mr. F. P. Dodd). Also from New Guinea.

Section ii. Middle tibiiv of $ smooth.

98. Pisoraca niveopuncta.

Brachycola niveopuncta Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 48; Perixera transversata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 58.

BY A. J. TURNER. 695

(J 9. 24-26 mm. Head pale reddish; face purple. Palpi 1} in both sexes, terminal joint rather short (J second); purple, beneath whitish. Antennse whitish; pectinations in ^ 8. Thorax pale reddish. Abdomen pale reddish, sides whitish-ochreoiis. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair suffused with purple. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; pale reddish with fine sparse fuscous irroration; discal dot and antemedian line obsolete; postmedian line pale fuscous or obsolete; a series of fuscous dots on veins at |^; a terminal series of fuscous dots between veins; cilia pale reddish. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as fore- wings; a minute white discal dot, occasionally margined with fuscous. Under side of forewings pale purplish, of hindwings whitish, purplish towards costa and termen.

Ab. transversata. Both wings with conspicuous dark fuscous dots accentuating and supplementing the usual markings.

This species corresponds to Mr. Warren's female type. The male type is, I think, an example of Brachycola j^orphyrojns. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q : Cooktown, Kuranda, in October, January, February, May, June, July, and August; a series received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

99. PiSORACA PUNCTATA.

Fisoraca }-)unctata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 222.

(J 9. 24-26 mm. Head and face ochreous-whitish. Palpi in (^ 1|, in 9 2 J; purple above, ochreous-whitish beneath. Antennre whitish; pectinations in (J 10. Thorax ochreous-whitish with a pair of fuscous dots on posterior edge. Abdomen ochreous- whitish with a dark fuscous spot on dorsum of third segment. Legs whitish; anterior pair sujBfused with purple. Forewings triangular, costa arched at extremities, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish, with a few scattered fuscous scales; a fuscous dot at base, and three dots representing a basal line at i; a median discal dot; a fine pale fuscous dentate line from § costa to mid-dorsum: a very fine acutely dentate line 55

696 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV,,

at |- with fuscous dots on dentations; this line is acutely angled inwards at J from costa, and at apex of angle is a conspicuous fuscous spot; a terminal series of blackish dots between veins; cilia whitish with some basal purple-fuscous scales opposite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded, wavy, almost dentate; colour and markings as forewings. Underside whitish, forewings with some purplish suffusion, and discal, subterminal, and terminal dots purple.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuranda, in October; three specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

100. PiSORACA CRYPTORHODATA.

Aspilates (?) cryptorhodata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxvi. p. 1682.

(J^. 28-32 mm. Head whitish; face dull purple, lower third whitish. Palpi in (J 2, in 9 3; whitish, upper surface suffused with dull purple. Antennae whitish; pectinations in $ 10. Thorax ochreous- whitish. Abdomen ochreous- whitish with a few fuscous scales sometimes forming indistinct median fuscous -dots. Legs whitish; anterior pair suffused with dull purple. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen only slightly bowed, slightly oblique; ochreous-whitish, rarely slightly brownish-tinged, with pale grey irroration; a very faint antemedian line, usually obsolete, or represented by two or three dots; a minute fuscous median discal dot, often obsolete; a faint grey shaded line from J costa bent first outward then inward in a strong sigmoid curve to 4 dorsum; a series of fuscous dots on veins at f ; a terminal series of minute dark fuscous dots between veins; cilia ochreous-whitish with a faint pinkish tinge. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as fore- wings; median discal dot minute, fuscous. Underside whitish, forewings suffused with pale purplish, with subterminal and and terminal series of purplish dots, the former on forewings only.

Type in British Museum,

BY A. J. TURNER. 697

N.Q.: Kuranda, Townsville~Q.: Brisbane; in October, Feb- ruary, and April; rather common.

101. PiSORACA DECRETARIA.

Anisodes (?) decretaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxii. p.650.

^9. 24 mm. Head whitish with a narrow transverse purple line on crown; face brownish, lower half whitish. Palpi in (J 1^, in 9 2; purple above, whitish beneath. Antennse whitish; pectinations in $ 6. Thorax and abdomen whitish. Legs whitish; anterior and middle pairs suffused with purple. Fore- wings triangular, costa nearly straight except near apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; whitish, irrorated and strigu- lated with pale fuscous-purple; discal dot and a terminal series of dots of same colour; cilia whitish. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings. Underside whitish with some pale purplish suffusion.

N.Q.: Thursday Island; three specimens in poor condition, identified for me by Sir Geo. Hampson. Also from Borneo.

Gen. 20. D I zu G A. Dizuga Warr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p.372.

Differs from Pisoraca in the posterior tibiae of $ having two pairs of spurs.

Type D. parva, Warr.

102. Dizuga parva. Dizuga parva Warr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p.372.

Type in Coll. Rothschild. I have no examples of this species. N.Q.: Cooktown.

Species unrecognised or ivrongly referred to this subfamily.

103. Acidalia (?) schistacearia Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxvi.p.l609, is a synonym of Dichromodes estigmaria Wlk. [Monocteyiiince).

104. Acidalia primaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxvi. p. 1610, nee Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 1891, p. 642, is a synonym of Idiodes apicata, Gn. (Selidosemince).

698 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.,

105. Acidalia jyosticafia Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxv. p.lG33. I have not seen this type, which probably does not belong to this subfamily.

106. Idaea farinalis Rosen., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885, p.402, belongs to the Selidosemince. The type, which is much wasted, is a 9, and I was not able to identify it.

107. Somatina rubridisca Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus. ii., p 376. Queensland.

108.Perz.Tera mamdifera, Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1900, p. 310. Duaringa.

109. Sterrha imnctilinea Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1902, p.l67. Sherlock River, N.W.A.

110. Sterrha franconiana Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 658. Sherlock River, N.W.A.

111. Sterrha ioparia Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 659. Sher- lock River, N.W.A.

112. Acidalia 'partita Luc, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. 1899, p=141, is a synonym of Oruza hydrocomptata, Gn. (N'octiiidce).

113. Leptomeris (?) uniformis Warr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p,373. The type is a wasted 9, from Mackay.

114. PeHx'era (?) flaviruhra AVarr., Nov. Zool. 1896, p. 375. Cooktown.

115. Brachycola paucinotata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1901, p. 22. Doubtfully Australian.

116. Cinglis jJersalea Warr., Nov. Zool. 1902, p. 356. Roeburne, N.W.A.

117. Ly Gauges (I) desueta Warr., Nov. Zool. 1902, p. 358. Roe- burne, N.W.A,

lis. Ptychojyoda interalhidata Warr,, Nov. Zool. 1904, p. 487. Condon, N.W.A.

W^.Emmiltis trissodesma Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 1899, belongs to the genus Anomocentris [Hydrioine7iince).

120. Em77iiUis cosmadelpha Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Aust. 1901, p. 66. Broken Hill.

121. Leptomeris isodesma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Aust. 1903, p.2l7. Broken Hill.

BY A. J. TURNER.

699

Anisodes Gn.

AUTANEPSIA riOV...,

Brachycola Warr. Chrysocraspeda Hmps, Dasybela nov. DizuGA Warr.

Eois Hb

Onamptoloma Warr. Leptomeris Hb. .. Mnestekodes Meyr.

INDEX OF GENERA.

No. 18

9 16 12

5 20

3 14

4

1

No.

Organopoda Hmps.

... 15

Perixera Meyr

... 17

PisoRACA Walk

.. 19

Problepsis Led

... 10

Ptochophyle Warr.

... 13

Pylarge H.-Sch.

... 6

SoMATiNA Gn

... 8

Sterrha Hb

7

Trygodes Gn

... 11

Xenocentris Meyr.

2

INDEX OF SPECIES.

Synonymous and unrecognised or incorrectly referred species in italics.

No.

No.

achroa Low

.. 57

cyphosticha, n.sp.

81

ac idaliaria Wlk

.. 39

dasypus, n.sp.

2

aglaodesma Low.

.. 65

decretaria Wlk. ...

'.' ... 101

a(/ne.s Butl.

.. 46

deliciosari% Wlk.

46

albicostata Wlk

.. 17

desitaWlk.

38

aleuritis, n.sp

.. 41

despoliata Wlk. ...

52

alopecodes Meyr.

.. 28

demeta Warr.

117

angustipenrds Warr.

1

didymosema Low.

54

apollinaria Gn. ...

.. 74

dimorphata Snel.

46

attrihuta Wlk

.. 39

divisaria Wlk. ...

76

aurimargo Warr .

.. 79

dolichopis, n.sp. ...

14

aventiaria Gn

.. 82

elaphrodes, n.sp....

13

axiotis Meyr

.. 34

epipasta, n.sp. ...

8

caesaria Wlk

.. 50

episcia Meyr.

58

caligataVJX]^

.. 87

erebospila Low. ...

.. 59

cana Hmps.

.. 75

eretmopus, n.sp....

12

castissima Warr.

.. 56

farinalis Rosen. ...

106

catacissa, n.sp ,

.. 77

f asciata Warr. ...

6

eatacoma, n.sp

.. 5

ferrilinea Warr. ...

15

chloristis Meyr

.. 40

figlinaria GfXi.

39

clemens Luc

.. 72

Jlavirubra Warr. . .

114

cletima, n.sp

.. 16

Jranconiana Swin.

110

coenona, n.sp

.. 45

fucosa Warr.

20

coercita Luc

.. 10

glycydora, n.sp. ...

85

compensata Vf\k.

.. 37

griseata Warr. ...

92

contrariata Wlk.

.. 87

halmaea Meyr. ...

18

cos7jiaclelpha Low.

. 120

homodoxa Meyr. ...

49

cosmospila Meyr.

. 67

hypocallista Low.

53

costaria Wlk

.. 9

hypochra Meyr. ...

33

crinipes Warr

4

innocens Butl. ...

51

crossophraqma Meyr. ...

.. 47

interalhidata Warr.

lis

cruoraria Warr

.. 80

inundata Warr. ...

78

cryptorhodata Wlk.

.. 100

iodesma Meyr. ...

27

cyclophora, n.sp.

.. 86

ioparia Swin.

Ill

700

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV.

No.

No,

isodesma Low, ...

... 121

plenilima Warr. ...

89

isomorpha Meyr....

9

plumboscriptaria Chrisi

t. ... 26

Jessica Butl.

31

poliodesma, n.sp.

71

lechrioloma, n.sp.

36

polygramma Low.

29

leptopasta, n.sp. ...

94

porphyropis Meyr.

88

leiicopelta Lo\v. ...

89

poaticaria Wlk. ...

105

ligataria Wlk. ...

46

prasodes Meyr. ...

83

liotis Meyr.

37

primaria Wlk. ...

104

liparota, n.sp.

11

probleta, n.sp. ...

21

longidiscata Warr.

92

prosoeca, n.sp. ...

43

lophosceles, n.sp.

90

proxima Butl.

60

loxosema, n.sp. ...

... 61

pseliota Meyr.

23

lydia Butl.

31

pulverata Warr. ...

92

maculata Warr. ..

.. 69

pulverulenta Swin.

96

macidifera Swin.

108

punctata Warr. ...

99

malacopis Low. ...

83

ininctatissima Warr.

.. 25

margaritata Warr.

72

punctilinea Swin.

109

megalocentra Meyr.

.. 63

recessata Wlk. ...

... 44

monetaria Gn. ...

89

repletaria Wlk. ...

39

mundissima Wlk.

83

rhodocosma Low.

64

neoxesta Meyr. ...

32

rhopalopus, n.sp.

... 3

nephelospila Meyr.

97

rubraria Dbld. ...

39

nephelota, n.sp. ...

22

rubridisca Swin. ...

.. 107

nictata Gn.

46

rufifascia Warr. ...

68

niveopuncta Warr.

98

sancta Meyr.

73

oUiriaria Wlk. ...

87

schistacearia Wlk.

.. 103

obrinaria Gn.

87

scintillans Warr.

19

oUurhata W^lk. ...

50

sciota, n.sp.

95

odontota, n.sp. ...

... 91

similaria Wlk. ...

87

oenopus tiO-^ .

7

sordida Warr.

70

olivescens Warr. ...

84

stenozona Low. ...

30

oppilata Wlk. ...

... 47

stipataria Wlk. ._.

47

optivata Wlk.

49

sublinearia Wlk.

42

orthoscia Meyr. ...

62

suspicaria Snel. ...

87

pachydetis Meyr.

24

syntona Meyr.

93

pallida Moore

93

tetrasticha Low. . . .

55

partita Luc.

112

thysanopus, n.sp.

.. 48

parva Warr.

... 102

transversata Warr.

98

paucinotata Warr.

115

trissodesma Low.

119

perlataWlk.

35

trypheropa Meyr.

1

persalea Warr. ...

116

uniformis Warr. ...

113

philocosma Meyr.

... 25

validaria Wlk. ...

66

pilosata Warr. ...

7

vibrata Luc.

37

'01

NOTE ON A GLAUCOPHANE SCHIST FROM THE CONANDALE RANGE, QUEENSLAND.

By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.

Last year, on a trip to Queensland to review the field geology of the East Moreton District prior to the publication of my paper dealing with that area, (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 73) I went from Woodford, on the Stanley River, across the Conandale Range to the headwaters of the Mary River.

On the ' Postman's Track,' at the foot of the range on the Mary River side, there is a quartz reef bearing a trace of gold running across the track. It intrudes highly metamorphic and foliated schists and phyllites. Close to the reef, and interbedded with the other metamorphic rocks, there is a body of dark, blue- black schist, having a silky lustre and true schistose fracture. This rock struck me at once as being an interesting amphibolite schist, and I accordingly took a specimen. A few hundred yards further along the road, I met with a highly interesting mass of felspar porphyry intruding the metamorphic series. This rock has no relationship with the schists in question, but is closely related to the porphyrites at Point Arkwright and Noosa Head, on the coast. It is, in fact, a granophyric porphyry containing albite, orthoclase, quartz, augite, and hornblende, and belongs, therefore, to the monzonitic series. The structure and composi- tion of this rock bring out its affinities with the Post-Triassic porphyries so strongly that it gives one good reason to believe that most of the granites of the Yabba Ranges, which belong to the same monzonitic class, are of Post-Triassic age.

If most of the granites are Post-Triassic, it is easy to compre- hend that rocks as young as Carboniferous (to which age all the East Moreton schistose rocks are referred by Jack) or Devonian (as Gregory terms them) have been foliated and metamorphosed as highly as the Archaean rocks of other parts of the world.

702 ON A GLAUCOPHANE SCHIST FROM CONANDALE RANGE, Q.

The glaucophane schist from the Conandale Range is a fine- grained, dark schistose rock. In appearance this rock has no resemblance to the Mount Mee glaucophane rocks described by me. Under the microscope it is seen to be tolerably even-grained, and to be laminated in such a way that layers of amphibole crystals alternate with layers of fine granular quartz and felspar. The structure is very like schlieric structure in gabbros. Mag- netite is present, generally collected along the division-lines between the layers of hornblende and of colourless minerals.

The amphibole consists of hypidiomorphic grains of a bluish- green glaucophane having the following scheme of pleochroism —

C sky-blue^ b greenish^ a yellowish.

The extinction angle is 10° (r : c = 10°) and the mineral is optically positive. In character it is, therefore, allied to both glaucophane and actinolite.

A chemical analysis of this rock was made, and the result is stated below, with the analysis of the glaucophane rock from Mount Mee stated for comparison {cp. mj' paper, loc. cit.).

Glaucophane Schist,

i

Glaucophane Rock,

Conandale Range.

Mount Mee.

Mol.

Mol.

SiOo

47-21

0-787

49-98

0-833

A1203

14-35

0-140

11-95

0-117

Fe^Og

3-11

0019

13-91

0-087

FeO

10-78

)

2-75

j

MnO

0 09

} 0152

0-13

0-041

NiO(CoO)

0-10

i

0-10

)

MgO

6-38

0-159

5-53

0-138

CaO

11-28

0-202

10-54

0-188

NaoO

2-91

0-047

2-63

0-043

K.6

0-49

0 005

0-26

0-003

H;o-f

0-32

0-020

1-18

0-067

H20-

0-34

0-03

C02

abs.

0-02

TiOo

2-20

0-028

0-80 .

0-010

s :..

0-23

0-007

P20,

•■

trace n.d.

pres. n.d.

—

99-56

100-04

BY H. I. JENSEN.

703

For the sake of being able to compare these two rocks, I calculated tlieir norms, first in terms of such minerals as usually occur in glaucopha,ne schists, next in terms of such minerals as occur in igneous rocks. The chemical symbols for the minerals were taken from Dana's 'Text-Book of Mineralogy.' The follow- ing results were obtained : —

1. Glaucophane Schist, Conandale Range. Glaucophane 32-91%

Epidote ...

Perofskite

Actinolite

Anorthite

Oi-thoclase

Omphacite

Akermannite

Magnetite

2-20 3-81 27-49 21 41 2-78 2-23 212 3-78

Water

Total

98-73 9-64

99-37

The composition of glaucophane was taken as SiOo, 57*6 %; AUO3, 16-3; FeO, 7*7; Mg, 8-5; and NasO, 9-9; and, in the epidote, the ratio of AlgO- to FeoO.3 was taken to be 5 : 1 (for formulre, see Dana, op cit.).

2. G

laucophane Rock, ]Mount Mee.

Glaucophane

28-61

Epidote .,

47-53

Perofskite

1-36

Chlorite...

7 03

Orthoclase

1-67

Quartz . . .

...

13-91

Pyrites .

0-36

Total

100-48

The glaucophane was calculated on the formula KaoO, AI0O3, 2(FeMg)0, GSiO. with the ratio of Mg to Fe as 2 : 1.

704 ON A GLAUCOPHANE SCHIST FROM CONANDALE RANGE, Q.

The epidote was assumed to be, as observed in the mode, highly- ferriferous; and to contain 0*049 mol. H2O, 0*178 mol. CaO, 0-087 mol. FeoOg, 0*060 mol. AUOg, and 0*294 mol. SiO.^.

All the MgO (81 mol.), FeO (9 mol.), AI2O3 (11 mol.), and HgO (28 mol.) left, after satisfying the other minerals excepting quartz, was allotted to chlorite, whose composition would be between that of chlinochlore and that of pennine.

3. Glaucophane Schist, Conandale Ranse.

Quartz

nil

Orthoclase

... 2*78

Albite

... 24*63

Anorthite

... 24-46

Diopside

... 26*45

Olivine

... 11*48

Hypersthene

nil

Ilmenite

... 4*26

Magnetite

... 4*41

Haematite

nil

Pyrites

nil

*Extra CaO for apatite

... 0*44

Water

... 0*66

4. Glaucophane Rock,t Mt. Mee.

... 9*60

... 1*67

... 22*53

... 19*74

.., 25-27

nil

... 2*10

... 1*52

... 6*50

... 9-44

... 0*36

1-21

99*57

99-94

Salfemic. Order - . Gallare. Docalcic. Presodic. Auvergnose.

Salfemic.

Order 4. Vaalare.

Docalcic.

Presodic,

The Mt. Mee glaucophane rock I have already shown to be most likely an altered tuff of the gabbro famil3\ It is associated with massive igneous rock altered to chlorite and amphibolite

* If insufficient P.2O5 be present, this CaO serves to reduce some of the diopside to olivine.

t I have recalculated the norm of this rock because in my previous calculation I discovered some errors, which, however, do not affect its systematic position.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 705

schists, and more or less rudely stratified rocks having the appearance of altered tuffs.

The Conandale glaucophane schist is associated with perfectly stratified schistose rocks, which have certainly been laid down by the aid of water; but fossils I have never met with in them. This last characteristic, so common with the metamorphic rocks of the East Moreton area, may indicate that these rocks, even when stratified, are primarily of volcanic origin, having been redistributed by water. The chemical composition of the Conan- dale glaucophane schist, as shown above, is such that it might easily have been derived from a basaltic tuff.

The calculation of the norm of these rocks in terms of glauco- phane, epidote, actinolite, chlorite, perofskite, etc., brings the norm of these rocks into very close agreement with the mode.

There is reason to believe that the Mount Mee glaucophane rock, associated as it is with chloritic schists, etc., owes its patches of deep blue colour partly to the incipient alteration of its con- stituents to chlorites like delessite and chloritoid.

The glaucophane of the Conandale specimen approaches actinolite in character, and is probably either an intermediate variety or a mixture of these hornblendes. This, too, is evident from the norm.

706

CHEMICAL NOTE ON A RECENT LAVA FROM SAVAII.

By H. I. Jensex, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.

During the course of making some chemical analyses of War- rumbungle Mountains rocks, I also made an anal3^sis of a recent lava, hyalopilitic olivine basalt (SI) from Malaiola, Savaii, of which a short petrological description appeared in my paper on 'The Geology of Samoa' (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 666).

The estimation resulted as follows : —

0/

/o

Mol,

SiO.

45-96

0-766

A1.03

..

.. 10-94

0-107

Fe,03

..

.. 5-So

0-036

FeO ...

.. 6-39

0-089

MnO

.. 0-08

0-001

NiOCoO

.. 0-0'J

—

MgO...

.. 10-82

0-271

CaO ...

.. 9-96

0-179

NaoO

..

.. 2-40

0-039

K26 ...

.. 1-92

0-020

H.0 +

h;o-

.. 0-36) .. 0-12/

0-003

062 ...

abs.

Tido

.. 5-50

0-069

P2O5

pres.n.d.inamt

—

Total

100-32

BY H. I. JENSEN.

'07

The calculation of the norm of this rock resulted as follows

Orthoclase

Albite

Anorthite

Diopside

Olivine

Hjematite

Magnetite

Ilmenite

Water

Total

44-89 _^ 5^ 8

Fern." 55 00 """^3 ^5

Sal.

] hence salfemic.

Felspar 44-89^ 7 Quartz ~" 0 ^T

hence Order Gallare.

K20 + Na.30_ 59 ^ 3^ 1 ' CaO "179"^ 5^^y

hence Docalcic.

K^O _20^3^ 1 Na20~39^5^7

Magmatic name : Auvergnase.

The comparison of the analysis and norm with the petrological description was of some interest.

The analysis bears out my statement that the augite is titani- ferous, for the ilmenite actually present in the rock is much below that which we should expect if all the titanium had gone to form ilmenite. My conclusion that the haematite present is a primary constituent also follows from the norm. The felspar, however, as calculated from the norm, differs totally from the felspar as observed in the slide.

From the norm we should expect the dominant felspar to be a variety of andesine, but my examination of the rock-slide revealed only basic labradorite or bytownite. This might be accounted for through two circumstances; first, the existence of a glassy residuum which may be very acid in composition; second, the fact that the augite is greenish-brown and highlj^ pleochroic, which phenomena suggest richness in alkali, especially soda.

After the analyses had revealed this disparity between the norm and the mode, as previously obtained, the rock was again examined under the microscope. The description already given in the paper referred to was found to be essentially correct.

^08

ON THE GENUS PETALURA, AVITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES.

By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S.

(Plate xxxiii.)

The genus Petalura was created by Leach in 1815 to contain a remarkable dragonfly of great size which he received from his friend, W. J. Hooker, from "New Holland" (N.S.W.). The insect was absolutely unlike an}^ other dragonfly known to Leach, but he placed it in the family uEschnidte, although he was careful to remark upon the many diff'erences it possessed from all other members of that family. Since then it has remained for a long time classed with the subfamily Gomphince, until only lately Kriiger has removed it and constituted a new family, Fetaluridce, to contain it, placing it between Gomphince and the Calo^^terygidce.

Before we attempt to place the genus arbitrarily in any assigned position, we must recognise the difficulty that always occurs in dealing with aberrant genera. It is this. All naturalists admit the imperfections of a simply linear classification, in which an attempt is made to arrange in a definite line a series of genera or families on which the forces of natural selection have been exerting themselves through countless ages. That it can be done at all shews us indeed that all natural development has proceeded more or less on the same lines; and that if Nature is prodigal in variation, she is nevertheless chary in innovation. But it some- times happens that a whole race, or a series of races, has been completely wiped out in the past, save, perhaps, for some solitary form, more stable that its congenei-s. Such a form, or forms, on

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 709

whose behalf natural selection has been exercised to so full and favourable extent that it can hold its own, with little further variation, in the changing world around it, has, we may suppose, existed until the present day. To us then it will appear as an aberrancy, a form without near relations, and one whose origin we can scarcely hope to explain, and whose position in a linear classification it were almost hopeless to determine.

Petalura is a good example of these aberrant forms. Its great size and remarkable formation will make it one of the Odona- tologist's chief treasures and most careful studies. Let us examine carefully then the points which may throw light upon its position in the recognised classification of Odonata : —

1. Head rather small for the size of the insect, being scarcely as broad as the thorax. In the Gom^^hince and Calopterygidm the head is broader than the thorax, the nearest approach to equalit}^ being in the genus Ictinus (a genus which I think shows some points of approach to Petalura). As regards the eyes, these are slightly smaller and further apart, considering the size of the insect, than in the Gomjjhince, but larger and closer together than in the C alopterygidoi.

2. Thorax large and powerful. It shows a near approach to the Gomphince. As regards the size of the prothorax, which is fairly well developed, we see again a similarity to the Calopiery- yidoi. The legs are strong and thick, but afford no criterion for comparison; the Odonata on the whole use them but little, and they show little variation.

3. Abdomen: a point of great interest is the presence of rudimentary spurs on the second segment of the male. The Gomphince have well-developed spurs, the Calopterygidce have none. In Petalura we have the spur about half-formed. As regards the general shape of the abdomen, Petalura is widely different from the Gomphince, and very similar to many of the genera of the Calopterygidce, (compare for this purpose Diphlehia),

710 ON THE GENUS PETULARA,

4. A p p e n d a g e s : in these we have tlie most remarkablf^ divergence of all. The appendages of Petalura (male) cannot be brought into line with those of other Odonata at all. It resembles the Libellulidce and ^Eschnince in having only one inferior appendage; both the Goinphinm and Caloiyterygidce have two. Moreover it would require a stretch of the imagination to see in the breadth of its single appendage an approach to bifurcation, though it is possible that the double inferior appendages of the GomphincE may have been brought about by that means. As regards the superior appendages, they are beyond all doubt most remarkable, and would almost appear to have been developed for use as a rudder during flight. The insect is able to open and shut them, and when flying holds them fairly vertical, but I have not been able to observe what use is made of them when the insect is about to descend, or when it is hovering in the air. Here again imagination may depict the process of forcipation, as we see it in the Calopterygidce^ being brought about by the change, firstly, to a laminate appendage, as in Petalura, and, secondly, by the hardening of the upper and stronger curved edge of the lamina, and the gradual loss of the under portion. In this case we mio-ht also regard the teeth that occur often on the undersides of forcipate appendages as the relics of the lower portion of the lamina. A careful study of a number of forcipate forms may reveal the truth of this supposition, but at present it cannot be pressed. The appendages of the female are not remarkable, and do not call for comment.

5. W i n g s : these show no connection whatever with the Calopterygidce, but a considerable resemblance to the Gomphince. Fore- and hindwings dissimilar. (a) Pterostigma of enormous length; narrow as in the ^schnince, and not convex as in the Gomphince,. Here, however, the genus Ictinus is again an excep- tion, as it shows a considerable lengthening and narrowing of the stigma, (b) Wing -triangles distinctly dissimilar, that of the forewing being narrower than that of the hindwing, as in the Libellididce. However, an examination of the simple triangles of

Uy K. J. TILLYARD. 711

the Gomphince should show us that they also are not really similar except in an approximate sense. The triangles of Fetahira appear to me to be closer in formation to those of a majority of the CordidiincB than to those of any other subfamily. (c) Anal angle {$) and memhranule : angle very marked, mem- branule very small, as in the Gomphince.

Reviewing the above points, there seems to be no doubt that Petalura is a far closer approach to the Gomphince than to the GaloplerygidcE. And of the genera comprised in the Gomphiiue, Ictinus should be singled out as the nearest approach to Petalnra, particularly in the shape of the head and thorax, the length of the pterostigma, and the dissimilar triangles crossed by one or more nervules. Apart from these points, the differences between Petalura and Ictinus are so insuperable that the family Petaluridoi must stand. It should probably be placed at the end of the division Aniso2)tera which the American authors use to include the Libellididce and ^Eschnidce with their subfamilies. The division Zi/goptera, of which the Calopterygidce are the first family, will follow it in the linear order; but it must be borne in mind that the gap between Petalura and these latter is far greater than the gap between Petalura and Ictinus.

While I was collecting in the Cairns district of North Queens- land, during the summer of 1904-5, I was told of the occurrence there at rare intervals of a dragonfly of such enormous propor- tions that I scarcely credited the story. It was said to come swooping down " like a bird," and local residents went so far as to declare that " its bite would pretty well kill you." When I captured Anax giittatus at Atherton I thought this was the species refered to, but when I showed it to a Cairns resident he declared that the one he had spoken of was far bigger than that. I kept on the look-out, and a few days before I left Kuranda I was rewarded by seeing an enormous dragonfly along the banks of the River Barron. I was unable to capture it, but I could see that it was a Petalura. A day later a local collector brought me a female of the species, which he had captured in the bush. It was in bad condition, but measured about 6J inches across the 56

712 ON THE GENUS PETALURA,

wings. This year I have received from my friend, Mr. E. Allen, of Cairns, a beautiful male, in fine condition, taken near Herberton. With this material to work upon, I was soon able to determine that this enormous dragonfly, without doubt the largest known, is a new species of Petalura, very distinct in many respects from Leach's P. gigantea.

In this paper I propose to give a careful definition of both species, a good description of P. gigantea being very much needed.

Firstly as to the position and definition of the family Petaluridoi. The following key will determine it : —

Division Anisoptera (fore- and hindwings dissimilar).

I Eyes very close together 1.

4 Eyes just touching Cor^dulegasterince.

[Eyes separate 2.

TTriangles elongated, similar JEschnince.

\Triangles dissimilar 3.

(Tvo inferior appendages in male Gomphhuy^.

2. ^ One inferior appendage in male, superior appendage

y broadly laminate Petaliiridce.

THindwings of male rounded at anal angle Libellulince:

' XHindwings of male angulated (except Hemkoidnlia) Cordidiince.

Genus Petalura.

Insects of great size. Head rather small, eyes separated, ocelli in a triangle. Thorax strong and broad, prothorax fairly well developed. Abdomen rather narrow, elongate subcylindrical. Spurs of segment 2 present in male, but not well formed. Appen- dages of male : superior broadl}' laminate, inferior broad, covering the basal portions of the superior beneath. Triangles dissimilar, that of the forewing crossed by two nervules, that of the hind- wing by 1-3 nervules (rarely free). Subtriangle of fore wings reticulated, of hindwings free. Basilar space free; submedian space crossed by one nervule. Pterostigma exceedingly long and narrow. Anal triangle of hindwing in male very long, narrow, divided into three cells.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 713

1. Petalura gigantea Leach (Zool. Misc. ii. p. 96). (Plate xxxiii., fig8.2, 5-6.)

(J. Total length 87-97 mm.; abdomen 63-73 mm. Forewing 52-58 mm.; hindwing 50-56 mm.

Wings: Neiiration black, strong, costa pale yellowish out- wards, ribbed with black. Triangle of forewings with two cross- nervures, of hindwings with one cross-nervure (rarely free). Hind wings strongly angulated anally. Fterostigma very long and narrow, black, 9 mm. in forewing, 10-5 mm. in hindwing. Jlejubranule small, pale; forewing 1-5 mm.; hindwing thicker.

'2 mm. Nodal Indicator |Circ. 19 circ. 10

Head: Occiput raised in middle.

thick, downy, black, slightly!! 14-16 9-10

Eyes 2 mm. apart, dark brown, a yellow line behind on the orbital ridge. Vertex small, black; the two outer ocelli set on raised tubercles, the middle one slightly in front, smaller, not raised, black; antennae 3-5 mm., black. Front large and broad, slightly indented medially; the base, next the vertex, is covered by the black colour of the vertex, forming a transverse band along the base; rest of front pale yellow finely granulated with black dots. Clypeus very dark brown shading to black; an obtusely pointed lamina on each side, projecting downwards to labrum; lahrum pale yellow, a fine black point entering medially from above; lower parts of mouth dull dirty yellowish, mouth edged with black or dark brown. Thorax: Prothorax blackish, with a touch of yellow on the collar behind; covered with downy greyish hairs. Meso- and metathorax large, strongly built, downy, colour chocolate-brown above, dorsal and interalar ridges touched with black, the former elevated near the middle into an obtuse spine; on either side of the dorsal ridge, and touching it, is a broad band of dull orange-brown, the outer margin being slightly curved; some greyish hairs in front next the prothorax and also on the notum near the wing-joins. Sides glaucous brown with a distinct straight lateral band of dirty yellowish-grey which is continued across the notum; rest of notum black. Lower parts of sides brownish, with grey hairs; near the abdomen is a second

714 ON THE GENUS PETi'LAIiA,

sublateral stripe, parallel to the former and of the same colour, but not so large or distinct. Underside covered with grey hairs. Ze^5 strong and thick, with very small stiff hairs or spines; black, except coxae, which are pale brownish. Abdomen: fairly thick at base, then tapering slightly to 4, 4 to end cylindrical. Colour: 1, blackish, grey hairs on sides, a touch of yellow on each side near 2; 2, spurs distinct, but not very large and projecting very little; dark brown, a dorsal stripe of dull orange yellow and on each side a broad patch of yellow; a touch of yellow on spurs : 3-4, basal half dark brown, anal half almost black, dorsal stripe as in 2, but narrowing ; on either side an irregular stripe of orange-yellow, broken by the transverse central carina which is pale brown, and by the sutures, which are black and rather broad; these stripes broaden out anally, forming narrow transverse bands of orange-yellow, the two portions just meeting on the dorsum: 5-7, nearly black above, the dorsal stripe still present, but very narrow, the lateral stripes very irregular, the anal band exceedingly narrow, the two portions not meeting on the dorsum, transverse central carina black; 8, black above, an irregular patch of orange-yellow on each side, broadening anally into a tine transverse line, the two portions just meeting on ihe dorsum in a small orange-yellow spot; 9, orange-yellow, an irregular transverse narrow basal black band, projecting slightly on each side into a small round black spot; 10, same size as 9, black, bordered anally by a trans- verse orange-yellow band. Underside black, strongly powdered with grey. Viewed broadly, the abdomen ma}^ be said to possess a narrow dorsal stripe, tapering, from 2 to 7, and a very irregular lateral stripe on each side, broken by the carinae and sutures. Appendages most remarkable. Superior large and broad, laminate, curved, somewhat rudder-shaped, length about 6 mm., bases strong and thick, separated; aljout midway on the inner margin is a projecting portion forming a right angle; colour, inner basal half pale orange-brown, semi-transparent, outer and upper half very dark brown; edges and bases black. Inferior about 2-5 mm. long by 4*3 mm. wide at tips; acutely pointed on

BV U. J. TILLVAKD.

715

each side; somewhat convex, and hiding the bases of the superior appendages (viewed from below); colour orange-brown, semi- transparent, base and tips blackish (Pl.xxxiii., figs.5-6).

9. Total length 82-96 mm., abdomen 58-70 mm ; forewing 56-60 mm., hindwing 54-58 mm.

It differs from the male as follows: — Pterostigma, fore 1 1-5 mm., hind 12-5 mm.; hindwings rounded anally. Head and thorax as in male. Abdomen broader, ver}' regular, cylindrical, slightly tapering from 2 to 8. A few grey hairs on 1-2, rest smooth; 3-6 brown above, with anal one-fourth black and a fine black line along the transverse central carina. The dorsal stiipe is distinct and regular but narrow; the lateral stripes less irregular than in the male; 8, black, with an anal band of orange-yellow, extending half-way down each side and flanked by a flat triangular yellow portion which appears to have been just cut away from it (due to the interception of the supplementary carina, which is here very close to the suture); 9, very short, basal three-fifths black with a dorsal yellow spot, rest yellow; 10, short and narrow, black, projt^cting anally beyond appendages in a brownish tubercle. Ovipositor large and thick, upcurved, reaching to end of abdomen and carrying near tiie tip two minute filaments consist- ing of a short stumpy base from which emerge a few stiff straight hairs. Appendccges very short, 1 mm., black, conical, bluntly pointed.

Ilab. — -New^ South Wales; rare : Blue Mountains, Moss Vale, Sydney; November-January.

2. Petaluka ingentissiwa, n.sp.

(Plate xxxiii., figs.l, 3-4.)

(^. Total length 120 mm.; abdomen 92 mm.; forewing 74 mm., hindwing 71 mm.

Wings: Neuration black, costa yellowish outwards ribbed with black. All triangles crossed by two nervures; subtriangles of forewings with 6-7 cellules. Hindwings strongly angulated anall3^ Pterostigma narrow, black, very long, fore 13 mm., hind

716 ON THE GENUS PETULARA,

14 mm., covering 8 cellules. Memhranule very small aud narrow, dirty flesh-coloured. Nodal Indicator |21 12-14

Head: Eyes da^v^i brown sepai'ated by occipital j 16-17 12-14 ridge, 3-5 mm. long, black. Vertex small, black; ocelli close together, rather large, brown; antennse black. Front black with a broad transverse yellow band above, slightly narrowed in the median cleft; clypeus black; lahrum j^ellow bordered with black, the black colour projecting slightly from above into a small central spine; ge^ice yellow; labium pale dirty yellowish-grey; mouth edged with dark brown. Thorax: Prothorax fairly bioad, YQvy dark brown, paler on the ridge behind. Meso- and metathorax rich dark brown, a sub triangular dorsal area of dull yellowish with its base next the prothorax, enclosing the dark brown dorsal ridge, which rises into a sharp spine near its centre. On either side a broad straight lateral band, and a sublateral band very low down, both dirty flesh-colour; the former band crossing the notum. Legs large and strong, jet black. Abdomen very long, slender, subcylindrical; 1-2 thickened, 3-6 tapering slightly, 7-10 enlarging slightly. Colour black or very dark brown, dorsal surface of 1 and base of 2 with pale grey hairs; 1, a yellow ])atch on each side; 2, a fine yellow dorsal line, a trans- verse anal band, enlarging on each side into a large yellow lateral patch; separated from this patch there is also a large basal yellow patch; spurs partially formed, with a deep depression behind them, but with little elevation; colour yellow, brown at the bases: 3, a narrow transverse yellow basal band and a similar anal band, joined on each side by an irregular lateral band of yellow, crossed by the slanting black line of the supplementary carina; 4-7 with narrow tiansverse basal and anal yellow bands, 4 sometimes showing the beginnings of a lateral band on the sides; 8-9 with narrow transverse anal yellow bands; 10 touched anally with yellow; 10 rather flat above, and both 9 and 10 short and of about equal length. Appendages very remarkable. Superior broad, laminate, somewhat rudder-shaped, 8'5mm. long by 7 mm, wide; wide apart at bases, and carrying on the inner margin a portion forming an obtuse-angled projection. Colour very dark

BY K. J. TILLY ARD. 717

brown, almost black, bases quite black. Inferior short, 3 ram., rather broad, terminated on each side by a short spike; convex beneath; black (Pl.xxxiii., figs. 3-4).

9. Total length 125 mm.; abdomen 94 mm.; forewing 78 mm., hindwing 76 mm.

Very similar to the male in coloration, differing as follows : — Hindwings rounded. Abdomen broader and more cylindrical than in male. Ovipositor large, blunt, reaching to end of abdomen, upcurved, black, carrying two tiny filaments as in P. gigantea female. Aj^pendages short, 15 mm., pointed, black; separated by the large rounded anal projection of 10.

Hab. — North Queensland; very rare : Cairns, Kuranda, Ath- erton and Herberton. December-January. The type male was taken at Herberton, the female at Kuranda.

The two species, though closely allied, can be distinguished at once by differences of size and coloration. The following points should be specially noticed : —

The expanse of wing in P. gigantea is (^ about 110 mm.; $ about 120mm. ,, ,, P. ingentissima ^ 151mm.; 2 163 mm.

The front of P. gigantea has a great deal more yellow on it than that of P. ingentissima; this is shown clearly in the plate. The upper thoracic markings are different in shape; gigantea having two well defined bands, ingentissima a triangular area, formed by two short bands which narrow very rapidly. The subtriangle of the forewings has 3 cellules in gigantea ^ 6-7 in ingentissima. The anal angle of the hindwings of the male is slightly more pronounced in gigantea. The yellow markings of the abdomen are very different; gigantea has the dorsal and lateral bands along nearly the whole of the abdomen; ingentissima has but the beginning, of them on the first two or three segments. Again ingentissima has transverse bands on every segment except 1 and 10; gigantea has not. Finally, gigantea has the 9th segment bright orange-yellow; ingentissima has it nearly black. The appendages on examination will be found to differ remarkably, as may be seen in the plate : As regards the superior appendages, those of ingentissima are broader, and less angulated on the inner margin; their colour, too, is black, while those of gigantea are semitransparent brown : The inferior appendages are very different both in form and coloration (see figures).

In conclusion, the addition of this wonderful new species to the list of Australian Odonata is of great interest, showing us, as

718 ON THE GENUS PETULARA.

it does, that the Petalura of Leach is not the last of its race, but that a greater and even more remarkable species, closel}^ allied to it, still exists to add to our knowledge of this isolated form.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIIL

Fig. 1. — Petalnra ingentifisima, n.sp. ; J^ nat. size. Fig. 2. — Petalura gigaiifea Leach; ^ nat size. Figs. 3-4 — Petalura ingentissima, n.sp.; J^ appendages. Figs. 5-6. — Petalura gigantea Leach; J" appendages.

(Figs.1-2, photo H. King; figs.3-6, R.J.T. del.).

19

THE DRAGONFLTES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S.

(Plates xxxiv.-xxxvi.)

Few parts of Australia have been more neglected, from an ento- mological point of view, as the West. The fact that enormous tracts of land there are practically without a useful rainfall, and carry but an insignificant insect fauna, seems to have deterred collectors from working this portion of the continent as carefully as they might have done. Probably a very large portion of the west would not repay the trouble and expense of visiting it ; but it must nevertheless be borne in mind that the State of Western Australia in itself contains between one-third and two-fifths of of the whole continent, and that in this vast area there are many rich districts, blessed with an abundant rainfall, and exceedingly rich in insect life.

One of these rich districts is the South-Western District, lying roughly between Perth on the north-west and Albany on the south-east, and in particular that portion of it which has a regular annual rainfall of from 30-50 inches. Here are found immense forests of jarrah and karri timber, covering vast areas of rich soil which will be capable of great possibilities when the district is opened up. As no systematic collecting of Odonata has so far been carried out in Western Australia, I did not attempt to cover a vast area superficially in the three weeks I had at my disposal, but rather to take a well-defined and not too large district and work it thoroughly. In deciding on the South- western District, I was mainly guided by the rainfall. This is very regular, and falls in the winter months. The summer is dry and fairly hot; and after the last rains have fallen the rivers. 57

720 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

begin to dry up rapidly. In less favoured localities the river- beds become quite dry in the summer, with possibly a pool of water here and there; and even in the best localities I found very few of the creeks actually running,

A glance at the map (Plate xxxiv.) shews that a fair number of rivers drain the South- Western District. Taking them in order from north to south, we have the Swan, Serpentine, Murray, Collie, Preston, Margaret, Blackwood, Warren, and Frankland. These may all be classed as mountain streams; for they all drain the plateau of the Darling Ranges, which extends from north to south at a distance of twenty to forty miles from the coast, except at Cape Naturaliste, where a spur runs out right to the Cape itself. The sources of the longer rivers would therefore be at elevations of from twelve to fifteen hundred feet, and in the winter they bring down a big volume of flood-water. However, the river channels are narrow and deep, and tlie only stream that has any pretensions to being a really fine river is the Blackwood. At Bridgetown, a hundred miles from its mouth, it carries all through the year a large volume of water and is in many places over one hundred yards wide.

Besides these running mountain-streams, all of which carry nearly the same Odonate fauna, we have the coastal lagoons, some of which are fresh, like Mungar's Lake, near Perth. These carry a somewhat different Odonate fauna. A third class, the marshes and swamps, usually very rich in Odonata, is practically absent, except in the Warren River district and around Lake Muir, where there are some fine tracts of swampy country. These are very inaccessible, but I was able to work the fringe of them at Wilgarrup, where there is a small brook running through some splendid marshy tracts. This is one of the best collecting places I found in Western Australia.

Taking as my base the South-Western railway line (that is the line from Perth to Busselton and Bridgetown, running almost due south) I was able to work from Perth down to Cape Leeuwin, and inland to Bridgetown and beyond, w^ith care arid thorough- ness. I was unable to get farther eastward to Albany, but tlie

BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 721

collection in the Macleay Museum, Sydney, contains a number of Odonata from this latter locality; and as these are all species which I obtained myself further to the west, I propose to include Albany in the South- Western District. The following localities were worked carefully and thoroughly: — Perth and Fremantle (Mungar's Lake and Swan River), Armadale (Canning), Busselton (Vasse), Bridgetown (Blackwood), Wilgarrup (Warren district), and the Margaret River and Karridale district. Besides these, I am much indebted to Mr. G. R Berthoud, of the State Farm, Hamel, for sending me a large number of specimens from Waroona (Murray district), thus linking together the northern and southern localities which I myself worked.

Considering that the district worked was practically new ground, the final result of twenty -six species is perhaps some- what disappointing. Six new and extremely interesting species were found; three or four more may be considered as exceedingly rare and local. The rest are insects found more or less commonly in similar latitudes in the Eastern States. Hence we are enabled to extend the range of many of our eastern species, and to notice their variation under different climatic conditions. The following is a complete list of all the species taken or observed, with notes on all points of interest, and complete descriptions of new species:

Family LIBELLULID^.

Subfamily LIBELLULINJE.

1. Pantala flavescens Fabr.

Rare; several taken at Waroona by Mr. Berthoud. It is an exceedingly common tropical species, extending to India and North America. In the Eastern States it is common from Cape York down to Clarence River, N.S.W.; and it is met with occa- sionally round Sydney. A large brownish-orange insect, with very broad hind wings.

2. Tramea Loewii Brauer. Mungar's Lake, Perth. A beautiful large red insect, with a graceful soaring flight. The hindwings have a peculiar black

722 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

network at the bases, which are broad as in the preceding species. Common in the Eastern States, from Clarence River, N.S.W., northwards.

3. DiPLACODES NiGRESCENS Martin.

Very rare and local. Two males at Mungar's Lake, Perth; one at Armadale; one at Margaret River; one seen on the wharf at Fremantle. There are several females in the Maclea}' Museum Sydney, loc. Albany. It is also very rare in New South Wales and Victoria (R. Martin). The male is an insect of great beauty, having a very broad and flattened abdomen, brilliant red with large black spots. Female brownish.

4. DiPLACODES H.EMATODES Burm.

Fairly common, but somewhat local, Armadale, Waroona, Margaret River; also Albany. Found all over Australia; very common in the central and tropical parts. The male has the abdomen somewhat broad and flattened, brilliant red ivithout spot. Female brown, tips of wings saffroned.

[D. rubra Kirby, is synonymous with this species.]

5. DiPLACODES BiPUNCTATA Brauer.

Fairly common. Perth, Armadale, Waroona; rare at Bridge- town and in the southern localities. Found all over Australia; swarms in Victoria, New South Wales and Queensland. The male has the abdomen narrow and rounded: colour brick-red, with small black spots. Female brown.

6. Orthetrum caledonicum Brauer.

Exceedingly abundant around Perth; rarer further south. Round the sandy shores of Mungar's Lake these beautiful dragon- flies may be seen in thousands. The male is a large pale blue insect, female olive-brown. It is one of the commonest of Aus- tralian Odonata, swarming all over the Eastern States, and also in Central Australia in very arid regions. It seems 'particularly fond of dry, hot sand.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 723

7. Nannodythemis australis Brauer.

Wilgarrup, common. Absent elsewhere. It is widely diffused, but very local, in the Eastern States, especially New South Wales. The western form is larger and handsomer than the eastern form. It is a small stumpy-looking insect, appearing at first sight like some was]3-Iike creature armed with a formidable sting. The male has the abdomen very short and constricted, the end being enlarged into a thick club, brilliant red. It sits about on the grass and reed-stems in marshes, with wings much depressed. Female brownish.

Subfamily CORDULIIN^.

8. Hemicordulia AUSTRALiiE Rambur.

Fairly common on the mountain streams in the south, especially the Blackwood. Common all over the Eastern States. A beau- tiful insect, with deep orange abdomen carrying a broad and very irregular dorsal band, the portions on each segment being more or less clepsydrate. The front of the head carries a pair of brilliant metallic-blue spots, rather square and close together. Female duller. Hindwings of both sexes rounded at the anal margin.

9. Hemicordulia tau Selys.

Common everywhere; found throughout Australia, even in the dry central regions. It is larger than the preceding, and far less beautiful. Markings of abdomen similar but duller. The front of the head carries a thick black T on a pale yellow ground; hence the name.

10. Procordulia (Somatochlora) affinis Selys.

A very rare species, confined to a few localities in South- West Australia. I took a dozen or so at Wilgarrup, all in a damaged condition, which shews that this insect is out on the wing early, probably in September or October. Also one male at Margaret River. At first sight it is very similar to Hemicordulia austra. lict, but the following points will distinguish it : — the abdomen is not so slender, and the whole form less graceful than that of

724 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

R. australice. The frontal spots are possibly less brilliant, and more greenish than blue, but this may be due to the age of the specimens I took. The males can be distinguished at once by the superior appendages. Those of H. australioi are fairly long, somewhat curved, tips pointed, and carry underneath, about their middle, a sharp black spine, easily seen with the naked eye. Those of P. affinis are, however, very short, much arched, almost forcipate, but with the tips slightly recurved; they carry ?io spi7ie underneath, and are only half the length of those of 11. australice. Besides this, the males of the genus Hemicordulia have the anal margin of the hindwings rounded, while ProcorduUa has it very slightly, but distinctly, angulated. The females of both species have rounded anal margins to their hindwings, and are exceed- ingly difficult to distinguish. P. affinis female has a slightly longer membranule and appendages,

11. Synthemis macrostiGxMa Selys.

Sparingly at Bridgetown; abundant at Wilgarrup. The males outnumber the females by tw^enty to one. I was fortunate in obtaining two mature females at Wilgarrup, where the males were so common in marshy places that two could be caught with one sweep of the net. This insect is rather rare and local. It was first recorded from Fiji, but I have since taken it in New^ South Wales on the Blue Mountains, and have received one male from Mount Macedon, Victoria. The Western Australian form is considerably smaller than the eastern form. It is a beautiful insect, very slender and graceful, of a rich cinnamon-brown colour, profusely marked with beautiful cream-coloured spots in pairs. There are no bands on the upper part of the thorax, but on each side there is a round spot and a short band, both cream-coloured.

12. Synthemis cyanitincta, n.sp.

(Plate XXXV. figs. 3-4; Plate xxxvi. fig, 1).

This beautiful little species is exceedingly rare. I took it sparingly in one locality at Margaret River, and I also found one very damaged female at Armadale. It is easy to capture,,

BY K. J. TILLYARD. 725

shewing no fear, and often hovering or flying slowly and grace- fully to and fro within a yard or two of the net.

(J. Total length 41 mm., abdomen 31 mm.; forewing 27 mm., hindwing 26 mm. Wings very slightly suffused with pale brown. Neuration black, bases slightly saffroned ; the space between the subcostal and median nervures black for nearly 2 mm. at the base. Pterostiyma 2 mm., brown. MemhranuU^ fore very narrow, 2 mm.; hind narrow, 3 mm., dull whitish. One cross-nervule in basilar space, 2-3 in submedian; a conspicuous white spot at the base of each wing. Nodal Indicator 1 10-1 1 6-7| Head: Eyes bordered with white beneath. Occiput I 6-7 6-7| very small, hairy, brown, with a cream-coloured triangle behind. Vertex dark brown. Front deeply cleft, with a creamy oval spot above on each side, extending downwards along the side of the front. Clypeus and labrum brown, labium dull brownish. Thorax: Prothorax very small, brown, touched with cream on the collar. Meso- and metathorax hairy, dark chocolate-brown, a pair of short straight humeral bars, cream-coloured, and less than 2 mm. in length; on each side a longer lateral bar of the same colour; and lower dow^n, near abdomen, a triangular cream- coloured patch. Interalar ridge touched with white. Notum brown, a creamy spot on meso- and metascutum. Legs black, bases of femora brown. Abdomen slender, 1-2 slightly enlarged, 7-10 somewhat clubbed. Colour : 1, brown; 2, brown with a pair of semicircular creamy spots. Rest of abdomen dark brown shading to black, each of the segments 3-7 carrying a pair of central dorsal spots, oval or suboval, of a beautiful very pale greyish-blue colour; those of 3-5 touching along the dorsal ridge; each spot crossed by a transverse black line in the supple- mentary carina; 8, a pair of large oval spots similar to those on 3-7, but more than half the length of the segment; 9, a pair of small round basal spots of the same colour; 10 sometimes carries a more or less distinct basal band of cream marked with two very small brown spots. The underside of 8 carries a conspicuous patch of hairs; 9 with the testes whitish. Appendages: Superior rather long, 3 mm., wavy, narrow sublanceolate, black,

726 THE DRAG0NFLIP:S of SOUTH-^VESTERN AUSTRALIA,

pointed. Inferior 1-8 min., concave above, tip upciir\ ed; brown^ subtriangular.

9. Differs from the male as follows: — Wings much suffused with brown; pterostigma pale brown, slightl}^ longer than in male. A tiny cream-coloured triangular spot on the anteclypeus. Abdomen cylindrical, thicker than in male, 2-8 spotted as in male, but the spots of each segment of a more equal size, those of 8 smaller than the rest; 9-10 dark brown. Appendages separate, short, 1 mm., straight, pointed, black.

A very distinct species, and by far the smallest member of the genus. The pale blue colouring of the spots is remarkable, and I do not know of another species of the CordiiMince which possesses it.

JIab. — Small mountain-brooks; Margaret River district and Armadale; December-January.

13. Synthemis Martini, n.sp. (Plate XXXV, figs, 1-2; Plate xxxvi, fig. 2),

(J. Total length 55-57 mm.; abdomen 42-4-4 mm,; forewing 33- 34 mm.; hindwing 32-33 mm.

Wings: Neuration black; a very conspicuous cream-coloured spot at the base of each wing. Pterostigma 27-30 mm,, black, Membrannle, fore 15 mm., white; hind nearly 3 mm., pale greyish.

Nodal Indicator 111-14 6-9 space, 3 to 4 in I 8-10 8-11

One cross-nervule in basilar submedian. Head: Fyes bor-

dered behind with brown for 3 mm,, followed by cream-colour for 2 mm. Occipital tubercle brov*^n in front, rounded and cream- coloured behind. Vertex small, tubercled, hair}^ brownish-black. Front hairy, widely cleft medially, dark brown; on each side a large round creamy spot; low^er part of front dull fleshy-grey, brown in the cleft. Glyjyeus dull fleshy-grey tinged with brown; labrum and labium pale dirty flesh-colour. Thorax: Pro- thorax dark brown, a pale straw-colour in front. Meso- and~ me^a^/iora^e very dark brown, in parts almost black, With a slight metallic tinge. A fine straw-coloured line for about 2*5 mm. on

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 727

the dorsal ridge, and four fair-sized creamy dorsal spots, at about equal distances apart, forming approximately the angular points of a square; of these the two front are often cleft by the intrusion of the ground-colour from behind, but the other two are more or less round. On each side of the thorax is a broad lateral band of cream-colour or pale straw, running from between the wing- joins to above the metacoxa; part of the thorax next the abdomen is dull greyish. Notum brown, except meso- and metascutum, which are cream-coloured. Legs black. Abdomen long and slender, 3 and 8-10 rather narrower than the rest. Colour: 1, brown with a creamy dorsal spot; 2, brown, on each side a creamy basal mark running up from the spur to dorsum, and nearly meeting above. Spurs small, creamy above, dull grey- brown beneath. Rest of abdomen black spotted with cream- colour as follows : — 3-8, two basal triangular spots, and two central suboval or round spots crossed by a fine black line, the first two diminishing rapidly in size from 3-8, being only mere lines in 8, the last two somewhat pointed basally in 3, round in 4-7, smaller and pointed anally in 8; 9, black, sometimes with two tiriy spots; 10, a rather large central diamond-shaped or oval spot, a pair of tiny lateral spots. Ventral carina black, broadly edged with dirty white, this colour being broadest at the base of each segment, and running up to join the basal spots on 3-8. Appendages: Superior very long, 3-8 mm., basal two-thirds straight, rest forcipate; black, with some very small hairs. Inferior 2-2 mm., narrow, subtriangular, slightly hairy below; concave above, tip slightly upcurved, colour pale brownish, darkened at tip.

9. Differs from the male as follows : — A somewhat larger insect; fore wing 36 mm., hind wing 35 mm. Bases of wings more or less shaded with rich yellowish-brown, especially between sub- costal and median nervures. Pterostigma pale, 4 mm. Colours of thorax and abdomen duller. Spots on thorax larger and some- times running into one another so as to form two very irregular antehumeral bands. Abdomen cylindrical, broader than in male- designs larger and bolder; 9-10 very short and narrow. Ovipositor 58

728 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERX AUSTRALIA,

of 8 ending in a black hook, sharply upcurved. Ajypendages short, 0-7 mm., straight, black; separated by a projecting tubercle on 10, black and hairy and as long as the appendages; below this is a second tubercle, rounded, hairy, dark brown.

Hah. — Running streams and mountain-brooks all over the S.-W. district. A few specimens seen on Mungar's Lake, Perth. Abundant at Margaret River and Bridgetown.

The females are very rare, and, as in the preceding species, the males outnumber them by 20 to 1. In both cases this is probably accounted for by their being seldom on the wing, and retiring into the thick bush. The few females I have taken have been generall)^ very immature, and we may perhaps see in this a wise provision by Nature for the preservation of the species. If the females only mature slowly, they are enabled to outlast the dry months at the end of summer, when many of the streams in which they breed have ceased to run, and they probably only deposit their ova late in the autumn, when the rains have commenced. There would always be plenty of males left over, even though they mature earlier, to provide for the fertilisation of the ova. This is borne out indirectly by the fact that, in the case of the three Synthemids which occur in S.-W. Australia, I never once took a pair in cop., even at the end of Januar}^, though all other species were frequently found so.

This exceedingly graceful insect has an easy flight, going to and fro in small clearings near the brooks, or up and down some small and shady reach. They never go far from water, and are very easy to capture. On hot summer days they sometimes hawk about swiftly over the streams, but it is the exception to see them flying at all fast.

Family .ESCHNID.E.

Subfamily GOMPHIN^.

14. AusTROGOMPHus coLLARis Selys.

Common on most of the mountain rivers and brooks. Also recorded from South Australia and Victoria. It is fond of sitting about on trees and bushes overhanging the water, or on

BY K. J. TILLYARD. 729

hot sandy patches. It has a swift, dodgiDg flight, and on hot summer days individuals may be seen chasing each other cease lessly in and out of the river banks. The colours are black and yellow, which in the very mature insect turns more to olive-green, especially on the thorax. The appendages of the male are yellow, subconical, with a large cornute tubercle or branch underneath. The female carries, behind the occiput, three tubercles of nearly equal size.

15. AusrROGOMPHUS OCCIDENTALIS, n.sp.

(Plate XXXV. figs. 5-6; Plate xxxvi. fig. 3). (J. Total length 45 mm.; abdomen 34 mm.; forewing 27 mm.; hindwing 26 mm. Wings: Neitration black, costa pale greenish outwards; bases of wings very slightly saffroned. Pterostigma large, broad, nearly 3 mm. long, rich brown between black nervures. A minute yellow spot at the base of each win<y. Nodal Indicator |11-14 7-10| Head: Occipital ridge 1mm., yellow, suture I 9-10 8-IOI next the vertex brown and hairy. Vertex black, with a round yellow spot behind, next occiput. Antennce black, a fine yellow line on the inner side of bases. Front greenish-yellow, a dull clouded brownish triangular area above in the centre, and a dark brown or dull black band (of varying width, according to the specimen) along the clypeal suture. Clypeus yellowish-grey, sutures tinged with brown. Lahrum and labium grey; genoi pale greenish-yellow; mouth ^dged with brown. Thorax: Prothorax rather large, dark brown, a small yellow mark on the collar in front; a double small round dorsal spot, a larger spot on each side, and a small spot touching the procoxa on each side, all greenish-yellow. Meso- and metathorax rich brown above, a pair of fine slantin» lines in front along the collar, behind these a pair of short ante- humeral bars, somew^hat slanting, and a pair of spots near the fore wing-joins; all these markings yellow more or less tinged with green. Also a very fine yellowish line along the dorsal ridge, only conspicuous for about 0-5 mm., where the ridge stands up into a small spine tipped with brown. The sides are of

730 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

various colours, as follows : firstly, the brown colour from above borders the sides in a band from forewing to mesocoxa; then comes an irregular greyish lateral band, enlarged near the wings, then suddenly constricted, and again enlarging into a rounded knob towards coxa; round this knob the rich brown from above curls, bending under it and more than half enclosing it. After this follows an irregular area of a beautiful mauve colour bordered with brown in the sutures; a greenish-yellow spot touches it near the hind wing- join, and a large spot of the same colour touches the metacoxa. Below the mauve area runs an irregular sublateral grey band similar to the former one, and, like it, nearly surrounded by a brown line or band in the sutures. Next to the abdomen is another, but smaller, area of mauve, touching the brown line on each side and shading into the sub- lateral band itself. Notum brown, scuta and scutella greenish- yellow. Legs : coxse and trochanters dull yellowish-grey, femora dirty yellowish, much marked w4th brown lines and shaded with black, elbows yellowish, rest black. Abdomen fairly cylindrical, 1-2 swollen, 7-10 very slightly enlarged. Colour rich dark brown, shading to black, and marked with pale greenish-yellow as follows : 1, a small dorsal spot, a pair of large lateral spots; 2, a dorsal longitudinal band, rather narrow and irregular; spurs greenish-yellow above and below, ridged with a brown line; behind each spur a somewdiat crescent-shaped spot; genital shield very large, yellowish-grey : 3, a round basal dorsal spot; bases greyish-yellow on sides; a pair of central dorsal spots very close and much pointed anally : 4-6, a broad transverse basal band, deeply cleft along dorsum, and a pair of central dorsal spots, narrow and elongated, and only separated by a fine line along the dorsum. This set of markings is such as to isolate a conspicuous brown spear-head mark on each segment. Low dowm on each side of 3-7 is an anal spot, largest in 7; 7 has the basal band and the central spots almost united, a fine transverse line only just separating them ; 8, a pair of irregular basal dorsal marks almost united, and very often forming a single round spot, sides low down marked irregularly with yellowish,

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 731

often with two small anal spots; 9, very irregularly varied with yellow and brown both above and on the sides, the brown on the dorsum cleaving the yellow by a sharp point running up almost to the base; 10, yellow, shaded with brown in the suture. The markings of 7-10 are very irregular and varied, no two specimens being alike. Appendages: Superior about 1 mm., separated, divergent, subcornute, pale yellow, carrying underneath a large hook, brown tipped with black. Inferior wide apart, divergent, slightly upcurved, pale brownish, 0-3 mm.

9 (unique). Differs from the male as follows : — A somewhat larger insect; pterostigma larger, orange-brown between black nervures. Head and thorax as in male. Abdomen slightly broader than in male, more cylindrical; 1-2 slightly swollen, 8-10 tapering. Scheme of markings as in male, but giving a very different effect, owing to the difference in the size of the markings. Oround colour almost black, appearing as if burnt to a reddish- brown in places. Yellow markings as follows : — 1, a dorsal spot, and a large spot low down on each side ; 2, an irregular longi- tudinal dorsal mark, shading to brown; a small yellow spot on each side; rest of sides mottled with brown and yellow: 3, a double basal dorsal spot, a pair of central dorsal spots just separated and pointed anally; basal half of sides yellow; a small lateral anal spot on each side: 4-7, the transverse basal band very broad on the sides, then narrowing above and cut into lobes by a tine dorsal line of brown; on 3-4 the central dorsal markings are present, but on 5-6 they are obsolete or almost so, a tinge of burnt sienna taking their places; on 7 the}?- are present and close up to the basal band. All these segments have also a small round sublateral anal spot on each side; 8, a dorsal spot tinged with burnt sienna; sublateral parts yellowish; 9, as in the male; 10, brownish above, yellow on sides. Appendages straight, separate, 1 mm., somewhat pointed, yellow.

Hah. — Margaret River district; very rare. I took several males, but only one female. It is fond of settling on trees and bushes, and is not difficult to capture, though its flight is erratic and fairly fast.

732 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

This is a most remarkable species, with a coloration quite different from all known Austrogomphids, which are invariably black with bright yellow or greenish-3''ellow markings. There is no character in the wings which would warrant the formation of a new genus, though the shape of the abdomen, together with the remarkable colouring, might make one pause and consider the question. But the genus Austrogomphus is of itself artificial, and formed for the convenience of collecting together into one group all the Australian species of Gomphns; so that, until this genus is scientifically treated, this new species had better remain in it.

Subfamily ^SCHNIN^.

16. Hemianax papuensis Burm.

Common everywhere along the coast-line, rarer inland. It is found commonly all over Australia. A large insect, abdomen dull brown, mottled and marked all over with darker brown in intricate pattern. The forehead carries a thick black T-mark, Anal angle of hindwing of male rounded.

17. ^SCHNA BREVISTYLA Rambur.

Common all over the district. It is found nearly all over Aus- tralia, but is either absent or exceedingly rare in the tropical portion of the continent. It is a beautiful insect, of similar size and shape to the preceding, but the thorax is marked with light green bands, and the abdomen profusely spotted with green. In many specimens the markings are bluish, and in immature speci- mens they are pale, almost cream-coloured. The front carries the thick black T-mark, but the anal angle of the hindwing of the male is strongly angulated, a characteristic of all the jEschnidce except Hemianax and Anax. Appendages of the male short.

18, AuSTROiESCHNA ANACANTHA, n.Sp.

(Plate xxxv., figs. 7-10; Plate xxxvi., fig.4,)

$. Total length 63-67 mm., abdomen 49-52 mm.; forewing 40-44 ram., hindwing 39-43 mm.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 733

Wings: Xeuration black. Pterostigma 3*5 mm., narrow, black, covering 3-4 cellules. Membramile, fore small, hind about 2 mm., dirty whitish in young specimens, grey-brown or fuscous in the mature insect. Nodal Indicator 15-19 14-17 Head: Occipit^ carrying a small horn or tubercle, 11-15 14-17 yellow. Vertex hairy, small, tubercled, black. Anteniu^ black, basal joint thickened. Front slightly hairy, black above, carry- ing two round yellow spots ; lower part of front pale dirty brownish, shading to yellow next the eyes; a black transverse line in the suture bordering the postclypeus. Postclypeus dirty brown, black next anteclypeus; anteclypeus jet black, with a small brownish line next labrum, the middle of the line enlarged upwards into a sharp point. Labrum black with a pair of round brownish spots close together; gence blackish with a round yellow spot; labium dull blackish, shading to brownish on mandibles and underneath. Thorax: Prothorax very small, black. Meso- and metathorax hairy, black, marked with pale dirty yellowish- brown spots as follows : — on each side of the dorsal ridge two small round antehumeral spots, also the interalar ridge is marked on each side by ill-defined elongated marks of olive-brown. On either side, a lateral row of 5 or 6 small irregular spots, and below these again two small spots, one on each side of the meta- spiracle; also a row of three small spots low down on the meta- thorax near the abdomen. Underside black with grey hairs. Notum black, a small yellowish spot on mesoscutellum; meta- notum with grey hairs. Legs black, a brown spot at bases of tibiae. Abdomen slender, 1-2 enlarged, 3 rather pinched. Colour black, marked with pale dirty brownish spots as follows : 1, all black, with grey hairs; 2, black, with some grey hairs on the dorsum, which carries either a conspicuous longitudinal mark or a fine line 2 mm. long; a pair of small basal spots; a pair of small central spots, very pointed and slanting, and a similar pair of anal spots : on each side an irregular elongated maik, skirting the top of the spur, the rest of which is black; also a smaller irregular anal spot; under the spur an elongated spot, followed by a smaller anal spot on the genital shield: 3-7, a pale elongated

734 THE DRAGONFLIES OP SOUTH WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

basal spot or mark on each side of the dorsal ridge (on segment 3 these run down and spread over the underside); four small spots close together near the centre of the segment, formed by the supplementary carina cutting a pair of central spots transversely; a pair of very small anal spots, very often obsolete, on 5-7; on each side two small irregular spots, one basal and one anal, absent in 6-7; 8, a fine basal line in the suture on each side, a pair of dorsal spots one-third of the segment from the base; sometimes a dorsal anal spot; 9, a touch of pale brown on dorsal ridge, sometimes an anal dorsal spot; a lateral oval spot on each side; 10, sometimes a small spot at the base of each superior appendage ; no dorsal spine or tubercle. Appendages: Superior wide apart, 4 mm., black, narrow sublanceolate, tips rounded; a tiny spine above the base of each, then a short stalk for about 1 mm., carrying underneath an obtuse spine, rest of appendages flat, with soft hairs on the inner margin. Viewed laterally, the inner margin is seen to bend down, forming an obtuse-angled projection underneath. Inferior short, l'8mm., thick, black, somewhat truncated, with the tip 0-5 mm. broad and slightly bifid; hollow above, slightly upcurved at tip, very rounded and convex beneath.

9. DiflPers from male as follows : — Pterostigma brownish. Dorsal spots of thorax exceedingly small. Abdomen much thicker than in male, 1-2 swollen, 7-10 slightly enlarged. General scheme of markings similar to male, but some of the dorsal spots on 2 either very indistinct or entirely absent; basal marks of 3-7 very small, and anal spots generally quite absent; lateral spots much larger than in male, the basal ones half cut into on 3-5 by a short black hook or intrusion; 8, rather short, black; on each side a tiny basal spot low down, also an anal spot; ovipositor black, large, carrying two fine filaments nearly 2 mm long, with their basal joints thickened; 9, black, with a pair of anal spots; 10, black, carrying beneath the appendages a rounded black hairy tubercle, and beneath this again a small ridge armed with four or five small teeth. Appendages very short, slightly separated, 0-8 mm., very flat, rather w^ide at bases, black, tips blunt and rounded.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 735

Hah. — Mountain-brooks, Armadale, Waroona, Bridgetown; exceedingly abundant at Wilgarrup and Margaret River; Dec- ember-February.

This fine but ver}^ black-looking insect is a splendid flyer, skimming swiftly over the running streams, or dodging in and out of the overhanging herbage at great speed. Sometimes they will hover almost motionless over a pool for a long time or travel slowly up and down in search of prey. On hot summer days they may be seen dashing about at great speed in almost bewil- dering succession, especially towards evening. This species, to which I have given the name anacantha because of the absence of the large dorsal spike on segment 10 of the male, is very closely allied to A. parvistigma and A. multi'punctato. of the Eastern States. The males may be at once distinguished by the absence of the spine referred to, and both sexes by the comparative minuteness of the spots on the thorax and abdomen. In the evenings it settles in the dried undergrowth of the " black-boys," or sometimes on the trunks, or on the trunks of trees and bushes; and in such a position its protective colouring renders it exceed- ingly difficult to discover. It is easily disturbed, and dashes off at lightning speed. It is not easy to capture.

None.

Family CALOPTERYGID.E.

Family AGRIONID.^.

19, Argiolestes minimus, n.sp.

(Plate XXXV., figs. 11-12.)

^. Very variable in size, the commonest form being : — total length 32-34 mm., abdomen 26-27 mm,, forewing 21mm., hind- wing 20 mm.

Wings: Neuration black. Pterostigma 13, white in the young insect, but gradually darkening to brown or even black in the mature insect. Nodal Indicator black; epicranium black, shading to

2 9-14 2 9-12

Head: Eyes dull grey near

eyes and postclypeus; postclypeus dark grey; anteclypeus black,

736 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

with a white line edging the labrum; labrum black, yence pale dull yellowish, labium black, shading to pale brown below. Thorax: Prothorax black. Meso- and metathorax dark metallic green (black in the aged insect), lower parts of sides and under- side brownish, with two slanting black spots close to coxse. Legs slender, black, coxse pale. Abdomen: slender, cylindrical, 1-2 and 7-10 slightly enlarged. Colour very dark metallic-green throughout (black in the aged insect); a fine white transverse line in the anal suture of 8, a broad one in the anal suture of 9, a tiny white V at the end of 10. On each side a tiny white mark in the anal suture of 2-5. Appendages: Superior forcipate, thin, 1 mm., black; a small spine on the inner margin near the tip, and 3 or 4 minute spines and hairs on the outer margin. Inferior very short, black, wide apart, upcurved, tips blunt.

9. Total length 29-31 mm., abdomen 24-25 mm. It differs from the male as follows : — Eyes pale milky-blue behind, black in front, epicranium milky-white in front along the orbits. Ahdomeyi cylindrical, stouter and shorter than in the male, seen sideways 8-10 much enlarged; 8 has a pale cream-coloured transverse band next the suture, nearly half a millimetre broad in the middle. Ovipositor black and projecting beyond appendages. Appendages very short, black, cylindrical, slightly separated.

Race pusillus. — An extremely small race found in the southern districts, and differing considerably from the type. Were it not for the fact that intermediate forms are commonly found, con- necting this with the type, one would certainly see in them two distinct species. The differences are as follows : —

(J. Total length 27 mm., abdomen 21mm.; forewing 15 mm., hindwing nearly 16 mm. Pterostigma rather narrow, 0*7 mm., black; forewings shorter than hindtvings. Legs rich brown or reddish-brown. Anteclypeus pale brownish-yellow. Thorax and first two segments of abdomen slightly powdered with greyish bloom, groundcolour deep black. Appendages with the spine on inner margin very conspicuous.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 737

9. Similar to male, but of stouter build. Eyes brownish; notum touched with brown; abdomen fairly stout, cylindrical, black with a slight tinge of metallic green. Ovipositor project- ing further beyond appendages than in the type.

Hah. — Common on all the mountain-brooks; rare on the larger rivers and coastal lagoons. Race pusillus occurs, together with the type-form and intermediate forms, at Bridgetown, Wilgarrup, and proba,bly in many other localities. It also occurs at Albany; all the specimens in the Macleay Museum, Sydney, from Albany, are of the race pusillus.

It is generally found sitting about with outspread wings on the stems of grass and reeds overhanging running streams. Often several specimens could be netted at once by a sweep of the reed- clumps. Its flight is weak and slovv^, and it is easily captured, even with the hand. The race j^usilhts often sits with its wings closed, a peculiarity shared by A. griseus, which is sometimes found in that position.

It appears to me that pusillus holds very much the same rela- tion to the type miniynus as griseus does to icteromelas. But in the case of the two common Eastern species the intermediate forms are absent, and the two species easily separated, though in some districts rather small forms of icteromelas occur. In pusillus we have a species in course of formation. Put pusillus and minimus side by side, and one sees two absolutely distinct species. But take two dozen of the insects from any one locality, and they can be arranged so as to link together, gradually and almost insensibly, the two extreme forms. The t3'pe-form minimus can be easily distinguished from A. griseus oi the Eastern States, to which it is closely allied, by its smaller size, more slender build, the lack of thoracic markings, the shape of the appendages, which are much slenderer, and the lack of grey bloom on the abdomen. The race pusillus approaches griseus closely in having grey bloom on the thorax and part of abdomen, but it is less than half the size of griseus, and differs from it in other respects as the type does.

738 THE DRAGOxNFLIES OP SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

20. Lestes ana lis Rambur.

Common everywhere. It is also found very abundantly in S. Australia and Victoria, and fairly commonly in New South Wales. A very variable insect, both in size and colouring, the markings generally being pinkish, but pale blue in very mature specimens. On the mountain-brooks at Armadale and Waroona, a dwarf form occurs with dull g-revish markings.

'&'■

21. Lestes annulosus Selys.

Fairl}' common at Mungar's Lake, Perth; a few specimens also at Bridgetown. It is also found in South Australia and in the western parts of Victoria. A most beautiful species, dark bronze with light blue stripes on thorax and rings on abdomen, the dorsal surface appearing to have a series of dark bronze arrow- heads along a blue ground. Female duller, with less blue. Males much commoner than the females.

22. Lestes io Selys.

Widely distributed, but local and rather rare. Two males at Wilgarrup, one female at Bridgetown, one at Armadale; fairly common at Margaret River, but requires searching for. A rather small species with very slender abdomen, bronze with narrow blue rings; wings narrow and rather pointed.

23. Lestes psyche Selys.

Somewhat commoner than the preceding. Several at Mungar's Lake, Perth; two at Armadale; fairly common at Margaret River. Very similar to the preceding species, but with shorter abdomen, and wider and more rounded wings. Also occurs sparingly in New South Wales.

These two species are at tirst sight exceedingly alike, but may be distinguished as follows : — In the male, the second segment of the abdomen of L. io is dark bronze, or black, withont mark- ings on the dorsal surface, while in L. psyche it is more or less blue, the blue from the sides of the segment intruding and cutting

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 739

out the black centrally, leaving a more or less clepsydrate black or bronze dorsal mark. The thoracic stripes are slightly different in shape; the abdomen of L. io narrower but larger than that of L. psyche. The females are exceedingly similar in shape and markings, and are best separated by the shape of the wings, which are narrower and much more pointed in L. io than in L. psyche.

24. ISCHNURA DELICATA Selys.

Common in all marshy localities and on the lagoons, rarer on the large mountain-streams. At Wilgarrup every patch of long grass or sedge in the marshes yielded hundreds; and it was a beautiful sight to see the swarms of males like brilliant red needles tipped with blue, hovering over the grass after being disturbed. This is one of the smallest known dragonflies, and also one of the most beautiful, The abdomen of the male is very slender, bright red tipped with light blue and a little black. The ordinary female is either dull black or olive-green. At Bridgetown and Wilgarrup I found a remarkable dimorphic female, which imitates the colouring of the male. [See These Proceedings, p. 190, " On Dimorphism in the Females of Austra- lian Agrionid?e."] The proportion of dimorphs to ordinary females was about 10%. This insect is abundant over the whole of Australia, even in the dry central districts and in the tropics; the northern forms are exceedingly smali. The dimorphic female has not been found outside of Western Australia.

24. PSEUDAGRION CCERULEU3I, n.sp.

(Plate XXXV. figs. 13-14).

(J. Total length 27 mm.; abdomen 22 mm.; forewing 145 mm., hindwing 14 mm.

Wings: Neuration slender, black. Pterostigma 06 mm., black. Nodal Indicator

behind. Ejjicranium

2 7-9 Head: ^i/es dark blue, black 2 6-7i hairy, black, a brilliant blue

wavy transverse band behind, reaching from eye to eye, and very slightly enlarged at the ends; front ocellus transparent; two tiny

740 THE DRAGONFLIES OF SOUTH-AVESTERN AUSTRALIA,

blue spots at bases of ocelli; in front a dull greenish-blue area carrying a small black flattened T-mark, the base of vvhich pro- ceeds from under the front ocellus. Postdypeus hairy, black; antecJypeus blue; lahrum blue with a tiny black spot. Orbits blue inwards, with a small black spot near the epicranium. Labium pale dirty brown. Thorax: Prothorax black, a narrow blue collar in front, a small blue spot on each side. Meso- and metathorax brilliant blue, a broad metallic dorsal black baud, and on each side a narrower lateral black band: some black in the sublateral suture; underside dirty brown. Legs blackish above, pale beneath. Abdomen : 1-2 slightly enlarged, 7-10 swollen. Colour : 1, blue with a black basal spot; 2, brilliant blue, a large cup-shaped dorsal blotch of black, and an anal black band in the suture: 3, basal three-fourths brilliant blue, rest black, the black running up into a point along the dorsum; -4-6, metallic bronzy-black, with a bright blue basal band, which extends underneath along the sides nearly the whole length of each segment; 7, basal three-fourths black, rest blue, basal sutures blackish; 8-9 bright blue, blackish in the sutures; 10 black. Appendages: Superior very short, separated, black, a stiff hair near the tips on the inner margin. Inferior minute.

9. Differs from the male as fellows : Head : Postocular baud dull blue; other parts which are blue in male are grey in female. Thorax as "in the male. Abdomen cylindrical, thicker than in the male. Colour : 1, blue, with a dorsal black spot; 2, a large irregular black dorsal patch; sides blue; 3-6, metallic bronzy- black above, with blue sides and a narrow transverse basal blue band; the black dorsal area is somewhat narrowed for four-fifths of the segment, then slightly notched, and finally enlarged at the anal end into a rounded patch covering all the dorsal portion and a little of the lateral besides; 7, black above, blue on sides; a transverse basal blue line; 8, black above, with a basal transverse blue line; a blue line in the anal suture, and close up to it on either side a small round blue spot; 9-10, black, sutures blue. Underside greyish. Ovipositor carries two very short black filaments. Appendages very short, wide apart, conical, black.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 741

Hab. — Common at Mungar's Lake, Perth ; rather rare at Armadale, Bridgetown, Wilgarrup and Margaret River. A very beautiful and conspicuous little insect. It flies close to the water and is fond of settling on floating leaves of water-plants, or on stems of grass or reeds.

This species is very closely allied to P. cyane Selys, .of the eastern States. The males can be at once distinguished by the greater amount of blue on the abdomen of P. a/irulewm; in particular, segments 3 and 7-9; P. cyane has only a narrow band of blue on 3, no blue on 7, and some black at the anal end of 9. The females are absolutely different; that of P. cyane being dark bronzy -black with pale olive-green markings.

28. Xanthagrion erythroneurum Selys.

Common at Mungar's Lake, Perth. I did not find it in any other locality. It is widely distributed over Australia, local, but generally abundant where it occurs. It is a beautiful insect with deep brick-red thorax; base of abdomen red, rest metallic bronzy-black tipped with blue. Female considerably duller. It is probably confined to the coastal lagoons.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIV. -XXXVI.

Plate xxxiv. Map of South-Western Australia. Railways - — ^".i- — "^ Isohyetals 35"

Plate XXXV.

Fig.l. — SynthemU Martini, n.sp. ; ^ appendages, dorsal view. Fig. 2. — ,, ,, „ lateral view.

Fig.3. — Synthemis cyanitincta, n.sp.; S' appendages, dorsal view. Fig.4. — ,, ,, ,, lateral view.

Fig. 5. — Austrogoinphus occideutalis, n.sp.; ^ appendages, dorsal view. Fig.6. — ,, ,, ,, lateral view.

Fig.7. — Austroceschna anacantha, n.sp.; ^ appendages, dorsal view. Fig. 8. — ,, ,, ,, lateral view.

Fig.9. — Anstroceschna ajiacantha, n.sp.; $ appendages, dorsal view. Fig.lO.- „ „ »' lateral view.

Fig.U.—Argiolestesmini77ia,n.ST^.', ^ appendages, dorsal view. ,

Y\g.\2. ,, ,, 2 appendages, lateral view.

Wig.lZ.—Pseudagrion coeruleum, n.sp.; <? appendages, dorsal view. Fig.l4._ ,, ,, $ appendages, lateral view.

Plate xxxvi.

Fig. 1. — Synthemis cyanitincta, n.sp. J^. Fig. 2. — Synthemis Martini, n.sp. ^. Fig. 3. — Austrogomphus occidentalis, n.sp. <^. Fig. 4. — Austroceschna anacantha, n.sp. J.

1 B R A R Y|3ol

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 30iii 1907.

The Ordinaiy Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, October 28th, 1907.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair.

The President referred to the death of Alfred Stapleton on 28th instant, at the age of 76, and of his worth}^ wife on 26th August. ]\Ir. Stapleton had been uninterruptedly in the service of some member of the Macleay famil}^ or of the Society for about half a century, and had had charge of the Society's premises ever since the liberality of Sir William Macleay had provided it with a permanent home. The Secretary bore testimony to the civility, trustworthiness, and exemplary devo- tion to duty displayed by Mr. and Mrs. Stapleton; and, on the motion of Mr. T. Steel, it was resolved that a record of the Society's appreciation of their long and faithful service should be inscribed in the Minutes.

The President announced that the Council was prepared to receive applications for three Linnean Macleay Fellowships, tenable for one year from April 1st, 1908, from qualified Candi- dates. Applications should be in the hands of the Secretary on or before 30th November, 1907. In the meantime intending Candidates were recommended to put themselves in com- munication with the Secretary, who would afford all necessary- information.

Attention was also called to a proposal to establish an associa- tion for the study of aquatic life, and to the inaugural meeting of those interested in aquaria, to be held in the Girls' High School, Castlereagh Street, on Monday, 18th November, at 8 o'clock.

59

744 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 10 Vols., 58 Parts or Nos., 13 Bulletins, 5 Reports, 3 Pamphlets, received from 43 Societies, &c., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. David G. Stead exhibited a well preserved example of the curious so-called •' Beaked Salmon," Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus (Linne) which has usually been looked upon as one of the rarest members of the New South Wales fish fauna, and which was recorded from these waters for the first time, by Ogilby, in the Society's Proceedings for 1899(p.l54). Specimens from the follow- ing localities on the coast of New South Wales had been examined: Tuggerah Lakes (two records); Port Jackson; Botany Bay; Co mo, George's River; Wollongong; Lake Illawarra (two records); from the mouth of a snapper captured 3 miles east of Green well Point Lighthouse (this was a young specimen and is a very interesting record); Conjola Lake. In the case of the second record at Lake Illawarra (June, 1906) many specimens, aggre- gating about half a basket, were captured in one haul.

Dr. Greig-Smith gave an interesting resume of his impressions and experiences on visiting a number of the more important bacteriological laboratories and institutions of the United King- dom and on the Continent during a recent tour in Europe.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited flowers of Jasminum grandiflorum Linn., from the Society's garden, almost every one of them afibrcling an instance of median floral prolification (" hose in hose "). The continued dry weather at present prevailing was, perhaps, a stimulus to the production of abnormal flowers. Similar occurrences had not been noticed in previous years.

'45

ON THE TERTIARY LIMESTONES AND FORAMINI- FERAL TUFFS OF MALEKULA, NEW HEBRIDES.

By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., National Museum, Melbourne.

(Plates xxxvii.-xli.)

CONTENTS.

i. Introduction

ii. Description of the Miocene Limestones and Tuffs iii. Limestones and Tuffs of (?) Post-Miocene Age iv. Distribution List of the Foraminifera..

V. Notes on New and Rare Forms vi. Summary of Results yii. Explanation of Plates ...

Page.

745

746

749

753

753

758

759

i. Introduction.

The series of rocks from Malekula now under discussioHj form part of the extensive and valuable collection made by Mr. Douglas Mawson, B.Sc, B.E., in 1903. The present paper, in continuation of one I have already published,* and another con-

* " Notes on the Older Tertiary Foraminiferal Rocks on the West Coast of Santo, New Hebrides," Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1905, Vol. xxx. pp. 261-274, pls.v.-viii.

746 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.,

jointly with Mr. Mawsoii,"^ deals exclusively with the Miocene and the post-Miocene (probably Pliocene) rocks of the Island of Malekula, south of Santo; and although the specimens comprised in this part of the collection are not numerous, this is amply compensated for by their extremel}^ interesting nature.

The following outline sketch, kindly drawn up by Mr. Mawson, illustrates the field-relations of the beds herein dealt with.

7 Post-Mlocsne — probably

Pliocene. /These beds may cvre thel (anCRiilous stratigraphic \ position to faultlTig.

w

Compare with that appearing in "The Geology of the New Hebrides,"! in which the series above Bartaleppe, now regarded as probably Pliocene, is not differentiated from the Lepidocyclina series, and is regarded as Miocene.

ii. The Miocene Limestones and Tuffs. Details of the specimens examined : — -

No. 105. — " Limestone in situ at Amil, Laleppe (Lalemba) N. end of Malekula. At least 1000 ft. above sea-level "|

* " Halimeda Limestones of the New Hebrides," Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. Ixii. 1906, pp.702-711, pls.xlix.-U.

t Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. Wales, 1905, Vol. xxx. p.417, fig.2. % Mawson, op. cit. p. 41 8.

BY FREDEUICK CHAPMAN. 747

This is a whitish or cream-coloured limestone, of fairly compact texture, and having tlie appearance of a hard coral-reef rock, with occasional fragments of decomposed volcanic rock (andesite) showing on the fractured surface.

Subjected to a microscopic examination, this rock is seen to consist of numerous tests of foraminifera, both large and small, the former being usually fragmentary, or showing signs of abrasion before being cemented into the rock. The matrix con- sists of a fine granular paste, and its earthy or chalk}'^ appearance in thin sections leads one to conclude that calcareous algae, although no longer apparent in the rock, played an important part in its original constitution. Besides foraminifera, the fol- lowing organic remains were seen : — Lithothamnium (L. ramo- sissimum Reuss sp.) and probably Lithophylluin (growing in a thin foliciceous manner and encrusting other organisms); numerous echinoid spines; also polyzoa.

The Foraminifera observed in this rock are : —

Orhidina univei^sa D'Orb. Section showing the initial ' globi- gerine ' series of chambers.

Truncatulina sp.

Carpenteria rhaphidodendron Moebius.

Pulvinulina cf. repanda F. k M. sp.

Gypsina globulus Reuss sp.

Miogypsina hurdigalensis Giimbel sp.

Folytreina planum Carter. Growing in alternate layers w^ith ('*) Lithophyllum.

Amphistegina lessonii d'Orb. Very large specimens with numerous whorls, probably the microspheric form of the species.

Ope7XuUna sp. In fragments only.

Lepidocydina angularis Newton &l Holland.

L. ayidrewsiana Jones & Chapman.

L. verbeeki Newton & Holland.

748 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.,

Nos.IOGa and 106b. — -'Fragments of rock in situ (limestones and tuffs), at creek just before Bartaleppe (about 400 ft. above sea-level), Malekula."^

No. 106a is a whitish, granular, and somewhat friable lime- stone, rather tuffaceous, with embedded pellets of igneous rocks. In thin sections this limestone is seen to consist largely of fora- miniferal tests, but branching Lithothamnium, echinoid fragments, and lamellibranch shells are also present.

The Foraminifera are : —

Globigerina conglobata Brady.

Truncatulina sp.

Carpenteria rhaphidodeyidron Moebius sp.

Rotalia sp.

Amphistegina lessonii d'Orb.; large tests as in No. 105.

Operculina sp.

Linderina cf. hrugesi Schlumberger.

Lepidocyclina (l) verbeeki Newton & Holland.

L. C?) sumatrensis Brady.

No. 106b. — An ash-coloured, fine-grained, friable tuff, contain- ing a large number of Globigerina tests, referable to G. bulloides d'Orb., and G. conglobata Brady.

No. 108. — " From the Laleppe Amil to Bartaleppe track, about 1 mile from the amil, and at an elevation approximating 1000 ft."* A compact yellowish limestone. The matrix of the rock is fine- grained, with a crystalline cement. Distributed throughout are large foraminiferal tests, chiefly of Lepidocyclina, Ope?-culma, and Miogypsina. Associated with these organisms are fragments of the characteristic Lithothamnium ramosissimum and echinoid plates and spines. The Foraminifera in this rock are of especial interest, as the following list will show : —

Spiroloculina cf. limbata d'Orb.

Miliolina cf. trigonula Lam. sp.

* Mawson, op. cit. p. 4 18.

BY FREDERICK CHAPMAN. 749

Miliolina cf. tricarinata d'Orb. sp.

Sigmoilina sp.

Trillina howchini Schlumberger; very common. (PI. xxxix., figs.7-9).

Alveolina cucu77ioides, sp.nov.; very common, (PL xxxviii., figs.5, 6).

Truncatulina sp.

Carpenteria sp.

Gypsina globulus Reuss sp.

Miogypsiyia compjlanata Schlumberger; frequent,

Operculina complanata Defr.; very common, (PL xxxvii., figs.i, 2; PLxxxviii., fig.3).

Lejndocyclina cf, andreivsiana, Jones & Chapman; rare.

L. angnlaris Newton & Holland; common. (PLxxxvii., fig. 2; PL xxxviii., fig. 4).

L. verheeki Newton k Holland; frequent.

L. munieri Lemoine k R. Douville; very rare. (PLxxxvii., fig. 2).

iii. Limestones and Tuffs of (?) Post-Miocene Age.

Details of specimens : —

No. 87. — '* Limestone several hundred feet above sea-level, Port Stanley, Malekula."t

General characters: a hard cream-coloured limestone, with whitish streaks and patches, due to partially decomposed organic structures, in consequence of which the rock is rendered powdery and cavernous, and difficult to preserve whole in thin sections.

Microscopical characters : a study of this rock under the microscope shows it to be largely of foraminiferal origin, possibly more than 50 % of the rock consisting of their tests. This example is rather of the nature of a reef-rock than a consolidated beach sand, and it is also distinctly brecciated. The larger organisms, as for example the reef-forming foramini- feron, Polytrema planum, are frequently broken, the latter being

t Mawson, op» cit. p.416.

750 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N H.,

often faulted across its plane of growth or attachment-surface, as if the onslaught of talus-blocks had disturbed a half con- solidated reef-accumulation, shattering the thin cake-like organic overgrowths. The ground-mass of the rock consists of a fine, crystalline, calcitic mud. Amongst the amorphous-looking brecciated fragments there appear to be traces of coral structure.

The Foraminifera seen in this limestone in the order of their abundance are : —

Polytrema planum Carter. One specimen measures about 10 mm. in length. (PI. xl., fig.ll).

Amphistegina lessonii d'Orb.

Heterostegiyia depressa d'Orb. Examples with a thick central disc.

Ca7'penteria sp.

Rotalia sp.

Truncatulina sp.

% Textidaria.

The other organic remains present in this rock are polyzoa, echinoid spines and a thin, encrusting (?) calcareous alga.

No.88. — "Limestone fiom hil] above Port Stanley, near sea- level."

General characters : a cream-coloured brecciated limestone, in all probability originally entirely organic, but subsequently suffering a certain amount of decomposition and disintegration, resulting in its present granular structure. The chief organic constituents are calcareous algae, represented by the branching Lithothamnium, L. ramosissi7num, and molluscan shells, chietly gasteropods, and a plate of an echinid test.

The only Foraminifera noticed are : —

Miliolina hosciana d'Orb. sp.

1. Verneuiluia pygmcea Egger.

1 Carpenteria.

Gypsina 1 globulus Reuss sp.

AmphistegUia lessonii d'Orb.

C?) Pliocene or subrecent in age.

BY FREDERICK CHAPMAN. 751

No.91. — " Chips from seatSo in Amil, Pinalum Point, on E, Coast, Maleknla (not in situ)."^''

91a. — Macroscopic characters : a hard, yellowish, gritty- looking limestone of fine-grained texture.

Microscopic details : in thin sections this is seen to he an impure limestone of organic origin, containing abundant foiamini- fera, a few fragments of a slender, branching Lithothamnium, some polyzoa, and lamellibranch shells, together with a fair amount of angular quartz and a few scattered particles of horn- blende and a chloritic mineral. A coarsely crystalline calcitic cement surrounds the rock-constituents, and the whole texture is granular. The Foraminifera are excellently preserved, and include —

Glooigerina buUoides d'Orb.; rare.

G. conglobata Brady^ common.

1 Pullenia ohliqiiilocuJata P. & J.; frequent.

Sj^hcer'oidina dehiscens P. tfe J.; frequent. (PI. xli., fig. 14).

Truncatulina cf. ungeriana d'Orb. sp.

Pidvinulina '? reparida F. & M. sp.; rare.

Amphistegina lessonii d'Orb.; common.

Heterostegina sp.

91b. — Macroscopic characters: a compact yellow to ash- coloured limestone, containing numerous lighter-coloured streaks and patches, chiefly the remains of calcareous plants.

Microscopic contents : under the microscope this rock is seen to consist largely of the sea-weed Halimeda. Foraminifera, echinoid fragments, and polyzoa are also present, the whole being cemented by a clear crystalline deposit of calcite. The Foraminifera noticed are : —

MilioHna sp.

Sigmdilina sp.

Orhitolites complanata Lnmarck.

* Mawson, op. cit. p. 4 16, where they are classed as Miocene.

752 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.,

Orhitolites marginalis Lam. sp,

Textidaria trochus d'Orb. (PI. xli., fig. 15).

Carpenteria sp.

Pulvinulina sp.

Heterostegina depressa d'Orb.

The age of these rocks is probably Pliocene or later. The foraminiferon Sphceroidma dehiscens, which occurs in 91a with frequency, has not been found in strata below the Pliocene (Jide H. B. Brady).

No. 102. — "Outcrops at Laleppe, about 900ft. above sea-level, Malekula."^^

This is a rather gritty, pale ash-coloured limestone, principally organic, but with an admixture of volcanic products, chiefly glassy. Besides forarainifera, spines of echinoids were noticed in thin slices of this rock.

The Foraminifera are : —

Bilocidina cf. ringens Lam.

Orhulina universa d'Orb.; frequently showing the enclosed embryonic ' globigerine ' stage of the test. (PI. xli , fig. 13).

Glohigerina bidloides d'Orb.

G. conglobata Brady.

Carpenteria sp.; tests much crushed.

Pidvimdina cf. repanda F. cfe M. sp.

Ainphistegina lessoiiii d'Orb.; specimens numerous but small. (PI. xli., tig.13).

Heterostegina depressa d'Orb.; tests fragmentary, common. Probably of Pliocene age.

No. 107. — " Bedded sedimentary series on the Laleppe Amil to Bartaleppe track at an elevation of about 700 ft.; Malekula."*

Fine-grained, ash-coloured, foraminiferal tuff's.

Glohigerina numerous. Specimens apparently all belonging to G. bidloides d'Orb.

* Mawson, op, cit. p. 4 18.

BY FREDERICK CHAPMAN.

iv. DiSTKIBTJTION LiST OF FoRAMINIFERA FROM MaLEKULA.

753

NAME,

MIOCENE.

105

Biloculina cf . 7'ingeus Lam

Spiroculina cf, limbata (\.''Oxh

Miliolina cf. trigonala Lam. sp.... ,, cf. tricarinata d'Orb. sp ,, . sp

Supnollina sp

TrilUna howchini Sohlumberger, ..

Orhitolites complanafa Lam

,, mar (/i?ia/is Lam, sp

Ali^eolina curamoides, sp. nov

TextuLai'ia trochus d'Orb

? Textularia

? Verneuilina pygmcea Egger

Orbulina universa d'Orb

Globigeriua huUoides d'Orb

,, conglohata 'Qx%(\y

? Pullenia ohiiqnilocuhita P. & J..

Sphceroidina dehUctns P, & J

Truncatulinaci iingerianad^Oih. sp. sp

Carpenter ia rhaphidodeudron ]\Ioeb

sp

Gi/psina globulus Keuss sp

Miogypsinaburdigalensisijumhel sp ,, complanata Schlumberger

Polytrema planum Carter

Pulvinidina cf . repanda F, & M. sp

sp

Rotalia sp

AmphUtegina lessonii d'Orb . .

Operculina complanata Def r

sp

Heterostegina depressa d'Orb

sp

Linderina cf, brugesi Schlum

Lepidocyclina angularis New. &H0II. , , andreivsiana Jones&Chapm.

,, ? sumatrensis 'Bviidj

, , munieri Lemoine & Douville ,, verbeeki Newton & Holland

lubA

106b

108

87

POST jriOCENE.

Tu2

88

9lA

9lB

107

V. Notes on the New Species and more Remarkable Forms, T.RiLLiNA howchini Schlumberger. (Plate xxxix., figs.7-9), TrilUna howchini Schlumberger, 1893, Bull. Soc. Geol. France,

ser,3, Vol.xxi. p. 119, woodcut Hg.l, and pl.iii. fig. 6.

754 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.,

The interesting genus TrilUna contains only one species so far as known, which was first described in detail by M. Schlumberger under, the name of T. hoiochini. It was previously discovered by the Rev. W. Howchin, who had identified it with Quiuque- loculina prisca Terquem,"^ The specimens were originally found by Mr. Howchin in the lower bedsf of Muddy Creek, near Hamilton, Victoria; they are there " moderately common." The same species has been recorded by Schlumberger as occurring very commonly in the Isle of Zebu in the East Indian Archi- pelago,;!: together with a species of Siginoilina. It is noteworthy that the latter genus is similarly present in association with Trillina in one of the limestones from Malekula.

Trillina howchini occurs only in one sample of limestone in our series, namely that from BartalepjDe, Malekula (No. 105). It is an abundant form, and easily recognisable in thin sections of the rock. Although isolated specimens were not obtained, the characters of the variously orientated sections of the tests are in every way identifiable with the clearl}^ described and illustrated species established by Schlumberger. Both the megalospheric and microspheric forms appear to be here represented. The associated genera in this limestone are Sjnroloculina, Miliolina^ Sigmoilina, Alveolma, Truncatulina, Carpe7iteria, Gyjysina, Mio- gypsina^ Opercidina, and Lepidocyclina.

Alveolina cucumoides, sp.nov. (Plaite XXX viii,, figs. 5-6).

AlveoUna sp. Yerbeek, 1896, Descr. Geologique de Java et Madoura, YoLi. p.lU2, pl.ii. fig.43.

Description. — Test elongately fusiform; thickest in the middle, more or less constricted on either side, and tapering to a blunt point at either end. The convolutions number 8 or 9 in the adult shells. Chambers ovoid, the outer roof slightly arched.

* Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, Vol.xii. 1889, p. 2.

t Not the upper beds, as stated by Schlumberger, loc. cit. p. 120.

X Loc. cit. p. 123.

BY FREDERICK CHAPMAN. 755

All the specimens, so far as seen, commence with a small initial chamber {i.e., they are microspheric). Length of a typical speci- men '2 mm.; thickness at centre 0-72 mm. Another example measures 1 mm. in diameter.

Occurrence. — Very abundant in limestone from Bartaleppe, Malekula(No.l08).

Observations. — -There is little or no doubt that Verbeek's Alveolina, which he found in the Lower Miocene limestone in the PalabouhcUi District of Java, is the same as our species from Malekula which I now name A. cucumoides. Verbeek ffives as the dimensions of the Javan examples, length 3*50 mm., thickness 0 75 mm., and the number of spiral turns as 6 to 7. He also states that the central chamber was not clearly seen in his preparations.

The above species differs markedly from Alveolina elongata d^Orhigny ( = 4- Jricmenti/ormis Schwager),* a species from the Middle and Upper Eocene, in its irregular contour, since it is not evenly cylindrico-fusiform as in Schwager's species, but is con- stricted on either side of the median axis; otherwise the shape and disposition of the chambers, and the structure of the test are very similar. It is especially interesting to meet with Alveolina in its microspheric stage, since all recorded recent forms have hitherto only been represented b}^ the megalospheric type of shell. Schlumberger gives a single instance,! discovered by Munier-Chalmas, in which the microspheric form occurred in a fossil species. With regard to a recent species of the genus, Alveolina hoscii Defr., I have lately met with some examples which also show this unusual condition. They are from the 'Great Barrier Reef of Queensland, in material obtained throuo-h the courtesy of Messrs. C. Hedley and J. Gabriel. The specimens are, however, very rare compared with the associated megalo- spheric form.

* Palceontographica, Vol. xxx. 1883, p. 100, pl.xxv., figs.4a- t Assoc. Franc. Avan. Sci., Congr^s de Rouen, 1883, p. 526.

756 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.,

PoLYTREMA PLANUM Carter. (Plate xL, fig.ll).

This encrusting foraminifer, so common as a reef-former at the present day, has ah-eady occurred in the fossil condition in the Miocene limestones of Wai Malikoliko and Wai Bubo, Santo, New Hebrides.^' It now occurs in the Miocene limestone at Laleppe, Malekula, associated in its characteristic way of laminar intergrowth with a calcareous alga; and also in the Post-Miocene limestone of Port Stanley, Malekula, where it also played an important part in building up the rock.

LiNDERiNA cf. BRUGESI Schlumberger.

Linderina b7'ugesi Schlumberger, 1893, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser.3, Vol.xxi. pl.iii. fig. 9.

Our specimens occur in the friable limestone from Bartaleppe, Malekula, and there is very little doubt that they belong to Sclilumberger's species. In median section Linderina can be separated from Gypsina by the continuous nature of the chamberlet-wall in the former, whereas in the latter the cells are entirely cut off from one another, excepting for the mural perforations.

A species of Linderina from the Miocene limestone of Borneo has already been recorded and figured by Newton & Holland,! and a more doubtful occurrence of the genus was noted from Riu-Kiii Island by the same authors. J Schlumberger's origina specimen of L. brugesi came from the Upper Eocene of Bruges, Gironde.

Lepidocyclina angularis Newton k Holland. (Plate xxxviii.,

fig-3).

L. angularis Newton & Holland, 1902, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, Vol.xvii. Art. 6, p.lO, pl.i. figs.1-6; pl.iii. fig.7.

This species is characterised by its depressed central area, the outer boundary of which is marked by strong calcified pillars,

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1905, p.270, pi. v., fig,2.

t Ann. Mag. Nat. Hi^^t. Ser.vii. Vol.iii. 1899, p.262, pl.x., fig.6.

% Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, Vol.xvii. Art.6, 1902, p. 15, pl.i., fig.2.

BY FREDERICK CHAPMAN. 757

which emerge at the surface in large rounded bosses. Another feature of this species is the expansion of the median layer towards the edge of the test. Previously descriVjeJ only from Iriomote Island, Riu-Kiu (Loo Choo Islands).

We have a fine series of 'this interesting Lejndocyclina in the sections of the Malekula Miocene limestones. It occurs both at Laleppe and Bartaleppe.

Lepidocyclina munieri Lemoine &l R. Douville. (Pl.xxxvii.,fig.2).

L. munieri Lemoine & R. Douville, 1904, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, p.20, pl.ii. fig.22.

This species has been previously described by the abo\e-named authors, from the upper part of the Aquitanian of the I. di Malo (Vicentin). As Lemoine and Douville have already pointed out, it may be readily distinguished from L. angularis by its external form; otherwise in certain respects they seem to be allied.

L. munieri occurred in the Malekula limestone at Bartaleppe.

Lepidocyclina andrewsiana Jones & Chapman. (PI. xxxix.,

fig. 10).

Prof. Silvestri in writing recently upon the variant forms of the type Leiiidocyclina dihUata Michelotti sp."^ has included the above species in the synonymy of Lemoine and Douville's L. tournoueri.-] Should the two forms be proved identical, the earlier name L. andrewsiana is the one to retain. For the present, however, I am content to regard the two forms as distinct, since L. aiidrewsiana possesses very solid divergent pillars seen in vertical section, whilst the entire structure of the shell is more compactly built than in L. tournoueri. In the latter, more- over, the swollen central area is less pronounced and more irregular in contour, L. andrewsiana being practically sub-

* Atti Pont. Accad. Rom. Nuovi Lincei, Anno lix. 1906, p. 148. + Mem. Soc. Geol. France, No.32, 1904, p.l9, pl.i. fig.5; pl.ii. figs.2, 14; pl.iii. fig.l.

758 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.,

spherical inside the flange, and this feature is constant in all the specimens I have seen.

vi. Summary of Results.

The present study of the Malekula foraminiferal rocks has brought to light some interesting facts in distribution. Chief among these are : —

(1) The occurrence of Trillina in the New Hebrides, a genus already proved to exist in southern Australia and the Philippines, which thereby seems to connect up the southern coast of Aus- tralia with the outlying islands of eastern Australasia and certain portions of the East Indian Archipelago, along which Hue in Oli^'ocene and Miocene times there probably existed a shallow- water area where such littoral forms could flourish.

(2) The new species of AlveoUna found in the Malekula lime- stone, although not previously described, had already been figured from Javan Miocene limestones, and thus a relationship is shown with the latter rocks.

(3) By the discovery of Lepidocyclina angularis at Malekula, already known from Miocene limestone in the Loo-Choo Islands, off Japan, there is shown a further extension of the Miocene shore-line as far north as Japan.

(4) The two species of Iliogypsina, M. hurdigalensis and M. coj7iplanata, are here found in rocks at about the same horizon, although they are not actually associated in the same limestone specimen, as was the case at Santo.* Thus the present occurrence affords additional evidence of the contemporaneity of the two species which elsewhere indicate strata of different ages. Samples 105 and 108 have three species of Lepidocycli7ia in common, which supports the idea of their belonging to the same zone.

(5) L. munieri has already occurred at Vicentin in Europe, in the Upper series of beds of Aquitanian age.

(6) L. verheeki is perhaps one of the most widely distributed of the Miocene forms of the Orbitoidi7iai, since Newton & Holland

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1905, Vol.'xxx., p. 273.

BY FKEDERICK CHAPMAN. 759

record it from Borneo and the Loo Cboo Islands, whilst Prof. Rupert Jones and the author identified it in the Miocene lime- stones of Christmas Island. Verbeek iiad it from Java, and it is recorded with some reservation by Lemoine &, R. Douville from certain rocks in Spain.

(7) Evidence of oscillation of the Miocene shore-line in the neighbourhood of the New Hebrides is afforded by the occurrence of beds largely composed of Glohigerince mixed with fine tuffa- ceous material, in close association with the limestones containing shallow-water reef-forming organisms, but itself must have been formed at some considerable depth, as shown by the vast accumu- lation of the pelagic globigerine shells.

(8) The two important reef-building agents of foraminiferal origin at the present day, namely Garpenteria rhaphidodendron and Polytrenid planum, are here shown to have undoubtedly performed similar work in Miocene times.

(9) The Miocene genus Linderina, by its present occurrence, has its range extended farther eastward.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xxxvii.

Fig. L — OpercuHna complanata Defr. From the older limestone, Malekula;

spec. No. 108 ( X 14). Fig. 2. — Lepidocydina ynunieri Lemoine & K. Douvill^, L. angidaris Newt.

& Holl. , and OpercuHna complanata Defr. From the older

limestone, Malekula; spec. No. 108 ( x 14).

Plate xxxviii.

Fig. 3. — Lepidocydina angularis Newt. &H0II., and OpercuHna complanata Defr. Vertical sections. Malekula; spec. No. 108 ( x 14).

Fig. 4. — L. angularis Newt. & Holl. Horizontal and median section. Male- kula; spec. No. 108 (xl4).

Fig.5. — Alveolina cucumoides, sp.nov. Median section. Malekula; spec. No.l08(x28).

Fig. 6. — A. cucumoides, sp.nov. Longitudinal section. Malekula; spec. No, 108 ( X 28). 60

760 LIMESTONES AND TUFFS OF MALEKULA, N.H.

Plate xxxix.

Yig.l. — Trillina hoivchijii Schlnmhevger. Longitudinal section. Malekula;

spec. No. 108 (X 28). Figs. 8 and 9.-7". howchini Schlum. Transverse sections. Malekula;

spec. No.108 (x28). Fig.lO. — Lepidocydina ancb^ewsiana Jones & Ch&T^mstn. Vertical section.

From the older limestone, Malekula: spec. No. 105 (xl4).

Plate xl.

Pig,ll, —Polytrema planum Carter. From limestone probably of Post- Miocene age. Port Stanley; spec. No.87 ( x 36).

Fig.l2.— Cavernous and granular limestone with encrusting calcareous algse of (?) Post-Miocene age. Port Stanley; spec. N0.8S ( x28).

Plate xli.

Fig. 13. — (?) Post-Miocene limestone showing AmphisteginaUssonii di'Oxh.^ Orbulina universa d'Orb. , Pidvinulina sp. , and a section of an echinoid spine. Laleppe, Malekula; spec. No. 102 ( x 36).

Fig. 14. — Post-Miocene limestone from E. Coast, Malekula, spec. No. 91a, Showing Sphceroidina dehiscens P. & J. ( x 36).

Fig. 15. — Post- Miocene limestone from E. Coast, Malekula; spec. No. 91b. Showing abundant Halimeda and a vertical section of Textularia trochus d'Orb, ( x 14).

761

ON A COLLECTION OF DRAGONFLIES FROM

CENTRAL AUSTRALIA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS

OF NEW SPECIES.

By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S.

(Plate xlii.)

Up to the present time nothing whatever has been known regarding the Odonata of that vast tract of territory lying east and west of the overland telegraph route from Oodnadatta to Pine Creek. Thanks, however, to the keenness and energy of Mr. J. F. Field, late of Tennant's Creek, N.T., a large number of specimens from that locality have lately been secured. The collection was made during a period of over a year, from Sep- tember, 1905, to December, 1906, and comprises some three hundred specimens. As might be expected in a district with so scanty a rainfall, the number of species is few, yet the collection forms a basis on which to build a knowledge of the Odonata of the most inaccessible region in Australia.

Tennant's Creek lies well within the Northern Territory, being some six hundred miles inland from Port Darwin, and a some- what farther distance from the South Australian railway terminus at Oodnadatta. Its longitude is approximately 134° E., and its latitude 19° 30' S. Hence it is clear that the Odonata of this locality may be regarded as fairly typical of the va^t area of arid country in Central Australia. Though the locality is well within the tropics, yet the collection exhibits no definite tropical forms; and it is extremely probable that the tropical species which occur

762 COLLECTION OF DRAGONFLIES FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA,

SO abundantly along the coast of the Northern Territory and Queensland have altogether failed to establish themselves any distance inland, owing to the altered conditions of climate.

Of the ten species in the collection, two are new and exceed- ingly interesting forms. One of these is the type of a new and remarkable genus. Of the remaining eight, one is the cosmo- politan Pantala flavescens Fabr., which appears to be very scarce; the other seven are species which are common over the whole of Australia.

The following is an analysis of the three hundred and twenty specimens which I have examined : —

Name.

Pantala flavescens Fabr

Diplacodes hoematodes Burm

,, hipiinctata 'Qva.xxer

Orthetrum caledonicum Brauer, ..

Hemicordidia tau Selys

Hemianax papuensis Burm

Lestes aridtis, n.sp.

Austrosticta Fieldi, n.sp

I^chnura delicata Selys

Xanthagrion erythronenrum Selyi

Total

Males. Females, Total.

2 43

3 34

4

0 81

3 16 15

201

2

53 0 2 0 1

30 2

19

10

119

4

96

3

36

4

1

111

5

35

25

320

There were also several nymphs of Ischnura delicata.

Wings: fore 22mm.

Lestes aridus, n.sp.

(Plate xlii., figs. 4-5.)

(J. Total length 41mm., abdomen 32mm. hind 21 mm.

Wings: Neuration black; pterostiyma 1 -3 mm., dark brown. 9-10 Head: Eyes dark brown; occiput 8-9 pale transverse line about 1 mm, long, slightly enlarged on each side, where it meets the eye, into a small oval spot; epicraniurn black; ocelli black, each surrounded by a conspicuous pale brownish ring; antennce black, a very pale

Nodal Indicator marked with a

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 763

spot at the base, in front, and another on the basal joint; clypeus, lahrum and labium pale greyish-brown, this colour extending on to the eyes on either side; tnouth edged with black. Thorax : Prolhorax dull blackish with three greyish-blue spots, and a pale collar behind. Meso- and metathorax dull bronzy-black, a fine line along the dorsal ridge; a pair of humeral bands, pale straw- coloured in the young male, greyish-blue in the mature insect; these are followed on each side by a band of the groundcolour, the rest of the sides being greyish-blue, shading to greyish-brown underneath. Notwn of immature male dull orange; in the mature insect the scuta and scutella are pale blue. Legs black above, pale brownish beneath, coxse pale brownish. Abdomen slender; 1-2 and 7-10 very slightly thickened. Colour: 1, pale blue, with an irregular black dorsal patch: 2, dark metallic green, enclosing a long irregular dorsal blue spot, shaped somewhat like a bishop's mitre, and enlarged at the anal end of the segment: 3-7, dark metallic green, a broad transverse blue band at the base of each, and a narrow dorsal blue line extending to the anal sutures: in 3-5 this line ends in a narrow spear- head mark: sides of 2-7 pale greyish-blue, sutures black: 8, dark metallic greenish- black, a pale blue dorsal line, anal suture black: 9, pale blue, a narrow transverse basal black line: 10, pale blue. Append- ages: Superior 1'2 mm., forcipate, black, slightly downy; the inner margin slightly hollowed out towards the tips, and carry- ing a large spine just beyond the middle; outer margin with several minute spines or teeth. Inferior 0*5 mm., close together, subconical, pale brownish.

9. Total length 38 mm., abdomen 28-5 mm. Wings : fore 23 mm., hind 22 mm.

Pterostigrna slightly longer than in male, markings of thorax pale straw-coloured. Abdomen cylindrical, thicker than in male, 8-10 slightly swollen. Colour dull metallic greenish-black, marked as follows : 1-2 as in male, but duller: 3-7 with the basal bands narrower than in the male, the dorsal line straight and regular, and bordered by two small slanting black spots about 1 mm. from the anal, end of each segment; colour of markings

764 COLLECTION OF DRAGQNFLIES FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA,

dull bluish or greyish; sutures of 2-7 broadly black : 8 with no dorsal line, but a pair of tiny black dorsal spots, a pale trans- verse band in the sutures of 7 and 8: 9 unmarked: 10 with basal third irregularly black, rest pale greyish or brownish. Ovipositor brownish, carrying two short filaments. Appendages 0-6 mm., wide apart, narrow subconical, pale brownish, tips slightly darker.

Hab. — Tennant's Creek, N.T.; common round the waterholes; September-April. Probably widely distributed in Central Australia.

This species is very closely allied to Lestes leda Selys, and to L. analis Rambur, especially the latter. The male ma}'' be readily distinguished from all other Australian species of the genus by the last two segments of the abdomen being pale blue. The female would be difficult to separate from those of the above- mentioned species, except for the small slanting dorsal black marks on segments 3-8, which, however, are not always ver}- conspicuous in dried specimens. The appendages of the male differ considerably from those of L. analis, male, being smaller, and not bent backwards at all at the tips (Plate xlii., figs.3-4). The young insects appear to have the orange-pink colour of young specimens of L. analis, especially on the notum; and it is probable that the blue colour of the living insect, is very pale, as in L. analis, and not rich blue as in L. leda.

Abdomen of both sexes short and rather thick. Superior appendages of male straight, inferior forcipate and projecting beyond superior. Wings petiolate to the level of the second antenodal; inferior sector of triangle absent. Basal postco.-tal nervule plaxed further from base of loing than the first antenodal. Superior sector of triangle terminating well beyond the vein descending from the nodus, forming three large cells and one small one along the postcostal margin. Median sector arising slightly before the nodal cross-vein. Postnodals 7-9.

BY R. J. TILLYARD.

765

Allied to Isosticta Selys, from important points : —

Genus Isosticta.

Head narrow, thorax and ab- domen very slender. Superior appendages of male forcipate. Basal postcostal nervule before lirst antenodal (Pl.xlii., fig.l,rt). Superior sector of triangle ter- minating at level of nodus, form- ing 07ie or two postcostal cells (fig. 1,&). Median sector arising at the nodal cross- vein (fig.l,c). Postnodals 10-13.

which it differs in the following

Genus Austrosticta.

Head and thorax stouter, abdomen thicker and shorter. Superior appendages of male straight. Basal postcostal ner- vule after first antenodal (PI. xlii. , fig. 2,0.). Superior sector of triangle terminating beyond level of nodus, forming three large and one small postcostal cells (fig.2,6). Median sector arising slightly before the nodal cross- vein (tig.2,c). Postnodals 7-9.

AUSTROSTICTA FlELDI, n.sp.

(Plate xlii., figs.6-9).

^. Total length 37mm., abdomen 29mm. Wings: fore 21mm. hind 20 mm.

Wings rather narrow, fragile;

neuration very open and thin; pterostigma trapezoidal, 0*8 mm., pale brownish. Nodal Indicator 2 8-9|. Head narrow, width 3*5 mm. Eyes brown, black 2 7-8i behind next occiput; epicranium black, a pale straw- coloured line along the occipital ridge, and a curved line of the same colour in front near the clypeus; ocelli black; antennce black with pale brown bases ; postclypeus black, anteclypeiis brownish spotted with black ; labrum bright orange-brown ; labium very pale straw-colour. Thorax: Prothorax rather large, pale straw-colour, with a large squarish dorsal patch of dark metallic green, covering nearly the whole dorsal surface. Meso- and metathorax dark metallic green; a tine straight dorsal ine; a pair of narrow humeral bands, slightly curved, straw-

766 COLLECTION OF DRAGONFLIES FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA,

coloured, followed below on each side by an equal and parallel band of the groundcolour; rest of sides and underside pale straw- colour. Legs straw-colour, touched with black near joints. Abdomen cylindrical, rather stout, 8-10 somewhat clubbed. Colour: dorsal surface dark metallic green, broken at the sutures (except for a very tine mid-dorsal line) by narrow transverse bands of pale straw-colour. .Sides straw-colour shaded with green; sides of 8-9 shaded with dark brown; 10 exceedingly small, straw-coloured, a small square dorsal spot of dark metallic green. Appendages very remarkable. Superior about 1 mm., slightly separated, broadly subcornnte, pale straw-dolour. Inferior very large, projecting nearly 0'5 mm. beyond superior; bases wide, subconical, pale straw-colour; the extremities, how- ever, thin, black, forcipate; separated by a small projection on segment 10. Seen sideways, they appear to curve slightly upwards (Plate xlii., tigs. 6, 8).

5. Very similar to male. Wings slightly longer, head and thorax slightly larger. Abdomen very slightly broader, 8-10 enormously clubbed; colour same as in male; 10 projecting below appendages into a black rounded tubercle. Ovipositor reaching beyond end of 10, brownish, with a pair of black divergent filaments 0*5 mm. long. Appendages close together, short, 0 5 mm., subconical, brownish.

Hah. — Tennant's Creek, N.T.; very rare; two males and a female in poor condition; April, 1906.

A most remarkable insect, but dull-coloured and very likely to be overlooked. Easily distinguished from its nearest relative, Isosticta simplex Martin, by its shorter and thicker abdomen and by the generic characters given above.

In conclusion, I wish to tender my heartiest thanks to Mr. J. F. Field for the interest and keenness with which he undertook to supply me with specimens, and to his aboriginal servant, Billy, who wielded the net with the greatest sagacity and discrimina- tion, and evidently handled the specimens with much care.

BY R. J. TILLYARD. 767

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII.

Fig. L — Isostkta simplex Martin; wing.

Fig. 2. — Austrosticia Fieldi, n.sp.; wing.

Fig.B.—Lestes analu Rambur ^■, appendages, seen from above.

FigA.—Leste.s aridns, n.sp. ^ ; appendages, seen from above.

Fig.5. — ,, ,, n.sp. 2; appendages, seen sideways.

Fig. 6. — Austrosticia Fieldi, n.sp. J^; appendages, seen from above.

Fig.7. — ,, ,, ,, $; appendages, seen from above.

Fig.8. — ,, ,, ,, J^; appendages, seen sideways.

Fig. 9. — ,, ,, ,, $; appendages, seen sideways.

^1

768

MEMOIR ON A FEW HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

By G. W. Kirkaldy, F.E.S.

(Plate xliii.)

This memoir records the Heteroptera collected by Mr. A. Koebele and Dr. R. C. L. Perkins in Queensland, and by Mr. Koebele in Kew South Wales. These expeditions were carried out under the auspices of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Associa- tion at Honolulu, for the purpose of discovering and forwarding predators and parasites for the control of certain insect pests of sugar cane in the Hawaiian Islands; and the resulting collections are preserved in the cabinets of the Division of Entomology. The Homoptera have already been worked out.* The Heteroptera were not specially collected, and were merely a side issue; never- theless I am able to add, as I believe, seven new genera and twenty-five new species.

The Plate has been prepared by Mr. W. E. Chambers, Illustrator of the Station.

The captures are as follows, novelties in italics : —

CiMiciDiE : Stictocarenus sp., Panaetius lobulatus, Cuspicona thoracica, Testrica rudis.

PYRRHOCORiDiE : Syncrotus circumscriptus.

GEOCORiDiE : Graptostethus cardinalis, Cymus vuUurnus, Nysius vinitor, Phaenacantha australice, Pachygrontha austrina^ Phlegyas vuUurnus, Macropes anthi^opojyhagorum, Oxycarenus lifuanus, Geocoris roseohistriatus, G. capricornutas, G. luhra,

* 1906, Bull. Ent. Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Assoc, i. 269-479, Pl.xxi.- xxxiii.; 1907, op, cit. iii., 1, Pl.i.-xx. and figs.

BY G. W. KIRKALDY. 769

Germalus kurandm, Botocudo ornatulus, Orthoea sidnica, O. pacifica, VuUumia albo-notata, lliawmastotheriwni australicum.

TiNGiD^ : Serenthia vidturna, Hypsipyrgias telamonides, Epi- mixia alitophrosyne, Teleonemia pacified^ T. vulturna.

T ..i.^4..n n.nrm's oribraticoUis,

CORRIGENDA.

The authors request for the toUowiag substitutions to be made was not e..ed until after the shee'ts had been printed off Specal attention is accordingly directed to then, :_

P-768, line 231 „

P-770, line eJ^o'-^EOcoaiDx read Myodichid*.

'■''VlTJtTf ^«-"— -— , gen.nov. read IHAUMASTOCORIS, gen. nov.

r.a^T[HAUMASTOCORIs]AUSTRALICUS, sp.nov.

p.788, line 2S For Th.amasto^kerium ausCraUcurn read Thau mastocoris australicus.

4.T. RUDis (Germar).

Ilab. — N.S.W.: Sydney (Jan., Feb.; Koebele). Previously recorded from South Australia also.

'68

iituanus, Weocoris

roseobistriatus, G. capricornutas, G. lubra,

* 1906, Bull. Ent. Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Assoc, i. 269-479, Pl.xxi.- xxxiii.; 1907, op, cit. iii., 1, Pl.i.-xx. and figs.

BY G. W. KIRKALDY. 769

Germalus kitrandce-, Botocudo ornatulus, Orthoea sidnica, O. pacifica, Vulturnia albo-notata, lliaumastotheriuin australicum.

TiNGiDiE : Serenthia vulturna, Hypsipyrgias telamonides, Epi- mixia alitophrosyne, Teleonemia pacijicd, T. vidturna.

Nabid^e : Alloeorhynchus Jlavolimbatus, Gorpis cribraticoUis, Acanthohrachys virescens.

Reduviid^ : Pfcilocnemidia plumifer.

GERRiDyE : Rhagovelia australica.

ANTHOcoRiDiE : Triphleps persequens.

CLiNOCORiDiE : Clinocoris lectularius.

MiRiD^: Eurocrypha thanatochlaniys, Cysteorrliacha caciifera^ Helopeltis australice, Synthlipsis chamhersi, Paracalocoris austrinus (and a few other solitary Mirids, which I cannot determine at present).

NAUCORiDiE : Ochterus marginata.

CoRixiDyE : Micronecta annse var, p)cidida, M. niicra.

CIMICID.^. Stictocarenus Stal. 1. S.sp.? //a6.— N.S.W.: Sydney (Jan.; Koebele).

Panaetius Stal. 2. P. LOBULATUS Stal. Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Perkins); N.S.W.: Sydney (Jan.; Koebele).

CuspicoNA Dallas.

3. C. THORACiCA (Westwood).

Hah. — N.S.W.: Sydney (Jan.; Koebele). I have it also from Victoria, in my own collection.

T E s T R I c A Walker. 4.T. RUDis (Germar). iTaft.— N.S.W.: Sydney (Jan., Feb.; Koebele). Previously recorded from South Australia also.

770 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA

PYRRHOCORID^.

Syncrotus Bergroth.

4a. S. ciRCUMSCRiPTus Bergroth.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (June; Perkins); a single male measuring 6 mill., and agreeing fairly with Bergroth's description.

GEOCORID^.

Graptostethus Stal.

5. G. cardinalis (Stal). Hah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

C Y M u s Hahn.

6. C. VULTURNUS, sp.nov.

Pale brownish-yellow, scutellum and anterior part of pronotum, etc., tinged with ferruginous; keels on pronotum and scutellum clear pale yellow. Tegmina pale yellow, apical margin of corium narrowly fuscous; membrane hyaline. Fourth segment of labium black. Second segment of antenna3 longer than the first, which reaches beyond the head, and a trifle longer than the fourth; third equal to second and fourth together. Length 4^ mill.

Hah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

Allied to C. tahidus Stal, but larger, and the second segment of the antennae a little longer than the fourth.

N Y s I u s Dallas.

7. N. viNiTOU Bergroth.

Hah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele). Also from New- South Wales and Victoria; and recently introduced into the Hawaiian Islands.

Phaenacantha Horvath.

8. P. AUSTRALIiE, sp.nOV.

Closely allied to P. amhigua Horv., but differing as follows : head distinctly wider than pronotum, and pallid except for two

BY G. W. KIKKALDY. 771

narrow lines from antennae to ocelli; fourth segment of antennae longer than third. Scutellar spine about 70°. Length 7J mill. Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (August; Perkins).

Pachygrontha Geimar.

9. P. AUSTRINA, Sp.nOV.

Pale brownish-yellow, closely punctured on head, thorax, and tegmina (except membrane) with brown or black; lateral margins of pronotum very narrowly, and a line down the middle of the pronotum and scutellum, smooth, pale yellow. Eyes, last seg- ment of rostrum, and a median line along the last sternite, blackish. Antennae brownish-yellow, somewhat fuscate. Meso- and metasterna medianly dark fuscous. Membrane hyaline. Legs brownish-yellow, thickly speckled with blackish-brown. Sternites ferrugineo-testaceous; lateral margins widely, and apical third, fuscous. First segment of antennae much longer than the second; second subclavate apically, much longer than the third, which is twice as long as the fourth, the four together a little longer than the entire body. Tegmina not quite reaching to the apex of the abdomen. Foi'e femora with mixed spines. Length 10 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (August; Perkins).

P H L E G Y A S Stal. 10. P. VULTURNUS, sp.nOV.*

Apparently allied to P. hurmanus Distant, from which, judging by the figure and the meagre description, it differs by the pro- notum being strongly punctured, with the central keel rather indistinct, and the fore femora spinose. Blackish; median part of vertex across, anterior margin of pronotum narrowly in the middle, and a small irregular area behind that (divided by the dark keel), fore femora dorsally (usually), fore tibiae and tarsi

* If Distant's figure of the Mexican P. tropicalis be correct, tlie latter is certainly not congeneric with /*. hurmanim.

772 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTEKN AUSTRALIA,

(mostly), antennse, labium, etc., reddish-brown or yellowish- brown, the appendages somewhat varyingl}?^ suffused with fuscous. Scutellum red-brown, posteriorly more yellowish, the anterior angles and a median spot anteriorly, blackish. Tegmina pale brownish-yellow, strongly punctured with honey-yellow and brown, a fuscous brown spot near apex of corium, and another sometimes at inner apical angle. Sterna and sternites black, a wide interrupted stripe down the pleura medianly, the ambulacra, etc., pale red-brown. Sternites medianly pale yellowish-brown, the pleurites the same, with blackish-brown spots at intervals. The whole underside strongly punctured. Middle and hind legs pale brownish-yellow; basal three-fourths of femora more or less blackish-brown; tibiae incompletely ringed with blackish-brow^n ,near the base and near the apex, tarsi more or less fuscous, claws black. Labium reaches to about the base of the prosternum. Antennae 8, 17, 18, 22. The fore femora are rather more strongly iricrassate than in P. burmanus, and are aimed with two colour- less longer spines and several darker ones of varying lengths. Length 3|-4mill.

Hab. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

Sometimes the black hue is more overspread, especially on the legs.

Macropes Motschulsky.

11. M. anthropophagorum, sp.nov.

Reddish-brown, covered with short, pale yellow hair; basal half of pronotum pale, except at posterior angles. Eyes and two apical segments of labium blackish. Tegmina brownish-yellow with a clearer area along the middle, membrane hyaline with fuscous veins. Ambulacra, tibiae and tarsi brownish-yellow. First segment of antennie reaching as far as the apex of the head, 8j 10, 8, 15. Labium not reaching quite so far as the fore coxae. Posterior margin of pronotum roundl}^ emarginate. Tegmina not nearly reaching to the middle of the abdomen; membrane longer medianly than the corium, roundly truncate apicalh'. Length 4^ mill.; pronotal width 4 mill.

BY G. W. KIRKALDY. 773

H(xb. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept. -Dec; Koebele). The colour and the short labium and tegmina will distinguish this at once.

O X Y c A R E N u s Fieber.

12. O. LiFUANUs Kirkaldy.

Ilab. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept. -Dec; Koebele). Originally de- scribed from Lifu, into which it is perhaps a recent introduction.

Geocoris Fallen.

13. G. ROSEOBISTRIATUS, sp.nOV.

Pale ochraceous; eyes, ocelli, three longitudinal percurrent (the two lateral angularly convergent) lines on vertex, apical half of second and of third segments of antennae, six longitudinal percurrent lines on pronotum, scutellum medially, pleurites, an oblique line on gense, etc., rose-red. Pronotum fuscously punc- tured, an opaque area subanteriorly (vvith a transverse faint fuscous line), and rather more sparsely punctured posteriorly. Tegmina hyaline, yellowish-tinged, corium with three rows of fuscous punctures. Abdomen blackish (except as mentioned above). Labium reaching to about the middle trochanters, first two segments subequal. Antennae 9, 20, 15, 17. Hind margin of pronotum about one-seventh wider than the head. Length 5 mill.

Hab. — Q. : Bundaberg (Sept. -Dec; Koebele),

In very bad condition, but so distinct that I have ventured to describe it.

14. G. CAPKicoRNUTUS, sp.nov.

Rather elongate; shining black; underside of head (except basally at the side), antennae (except the fuscous base of the third, and apical five-sixths of the fourth), legs, pleurites (except the incisures), a sublateral streak down the basal half of the corium, and a broad stripe down the middle of the posterior three-fourths of the scutellum, pale yellow. Labium brownish- yellow. Ocelli red. Eyes dark fuscous, paler ventrally. Mem- brane dark smoky. Head one-eighth wider than the pronotum.

774 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA,

Antennje 13, 27, 23, 28. Labium reaching to the apex of the middle coxte. Pronotum punctured, a subanterior area on each side and tlie posterior margin Isevigate. Anterior and lateral margins of the scutellum punctured. Clavus with a close row of punctures along the corial margin. Corium with the same along the claval margin, turning out a little posteriorly, and also a row near the lateral margin, and scattered feebler punctures apically. Length 4| mill.

Hob. — Q.: Kuranda (August; Perkins).

15. G. LUBRA, sp.nov.

Head, pronotum, scutellum and under side black. Anterior margin of head (except medianly), postero- lateral angles of pro- notum, tegmina, labium, legs, orifices, ambulacra, postero-lateral margin of metasternum, spots on pleurites, etc., testaceous, pass- ing into pale ochraceous. Eyes dark fuscous anteriorly, reddish- fuscous posteriorly. Basal three-fourths of tirst and of second segments of antennae dark fuscous, the rest testaceous. Mem- brane cinereo-hyaline. Pronotum very closely punctured excej^t for a subanterior shining, somewhat swollen, smooth area on each side. Scutellum closely punctured, feebly keeled. Tegmina punctured much as in G. kurandce, but with two subparallel rows on corium inwardly instead of one. Length 3 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

Germ ALUS Stal.

16. G. KURANDiE, sp.nov.

(J. Ochraceous, eyes and ocelli reddish. Vertex with a short, thin, dark, longitudinal line apical of each ocellus, and two short median subcontiguous lines apically. Extreme apex of labium blackish. Antennae with the third, apex of second and base of fourth segments sanguineous. Pronotum with a fuscous line down the middle, and a very short sublateral one on each side (only on the basal fourth), also the postero-lateral angles fuscous; pronotum closely punctured with dark fuscous, except the two anterior Isevigate aieas (which are immaculate ochraceous) and

BY G. W. KIRKALDY. 775

the hind margin narrowly, also the anterior margin medially. Scutellum punctured except medially. Corium with three {some- what narrowly suffused) dark rows of punctures, also extero- lateral and apical margins narrowly dark. Clavus more sparsely and obscurely punctured. Membrane immaculate hj^aline. Abdomen pale reddish-ochraceous. Sterna and pleura strongly punctured fuscously, abdomen beneath only feebly so. Legs yellowish. Eyes strongl}^ pedunculate, head wider than hind- margin of pronotum. Antennae 14, 42, 25, 38. Last "abdominal" sternite roundly emarginate.

^. Median line on pronotum less distinct. Last sternite angularly emarginate, medially elongately produced. Length, (J 5; 9 6 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins).

BoTOCUDO Kirkaldy.*'

17. B. ORNATULUS (Bergroth).

Hob. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele and Perkins). This species is a little variable in colour and pattern.

O R T H o E A Dallas, Kirkaldy.

18. O. siDNiCA, sp.nov.

Allied to 0. nigrice2?s {J)sX\s.^)^ but narrower and more parallel- sided at the tegmina; collar more distinct, anterior area of pro- notum longer, hind area proportionately wider, hind margin straight. Tegmina more deeply punctured. Fore tibiae longer (in the male at least). Head, posterior area of pronotum, posterior three-fourths of scutellum, etc., blackish; anterior area of pronotum and anterior part of scutellum, dark red-castaneous. Tegmina brownish-yellow strongly punctured with yellow and brown; a basal band across the base, a spot on the lateral margin towards the apex, apex of corium, etc., blackish. First three

* Botociido Kirk., \^Q4: = 8alacia Stal, aa (restr. Dist. 1893). Cligenes Dist., 1S9S = Salacia Stal, a. 62

776 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA,

segments of aiitenii?e brownish-yellow, fourth dark fuscous. Under side blackish, prosterna. a large spot on the middle of abdomen at base, etc., dark reddish-castaneous. Legs yellowish, except a broad dark ring across fore femora, apices of segments faintly fuscous. Length, ^ 4J mill.

ifa6.— N.S.W.: Sydney (Feb.; Koebele).

19. 0. PACiFiCA(Stal) [ = peripIanios Kirkaldy]. l/ab. — Q.: Cairns (Perkins). Also in Fiji and Hawaii.

V u L T u R N I A, gen. no V

I suppose that this is really allied to Aphauus, but I should have placed it near Fontejus had there been an}^ collar.

Head triangular, declivous, but little narrower than the posterior margin of the pronotum, distinctly wider than tlie anterior area. Ocelli near base of head and eyes, probably scarcely functional. Pronotum with the anterior area about as long as wide, about as long as the head, subglobose, twice (or more) as long as the hind area, w^hich is partly declivous, tlie posterior margin emarginate. Tegmina and abdomen medially narrowed, membrane not reaching the apex of the abdomen.

20. V. ALBONOTATA, Sp.UOV.

Black, thickly covered with short grey hair, also a few black bristles. Pronotum and scutellum closel}- punctured; clavus with three rows, corium with two inner and one outer row, also the apical third apex of first segment of antennje and the fourth (3rd aiictt.) ventral pleurite white. Hind angle of scutellum creamy. Basal half of tegmina opaque-testaceous, mostly infuscate; apical margin of corium broadly white (black punctures); membrane dark smoky, with a large pale fulvous spot at apex. Tarsi fuscous. AntennjB 9, 28, 23, 27. Labium reaching to about the middle coxae, first segment not reaching the base of the head.

(J. Fore femora strongl}^ incrassate, minutely spined; tibic^ slightly curved, not spined. Length 6 mill.; pronotal width UmilL

IIab.~-Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

BY G. W. KIRKALDY 777

THAUMASTOTHERIIN^, subfam.nov.

This subfamily, which is based on a single carded specimen, is allied to the Blissiiue in that the fore legs are articulated on the disk of the prosternum, but the structure of the head, labium, legs, etc., puts it quite out of that subfamily. In habitus, it recalls much more the Anthocoridce, and even in some ways the Polyc- teniJce; but the structure of the sterna and the lack of a cuneus place it in the Geocoridce. I am unable to determine with surety whether it is Trochalopodous or Pagiopodous, but I think the former, in which case its Geocoridism would be confirmed. It is to be hoped that other specimens will be found, but unfortu- nately nothing is known of its habits.

T 11 A u M A s T 0 T H E j^ I u M, gen.nov.

Flattish. Head flat, slightly declivous; juga much longer than tylus and meeting in front of it, laminately expanded anteriorly and laterally, the sides rotundately curved. Lateral margins of head, between the above and the pedicellate e3'es, rounded. Head scarcely so long as its width. Eyes not quite contiguous with pronotum; ocelli contiguous with ocular peduncles, close to base of head. Antennae about twice and one-half as long as the pronotum medianly, inserted ventral ly low down, basal of the tirst segment of the labium, tirst segment not reaching to the apex of the head. Labium broad and short, reaching only to the middle of the prosternum. Bucculse low, divergent apicalwards and very far apart, narrowing just apical of the second antennal seg- ment, the first two apparently nob free, third reaching to base of head. Pronotum behind a little wider than the head and a little wider than the fore margin, hind margin straight; impressed transversely in the middle, lateral margins fairly straight; (^longi- tudinal) middle f of anterior area flat, medially sulcate, lateral fifths swollen; hind area punctured, lateral margins swollen. Scutellum triangular, a little longer than wide, feebly keeled medially, transversely striate and punctured. Hind margin of prosternum straight, meso- and metastei'num sulcate. L'lavus and corium closely punctured, lateral margins of latter slightly

778 HETKROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

rounded and narrowly explanate. Membrane without apparent veins^. [I have not examined the wings.] Legs all short, fore coxse inserted on the disk of the prosternum, coxeb globular (as also the middle pair), shorter than the trochanters, femora greatly incrassate, longer than the tibiae. Hind coxae more elongate. Middle and hind femora incrassate, longer than their tibise. Tarsi minute, arolia very large, elongate, nearly as long as the claws.

21. T. AUSTRALicuM, sp.nov. (Pl.xliii., figs. 1-3).

Ochreous. Third (except apex and base) and fourth segments of antennae, tarsi and apex of labium, black. E3^es reddish- piceous. Tergites (except lateral margins) apparently dark fuscous, as also a part of the underside. Punctures brownish. Antennae 3, 6, 8, 8, third and fourth segments sulcate. Length, S 3i mill.

Hab. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

TINGID^. Serenthia Spinola. 22. S. vulturna, sp.nov.

Allied to S. gihha (Fieber), but the pronotum is much less convex. The first segment of the antennae is one-half longer than the second, the third is twice as long as the fourth, and four and one-half times as long as the second. The metasternum is not pale posteriorly. The pronotum is evidently, though not strongly, percurrently carinate. Pronotum black, with a pale collar anteriorly (not encroaching posteriorly at the sides), and the posterior prolongation pale. Length 2J mill.

Hah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koebele).

All the species of Serenthia in my collection are strongly brachypterous; the present form is less coriaceous and has a dis- tinctly separated costal (or subcostal?) area, which is uniareol ate. In these respects, this Australian species seems to approximate to *S'. femoralis Thomson, and S. hrevirostris Yakovlev.

BY G. W, KIRKALDY. 779

Hypsipyrgias, geii.nov. (Pl.xliii., figs.4-5).

Somewhat allied to Dichocysta Champion, but with a very different pronotal structure. Head small, with a basal sub- porrect spine on each side laterally, one median immediately anterior, and one or two between the insertions of the antennae. Second segment of antennge about twice as long as the first, both short, third about ten times as long as the second and more than thrice as long as the broad fusiform fourth. Pronotum medianly very highly elevated and vesicular, truncate in profile, anteriorly acute-angled in profile, then perpendicular, the whole of the vesicle reticulate, not carinate. Lateral margin of pronotum areolately dilated, exteriorly rounded. Posterior lobe tricarinate, middle keel anteriorly lost in the big vesicle, posteriori}^ forming a small, elevated, areolate vesicle; the lateral keels run elevatedly by the side of the large vesicle as far as the anterior margin. Tegmina laterally rounded, widest at the level of the posterior angle of the pronotum, suddenly narrowed after the discoidal, thence continuing subparallel; discoidal area sharply limited; subcostal biareolate, becoming 3- or 4-areolate posteriorly; costal area uniareolate. Tegmina reaching far beyond abdomen.

23. H. TELAMONIDES, Sp.nOV.

Dark fuscous or pitchy; first three segments of the antennae, bucculse, legs, etc., reddish-testaceous. Pronotum dark fuscous; posterior lobe, anterior vesicle, venation, etc., yellowish. Tegmina yellow, a large fuscous spot at the apex, not, however, discolour- ing the veins. Length 3 J; maximum height about 1 J mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins).

This curious species has some little general resemblance to the American Membracid genus Telamoaa Fitch; the specific term telamonides, however, is not used to express this resemblance.

E p I M I X I A, gen.nov.

General appearance of Teleonei)iia, but the discoidal area is feebly marked off, and the subcostal area is multireticulate. Head with two sublateral spines near the base, and two sub-

780 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA,

median near the apex, all short; bucculLe prominent, anteriorly roundly acute. Antennae slender, third segment more than twice as long as the fourth, more than five times as long as the second, and thrice and one-half as long as the first. Pronotum very convex behind, anteriorly narrowed, a small Isevigate area on each side of the middle keel between the collar and the convex part; with three keels, the middle one percurrent, the lateral ones stopping anteriorl}^ at the Isevigate areas. Lateral margins rounded, not foliaceous but acutely carinate; no hood. Tegmina elongate, costal area uniareolate.

24. E. ALiTOPHROSYXE, sp.nov.

Pronotum and tegmina very closely punctured. Head, laevi- gate areas, apex of tibiae, the tarsi, underside, etc., blackish. Spines, keels, bucculae, etc., yellowish-white. Legs red. Pro- notum and tegmina 3^ellowish, largely suffused, especially inwardly, with reddish, but not on the posterior lobe of pronotum. Length 4^ mill.

Hah. — N. S.W.: Sj^dney (Jan ; Koebele).

Te LEONE MIA Costa.

25. T. PACiFiCA, sp.nov.

Allied to 2\ pilicornis Champion.

Reddish-ochraceous or yellowish-ferruginous {$), 3'ellowish (9), bucculae, legs and sternal keels paler; apical four-fifths of last segment of antennae blackish. Pronotal keeis yellowish, inter- rupted with fuscous. Tegmina 3^ellowish; a broad ferruginous band across middle of discoidal area, reaching the costal margins (^), a less regular fuscous band($); membrane, except an apical spot, ferruginous {$), or more or less fuscous ($). Two large porrect basal spines on the head, and one or two smaller. Third segQieut of antennae thrice as long as the fourth, and ten times as long as the second, which is a trifle shorter than the first. Labium reaching to base of mesosternum. No hood, but the middle keel of pronotum percurrent. Pronotum finely and closely punctured. Tegmina with discoidal area glabrous, areoles deeply

BY G. W. KIRKALDV. 781

mpressed; subcostal area biareolate, costal area uniareolate, both minutely. Length 3 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (August; Perkins) — Fiji Islands: Rewa (April; Muir).

2G. T. vuLTURNA, sp.nov.

Black or blackish; anterior margin, lateral margins, the three discal keels, posterior angle deeply — of pronotum — bucculse, spines, sternal keels, posterior margin of presternum, costal area, exterior margin of discoidal area, lateral margins of membrane, etc., pale. Two ratlier short basal spines on head, and others still smaller. No hood, but the middle keel of the pronotum percurrent. Pronotum finely and closely punctured. Tegmina with discoidal area glabrous, areoles deeply impressed; membranal areoles somewhat larger; costal area uniareolate; subcostal area 3-areolate, widening irregularly to 4. Length 3^ mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Perkins).

NAB1D.E. A L L o E 0 R H Y N c H u s Fieber.

27. A. FLAVOLIMBATUS, Sp.nOV.

Black (including the membrane which is rather, perhaps, dark smoky), the pronotum and sternites shining. Antenna, labium, legs and a large spot at base of abdomen ventrally, brownish-yellow, the antennse a little infuscate; a broad ring near the apex of the hind femora piceous, teeth on femora blackish. Basal half of corium laterally, basal two or "^three plev^t rites, and one or two apical spots, pale yellow.

Head and pronotum shaped differently from A. vitiulns,^ the pronotum in profile being gradually declivous, and the head per- pendicular at the base. The head may be exserted, but not in repose (as erroneously figured by Distant), the eyes then touching the pronotum. The head is distinctly more elongate before the

* Judging, in this and later observations, by Distant's figure and descrip- tion in ' Fauna of India.'

782 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA,

eyes than in A. virndus. The second segment of labium is very long, reaching to the fore trochanters, the third reaching to the middle pair. Antennae 3, 1, 5, 5, 6. The pronotal constriction is rather feeble in the middle, and the anterior area is distinctly lonc^er than in A. vinulus, being about thrice as long as the hind area medianly, the latter being distinctly longer at the sides than in the middle. Femora much as in A. vinulus, but the fore tibiae more widened; fore and middle femora each with a double row of about 17 teeth, tibise somewhat correspondingly but more bluntly toothed.

Q. Abdomen widened behind, black concolorous beneath. Length 5.^ mill., width 2 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept. -Dec; Koebele).

G 0 R P I S Stal.

28. G. CRIBRATICOLLIS Stal.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (August; Perkins). Also from Fiji: Rewa

(Muir). Previously recorded from Ceylon, and like many other

Nabidae, probably easily introduced, so tliat its endemic habitat

is doubtful.

AcANTHOBRACHYS Fieber.

29. A. viRESCENs, sp.nov.

Intermediate between Stal's divisions a and act (of Arhela), in that the hind area of the pronotum is distinctly and rather densely punctured, scarcely so, however, on the declivous hind margin, while there is no median pale line.

Head : first segment of antennae, labium, and underside pale ochraceous or testaceous, probably greenish in life; rest of antennae dark fuscous. Pronotum pale light green, hind margin infuscate, as also scutellum. Tegmina fuscous, lateral margins greenish- yellow. Legs greenish or greenish-testaceous, third segment of tarsi and the knees fuscous. Abdomen above sanguineous, except the lateral margins and the apical segment. First segment of the antennae about twice and one-half as long as the head, subequal to second segment. Labium reaching to the middle coxae, second

BY G. W. KIRKALDV. 783

segment nearly reaching to base of prosternum, distinctly longer than the third. Length 6 mill.

Q. Hind tibiae not clavate basally.

Hab. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins).

REDUVIID^..

P T I L 0 c N p: M I D I A Kirkaldy.

30. P. PLUMiFER (Horvath).

Hab. — Q.: Brisbane (June; Perkins); previously recorded from Pockhampton, and from New South Wales.

GERRID^. Rhagovelia Mayr.

31. P. AUSTRALICA, Sp.nOV.

Apterous 9. Head blackish-brown, a large roundly trifid mark at the base, and the apical margin in front of the eyes, yellowish-brown. Pronotum blackish-brown; the anterior margin broadly, a narrow line down the middle, and the hind margin broadly, yellowish-brown. Metanotum yellowish-brown, except the anterior margin narrowly and a median spot. Sterna and pleurae yellowish-brown, with blackish-brown incisures, &c. Antennae blackish-brown, except the j^ellowish-brown basal third of the first segment. Labium yellowish-brown, apex blackish- brown. Leys blackish-brown ; ambulacra, coxa?, trochanters (except apical margin), basal half of fore femora, base of hind femora, &c., yellowish-brown.

Subfusiform; head much narrower than the pronotum, which is narrower than the metanotum; vertex triangular with truncate apex. Antennae 10, 7, 6, 5. Labium reaching just beyond fore coxa?. Pronotum roundly hexagonal. Mesosternum obliquely ridged on each side, the keels almost contiguous apically, some- what as in B. j^eggice. Middle tibia about as long as the sub- ec^ual tarsal segments. Hind femora strongly incrassate, dentate.

784 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA,

tibiae very slightly curved. Pleurites subvertical, narrowing in posteriorly. Length 4|- mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins).

ANTHOCORID^.

Triphleps Fieber.

32. T. persequens F. B. White.

Hah. — Queensland (Perkins); also Fiji (Muir). Previously

known only from the Hawaiian Islands, into which it was an

introduction.

CLINOCORID^.

Clinocoris Fallen.

33. C. lectularius (Linne).

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Perkins).

MIRID.E.

EuROCRYPHA, gen.nov.

Differs from Isometoims Fieber, by the much smaller head, which, however, extends laterally and posteriorly beneath; and by the dififerent antennae.

Ovate, closely and minutely punctured. Head perpendicular, much narrower than the pronotiim anteriorly, lateral margins beneath lobate, produced posteriorly, visible dorsally as a spine on each side behind the eyes. First three segments of antennae apparently very short, fourth incrassate, extending as far as the base of the pronotum, five or six times as long as thick. Pro- notum as in Nesocryijha\ raesonotum bilobate, biemarginate. Tegmina as in Nesocrypha, but clavus narrowed posteriorly, and scutellum touching the base of the membrane (the latter destroyed). Tegmina hairy and declivous, as in Nesocrypha. Hind femora apparently not strongly incrassate.

34. E. THANATOCHLAMYS, Sp.nOV.

Blackish. Eyes reddish-pitchy, ocelli dark rubid. Posterior angle of scutellum sanguineous. Tegmina brownish-pitchy. Last

BY G. W. KIRKALDY. 785

segment of antenna3 brownish-yellow. Length 2-J mill., to apex of CLineus.

jJah. — Q.: Bundaberg (Sept.-Dec; Koe])ele).

Cysteorrhacha, gen.nov.

A genus of the Bryocorini. Pilose and lightly punctured. Vertex transverse, a little wider than an eye, deeply sulcate; with eyes, twice and one-fourth as wide as long. Head vertical before the eyes, wliich do not touch the pronotum. Rostrum reaching to (or beyond 1) the middle coxfe. Second segment of antennse more than twice as long as the thicker first, one-third longer than the third (fourth broken). Pronotum basally twice and one-half as wide as anteriorly and about one-half wider tlian the head; three-fourths wider basally than the length, twice as long as the head; constricted about the middle, widening pos- teriorly, basal margin emarginate; a distinct collar. Posterior half of scutellum elevated and swollen, curving cystiformly forward over the Vjasal lobe of the pronotum, biconstricted, with a small, erect, dorsal spine, in front of the anterior constriction. Tegmina without a median vein, cuneus acute posteriorly, (mem- brane destroyed). Hind tarsi with the third segment as long as the other two in profile, second a little more than half the length of the first; arolia long and narrow, curved outwards and inwards, three-fourths the length of the curved claws, from which they are separated.

35. C. CACTIFERA, sp.rK)v. (Pl.xliii., figs.G-7).

Dull ferrugino-fuscous, partly suffused with sanguineous. First segment of antennse yellow, apically reddish, second and third dark sanguineo-fuscous. Postero-lateral angles of pronotum rather widely fuscous, the hind margin very narrowl}^ pale. Sterna and abdomen dark sanguineous. Tegmina hyaline, a large spot at base and a broad median band, fuscous; apical margin of corium broadly dark sanguineous; cuneus opaque white, posterior angle dark sanguineous. Wings hyaline. Legs dark

786 HETEROPTEROUS HE.MIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA,

sanguineous, femora basally pale, fore and middle tibiae pallidly annulated near the apex, hind tibiee apically pale.

9. Length to apex of cuneus, 5 mill.

Hah. — Queensland (Aug.; Perkins).

Helopeltis Signoret.

36. H. AUSTRALLE, Sp.nOV.

/J. Head and apical third of abdomen shining black; ocular orbits, cl3'peus, labium (except apex), underside of head, sterna, etc., pale yellowish. First segment of antennas piceous, apex red-brown, second and third black (fourth absent . Pronotum and scutellum yellowish-orange, disk of the former redder, horn fuscous. Tegmina dark chiereous-hyaline, exterior margin, veins and apical margin of corium olivaceous. Coxae yellowish, rest of legs olivaceo-testaceous, femora annulated with olivaceous. Abdomen basally pale fuscous. Head and eyes nearly as wide as the hind margin of the pronotum. Second segment of antennae one-half longer than the first and about one-seventh longer than the third. Labium about three-fourths of the length of the first segment of the antennge, reaching nearly to hind coxae. Horn about three-seventh of the length of the first segment of the antennae, straight, evenly cylindric right up to the capitate apex, apparently erect (but partl}^ broken at the base and lying on its side). Length 6 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins).

Synthlipsis, gen.nov.

Belongs to the Capsini, but has no close relations.

Eyes slightly pedicellate, raised distinctly about the level of the vertex, subcontiguous to collar. Vertex longitudinally sulcate, with eyes not so wide as the pronotum behind. Second segment of antennae elongate, flattened and widened gradually from the middle to the apex, which is narrowly rounded. Pro- notum constricted strongly, a trifle in front of the middle, base of anterior area slightly narrower than the apical margin; lateral

BY G. W. KIRKALDY. 787

margins of hind area divergent; bind margins a little sinuate. Ciineus elongate. Membrane with two cells, the inner almost oblong, obliquely truncate apically.

37. S. CHAMBEHSi, sp.nov. (Pl.xliii., fig.8).

Shining orange-red; legs, etc., paler. Eyes blackish. Antennse dark reddish-fuscous. Membrane hyaline, apically smoky, veins scarcely red. Wing-veins pale fuscous. Abdomen dark blood-red. Hind tibiae with three pale fuscous rings. Head, pronotum, and scutellum not punctured. Antennae 25, 100, 25, 23, the first segment half as long as the width of the pronotum apically. Hindmargin of pronotum three-fifths longer than the apical margin. Length 6 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins); one female in poor condition.

I have pleasure in naming this after Mr. W. E. Chambers, who has adorned my recent memoirs with many fine drawings.

Paracalocoris Distant.

38. P. AUSTRiNus, sp.nov.

- Ochreous-brown, with pale golden-yellow pubescence. Head with a black impression just basal of the antennal insertions. First segment of the antennae dark reddish-fuscous, second ochreous-fuscous with the apical half blackish, third dark fuscous with the base pale ochreous. Labium pale ochreous-fuscous, third segment and apex of the fourth blackish. Collar narrowly margined posterior^ with black. Pronotum with two pale smoky-fuscous broad bands down the middle of the hind area. The transversely impressed line on the scutellum blackish, anterolateral angles broadly pale smoky-fuscous. Corium mostly suffused with pale smoky-fuscous; cuneus subsanguineous, apical margin smoky. Commissural margin narrowly blackish. Mem- brane hyaline, apical margin irregularly dark smoky; veins blackish, apical angle of the inner cell suffused. Mesopleurae each with a large blackish spot; underside generally more or less

788 HETEROPTEROUS HEMIPTERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

suffused with fuscous, or with fuscous lateral markings. Legs brownish, obscurely ringed with testaceous. Antennae 58, 100, 25 (?), first segment flattened and ovally widened, second elongately clavate. Anterior impressions of pronotum small; two spots on hind areas scarcely imp)essed. Length, 9, about 5| mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug ; Perkins).

NAUCORID.E. OcHTERUs Latreille. 39. O. MARGiNATA (Latr.) Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Perkins). The nymph.

CORIXID.E.

M I c R o N E c T A Ki.rkaldy.

40. M. ANN.E Kirkaldy var. pallida nov.

No transverse line on pronotum ; tegmina with a pale castaneous basal band.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug.; Perkins).

41. M. MICRA, sp.nov.

Pale brown, brownish-testaceous beneath; a pale castaneous band at the base of the tegmina, lateral margins with one or two dark specks. Abdomen above partly dark. Head well rounded in front of eyes, which are practically contiguous with the corium. Pronotum very short, narrower than the head, hind margin truncate. Length *2 mill.

Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Aug ; Perkins).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIII.

Figs. 1-3. — Thaumastotherium auHtralicum, gen.et sp.nov. Figs. 4-5. — Hypnipyrgias telamonides gen.et sp.nov. Figs.t)-7. — Gysteorrhacha cactifera, gen.et sp.nov. Fig. 8. — Synthlipsis chambersi, gen.et sp.nov.

789

\

SOLANDRINE, A NEW MIDRIATIC ALKALOID.

By James M. Petriic, D.Sc, F.LC, Linnean Macleay Fellow OP THE Society in Bio-Chemistry.

(From the Physiological Laboratory o/ the University of Sydney).

Solandra Icevis, from which this alkaloid was obtained, is a tropical evergreen shrub of the natural order Solanacese, tr. atropeae, and is indigenous to South America and the West Indies. It grows plentifully in Australia, and used to be quite a common plant in suburban gardens, but of recent years has become scarce.

Attention was first drawn to the dangerous nature of the sap of Solandra by the following accident. A gardener who, while pruning, had some juice squirted into his eyes, was admitted to a hospital in Sydney suffering from loss of sight. It was found that his pupils were intensely dilated as if by atropine, and the effect was traced to Solandra growing in his garden.

The property of dilating the pupil of the eye is common to all the tropeines, but this very valuable action is accompanied by other objectionable properties which vary with the different members of the group, and this makes the discovery of a new member of special interest, in the hope that the deleterious qualities may be less or entirely absent.

The material for this inrestigation was kindly supplied by Mr. Maiden from plants growing in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

First, in order to obtain a general idea of the composition of the leaves, a complete proximate analysis was made by the method of Drasfendortf.

790

SOLANDRINE, A NEW MIDRIATIC ALKALOID,

The following tables show the constituents of the leaves : —

The fresh leaves —

Water removed by air-drying 78*40%

Water removed at 100° C 2-145

Mineral constituents (ash) ... ... ... ... 3*125

Organic constituents (by difference) 16 "33

100-00

The air-dried leaves —

Water at 100^ C

... 9-93

Mineral constituents (ash)

... 14-46

Removed by solvents ...

... 34-34

Cellulose, lignin, etc. (by difi

ference)

... 41-27

100-00

The air-dried leaves contain :

i. Extracted by petroleum spirit .

. 3-692%

Volatile oli

... 0-305%

Resins

... 0-257

Chlorophyll

... 0-880

Fixed oil

... 2-250

ii. Extracted by ether

...

. 2-582%

Fixed oil

... 1-211%

Water sol. portion ...

... 0-519

Chlorophyll and resins

.. 0-852

iii. Extracted vnth alcohol...

. .

.. 8-330%

Glucose

trace.

Saccharose

.„ 2-88%

Alkaloid

0-11

Tannin

... 4-30

Phlobaphene

... 1-04

iv. Extracted with water ...

.

. 19-740%

Mucilage

... 4-13%

Glucose

... 5-44

Saccharose

4-71

(Undetermined)

... 5-46

34-344%

Extraction of the alkaloid. — In a preliminary trial on a small quantity of leaves, there was obtained evidence of the presence

BY JAMES iM. PETKIK. 791

of an exceedingly active and poisonous alkaloid. In order to obtain an amount sufficient for further investigation, 1000 grams of leaves were exhausted with boiling water faintly acidulated; the solution was evaporated to dryness, and its residue extracted with alcohol in a Soxhlet extractor. The alcoholic solution con- taining all the alkaloid was then distilled in vacuo, the residue dissolved in water, and the solution filtered. This clear aqueous solution was acidified with H2SO4, and shaken out, first with amyl alcohol, then with ether, till nothing further was removed. The residual aqueous solution was then rendered alkaline and shaken out with ether. On evaporation of the solvent 0 865 gram of impure alkaloid was obtained.

Purification. — The crude material was dissolved in slightly acid water and shaken with ether in alternately alkaline and acid solution; the ethereal layer was separated and the shaking out repeated till no further residue was observed on evaporating the solvent. The total ethereal extract now yielded 0*39 gram of alkaloid. The aqueous solution was further shaken out with chloroform, and from this, after removal of the solvent, was obtained a residue of 0'188 gram. This residue w^as found later to be non-alkaloidal.

It was noticed, when the solutions were warmed to volatilise the solvent, that a strong odour was evolved resembling that of nicotine or conine, and suggesting the admixture of a volatile alkaloid.

To test this point the ether residue (0-39 gram) was dissolved in acidulated water, then made faintly alkaline and distilled in a current of steam. The distillate was strongly alkaline; but when neutralised and evaporated to small bulk it gave negative results in every case on testing with all the ordinary alkaloid reagents. The same process was likewise gone through with the chloroform residue (0*188 gram) and again the distillate was found to be non-alkaloidal.

From this it may be definitely inferred that no volatile alka- loid is present, and that the distillate is strongly alkaline by ammonia formed probably from the amidenitrogen in the plant. 63

792 SOLANDRINE, A NEW MIDRIATIC ALKALOID,

The liquid left in the retort from the first distillation contained the whole of the alkaloid, which was recovered by shaking out with chloroform, and now weighed 0*164 gram. This much purer material was used for the subsequent examination.

Chemical i^roperties. — The material as obtained in the above manner is a yellow viscous mass, which becomes quite fluid on gently warming. It is quite free from odour, even on heating. The solubility in benzene and ether is slight; it is very soluble in chloroform and in alcohol; but slightly soluble in water, giving au alkaline solution and possessing a bitter taste. All attempts to crystallise it failed, hence the difliculty of its purification.

The aqueous solution gave well marked ppts. with the follow- ing alkaloid reagents: — I in KI, picric acid, phosphotangstic acid, tannic acid, AuClg, PtCl4,and KI.HgT2. In Vitali's test a bright purple colour was obtained.

Phenolphthalein is not reddened. HgClo 5 % in alcohol, gives a white precipitate (atropine gives j'ellow, and red on w^arming). PtCl4 gives, in a strong solution after standing some time, perfect yellow cubical crystals, which decompose at 170°C. AuClg yields two kinds of crystals, transparent colourless cubes and octohedra, mixed with irregular yellow crj'^stalline masses. With picrie acid, radiating groups of prisms are obtained showing many curved and feathery crystals.

10 mgms. of the alkaloid were next h3^drolysed with barium hydroxide, and on separation of the products of hydrolysis there were obtained, first, an acid which crystallised on evaporation in long thin needles having a melting point of 106°C ; and secondly, a basic substance which resembled the original viscous yellow alkaloid in appearance, but formed a very different platinum salt. The quantity was not sufficient to decide whether the base is tropine or oscin. From 10 mgms. of the alkaloid were obtained by hydrolysis 35% of an acid possessing the identical m. point and properties of atropic acid, and 30 % of an uncrystallisable base. This ratio of acid to base is equal to 1*17, which is the exact theoretical ratio of tropic acid to tropine in the well known atropine group.

BY JAMES M. PETHIE. 793

Physiological properties.— T>v. H. G. Chapman has carried out for me a number of experiments on rabbits, frogs, and dogs. Introduced into a rabbit's eye, 0-1 mgm.-of solandrine causes full dilatation of the pupil, with loss of the light reflex in twenty- minutes. The inequality of the pupils may be noted until the fourth day after the instillation.

On the frog's heart solandrine possesses the property of paralysing the receptive substance for the endings of the vagus nerve. After the application of solandrine, stimulation of the trunk of the vagus no longer abolishes or interferes with the rhythm of the heart. Stimulation of the crescentic junction of auricle and sinus also fails to arrest the beat.

In the dog the injection of 8 mgms. of solandrine abolished the secretion of saliva and tears, accelerated the rate of respiration, increased the rate of the heart beat, and raised the blood pressure. Stimulation of the ))eripheral end of the divided vagus further failed to cause any alteration of the rhythm of the heart beat or the height of the blood pressure.

In these respects solandrine exhibits the action of the atropine group of nerve and muscle poisons.

Summary and Conclusions. — The alkaloid is proved to belono^ to the atropine group (1) By its chemical constitution: it splits up, on hydrolysis, into a base and an acid in precisely the same ratio as tropine to tropic acid in atropine and its isomers. ,'2) By its chemical and physiological properties : it gives Vitali's test in common with all the members of this group; it produces complete dilatation of the pupil, and all the effects characteristic of the natural tropeines on the heart, the secretory glands and the blood pressure.

It exhibits the following differences in properties from the well known tropeines : — phenolphthalein is not reddened by the solution; alcoholic solution of mercuric chloride causes a white ppt., atropine gives red, hyoscyamine gives yellow, and hyoscine a white ppt.; the platinum salt crystallises in small cubical crystals, whilst atropine is monoclinic, and hj^oscyamine triclinic; the aurochloride crystals also are quite different.

794 SOLANDRINE, A NEW MIDRIATIC ALKALOID.

Solandrine more closel}^ resembles hyoscine. Both are thick syrups in the free state, yield white ppts. with alcoholic mercuric chloride, and form cubical platinic chlorides. It differs from hyoscine in its aurochloride, in not reddening phenolphthalein, and by the fact that it yields atropic instead of tropic acid when hydrol3^sed.

Though much still remains to be done in working out the exact constitution of the alkaloid, I consider that the above results afford sufficient evidence of the existence of a new tropeine alkaloid in Solandra Icevis, for which, therefore, the name Solandrine is proposed.

I have to express my best thanks to Professor Anderson Stuart for the numerous facilities he has kindly afforded me in carrying out the above work in his laboratory

Corrigendum. — I take the opportunity of drawing attention to a necessary correction in my paper on * The Stinging Property of the Giant Nettle-tree' (These Proceedings, 1906, xxxi., p. 530). In the table on p. 536 the inorganic matter has been inadvertently included twice; the table should read as follows : —

On fresh

On air-dried

leaves.

leaves.

Extracted by Petroleum spirit ...

... 0-60

2-56

Ether

... 0-33

1-41

Absolute alcohol ...

... 0-88

3-74

Water

... 2-47

10-60

Total extracted by solvents

... 4-28%

18-31%

Moisture by air-drying

... 76-65

,, and vol. acids at llC

... 3-11

13-30

Inorganic matter = ash

... 3-60

15-42

Cellulose, lignin (by difference)...

... 12-36

52-97

100-00

100-00

Also on p.535, line 24, /or 4-74% read 3-74

•95

THE GEOGRAPHICAL STGXIFICAXCE OF FLOODS, WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO GLACIAL ACTION.

By E. C. Andrews, B.A.

(Plates xliv.-xlv.)

Introduction.

The finding of a principle is necessary for scientific advance- ment : with its clear understanding one marvels that the explana- tion of certain natural phenomena has been concealed so long. Nevertheless, although every natural law so far discovered is excessively simple in its operation, a comprehensive, as against a micro.-: copic, view is needful, otherwise the grand simple and central fact may be missed in the maze of attendant details. The case is analogous to that in which the names of territories or continents printed in large type across maps are missed owing to the focussing of the eye on the minute details; similarly, novices experience difficulty in grasping the principle of the steam engine when confronted, for the first time, with a near view of the subsidiary parts. Apparently the case of stream-development is no exception. The belief that streams have, in the majority of instances, carved their containing valleys; that sea-currents have moulded the shoreline curves; and that glaciers have, to some extent at least, modified the preglacial valley-contours, is very widely entertained; nevertheless the significance between extreme flood and drought stages appears to have been strangely over- looked. The great difference in the work performed during these extreme phases of stream-action may have been frequently admitted, but the application of the principle has not been seriously considered. Thus, are we to consider the work of the normal stream or that of the mighty flood as our unit in estimat- 64

796 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

ing stream corrasive effects 1 Whichever is taken, the problem resolves itself into a summation of excessively numerous and relatively small activities. Is the valley the summation mainly of many thousand flood- thrusts; or is it rather the " integration of an infinity " of normal and drought stream effects ?

If now it can be shown that floods of great strength produce characteristic and important forms in valley channels; and furthermore that these characteristic and dominant forms remain virtually unaltered until the return of an equally great, or still greater, flood, we should obviously feel inclined to assign b}^ far the more important corrasive effects to flood-action.

Moreover, if a study of very small flood-channels, such as road- side storm-gutters and brooklets; of larger examples such as those of rivers and shorelines; and of mighty channels also such as Alpine and Sierran canons, channels undoubtedly subject to former intense glacial action — if a study of these, we say, should reveal, in each type, the presence of peculiar and prominent contours all of similar shapes; and not onl}^ so but a similarity of situation in each case for such contours, the difference in size being the only essential point of distinction; and furthermore the size being in direct proportion to the size of the various floods — then indeed we might reasonably feel much more strongly supported in our contention. We would be prepared, of course, to admit the corrasive properties of streams in their normal or even in their drought stages; nevertheless, since the flood-contours are only seriously modified, or possibly effaced, by other deluges, land-reduction would appear to be virtually accomplished by gread flood-corrasion.*

Thus if this simple principle be grasped, it will at once be seen how geographical methods will be revolutionised. For seeing that shorelines, stream-developed valleys and fiord-contours are the work of comparatively Titanic forces, it would be useless for one to study the methods of the harmless drought-stricken

* Similarly for land-reduction by wind-action, the work of the great wind- storm should altogether overshadow the effects of the intergale and the zephyr stages.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 797

streams in order to appreciate the real shock of attack by which the land-contours had been carved. He who would see the true state of affairs must watch the Titan delivering his heaviest blow. Not that the succeeding pigmy-streams are incapable of continu- ing the work started by the giant, but merely that, while yet they are occupied in obliterating the Titan's marks, he again returns and carries on his former work of reduction.

The clear conception of the fact that shorelines, valley-floors, and fiord-contours result from the action of successive mighty floods, would put to rest many disputed points in glaciation and peneplanation; for it would at once be observed that drought streams slumber peacefully among the wreckage produced by the floods. So enormous were the weapons with which the giant streams armed themselves, and so flat were the grades thev pro- duced, that all the energies of normal streams or glaciers are utilised in merely filling up the holes resulting from such Titanic attack, or in forming lakes to surmount the masses of debris dropped here and there in the bed of the stream, upon the retreat of the great flood.

So simple was the principle that many Avorkers appear, tacitly, to have admitted it; nevertheless they would not perceive its main significance. To Dr. G. K. Gilbert (17,a pp.89-90) belongs"^ ' the honour of having first, in 1883, clearly enunciated the principle as it applies to ordinary streams and coastlines. Yet even that acute and philosophic geologist hesitated to apply his ownf far-reaching discovery to glacial studies. (17)

The present paper is an attempt to throw further light on Gilbert's principle by a comparison of observed small effects, such as one sees in storm-gutters, wdth the grand contours obtaining along large streams and glacial channels.

* Gilbert, G. K. —Quoted at length later (p. 800). The idea had occurred independently to the present writer in 1905. See Andrews, E. C. {postea). Dr. Gilbert's paper was not read by the writer until 1907.

t Dr. Gilbert in a letter to the writer (August, 1907) states that this idea came independently and contemporaneously to both J. W, Powell and himself.

798 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

Causes leading to jyresent statement.

The writer was led to apply Gilbert's principle as the result of a short visit to the Lakes and Sounds of South- Western New Zealand in 1902-1903. During that trip a number of topographic forms, totally unlike those of non-glaciated Australia, had been observed. For a time no solution could be found to the problem. At this juncture a glacial note(9,a) and a letter were received from Prof. W. M. Davis. So simplystated were these notes that no doubt existed in the writer's mind as to " glaciation of preglacial valley contours " being the key to the problem. At a later date the writer(l,a) was led to announce the " Flood H3^pothesis " to account for the peculiar forms exhibited by the sounds and associated lakes and canons. The stagnation of present-day glaciers in Alaskan fiords; the overriding of glacial debris by the same ice-masses, and the lack of corrasive power exhibited by Alpine and other glaciers, all seemed explicable on this assump- tion of former ice-flood action.

Stream-studies were then entered upon in some little detail. Along gutters, floods were observed to excavate holes alnaost identical in shape with those of typical cirques, sound and lake- basins, as also to glacial canons. Pronounced stagnation during drought or interstorm (flood) periods was noted. From these attention was directed to incipient cailon-contours, then to brooklets, brooks and rivers. In all, similar and similarly situated forms were observed. In every instance basins were seen to have been excavated at points of marked convergence; at points of weakness; and also other points of heavy thrust in the large or small canons. The valley-basins were observed to possess reversed grades downstream : in short, they were minia- tures of the fiord- and lake-basins existing in regions of recent intense glacial action.

One was thus led, step by step, to reason from flood-eftects in small channels such as roadside gutters, incipient caiions and brooklets, to those in basins and spurless caiions of intensely glaciated regions. In a word, knowing that certain gigantic and remarkable "facts of form" — to wit, cirques, fiord- and associated

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 799

lake-basins, spurless canoii-walls, and hanging valleys— always and only obtained in glacial regions; knowing also that these contours are duplicated in miniature along river flood-channels (allowance being always made for the stage of development attained); knowing moreover that these forms are again dupli- cated, but still less in size, along roadside gutter flood-channels, these last-mentioned forms being, by direct observation, undoubt- edly the product of floods; and, finally, knowing that ice- and w^ater-streams are somewhat analogous,(31) in general aspect; might not all these contours be interpreted as the early attempts of floods, varying in magnitude, to cause approximation of their channel bases to sea-level 1

An analogy drawn from botanical studies may not be irrelevant in this connection. No one has seen any individual forest monarch in all its successive stages of sprouting, maturity, old age, and advanced senile decay, yet, even were the testimony of history outside his own experience withheld, no observer could doubt that each and every forest king possessed such stages of development; in the first place because the forest abounds with individuals representing all stages of growth and decay, and secondly, because each year one sees the birth, growth, decay and death of plant "annuals," these varying from the forest kings only in points of size and longevity. The observer simply grasps clearly the life-stages of the " annual," and then, from these small forms, infers the life-history of the greater.

To the observant, it is thus also with the small roadside gutter-basins — the product of severe storms — the Amazonian channel-basins, and the fiord-basins, the latter expressing the summation of huge flood-thrusts.

The writer's best thanks are due to H. Hoggan, Esq., for the drawing illustrating the contours produced in a creek-base during a flood at Bouralong in New England, N. S. Wales.

Some recent Advances in Stream and Glacial Studies.

At this stage it may be advisable to note certain recent advances in stream and glacial studies, all throwing light upon

800 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

the subject under discussion. Between the periods 1874 and 1883, the scientific epics of Dutton,(10) Gilbert,(17,a,&) and Powell(33) were produced. So clear is Gilbert's statement con- cerning flood-action that one marvels at the persistence of the glacial controversy.

For the benefit of all, Gilbert's(17,a,pp.S9-90) grand announce- ment is here reproduced.

" The explanation of these inequalities depends in part on a principle of wide application, which is on the one hand so important and on the other so frequently ignored that a para- graph may properly be devoted to it, by way of digression. There are numerous geologic processes in which quantitative variations of a causative factor work immensely greater quanti- tative variations of the eflfect. It is somewhat as though the effect was proportioned to an algebraic power of the cause, but the relation is never so simple .... and it gives to the exceptional flood a power greatly in excess of the normal or annual flood. Not only is it true that the work accomplished in a few days is greater than all that is accomplished during the remainder of the year, but it may even be true that the effect of the maximum flood of the decade or generation or century sur- passes the combined effects of all minor floods. It follows that the dimensions of the channel are established by the great flood and adjusted to its needs.

" In littoral transportation the great storm bears the same relation to the minor storm and to the fair-weather breeze. The waves created by the great storm not only lift more detritus from each unit of the littoral zone, but they act upon a broader zone, and they are competent to move larger masses. The currents which accompany them are correspondingly rapid, and carry forward the augmented shore-drift at an accelerated rate. It follows that the habit of the shore, including not only the maximum height of the beach line and the height of its profile, but the dimensions of the wave-cut terrace and of various other wave-products presently to \>e described, is determined by and adjusted to the great storm.

BY E. C. ANDREWS 801

"Ifc should be said by way of qualification that the low-tide stream and the breeze-lifted wave have a definite though sub- ordinate influence on the topographic configuration. After the great flood has passed by, the shrunken stream works over the finer debris . . . the smaller waves of fair weather construct a miniature beach profile adapted to their size. . , . Thus, as early perceived by De la Beche* and Beaumont,! it is only for a short time immediately after the passage of the great storm that the beach profile is a simple curve; it comes afterwards to be interrupted by a series of superposed ridges produced by storms of different magnitude."

McGee's paper of 1 883(21, «) is a remarkable statement. Atten- tion is drawn therein to typical glacial profiles, and a great case for glaciation is here unmistakably stated.

Russell in 1889, (25, a) Cushing(6,«) in 1891, and Russell again in 1 892(25, Z^) experienced difficulties in accepting the glacial explanation for certain cailon-contours. Especially were these difficulties experienced in attempting explanations of the moraine- overriding habits, and general stagnation of the Muir and other glaciers.

McGee in 1894,(21, &) \vhen considering the mechanics of glacia- tion, Culver in 1895(5,a) and Reid in 1896(24,«) all record appa- rently anomalous phenomena, which, however, apparently admit readily of explanation on the assumption of former ice-floods.

The ' Great Ice Age,' by Dr. J. Geikie,(16) furnishes a grand summary of glacial knowledge up till 1898. Incorporated with this volume is a concise statement by Chamberlin of glaciation in North America.

The articles by Chamberlin(3,a,6,c) and Salisbury (26) throw much light on glacial mechanics.

In the illustrations accompanying Chamberlin's Reports, one sees repeated evidence of the shearing and overthrusting of ice-

* Manual of Geology. Philadelphia, 1832, p. 72. t Le9ons, p. 226 and pl.iv.

802 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

layers in glaciers. This, by some observers, has been adduced as evidence of the incompetence of ice-erosion. Yet this is what one would expect from a study of ordinary streams. Ever}^ river has a down-stream motion; nevertheless, at almost every point, eddies are set up by reason of channel obstacles; and these eddies give rise to breaking and .shearing of water-masses. Compare also the breaking of waves, the wave of translation, the undertow, the leaping of torrent flood-waters, and the violent dashino- of the same around rocks and other channel obstructions. Notwithstanding this evidence of waste force, no engineer of repute would believe that such eddying and overthrusting of water-masses argued corrasive incompetence for that particular stream. On the contrary, these shearings reveal intense action which finds partial relief upwards by reflection. Dr. W. G. Woolnough, of Sydney University, in conversation with the writer, mentioned the action of a great flood witnessed by him in Fiji. So great was the rush of storm-water that, not only water-masses, but large stones were thrown high above the stream-surface by the tremendous force of the eddying current.

Gannett's "Lake Chelan "(13) apparently marks the commence- ment of a new era in glacial work. Fresh light is thrown on the problem by his descriptions and discussion.

Penck again, in 1899, as quoted by Davis,(9,a,p.319) stated the case for vigorous glacial erosion in the Alps.

Both Gannett and Penck have drawn attention to certain similarities existing between glacial and ordinary stream-channels.

It was, however, a comprehensive paper by Davis, in 1900,(3,a) which caused the Writer- to become a " glacialist." As a result of meditation on the excessive simplicity of Davis's statement, the idea was entertained that the existence of a former great ice-flood would throw light on such apparent anomalies as present- day glacial stagnation, moraine-overriding by ice-masses, the peculiar appearance of drumlins, and other points.

Gilbert's contribution, in 1899, (17, a) marks a decided progres- sive move. To him we are indebted for the term " Hanging

Kk E. C. ANDREWS. 803

Valleys," as also for an expi,"" nation of these peculiar forms. Russell and McGee had, still eai^'er, called attention to these contours. McGee had also supplied a. explanation.

Matthes's report of 1899,(20) as also his ^opoc^iaphic maps of Yosemite, are another valuable addition to ou. knowledge of Sierran glaciation, especially in connection with cirque-formation.

Johnson, in 1904,(19) summarised the main topographic points of the Yosemite, As a result of his excellent observations he he was led to announce a method of cirque-formation by forces acting along lines " curving sympathetically " with those of hergschrunds.

Tarr in various papers(27,a,6} called attention to the marvellous contours of the Finger Lake and other regions. His latest paper(12) contains very clear statements of the efficiency of ice as a rock-corrader.

Westgate, in 1905,(30) quotes a concrete case in which a later ice- visitation had, in the main, succeeded merely in aggrading the excavations made during an earlier glacial period. He, however, does not generalise from the observation.

Thesis.

The great flood is the main corrasive factor in peneplanation. A " flood " may be defined as that stream-volume which is com- petent not only to utilise the channel-base as a bridge for the transportation of the heaviest stream-material, but has enough residual energy to cut vertically into the live rock of its channel- base. All other stream-volumes are comparatively negligible as regards corrasion. Roadside gutters, brooklet, brook and river valleys, shorelines and glacial canons have dominant shapes all similar and similarly situated.

Present-day fiord (and some canon) glaciers should be inactive in their channels, with overriding of moraines.

On the assumption of a recent ice age, many contours may thus be predicted for glacial regions. 65

804 the geographical significance of floods,

Types of Flood-Channel Contours.

For the sake of simplicity the order observed in the following channel-contour descriptions will be from smaller to larger.

Fig. 1. — Basin formed in hard clay during heavy storm; Emmaville, New England. Note the aggradation by decrease of gravitative water-thrust.

1. Roadside gv Iters. — It must be understood at the outset that the contours here described refer to country tracks which have

S/f

Fig.2.— Small basin formed in hard clay at Tenterfield (New England) during heavy storm. Note the decrease of storm-water as shown by partial aggradation of basin. This figure throws much light on cirque and fiord- basin formations, also on drumlin and moraine distribution.

BY E. C. ANDREWS.

805

fallen into disrepair. The peculiar contours of these gutters are well known to be developed during severe rainstorms. The forms depend upon the material acted upon; this may be homo- geneous and coherent; it may be soft basally and have a hard capping; or it may be soft above and hard below. The homo- geneous and coherent structures alone will be here considered, as the reader may easily reason out the contours for the non- homogeneous structures from a knowledge of the forms produced in the simplest case. A disused foot, bridle or wheel-track in tenacious clay or rotten rock very frequentl}'' constitutes the

Fig. 3. — Trench with amphitheatrical (or cirque-like) head formed in hard clay during heavy thunderstorm. The trench originated in a basin, as shown in figs. 1 and 2; and the recession of the basin-head caused the long gutter with its straight sides and broad base. The figure illustrates a possible origin of fiord-basins.

original valley. These tracks may have been but a few inches deep and less than a foot in width. In regions subject to violent thunderstorms the valley, after several years, is probably from one to two feet in depth and has, comparatively, a very wide floor, straight or very steep sides, spurless walls, a fairly uniform grade broken every here and there by amphitheatrically-hea.ded trenches, the amphitheatre bases existing in the form of basins, deepest near their upstream ends. Stream debris is commonly plentiful near the downstream end of the basins. Again, basins

806 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

are commonly located at rut-convergencies and immediately below local barriers or hardnesses such as rocks and tree-roots. Portions only of these gutters may consist of trenches such as those just described, nevertheless, where they occur, the smaller side-streams near the amphitheatrical heads are " hungup " over the main rut.

2 Incipient Canon-Contours. — These interesting geographical features represent the more advanced stages of road-gutter, or similar valley, making. Very frequently they occur in decom-

Fig.4. — Incipient canon formed by flood-waters at Uralla (New Eng- land). Note the double slope in the canon. The lower valley showing basin, spurless walls, and U -shape in section marks the work of a very heavy storm. The upper portion of canon shows ordinary spur-development. The lower contour shows a remarkable resemblance to glacial forms.

posed rock-masses, and tley may, in a few decades, attain depths as great as 50 feet. They also afford striking examples of V-shaped valle^^s possessing well-marked overlapping spurs. Their origin, in New England, can be usually traced to the

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 807

action oT floods along disused wagon tracks, or " tailraces"* used in alluvial mining. The largest examples known to the writer in New England are 50 feet deep, and the greatest age known is 50 years. But, whereas the ordinary road-gutter is wholly occupied by storm-waters, the bases only of the young canons under consideration are so occupied. If attention be confined to the lowest portions only of these gulches there will be found basins, U-shaped sections, and stretches of channel-base recti- linearly disposed, all similar to those found along the gutters. This lower portion is that which is occupied by the heaviest storm-waters. Above these flood-channels one finds V-shaped valley-sections and the other characteristics of valley-slopes which have been determined mainly by weathering and stream trickles. It will be found also that hanging valleys occur along these lower portions in positions similarly situated to those along ordinary road-gutters.

The accompanying sketch illustrates contours of a tiny cafion at Uralla, New England. The observations here recorded deserve careful consideration, inasmuch as they throw considerable light on the characteristic contours of fiords and Alpine lake-regions.

3. Brook and river-channel coyitours. — These will be found to represent features very similar to those of incipient canons. One or two distinctions may be drawn, however, between the types, whereas the flood-channel of the incipient canon occupies a considerable fraction of the whole valley, the flood-channels of ordinary brooks and rivers generally occupy but an insignificant portion of their containing valleys. Again, the incipient cafion is but the product of a few years' stream-corrasion, and as such its features stand out plainly; whereas the ordinary stream- developed valley, representing, possibly, the action of streams during millions of years, has its contours softened and partially concealed beneath rock-waste and vegetation. Yet the frequent

* A "tailrace," in Australian alluvial mining, aignifies a small channel situated below ground-sluicing operations, and employed as a " getaway " for the earthy material associated with the valuable minerals. €6

808 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

basins and broadly U-shaped contours are, in each case, found both similarly shaped and similarl}' situated.

Chamberlin and Salisbury (4,/.p.79) mention the occurrence of a basin at Fort Jackson, excavated by the Mississippi, 250 feet below baselevel. The authors do not state the occasion, or occasions, necessitating such powerful gravitative thrusts; whether obstructions, convergence of tributaries, or formation of small basin at couvergence and later enlargement linearly bv head ward growth,

In ordinary stream-valleys also, freedom from debris often characterises channel-narrows, while aggradation marks channel- divergences.

In the discussion it will be seen how applicable all this is to the case of glaciation, whether considered as Alpine or continental glaciation.

•i. Glacial valley -co nto^irs. — The magnificent descriptions of Davis, Gannett, Gilbert, Johnson, McGee, Penck and others, have made typical glacial valley-contours familiar to all readers.

In New Zealand one finds equally characteristic contours in Hall's Arm, Crooked Arm, Lake Te Anau, Milford Sound, and the Hollyford Yalley.

The canon floor is frequently terraced (19,2-2n), the terraces being subhorizontal and rising from one to the other by means of amphitheatres or cirque-like forms. For considerable distances spurless walls characterise the canons, while magniticent cirques commonly form valley-heads. Small rock-basins lie at the feet of the cirques, while frequently low cols, U-shaped in section, lead to similar valleys across the divides.

The canons of south-western New Zealand end in large rock- basins, sometimes 40 to 50 miles in length, their bases being as much as 2,000 feet below local or main baselevel. Moreover, these basins show reversed grades lower downstream, while tributary streams are well hung up above the main lake or sound floors. The following sketches, as also Plates xliv. and xlv., illus- trate well these contours of formerlv glaciated regions.

BY E. C. ANDREWS.

809

Such deeper basins occur at or near marked canon-convergences, within walls of exceptional height and strength. Here, also, occur the finest hanging valley types. Very little morainic material is to be found in these steep canons.

^-^^^?^sM:^<^^:!i=iL^s^^'

Fig.5.— The Sentinel, Clinton Valley, N.Z., 3000 (?) feet above valley. A truncated spur, the truncation causing the hanging valley at A.

If, now, these forms be compared with those of ordinary stream-valleys, it will be seen that the cirques, lake- and sound- basins, spurless walls and flattish floors are all Brobdingnagian equivalents of the basins and narrows in the flood-channels of the various stream-valley types. In the one case the flood-channel occupies but a fraction of the valley, while in the other the glacier, or ice-flood, occupied almost the whole of the canon. This point, I think, has been especially emphasised by Prof. W. M. Davis (9a,p.293).

It is, however, when comparing glacial canons with the gutters produced by floods along disused roads, that the great resemblance to glaciated canons is noticeable. In both cases the flood occupied either the whole or the greater portion of its valley.

810 the geographical significance of floods,

Examples of Flood-action as observed by the Author.

The forms to be now described occur in the northern and eastern portion of New South Wales.

(a) B o u r a 1 0 n g . — Here a creek, with a run of about two miles, flowed along a flat of tenacious clay underlain with heavy stones partly cemented together. A severe thunderstorm pro- duced a rush of water which carved deep trenches and basins along the flat. In one case a trench eight feet deep, ten feet wide, and ten chains long, was cut by the stream. The caiion thus produced had straight sides, a flat floor, and hanging valleys. In another place a trench was cut showing terraces and cirque- like basins. The accompanying plan and sketch illustrate the occurrence.

f^ig,6. — Trench formed at Bouralong (New England) during severe storm. Length of trench, 10 chains (220 yards); width and depth, 8 feet. Note the straight walls and the broad base. The trench was formed by recession of a waterfall originating in a marked acceleration of velocity caused by a channel-obstacle situated on a decline.

These long trenches were not excavated by a single convergent thrust, but commenced rather as small amphitheatres due to stream-convergence, or gravitative thrusts, determined by obstructions. The waterfall thus started quickly worked its

BY E. C. ANDREWS.

811

way backwards, leaving a deep trench and basins in its wake. Especially does this observation throw light on Alpine lake and sound basin-formation by ice-floods.

z> c

— Lo//c/TaD//v/7L s£rcr/or/ /7/y

S£Cr/OMfOO —

■j-£cr/o/vcc

S£Cr/0/\fS3

Fig. 7. — Plan and section of a peculiar series of basins formed in hard clay, during a severe storm at Bouralong. The figure throws considerable light on the formation of cirques, lake-basins and canon-contours. Dra\Ying by H. Hoggan.

(b) M u d d 3^ Creek, Sydney. — This watercourse has a run of some two miles above the basin-form now to be described. Dnrinor the " DandenonQ- Storm" in 1876, the creek carved out an amphitheatrically-headed basin some 20 feet below the local baselevel. The basin remained for some 20 3'ears, when successive flood-action had succeeded in aggrading it.

(c) H i 1 1 g r o V e . — During the severe flood which visited New^ England in 1893, an angular block of granite, some 40 tons in weight, lying in the bed of a small watercourse, was carried two chains downstream by a heavy rush of water. Hosts of boulders, several hundreds of pounds in weight individually, were carried for great distances downstream. Succeeding floods have been

812 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

able only to partly override these boulder-heaps, without moving them.

(d) Schofield's Creek . — The marvellous work effected along this small watercourse during a severe thunderstorm has been described elsewhere by the writer (1,6, p.504).

These examples could be multiplied almost indefinitely by the reader. In all, the wonderful similarity of forms produced to those existing in glacial caiions is most pronounced.

The Action of Great Floods generally.

The chief phases of flood-action have been described elsewhere by the writer(l,a,pp.34-41). Several additional facts of observation may be here noted, since to those unaccustomed to the phenomena of great floods, much difficulty attends the conception of ratio of work to increase of velocity as observed by streams. One easily repeats the formula "Power of transportation varies as the sixth power of the velocity," but the significance of this law can only be properly appreciated by the individual through personal observation. In this connection Dr. W. G. AVoolnough, of Sydney University, described to the writer a most severe rain- storm in Fiji during which boulders w^ere swept along a creek bed with such force as to leap high out of the water. In such cases, also, whole masses of water are sheared and driven high above the flood-level. Again, the placid water above the Niagara or Zambesi Falls is the same water which, a little later, rushes in its mad career below the falls. The former may be considered the normal stream, the latter a furious flood, and this simply by reason of greatly increased velocity. In the ordinary stream it is the volume of the flood which produces the increased speed, whereas at Niagara and the Zambesi it is the steepened grade which accelerates the velocity.

Again, during floods torrent-narrows are also scoured, and the debris sw^ept thence into valley-divergences. Shearing and eddying of water-masses, as also the scouring of stream-narrows, find their analogies in glacial action. As such shearing and eddying are at a maximum during the period of greatest efliciency

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 813

of a river-flood, we may extend the same reasoning to the ice- flood; and thus conclude that great ice-shearing and canon- scouring should mark the period of greatest glacial intensity.

On the other hand, the great flood is after all but a study in limitations, for at its very height it aggrades as well as corrades. It cuts vigorously on one side and forms deposits opposite the cutting curve. So does the glacier. But in the latter case the flood was not confined to the cailon base. At times the whole lower cailon might form its cutting side, and the aggrading por- tion might have to be sought high up on the canon sides or in a marked valley-divergence.

Recession of high-tvater mark. — With the least recession of the flood comes the dropping out of the heaviest boulders, that is, those which for their moving taxed the utmost strength of the giant. The subsiding water now no longer possesses the energy — gravitative thrust — to use the reversed grades as bridges for transportation of stream debris : forthwith it commences to build out deltas into the depressions.

Action of smaller floods. — The smaller flood works over the material left by the great flood, and provides therein for itself a channel similarly shaped to that of the maximum flood. This follows immediately either from direct observation or from a study of the mechanics of flowing water. It cuts basins and other channel-contours now not in rock but in storm-debris, as its strength is incompetent to deliver blows equally telling with those of its predecessor. The largest flood-boulders are not shifted, but merely overriden wholly or in part.

It cannot, however, too frequently be stated that smaller floods are quite capable of accomplishing peneplanation themselves, but the great flood is of such common occurrence that the forces of weathering have not time enough — during interflood periods — in which to promote rock-decay whereby the smaller flood might accomplish rock-basining.

5. Shoreline forms. — The recent '' incisive " account of shore- lines by Gulliver,(18) as also the classics of Gilbert(17,a,c) and others enable us to perceive the similarity of shoreline and

814 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

ordinary stream-channel forms. Consider, in this connection, the subaqueous strip varying, according to the depth of the water, from a mere ribbon to a band several miles in width, and "curving sympathetically" with the shoreline. The main activities are the waves, tides, and resultant currents. On one side the heavy wind limits the seaward extension, while on the other the shoreline acts as a wall to the (shore) stream. The action of this current is to form a bridge alongshore over which to transport material. The heaviest floods (storms) can utilise low flat grades as bridges which succeeding smaller floods (or gales) find too flat, and which straightway they proceed to aggrade. Again, the heaviest "gale of the generation or centur}'^" can work havoc on the cliffs by transport of heavy boulders. With the recession of the great gale these are dropped, and succeeding heavy but weaker gales can merely override, but not move, these boulders. Thus the deadty weapon to the cliffs in the hand of the great gale has become a veritable buttress to the cliffs during the period of lesser winds

Significance.

It may seem a simple matter to accept Gilbert's principle, namely, that the great flood accomplishes the main portion of stream-work, nevertheless it is almost safe to state that its proper understanding would lead to results almost, if not quite, as remarkable as those which have followed on the proper apprehen- sion of other fundamental geological conceptions. For the light thrown thus on glacial methods is almost incredible at first glance, while the value of ice-action studies in any discussion as to methods of peneplanation is, in turn, strikingly apparent. And for this purpose, when discussing stream-channel grades, it would appear advisable to consider the channel-contour rather than the surface of the waterbod}^ contained therein.

Prof. Davis has by letter pointed out to the writer that the term " grade " as applied to streams should have reference more correctly to their surface-levels; for the purposes of this note, however, interest centres around the channel-contours them-

BY K. C. ANDREWS. 815

selves. In youthful dissection one finds the greatest discordances in these channel rock-slopes; while in extreme old age the grades are almost perfectly harmonious : in other words, in areas of little or no relief gravitative thrust is reduced to a minimum.

Believing firmly in Gilbert's principle, the writer has ventured to announce the existence of certain land-contours the world over on the assumption of such principle. Contours in glaciated regions have been specially selected for consideration because of the various conflicting views entertained as to their origin.

A. Glacial pheiiomena.

(a) Fiord regions. — Alaska, New Zealand, Norway, Patagonia.

The following deductions are based partly on the belief that in these regions fierce but short-lived glacial floods acted along pro- found stream-formed canons, and, in part, also, on the belief that glacial action is analogous to that of water streams. This con- clusion is based on a comparison of glaciated and non-glaciated western New Zealand. The contours expected in glaciated areas on such analogy would be much as follows : —

i. Canons of profound depth with comparatively wide and flat floors.

ii. Rectilinear walls in part. Compare Fig. 3 illustrating roadside gutter-development during floods whereby deep straight trenches are excavated.

iii. Floors of canons interrupted frequently by terraces possess- ing, approximately, amphitheatrically shaped heads. Compare Figs. 4 and 7.

iv. Canons terminating frequently in magnificent cirques. See Figs. 2 and 3.

V. Cirques or, at times, precipices under smoothed cols.

vi. Basins at feet of cirques with reversed grades lower down- stream. Compare with Fig. 2.

vii. Canon floor-grades interrupted bj' basins at various points:

(a) At marked canon-convergences, especially where the main valley is but slightly larger in cross-sectional area than either of ts feeders. ^f ; '■ (j. ^ /

/>>^^^^^^^

r .. -^^

816

THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

(b) Caiion-nan'ows between exceptionally high and resistant walls.

(c) Areas of heavy thrust joining points of marked canon con- vergence, or several points of maximum gravitative thrust.

Fii

• Cirque-formations. Compare with figs. 1, 2, and 3.

To this case the writer would direct special attention, as thereby main fiord-excavation is probably explicable. And, at a glance, it will be seen that this is but a logical conclusion from a study of an example as depicted in Fig 6.

The trench depicted in Fig.G was formed by the establishment of a point of heavy gravitative thrust downstream. This formed a marked discordance of grade; and the trench resulted from the recession of the initial waterfall. The higher the waterfall and the greater the water volume, the greater the gravitative thrust, that is, the deeper the basin excavated.

Now in a preglacial canon we have, say, a marked canon- convergence. A local basin is thus formed by the great ice- flood. Upstream another marked convergence occurs, causing a heavy down-canon thrust. In seeking to harmonise the grade broken by the downstream ice-convergence, the ice-floods of the feeding caiions cause the basin-head to retreat upstream as far as

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 817

the marked upper canon-convergences. Above these points basin-formation might progress but slowly.

Fiord-, and associated canon-, basins should be carefully studied with this idea in view. Our only hope lies in studying these analogies, for we have ascertained, both by direct observation and the mechanics of flowing water, that the drought-stream is unable to utilise the flood-stream grade as a working slope : we cannot hope then, in the near future, to witness another ice-flood.

viii. Canon convergences characterised by absence of morainic debris.

ix. Great deposition of debris below and near the basin-mouths. If the latest flood were enormous, so much freer from debris would the basin be; if a succession of smaller floods should follow, the tendency would be to fill the basin. The more nearly comparable these later floods should be, in point of size, to the large flood producing the basin, the farther down the basin would the debris be forced, leaving the head free and deep. Absolute incompetency to transport would result in delta-forming at the basin-head — in a word, the gravitative thrust would be zero below the local base-level. Compare in this connection Figs. 1 and 2.

X. Hanging valleys associated with fiord-basins. If the fiord basin result from ice-thrusts along converging caiions arranged symmetrically to the axis of the main canon, then the hanging valleys may occur developed equally well along either side of the cailon; if the converging canon axes be unsymmetrically disposed with respect to that of the main caiion, then along that side of the fiord or canon facing the resultant ice-thrust one should expect marked undercutting of walls, with development of corres- pondingly grand hanging valley examples. Hanging valleys may also be formed by the processes described in ix.

xi. A marked inactivity of glacial-action at canon-divergence (ice-diffluences).

xii. The glaciers succeeding to a period of intense glacial activity would confine their work to aggradation. The glaciers, therefore, which now occupy fiord-basins will be stagnant, over-

818 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

riding the old flood-moraines : in a word, by analogy with ordinary stream-action, they will be found hopelessly incompetent to effect corrasion of their beds.

Thus is deduced a most significant truth that, while present- day glaciers may certainly be studied to great advantage with a view to ascertaining methods of ice-motion on slopes, the work of the recent ice age glaciers cannot be appreciated by such study alone. On the contrary, unless one has a firm grasp of Gilbert's principle, the study of present-day glaciers would actually tend to cause disbelief in the competency of any ice-mass to efficiently corrade its channel. Experiments should be con- ducted in small stream-formed caiions by forcing strong ice- streams along the same for a considerable period. The removal of the ice should then reveal contours such as those just described.

Application. — 1 . New Zealand: Milford Sound. The convergence of Harrison Cove caiion with the main valley occurs near the Sound-mouth. Several miles higher up is the marked convergence of the Arthur and Cleddau canons. Probably a basin was formed by the gravitative thrust at Harrison Cove mouth. This basin-excavation was continued upstream by the heav}'' ice-rush resulting from the marked convergence of the Arthur and Cleddau glaciers. This trough, in the line of fiercest thrust, is, as we should expect, free from morainic material : in fact, the trough itself demonstrates corrasion as opposed to aggradation. The marked shallowing of the main Sound outlet, as revealed b}^ hj'drographic surveys, indicates either "dumping" of material here or a slackening off, during the ice-flood, of rock- corrading power. Deltas now occupy the lower portions of the Cleduau and Arthur Rivers. These represent the action of insignificant postglacial water-streams. The resultant set of the former monstrous glaciers of the Arthur and Cleddau caiions was, approximately, to the north-west; therefore the northern wall of Milford should have been specially selected for attack. Undercutting forces would here be at a maximum, and hanging valleys would be correspondingly well "hung up": this is the actual state of affairs at Milford.

BY E. C. ANDRKWS.

819

Examples almost equally as striking as those of Milforcl are to be found in Smith's Sound and Hall's Arm. Preservation Inlet,

Fig. 9. — General view of Milford Sound from convergence of Cleddau and Arthur canons.

The major thrust (P) has been directed against the right hand (northern) wall, as shown by marvellously undercut walls, FF and

QQ.

A, Mitre Rock; 5,600 feet.

B, Sterling Falls (Hanging Valley); 504 feet.

C, The Lion Rock: 4,.300 feet.

D, Sinbad Valley; 5,000 feet deep.

E, The lip of Bowen Falls; 550 feet (caused by enormous

undercutting of wall QQ). FF, Straight wall; 2,500 feet high. Sound 1,500 feet deep

under points FFB. The Sound appears to have commenced by baisining near B, and then carried backwards to ZZZ by recession of ice-fall and marked canon-convergences.

(Pl.xlv.) on the other hand, exhibits canon-divergence rather than convergence. Here, then, one would naturally look for islets as evidencing much reduced power of scouring.

820 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

2. Norway. — From photographs of Norwegian fiord-scenery one would expect to find a close association of dense rocks, straight

Fig. 10. — The Arthur River at its junction with the Cleddau. The wall SSS marks the actual former glacial flood junction. Note the marked undercutting of canon walls.

Fig. 11. — Sketch of Dusky Sound contours, New Zealand. Note the truncated spurs.

walls, marked canon-convergence, and development of hanging valleys in the fiords of profound depth, such as the Sogne example is reputed to be. One should look for the long "deeps" to "join hands," as it were, from point to point of marked canon- convergence. Each great convergence, or sudden narrowing, produced a basin which was continued backwards until it merged

BY E C. ANDREWS. 821

into that higher up stream. We should thus even look for irregularities of depth from point to point in individual basins (fiords), especially at convergences and narrows.

All broads and divergences, as opposed to cailon-narrows, might be expected to hold less profound fiord-basins; in fact, one would even expect to find islets amid such surroundings.

3, Alaska . — The remarks made concerning New Zealand and Korway would also apply equally well in this localit}'. The Muir and Melaspina basins are, doubtless, associated either with marked canon-convergences, by canon-narrowing lower down stream, or other points indicative of heavy gravitative thrust.

These brief notes ma}" serve to indicate the writer's general opinion concerning fiord-basins. Of course it is very possible that the glacial floods were not equally persistent in all fiord lands. Each district must be considered separately. Thus, suppose that a severe, or a record, ice-flood marked the last visita- tion in New Zealand, while a comparatively weak flood marked the Northern Fiord Ice Period. Then, in New Zealand, one would expect clean troughs (fiord-basins), while in the north he would expect heavy morainic deposits in the lower ends of the basins.

Compare figs.l and 2.

(b) European Alps, Californian Sierras, the New Zealand Alps, and similar geographic regions.

l.New Zealand. — Similar topographic contours might be expected in these localities to those obtaining in the fiord-regions ; the main difference being that the fiord- contours are referred to main baselevel, while those of the Sierras and Alps are referable to higher temporary baselevels. Thus, Lakes Wakatipu, Wanaka, Te Anau, Hawea, and Manawapouri in New Zealand, have contours almost identical with those of the fiords on the opposite side of the range; the lake-surfaces, however, are generally 1,000 feet above sea-level. Hanging valleys and lake-depths are, apparently, not so pronounced as in fiords. This is doubtless connected with the heavy precipitation to be found in fiord-regions. In New

822 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

Zealand, while the fiord-region gets from 150 to 250 inches of moisture per annum, Lakes Wakatipu and Te Anau probably do not exceed 60 inches. A comparable precipitation probably obtained in the Ice Age, since no earth-movements of note appear to have taken place here in postglacial time.

2. Sierras . — A magnificent set of photographs illustrating geographic contours in the Canadian Rockies has been presented to the writer by A. O, Wheeler, of Calgary: and these shew forms identical with New Zealand Alpine types.

It is more than possible that the grand canon-contours of the Sierras are associated with marked canon-convergences, or that basins (lakes) have been formed by corrasion at marked conver- gences, and lengthened by gravitative thrust of the upstream glacier in its attempts to harmonise the canon-grades. Hanging- valleys, sheer precipices and spurs shrivelled up to the main canon-wall should be studied in connection with known direction of resultant thrusts from canon-convergences. Lake Chelan appears to be a remarkable study in structural strength, allowing of profound preglacial narrows; of caiion-convergences with trough (lake) development by reason of headward retreat of heavy ice- falls initiated by some downstream canon-convergence. Mono Lake region also appears to be a study in resistance or differential strength.

Cirques, also, probably arise in the main from the plunging action of floods, as exemplified by ordinary stream-action. Associated cols, when present, should always be examined in this connection to discover the catchment area really belonging to a canon during the Glacial Period. Willard D. Johnson, however, in a brilliant note (19), suggests that cirque-corrasion is progress- ing now along lines "curving sympathetically" with the bergschrund. All such localities should be studied in connection with the provisions of the Ice-Flood Hypothesis.

One point which must not be lost sight of in this glacial study is, that intense ice-action, as water-action, is extremely localised. More misconceptions appear to have arisen from an oversight of this fact than any other. With streams seeking the baselevel.

BY K. c. andrp:\v.s. 823

the points of heavy gravitative thrust are the major discordances of channel-grade, howsoever initiated. Now, from considerations of eartli-relief these are seen to be common only in Alpine or similar regions v*'here torrent-tracks and marked canon- convergences abound. Glacial contours should therefore be expected to reveal their magnificence in such regions, and be reduced almost to vanishing point when traversing regions of gentle relief.

We shall see how applicable all this is when discussing corrasion by an ice-sheet.

S.European Alp s. — As with the New Zealand Alps, the Californian Sierras, and the Canadian Rockies, so we should expect certain land-forms in the European Alps. The descriptions of Brigham (2), Davis (9a), Garwood (14), Penck (22) and others, have enriched our knowledge of this region. Each of such forms should be studied in connection with geologic structure, preglacial canon-convergences, and cailon-broads or narrows. In studying glacial convergence one must not be altogether guided by the disposition of the lower canon-base; he must consider the canon as a whole, otherwise he will be led into serious errors.

For the European Alps, Garwood's excellent photographs reveal forms precisely similar to those expected by the writer on the assumption of the ice-flood hypothesis.

c. ^Areas t^xiversed by a Continental Ice-Sheet.

Imagine an ice-sheet covering all or almost the whole of a large land-area. It is immaterial for our purpose whether the sheet forms at one or more centres. In the case of several centres the meeting-points are those, apparently, of reduced energy so far as external glacial work is concerned. The problem then resolves itself into one of a broad knowledge of pre- glacial topography.

i. Suppose the ice-sheet to descend an area of excessively rugged topography. The forms described under headings A and B should now be looked for. The less rugged the land-masses, 67

8"24 THE GKOGRAFHIOAL SIOXIFICAXOK OF FLOODS,

the less their vertical relief, and the wider the valleys the less marked the cafton-convergences (as concerns heavy ice-thrusting), and hence the less marke<i the resultant ice-thrusts.

K.vamples. — Possibly Pat^onia and certain portions of Alaska. The Highlands of Scotland, and the English Lake District afford instructive examples of moi'^ m<xierate action.

ii. The ict-sheet traversing area$ of mature to $en,Ue topogiiYiphy.

The ice-sheet now, as it covers the land-forms, has g-eneral directions of motion fi\)m its centres, but along those valle^^ only whose main axes coincide with these directions will the glacially- developed contours be similar and similarly situated. EacK range and valley crossed by the icecap will now react on the passing mass, just as boulders and other obstacles in stream- channels react on the passing stream. And, heiv again, the writer would insist on the careful examination of the small, and easily understood stream-forms, so as to allow of correct reasoning thence to the majestic ice-flood contoui^. Local eddies ai^ pro- duced which, in each case, determine the conteui*^ at those spots. The general direction of the ice-motion will, of course, be unaltered, but local contours will l>e altogether inexplicable, unless one has a clear understanding of the action of water- or ice-ecidies set up by the channel-obstructions.

Thus, imagine an ice-cap to be moving southwartis from a land- mass, as shown at A in accompanjnng sketch, and crossing two valleys B and C, se|varated by a high ridge PP, and partly con- nected by a low col QQ, The vallej^ B face^ the east, and the valley CGCH the wests As the ice-cap moved o\*er the high separating ridge the general motion of the mass was towards the south, but a lower ice-flow was set up easterly along the valley R The col at QQ caused another local ice-eddy which, in turn, swept westerly down the upper portion of the valley CGCH. A cirque and basin ma}- thus be formed at the foot of the col ^^^ with alignment of valley-wall masses as in direction indicated by the arrows FF. All these forms are inexplicable on the assumption of ice-cutting from north to south only.

nV E. C. ANDKKUH.

H25

A very similui' cani; was actuall}' uljHrTVfd laHt January whilo viniting Mount Kosciusko in company with ProfesHor T, W. E.

David, who ill (7), foe llif> first, tiirif, ]\n<] satiHfactorily and floarly

Fig, 12. —Ideal sketch illustrnting action of ice-Hheet at Kosciusko. A A, KoKciusko Range; 1513, Snowy liiver Valley; CC, drainage of .Spencer Creek; FFF, general direction of ice-motion; (iO, HH, ice eddies-caused hy col QQ and mountain I'P; gQ, hanging valley caused by eddy HH. The arrows indicate the motion of the ice at various points, as suggested by the topography.

Htated tlio existence of a magnificent Pleistocene glaciation for this area,

We insist again then, that first and last, the topography must not be lost sight of. Without the aid of figures it would be difficut to discuss the case in detail; several ideal examples may, however, be considered briefly.

(i.) Canons ojnniny on to Flats or broad Valleys and facing the general direction of the Ice-Flow.

The general land-surface would l^e but very slightly eroded, since there are few marked descents or convergences to increase velocity, and hence produce heavy local ice-thrusts. The basal ice, however, upon reaching the canons would suffer convergence in being forced to flow up these narrow trenches while sealing the range. Hence added velocity with strong,' corrasion of these caflon bases.

Example s. — Finger Lakes of New \ovk {().

826 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

(ii.) Wide valleys jji-otected by fairly high hut Jlaring sides.

The general shape and arrangement of the valley will determine which side is specially selected for attack. Here again one must look for local ice-currents as in the analogous case of eddies in streams. One side of the valley will doubtless be protected while active cutting is in progress on the other side. As in the case of streams, one must not forget that although intense ice- action is probable, it can have but local application. And the wider the valleys, and the flatter the grades, all other things being equal, the more limited the intense action. This arises from the significance of the term base-level. Every water-pond is a potential waterfall, its capacity for work depending on the amount of head it may possess. Wide sluggish streams forced into narrows, or into any position where gravity has freer action, will accomplish wonders. The lower Amazon turned into the Yosemite caiion would accomplish such work as to amaze even experienced engineers. The tourist finds difficulty in recognising the smooth, and almost greasily-surfaced above-the-fall water as the same with that which pursues its mad career along the torrent-track under the falls. Yet the sluggish upper mass and and the lower " river gone mad, with boulders and mud for water," are one and the same. Niagara and Zambesi are the grand examples. It is but a simple application of the truth that, for streams, the power of transportation varies as the sixth power of the velocity. And here we perceive the reason for limited evidence only of intense former ice-cutting in areas of low relief. The points of intense action are those of great gravi- tative thrust, such as great fall or marked convergence. In fiord and alpine regions these conditions abound, hence magnificent contours; but as one rarely finds a Niagara on the low country, so one but rarely finds signs of magnificent rock-basining by ice over country of gentle relief.

Therefore the study of such glacial contours should properly commence in alpine regions, and thence be carried back among; areas of less marked cravitative thrust.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 827

(iii.) Recessio7i of great ice-flood, and subsequent smaller-flood action.

The ground-moraines of tlie great ice-flood are too massive to be moved bodily by the shrunken glacier. The moraines are overriden simply and not used as weapons of corrasion; channels are excavated in these deposits; their surfaces are rounded and aggradation of pronounced surface-irregularities is characteristic. In this way the writer would account for man}^ drumlin-mass surfaces. Doubtless the great drumlin-masses were due to the action of a great ice-flood; their present appearance is due to the mere rounding of same by smaller ice-flood visitation. Other conditions remaining unaltered, one must remember that the evidence of numerous small advances of an ice-sheet succeeding to a much greater glacial visitation admits of read}^ perception, whereas, on the flood hypothesis, the evidence of such weaker ice-mass visitations would be practically destroyed by a later severe glacial attack. Therefore, on the assumption of a period of stable equilibrium for a certain land-mass, one would expect only with great difficulty to trace the history of minor glaciation preceding a great ice-flood.

A knowledge of this simple fact may, again, explain many previous glacial difficulties.

B. Ordinary Streams.

All other geographic conditions being equal, land-areas dependent for their water-supply on terrific storms of infrequent occurrence should be reduced to base-level more quickly than one of much heavier precipitation, but not subject to violent storms*

Firstly, since tlie vegetation begotten of frequent rainfalls is a great check on corrasive activities.

Secondly, because the marked absence of great storms or " cloudbursts " in the moist region affords little opportunity for greatl}^ increased work.

In the arid region the association of unprotected talus and " cloudbursts " is productive of marvellous corrasive results.

Example . — The graded condition of Western New South Wales streams as compared with the immaturity of streams in

828 THK GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

the much moister eastern division of the State, the streams being of the same age.

C. Shoreline Studies.

The ordinary heavy gale is unable to use the weapons of the great storm of the century. Beneath the cliffs lie these great storm-relics, unaffected by the ordinary storm-wave; in fact they actually protect the cliff against the buffets of these lesser storm- waves. Thus, to the unobservant, the strength of the grand visitation is itself an evidence of flood-wave incompetency. Let, however, the requisite velocity be again forthcoming and the inertia of the flood-debris is once more overcome; the giant recommences work; the rock-shelf undergoes corrasion; and great sand-barriers are thrown up in spots removed from cutting curves. But with the departure of the great gale its working grade becomes too flat for smaller subsequent storm-currents to work along, and aggradation of these flood-contours ensues,

D. The Penejylain.

The peneplain is formed, approximately, at sea-level. However great the initial vertical relief, the streams make an early attempt to reach baselevel. In the cafion stage, many basins are formed actually below baselevel; with progressive reduction of land-surface — all other conditions remaining constant — the gravitative stream-thrusts become less. In extreme old age the streams have no action below baselevel, and the peneplain con- sists of a central system of very low undulating surfaces associated with wide plains showing a very gentle fall to main baselevel.

Summary.

An examination of the flood-channel contours of ordinary streams reveals many interesting and significant features. Trenches with straight sides and terminating headward in basin- shaped contours are of common occunence; the floors also of tributary streams are slightly hung above the base of the main stream, while the absence of spurs and alignment of banks or miniature bordering cliffs is pronounced. Basins also with

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 829

reversed grades downstream, but unassociated with troughs, are features of flood-channels.

Alike in the roadside gutter, the incipient canon, the brooklet, the brook, the small and the mighty river, these forms occur over and over again. In each type of channel the dimensions of these peculiar contours are intimately related to those of the accom- panying stream when in flood. Furthermore, such shapes, by direct observation, are known to express the work of the mightiest floods only which obtain in the various localities. And again the situations of such forms are exactly those which might have been easily predicted from considerations of gravitative thrust; that is, they occur : —

i. At points of marked convergence.

ii. Along lines working upstream from points of marked convergence.

iii, Along lines connecting points of marked convergence.

iv. Above points which, by reason of superior hardness or soft- ness, have allowed of pronounced differential vertical corrasion.

These " facts of form " suggest that along a channel-floor of definite slope, a flood, or rather a flood-series, descended. The gravitative thrusts of the floods found partial, but not complete, expression in undermining of the channel-sides and in transporta- tion of debris along the base. Relief, however, was in great measure afforded by vertical cutting; and this action ceased only when the vertical component of the gravitative thrust had been expended. A heavy flood-series expressed its maximum vertical thrusts as a succession of basins and troughs along the stream- channels, while subsequent lesser-flood action was incompetent to reduce the grades so formed, and was directed rather to aggradation of channel-base irresrularities.

Again, forms almost identical with those just enumerated may be seen along shorelines or the canons and valleys but recently vacated by the huge glaciers of the " Ice Age." The grandest contours of fiord cliffs and basins are not only similarly shaped but similarly situated to those formed by ordinary stream-floods.

830 THK GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

The one marked difference is the wonderful disparity in size existing between water- and ice-formed contours.

Now in roadside gutters and other small stream-examples these peculiar contours are known, by direct observation, to originate in flood-water thrusts : in the cases of the great river- valley, the shoreline and the glacial canon, we infer a similarity of origin for their similarly situated contours. And the reason- ing is equally sound when applied to the case of the larger forms, for in addition to the similarity of contour-shape and location for both large and small examples; in addition also to the fact that floods occur in the cases of seawaves and ice, and that the peculiar shoreline and fiord contours under consideration do not rise above the highest floodmarks, the dimensions of the forms, in all instances, possess the most intimate relations with those of the heaviest floods. Thus the basins of roadside gutters rarely exceed a few feet in depth, while those of fiords and lakes in regions of former intense glaciation, besides being similarly situated to those of roadside gutters, may be thousands of feet in depth and many miles in length. Apparently, then the deduc- tion is legitimate that all the forms have a similarity of origin, namely that of flood-stream action.

The apprehension of this truth is of the utmost significance. For since direct observations have shown that the striking irregularities of ordinary stream-developed channel-contours result from severe flood-action, and that lesser flood-action is confined, in the main, to working over the storm debris with aggradation of the larger channel-base irregularities, then a similar condition of afi'airs must also obtain along Amazonian or Mississippian channels, shorelines, and regions of former intense glaciation.

1. Shorelines. — Since, for wa\ es of translation and for currents, power of transportation increases so amazingly with but moderate increase in velocity, the heavier material moved by the " great storm of the century" cannot be handled by succeeding gales of less velocity. Only with the visit of an equally strong wind can this heavy material be forced into activity, so that cliffs and rock-

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 831

platforms may be still further reduced. Until such time the weapons of the '' record " gale, by their very mass, act as a decided protection to the shoreline, and energy is confined to rearrangement of smaller-storm debris and smoothing over of major irregularities of shoreline contour.

Similar reasoning applies to the action of the great storm in handling vast areas of sand, thus modifying the coastal profile. In this case it is the mass of sand capable of being moved in a given time which enables work thus to be done that is not wholly destro3^ed by successive years of interstorm activity.

ii. Glaclation. — The Glacial Period marked an ice-flood or a series of ic3-floods, during which huge basins, spurless walls, terraced floors, hanging-valleys and cirques were formed. The disappearance of the Ice Age would signify a glacial drought. By analogy with ordinary stream-action, ice-stagnation would characterise such reduced glaciers. Along the old flood-worn channels the gravitative thrusts of these shrunken glaciers would be expended before the deeper portions (basins) of the channel leases were reached. These drought ice-streams then would be competent only to rearrange the old flcod debris, and to round over the moraines. Hence arise : —

(a) Stagnating glaciers such as occur in the Muir and Melas- pina localities.

(b) Pronounced overriding of moraines b}' glaciers.

(c) The peculiar appearance of drumlin areas.

(d) The obliteration of smaller ice-flood action by great ice- floods, on the assumption of stable equilibrium for the local land- mass during such glacial action.

Again, since maximum stream-thrusts are, from gravitative considerations, extremely localised and depend on channel- slopes and convergences, so glacial corrasion, as regards deep basin-formation and spur-cutting, is of rare occurrence. A Niagara, a Victoria, a Yosemite, or a Yellowstone waterfall is rare, and determined by some marked channel-grade discordance, whereby great velocity is attainable. So also the flood-glaciation of Yosemite, Alaska, Norway and other regions of similar great

{9 i

Ik^

BV E. C. ANDREWS. 833

0) DuTTON, C. E,— Tertiary History of the Gnd Canyon District. U. S. Geol. Sure, ^ouograph-i, ii.

1) Fairchild, H. Le Roy. — (a) Ice Erosion Theory a Fallacy. Bull. GeuL Soc. Am. xvi. 1905, pp. 13-74, Pis. 12-?.

i2) Tark, R. S. — Glacial Erosion in Alaska. Iviint trom Popu/ar Science

Monthly, Ixx., Feb., 1907. 3) Gannett, H.— (a) Lake Chelan. Xai. *.og. Mag. ii. pp. 417-428.

Quoted from Davis, W. M. (9a), pp. 318-31 .4) Garwood, E. J. — (a) The Tarns of the Caun Ticino. (Juart. Journ.

Otol. Soc. Ixii. 1906, pp. 16.3-193, Pls.vii.-xx

5) Garwood, E. J., anil Gre'JOEy, J. \V. — (a) Intributions to the Glacial Geology of Spitzbergen. Quart. Journ. G-I. Soc. liv. 1898, pp. 197- 225, Pis. xiii.-xix.

6) Geikie, J. — The Great Ice Age, London. . Stanford.

;7) GiLRERT, G. K. — (a) The Topographic .atures of Lake Shores.

r.S. Geol.Surv. Fifth Ann. Report, 1883-1:4, pp. 77-123. (/') The Henry Mountains. Reports GeooSurrey of the Rocky Mtn.

Region, 187, No. 2.

(c) Lake Bonneville. U.S. Geol. Surv. I^najraph i. 1890.

('/) (ilaciers. Harriman Alaska Expeditn, iii.

8) Gulliver, F. P.— («) Shoreline Topograpl. Proc. Am. Arad. Arts Sci. xxxiv. 1899.

9) Johnson, Willard D.— The Profile of Murity in Alpine Glacial Erosion. Journ. Geology, xii. 1904, pp. 56r)78,

0) Matthes, Francois E. — Glacial Sculpture the Bighorn Mountains,

Wyoming. TiceiUy-jirst Ann. Rept. U.S. Oi. Surrey, Pt.ii. 1899-1900,

pp. 169-190. '1) McGee, W. J.— (a) Quoted from Davis, W. I. (9a), pp. 311-312.

(6) Glacial Canyons. Journ. Geolo^jy^ ii.s94, pp. 350-364.

12) Penck, Albrecht. — (a) Glacial Features in he Surface of the Alps.

Journ. Geology (reprint) xiii. 1905, pp. 1-19

{},) Quoted from Davis, \V. M. i^a), p. 31

IZ) Powell, J. \V. —The Geology of the Uin Mountains. Geog. and

Geol, Surety of the Rocky Mountain Region, o. 1. ?4) Reid, H. F. — («/) Glacier Bay and its Glacis. Sixteenth Ann. Rept.

U.S. Geol. Survey^ 1896, pp. 454-458. (h) The Mechanics of Glaciers. Jourii. Gdogy, iv. 1896, pp.912-928.

25) Russell, I. C. — (a) Quaternary History of ono Valley. Eighth Ann. Rept. U.a.Geol. Surrey, Pt. i. 18S9, p. 352.

(/') Origin of the Gravel Deposits benen Muir Glacier, Alaska.

American Geologist, ix. 1892, pp. 190-197.

26) S.AXisBURT, R. D, — Review of Geikie's ^Jreat Ice Age." Jo2irn Geology, ii. 1894, pj.. 730-747.

832 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS,

topographical relief and " torrent tracks " would be marvellous; while in the more mature or even senile topography of the Central and Eastern United States, one would expect such heav}' thrusts to be of extremely rare occurrence, and confined to gorges, to valleys facing the advancing ice-sheet, and to similar points at which convergence and, thereby, velocity is emphasised. Especially important then is the necessity for understanding perfectly the state of dissection attained in preglacial time. Only in this manner may the work of the great local ice-eddies be appreciated.

LITERATURE.

(1) Andrews, E. C. — (a) The Ice-Flood Hypothesis of the New Zealand

Sound Basins. Journal of Geology, Chicago, xiv. 1906, pp. 22-54.

(6) The New Zealand Sound (and Lake) Basins and the Canyons of

Eastern Australia in their Bearing on the Theory of the Peneplain. Proc. Linn. Soc. iV. *S'. Wales, 1906, xxxi. pp. 499-516.

(2) Bkigham, a. p. — Glacial Erosion in the Aare Valley. Bull. Geol Soc,

Am. ii. 1899, pp. 589-592.

(3) Chamberlin, T. C— (a) Joimu Geology, ii. 1894, pp. 517-539, 649-667,.

768-789. (h) Op. cit. iii. 1895, pp. 61-70, 198-219, 469-481, 565-583, 668-682,

833-844. {c) Op. cit. iii. 1896, pp. 582-593.

(4) Chamberlin and Salisbury — (a) — Text-book of Geology, i.

(5) Culver, G. E. — (a) The Erosive Action of Ice. Trans. Wisconsin Acad,

Set. Arts and Letters, x. 1895, pp. 339-366.

(6) CusHiNG, H. P. — (a) Notes on the Muir Glacier Region, Alaska, and its

Geology. American Geologist, viii. 1891, pp. 207-231.

(7) David, T. W. E.— Evidence of the Glaciation in late Cainozoic time at

Kosciusko. Report Aiist. Assoc. Adv. Sci., ix. Hobart, 1902, pp. 202-

204. David, T. W, E., Helms, R., and Pittmann, E. F.— Geological Notes on

Kosciusko, with Special Reference to Evidences of Glacial Action.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1901, xxvi. pp. 26-74. (9) Davis, W. M. — (a) Glacial Erosion in France, Switzerland and Norway..

Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxix. 1900, pp. 273-322. (b) Glacial Erosion in the Valley of Ticino. Appalaohia ix. 1900,

pp. 136-156. (c) The Sculpture of Mountains by Glaciers. Scott. Geog. Mag,.

Jan., Feb., 1906.

BY E. C. ANDREWS. 833

(10) DuTTON, C. E,— Tei-ticiry History of the Grand Canyon District. U. S. Geol. Surv. Monograph^, ii.

(11) Fairchild, H. Le Roy. — (a) Ice Erosion Theory a Fallacy. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. xvi. 1905, pp. 13-74, Pis. 12-23.

(12) Tarr, B. S. — Glacial Erosion in Alaska. Reprint from Po^w^ar »S^«e?ice Monthly, Ixx., Feb., 1907.

(13) Gannett, H. — (a) Lake Chelan. Nai. Gtog. Mag. ii. pp. 417-428. Quoted from Davis, W. M. (9a), pp. 318-319.

(14) Garwood, E. J. — (a) The Tarns of the Canton Ticino. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Ixii. 1906, pp. 165-193, Pls.vii.-xxi.

(15) Garwood, E. J., and Gregory, J. W. — (a) Contributions to the Glacial Geology of Spitzbergen. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. liv. 1898, pp. 197- 225, Pis. xiii.-xix.

(16) Geikie, J. — The Great Ice Age, London. E. Stanford.

(17) Gilbert, G. K. — (a) The Topographic Features of Lake Shores. U.S. Geol. Surv. Fifth Ann. Report, 1883-1884, pp. 77-123.

(6) The Henry Mountains. Reports Geog. Survey of the Rocky Mtn.

Region, 187, No. 2.

— (c) Lake Bonneville. U.S. Geol. Surv. Monograph i. 1890.

{cl) Glaciers. Harriman Alaska Expedition, iii.

(18) Gulliver, F. P.— («) Shoreline Topography. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. xxxiv. 1899.

(19) Johnson, Willard D. — The Profile of Maturity in Alpine Glacial Erosion. Journ. Geology, xii. 1904, pp. 569-578.

(20) Matthes, Francois E.— Glacial Sculpture of the Bighorn Mountains, Wyoming. Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Survey, Pt.ii. 1899-1900, pp. 169-190.

(21) McGee, W. J.— (a) Quoted from Davis, W. M. (9a), pp. 311-312. (6) Glacial Canyons. Journ. Geology, ii. 1894, pp. 350-364.

(22) Penck, ALBRECHT.~(a) Glacial Features in the Surface of the Alps. Journ. Geology (reprint) xiii. 1905, pp. 1-19.

(6) Quoted from Davis, VV. M. i^a), p. 319.

(23) Powell, J. W. — The Geology of the Uinta Mountains. Geog. and Geol. Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, No. 1.

(24) Reid, H. F. — (rt) Glacier Bay and its Glaciers. Sixteenth Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1896, pp. 454-458.

{b) The Mechanics of Glaciers. Journ. Geology, iv. 1896, pp.912-928.

(25) Russell, I. C. — (a) Quaternary History of Mono Valley. Eighth Ann. Rept. U.S.Geol. Surrey, Pt. i. 1889, p. 352.

(6) Origin of the Gravel Deposits beneath Muir Glacier, Alaska.

American Geologist, ix. 1892, pp. 190-197.

(26) Salisbury, R. D,— Review of Geikie's '* Great Ice Age." Journ Geology, ii. 1894, pp. 730-747.

834 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS.

{27) Take, R. S. — [a] Hanging Valleys in the Finger Lake Region of Central New York. American Geologist, xxxiii. 1904, pp. 271-291.

(&) Lake Cayuga a Rock Basin. BnlL Geol. Soc. Am. v. 1S94, pp.

339-356.

(28) Taek, R. S. and Maktix, L. — (a) Glaciers and Glaciation of Yakutat Bay, Alaska. Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc. xxxviii. 1906, pp. 145-167.

(29) Turner, H. W.— The Pleistocene Geology of the South-Central Nevada, with especial Reference to the Origin of Y'osemite Valley. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 3rd Series, Geology, i. 1900, pp. 261-321.

(30) Westgate, Lewis G. — The Twin Lakes Glaciated Area, Colorado. Journ. Geology, xiii. 1905, pp. 285-312.

(31) WiLLCOx, OswiN W. — The Viscous versus the Granular Theory of Glacial Motion. Quoted from Review in Geographical Journal, xxix. 1907, pp. 559-560.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIV-XLV.

Plate xliv.

The Junction of the Arthur and Cleddau Rivers, Milford Sound. Note the wonderful undercutting as shown on the cliffs to the right hand of picture.

Plate xlv.

Preservation Lilet. Glacial diffluences appear to be associated with weak glacial corrasion, as evidenced by islands. Contrast with Plate xliv., in which a marked caiion-conversence is shown.

35

DESCRIPTION D'UNE NOUVELLE ESPECE

T>'OXYL^MUS (CoLEOPTKRA : Coh/diicUe).

Par a. Grouvelle.

(Conununicated by Arthur M, Lea).

OxYL^MUS Le^, n.sp.

Elongatus, subcylindricus, nitidus, parce et sat longe pilosus, niger vel nigro-piceus, antennis, angulo apicali elytrorum pedibusque rufis; capite in medio laevi, ad latera dense pro- fundeque punctato ; clava antennarum in glandis specieni ; prothorace subelongato, sat dense punctato, lateribus basique marginatis, hac arcuata, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis obtusis; scutello minimo, punctiformi; elytris elongatis, ad apicem conjunctim rotundatis, punctatostriatis, inter vallis striarum uni-lineato-punctatis, punctis remotis, stria suturali magis impressa, aliis ad apicem deletis, 2° intervallo ad apicem elevato, spatio inter suturam et carinam subconcavo. Long. 4-5 mill.

Allongi, subcylindrique, brillant, couvert d'une pubescence formie principalement de ])oils longs, dresses, rares sur le disque du prothorax et des elytres, plus dense sur les c6tes et de polls egalement longs et rares, mais conches inseres surtout sur la tete et le devant du prothorax; tete et prothorax noirs, elytres brun de poix a reflets tres, legerement bronze, un peu rougeatre a la base, dans la region scutellaire et au sommet; antennes et pattes rougeatres. Antennes terminies par un article en forme de gland, compose tr^s probablement d'un premier article lisse, emboitant la base d'un article oblong, pubescent. Tete lisse sur le milieu, densement et fortement

836 DESCRIPTION DUNE NOUVELLE ESPECE D'OXVL.f^SfUS.

ponctue sur les cdtes, bouche rougeatre. Prothorax a peine d'un quart plus long que large, assez densement et fortement ponctue; bords lateraux et base finement rebordes ; sommet subtronque a peine sinni dans le milieu, base arquee; angles anterieurs arrondis, posterieurs obtus. Ecusson petit, suborbi- culaire. Elytres environ quatre fois plus longs que larges ensemble, arrondis ensemble au sommet, ponctues-stries; strie suturale entiere, bien mangerie, les autres effacees au sommet; intervalles a peine vieillement ruguleux, chacun avec une ligne de points espaces; 2™^ intervalle sans compter I'intervalle sutural eleve vers le sommet, espace compris entre cette pseudo-carine et la suture l^gerement concave. Metasternum sans sillon longitudinal, finement strie; P^ segment de I'abdomen ponctue sur toute la surface.

Hab. — Tasmanie : Mont Wellington, Frankford, Hobart, Zeehan.

Cette espece m'a ete obligeamment communique par Mr. Lea ciui on'a autorise a la decrire.

83'

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 27th 1907.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, November 25th, 1907,

Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. W. Bassett Hull, Department of Mines, Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.

The Chairman reminded Candidates for Fellowships that 30th inst. was the last day for sending in applications.

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 4 Vols., 44 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 4 Pamphlets, received from 41 Societies, &c., and one Individual, were laid upon the table.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. Chapman communicated a note on the results obtained by him, in collaboration with Professor Welsh, with regard to the weight of precipitum yielded by antisera when interacting with homologous protein. An ostrich egg-white antiserum pro- duced 76 mgs., or 3-8 mg. for each c.c. antiserum. Two horse- serum antisera deposited 45*7 mg., or 1-4 mg. from each c.c. antiserum. Three hen egg-white antisera gave 142-9 mg., or ^•7 mg. for each c.c. antiserum. The antisera were precipitated with full weights of homologous proteid dissolved in normal saline solution. The salt solution diluted the antiserum about 4 times. The deposits were collected after 48 hours, washed with salt solution, distilled water, alcohol, and ether, and then dried and weighed. This appeared to be an accurate method of estimating the precipitable content of an antiserum.

838 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. Chapman also showed a microscopic slide which illustrated the phagocytosis of tubercle bacilli by washed leucocytes. The bacilli and leucocytes were in contact in normal salt solution at 37° C. for two hours. Rather more than 25 % of the polynuclear leucocytes contained numerous bacilli, the remaining polynuclear leucocytes being free from bacilli.

Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited, and offered observations on, some very interesting flowering specimens gathered from a tree thought to be a natural hybrid between Sterculia diversifolia G. Don, the "Kurrajong," and S. acerifolia A. Cunn., the "Flame Tree." The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, shortly acuminate, quite glabrous and correspond, even to the venation, to the simple-leaved form of the former species. The inflorescence, which is disposed in axillary panicles much exceeding the foliage, is quite glabrous except for a slight tomentum on the margins of the calyx-lobes, of a bright red colour on the outside resembling the calyces of S. acerifolia, but inside marked with yellow and purple like those of S. diversifolia. Male flowers only seen.

Mr. T. Steel exhibited a very large specimen of Saunders' Case- Moth (Metura elongata Saund.), the case being 7 inches in length and the moth itself -ij inches.

Mr. D. G. Stead exhibited a curiously deformed right claw of a large Mangrove Crab, Scylla serrata (Forskal), which show^ed a remarkable " attempt " at the formation of a supplementary " nipper " on its lower surface.

Mr. Pv. T. Baker exhibited a specimen, together with a coloured drawing, of a representative of the rare genus Adeno- chillis [N.O. ORCHiDEiE] obtained at Wentworth Falls, Blue Mountains, on the 11th inst. by Mr. F. H. Taylor. Only a single species of the genus, A. Nortoni Fitzg., had been recorded for Australia, and that from Mount Victoria. The plant exhibited differed in some respects from Fitzgerald's description and figure; it was smaller, more delicate, with pink flowers and a much smaller basal leaf. The flower was also less than half the size.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 839

and had two sepals and two petals instead of three of the former organs, as figured b}' Fitzgerald. In some respects it resembled A. gracilis of New Zealand, but the winged column differentiated it from that species.

Mr. Kesteven exhibited preparations of the eyes of a tadpole of a species of Hyla, from the Histological Laboratory of Sydney University. The elements of the retina, more especially the rods and cones, were more easily studied in such preparations than in those of mammalian eyes in general.

Mr. Jensen showed series of rock-specimens, and lantern views, illustrative of the geology and topography of the Nandewar Mountains.

Mr. E. Cheel exhibited an interesting collection of rare or noteworthy Fungi, from Nev/ South Wales, comprising the following eighteen species. _^

PHALLOIDEACE^.

Glathrus ciharius Fischer (Lace-Fungus) — My wye, Yarrango- billy (A. G. Watts; May, 1900)-; Botanic Gardens, Sydney (A. Grant; May, 1900); Centennial Park (W. Forsyth); Botany (Mr. Abrahams; September, 1901); Arncliffe (W. Gaymer; June, 1907); Gladesville (Miss M. Flockton; June, 1907). Previously only recorded for New South Wales by C. T. Musson in Hawkesbur}' Agric. Coll. Journ. ii. p.26 (1905).

C. cihiarius var, gy^acilis (Berk.) — Artamon, North Sydney (A. Cretin; August, 1907).

C. pusillus Berk. — Swanbrook, Inverell (on sandy soil; Geo. Munsie; June, 1907). Previously recorded from West Australia, Queensland, and from Wide Bay (These Proceedings, 1880, v. p.78).

POLYPORACE.a:.

Fomes applancUics Wallr. (?). — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on trunk of Acacia horrida Willd.; E. Clieel; July, 1907). Pre- viously only recorded from Victoria and Queensland. The

G8

840 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

mycelium had eaten through the trunk of this tree and caused its death. The sporophore measures 13 x 8| inches.

LYCOPERDACEiE.

Calastoma anomalum (Cooke & Mass.) Lloyd — Penshurst, Hurstville, and Bankstown (on the ground, very common; E. Cheel; March, 1907). C. G. Lloyd records this from "Rock- wood (?Rookwood) Australia" collected by R. T. Baker.

Lycoperdon polymoiyhum Vitt. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on lawns; E. Cheel; June, 1907).

L. pusillum Fr. — Penshurst and Bowral (on the ground; E. Cheel; June and August, 1907).

Tulostotna inainmosum Fr. — Penshurst (on grassy land; E. Cheel; June, 1907).

Scleroderma Jlavidum Ellis. — Botanic Gardens, Sydne}' (on the ground; E. Cheel; July, 1907). There are specimens in the National Herbarium from Jenolan Caves and Mount Victoria, collected by Mr. J. H. Maiden.

Folysaccum pisocarpium Fries. — Governor's Domain, Sj^dney (on the ground under pine trees; E. Cheel; May, 1907). Pre- viously recorded from Coogee (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 7 20).

XYLOMACE.E.

Ectostroma liriodendri Fr. — Botanic Gardens,S3^dney (on Tulip- tree leaves [^Liriodendron tulijnferalAnw.']; E. Cheel; Dec, 1906, and Nov., 1907). Not previously recorded for Australia.

SPH.a: RIGID E^.

Actinonema rosce Lib. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on "Liberty" rose leaves; E. Cheel; January, 1907). Previously only recorded for Victoria and Queensland.

USTILAGINE^.

*Ustilago muelleriana Thum. — Centennial Park (on young fruits of Juncus planifolius\ E. Cheel; Sept., 1900).

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 841

'^Cintractia C2/noc/o?i^is'(Herin)McA]p. in lit. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and Penshurst (on the inflorescences of Couch or Dub- grass [Cynodon dactylon]; E. Cheel; Jan., 1907). New for

Australia.

PUCCINIACE^.

Puccinia pruni Pers. — Penshurst (on peach, plum, and apricot leaves, and also on peach fruits; E. Cheel; April, 1907). Pre- viously recorded for New South Wales by McAlpine ("Rusts of Australia," p.l71, 1906).

P. dichondrce Mont. — Penshurst (E. Cheel; 1907). Previously recorded from Richmond and New South Wales in McAlpine's " Rusts of Australia," p.l42 (1906).

P. poarum^ieh. — Penshurst (on Poa anyiua; E. Cheel; June, 1901, and Aug, 1907).

*P. saccardoi Ludw. — Cataract River Road (on leaves and calyces of Goodenia hederacea; E. Cheel; March, 1907). Pre- viously recorded from Guntawang, on Velleia macrocalyx De Vriese, and V. paradoxa R.Br., vide McAlpine's "Rusts of Aus- tralia," p.l48 (1906).

MYXOMYCETEJE.

Diachaea leucopoda Rost. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on Euca lyptus leaves and on trunks of willow trees; E. Cheel; June, 1907).

For the determination of the species whose names are marked with an asterisk the exhibitor was indebted to Mr. D. McAlpine, of Melbourne.

842

THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS.

By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.

(Plates xlvi.-lii.)

A. Geology

Page.

Introduction

842

Petrography

843

Geomorphology

... 844

Geomorphogeny

862

(a) General Discussion

862

(b) Geological History

864

(c) Volcanic Action

.. 866

(d) Stream-Development and Erosion

868

(e) Present Changes

869

Springs and Artesian Water

869

Useful Minerals

869

B. Petrology

872

A. General Geology and Physiography. 1. Introduction.

The mountains described under this name lie in the Counties of Nandewar, Murchison, Jamieson and Darling, and are situated between the townships of Narrabri, Barraba and Bingera. In a former paper I made brief mention of this group of mountains (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 235); since its publi- cation I have spent two more months in the district, and am in consequence able to give a more detailed account, ■

The Nandewar Mountains in their physiographic features bear close resemblance to the \Yarrumbungles, and they are exceedingly rich in rock-tj^pes.

BY H. 1. JEXSE.V, 843

The region is, from a geological standpoint, practically unexplored, though parts have been visited by Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., Government Geologist; and by Professor T. W. E. David, B.A., F.R.S. His Honor Judge Docker has visited practically all parts of this region to take scenic photographs, and is probably better acquainted with it than anyone who has made casual trips to it.

2. Petrography.

The rocks of the Nandewar Mountains may be conveniently divided into Sedimentary, Metamorphic, and Igneous.

The Sedimentary Rocks include (a^ Carboniferous conglomerates and grits, chiefly in the S.E. and E. portions of the area; (b) Permo-Carboniferous conglomerates, grits, sandstones and shales, forming the country rock in the area where volcanic activity has been greatest. The Permo-Carboniferous rocks continue westward under the plains, and are also the most important formation in the Rocky Creek district.^ (c) Trias-Jura rocks, forming mesas capping the Permo-Carboniferous. (d) Tertiary deposits.

The Metmnorphic Series includes (a) slates, cherts and schists of Devonian age associated with the Carboniferous rocks in the S.E. (at Coolah Station), (b) The limestones and serpentines in the Horton River basin, east of the Nandewar Mountains, out- side the district which I have myself examined.

The Igneous Rocks comprise (a) granite, as rolled boulders in Maule's Creek.

(b) Akerite, occurring as laccolitic bosses and sills at the head of Bullawa Creek. Also tegirine-nepheline syenite, forming sills in the same region.

(c) Sills of syenite-porphj^ry and bostonite.

(d) Trachyte, phonolite and rhyolite, with all kinds of texture, from aphanitic and even-grained to coarse and porphyritic, and from compact to highly vesicular. These rocks occur as lava-flows or cappings, dykes and sills throughout the area extending from Deriah Mountain on the

69

844 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

south to Couradda (Grattai) Mountain on the north, and from Noogera Creek on the east to the 1,000-feet contour on the west.

(e) Tuffs allied to the lavas in (d).

(f) Felspar porphyrites with labradorite phenocrysts exceeding in some case two inches in length and |-in. in thickness. This porphyrite occurs in sills associated with ^egirine syenite sills which contain inclusions of fine-grained nepheline phonolite (vide Petrological Notes, N.12, N.ll, and N.IO).

(g) Porphyritic basalt with labradorite phenocrysts exceeding two inches in length.

(h) Lamprophyric porphyrite occurring as a sill at Dingo Creek. This rock has huge phenocrysts of rhombic pyroxene, some of which are from three to four inches long.

(i) Basalts capping the other lavas. Some of the basalts contain no olivine and resemble closely that from the Sandilands Ranges. The last erupted contain olivine.

(j) Tertiary C?) rhyolites and rhyolitic tuffs to the S.W. of the Nandewars between Maule's Creek and Bosfgabri. The.'-e rocks form cones and necks, and exist also to the west of Boggabri.

(k) Quartz porphyries and old rhyolites associated with tuffs and breccias at the head of Oakey Creek, Coolah, and between Maule's Creek and Barraba. These rocks appear to be of Carboniferous age.

Alluvials and Windbloiun Deposits. — (a) Black Soil Plains, as at Narrabri, occurring far and wide with interspersed sandy patches on the plains. The black soils are usually of river deposition, and are often of great depth. The alluvials and Tertiary deposits at Narrabri attain a thickness of over 1,000 feet.

(b) Poor sandy pine scrubs of the Pillaga type. The edge of Pillaga scrub is encountered on the Narrabri-Boggabri Road about 11-12 miles south of Narrabri (near Turrawan).

3. Geomorphology (including Physiography, Topography and Descriptive Geology).

To illustrate this part I have prepared two sketch maps, one of the Nandewar INIountains and Nandewar Range, including

BY H. I. JENSEN. 845

outlying parts which I have not visited (Plate xlvi.); and the other a map of the Nandewar Mountains themselves which I have personally investigated (Plate xlvii.).

The former is intended to bring out the following features : —

(a) The distinction between what is known as the Nandewar Range and the Nandewar Mountains proper. The Nandewar Range is an ofiPshoot of the Moonbi Ranges, and connects the New England Mountains with the Nandewar Mountains proper. It forms a watershed between the Horton and Manilla Rivers. The Geological Survey Department's Map of New South Wales (com- piled under the direction of Mr, Pittman, Government Geologist, 1893) shows that this range consists of Permo-Carboniferous rocks and older rocks of Carboniferous and Devonian age, such as serpentine, limestone, slate, &c., but where it merges into the Nandewar Mountains proper (which might appropriately be termed the Lindesay Group) these old rocks are capped with the lavas of the Tertiary trachyte and basalt series.

(b) The direction of flow of the rivers and creeks.

(c) The mountainous nature of the country between the Nandewar Mountains and New England.

(d) The geological formations of the country from which, in conjunction with the configuration, deductions may be drawn as to its geological history.

The second map shows the configuration and the geological formations of the Lindesay Group, from which deductions will be drawn in the section on (xeomorphogeny.

The Nandewar Mountains as seen from afar (as from Narrabri or from the Warrumbungle Mountains peaks) form a dome- shaped mass. The highest point of the group is Mount Kaputar, about 5,000 feet high, and the Lindesay Tableland surrounding it is over 4,000 feet in average altitude, with many eminences on it approaching 5,000 feet. The Nandewar Mountains (Lindesay group) cover an elongated oval area, having its long axis running N.N.W.-S.S.E. The highest peaks are situated on this axis, from which spurs capped with smaller peaks run W.S.W. and E.N.E. The spurs are separated by deep, narrow, gorge-like

846 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

valleys, with steep, often precipitous, walls on each side. The cliifs usually expose sandstone up to a certain height (about 2,000 feet), above which we find flows of trachyte. Both in a N.N.W. and in a S.S.E. direction from Mount Kaputar the axis gradually declines in altitude; so that, at the head of Bobbiwaa Creek it averages only about 2,500 feet; and at the head of Oakey Creek (Coolah Station), a branch of Maule's Creek, its height is 2,400 feet, though peaks of higher altitude are met with on the chain.

The Black Soil Plains surrounding the Nandewar Mountains resemble those already described for the Warrumbungles. They may be either with or without forest. The commonest trees on the forested black soil plains are box {E. hemiphloia var. albens, and E. Woollsiana), apple trees {Angophora intermedia), ironbark [Eucalyptus crehra), oaks [Casnarina Cunninghamii and C. Camhagei) along w^atercourses or plains of alluvial origin; and box {E. hemiphloia var. alhens), with myall {Acacia peiidula), ironbark (E. melanopJiloia), wattles {Acacia), when black soil is purely of volcauic origin as at Bobbiwaa Creek.

The Pilliga Scrub adjoining Narrabri at Turrawan answers to the description already given of other parts of the same area. It consists or a thick pine {Callitris calcarata) jungle with occa- sional ironbarks {Eucalyptus sideroxylon) and wattles inter- spersed, growing on deep white or yellow sand. The lower branches of the pines exhibit a remarkably even skyline, due to a process of natural pruning which is better illustrated here than at any other spot which I have seen in Australia. Patches of poor sandy country of the Pilliga type occur also between Maule's Creek and Boggabri. Here it is very undulating, capped with table-topped hills (mesas) of conglomerate and sandstone which are probably of Trias-Jura age. These mesas would, if their tops were continuous, form an inclined plane sloping awa}^ from the Nandewar Mountains. In this way, too, the mountains descend into the plain in a southerly direction. In the Parish of ISTamoi, County Darling, they run into the JSTamoi River and disappear. Around Boggabri and west of this township the country would be

BY H. I. JENSEN. 847

level but for the numerous volcanic knobs of rhyolite and rhyolitic tuff and breccia which are bestrewn over the plain, and rise above it to a height of 500 feet or more. These rhyolites probably are Tertiary eruptives, but may be older. At all events they intrude the sandstone (Permo-Carboniferous ?).

West of the Nandewars, around Narrabri, thence westwards in the direction of Walgett and northwards towards Moree, the country is almost perfectly flat, consisting of black soil plains and interspersed sandy patches of the Pilliga type. There are jutting out of the plains a few miles east of Narrabri several small hills composed of porphyritic basalt and basic tuff. To the north-west of the Nandewars, in the Parishes of Mellburra and Myall Hollow, there are a few hills, almost conical in shape, such as The Haystack and The Little Haystack. They, too, are basaltic. In the Counties of Murchison and Darling, east of the Nandewar group, the spurs of the latter are also, according to the Geological Survey Map, capped with basalt; and basaltic intrusions, and extrusions occur at intervals throughout the area lying between the Nandewar Mountains and New England. My own observations, as far as they go, show that volcanic rocks (trachytes and basalts) cap the ridges east of the Nandewar group.

Dykes of basalt have been noticed cutting the trachytic and phonolitic rocks in the Nandewar Mountains. This shows that here, as in the case of the Warrumbungles, the last eruptions were basic and extended over a wide area.

Bnllawa Creek, from the petrologist's point of view, is by far the most interesting locality in the Nandewars (Fig.l). On the south side of the creek near Ritter's homestead numerous broken hills intervene between the lava-tableland (Ningadhun, Coryah, etc.) and the creek. In these, sandstone is usuall}^ the dominant formation to a height of about 2,250 feet, and a slight S.E. dip is generally observed. It seldom exceeds 5°. A bed of coarse conglomerate with abundant quartz and cherty pebbles is met with at an altitude of 1,900 feet. To the north of the creek no broken hills intervene; an abrupt razorback range forms the 70

THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS

Sandstones >. jdales «."• [ff ]

Fig. 1.— Geological Sketch Map of Bullawa Creek.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 849

watershed between Bullawa Creek and Spring Creek. In this razorback the coarse conglomerate bed is met with at an altitude of 2,000-2,100 feet, about 200 feet higher than one mile south. This means a dip of 1 in 25 to the south, or of about 5° to the S.E.

Kangaroo Gully is interesting because of the occurrence there of a type of porphyritic basalt with phenocrysts of plagioclase up to two inches in length. The basalt penetrates sandstone and apparently also trachytic tuffs. It is similar to basalts found elsewhere in the Nandewars intruding and capping the trachytes, being alkaline and without olivine. Both in hand-specimen and under the microscope the Nandewar post-trachytic basalts resemble the Sandilands Ranges basalt. On the east side of Kangaroo Gully there is a high trachyte ridge commencing in the Sugarloaf, N.N.W. of Ningadhun. The trachyte of the ridge caps trachytic tuffs, which again overlie sandstone. The trachyte is therefore a flow which has infilled an old valley. On the western side of the gully the formation consists of tuffs and breccias. In the Triassic (?) sandstones north of Kangaroo Gully there are carbonaceous shales but no fossils. The dips are somewhat disturbed.

East of Kangaroo Gully occurs a sill-like or laccolitic mass of arfvedsonite trachyte porphyritic in anorthoclase. To the north this merges into an eruptive conical mass.

The ascent of Ningadhun from the N.N. W. is interesting, inasmuch as various kinds of alkaline volcanic rock are met with in well defined sheets as shown in Fig. 2. Ningadhun rock itself is a plug left by the removal of surrounding tuffs. Behind Ningadhun on Yullundunida there is a slanting dyke-like razor- back dipping sharply to the S. E. It appears to be a relic of a surface-flow from Ningadhun capping the tufl's now removed by denudation (Plate 4). About half-a-mile N.N. W. of Ningadhun there is a sugarloaf of arfvedsonite trachyte which represents a plug in a parasitic vent.

The sandstone beds north of Bullawa Creek have a sliccht N.W. dip. The S.E. dip so general on the other side of the

850

THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

creek is probably induced by a subsidence along a fault running E.N.E.-W.S.W. from Kaputar in the direction of Ningadhun, the plugs of Kaputar, Corrunbralborawah, Coryah, Ningadhun

The range north of Bullawa Creek,

being situated on this line

Fig. 2. — IStructure of Ningadhun Eock. 1, Silky Arfvedsonite trachyte; 2, Black trach. glass; 3, Coarsely porph. hypohyaline black trach.; 4 and 6, Red neph. phonolite; 5, Trach. breccia; 7, Common varieties of alk. trach.; 8, Tuffs; 9, Conglomerates and sand- stones.

Ritter's Razorback, has trachytic rocks (tufls, breccias and lavas) above a height of 2,200 feet. In places these rocks become andesitic, in others phonolitic. They frequently exliibit spheroidal weathering and onion-structure.

From the structure observed in the country on both sides of Bullawa Creek at Ritter's as described above (Figs. 3, 4, 5) it

2^

'A

«4.|0*HJ(

Y,

S^l^jO^Hy

»J'/03JST >'^y0

- 'L^

lA

K

852

THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

appears that the trachyte has flowed over an eroded surface and infilled the valleys. The present valleys, such as that of Bullawa Creek, represent the high ground before the period of the erup- tions; 'the thin flows capping the sandstones here having soon become denuded away, erosion has rapidly carved out valleys in the softer sandstones and shales.

North by east to north-north-east from Ritter's farm The Razorback attains a height of 3,050 feet and is capped with vesicular amygdaloidal trachytes. Further eastward, about J or J a mile from Mount Odin, sandstones and conglomerates dipping N.W. at 5-10° cap the range at an altitude of from 2,950 to 3,050 feet (Fig.5). The change in formation makes an imme- diate change in the forest flora, pine (Callitris calcarata 1) and

Razor BACK

Bas.c S.Jl

BdStc Laccolite

«£tg|^-

0.,oSE:ar3o°

Fig. 5, — Section across Bullawa Creek at Dawson's, in a general N. and S. direction. F, fault; r, trachyte or bostonite; cr, sandstone.

oaks (^Casuarina Luehmaniii and Camhagei) replacing the box and gum. Smaller cappings (relics) of trachyte occur here too. On descending The Razorback, walking southwards towards the junction of Bullawa and Oakey Creeks, a large sill or dyke of basic rock is met with. The outcrop is 300 yards wide. Below this basic mass trachyte porphyry becomes the countr}^ rock, and represents a laccolitic offshoot of the Mt. Odin mass (Fig.5). Mt. Odin is precipitous on the northern, western, and southern flanks, and has a steep slope to the east towards the gap between Bullawa and Pound Creeks. The cliffs consist of sandstone beds alternating with trachyte or porphyry sills. My brother in pro- ceeding up the creek called on my map Thor's Gully, observed numerous sills of trachyte and dolerite intruding sandstones.

BY H, I. JENSEN. 853

carbonaceous shales and conglomerates. The sills frequently locate waterfalls in the creeks.

The country between Mount Odin, Rocky Creek Gap, and Oakey Creek is very broken, consisting of dark green porphyry sills and trachyte porphyry sills intruding Permo-Carboniferous sandstones and shales with Glossopteris. Nearly all the hills have cappings of vesicular trachyte.

Further up Oakey Creek, about a mile above its junction with BuUawa Creek, massive syenite (akerite) is met with on both sides. This rock has a pepper-and-salt colour, and would make a beautiful building stone.

Some of the dark syenite-porphyry sills contain angular and rounded included masses of nepheline phonolite, which seem to be fragments of the already cooled magma torn off the walls of the lava-reservoir in the upward passage.

Oakey Creek contains pebbles of dark syenite-porphyry, grey (pepper-and-salt) syenite, red syenite, essexite, segirine trachyte, 88girine phonolite, red trachyte, trachyte porphyries, basalt and basalt porphy rites; therefore all these rocks must occur in the area which it drains. Grey syenite (akerite) covers a large area of rugged country between Oakey Creek and Upper Bulla wa Creek. The occurrence of pine higher up the range under Pound Mountain shows that the syenitic mass has a sandstone capping. Above the sandstone on Pound Mountain and the Nandewar Range in general there is a capping of vesicular volcanic rocks.

The upper part of the Bullawa Creek (that is above its junc- tion with Oakey Creek) cuts through great igneous masses of trachyte and trachyte porphyry. Very little sandstone is se5h in the area. Here and there a small remnant may be noticed high up on the mountain sides, and may be taken to represent either a floated-up portion of the country rock or remnant of a sill-capping which has not been resorbed.

South of Bullawa Creek we have a great tableland capped with the peaks Kaputar, Corrunbralborawah, Coryah and Ningadhun, This mass consists at the base of Permo-Carboniferous sedimen- tary rocks intruded by numerous sills and laccolites with a

854 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

Fig. 6. —Geological Sketch Map of Dingo Creek.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 855

covering of vesicular volcanic rocks, Bullawa Creek itself flows from its junction with Oakey Creek through sandstone and trachyte sills. Sandstone, shale, dolerite, trachyte, and many other rocks chiefly related to the trachyte family occur in the broken country between it and the tableland.

At Dingo Creek most interesting features were observed. Not far (about 250 yards) from its junction with Bullawa Creek there is a remarkable sill of lamprophyric porphyry intruded along a coal seam (S^). The dip of the strata is S.E. at 25°. Below and above the sill there are Glossopteris and Noeggera- thiopsis shales and cherts indurated by the intrusion.

About 500 yards further up the creek we meet with the boundar}' of a great laccolite of basic porphyrite intruded by occasional trachyte dykes. As I have seen sandstone both over- lying and underlying this rock, I have no doubt it is a laccolite. Sandstone dips are somewhat disturbed near its edges. Further up the creek the basic rock is seen sometimes only on the east bank, sometimes on both banks, and the creek has largely carved its way along the western edge of the mass. On the west bank of the creek, cliffs of sandstone with coal seams and Glossopteris shales are common. They dip S.E. at 25-30° and contain interlaminated sills of trachyte porphyry and bostonite, which generally have penetrated along a coal seam. The hills west of Dingo Creek are capped with trachyte, but those on the east side for some distance consist chiefly of dolerite, with trachyte cappings overlying it in places, a fact which proves that denudation had removed the sandstone covering of the basic laccolite before the trachytic rocks were poured out. The dolerite is of various degrees of crystallinity, some very coarse-grained, some, especially near the edges of the mass, fine-grained.

The ridge between Dingo Creek and the creek west of it owes its existence to a broad trachyte dyke running S.E.-N.W., from which many sills and dykes at right angles to it and flows capping the hills are derived. The basic laccolite has a maximum thickness of about 700 feet (Fig. 4). 71

856 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NAXDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

On proceeding higher up the creek, sandstones, shales and interlaminated sills repeat themselves, and the hills on both sides have lava-cappings.

Boomi Creek. — From Bullawa Creek I made an excursion across the mountains to Boomi Creek. The crest of Boomi Gap has an altitude of about 3,500 feet. South of it lies Kaputar (5,000 feet), north of it Pound Mountain (4,500 feet). In ascending the pass from the west one encounters practically only- trachyte. However, on descending to Boomi Creek one crosses a basaltic dyke, running N. and S., at a height of 3,000 feet; at 2,900 feet there is an outcrop of greenish slaty rock; at 2,800 feet an outcrop of coarse conglomerates dipping north. These rocks are probably Permo-Carboniferous, perhaps Carboniferous. Lower down rhyolitic and andesitic tuffs and quartz porphyries are met with as well as conglomerates wdth rhyolite pebbles. These volcanic rocks and conglomerates are lithologically the same as those occurring at Laird's on Maule's Creek, Horse-Arm Creek and Black Mountain south of the group. Below the 3,000- feet level the Boomi Creek country loses the wild ruggedness characteristic of the Bullawa Creek side, consisting of more gently-sloping, wooded and grassy spurs well adapted for grazing. The change in scenery is due to the change in formation, Lower Permo-Carboniferous or Carboniferous rocks being here predomi- nant, and the barren trachytes. Upper Coal Measure and Triassic sandstones being seldom seen. In Boomi Creek there are numerous boulders of coarsely porphyritic basalt with gigantic felspar phenocrysts similar to that which caps the intermediate rocks round Deriah and intrudes them in Kangaroo Gully. This rock is probably derived from Kaputar.

Eulah Creek. — This creek rises in the Lindesay Tableland and flows parallel to Bullawa Creek into the Namoi. The country in which its two branches head is like that at the head of Bullawa Creek, consisting of sills of intermediate rock intruding Permo-Carboniferous or Trias- Jura sandstones, which rise abruptly on either side to form a tableland capped with lava. The creek, like Bullawa Creek, flows in a gorge-like valley, which at

BY H. I. JENSEN.

857

Dunmore's place, where T camped (altitude 1,150 feet), has sand- stone cliffs 400 feet high on either side. Higher up the creek cliffs of igneous rock are frequently seen. Ascending the table- land south of Dunmore's the sandstone formation was seen to persist to a height of 1,600 feet, where dark, fine-grained cappings of Eegirine- trachyte or andesite commenced. Much of it is quite scoriaceous. The sandstone north of the creek has a gentle dip to the N.W. at Dunmore's, changing to N.E. as one proceeds upstream. South of the creek it has a gentle westerly dip.

Between Dunmore's and Deriah Mountain coarsely porphyritic basalts without olivine and andesites cap the trachyte in various places on the tableland at a height of 1,650-1,700 feet. The forest vegetation improves at this level, consisting of box

{Eucalyptus alhens)^ cedar ( ?), kurrajong {Sterculia diversi-

folia), watergum {E. rostrata), and wattles. A basaltic crater occurs a couple of miles west of Deriah. Boxtree Gully heads near it (Fig. 8).

Deriah Creek heads near Deriah ^Mountain, the structure of which is represented in Fig. 7.

OrRIAH l^oofr (TrachytG.)

Fig. 7.— Section, in a general E. and W. direction, at Deriah.

a, andesitic rock; b, trachyte breccia; c, vesicular trachy-andesite;

r, arfvedsonite trachyte; a, sandstone (Triassic ?).

The Deriah Mountain trachyte is oldeo-than the fine-grained blue fegirine-nepheline phonolite and phonolitic trachyte which occur under the basalt of the surrounding hills (Figs. 7 and 8).

At Left Eulah Crag on Eulah Creek, north of Deriah, a large sill of even-grained arfvedsonite-trachyte intrudes the sandstone and forms a bold cliff. In the area lying between Deriah and Eulah

858 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

Crags the hills are commonly capped with a coarse andesitic or trachytic breccia.

It is probable that on the tableland between Eulah and Bullawa Creeks, basalt caps the alkaline intermediate rocks. The curious, long dykes surmounting the plateau are evidence of fissure-eruptions which first gave rise to tuffs, and later on to lavas, the flows of which have been undermined by the subsequent weathering away of the underlying tuff-beds.

^*^^V<o *^ LEFT EC/LA K

rig.8.— Plan of Country round Mt. Deriah.

Bobbiwaa Creek is separated from Spring Creek by a razorback spur similar to that which separates Spring Creek and Bullawa Creek; but, unlike the other creeks dealt with, it flows in a broad plain-like valley, three or four miles wide as far up as Dripping Rock, and a few miles lower down it leaves the mountain altogether. The hills facing Bobbiwaa Creek in its upper reaches are not cliffs, hence the valley is nowhere canon-like. In fact, this creek forms a natural gap between the volcanic masses north and south of it. The country between Bobbiwaa

BY H. I. JENSEN. 859

Creek and Grattai (Couradda) is as rugged as that of Bullawa Creek, but the creek valley itself is a plain. Its level nature is apparently due to the fact that it was already a deep, broad valley when the eruptions took place, and though lavas entered it both north and south they by no means sufficed to fill it. This conclusion is borne out by the existence of volcanic trachytes at the level of the creek below Dripping Rock. The range between Rocky Creek and Bobbiwaa Creek has isolated trachyte cappings which are flows from dykes, but where the road crosses it there is no such cap (altitude 2,200 feet). It has been removed by denudation. The strata at the pass consist of Permo-Carboniferous sandstones and shales with a coal seam about 6 feet thick out- cropping on the top. The dip appears to be S.E. at angles not exceeding 10°. A great laccolitic mass of basic rock similar to that at Dingo Creek and exhibiting similar variations intrudes the Permo-Carboniferous strata at the head of Bobbiwaa Creek, and attains a thickness of 400 feet. The numerous mountains (Dripping Rock, Grattai, etc.) lying north of Upper Bobbiwaa Creek consist partly of sandstones with basic sills and partly of sandstone with trachyte sills and flows. Some of the peaks are wholly composed of trachyte. The cappings of columnar trachyte all slope to the N. W., indicating an original slope in that direction before the outpourings, or that the flows came from the S.E., near the head of Bobbiwaa Creek. Across the range in the Rocky Creek valley the country is mountainous but not rugged. It consists essentially of Permo-Carboniferous rocks with basic sills and later trachyte dykes.

Maule's Creek. — The country surrounding this creek must also be dealt with separately. To Maule's Creek I proceeded from Tarriaro and struck the creek a few miles below its junction with Horse-Arm Creek. Between Tarriaro and this junction the country is sandy, very gently undulating, on the whole poor, and traversed by a number of shallow gullies heading in the moun- tains to the north-east; the gullies are devoid of water except when torrential rains occur and send the water down in sheets. Many of these watercourses are purely relics from a time when

860 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAK MOUNTAINS,

the mountains stood higher and liad a greater rainfall. Abrupt sandstone cliffs facing the S.W., and situated where Bibbla Creek and Deriah Creek leave the mountains, are seen from Tarriaro. This portion of the country is marked on the Govern- ment Geological Map of New South Wales as Triassic.

Black Mountain is shown on the Government Geological Map as consisting of acid igneous rock. On my map (Plate xlvii.) I have taken this for granted, although in ascending the mountain from the south I saw only sandstones and conglomerates with a basalt sheet on top. I saw, however, some loose fragments of a dioritic rock, which must be derived from an outcrop near by.

All the mountains between Black Mountain and Deriah present the same features, and consist probably of sandstones, conglomerates and shales of Upper Coal Measure and Trias-Jura formations with basalt sheets on top.

About IJ miles south of Maule's Creek, near Laird's place (Berrioye Station); there is a ridge of hills running N.W.-S.E. (Long Plain Mountain). It consists of conglomerate made up chiefly of rhyolite pebbles. Mr. Laird has found fossil leaves in ironstones associated with these conglomerates, and his description of them answers to that of Glossopteris, so that the conglomerate must be Permo-Carboniferous, and the rhyolites from which the pebbles in them are derived must therefore be older. The pebbles of Maule's Creek consist of rhyolite chiefly, with a little granite, basalt and trachyte. In Horse-Arm Creek the pebbles are mostly of basalt, sandstone and trachyte.

The average height of the hills (mesas) north and south of Maule's Creek in this region (^'.e., between Horse-Arm Creek, Pinnacle Creek, and Stony Creek, Berrioye Station) is 1,400 feet, increasing towards the north and diminishing towards the S.W. At Buron Creek conglomerates of Permo-Carboniferous age are observed dipping N.W. On the Coolah side of this creek the valley of Maule's Creek becomes a gorge with high hills fronted with cliffs and escarpments on both sides, while down stream Maule's Creek flows in a broad valley — a perfect plain continuous with the Tarriaro and JSJarrabri plains — and delimited on the

BY H. I. JENSEN. 861

north and south by mesas several miles removed from the creek. This Maule's Creek plain marks an area of undoubted Permo- Carboniferous age. It is well-grassed and timbered, box trees, an indication of good soil, being abundant. The mesas north and south of it are probably chiefly of Upper Permo-Carboniferous age, but of Trias-Jura age in places, especially between Black Mountain and Deriah. The sandstones of the mesas are com- posed chiefly of quartz sand and the conglomerates of quartz pebbles, and the vegetation is very poor. The Lower Permo- Carboniferous sandstones and conglomerates give a much better soil, containing much felspar of rhyolitic origin.

In the gorge above its junction with Buron Creek, Maule's Creek has cut through a series of conglomerates composed of rhyolite pebbles like those of Berrioye, but having, nevertheless, a totally different appearance — being, in fact, boulder beds, con- taining boulders up to two feet in diameter. They are chiefly tilted in places and exceed 1,000 feet in thickness. On the Government Geological Map this area is put down as Carbo- niferous, an estimate which appears to me to be correct. Mount Byar and Mount Coolah are composed of massive conglomerates with interbedded sheets of tuff and rhyolite (quartz porphyry), the pebbles of the conglomerate being identical in nature with the interbedded sheets. Above Coolah Station on INIaule's Creek and its branch, Oakey Creek, similar rocks occur, but near Waterloo Pinnacle cherts and slates are met with in the hill-slopes. They are highly metamorphic, and sills or dykes of orthoclase quartz porphyry intrude them. They are probably Devonian, and the whole series here seems to dip E. at 20°.

The rocks of Byar and Coolah Mountains on the other hand have a N.W. dip at angles up to 20*^. The Pinnacles, a couple of peaks north of Coolah, are remarkable for being as rugged and precipitous as trachyte plugs, I went to them expecting to find them composed of trachyte, but to my astonishment they consisted of Carboniferous conglomerate similar to Byar Moun- tain, dipping N.W. at 20°. The dips around Coolah Station are

862 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

not very reliable, at any rate the time I spent in the vicinity was not sufficient to work them out properly. The confusion is due to (a) the extraordinary conditions under which the conglomerates were formed, (b) subsequent quartz porphyry intrusions, (c) mountain-building movements. However, speaking generally, the rocks S.S.E. of Upper Maule's Creek and its branch, Oakey Creek, dip in an easterly direction, whilst those west of them dip N.W., so that these two creeks occupy the position of the crest of an anticline, or perhaps the line of junction of Devonian and Carboniferous rocks. The latter hypothesis is the less probable, as the rocks on both sides of the line are very similar.

Between Coolah Station and Boggabri the country is studded with mesas and mesa-like ridges of barren sandstone. Near Boggabri buttes of rhyolitic lava and tuff become abundant. To the south of Boggabri, between it and Gunnedah, the formation is Permo-Carboniferous sandstone capped with alluvial in places. West of Boggabri lies the Pilliga Scrub, in Upper Coal Measure country, composed of very barren sandstones. Between Narrabri and Boggabri the same formations occur. On the road, about half-way between the towns, some large basaltic sheets are crossed; further north, at Tipperina, the road passes through an edge of the Pilliga Scrub (sand).

Seen from Maule's Creek plain or from Boggabri, the Nandewar Range south of Coolah presents the remarkable appearance of being capped with peaks which all have a steep slope to the south and a gentle slope to the north. The only explanation which I can suggest to account for the phenomenon is that there may have been step-faulting with the downthrow of the southern wall in each case.

The Manilla Range west of Boggabri I did not find time to visit, but judging by its rugged appearance it is probably composed of volcanic rocks, in all probability rhyolite.

4. Geomorphogeny. (a) General Discussion. — From the foregoing description we see that the Nandewars, like the Warrumbungles, may be looked

BY H. I. JENSEN. 863

upon as a conoplain, which is composed of sedimentary strata intruded by sills and capped with volcanic rocks, and has been dissected by semi-arid agencies. The gorge-like valleys in the mountains with vertically retreating cliff's, the steep shingle- covered slopes, the want of definiteness in the watercourses when they leave the mountains, and many other features are character- istic of an arid cycle. This country did not have much appear- ance of aridity at the time of my investigations. On the contrary, it was covered with waving fields of wheat and high grass, and rains occurred almost daily. However, it must be borne in mind that any area in which the rain falls principally at certain times in the year, the wet season, and then falls in torrents, whilst other periods, the dry seasons, extend over most of the year, and in which prolonged droughts occur, has the arid cycle characteristics and is classed with arid regions. Round the Nandewars on the west and south we have mesas of sand- stone which show a N.W. dip. These are probably of Trias- Jura age, but may be Upper Permo-Carboniferous.

Mount Kaputar is the apex of the Nandewar Mountain mass. The mountain group is not round but oval with the long axis N.N.W.-S.S.E. It is composed of two definite masses, one north and one south of Bobbiwaa Creek. The highest peaks of the northern do not greatly exceed 3,000 feet in altitude. They are Dripping Creek (or Castle-Top), Grattai (Couradda), Terrergee, and others. The peaks of the southern mass are much higher, many exceeding 4,500 feet; Kaputar, the highest, is 5,000 feet high. Bullawa Creek divides the southern mass into two divisions, the northern of which is very dissected, whilst the southern is a compact tableland. On the large tableland are the curious tower-shaped peaks of Corrunbralborawah, Ninga- dhun, etc., and the long razorback dykes, like Yullundunida, which indicate late intrusions of hard trachyte into softer tujBfs or andesitic lavas that have more easily been denuded away. Remnants of crater-rings are abundant but not very definite. One fairly definite basaltic crater has been noticed south of Eulah Creek. Ningadhun is probably a plug injected into the

864 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

neck of a volcano,* and the high conical mass north of it is a similar plug in a parasitic vent. In American phraseology, these plugs may be termed buttes.

The wide Black Soil Plains expanses of Bobbiwaa Creek and Maule's Creek, with so gentle a slope towards the general plains of Narrabri and Tarriaro that the country might be said to be practically level, show clearl}' that a previous wet cycle cut gorges in the elevated conoplain and carved wide valleys. Then followed an arid cycle with disintegrated drainage, the result of which was the filling of the valleys with the detritus; lastly there has been a return of slightl}^ moister conditions, hence there is a tendency for the drainage to become integrated again and for the creeks to become rejuvenated. The formation of black soil plains and the subsequent rejuvenation of the streams may bear a relation to the formation of a lake in the north- western districts of New South Wales and its subsequent drainage through its waters finding an exit by way of the Murray River. The arid period probably followed this last event.

(b) Geological History. — The geological history might be summed up as follows : — In the Carboniferous period the area of the Nandewar Mountains and the country to the north-west of them consisted of dry land on which Silurian, Devonian and older rocks were undersoino^ corrasion and denudation. The detritus was carried eastwards and southwards to a Carboniferous sea of which good evidence is seen at INIaule's Creek. This sea extended westwards over the Barraba, Cobbadah, and Bingera di-stricts as far as New England. Volcanic eruptions of an acid nature took place at the time — often in the sea or along the coast-line, so that on the shore huge pebbles and boulders of rhyolite accumulated. Eruptions took place at frequent intervals, so that we find tuffy sandstones and conglomerates, boulder beds with a volcanic ash matrix, and occasionall}^ lavas all inter- bedded with one another. These eruptions were accompanied

* Cp. ' Geology of The East xMoreton,' etc., These Proceedings, 1906, p. 97.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 865

and followed by the elevation of the marine area and the sub- sidence of the continental area westwards. Hence a considerable thickness of coarse conglomerates and boulder-bearing tuffs was formed. At Coolah Station they are over 1,000 feet thick. By the middle of the Permo-Carboniferous period the continental area had been depressed beneath sea-level and sediments began to accumulate there. They are universally of shallow-water, estuarine, and lacustrine origin, comprising sandstone, conglom- erate, grit, Glossopteris shales and coal-seams. No marine fossils have been observed. The grits and sandstones were derived from the denudation of rhyolites and granites which were now undergoing weathering in the elevated regions to the north and east. There is a distinct unconformity between Permo-Carbon- iferous and Carboniferous beds at Maule's Creek. Those of Carboniferous age are more highly folded, often faulted, and have interbedded igneous rocks derived from contemporaneous volcanic action.

Trias-Jura sedimentation followed Permo-Carboniferous. Sub- sequent to this came the folding of the deposits, from the S.S.W,, against the New England massive. Elevation took place. The uplift was probably contemporaneous with one in New England which preceded the Mole Cycle. "^ The uplift in the Nandewar region probably gave rise to a gentle fold running N.N.W.-S.S.E. locating the mountain axis. Laccolitic injections of basic rock (olivine dolerite, etc.) took place at the same time (probably Cretaceous). Base-levelling to the level of the western Cretaceous sea left a peneplain with a gentle slope to the west; its level in the Nandewar Mountains is marked by the flat- topped sandstone mesas averaging about 1,400 feet in altitude.

Further earth -movements of late Cretaceous or more probably of early Tertiary age, coincident with the Tertiary elevation of New England (introducing the Stannifer Cycle) in which Bingera and Barraba districts shared, seem to have given rise to a fault.

* Andrews, 'Tertiary History of New England,' Records Geol, Surv. N. S.Wales, Vol.vii.

866 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAIN

The western side was thrown down, so that lavas ving from the main fissure poured chiefly westwards. The ptive and intrusive (sill) materials from the main fissure anc-om inter- secting secondary cracks gave rise to the lava dome.

Mr. Andrews has shown that the New England a adjoining areas underwent rapid elevation in the late Cretacec and early Tertiar}^ periods, and were at the same time sufing rapid denudation. At the same time the west of New ^jth Wales was being loaded with sediments. The Nandewarlie on the border of these two zones. Probably strain caed by the differential movement on either side was an impornt cause of faulting.

The downthrow of the western and elevation ofhe eastern side of the fault have tended to preserve relics of riassic and upper Permo-Carboniferous rocks west of the faulted to expose Carboniferous and Devonian rocks east of it.

Tertiary denudation has dissected the conoplain :tablished at the end of the volcanic cycle, and the products of>,rosion have been deposited (aggradation) in a depression formecby faulting, so that a thickness of over a thousand feet of soft ertiary rock and alluvium has been formed at Narrabri. The-^amoi Kiver has also helped to aggrade the depression.

(c) Volcanic Action. — The order of eruption, ju'aing by field observations, seems to have been as follows : —

(1) Pre-Tertiary, probably earl}^ Cretaceous, basi»intrusions in Permo-Carboniferous strata.

(2) Tertiary : (a) Sill-like and laccolitic intrusi<ns of syenite accompanied by flows of phonolite, trachyte, and JlUed alkaline lavas. (6) Alkaline andesites and more porphyry siHs. (c) Basic porphyrite dykes and basalt flows.

The basaltic eruptions probj^^^ lasted well into tbe Miocene and Pliocene periods. The vo^^^^^-^ period was an era of great uplifts caused by the injectr"^^ ^^ g-^^^ ^^^ laccolites. The uplifts led to changes of dip in th^ sedimentary rocks and disturbed the uniformity of the ^!L^^ levVin the region, considerably increas- ing it towards the^ ^ c ^-i.^ rvi^r^nr.

^ centre or the group.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 867

Considering all the igneous rocks of the Nandewar Mountains, we have to add the rhyolites and quartz-porphyries lying south- west and west of the group. These were of Devonian and Carboniferous age, and closely resemble lithologically the Snowy River porphyries.

The relative ages of the various igneous rocks have been determined as follows : —

(1) Hhyolitic tuffs occur in the Carboniferous sediments, and rhyolitic pebbles occur in Permo- Carboniferous sandstone con- glomerates. The rhyolite therefore antedates the Permo- Carboniferous.

(2) The basic laccolites intrude the Permo-Carboniferous, but are cut by trachyte dykes. They have formed at a considerable deptli, hence before the dissection of the Mole peneplain. They must therefore be Triassic or early Cretaceous; for reasons advanced above, probably the latter. They may even be of the same age as the basic granites and intermediate rocks of New England.

(3) The trachytes intrude Permo-Carboniferous rocks and the later basic laccolites. Lithologically they are identical with the trachytes of the Warrumbungle Mountains and Glass House Mountains. In the absence of evidence to the contrary and in the presence of indirect evidence (drawn from plateau-erosion) in favour of the supposition, the same age, namely Eocene, must be assigned. They may be divided into two series : —

(1) Light grey trachytes, arfvedsonite trachytes, and rhyolitic trachytes, and syenite of a pepper-and-salt colour in sills and laccolites.

(2) Dark green segirine trachytes (phonolitic) and sills of segirine-augite syenite and of alkaline plagioclase porphyrites often containing fine-grained inclusions of phonolite of allied composition.

The second series is later than the first.

(3) The andesites form a connecting link between the aegirine trachytes and the basalts and grade into both. Many of the andesites are alkaline allied to phonolites.

868 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

(4) Basaltic eruptions came last, and the lavas are so rich in phenocrj^sts of an extraordinary size that cooling must have pro- ceeded for some time at a depth. This phenomenon is also observed in the intermediate lavas (c^:>. the labradorite porphyrite, N.12).

Postbasaltic denudation has succeeded in carving the gorge- like valleys and in exposing volcanic plugs and dykes on the tableland, in removing crater-rings and in dissecting the semi- igneous mass. The original continuity of the tops of the spurs is shown by the volcanic rocks capping sandstones at the same level on either side of each valley at a height of many hundred or even 1,000 feet, and by the cappings of igneous rock on isolated sandstone mesas.

The irregularity of the lava-level in many places points to another significant feature, namely, that the area over which the lava flowed (the Mole peneplain 1) was at the time considerably dissected. Absence of marine fossils shows that it was land at the time of the eruptions.

It should be here again mentioned that around Boggabri there are numerous rhyolitic pinnacles which are probably of Tertiary age, contemporaneous with the Nandewar rhyolitic trachytes. They may, however, be older.

In the Pilliga Scrub, between Boggabri and the Warrumbungle Mountains, there are numerous conical peaks of andesite, pro- bably of the same age. These igneous rocks serve to connect up the two volcanic regions, and show that the fractures in early Tertiary time roughly followed the border of the great Triassic basin.

(d) Stream- Developinent. — The nature of the Namoi River has already been discussed in my paper on the Warrumbungle Mountains. All the creeks rising in the Nandew^ar Mountains have their courses determined by the original slope of the conoplain, and are hence consequent streams. .The evidence which they afford of a previous wet and a later arid cycle has already been discussed.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 869

(e) Present Changes. — A vecent rejuvenation is noticeable in some streams like Maule's Creek. This appears to be due to a gradual disappearance of arid conditions.

Volcanic activity has been long extinct, and there is no likeli- hood of its recurrence for many periods. The mountains are being base-levelled to the level of the western plains by the slow process of arid erosion. It is worthy of mention that, in addition to the other evidences of arid erosion already enumerated, many peaks in the vicinity of Dripping Rock, near Bobbiwaa Creek, display a very marked serrate topography. This characteristic I have not noticed elsewhere, and it is very striking.

5. Springs and Artesian Water.

Like the Warrumbungles, the Nandewar Mountains have many springs at high altitudes. Most of the important mountain springs flowed without intermission throughout the great drought, 1896-1902, when the creeks were all dry. Mr. Ritter told me of one spring near Pound Mountain which increased in strength during the drought to such an extent that the water rose in a fountain-like jet as thick as a man's arm.

The creeks dwindle enormously in size on reaching the plains west of the Nandewars. The reason of this phenomenon is that the water is absorbed by the great thickness of sandy allu vials which flank the Namoi for miles on either side.

Though many mesas south and south-west of the Nandewars are probably referable to the Trias- Jura, the sandstones underlying the alluvials of the plains in this quarter are mainly Permo- Carboniferous, hence the area is non-artesian. Some miles north of Narrabri, however, that is north-west of the Nandewars, there are sandstones which may belong to the Triassic intake beds of the artesian system.

6. Minerals of Economic Value.

The Nandewar Mountains, like the Warrumbungles, abound in veins of "potch" (poor opal) which occasionally contain specks of precious opal. The indications of precious opal are, however,

870 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

as far as I have seen, not so good in this area as in the Warrumbungles.

Beautiful veins of chalcedony and agate abound, especially in connection with vesicular volcanic rocks.

Small diamonds have been obtained at the Alpha Mine near Bullawa Creek in gravel near a basalt dyke. It is possible that the basalt may have been the matrix, having absorbed the carbon from underlying coal seams. Rocks like the Enstatite-peridotite- lamprophyre (N.18, p. 884) which are extremely basic, very rich in iron and magnesia, and intruded along coal seams, might easily absorb carbon and liberate it again in the form of diamond on cooling.

Coal seams have been observed in many places. In the area abounding in sills, such as around Bullawa and Eulah Creeks, the coal seams have in most cases been destroyed. On the summit of the divide between Rocky Creek and Bobbiwaa Creek there is, as already mentioned, a seam of good coal about 6 feet thick. No doubt in time to come many valuable coal seams will be found and worked in the area surrounding the mountains.

I have not noticed any diatomaceous earth deposits in the portions of the Nandewar Mountains which I investigated, but diatomaceous earths have been recorded from the vicinity of Barraba, south-east of the mountains, by Mr. E. F. Pittman.*

Other Alkaline Areas.

From the foregoing notes it is apparent that the two great volcanic areas of the Nandewar and Warrumbungle Mountains consist mainly of alkaline igneous rock varying greatly in basicity. Between them there are scattered masses of rhyoiitic, phonolitic, and andesitic rock which form a chain connecting the two areas.

Similar scattered pinnacles and cones occur at intervals between the south-west corner of the Warrumbungles and Dubbo. This area is referred to the Upper Coal Measures on the Geological Survey Map, but on closer investigation much of it will probably

• Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines, 1881, pp. 142-143. By authority, Sydney 1882.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 871

be found to be Trias-Jurca. In the first place, most of the sand- stone between the Castlereagh Kiver and the Warrumbungles has the appearance of being Tiiassic. The range lying between the Castlereagh and the Talbragar Rivers is probably also Triassic, the valleys only belonging to the Coal Measures.

Around Dubbo, to which I drove from Coonabarabran via Mundooran and Cobborah, there are Triassic rocks containing good imprints of Thinnfeldia odontopteroides'. the best fossils were obtained at a well about 2 miles S.S.W. of Dubbo on the Peak Hill road. Further down, about 5 or 6 miles S.S.W. of Dubbo and about halfway between the Peak Hill and Obley roads, I examined some hills locally known as the Gibraltar Rocks. These consist of a grey, pepper-and-salt-coloured sanidine trachyte containing magnetite, arfvedsonite, and segirine. It intrudes Triassic sandstone and the adjoining quartz-porphyries.

The occurrence of trachytes near Dubbo was first noted in 1905 by Mr. J. Murton, Geological Surveyor. Mr. W. S. Card has kindly supplied me with a specimen of the arfvedsonite trachyte found by Mr. Murton in the Parish of Dungarry near Dubbo. Its chemical analysis (by Mr. B. White) is quoted in my paper on the Warrumbungie Mountains.

Mr. Staff-Surveyor Thomas, of Dubbo, informs me that there are other knobs of trachyte at Minore, N.N. W. of Dubbo. Others occur S.E. of the Gibraltar group; probably therefore there is a string of these alkaline trachyte knobs connecting up the Warrumbungles and the Canoblas.

Mr. Card has lately received other interesting specimens from Mr. Murton, including specimens of nepheline syenite, nepheline phonolite.*

The Barrigan mass of tinguaite, referred to in Carne's 'Mono- graph on the Torbanite of New South Wales,' (Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.Wales)though of a similar age to the alkaline rocks abovedealt with, does not lie on the same curve. The masses dealt with lie

* "Miaskose,"see 'Petrological and MineralogicalNotes,'No.lO. Eecords Geol. Surv. N. S.Wales, Vol.viii.

72 ^

872 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEVVAR MOUNTAINS,

on a line which runs S.W. from the Nandewars to the Warrum- bungles, thence S.S.W. to Dubbo and Minore, thence S.E. to the Canoblas, and continues in the same direction to Mittagong, with outlying extrusions of a dark green variety as far west as Goulburn. It is likely that other alkaline trachytes and allied lavas will be met with between Barrigan and the Nandewars, and between Barrigan and Mittagong. If so, the belt of alkaline lavas forms a loop round the Gunned ah basin of Upper Coal Measure strata. The significance of this matter I propose to discuss more fully in a later paper.

It is also interesting to note that some considerable masses of fine limonite, iron ore, occur on Doyle's farm near Gibraltar close to Dubbo. On the Coonabarabran-Cobborah road, not far from Mundooran, some of the sandstones are so indurated with iron, in the form of haematite, that they could be smelted for iron. I have already mentioned that valuable deposits of a similar nature occur round the Warrumbungle Mountains. There is no doubt that in time all these districts will be worked for iron.

The origin or source of the iron I have not investigated, but as it occurs most frequently in the vicinity of igneous rocks it may have been derived from them by leaching, like the iron ores similarly situated near Mittagong.*

B. Petrology.

The rocks of the Nandewar Mountains may be divided into A. The Volcanic Series, consisting of : —

(a) Ali-rhyolites (alkaline rhyolites), including comendite and quartz pantellarite.

(b) Ali-trachytes (alkaline trachytes), including soda- trachyte, pantellarite, <fec.

/ (c) Phonolites. I (d) Alkaline andesites. I (e) Alkaline basalts, (f) Calcic rhyolites and basalts.

* Taylor, T. Griffith, and Mawson, D., 'The Geology of Mittagong,' Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, Vol. xxxvii.

BY H. I. jp:nsen. 873

Of these subdivisions the first two have very many minerals in common, and show other points of similarity. The next three divisions are also closely related to one another, numerous inter- mediate forms linking them, They are also related to (a) and (b). The last subdivision has no relationship at all to the others.

B. The Hypabyssal Series, consisting of : —

(a) Ali-syenite-porphyries (alkaline syenite-porphyries), in-

cluding syenite-porphyry, ceratophyre, bostonite, solvs- bergite, grorudite.

(b) Felsp ithoid rocks such as pulaskite-porphyry.

(c) Augite-porphyrites and teschenites.

(d) Bronzite-peridote-porphyrites (monchiquitic lampro-

phyre).

Subdivisions (a) and (b) of the Hypabyssal Series are closely related to one another, but not to (c) and (d). The intrusions of the last two rock-types are later than Permo-Carboniferous, and probably also Post-Triassic, but not Post-Cretaceous, for they are nowhere seen interbedded with or capping sediments of Cretaceous age; but we find them underlying the fluviatile deposits of theNamoi at the Narrabri bore, and these deposits probably commenced to form in the Cretaceous. Again, eroded masses of them are met with at the level of the Cretaceous peneplain (Mole Cycle), but the lavas and tuffs of these rocks have been denuded away and only the hypabyssal forms left.

All the other rocks described from this region, both hypabyssal and volcanic, with the exception of the Carboniferous rhyolites and rhyolitic tufis of Maule's Creek, and perhaps the Boggabri rhyolites, may be looked upon as differentiation-products of the same magma. The Boggabri rhyolites, tuffs and pitchstones are doubtful both as to age and relationship.

The latest basalts in the Nandewars are calcic, but often free of olivine, and are best looked upon as the basic residuum of an alkaline magma.

The augite-porphyrites and bronzite-porphyrites of Cretaceous age are often rich in analcite, and may therefore also be related to the alkaline series, but this is extremely doubtful.

874 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

Minerals of The Nandewar Rocks.

i. The Ali-trachytes, Ali-rhyolites, Bostonites, and related porphyries contain many minerals in common.

(a) Abundant or common. — Felspar occurs in phenocrysts and also finely granulitic in the base. The phenocrysts are usually bounded by the faces m(l]0), « (100), n(021), and 6(010). Sometimes they are tabular parallel to 5(010), which is the typical sanidine habit, and have the usual crosscracks developed. Sometimes they are prismatic, thickened also in the c direction; a (crystallographic) is the usual direction of elonga- tion. Carlsbad twinning is generally observed, but in some rocks the Baveno type is even more frequent. Manebach twinning sometimes occurs. There are, therefore, Baveno twins forming nearly square prisms elongated in the direction of crystallographic a, Baveno twins tabular parallel to 6, prismatic Carlsbad twins, and Carlsbad twins tabular parallel to h. In some Carlsbad twins the faces x and c are well developed (N.30). Inclusions of albite and of groundmass are occasionally seen in the phenocrysts of some rocks {e.g., N.30); in others it is not unusual to find inclusions of quartz in them, in others again, microperthitic intergrowths of potash and soda felspar or crypto- graphic intergrowths of quartz and felspar.

In the Dingo Creek Bostonite, JS.51, the extinction angle is from S'^ to 11° on crystallographies (edge h c), indicating a variety of sanidine rich in soda. The form of the crystals is tabular or elongated in the a direction. The extinction is shadowy, indicating ultramicroscopic twinning. Inclusions of quartz and apatite occur within the phenocrysts. By picking a section cut nearly parallel to the plane of the optic axis it was ascertained by use of the selenite plate that a is near a normal to the a axis. The square sections {i.e., sections at right angles to a, the direction of elongation) showed an axial cross in the same slide. Therefore

Bx'*' = a, i.e , nearly at right angles to a., These crystals are therefore negative. They must be looked upon as a variety of sanidine very rich in soda.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 875

Associated with such pheiiocr3^sts in tlie same and other rocks occur Carlsbad twins of simihir habifc, in which it was determined with the selenite plate that

Bx, == a. These crystals are therefore positive and must be looked upon as a variety of anorthoclase closely related to albite.

Hence we have in general two types of felspar phenocrysts.

Optically positive, usually prismatic, crystals of the sanidine habits with a refractive index less than Canada balsam, Carlsbad or Baveno twinning, cleavage parallel to c and almost at right angles to b, and extinction angle from 0°-12° on edge 6 c. This felspar is a variety of anorthoclase in which the albite mole- cule predominates.

Optically negative crystals either prismatic with square sections or tabular parallel to a, showing Carlsbad or Baveno twinning. Their extinction angles vary from 0°-10'^ on the edge b c. They are clear and furnished with crosscraeks like sanidine. This felspar is assignable to the species of orthoclase (sanidine) and anorthoclase sanidine. Albite inclusions are common.

These two forms may occur together in the same rock or inter- grown in the same crystal, and numerous intermediate types exist.

The felspars of the base are referable in different rocks to different species varying from pure sanidine to albite. Usually the predominating felspar of the phenocrysts is abundant or predominating also in the base.

Hornblende occurs sometimes in rods, sometimes in minute grains clumped together in dendritic aggregates forming a poikilitic intergrowth with felspar. It is frequently replaced by hsematite and occasionally in weathered rocks by limonite. It has the usual appearance of the arfvedsonite already described in the paper dealing with the Warrumbungle Mountains.

In N.46, a rock rich in blue amphibole and very poor in segirine, it was ascertained that in the blue amphibole Bx^ = r, hence the mineral is positive. The extinction was nearly straight and the absorption scheme proved to be

f (derp blue-black) .>> b (lavender) •>- n (briglit light green).

876 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

N.59 B is a rock in which nuclei of dark arfvedsonite or riebeckite of a deep blue-black colour are surrounded by a lighter- coloured arfvedsonite or segirine, sometimes the one, sometimes the other. The dark arfvedsonite is like that of N 46; segirine is the dominant ferric mineral. The light-coloured variety of arfvedsonite, however, displays peculiar properties. Bx^ = a, hence it is negative, and the absorption is

C (bright greenish-blue .> b (lavender) .> a (greenish-yellow). Possibly this mineral may be an aberrant variety of segirite.

Pyroxene, varies from pure segirine to segirine-augite. It answers to descriptions given of the same mineral in the Warrumbungle Petrology.

(b) Minerals sparingly represented. — Many of these are represented only by grains of such minute size that it has not been found possible to make an exhaustive examination of optical properties.

Cossy7'ite(l) occurs very sparingly and is recognised in sections where it occurs in extremely fine-grained poikilitic aggregates, by its deep brown colour, strong pleochroism and cleavage angle of 65^.

Katophorite (?) occurs in dendritic aggregates of somewhat acicular crystals often surrounded by haematite or a zone of arfvedsonite and segirite. This mineral is strongly pleochroic in colours of deep purple, red, fine deep red, brown, yellow, and gieenish-yellow. There are apparently several varieties graduat- ing into arfvedsonite, cossyrite and ferrite. This mineral com- monly forms only the kernel of crystals of pegirite and arfved- sonite. It appears to me for this reason that the arfvedsonite and segirite are products of pneumatolysis commencing after the brown hornblendes had commenced to form. This vapour-action often completely decomposed the original katophorite, leaving ferric oxite (ferrite) in its place, and the NaoO, SiOg, TiOg, etc., of the molecule were redistributed amongst other minerals of the rock. Only in this way can I explain that we often meet with

BY H. I. JENSEN. 877

sheets of trachyte with the hornblende completely metamorphosed to ferrite or haematite while it has not been subjected to any more weathering than adjoining arfved^onite trachytes.

Wohleriie (?), a yellow mineral in acicular crystals, nonpleo- chroic or but slightly so; double refraction strong; refractive index medium. This mineral shows the characteristic yellow cracks of wohlerite and is apparently the product of the pneu- matolytic action which broke down the katophorite molecule. It is more abundant in tegirine-ferrite trachytes than in the rocks rich in arfvedsonite.

Lavenite (?) or Rosenbuschite (I) appears to be present in some of the rocks, but has not been identified with certainty.

Tridymite occurs occasionally in vesicles; often yellowish, almost isotropic opal is seen; occasionally banded chalcedony replaces it.

Aleionite (i) (or an allied scapolite mineral such as wernerite or marialite) in clear glassy or milky-white crystals, showing a good cleavage, weak double refraction and medium refractive index, is sometimes present.

Where quartz is very rare or wholly absent, sodalite (or nosean), nepheline and katapleiite have occasionally been observed to occur.

In the phonolitic rocks of the Nandewar region we find, in addition to those occurring in the trachytes, nepheline, a mineral of the sodalite group, cancrinite, katapleiite C?), geisikite (^), liebuerite C?), zeolites and calcite. Analcite often occurs.

ii. The Ali-syenites, porphyries and porphyrites contain many of the above-mentioned minerals, but in the more basic varieties soda-lime felspars predominate as phenocrysts, and albite or potash-soda felspar (anorthoclase, soda-sanidine) in the ground- mass. In different rocks different soda-lime felspars are met with varying from albite to medium labradorite.

In some reddish-coloured varieties of syenite-porphyry occurr- ing in sills about Bullawa Creek the felspar phenocrysts have a refractive index less than Canada balsam. In outline they are in some rock-varieties like orthoclase,in others they give rhombic sec-

878 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

tions (rhoraben-porphyr). Twinning is on the Carlsbad plan, and the two cleavages are nearly at right angles to one another. In addition a fine striation due to polysynthetic twinning is readily observed. This felspar is a microcline microperthite (or anortho- clase microperthite). Often cloudy microcline (moirirten-micro- clin) and gitter microcline are abundant constituents. The base consists in these rocks essentially of anorthoclase. These soda- potash felspars, so common in the Christiania region, are extremely abundant and well developed in the Nandevvar alkaline rocks,

Arfvedsonite is rare in these rocks, bat occurs sometimes.

jEgirine is occasionally present, but more often it is represented by an segirine-augite or light green diopside (salite). Olivine is never present, and in fact the analyses display so low a magnesia percentage that all this constituent must be incorporated in the segirine-augite (see Analyses, Table i. and Calculations of the norm. Table ii.). The main bulk of these rocks consists invariably of felspar, the other constituents never attaining great abundance.

As minor constituents we find nepheline (in the groundmass), decomposition-products after nepheline such as cancrinite, kata- pleiite, geisikite (?), liebnerite (?) and zeolites; also apatite, fluor- spar, zircon, ferrite, magnetite, haematite, ilmenite. Chlorite, secondary after segirine-augite, is a common constituent in many of the darker porphyrites. Occasionally sodalite is present. Quartz may also occur.

iii. The post-trachytic basic lavas have many similarities with the phonolitic and other intermediate lavas, in texture, mineral composition, and chemical composition. They are poor in magnesian minerals, olivine being usually absent (cp. the basalt of the Sandilands Ranges, New England).

iv. The basic rocks of greater antiquity than the trachytes, namely the dolerites intruding the Permo-Carboniferous strata at Bullawa Creek and Bobbiwaa Creek, form a distinct group. The pyroxene is a deep brown highly pleochroic titaniferous augite accompanied by a diallage. Olivine is abundant, and the felspar is very calcic. Some of these rocks, however, contain

BY H. I. JENSEN. 879

analcite in fair abundance, a fact which may be an indication that even then there was a tendency for this to be a sodic province.

N.62. Loc: hill at junction of Manilla and Narrahri roads, 3^ miles north of Boggabri. Age uncertain. (Plate 1., tig.l).

Handspecimen a dark green to black rock, showing fluxion structure and perlitic cracks. A few vesicles and idiomorphic phenocrysts of orthoclase, oligoclase and albite occur in it. This rock occurs in the form of a narrow dyke at the foot of the hill mentioned, which consists essentially of rhyolite and rhyolitic tuff.

Microscopic appearance : texture hypohyaline, porphyritic, with perlitic structure in the glassy base.

Constituents : the base which forms the bulk of the rock con- sists of a greenish glass showing beautiful perlitic cracks and groups of globulites. Scattered about in some abundance we find beautiful idiomorphic phenocrysts of felspar, some of which increase in basicity from the interior outwards. Often the core is orthoclase, an intermediate zone anorthoclase, and the outer zone albite or oligoclase. Neither in mineral composition nor in chemical composition does this rock show decided resemblance to the alkaline rocks of the Nandewars, yet it is not very distantly removed from them.

Name : Perlitic Pitchstone. Magmatic name, Riesenose (see Tables i. and ii.).

Note. — This rock is associated with holocrystalline, hemicrys- talline and cr3^ptocrystalline rhvolites.

N.67. Loc: The Pinnacles; Maule's Creek. Age: Carboniferous.

Handspecimen a reddish conglomerate-like rock with both the rounded pebbles and the finer matrix consisting of rhyolitic material.

In section the pebbles were seen to consist of a normal rhyolite (qnartz, orthoclase and a little chlorite) and to have been rounded by the action of water. The matrix consists of fragmentary grains of quartz and felspar and volcanic ash consisting of the

880 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

same minerals and a great abundance of glass fragments in the form of minute tubes, and boomerang-shaped and bone-shaped, branched and jagged rods. All this material is of pure volcanic origin, but has evidently been redistributed by the action of water. Subsequent alteration due to regional metamorphism has led to the commencement of secondary crystallisation or regeneration of crystals. Much of the material, originally glassy, is therefore partially devitrified.

Rocks of this kind, which must be termed Tujfy Ehyolite Conglomerates, prove without doubt that submarine eruptions and land eruptions were in progress near an old shoreline and the materials ejected were redistributed b}'' the waves.

Interbedded with them are found rhyolites, devitrified porphy- ritic pitchstones and quartz porph3^ries.

N.17. Loc: laccolite on Dingo Creek, branch of Bullawa Creek. (Plate 1., fig.2).

Handspecimen a coarse-grained dolerite in some varieties of which large augite phenocrysts occur, but the type here described is rather even-grained. Near the edges of the laccolite this rock graduates into a black aphanitic basalt with occasional amygdules. The intrusion is older than the alkaline rocks.

Texture holocrystalline, seen under the microscope to be uneven-grained and porphyritic, having crystals of most varying sizes. Fabric hypidiomorphic granular, and ophitic.

Constituents : basic felspar and titaniferous augite are the two most abundant constituents, occurring in about equal proportions and forming about 60-70 % of the mass. The next constituent in order of abundance is olivine, forming between 10 % and 20 %. Then follow magnetite and ilmenite, forming upwards of 5%. Decomposition-products such as serpentine, chlorite and leucoxene also occur in notable amount. As an accessory minor constituent apatite (in long thin needles penetrating the other minerals) deserves mention.

Note. — In some varieties of this rock-type analcite forms a constituent mineral.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 881

Order of consolidation : felspar needles frequently penetrate some distance into augite crystals but never to the core.

( Magnetite

Thnenite

Olivine

Apatite

Felspar

(Analcite when present)

Name: Ophitic Olivine Dolerite or Diabase. Magmatic name, Kentallenose (see Tables i. and ii.).

Closely allied to N.17 is a rock from the Alpha (Diamond Mine, Bullawa Creek, 13 miles N.E. of Narrabri, N.S.W., of which the following description has been supplied to me by my old friend, Mr. G. Saunders, B.E.

Handspecimen resembles a basalt, being of a dark colour and moderately fine-grained. It occurs as a dyke about 8 feet wide. Bands of calcite occur in it, and due to these bands the rock crumbles away on exposure. It intrudes sandstone, and capping these rocks there is an alluvial deposit in which diamonds, sapphires, zircon and gold have been noticed.

Microscopic Description. — Texture holocrystalline ; grainsize medium with a few large phenocrysts of augite and plagioclase; fabric caraptonitic and ophitic.

Constituents in order of decreasing abundance are (1) felspar, (2) titaniferous augite, (3) colourless diopside in phenocrysts, (4) olivine, (5) serpentine, (6) magnetite, (7) grains of red olivine (fayalite), and (8) apatite.

I have examined a slide of it sent to me by Mr. Saunders, and I find it to be a rock closely related to N.17. The felspar is a basic labradorite, and it as well as the olivine and augite occur in two generations.

882 THE GEOLOGY OP THE NANDEVVAR MOUNTAINS.

Mr. Saunders also kindly forwarded me a slide of another rock of the same kind obtained from a depth of 2,015 feet in the bore- hole at Narrabri. This rock is holocrystalline, hypidiomorphic granular, medium-grained, and porphyritic in augite, magnetite and felspar, The felspar consists of lath-shaped labradorite crystals; the augite is highly titaniferous and occurs in fine reddish-brown idiomorphic crystals which frequently enclose felspar in an ophitic manner. Titaniferous magnetite occurs in corroded phenocrysts ; ilmenite is also present. Apatite is common as inclusions in both the augite and the felspar. Large patches of the base consist of a clear colourless isotropic mineral with a low refractive index. This mineral was the last to consolidate, and is probably analcite. The rest of the ground- mass consists of the second generation of the minerals already mentioned.

Name : Ophitic Analcite-Olivine-Dolerite or Diabase.

N.19. Loc: edges of laccolite. Dingo Creek.

Handspecimen dark basaltic-looking rock with white amyg- dules.

Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained but fine-grained with pilotaxitic fabric.

Composition : this rock consists of basic labradorite felspar in laths decomposing to analcite, zeolites and other products, automorphic but somewhat corroded grains of titaniferous augite, very corroded and rounded olivine grains, idiomorphic magnetite granules, analcite and decomposition-products. The white amygdules consist of analcite and zeolites.

Name : Pilotaxitic Olivine Basalt (or Diabase).

N.56 consists of a fine-grained basalt exactly like N.19, and occurs on the borders of the basic laccolite at the head of Bobbiwaa Creek.

N.57, collected from the core of the same Bobbiwaa laccolite, is a coarse-grained dolerite (or diabase) exactly like N. 17, described above.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 883

Linking the foregoing basic rocks to the alkaline series are certain remarkable essexites, of which I have found rolled specimens in the creeks, but which I have not met with m situ.

N.28 is a reddish coarse-grained rock, in handspecimen not unlike N.27 (described hereafter). Loc: Thor's Creek, Bullawa Creek.

Microscopic examination : Texture holocrystalline, hypidio- morphic granular, uneven-grained rock, showing ophitic structure.

Constituents (in order of decreasing abundance): (1) Titani- ferous augite studded with interpenetrating felspar needles and apatite inclusions; it occurs in phenocrysts which are more or less corroded and fractured. (2) Bronzite with well-defined crystalline outlines. (3) Ilmenite. (4) Analcite (interstitial). (5) Chlorite replacing biotite. (6) Bytownite and anorthite felspar in laths. (7) A little biotite. (8) Apatite needles. (9) Zircon. (10) Zeolites of the mesolite group. (11) Interstitial orthoclase. (12) Serpentine in irregular patches.

Name : Ophitic Analcite Essexite allied to Teschenite. Note. — This rock seems to have been formed by a kind of magmatic mixture of an alkaline rock with a dolerite like N.17. The mixture may have taken place either by an alkaline magma having intruded, partially fused and assimilated a dolerite, or wholly by pneumatolytic processes. The broken nature of the pyroxene phenocrysts and the irregular serpentine patches representing the remnants of resorbed olivines support the first supposition. The second alternative receives support from the facts that biotite has developed and analcite is abundant. When we consider the basicity of the felspar laths and their fresh appearance it becomes evident at the same time that the analcite could not have been primary, nor can it have been formed by decomposition of the felspar. Therefore it is concluded that the magmatic vapours from the alkaline intrusions caused a partial recrystallisation in this basic rock, introducing KgO to form the interstitial orthoclase and biotite,

884 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

SiOo to change olivine to bronzite, and water to break up the original felspar molecules into anorthite and analcite. Zircon (ZrOo) was introduced at the same time.

Taking all into consideration it appears that there was magmatic mixing^ accompanied by pneumatolytic action.

N.18. Loc: Sill iii. at Dingo Creek (PI. Hi., fig.l).

Macroscopic characters: the handspecimen (PI. Iii., fig. la-6) presents a remarkable appearance. It is studded with gigantic phenocrysts and fragments of crystals of a black mineral with a dull lustre not unlike that of gadolinite. In general outline this mineral reminds one of cassiterite, but its good cleavage in three directions and its brittleness show that we have a pyroxenic mineral to deal with. In addition, the rock contains an abun- dance of fragments of crystalline aggregates, many of which have such regular and straight outlines as to be suggestive of pseudo- morphs after olivine. One of the minerals composing the fragments is seen to be a green olivine. Many of the fragments are IJ inches or more in length and over |-inch in width. The black phenocrysts attain a length of 3 to 4 inches, and a diameter af 2^ to 3 inches. In addition we may notice pheno- crysts (up to 1 inch in diameter) of a brown spinel, and a black microcrystalline groundmass.

The rock weathers to a reddish clay, and decomposing specimens have always a reddish crust of iron oxides. Occasionally large crystals of biotite (or paragonite) attaining a diameter of 1 to 1 J inches, and a thickness perpendicular to the cleavage of about ^-inch, are met with. Calcite or dolomite occurs abundantly, forming amygdules.

This rock forms a sill, having a thickness of about 3 feet, and dipping S.E. at '2b° (S^ fig. ), capped b}^ and overljang cherty, metamorphosed, Permo-Carboniferous shales containing Glossop- teris, Gangamopteris and Noeggerathiopsis. Intruding the same shales about 30 feet higher up the series we have a sill of felspar porphyry with a trachytic matrix (bostonite). The succession of

BY H. I. JENSEN.

885

Dip S.E.

at 25^^

With Permo-Carbo- niferous fossils.

strata observed from the bottom of the cliff to the top is seen in the following statement : —

/ Top of hill — Trachyte under which we have conglomerate, thick- / ness not estimated.

Top of cliff —The same conglomerate. Then — Sandstone, 30 feet.

Cherty Mudstones, 20 feet. Felspar Porphyry Sill (Bostonite), 6 feet. Cherty Mudstone, 9 feet' Soft Blue Shales, 6 feet Cherty Shales, 4 feet ,, „ 7 feet

Black Shale, 6 inches Bottom of / Sill with black phenocrysts and fragments, 2ft 9in., Cliff, J then Sandstone, 3 feet. Dingo I White Shales, 1 foot.

\ Creek, y Cherty Mudietones, thickness unknown.

Level of Creek,

Microscopic examination : texture holocrystalline, extremely uneven-grained on account of the monstrous phenocrysts set in the microcrystalline base. The base is quite aphanitic, but with a ;^-inch objective it is resolved and appears to be holocrystalline with a camptonitic fabric.

Composition : the crystal aggregates or fragments are seen under the microscope to have a more broken outline than the handspecimen shows. They consist of olivine, light greenish diopside, enstatite and colourless augite in hypidiomorphic to allotriomorphic crystals, the whole aggregate having a hypidio- morphic granular texture. Between the crystals are strands of a white fibrous chloritic decomposition-product, apparently margarite. Fragments of picotite are also present. The black phenocrysts are somewhat corroded along the margin, having a resorption rim resembling the celyphitic border of garnet. They consist of a species of hypersthene or amblystegite. The mineral has three well marked cleavages, two of which are at right angles; there are also two pinacoidal partings to which extinc- tion is parallel. The pleochroism is weak, and the double refrac- tion is also weak, being about the same as that of labradorite.

886 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

The mineral was determined to be biaxial and optically negative with a dispersion less for red than for blue (p<lv). The brown spinel which occurs in crystals and fragments of all sizes in both the inclusions and the base appears to be picotite. The brown mica which occasionally forms huge phenocrysts occurs also in minute grains in the base. The fine-grained base consists of allotrio- morphic olivine and augite grains, picotite grains, a little biotite, all evidently xenogenic, and of autogenic minerals including laths and needles of brownish titaniferous augite, needles of colourless diopside, rutile in needles, zircon in grains, and felspar. Both albite and orthoclase occur, and in addition there is nepheline and analcite. These last four minerals mentioned were the last product of consolidation. Yet they have a strong tendency to idiomorphism, except the analcite which is mainly secondary.

To sum up: the specimen N. 18 is a lamprophyric rock; it contains xenoliths of enstatite-peridotite, and xenocrysts of a species of rhombic pyroxene, of biotite (lepidomelane 1), of picotite, and of olivine and augite. The base has an almost panidiomorphic structure, the so-called camptonitic fabric, and contains, in addition to the xenocrysts, titaniferous augite, diopside, rutile, zircon, albite, orthoclase, nepheline and analcite, and possibly a little glass. The decomposition-products are margarite, bastite (schiller spar), serpentine and haematite. Calcite is particularly abundant, especially in the form of amygdules.

Name : Monchiquitic Lamprophyre. Magmatic name, Ross- weinose (see Tables i. and ii.).

N.54. Loc: hill on the Spring Creek Road, 2 miles N.W. of Narrabri.

Handspecimen has the appearance of typical porphyritic basalt. The age of the mass, which is associated with basic tuffs and breccias, is probably later than the alkaline series. This rock probably belongs to the late Tertiary — Pliocene — series of basaltic eruptions.

Texture almost holocrystalline, very uneven-grained, with hyalopilitic fabric.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 887

Composition : the phenocrysts consist of basic andesine, olivine and greenish diopside. The felspars are sometimes zoned and show albite, pericline and Carlsbad twinning, and contain numerous inclusions of magnetite in glassy matrix. The olivines are slightl}' corroded, and the diopside is greatly corroded and resorbed.

The groundmass is even-grained and very fine-grained, and consists of felspar-laths (labradorite), augiteof the second genera- tion in idiomorphic grains, olivine grains, glass and haematite. The lastmentioned is an original constituent.

Name : Hyalopylitic Porphyritic Olivine Basalt.

The foregoing descriptions are of rocks which have no very marked relationship with the lavas of the alkaline series. All the other rocks about to be described from this area are closely interrelated and definitely fall into the alkaline division.

N.27. Loc: Thor's Creek, branch of Bullawa Creek.

Handspecimen of a reddish colour not unlike N.28 already described, but the microscope reveals important differences.

Macroscopicalty it appears coarse-grained, but in reality it has a fine-grained base.

Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained, porphyritic, with hypidiomorphic granular fabric.

Constituents : the phenocrysts consist chiefly of cloudy micro- cline and anorthoclase microperthite containing an abundance of inclusions of apatite and zircon. The microperthite felspar is commonly enveloped by a zone of pure orthoclase with straight extinction. Smaller phenocrysts of magnetite and haematite are also present.

The granulitic groundmass consists of orthoclase, nepheline, apatite, magnetite, haematite and other iron ores, yellowish-green pleochroic acmite, and rutile.

The apatite occurs in greenish-grey and bluish-grey idiomorphic hexagonal prisms capped with a pyramid at either end and longitudinally striated.

Rutile is abundantly represented in long microscopic needles. The nepheline is interstitial. A little wohlerite (?) is also 73

888 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

present. The magnetite appears to be partly secondary after arfvedsonite.

Name : Nepheline-Acmite-Syenite Porphyry, allied to Solvs- bergite.

A rock closely allied to the preceding is N.8 (Pl.L, fig. 3), which also occurs as a rolled specimen in Bullawa Creek. It is holocrystalline, porphyritic, with a fine-grained base, and has a trachytic fabric inclining to camptonitic.

The felspar phenocrysts have lozenge-shaped outlines in the sections like the felspar of rhomben-porphyr. They are twinned on the Carlsbad plan and exhibit a very fine polys3^nthetic twinning as Avell which shows that they belong to the species anorthoclase. The refractive index is less than that of canada balsam. Reddish iron ores (hsematite) occur in dendritic aggre- gates secondary after a hornblende of the riebeckite group. The base consists essentially of lath-shaped microlites of sanidine, between which are studded minute stunted rods of segirine, a little primary as well as secondary magnetite, and some inter- stitial quartz.

This rock is a somewhat decomposed solvsbergite. It difiers from N.27 mainly in that it is more decomposed and contains a little quartz instead of nepheline.

Still more closely allied to N.27 is another rolled specimen, N.9, from Thor's Creek. Its texture is the same. The pheno- crysts consist chiefly of orthoclase, occasionally of microperthite. The orthoclase of the base is allotriomorphic in more or less rounded grains. There are numerous haematite or ferrite skeletons replacing w^hat was originally a hornblende. Both idiomorphic primary, and dusty secondary, magnetite occur. Apatite is abundant and ^girine occurs sparingly in the base. The segirine is of a bright malachite-green colour, strongly pleo- chroic, but of a colour so deep as to almost obscure birefringence.

This rock must be referred to the species Solvsbergite.

N.ll. Loc: branch (E.) of Oakey Creek under Mount Odin. (Pl.L, fig.4).

BY H. I. JENSEN. 889

Haiidspecimen : a dark greenish rock which on close inspection is readily seen to be porphyritic, although the phenocrysts are so dark in colour that they might easily escape notice at first glance. This rock occurs as a sill about 20 feet thick with Permo-Car- boniferous Glossopteris shales and sandstones above and below.

Texture holocrystalline, porphyritic, with hypidiomorphic granular texture approaching the panallotriomorphic.

Constituents : the phenocrysts consist of felspar and diopside. The felspar phenocrysts are lozenge-shaped and consist of anor- thoclase or microcline-microperthite enveloped by a zone of orthoclase. The inner portions have an extinction angle of about 10°, the outer zone having straight extinction. The refractive index of all parts is less than that of Canada balsam. The diopside occurs in idiomorphic phenocrysts. In addition there are pseudomorphs after phenocrysts of hornblende. These usually consist of a brown ferrite skeleton enclosing a heterogeneous mass of secondary minerals, including chlorite, haematite, magnetite, sericite, some isotropic analcite or sodalite (1), and zeolites. They probably represent what was originally a brown soda-amphibole. Some of these pseudomorph phenocrysts contain small remnants of a reddish-brown very highly pleochroic mineral (apparently barkevicite).

The groundmass consists of orthoclase felspar, green ^egirine- augite granules, nepheline and secondary minerals including chlorite and micaceous alteration-products after nepheline, such as geisikite, liebnerite, etc.

Apatite occurs sparingly as idiomorphic phenocrysts and also in smaller needles in the groundmass.

Name : Augite-Nepheline-Syenite-Porphyry or Pulaskite Por- phyry. Magmatic name, Phlegrose (see Tables i. and ii.).

N.13. Loc: This rock occurs as a fine-grained included mass of irregular shape and a couple of feet in thickness in the sill rock just described (N.ll).

Handspeeimen dark green, aphanitic.

Texture holocrystalline, microcrystalline, panidiomorphic granular.

890 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

Constituents: (1) lath-shaped crystals of labradorite (2) j^girine in short prisms showing strong pleochroism in greens and blues, and straight extinction. (3) Idiomorphic prisms oL nepheline and a minute quantity of the same mineral occurring interstitially. (4) Magnetite. (5) Decomposition-products including chlorite, pinite pseudomorphs and kaolin.

Name : Camptonitic Tinguaite.

This rock represents a fragment of the earliest consolidated portion of the magma torn from the walls of the reservoir by the rising lava.

Closely allied to this rock is a fine-grained nepheline phonolite found in a branch (B) of Oakey Creek (N.IO). The acicular felspars are somewhat decomposed and consist of orthoclase and albite. Nepheline occurs in the groundmass. The femic con- stituent is a green nonpleochroic augite with very oblique extinc- tion (about 46°, probably salite); it is surrounded by dark borders. Dusty magnetite, secondary after an amphibole, occurs^ as well as other decomposition-products like kaolin. The com- putation of the analysis gives free quartz in the norm; this is probably due to decomposition and secondary^silicification.

K12. Loc: Branch (E) of Oakey Creek. (Plate li., fig.l).

Handspecimen : this rock has a dark green base in which are studded gigantic idiomorphic prismatic felspar phenocrysts often, attaining a length of more than an inch, and a diameter of over half-an-inch; and usually regularly octagonal in cross section. The rock forms sills at the head of the branches of Oakey Creek under Mount Odin.

Texture holocrystalline, coarsely porphyritic with a hj^pidio- morphic granular base.

Constituents : the huge felspar phenocrysts consist of acid labradorite and andesine, the extinction angle in symmetrical sections varying from 10° to 25°, but in most cases it is about 20°. The refractive index is greater than that of Canada balsam. Twinning is on the Albite law, but pericline twinning is also met with. There are no other phenocrysts. The groundmass consists of a sanidine-like felspar which may be either orthoclase or anor-

BY H. I. JENSEN. 891

thoclase. This occurs as microlites. Idiomorphic segirine augite grains decomposing to chloritoid, apatite needles, greenish micaceous fibrous decomposition-products of the pinite group, finely divided magnetite, haematite, a little nepheline and cancri- nite are also present.

Name : Labradorite Porphyry. Magmatic name, Andose (see Tables i. and ii.).

N.26. Loc: Branch (C) of Oakey Creek.

Handspecimen a green, somewhat decomposed coarse-grained rock.

Texture holocrystalline. even-grained, hypidiomorphic-granular.

Composition : the main constituent is felspar in hypidiomorphic crystals which have been largely saussuritised, chloritised and kaolinised; it contains as inclusions magnetite, stout needles of apatite, and small idiomorphic grains of fluorite. The alteration of the rock has led to the production of a certain amount of secondary felspar in needles within the original phenocrysts. The original felspar was probably an albite surrounded by a zone of microperthite, decomposition having effected the exterior more than the interior. Ptepresenting what was originally augite and conforming to its crystalline outline, we have aggregates of chlorite and green chloritoid, sometimes serpentine as w^ell. These occasionally contain a nucleus of uralite. Remarkable skeletons of ilmenite and magnetite are present in abundance. A little nepheline occurs, and decomposition-products after nepheline are fairly common. These include katapleiite, cancri- nite, liebnerite pseudomorphs, etc. Rutile needles are very abundant. The other decomposition-products present are kaolin, chlorite, chloritoid, serpentine, haematite, saussurite, etc.

Name : Altered Augite-Nepheline-Syenite near Laurdalite.

N.14. Loc: Branch (A) of Oakey Creek.

This rock occurs as a sill. In microscopic structure and mineral composition it closely resembles N.8 and N.9, and is therefore a sulvsbergite, or nordmarkite-porphyry.

Remarks. — The alkaline rocks dealt with so far are all derived from the sills underlying Mount Odin. Underlying the whole of

892 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

this mountain there is probably a large laccolitic mass, fiom different levels of which the sills are offshoots. All these rock& are undoubtedly differentiation-products of the one mass, present- ing numerous features in common, chief of which are (1) the occurrence of nepheline and pseudomorphs after nepheline, (2) the occurrence sparingly of apatite phenocrysts of a greenish colour capped with pyramids at both ends and exhibiting a fine longitudinal striation, (3) the occurrence of soda-bearing pyroxene in the base.

The chemical analyses correspond excellently to the petro- logical compositions. Thus N.ll, though the darker in colour, is much more acid than N.12, and contains much less of the iron oxides and lime. .The dark colour of X.ll is due to the pheno- crysts consisting of dark cloudy microj^erthile felspar, while the more basic phenocrysts of N.12 consist of white labradorite.

The alteration-products in these rocks are hard to determine. I have spent much time in trying to work out the exact nature of the fine micaceous pseudomorphs without avail. There is, however, no doubt that they sometimes approximate very closely to liebnerite and sometimes to geisikite. though usually analcite, calcite and zeolites occur with them. These minerals are secondary after nepheline and are associated with others such as cancrinite and katapleiite of similar origin. Sometimes the aggregates show definitely the outlines of the original nepheline crystals.

I have slides of nepheline tingiiaite from the range between Spencer's Creek and the Snowy Eiver (Guthrie Range), Mt. Kosciusko, which show exactly the same decomposition-products.

Associated with these minerals in the Nandewar nepheline rocks are certain chloritic, sericitic, and pinite alteration-products after regiiine-augite, felspar and soda-hornblende. This class of alteration-products resembles the other so closely that it has not been found possible to distinguish betw^een them except where they form definitely pseudomorphs of regular outline.

All the alkaline rocks so far described contain an abundance of minerals which gelatinise with dilute HCl and stain with malachite-green.

BY H. I. JENSEN.

893

The order of consolidation in these rocks usually was as follows : —

1. Magnetite : ilmenite

2. Plagioclase

3. Apatite

4. Hornblende

5. Orthoclase

6. Augite (^girine)

7. Nepheline

ISr.25. Log.: base of Ningadhun Rock.

Handspecimen white in colour with a few dark specks; light in weight, probably due to an abundance of minute vesicles; soft and friable like sandstone.

Texture holocrystalline ; very fine-grained, microcrystalline ; with trachytic fabric.

Composition : the main constituent is felspar, which forms about 90% of the rock; it occurs of both prismatic and tabular habits, the phenocrysts being chiefly sanidine of tabular habit, the remainder being partly sanidine and partly anorthoclase, the latter showing under the high power a delicate striation due to multiple twinning on various laws. Carlsbad and Baveno twinning are both common. Phenocrysts having an hourglass appearance between crossed nicols are probably Baveno fourlings. Next in order of abundance comes aegirine, which occurs both as corroded phenocrysts surrounded by decomposition and corrosion rims and as finer acicular crystals in the base. A deep blue hornblende (arfvedsonite or riebeckite) is represented fairly plentifully as minute highly pleochroic rods. Yellow and reddish iron ores and chlorite occur as decomposition-products. No nepheline or quartz is recognisable, but the rock stains slightly with malachite-green after gelatinisation with dilute acid.

Name : Trachytic ^girine Trachyte. Magmatic name, Phlegrose.

Note on N.30 : the specimen analysed from Ningadhun is a similar rock. It differs from N.25 only in that segirine is relatively more abundant, riebeckite rather less so, occurring

894 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

only as occasional grains, and in the presence of a little inter- stitial quartz {cp. Tables i. and ii.).

N.31. Loc: base of Ningadhun Rock.

Handspecimen : a dark porphyritic rock showing felspar phenocrysts in an aphanitic base. It was taken within a few feet of N.30 and N.25, but belongs to a totally different flow.

Texture apparently holocrystalline, the isotropic patches being referable to analcite and other decomposition-products; por- phyritic, and with cryptocrystalline tomicrocrystalline pilotaxitic base which may be partly de vitrified glass.

Composition : the phenocrysts are corroded and partially resorbed at the edges, and consist of andesine. A brownish- green hornblende has been present in the form of phenocrysts, but is now almost wholly replaced by chlorite, secondary magnetite and haematite. The groundmass consists of microlites of ande- sine, isotropic or almost isotropic decomposition-products and nepheline, a few stunted rods of a colourless pyroxene, acicular crystals of a yellow pyroxene which may be a relative of wohlerite, magnetite and minute cubes of green spinel (pleonaste). A number of decomposition-products are present, amongst which the chief seem to be haematite, chlorite and dusty magnetite after hornblende and pyroxene; and sericite after felspar; also natrolite and opal infilling vesicles.

Name : Phonolitic Andesite.

N.49. Loc: slopes of Mount Ningadhun. (Plate li., fig. 3).

Handspecimen reddish-brown in colour, very hard, and aphanitic.

Texture apparently holocrystalline, microcrystalline to crypto- crystalline base, with phenocrysts; trachytic fabric.

Composition : the main constituents are microlites of orthoclase and albite, nepheline in corroded phenocrysts whose resorbed edges show alteration to cancrinite and geisikite, a highly pleochroic brown hornblende, probably cossyrite, with haematite and magnetite and sphene as decomposition-products, needles of a brown pyroxene not unlike wohlerite, and glass. The rock is amygdaloidal, the infillings of the vesicles consisting of zeolites and opal.

BY 11. I. JENSEN. 895

Name : this rock is apparently a Cossyrite-Nepheline Trachy- Andesite, the high TiO^ percentage shown in the analysis being confirmatory of the presence of cossyrite and wohlerite. Mag- matic name, Monzonose {c}). Tables i. and ii.).

Note : it is significant, in connection with the occurrence of quartz in the calculated norm, that the nepheline occurs as corroded phenocrysts, the base being andesitic. Further, the occurrence of opal shows that secondary silicification has taken place.

Both N.31 and N.49 are closely related chemically and miner- alogically to the remarkable corundum basalt found at Billy King's Creek, south of Coonabarabran, in the Warrumbungles. They are all the basic differentiation-product of a magma exceed- ingly rich in AUO.,, Na^O, and TiOo, and very poor in MgO and FeO, just as the arfvedsonite trachytes (as N.25 and N.30) form the more acid differentiation-product.

The richness of the magma in TiOo is especially striking for the Nandewar Mountains. In many of the rocks where condi- tions have not been favourable for the formation of titaniferous amphiboles and pyroxenes, the titanic acid has crystallised out in the form of an abundance of sagenitic rutile needles.

N.20. Loc: a hill west of Dingo Creek.

Handspecimeu a dark greenish-brown rock, which occurs as a dyke in a hill near the doleritic laccolite at Dingo Creek. It contains numerous vesicles infilled with calcite. Under the microscope the main constituent is seen to be oligoclase-andesine showing Carlsbad and Albite twinning (R.I. greater than Canada balsam, extinction angle 0°-10°). Haematite is fairly abundant through the decomposition of the original femic minerals. Opal and magnetite occur, and also some brownish, highly pleochroic aggregates and grains referable to katophorite and brownish needles referable to wohlerite.

Name : Decomposed Phonolitic Andesite.

N.21. Loc: dyke cutting dolerite laccolite, Dingo Creek. Handspecimen a dark porphyritic rock witli an aphanitic base. Texture hemihyaline and porphyritic.

896 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

Constituents : phenociysts of orthoclase sanidine showing fine Carlsbad and Baveno twinning, sanidine microlites, iron ores and glass.

Name : Hemivitreous Porphyritic Trachyte.

Note : this rock is briefly described because it is important a& one of the factors by means of which the relative ages of the calcic dolerite and the alkaline intrusives were determined.

Another dyke rock of the alkaline series cutting the doleritic mass is numbered N.48. It is wholly aphanitic, but micro- scopically porphyritic, having microlites of orthoclase sanidine^ anorthoclase and oligoclase, and minute needles of greenish diopside in a noncrystalline base. Limonite occurs as a decom- position-product. This rock is a keratophyre.

N.15. Loc: headwaters of Oakey Creek, branch of Bullawa Creek. (Plate 1., fig.6; Plate li., fig.6).

Handspecimen an even-grained rock of a light grey colour^ being made up of a whitish felspar and a greenish hornblende.

Texture holocrystalline, even-grained, with allotriomorphic granular fabric.

Constituents : the most abundant minerals by far are ortho- clase and moiree microcliiie, both considerably kaolinised. Plagioclase with sericitic decomposition-products is fairly plentiful. Next in order of abundance is a greenish very pleo- chroic hornblende which is undergoing decomposition to magnetite and chlorite. Greenish segirine-augite and colourless diopside are also present, as are also a few flakes of biotite with chloritic decomposition-products. A little quartz occurs interstitially, Albite is included in, and intergrown with, the orthoclase. The chief accessories are stout prisms of bluish apatite terminated with pyramids, titaniferous magnetite and ilmenite and fluorspar. Chlorite, serpentine, leucoxene and kaolin are the chief decom- position-products.

This rock, from the composition, is seen to have affinities with quartz syenite, quartz diorite, and the more alkaline augite syenites.

Name: Akerite. Magmatic name, Akerose (see Tables i. & ii.)

BY H. I. JENSEN. 897

Note : this rock covers a great area towards the headwaters of Oakey Creek, a couple of miles above its junction with BuUawa Creek. It forms a large boss or Jaccolite which has been exposed by erosion. Chemically it is closely related to the dark syenite porphyries and labradorite porphy rites occurring as sills under Mount Odin.

N.32. Loc: one-half mile W.N.W. of Ningadhun Rock.

Handspecimen a reddish, very vesicular rock, with large felspar phenocrysts. It was sectioned to determine whether it is a trachyte or andesite.

Texture holocrystalline, with phenocrysts up to 05 mm. longv and an extremely fine-grained microcrystalline base; fabric pilotaxitic in the base.

Constituents : andesine-labradorite felspar full of glass-inclu- sions, forming phenocrysts, and lath-shaped and tabular microlites of the same mineral; haematite replacing some hornblende; primary magnetite in minute idiomorphic grains; kaolin; a honey-yellow mineral, probably opal, and various other decomposition-products.

This rock is undoubtedly an altered andesite closely allied to the trachytes and phonolites which occur in the vicinity. Flows of these diflferent differentiation-products occur frequently inter- bedded, one eruption giving a phonolitic lava, the next perhaps an andesite, the next a trachyte, and so on.

A porphyritic vesicular trachy-andesite of grey colour caps Ritter's Razorback between Bullawa Creek and Spring Creek. This rock in handspecimen seems intermediate between the andesite just described and the vesicular trachytes.

A pilotaxitic porphyritic andesite (N.33, Pl.li., fig.4) occurs around Deriah Mountain, which contains andesine-labradorite felspar; corroded, colourless diopside and light brown titaniferous augite; magnetite; ilmenite, and chlorite. This rock has also been shown to be later than the trachytes.

These andesitic rocks also form a link between the trachytes and the final basalts of the alkaline series. The first generation is felspar, usually a labradorite in highly corroded phenocrysts, round which a zone of orthoclase has frequently developed. The second generation of felspar consists of orthoclase and albite.

k

B98 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUXTAIXS,

N.43. Loc. : at the coal seam near the basic laccolite, Dingo Creek.

Handspecimen a reddish porphyritic vesicular rock, which forms a sill a few yards thick.

Texture holocrystalline, porphyritic, with a moderately even- grained vesicular base showing flow-structure and typical trachytic fabric.

Composition : the phenocrysts are tabular and somewhat corroded, and show Carlsbad and Baveno twinning; they consist of orthoclase, and are interpenetrated with acicular microlites of another felspar, apparently albite. The base consists of acicular anorthoclase microlites, rods of haematite distinctly secondary after a?girine and blue am pinhole; a little unchanged riebeckite and ?egirine; and some primary bsematite. A few fragments of quartz appear interstitially, and zircon occurs both as inclusions in the phenocr3'sts and as a constituent of the base. Nepheline does not appear to be present. Magnetite occurs in small amount.

iSTame : Solvsbergite.

N.44 is a similar rock which comes from another similar sill on Dingo Creek. The felspar of this rock contains curious wavy bands and circles of another mineral, apparently quartz, inter- grown with it. Both quartz and nepheline occur very spai-ingly in the base.

N.46 is another somewhat similar rock from a columnar mass a couple of miles N.W. of Ningadhun. This rock is also holo- crystalline, and has a camptonitic fabric. The constituents are sanidine (perhaps anorthoclase), segirine, primary haematite and riebeckite (or arfvedsonite). The mass is probably laccolitic.

The three rocks last-mentioned are typical of the great bulk of the trachyte of the Nandewars, and should perhaps be classed as solvsbergites. Many of the really volcanic rocks- of the flows are similar in structure and composition. The fresh rock has a flesh-colour due to primary haematite; on decomposition the colour changes to brick-red.

BY H. I. JENSEN. 899

Similar rocks were met with over considerable areas at the head of Bobbiwaa Creek, Thus N.55 occurring near the base of Dripping Rock is a highly vesicular, holocrystalline; porphyritic red trachyte with trachytic fabric in the base. The constituents are felspar, probably anorthoclase, forming phenocrysts and microlites; katophorite C?), a brown highly pleochroic hornblende showing brown, red and deep blue or purple tints; segirine; primar}^ and secondary haematite, quartz; magnetite and opal.

Another specimen from this locality contains, in addition, a little tridymite, fluorite, and nepheline. After gelatinising with acid, the interstitial matter stains strongly. A little quartz is also apparently present and also cancrinite. These colourless minerals commonly contain as inclusions sagenitic rutile needles,^ zircon segirite and tabular microlites of a brownish mineral.

The brown amphibole of this rock when fresh exhibits very strong pleochroism in very thin slices, but where the sections are thick the pleochroism tints are masked by a deep colour. The double refraction is likewise masked, and the mineral shows no posi- tion of extinction. In outline the mineral has the shape character- istic of arfvedsonite. It is therefore probably a katophorite. A little brownish wohlerite (?) occurs sparingly in the'rock.

All the rocks which contain the brown pleochroic mineral contain also distinct haematite having the same crystalline form and apparently pseudomorphic after it, not by decomposition but by alteration by pneumatolysis in the period of consolidation of the rock. Brownish minerals which are neither the one nor the other of these but conform to the same habit (either pris- matic or in dendritic aggregates) also occur. These may, and probably do, belong to the allied mineral species of (1) mosandrite, rinkite and johnstrupite, and(2) wohlerite,which are all zirconium- bearing minerals, and therefore show bluish pleochroism tints in some positions in thin sections. Those crystals which show both green and blue as well as red-brown are probably true katophorite.

N.59. Loc: Deriah Mountain. (Plate li., fig.2). Handspecimen indistinguishable from the trachyte of Mount Ngun-Ngun in the Glass House Mountains. It is a medium-

900 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDBWAR MOUNTAINS,

grained, greenish-grej rock, which becomes red on weathering. It forms the whole plug of Deriah Mountain.

Texture holocrystalline, medium-grained and even grained, with trachytic habit.

Composition : the main constituents are anorthoclase felspar and sanidine. In addition we have ?egirine in broken fragments of idiomorphic crystals; arfvedsonite in the characteristic aggre- gates; a little brown pleochroic amphibole intergrow^n with arf- vedsonite; heematite, and very sparingly quartz.

Name : Arfvedsonite ^girine Trachyte. Magmatic name, Phlegrose (cp. Tables i. and ii.).

N.53. Loc: around Deriah Mountain.

Handspecimen a highly porphyritic and vesicular rock. The vesicles contain numerous decomposition-products of a zeohtic nature.

Texture holocrystalline, porphyritic, w4th a hyalopilitic base which is partly cryptocrystalline.

Composition : the phenocrysts consist mainly of labradorite felspar of the composition Abo An .3; they are idiomorphic and of prismatic habit, and are twinned on the Carlsbad, Albite and Pericline laws. Amongst the phenocrysts must also be included some very corroded phenocrysts of albite, oligoclase and ortho- €lase which are studded with inclusions of glass and apatite. Those of albite and oligoclase are intergrown with orthoclase at the centre. Felspar forms also the main bulk of the base, in the form of microlites of acicular habit; these needles possess straight extinction and have a refractive index lower than Canada balsam; they are for the most part untwinned, but in rare cases they possess Carlsbad twinning; they may be either orthoclase or albite. Interstitially we have a brownish material which, under the high power, is partly resolved into minute round globules. The rest of the brownish material consists of glass and iron ores including some idiomorphic magnetite grains, secondary haematite and limonite.

Name : this rock must be referred to the trachyte family, though from the excess of plagioclase in it, it furnishes a link

BY n. I. JENSEN. 901

between the trachytes and the andesites of the locality. It is a Porphyritic-Hypocrystalline Plagioclase Trachyte.

N.51. Loc: Dingo Creek near basic laccolite. (Plate L, fig.5).

Handspecimen white in colour, the rock occurring as a sill. It is compo.sed almost wholly of felspar, which is of two genera- tions, and forms more than 99 % of the bulk.

Texture holocrystalline, with phaneric phenocr3'Sts and an aphanitic trachytic base.

Composition : the phenocrysts are clear like sanidine, but the cleavage and extinction angle (S'^-IO") show that they belong to the species anorthoclase; they are twinned chiefly on the Carlsbad plan, but occasionally an albite twin is seen; some crystals show also microscopic poh'synthetic twinning. Occasionally an acicular sanidine crystal is seen enveloped by a crystal of albite. Often again two sanidine laths are twinned so as to form a cross-like staurolite, each of the two individuals being itself twinned on the Carlsbad law. These are probably Baveno Jnterpenetration twins composed of two individual Carlsbad twins. The other constituents, which occur only in minute quantity, comprise

(1) interstitial rods of lemon-yellow to greenish segirine-augite,

(2) a few flakes of haematite, (3) occasionally a fragment of riebeckite, and (4) a few fragments of quartz.

Name: a typical Bostonite, or Sanidine- Anorthoclase Trachyte- Porphyry (c^;. Bostonite from the Lake Champlain District, U.S.A., Kemp & Marsters, Bull. 107, Geol. Surv. U.S.A.).

N.23. Loc: Kangaroo Valley near Ningadhun. (Plate li.,fig.5).

Handspecimen a dark basaltic rock containing huge plagioclase phenocrysts.

Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained; fabric porphyritic, with microcrystalline hypidiomorphic-granular base.

Composition : the main constituents are felspar, augite, olivine, and magnetite. The felspar phenocrysts consist of basic labra- dorite; they are highly corroded, and contain magnetite and apatite inclusions. The olivine is likewise very corroded, and shows also partial decomposition to serpentine. The augite occurs as small idiomorphic grains in the base; it is a colourless

902 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

or very pale greenish variet)- (salite). The felspar of the base is essentially albite. The base contains no olivine or basic felspar, and it consists essentially of albite, aiigite, magnetite, and a little apatite.

This rock is formed either by a mixture of reliquefied basic rock with alkaline lava, or by the extrusion of the last basic residuum of au alkaline magma. It is typical of a large number of varieties of very felspathic and almost olivine-free basalt and augite andesite, which occur capping the older trachytes and phonolites south of Eulah Creek. The basalt from the Sandilands Ranges, Xew England, is very like this rock in section and handspecimen.

I have tried in the foregoing notes to give the main features of all the rock-varieties met with in the Nandewars, rather than tedious detailed petrological descriptions of a few types, with the special object in view of inviting comparison.

All these rocks have certain features in common, from the most acid to the most basic; most striking correspondence is exhibited in

(1) The predominance of felspars rich in soda.

(2) The abundance of zirconium and titanium minerals, such as arfvedsonite, katophorite and zircon in the trachytes; wohler- ite (?), ilmenite, cossyrite (?), etc, in the phonolites; rutile and sphene in the more basic rocks.

(3) The rarity of magnesian minerals, such as olivine, even in the most basic rocks.

(•4) The prevailing tendency in all to verj' marked porphyritic structure, and in very many to vesicular structure, even amongst sill rocks; the porphyritic structure points to a period of cooling in a deep-seated reservoir during which the minerals of the first generation formed; the vesicular structure suggests that masses of water or water-vapour (charged with mineralisers as shown by the rare minerals) gained access to the cooling niass and gave it renewed mobility, enabling it to force its way along all weak points between sedimentary beds to form sills, and to force openings to the surface, whence it flowed as lava streams.

c •• 2 "

SO

0-866 0-221 0-016 0-026

CM ^ CM O --1 C^l 05

O d 00 CO •>*< l-^ lO

o o o oo ^ o

^

GOCCCOt>CO'#'T3CO?CCOCCQOCOTt<^

-^ (?^ CM -^ 6 6 ^b -^ CO fc -^ oi b •^ ' ' '

1 \\iii

ce 03 ce

Oi

'o

-. i^co «o

CM lO ;:h lO

i

O '^ CO t-

r-, CO CO CO

o o o o

CD

o

CO

o

'"'

o o o

o

o o o o

o

o

t-^OCi'^OO) .OCOlC-^'etlCOCOCl r-j

CQOipp-HOaJcOpC-JCOCDCOr-ip I . I

rHcbc-j-^bS-SbrH^iscoobb'^ ' ^. '

CC^ ^ =^ rv

«j aj <»

JO ^ ^

o3 ce e3

AO-n

^" ^ s •

■^« =

3 0 0

' o2

.C-JC^ICiCO C^l OiOO-^ t^ -"sfHO: --; CO CO — I -* O ^ to CD CD CO CO r-H

O C5 r-l o o o oooo o oo

oooo

oooo o o o

^^

C0G005l0CM"*Ot^ rrt i;^r^oOQOfo»o-* I .

I I

&H ..

d o

. CO !>- lO "^

r-H t^ CO CO O

,o O — ( O O

1— I r— I TtH as Oi

O t— I t-^ CO CO

poop p

b © b b b

^O 00 CO CM O) o^^ CO "7- p CM

'^ t^ lb b

CO —I

! I I

§•2

CO p-H 05 05 „ .-S CO CO OCOOtJi m flCOiO

bb-^cc^.^^ b

I I 1 r , ^, CO W OU

. CM t^ rH CM pH

'-; t-TiH CM CO O

^ p f^l p p p

i«^H rH b b b b

CO i-^ t^o

O G-^ t^C^

oooo

fH o o o

§8

oooo o

rH>005f0 05CO .-^Ttit^OCiOi .OOi . .C^O* COOCOCOOO'-c3-HiCit--u-Ol:^CO wC^lO w wOr— i w to cc w

^^ ^jo^oibbdb-^-^bbb'i^b'^'^bb-i'^'^-^

ce c3

^- t^ CO CZ) !>. r-\

O t^ CO — ' r-H O

krH p 7^ p p p

'^ -^ b b b b

Tt< Oi -rti lO CO O O 00 CO CO

o b b b b

00 r-H

O o

o o

CO »o CO CO 00

^"iO Oi '^(Z) 5 aJfTi-^GMr-Hpco ^iQO w" m «

^bcq-^b =3'^bb»bcb-^rli_jHbb'i'^

.cococOrHioio a3ooi>.

""'CMf-HOCO 5^100

* • . •

CO

s^ ^ ^

cS ee ee cS

o

74

. I +

:00

o o o o

o'^cSoflOoOQ

^ >-. - ^^ ^ *^ ^^O O O « r? O o ^

XI if

•-; 2 73 =

c5 >»

.>-5 ..s

CO a> Q

1^

o >- S

£ do

. rH ^ CD 00

--; .-I CC O O

^ -^ -^ O O

o^ -^ 6 b b

00 lO !>• O

Tf CC <>J O

O O O »p

b b b b

^

00 C5 r-< — I

O CC O (M

1 I

. (N CC —< CC t^ (N >0

"§ (N (Tl (N

•It o ^ So «*

^ i-H

M I I I I i

rfi ^ CC '^

Tt t^ CJ CO

CS tH p cp

G^ GO)

tr^ C<1 (N 00 C^

CC t^ CO CC CO

o o o p p

bbbb b

CI o

o o

CC >-H -H ■^ CO

o^ bt^coTj-b'i'^

.t-^COi— lOCiO-^OCO"^ "TtiptHp-^t-Opp- I

.^4t*K:>fobbbc-ib.

I -S

.lO-<tCClO CI lOCOC5T^<X)Tt<CO'-^

_^^_cc O CCCC^Ot^COCIO

O p O p -71 p p -71 p p p -^H p p

^ bbbb b bbbb b bbb

oc?CCCir^'*r^ .o^ ^ OOiOOCOOO MrtiCD >S •. v 2- JL ::. :- ^ • •

b -^ d C5 O O a CC

CI

. CC GO CI O O CO . I rH ip O) r-H ,-1 P CO

I b b b 00 CI b'§

I I I I— I M M m

<=> ce ce :e

-* O t- CO GO CC CC tJ^

O TtOCI-H CT) 00

p fNcipp p pp

bbbb b bbbb b bb

. t- CD C) 10 ^ GO ^ '^ CI

o t, ^ o —1

oco-^-^toic .lOcc-Ht-^coTjHr-. cir-ppcip ccppppc^ci—i r-'^'^bbb'Sb'^'^^b'-Hb

"I I I I 03 CC CC

c I I I I ^ ^ ^

o. ^ ^ cS

. 10 CO 05 CD CO »0 O CD CI CO CO »0

^Om — 05 O COCICOCI CC cccc

O oo^iOp p p — pp -7* "pp

S bbbb b bbbb b bb

OCC'-HdOiO'-cSCOt^Olr^OCiTt^GO

co-T-ppT-ip •ipoppipojpr-'

I I

N.IO. Phonolitic Trachyte. Loc. : Oakey Creek.

Per cent.

Quartz 7-26

Orthoclase ... 37-25

Albite 35-63

Anorthite ... 6*12

Diopside 1-89

Hypersthene ... 3-70 Magnetite ... 3*71

Ilmenite 1-98

Calcite 0-40

Water 1-00

k

g 3

GO

t^ i- .-; id A 1 -^53

II "^ «^

. 3 II

A

V

II ^

J' 'z

0 ^^ u, . 5

A CO &.

A to ij

u5[co § g

V 1 ^

& g ^ .2 K 1

0 a 0 ■ J. w)

N.ll.

Pulaskite Porphyry. Loc: Mt. Odin, Oakey Ck.

Per cent.

Quartz 8-46

Orthoclase ... 35-58

Albite 34-58

Anorthite ... 4-45 Corundum ... 1-63 Hypersthene .. 3*22 Magnetite ... 4-41

Ilmenite 2*89

Calcite ... ... 3-40

Water 1-16

00

k

s

3

02

A 1 ^ |t^ -

II 6a ^

A §|s^-

II ^

^^ 1

1

CO [uo .3

V 1 n

S g 5 -2

II 3

^ z S

N.55.

Hajmatite Trachyte.

Loc: Dripping Rock.

sOO00O'*iOO:0X)C0 a i^ ro r» o> oj --I i^ TjH r^ -p

^'— QOOO-Ih.^OU'SOO'^

J;-, cc CO

1—1 0 .— 1

t^l-" - A ^•

A

cof«5 .5^ A CO ^ / \ 60 ••

V 1 i

Quartz . . .

Orthoclase

Albite ...

Anorthite

Corundum

Hypersthene

Hiumatite

Ilmenite

Titanite ...

Water ...

A •'' '^ T

/\ g co,»o S

Ci t- 0

B \\ ;. ^

3 iri ^ '^

0

+ 0

0

N.59A.

Arfvedsonite Trachyte,

Loc: Mt. Deriah.

-S'*!M1-'^00005TJ4^COOO SQOC^CO-T-iCSOOipO^-H

i

A

'^ »:-„ cojio § §

A |£

0 1 CO ^ qj

V si

0 ^ s ^. / •§ i' w 5: ^ §

Quartz ... Orthoclase Albite ... Zircon ... Diopside Wollastonite Magnetite Htematite Ilmenite ... Water ...

00 'P ^ a li Ci C5

I— 1

1

0

+

'Z

1 to a

0

N.30.

Arfvedsonite Trachyte. Loc: Mt. Ningadhun.

Per cent.

Quartz 9-48

Orthoclase ... 36-14

Albite 44-02

Anorthite ... 2-50 Corundum ... 5-50

Zircon 0-18

Magnetite ... 2-32

Ilmenite 1-06

HoBmatite ... i-og Hypersthene ... 0-53 Water OAn

> 1

i

s

3 02

>

II J <^g'H

li a^ II ^

/ 1

+

J2;

— ' 0

CO

/

10 \

»o

0

^ Is

|co ^ oj

1 1 e3

^£ E

e3 3 03

iz; «2 ^

a

x>

c3

Vn

bO

.^

O

1^

fi-Hl

g •«i^ O CO p OS !>1 '^ (N O t-

"t- W3 00 COO b b cN b ' r- K eo I— 1 1— I f— i i-H I 05

A -S"

• OJ • • • fl •

• w • a> oj • • s •

CS ."t^ ."S O) CD E3

N -3 .. ^, ^ .-S .-^ ^ ^

BiilliliN

CO jiO

A ^

O'jf^

A

V

P5

p^

U^llZi

Q

»o

-2

t>.

"—I

Ol

r^

^

5 1

ICDCCt^-— lOlOTfOCi ;t^p— OJpoOiiTCCO'TH

' (N — CI lO « fC >'o fC r— I

-' j3 •- o ^ & tc 2

5-£;2 fl

t^^ce a

»0 iM

A V '^

V M

\/ ^

<M b

II

A V

II ^

+ o ob

P4

A ^•

s

to

■S<NOTt<OCZDOOiCiMO

§(N05co»pa30ia)C50-^

S-l "

o B^

^ o

a ."t^ ."t^ is a> •"-- O <3 <J ;j S O K KH S ^

c5^

(D . . 03

c.t^ 53

O <J <5 Q W O S h^ O ^

CO |LO C3

II

I*- CD

V ;§

II

A

lOJCO

v

II ^^'

o

a

<Nl(Na2 -g ;

2 ;

550 ;

go

5^ T! O o .

s- ^ CC 1-1 I— I

CO

;2§

. c ...

S S fl c .t^ g a Q. fcj3 (p o -is

A V

CO — I ^

bU*-0 o lc<i II

V %

11

CC |>o

A

irj ICC

V

GO It^CC

II to

O

^

--It-

A

CC Jo

V

(N ICO

Oi l:o

II O

0)

^ S

Hi

O bD

bS.S t-> o

uc |cc

A

U5 /CC

A

V

V

o>o -< <5 O W M H S ^

Hlt^,

V ,

02 If^

l:o II

o

cc|io S

A CO ..

/ \ bD m

V I «

bD 2

by h. i. jensen. 907

Discussion of the Analyses.

The chemical examination of tlie Nandewar rocks was con- ducted in the Chemical Department, Sydne}^ University, and I am indebted to Professor Liversidge and Mr. Schofield for having placed apparatus at my disposal.

The alkaline rocks analysed all belong to the intermediate group. Yet there are both acidic and basic alkaline rocks in the district which were not analysed, having been satisfactorily determined microscopically.

Three of the rocks analysed, namely, dolerite from Dingo Creek (N.17), lamprophyre. Dingo Creek (N.18), and perlitic pitchstone, Boggabri (N.62), exhibit no definite relationship with the alkaline series.

The lamprophyric rock probably has a monchiquitic base. Felspar is very rare; most of the AlgOg exists in the spinel (pleonaste). The alkali not having sufficient AlgOg to form felspar, has gone to form analcite. This rock might indeed be best regarded as the result of a kind of magmatic mixture in which an alkaline magma has burst through a very basic mass, and carried along in it fragments of peridotite (xenoliths) and xenocrysts of spinel and hypersthene. The occurrence is strictly analogous to that which has been described by Mr. C. Siissmilch, F.G.S., for the Bombo Quarries near Kiama.*'

In both instances, too, we have an alkaline rock (at Kiama, an orthoclase basaltf) carrying these basic xenoliths. Mr. C. Siissmilch has kindly shown me his specimens, and the resem- blance to mine is very striking. A similar occurrence has been described at the Pennant Hills Quarry. J

The chemical analysis of the Boggabri pitchstone gives no clue as to whether this rock is of the same age as the trachytes or not, a matter for which I had insufficient field-evidence to decide.

* "On the Occurrence of Inclusions of Basic Plutonic Rocks in a Dyke near Kiama." Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.Wales, Vol.xxxix.

+ "Geology of the Kiama-.Tamberoo Districts." Rec. Geol. Surv. N. . Wales, Vol.viii.

+ Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1893.

908 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS.

All the other analyses are of alkaline rocks. The trachytes from Ningadhun {N.30), Deriah Mountain (N.59), and Dripping Rock (N.55) are very similar in chemical composition, and are also closely allied to the arfvedsonite trachytes of the Warrum- bungles, to my analyses of which attention is directed. They all lie on the borderlines between the subrangs of Phlegrose, Nord- markose, and pulaskose of the quantitative classification.

The dark sill rocks N.ll (Pulaskite Porphyry), N.IO (Phonolitic Trachyte), and JSr.l2 (Labradorite Porphyry) are of considerable interest. The specimens analysed containing no ealcite, theCOg present is contained in the secondary minerals pseudomorphic after nepheline, namely hydronephelite, liebnerite and geisekite. The Pulaskite Porphyry is in handspecimen almost as dark as a basalt (dark green), and would not be judged to be of very nearly the same composition as the light-coloured trachytes. Micro- scopic examination, however, reveals that the felspar is essentially anorthoclase and microcline microperthite, and that ferromag- nesian minerals are not abundant. The chemical analysis makes the position of the rock still more certain, and the norm fixes its magmatic name as phlegrose, the same as the arfvedsonite trachytes.

The analysis of N.15 shows that this rock chemically as well as structurally is akerite.

The altered nepheline phonolite, N.4:9, was analysed because it contained the same doubtful minerals as the corundum-basalt from Billy King's Creek (W.40) in the Warrumbungle Mountains. The analysis suggests that their determination as corundum and laavenite is correct. In the quantitative system this rock has the magmatic name monzonose, and contains quartz in the norm, which differs in a remarkable way from the mode.

Determination q/PoOg. — This constituent was not determined in any of the rocks analysed from the Warrumbungle and Nan- dewar Mountains, as it was found that utterly unreliable results were obtained. The amount of P-Og in all these rocks would be very small, in those where apatite is most abundant, such as the dolerite (N.17) and the akerite (N.15) reaching a maximum

N-"

BY H. I. JENSEN. 909

of perhaps 0*50 %, whilst in the trachytes it would be practically absent. By taking 0*0025 gram of microcosmic salt containing about 0-0005 gram of PoO,-, precipitating in the usual way with ammonium molybdate, redissolving the precipitate and precipi- tating as magnesium phosphate, a precipitate weighing 0 0050 gram was obtained, equivalent to 0-0030 gram of VoO-.

This I attribute to the following cause, viz., the ammoniacal solution containing the magnesium phosphate in standing 24 hours takes up the carbon dioxide from the air and silica from the glass vessel, with the result that one weighs basic magnesium silicate and carbonate with the phosphate. Error from this cause can only be avoided by letting the solution stand in a platinum vessel in a carbon-dioxide-free atmosphere.

It was also noticed that, in following Washington's method of decomposing the rock with nitric and hydrofluoric acid, in the part used for determining PgOg, no precipitate was obtained with P2O5 without warming, although the rocks might contain apatite equivalent to between 005 and 0-25 % of PoO-; further, on warming, too much molybdate precipitate is generally obtained. These irregularities are jwohahly due to the presence of traces of HF, which hinder the formation of the phosphomolybdate; and, on warming, to the formation of a certain amount of silico- molybdate; but the matter needs looking into.

In the face of these difficulties and as P0O5 was an unimpoi tant constituent in the rocks which I was examining, I did not consider it worth my while to devise a method for overcoming the difficulties. It is very possible that inexperienced analysts often follow the text-book methods without enquiring into their accuracy; and, not observing the many precautions necessary, get high results for PoO -. The amount of this constituent given in many analyses of trachyte, phonolite and granite seems absurdly high. The smaller the actual quantity of PoOg in a rock, the more exaggerated the error becomes.

As accuracy in rock-analysis is daily becoming more important, it would be well if some chemist could take up the matter of devising a good laboratory method for determining P2O5.

910

THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

The Differentiation of the Nandewar Rocks.

A glance at the analyses will serve to show that in the alkaline rocks there is a gradation both mineralogically and chemically. If any one of them can be considered to represent the parent- magma, it must be the pulaskite porphyry, N.ll.

Trachyte N. 30.

Labradorite

Mean of N.30

Pulaskite

Ningadhun.

Porphyry, N. 12.

and N. 12.

Porphyry, N.ll

SiO^

64-63

51-30

57-97

58-90

Al,03 ...

16-55

1613

16-34

16-48

Fe oxides..

4-09

9-93

7 01

6-33

MgO ...

016

2-58

1-37

0-78

CaO

0-46

697

3-71

2-78

Na^O ...

5-23

4-00

4-61

4 09

K,0

611

207

4-09

6-05

TiO.2

0-58

2-78

1-68

1-47

The phonolites (represented by N.IO, analysed) have almost the same composition as the pulaskite-porphyry. The akerite is a special differentiation-product, the complementary type of which I have not met with. It is nevertheless not far removed from the mean of N.30 (trachyte) and N.12 (labradorite porphyry) given in the above table. In fact it will be easily observed that if that mean be regarded as the composition of the parent-magma (Haupt-magma) the akerite and pulaskite porphyry are comple- mentary forms on either side of it.

Akerite.

Pulaskite Porph.

Mean.

Haupt-Magma.

SiO, ...

56-63

58-90

57-76

57-97

Al.,03 ...

17-71

16-48

17-09

16-34

Fe oxides..

10-25

6-33

8-29

7-06

MgO ..

1-47

0-78

1-12

1-37

CaO

4-06

2-78

3-41

3-73

Na^O ..

5-11

4-09

4-60

4-61

K^O ...

3-65

6-05

4-85

4-09

TiO.2 ..

2-00

1-47

1-73

1-68

The pulaskite-porphja'y is also interesting as being in chemical composition very near to the trachy-andesites (monzonose) of the

BY H. I. jensp:n.

911

Warrumbungle Mountains, to grey laurvikite from Laurvik (Norway), to uraptekite, Red Hill (New Hampshire), and to rhombenporpliyr, as the following table shows.

Monzonose, W. 1,

Pulaskite

Porphyry,

N.ll.

Laurvikite,

Umptekite,

Rhomben- porphyr, Norway.

Warrumb angles.

Laurvik.

Red Hill.

SiOa ... 58-95

58-90

58-88

5901

58-54

Al^Og ... 17-80

16-48

20-30

18-18

17-28

Fe oxides... 7-46

6-33

6-22

5-28

8-61

MgO ... 0-57

0-78

0-79

105

1-81

CaO ... 2-49

2-78

3-03

2-40

3-04

Na^O ... 4-51

4-09

5-73

7 03

7-18

K,0 ... 6-39

605

4-50

5-34

3-24

TiO, ... 0-76

1-47

det.witliAlaOg

0-81

—

The rock under discussion differs from laurvikite in containing less lime and alumina; it contains relatively less alkali than umptekite, and less silica than typical pulaskite. It is best con- sidered to be a basic facies of pulaskite. What is particularly striking is that it appears that the piarent-magma of the Nandeivar alkaline rocks is the same as that of the Warrumbungle rocks.

The Quantitative Classification of Igneous Rocks.

Of late years there has been a good deal of discussion as to the merits of the quantitative classification and magmatic nomen- clature devised by Iddings, Washington, Pirsson and Cross. A few remarks on this subject will not be out of place here.

The quantitative system has done excellent work in waking up petrologists to the value of rock-analysis. Analyses of rock-types and of rocks difficult to classify are essential both for correct identification and for arriving at conclusions regarding magmatic differentiation. Further, for pui poses of comparison, the calcula- tion of the norm is invaluable. Take, for instance, the anal3'ses of N.30 and N.ll in Table i. The microscope revealed affinities between these rocks, sufficiently to enable one to say that both belong to the alkaline group. The analysis brings their affinity into more marked prominence. But it is only when we compare 75

912 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS,

their calculated norms that we see how closely allied they are. The calculation of the norm in terms of standard minerals is a great boon for purposes of comparison, and having the analysis we can also calculate it in terms of other mineral-combinations, and thereby ascertain what other rock-species might arise from the same magma.

As for the classification based on the norms, it must be said that it is no better than previous classifications. Whether we call a certain rock syenite-porphyry, phlegrose, or nordmarkite, we must first know the chemical and mineralogical composition corresponding to these names; and the Rosenbusch and Brogger names have the advantage over the magmatic names that they define the mineralogical composition much more accurately, and give us some idea of texture, fabric and facies as well.

As Professor Marshall^ of Dunedin and many others have shown, the quantitative system brings together, under a common name, rocks which are widely different, and separates closely allied ones.

This is strikingly exemplified in my studies on the petrology of the Warrumbn.ngle and Nandewar Mountains. Thus the labradorite porphyry (N.12) is seen from field-evidence and microscopic examination to be a differentiation-product of a pulaskite magma. There are many analogies in the mode of occurrence and the composition and structure of the groundmass to bind it to the alkaline series. Yet the fact that it is chemi- cally poorer in alkali and richer in lime and magnesia than the other members of the series removes it so far as to place it in the subrang "andose," whereby its alkaline affinities are completely obscured.

Now N.15, a quartz-monzonite or akerite, an olivine-free rock, of light grey colour and even grain-size, has the same magmatic name as the orthoclase-sodalite-basalt, W.67, from, the Warrum- bungle Mountains (p. 607), although the last-mentioned is a black,

* "Geology of Dunedin." Q.J.G.S. Yol.lxii.

BY 11. I. JENSEN. 913

basaltic, uneven-grained rock, containing olivine and titaniferous augite. Truly both these rocks are alkaline, but their facies, mode of occurrence, constitution, and origin are all so different that the system of classification which brings them together is most unnatural. The one type, N.15, is a hypabyssal rock derived by magmatic differentiation from an alkaline magma; the other is a volcanic rock which originated by magmatic mixing.

A system of rock-classification cannot be both chemical and mineralogicftl, and an attempt to create such a system must be futile. To separate the lime combined with alumina from that of diopside, calcite, and apatite in estimating the rang is also unnatural.

Personally, I favour adherence to the old nomenclature, but believe as well in having as many analyses as time will permit. To determine the norm is also highly desirable. A chemical analysis is almost as quickly made as Rosiwal measurements, and is much more reliable than calculating the norm from the mode.

Further, Rosiwal measurements are sheer waste of time unless the rock to be studied is medium,- or coarse-grained, and of fairly even grain-size; in addition, its minerals should be of definite and known composition (as in granite and gabbro).

Volcanic Sequence. — As already stated the sequence observed in the Nandewar Mountains was —

(1) Injection of basic laccolites and sills as N.17; after which prolonged denudation.

(2) Eruption of arfvedsonite trachytes (N.30, N.59, N.55, etc.) and their tuffs.

(3) Earth-movements and intrusion of sills of pulaskite and nordmarkite porphyry, accompanied by eruptions of phonolite (N.ll, N.IO, N.49).

(4) Eruptions of andesite followed, and the sills of labradorite porphyry being of andesitic composition probably belong to this phase of activity (N.12).

(5) Flows of alkaline basalt, followed by normal basalt.

914 THE GEOLOGY OP THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xlvi. Geological Sketch Map of the Nandewar Mountains, and the country between the Nandewars and New England. Plate xlvii. Geological Sketch Map of the Nandewar Mountains only. Scale approxi- mately 4 miles to the inch.

Plate xlviii. Fig.l. — View of Ningadhun and Yullundunida from the Bullawa Creek

Valley. Fig.2. — View of the same from a point higher up in the hills. Sandstone formation in the foreground.

Plate xlix. Fig.l. — View of the Lindesay Group from Bullawa Creek, five miles from

the mountains. Fig.2.— Scabby Rock, Pilliga Scrub.

Plate 1.

Microphotographs of Nandewar Kocks ( x 14, except fig.6 of Plate 1.,

and fig. 3 of Plate li.).

Fig.l. — Perlitic Pitchstone; Boggabri (N.62)j nicols uncrossed.

Fig.2. —Dolerite; Dingo Creek (N. 17); nicols uncrossed: the extinguished

crystal is augite; the gmaller bright crystal near it olivine. Fig.3. — Solvsbergite, Bullawa Creek (N.8), showing microperthitic felspar

phenocrysts; nicols uncrossed. Fig.4. — Pulaskite Porphyry; Oakey Creek (N. 11); showing phenocryst of

microcline microperthite near extinction, with zone of orthoclase. Fig.5. — Bostonite ; Dingo Creek (N.51); nicols crossed. Note peculiar

cruciform twin. Fig.6. — Akerite; Oakey Creek (N.15); nicols uncrossed. Note ojgirine augite phenocryst ( x 21).

Plate li. Fig.l. — Labradorite Porphyry (N. 12); nicols crossed. Fig.2. — Arfvedsonite-iEgirine Trachyte (N.59); nicols uncrossed. Fig.3. — Monzonose (phonolitic) (N.49); nicolls uncrossed ( x21). Fig.4. — Andesite with Labradorite phenocrysts (N.o3); near Deriah; nicols

uncrossed. Fig.5. — Phenocryst of Labradorite in alkaline basalt (N.23); nicols crossed. Fig.6. — Akerite (N.15); nicols crossed.

Plate lii. Figs.la-&. — Handspecimen of Monchiquitic Lamprophyre. Fig.2. — Handspecimen of Labradorite Porphyry.

(The figures of this Plate from photos by H. Gooch).

915

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Received during the period November 29th, 1906, to November 27th, 1907.

(From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherivise mentio/ied. )

Adelaide.

Department of Mines, South Australia —

Review of Mining Operations in the State of South Australia during the Year ended June 30th, 1907(1907). Minister Controlling Northern Territory —

Official Contributions to the Palaeontology of South Australia (Nos. 17-22), by R. Etheridge, Junr.; and Record of Northern Territory Boring Operations, by H. Y. L. Brown, Government Geologist [Supplement to Parliamentary Paper No.55 of 1906](1907). Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia— Report of the Board of Governors for 1905-06(1906). Royal Society of South Australia —

Index to the Transactions, Proceedings and Reports, Vols.i.-

xxiv., 1877-1900(1907). Transactions and Proceedings. xxx.(1906). Woods and Forests Department —

Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration in South Australia for the Years 1905-6 and 1906-07 (1906-07). By W. Gill, F.L.S., etc.. Conservator of Forests.

Amsterdam.

Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen — Jaarboek, 1904, 1905(1905-06).

Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, viii. (1905-06). Verhandelingen. 2'^«Sectie. xii. 3-4(1905). Verslag van de Gewone Vergaderingen. xiv.( 1905-06). 76

916 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Antwerp.

SOCIETE ROYALE DE GeOGRAPHIE d'AnVERS

Bulletin. xxx.(1906).

Auckland.

Auckland Institute and Museum — Annual Reports. 1906-07(1907).

Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, xxxix.(1907).

Baltimore.

Johns Hopkins University —

Hospital Bulletin. xvii.l88-189(1906); xviii.l90-198(1907).

University Circulars, 1906, 3-5, 7, 9(1906). Maryland Geological Survey —

Publications: Pliocene and Pleistocene. (One vol., 1906),

Basel.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Basel —

Verhandlungen. xviii. 3(1906); xix. 1-2(1907).

Berkeley, Cal.

University of California —

Publications. Botany. ii. 12(1906) — Entomology, i. 1-2 (1906)— Geology. Bulletin, iv. 14-19, T.p. &c.; v. 1-5 (1906)— Physiology, iii. 7 (1905)— Zoology, iii. 2-8(1906); iii. 12, pp. 253-298(1907). College of Agriculture : Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletins, 162-171(1905-06).

Berlin.

Archiv f. Naturgeschichte. 1900(lvi.Jahrg.)ii. 1,3(1906); 1901(lvii.Jahrg.)ii.l, 3(1907); 1902(lviii. Jahrg.) ii.2,^, 2 Lief., 3(1906-07); 1906(lxxii.Jahrg.)i.3(1906), ii.2,i(1907); 1907(lxxiii..Jahrg.)i. 1-2(1907). Deutsche Entomologische Gesellschaft zu Berlin — Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift. xx.3-xxiv. 1-3(1876- 80), 1881-1907, 1-5, with seven Catalogues or Separates, and three Indexes. Entomologischer Verein zu Berlin —

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. li.2-4; 111.1(1907).

donations and exchanges. 917

Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde zu Berlin — Zeitschrift. 1906,8-10; 1907,1-7.

Berne.

Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Bern —

Mitteilungen caus dem Jahre 1905(Nr.l591-1608); 190G(Nr. 1609-1628). Societe Hklvetique des Sciences Naturelles —

Actes, 89°^« Session, 1906(1907).

Oompte Rendu, 87^"«, 88'^-^ 89"^° Sessions, 1904-06(1905-06).

Birmingham.

Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society —

Proceedings, xii. 1-2(1 907).

Bonn.

Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn — Yerhandlungen. lxii.2, lxiii.l-2(1906-07) Sitzungsberichte der Niederrheinischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur-undHeilkundezuBonn. 1905,2;1906,l-2(1906-07).

Boston.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences —

Proceedings, xli.35,T.p.&c.; xlii.6-28(1906-07). American Naturalist, xl. 479-480 (Nov. -Dec, 1906); xli.481-

489(Jan.-Sept.,1907). From the Publishers. Boston Society of Natural History —

Proceedings. xxxii.3-12,T.p.&c.; xxxiii. 1-2(1905-06).

Bremen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein — Abhandlungen. xix.l(1907).

Brisbane.

Colonial Botanist's Department —

Twelve Separates : " Contributions to the Flora of Queens- land "(Queensland AgriculturalJournal, Vol. xvi. Parts 7-9; xvii. Parts 1-3, 5-6; xviii.2-3, 6; xix.3,1906-07)— " The Weeds and Suspected Poison Plants of Queensland, illus- trated." By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., Colonial Botanist(8vo. 1906).

918 donations and exchanges.

Department op Agriculture —

Annual Report for the Year 1906-07(1907). Queensland Agricultural Journal, xvii.6; xviii.1-6; xix.1-5 (1906-07). Geological Survey of Queensland —

Publications. Nos.201, 203, 205, 207-212(1906-07). Royal Geographical Society of Australasia (Queensland Branch) — Queensland Geographical Journal. xxi.-xxii.( 1906-07).

Queensland Museum — Annals, No.7(June,1907).

Brooklyn, U.S.A.

Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences — Cold Spring Harbour Monographs. Xo.vi.(1906). Science Bulletin, i.4, 9-10(1904-07).

Brussells.

Academie Royale de Belgique — Aunuaire. 1907. Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences. 1906, 5-12; 1907, 1-5.

Societe Belge de Microscopie — Annales. xxvii.2; xxviii. 1(1906-07).

Societe Entomologique de Belgique — Annales. 1.(1906). Memoires. xii., xiv.(1906).

Societe Royale Botanique de Belgique —

Bulletin, xlii.3, 1904-05^1906); xliii.1906^1907).

Societes Royales Linneenne et de Flore de Bruxelles — "La Tribune Horticole." i. 17-27,T.p.(tc.;ii.l-10,12-41(1906- 07).

Budapestt

Museum Nationale Hungaricum —

Annales Historico-naturales. iv.2; v. 1(1 906-07).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 919

Buenos Aires.

MusEo Nacional de Buenos Aires — Anales. Serie iii. Tome vi., viii. (1906).

Buffalo.

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences — Bulletin. viii.4(1906).

Caen.

Societe Linneenne de Normandie — Bulletin (5),ix.,Annee 1905(1906). Memoires. xxii.l904-07(1907).

Calcutta.

Geological Survey of India —

Palaeontologia Indica. Series xv., Vol. v., Memoir 2(1907);

New Series, Vol.ii., Memoir 3(1906). Records, xxxiv.2-4; xxxv. (1906-07). Indian Museum —

Account of the Alcyonarians collected by R.I.M.S.S. "In- vestigator" in the Indian Ocean. By J. A. Thomson and W, D. Henderson. Part i. The Alcyonarians of the Deep Sea(4to.,1906). Annual Report, 1905-06(1907).

Cambridge, England.

Cambridge Philosophical Society — Proceedings, xiii.6; xiv. 1-2(1906-07). Transactions, xx. 11-1 2(1 907).

Cambridge, Mass.

Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College — Annual Report of the Curator for 1905-06(1906). Bulletin, xliii.5; xlix.(Geol. Ser. viii.)4; 1.4-9,T.p.itc.; li.1-4 (1906-07).

Cape Town.

Department of Agriculture, Cape of Good Hope —

Geological Commission: Tenth Annual Report, 1905^^1906); Eleventh Annual Report, 1906(1907).

920 donations and exchanges.

Department of Agriculture, Cape op Good Hope —

Marine Investigations in South Africa. Vol.iii.(1905); Vol. iv. pp. 143-171, 173-192(1906). From the Government Biologist. South African Museum — Annals, iv.7; v.4(1906).

Report for Year ending 31st December, 1906;i907). South African Philosophical Society —

Transactions, xiii. pp.289-546; xvi.4-5; xvii. 1(1906-07).

Chicago.

Field Museum op Natural History — Botanical Series. ii.4-5(1907). Geological Series. ii.8-9j iii 3-5(1906-07). Report Series, iii. 1(1 907).

Christchurch, N-Z.

Canterbury Museum — Records. i.l(April, 1907).

Christiania.

Videnskabs Selskabet I Christiania — Forhandlinger. Aar 1906(1907)). Skrifter. i.Matli.-Naturvid.Klasse. 1906(1906).

Cincinnati, Ohio. Lloyd Library —

Mycological Notes. Nos.20-23(1905-06). Pamphlet : " Phalloids of Australasia." By C. G. Lloyd. (July, 1907).

Colombo, Ceylon- Colombo Museum —

Spolia Zeylanica. iv.l4-16,T.p.&c.(1906-07).

Columbus, Ohio.

Biological Club of the Ohio State University — Ohio Naturalist. vii.l-8(1906-07).

Journal of Mycology, xii.86; xiii.87-91(1906-07). From the Editor, Dr. W. A. Kellerman.

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 921

Colorado Springs, U.S.A. Colorado College —

Studies. Science Series. Nos. 47-50(1 906-07); Engineering Series. i.l-2(1906).

Copenhagen.

AcademieRoyale DEs Sciences etdesLettres deDanemark —

Bulletin. 1906,4-6(1906); 1907,1-2(1907). Naturhistoriske Forening I Kjobenhavn —

Videnskabelige Meddelelser for Aaret 1906(1906).

Dublin.

Royal Dublin Society —

Economic Proceedings. i.8-9( 1906-07).

Scientific Proceedings. New Series, xi. 10-1 5(1906-07).

Scientific Transactions. Second Series, ix. 4-5(1 907). Royal Irish Academy —

Proceedings, xxvi. Section B. Nos.6-9(1906-07).

Transactions, xxxiii. Section B. T.p.&c.

Edinburgh.

Royal Physical Society —

Proceedings. xvi.7-8,T.p.(fec.; xvii. 2-3(1907) Royal Society op Edinburgh —

Proceedings, xxvi. 5-6; xxvii.l-4(1906-07).

Transactions. xli.:3; xlv. 1(1906). Scottish Microscopical Society —

Proceedings, iv.2-3, 1904-06(1906).

Florence.

Societa Entomologica Italiana — Bullettino. xxxviii. 1-2(1 906).

Frankfurt am Main.

Senckenbergische Naturporschende Gesellschaft

Abhandlungen. xxix.2(1907). Bericht, 1906(1906).

922 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Freiburg i. Br.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. Br. — Berichte, xvi.(1906).

Geelong.

Geelong Field Naturalists' Club —

''Geelong Naturalist." Second Series, iii.l-3(1906-07).

Genoa-

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova — Annali. Serie 3% Yol.ii.(1905).

Goteborg.

Goteborg Stadsbibliotek —

Pamphlet : " Kvade och Tal vid K. Vetenskaps- och Vitter- hets-Samhallets, Goteborgs Hogskolas och Goteborgs Lakaresallskaps Gemensamma Fest till Linnes Minne den 23 Maj 1907(1907).

Grahamstown South Africa- Albany Museum —

Records, ii. 1(1907).

Granville, Ohio-

Denison University —

Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories. xiii.3(1906).

Haarlem.

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences —

Archives Neerlandaises. Serie ii. 1-2, 4-5; xii. 1-4(1906 07). Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. S^Verzameling. vi.2(1906). Programma 1905, 1906(1906).

Hague.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging —

Entomologische Beiichten. Deel ii. Nos.31-36(1906-07). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. xlix.4; 1.1(1906-07).

Halifax

Nova Scotian Institute of Science — Proceedings and Transactions, xi. 2(1 906).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 923

Hamburg. Naturhistorischks Museum in Hamburg —

Mitteilungeii. xxiii., 1905(1906). Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein —

Abhandlungen. xix.l-2(1906-07).

Vei'handlungeii. iii. Folge. xiv.(1907).

Helsingfors.

Societas pro Flora et Fauna Fennica — Acta. xxvii.-xxviii.( 1905-06). Medclelanden. xxxi.-xxxii.( 190-4-06). Societas Scientiarum Fennica — Acta. xxxii.(1906). Bidrag till Kannedom, 63(1905).

Observations Meteorologiques publiees par I'lnstitut Meteo- rologique Central de la Societe des Sciences de Finlande, 1895-96(1906): Etat des Glaces et des Neiges en Finlande pendant THiver 1895-96(1907). Oefversigt. xlvii., 1904-05(1905).

Hobart.

Department of Mines —

Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania for the

Quarters ending 30th September and 31st December, 1906;

31st March and 30th June, 1907. Reports of Secretary for Mines for Years ending December

3lst, 1905, and December 31st, 1906(1906-07). Reports by W. H. Twelvetrees, Government Geologist, on

Cox's Bight Tin-Field(1906); On the Renison Bell Tin-

Field(1906); On Gold at Port Cygnet and Wheatley's

Bay, Huon River(1907).

Honolulu, T.H.

Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum —

Occasional Papers. ii.5jT.p.&c.; iii. 1(1907). Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association —

Report of Work of the Experiment Station. Division of Pathology and Physiology. Bulletin Nos. 4-5(1906). From the Author, Dr. N. A, Cobb.

924 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Indianopolis, Ind.

Indiana Academy of Science — Proceedings, 1905(1906). Jena.

Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft — Jenaische Zeitschrift. x]ii.l-3,T.p.&c.; xliii.l(1906-07). Kiew.

Societe des Naturalistes de Kiew — Memoires. xx.2(1906).

Lansing, Mich.

Michigan Academy of Science — Bulletin. iii.2(1906).

La Plata.

Museo de La Plata —

Anales. Seccion Botanica, No.i.(1902); Seccion Palagntologica.

v.(1903); Revista. xi.(190-i).

Launceston, Tas.

Tasmanian Field Naturalists' Club —

''The Tasmanian Naturalist." i.2(September, 1907).

Leipzic

Zoologischer Anzeiger. XXX. 24-26 ; xxxi.1-26 ; xxxii.1-8 (October, 1906-October, 1907). From the Editor.

Liege.

Societe Geologique de Belgique —

Annales. xxx.3; xxxiii.3; xxxiv. 1(1906-07). S©ciete Royale des Sciences de Liege — Memoires. 3^^ Serie. vi.(1906).

London.

Board of Agriculture and Fisheries —

Journal of the Board of Agriculture, xi v. 1-7(1907). British Museum (Natural History) —

Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Yol.vi. The Family Poritidce. ii. The Genus Porites. Part ii. The Porites of the Atlantic and West Indies, with the European Fossil Forms. Also the Genus Goniopora. By H. M. Bernard, M.A.(1906).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 925

British Museum (Natural History) (co7itinued) —

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalseiice in the British

Museum. Vol.vi. Text and Plates (1906). By Sir G. F.

Hampson, Bart. Special Guides. Nos.l-2(1905-06). Synonymic Catalogue of Ortlioptera. By W. F. Kirby.

Vol. ii. Orthoptera Saltatoria. Part i. {Achetidce et Phas-

gonur{dce)[l906].

Entomological Society —

Transactions. 1905,1; 1906,3-5; 1907,1-2(1905-07). Geological Society —

Geological Literature added to the Society's Library during the Year ended December 31st, 1906(1907).

List of the Society. November, 1906.

Quarterly Journal, lxii.4; lxiii.l-3(1906-07).

Linnean Society —

Journal. Botany, xxxvii. 261-262, T. p. tkc. ; xxxviii. 263 —

Zoology. xxx.l95(1906-07). List of the Society. 1906-07.

Proceedings. 118th Session (November, 1905-June, 1906). Transactions. Second Series. Botany, vii.4-5 — Zoology, ix.

11; x.6-7(1906-07).

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew —

Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information. 1906. Hooker's Icones Plantarum. (4), ix. 1(1906). From the Benthain Trustees.

Royal Microscopical Society —

Journal. 1906,5-6; 1907,1-5(1906-07). Royal Society —

Philosophical Transactions. Series A.ccvi.Nos.A.410-412; ccvii.Nos.A.413-414(1906-07): Series B. cxcviii. No.B.250; cxcix. Nos. 251-253(1906-07). Proceedings. Series A. Ixxviii. Nos.A.524-526; lxxix.527- 534(1 906-07)[Mathematical, &c., Sciences].

926 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Royal Society (continued) —

Proceedings. Series B. Ixxviii. Nos.B. 526-527; Ixxix. Nos. B.528-534(1906-07)[Biological Sciences].

Reports of the Commission appointed by the Admiralty, the War Office, and the Civil Government of Malta, for the Investigation of Mediterranean Fever, under the Super- vision of an Advisory Committee of the Royal Society. Parts v.-vii.(1907).

Year Book of the Royal Society, 1907(1907). Zoological Society —

Abstract of Proceedings. Nos.35-40, 42-47(November, 1906- June, 1907).

Proceedings. 1905, ii.2; 1906; 1907, pp.l-746(1906-07).

Transactions, xvi.8; xvii.1-2, 5-6,T.p.ifec.; xviii. 1(1903-07). Lyons.

SOCIETE BOTANIQUE DE LyON —

Annales. xxx.(1905).

Madras.

Government Museum — Bulletin. v.2(1906).

Magdeburg.

Museum f. Natur- und Heimatkunde zu Magdeburg — Abhandlungen und Berichte, i. 2-3(1 906). Manchester.

CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GrEAT BrITAIN AND IRELAND —

Journal of Conchology. xii. 1-4(1907). Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society —

Memoirs and Proceedings. 11.1-3(1905-06). Manchester Museum, Owens College —

Publications. Nos.34, 49, 58(1901-06).

Manila, P.I.

Department of the Interior : Bureau of Government

Laboratories — Publications. Nos.6, 10-12(1904). Fourth Annual Report of the Superintendent for the Year

ending August 31st, 1905(1906).

donations and exchanges. 927

Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine Islands —

Fifth Annual Report of the Director for year ending August 1st, 1906(1906).

Philippine Journal of Science. i.9-10,T.p.&c., and Supple- ment v.T.p.ctc.(1906) — contmned as A. (General Science). ii. 1-4 (1907).— B. (Medical Sciences), ii. 1-4 (1907).— G. (Botany). ii.l-4(1907).

Marseilles.

MusEE d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille — Annales. ix,2; x.(1904-07).

Melbourne.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy —

Vol. xxi.252; xxii. 253-263(Dec., 1906-Nov., 1907). From the Publisher .

Australasian Ornithologists' Union —

"The Emu." vi.3-4; vii.l-2(1907). _

Department of Agriculture of Victoria —

Journal. iv.l2,T.p.i^c.; v.1-1 1(1906-07).

"The Rusts of Australia." By D. McAlpine, Government Vegetable Pathologist(1906). Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria —

Victorian Naturalist, xxiii.8-12; xxiv. 1-7(1 906-07). Public Library, Museums, &c., of Victoria —

Report of the Trustees for 1906(1907). Royal Society of Victoria —

Proceedings. New Series, xix.2; xx. 1(1907). University of Melbourne —

Calendar. 1907(1906). Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria —

Forty-third Annual Report, 1906(1907).

Mexico-

Instituto Geologico de Mexico — Boletin. Num.22-24(1906).

928 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Modena-

La Xuova iS'oTARisiA — From the Editor^ Dr. G. B. De Toni. Serie xviii. Gemiaio, Aprile, Luglio, 1907. Sj^Uoge Algaium. Vol.v. Myxophycej«(1907). From Dr. G. B. De Toni.

Monaco.

MUSEE OCEANOGRAPHIQUE DE MoNACO

Bulletin. Nos.83-S7,T.p.&c., 88-104(1906-07).

One Separate : '• Metereological Researches in the High

Atmosphere. By H.S.H. the Prince of ]\Ionaco"(Scott.

Geog. Mag. March, 1907).

Montevideo.

MUSEO NaCIONAL DE MONTEVIDEO —

Anales. Vol. vi. pp.1-84, 85-128(1906-07).

Montreal.

Royal Society of Canada —

Proceedings and Transactions. Second Series. xii.Part 1 (1906).

Munich.

KoNiGLicHE Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften

Abhandlungen der Math.-physikal.Classe. xxiii.l(1906). Sitzungsberichte der ]Math.-physikal.Classe. 1906, 2-3, T. p.. kc; 1907,1-2(1906-07).

Nantes.

Societe des Sciences Naturelles de l'Ouest de la France. Bulletin. 2^Serie. vi. 1-4(1 906).

Naples.

ZooLOGiscHE Station zu Neapel — Mittheilungen. xviii.l-3(1906-07).

New York.

American Geographical Society —

Bulletin, xxxviii.10-12, T.p.<fec.; xxxix. 1-9(1906-07). American Museum of Natural History —

Annual Report for the Year 1906(1907).

Bulletin. xxii.(1906).

i

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 929

New YoiiK Academy of Sciences — Annals. xvii.l(1906).

Ottawa.

Geological Survey of Canada —

Annual Report. KS. xv.l902-03,with Pocketof Maps(i906). Palteozoic Fossils, iii.4. By J. F. Wlnteaves{1906). Section of Mines : Annual Report for 1904(No.928; 1906). Summary Report of the Geological Survey Department of

Canada for the Calendar Year 1906(No.959; 1906). Report on the Chibougamau IMining Region, ttc. By A. P.

Low, B.S., &c., 1905(No.923; 1906). Preliminary Report on the Rossland, B.C., Mining District.

By R. W. Brook(No.939; 1906).

Oxford.

Radcliffe Library, Oxfoud University Museum — Catalogue of Books added during 1906(1907).

Palo Alto, Cal.

Leland Stanford Junior L^niversity —

University Quarterly Bulletin. No. 30(1 907).

Para, Brazil.

MusEU G(eldi(Museu Paraense de Hist. Nat. e Ethnog.) — Arboretum Amazonicum, 3*-4''^Decada(1907).

Paris.

Journal de Conchyliologie. liv.24; Iv. 1-3(1 906-07). Museum d'Histoire Naturelle —

Bulletin. Annee 1905,6,T.p.l^c.; 1906,l-7,T.p.ctc.; 1907,1-5 (1905-07).

Nouvelles Archives. 4^^Serie. viii. 1-2; ix. 1(1 906). Societe Entomologique de France —

Annales Ixxii., Ixxiii., Ixxiv., Ixxv., Ixxvi. 1-2(1903-06).

Bulletin. 1903, 1904, 1905, 1906.

Faune des Coleopteres du Bassin de la Seine. Tome ii., pp.1-92. Staphylinoideapar J. Sainte-Claire Deville(1907). Societe Zoologique de France —

Bulletin. xxx.(1905).

Memoires. xviii.(1905).

930 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Pavia.

Instituto Botanico Universita di Pavia — Atti. ii.Serie. x.(1907).

Perth, W.A.

Department op Agriculture, West Australia —

Journal, xiv.5-6, T.p.&c; xv.l-10(1906-07). Geological Survey of West Australia —

Annual Progress Report for the Year 1906(1907).

Bulletin. Nos.24-27, 30(1906-07). Government Statistician, West Australia —

Monthly Statistical Abstract. ^08.77-88(1906-07).

Philadelphia.

Academy of Natural Sciences —

Proceedings, lviii.1-3, T.p.&c; lix. 1(1906-07). American Philosophical Society —

Proceedings, xlv.183-184, T.p.&c.( 1906-07). Transactions, xxi. n.s. 3(1906).

The Record of the Celebration of the Two-_Hundredth Anni- ver.^ary of the Birth of Benjamin Franklin, under the auspices of the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia, for promoting useful knowledge, April 17- 20th A.D. 1906(1906). University of Pennsylvania —

University Bulletins. Seventh Series. No.3,Parts2&6(1907). Zoological Society of Philadelphia —

Thirty-fifth Annual Report of the Board of Directors(1907).

Pietermaritzburg.

Natal Government Museum — Annals. 1.1-2(1906-07).

Second Report for Year ending 31st December, 1905(1907). Surveyor-General's Department —

Third and Final Report of the Geological Survey of Natal and Zululand. By W. Anderson, Government Geologist. (1907). (Per the Agent-General for Natal in London.)

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 931

Plymouth.

Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom — Journal. New Series. vii.5,T.p.ifec.; viii. 1(1906-07).

Prague-

SociETAs Entomologica Bohemi^ — Acta. iii.3-4,T.p.&c.; iv.l-2(1906-07).

Pusa, India.

Agricultural Research Institute — Bulletin. Nos.4-5(1906-07).

Memoirs of fche Department of Agriculture in India. Botan- ical Series. i.No.l Part ii., 5-6; ii. 1(1907). — Entomological Series. 1.2-5(1907).

Richmond, N.S.W.

Hawkesbury Agricultural College — H. A. C. Journal. iv.l-ll(1906-07).

Rio de Janeiro.

MusEU Nacional do Rio Janeiro — Archivos. xi.-xii.(1903).

St. John, N.B.

Natural History Society of New Brunswick — Bulletin. v.5[No.xxv.](1907).

St. Louis,

Academy of Science —

Transactions. xv.6,T.p.(fec.; xvi.l-7(1906-07). Missouri Botanical Garden —

Seventeenth Annual Report, 1906(1906).

St. Petersburg.

Academie Imperiale des Sciences —

Bulletin. v^Ser. xxii., xxiii., xxiv.: 1907,1-13(1905-07). Annuaire du Musee Zoologique. 1905,x.3-4: 1906,xi., Beilage zum Band xi., 1906, i.l; ii.l: 1907, xii.l(1906-07). CoMiTE Geologique (Institut des Mines) — Bulletins. xxiii.7-10(1904).

Memoires. Nouvelle Serie. Livraisons 3, 18-20(1905). 77

932 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft — Materialien zur Geologie Russlands. xxiii.l(1906). Verhandlungen. Zweite Serie. xliii.2; xliv 1(1905-06).

Societas Entomologica Rossica —

Hor» Entomologicse. xxxvii.3-4; xxxviii. 1-2(1 906-07).

Santiago de las Vegas.

EsTACiON Central Agronomica de Cuba — Primer Informe Anual, 1904-05(1906).

Stockholm.

Entomologiska Foreningen I Stockholm —

Entomologisk Tidskrift. xxvii.l-4(1906). HoRTUs Bergianus —

Acta. iv.(1907). KoNGL. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademie —

Arkiv f. Botanik. vi. 1-2(1906) — Malhematik, AsironGmi och Fysik. m.l-2(1906)-^oo%i. iii.2(1906).

Arsbok 1906(1906).

Handlingar, N.F.. xli.4, 6, T.p.,&c.; x]ii.l-4(1906-07).

Les Prix Nobel en 1902, Supplement; en 1904(1907).

Meddelanden. 1.6(1906).

Skrifter af Carl von Linne utgifna af Kung]. Svenska Yeten- skapsakademien. yol.i.-iii.[i. Flora Lapponica(1905); ii. ValdaSmarreSkrifter(1906); iii. Classes P]antarum(1906)]: Carl von Linne's Betydelse Sasom Naturforskare et Lakare (1907): Caroli Linnsei Systema Naturae. Ed.i.MDCCXXXV. [Bicentenary Facsimile Reprint, 1907].

Stuttgart.

Verein f. vaterlaendische Naturkunde inWuerttemberg — Jahreshefte. Ixii. Jahrgang u. Beilage(1906).

Sydney, N.S.W.

Australian Museum —

Memoir iv. Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of

H.M.C.S. "Thetis." Part 10(1907). Fifty-second Annual Report of the Trustees, for Year ended June 30, 1906(1907).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 933

Australian Museum (continued) — Records, vi. 4-5(1 907). Special Catalogue No.i. Nests and Eggs of Birds found

breeding in Australia and Tasmania. By A. J. North,

C.M.Z.S., &c. ii.2(1907).

Botanic Gardens and Domains, Sydney —

Critical Revision of the Genus Bucali/ptus. Part viii.(1907).

By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, &c. Report of the Director for the Year 1905(1906). Department of Fisheries, N.S.W. —

Report of the Board for Year 1905(1906). " Fishes of Australia : a Popular and Systematic Guide to the Study of the Wealth within our Waters. By D. G. Stead '\8vo. Sydney, 1906).

Department of Lands, Forest Branch, N.S.W. —

Forest Flora of New South Wales. By J. H. Maiden,

Government Botanist, &c. iii. 2-6(1 906-07). Report of the Forestry Branch for period 1st July, 1905-

30th June, 1906(1906).

Department of Mines and Agriculture, N.S.W. —

Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales. x\'ii.l2,T.p.tfec.;

xviii.1-1 1(1906-07). Annual Report of the Department of Mines for 1906(1907). Records of the Geological Survey. viii.3(1907).

Institution of Surveyors, New South Wales —

"The Surveyor." xix. 11-12; xx.l-10(1906-07). New South Wales Naturalists' Club —

"Australian Naturalist." 1.6-8(1907). Public Library of New South Wales —

Report of the Trustees for the Year 1906(1907). Royal Anthropological Society of Australasia —

" Science of Man." N.S. viii.5; ix.1-3, 5-9(1906-07). Royal Society of New South Wales —

Journal and Proceedings, xl., 1906(1907).

934 donations and^exchanges.

University of Sydney — Calendar, 1907.

Tokyo.

College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo — Journal, xxi.2-6; xxii.(1906).

Tokyo Zoological Society —

Annotationes Zoologicre Japonenses. vi. 1-2(1 906-07).

Tunis.

Institut Pasteur de Tunis—

Archives. 1906,4,T.p.&c.; 1907,1-3(1906-07).

Upsala.

KoNGL. Universitets-Bibliotheket I Upsal —

Meddelanden, No.30(1907).

Akademisk Afhandling : " Till de Svenska Alfvarvaxternes Ekologi," af N. Witte(8vo.l906).

Botaniska Studier tillagnade F. R. Kjellman den 4 Novem- ber, 1906(8vo. Uppsala, 1906).

Bulletin of the Geological Institution. Yol.vii.,1904-05,Nos. 13-14(1906). Regia Societas Scientiarum Upsaliensis —

Nova Acta. Ser.iv. i.2(1906-07).

Pamphlet : " On the Palseontological Work of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition." B}' J. G. Andersson. 4to. Stock- holm, 1906.

Two Pamphlets : "Katalog ofver K. Vetenskaps-Socie- tetens Utstallning af Linne-Portratt" (1907) — " Stadgar for Kungl. Vetenskaps-Societeten i Upsala, af Kymgl. Maj : T I Nader Gillade och Faststallda den 6' Juli, 1906)."

Vienna.

K. K. Naturistorisches Hofmuseum in Wien —

Annalen. xx.4; xxi.l(1905-06). K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft —

Verhandlungen. Ivi.; Ivii. 1-7(1906-07).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 935

Washington, D.C.

Bureau of AMi;rj;cAN Ethnology — Bulletin. No.30 Part i., 32(1906-07). Twenty-fourth Annual Report, 1902-03(1007).

Carnegie Institution of Washington —

Publications. Nos.48, 52, 78(1906-07).

Smithsonian Institution —

Annual Report of the Board of Regents for the Year ending- June 30th, 1905(1906).

U.S. Department of Agriculture —

Annual Report (Secretary's and eight Departmental Reports)

for 1906(1906-07). Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin, Nos 38, 39 Parts xv.-

xvi., 83, 85, 87-92, 94-97(1906-07): Circular, Nos.95-99

(1906). Bureau of Biological Survey. Bulletin, Nos. 26-27(1 906) :

Circular, Nos.31, 54(1 906): North American Fauna, No.26

(1906). Bureau of Chemistry. Bulletin, Nos.99, 102-104(1906):

Circular, Nos.l6(r.), 29, 31(1906). Bureau of Entomology. Bulletin, New Series, Nos. 58 Part iii.,

61, 62, 63 Parts i.-vii., 64 Parts i.-ii., 65, 66 Parts i.-iii., 68

Parts i.-ii., 69, 70(1906-07): Bulletin, Technical Series,

Nos.12 Parts iii.-iv., 13, 14(1906): Circulars 55, 76-84, 86-

88, 90, 91, 93-94(1903-07): Circulars, Second Series, 4,5,

10, 13, 15, 19, 25, 30, 33, 43, 46-48(1894-1907). Bureau of Forestry. Bulletin, No.28(1900) — Forest Service.

Bulletin, Nos.67, 69, 72, 74(1906-07): Circular, Nos.38, 40-

52,54-60,62-74,77(1906-07). Bureau of Plant Industry. Bulletin, Nos.92, 94-96, 99, 100

Parts v.-viii., 102 Parts ii.-v.(l 906-07). Bureau of Soils. Bulletin, Nos.31, 33, 35, 37-39(1906-07) :

Field Operations, 1904(Sixth Report), with 53 Maps(1905). Division of Publications. Bulletin, No.3(r.; 1898): Circular,

No.4(1907).

936 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

U.S. Department of Agriculture (continued) —

Farmers' Bulletin, Nos.llO, 140, 165, 168, 196, 227, 249, 254, 260-269, 272, 273, 275, 277, 283, 284, 290(1900-07).

Library. Bulletin, No.61(1906).

0/fice of Experiment Stations. Annual Report for Year ended June 30th, 1905(1906): Bulletin, Nos.45(r.), 121, 136, 162, 167-172(r.), 174, 176-177, 179, 180(1898-1907): Circular, Nos.34(r.), 51 (r.), 58, 65, 67-72(1906-07): Experiment Station Record, xvii., 10-12, Subject index, &c,; xviii.1-7 (1906-07): Two Separates, "Separate No.9" and "Dietary Studies, (fec."(1902-05).

Office of Public Roads. Bulletin, No.28(1907): Circular, No. 53(1906).

Office of the Secretary. Circular, Nos.l9-20( 1906).

Porto Rico Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin, Ko.7 (1906).

Year Book, 1906(1907).

U.S. Geological Survey —

Bulletin. Nos.275, 277-286, 288-293, 295, 297-299, 301-303,

305-307, 310(1896-07). Mineral Resources of the United States, 1905(1906). Monographs. 1.(1906).

Professional Papers. Nos.46, 50-52, 54, 55(1906). Twenty-seventh Annual Report, 1905-06(1906). Water Supply and Irrigation Papers. Nos.155, 156, 158-164, 170,172-189(1906-07).

U.S. National Museum —

Annual Report for Years ending June 30th, 1905, and June

30th, 1906(1906). Bulletin. No.56 Part i.(1907). Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium, x.3-4; xi,

(1906-07). Proceedings. xxxi.(1907).

Washington Academy of Sciences —

Proceedings, viii. pp.l67-491,T.p.&c.; ix. pp.l-274(1906-07).

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 937

Wellington, N.Z. Colonial Museum —

Bulletin. No.l, 1905(1906).

Education Department —

Catalogue of the Plants of New Zealand, including both Indigenous and Naturalised Species. By T. F. Cheeseman, r.L.S., F.Z.S.(1906).

Department of Mines : New Zealand Geological Survey— Bulletin. Nos.2-3. New Series(4to.l906-07).

New Zealand Institute —

Transactions and Proceedings, xxxix., 1906(1 907).

Zurich.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Zurich — Vierteljahrsschrift. li. 1(1906).

private donors.

Cheel, E., Sydney — One Separate : " Bibliography of Australian, New Zealand, and South Sea Island Lichens, Second Paper" (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xl., 1906).

Grant, R., Sydney — (a) Interim and First, Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Reports of the Board of Health on Plague in New South Wales, 1900-05(1906): (b) "Researches on Australian Venoms : Snake-bite, Snake-Venom and Antivenene; The Poison of the Platypus; The Poison of the Red-spotted Spider," by F. Tidswell, M.B., Ch.M., D.P.H.(8vo.Sydney, 1906).

GUPPY, H.B., M.B., F.R.S.E.— One Separate : " Plant Distribu- tion from an old Standpoint "(Trans. Vict. Inst. April, 1907).

Hedley, C, F.L.S., Sydney— Pamphlet : " List of Cyclophoridse found in Australia, New Guinea, and the adjacent Groups of Islands," by J. C. Cox, M.D.(8vo.Sydney,1907).

Henriksen, G,, Christiania — One Pamphlet : "Sundry Geological Problems "(12mo. 1906)

938 PRIVATE DONORS.

Maiden, J. H., F.L.S., Sydney— Three Separates : "Australian Solanacese considered as Narcotics and Poison Plants " (Proc. Therapeut. Soc. Lond. 1906); "The International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature "(Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S.Wales, xl. 1906); Presidential Address to Section D. Biology, Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, Adelaide Meeting, January, 1907.

MiDDLETON, J. E., Serampore, India — Oue Pamphlet ; A Paper on the Camel Bot- Fly (Oestrus Camelus)[May, 1907].

MoRT, H. SuTCLiFFE, B.Sc, Sydney — Proceedings of the Sydney Engineering Society. Vols.viii. and xi.(1903, 1906).

Smith, Edgar A., I.S.O., London— Six Separates (in five): "Natural History Notes from R.I.M.S. 'Investigator' Series iii. No. 10[Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xviii. Sept.-Oct., 1906(2)]: " Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Ex- pedition,1904-05,ReportontheMollusca"(P.Z.S.1906,Vol.i.); "Subgenus Malluvium " and "On Species of Mitridse " (Proc. Malacol. Soc. vii. Sept. 1907); " Mollusca " (History of the Collections contained in the Nat. Hist. Depts. of the Brit. Mus. Vol. ii., 1906).

Smith, R. Greig, D.Sc, S3'dney — Northumberland Sea Fisheries Committee : Report of the Scientific Investigations for the Year 1907. Edited by A. Meek(1907).

Stead, David C-., Sydney — Two Pamphlets : " Notes on Eggs and Breeding-Habits of Fishes "(1907); "Additions to the Fish-Fauna of New South Wales, No.l"(1907).

Steel, Thos., F.L.S., F.C.S., Sydney— Three Separates of Papers by Prof. Silvestri: "La Cattedra di Zoologia della R. Scuola Superiore d'Agricultura in Portici"(Portici, 1906); "Note sui ' Machilida3 ' " and " Contribuzione alia Cognoscenza dei Termitidi, &c., dell'Eritrea "(" Redia," iii. fasc°.2°,1905).

Turner, Fred., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., Sydney — Anderson's Manual of the Flower Garden and Shrubberies. By Fred. Turner (12mo.,Sydney,1906).

Walker, J. J., M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., R.N., Oxford— One Sepa- rate: "Antipodean Field-Notes." No.ii.(Ent. Mo. Mag. 2nd Ser. xv.,190-4).

xi<i \ )^:x:.

(1907.)

Names in Italics are Synonyms.

PAGE

PAGE

Acacia cultriformis

...

... 60

Acidalia perlata

657

horrida

... 839

philocosma ...

653

longifolia ...

...

58, 60

plumboscriptaria ,

654

pendula

...

... 846

posticaria ...

698

sp 57,

74, 94,

629, 846

primaria ...

... 697

Acalles

420,

422, 423

pseliota

653

Acanthobrachys vireseens

769, 782

recessata

., 661, 664

Acanthopleura spiniger

.. 477

repletaria ...

659

Acidalia ...

... 636

rubraria

659

albicostata ...

... 650

schistMcearia

697

alopecodes ...

...

... 654

stipatayna ...

.. 662

attrihuta

... 659

sublinearia ...

660

axiotis

.., 657

vibrafa

... 659

caesaria

...

.. 664

Acmaea costata...

... 480

chloristis

... 659

Actinonema rosse

... 840

coercita

... 646

Adenochilus

838

compensata . . .

...

... 658

gracilis

... 839

contrariata ...

... 685

Norton!

... 838

costaria

...

... 645

Aegeriadse

... 150

crossophragma

...

.., 662

Aegeridse

... 132

deliciosaria

... 662

Aeluroides

... 207

desita

... 659

Aelurus

247, 276

desj)oliata ...

... 665

Aelurus ... 207, 211

, 247, 249,258

didymosema

...

.. 666

270,

276, 277, 290

diviorphata

... 662

abdominalis

... 279

episcia

... 668

agilis

... 284

figlinaria . . .

...

... 659

anthracimis

... 287

halmaea

... 650

mirifrons ...

... 285

homodoxa (?)

... 664

barbaius

... 290

hypochra . . .

... 657

basalts

... 290

injiocens

... 664

clypeatus

247

isomorpha ...

... 645

comatus

... 290

ligataria ...

... 662

combustus

... 285

liotis

...

... 658

dentaius

... 283

lydia

... 657

Jlavopictus

... 289

megalocentra

... 670

fr agilis

... 290

mundissima

...

... 682

fidvifrons ....

... 289

neoxesta

... 657

grandiceps

... 248

nictata

... 662

incanus

283, 286

obturhata ...

...

... 664 1

moerens

... 286

oppilata

... 662

nasutus

... 247

optivata

.. 664 (

pilosuhts

... 285

orthoscia ...

...

... 670,

rubellus

... 281

pachydetis ...

...

... 653

rufierus

248, 249

partita

...

... 698 1

senex

... 282

INDEX.

PAGE

Aelurus volatilis ... ... 284

vulpinus 286

ailphnidius ... ... ... 372

^•Eschna brevistyla ... ... 732

^schnidffi ... 708, 711, 728, 732

^schninge ... 710, 712, 732

Aesculus rubicunda 204

Agaricaceffi ... ... ... 202

Agonis flexuosa 62

Agriocnemis 382, 383, 385, 386, 389

argentea 388, 389

pruinescens 383, 385, 389, 890 splendida ... 386, 387, 389

velaris 388, 389

Agriomyia (Tachynomyia)

abdominalis ... ... 279

spinoke ... 279

Agrionidae 382, 735

Alaba flammea 480

goniochila 480

Alcyna australis ...479,491,518

Alectoria australiensis 475

Fremontii 475

Alloeorhynchusflavolimbatus 769,781 Allomorphina trigonula 295, 302 Alpheus edwardsii ... ... 156

Alvania novarensis ... .. 494

Alveolina boscii.. ... ... 755

cucumoides 749, 753, 754, 755, 758, 759

elongata 755

frumentiformh ... ... 755

sp 754,755

Amalthea barbata 481

conica 481

AmUothridia alhitarsis ... 79

cuprina ... . .. ... 80

ms ._ ... ... ... 79

Amphistegina .. 296

lessonii 294, 747, 748, 750, 751,

752, 753, 760

Amphithalamus capricorneus 480,

495, 513

jacksoni 480

Amphithera 49, 138

heteromorpha 138

Amphora sp , ... 159

Anabathron ascensum 480, 496, 513 contabulatum ... 496, 497 contortum ... 480, 496, 513

Anaphantis 50, 90

isochrysa 91

Anax 732

Anax guttatus ... Ancilla oblonga... Anepigraphocis ... Angaria delphinus Angophora intermedia

PAGE

711

484 402 479 846

Anisodes 636,638,689

caligata ... ... ... 686

decretaria (?) 697

griseata 689, 690

leptopasta ... ... 690, 691

monetaria ... ... ... 687

ohlivaria ... ... ... 685

obrinaria ... ... ... 686

pallida 690, 691

pulverulenta ... 690, 693

sciota 690, 692

similaria ... ... ... 686

suspicaria 686

Anisoptera 711, 712

Anomalina ammonoides.... 303, 312

ariminensis 294, 299, 303

foveolata ... ... ... 299

grosserugosa ... 303, 312

polymorpha 299

Anomocentris 698

Anopterus Pittmani 585

Anthobosca 209, 514

sethiops 515, 517

albopilosa 516, 520

anthracina... 516,520,522

argenteo-cincta ... ... 522

australasise... .. 515, 516

australis 516, 519

clypeata ... 515, 516, 522

cognata 516, 521

crabroniformis ... ... 516

crassicornis 515, 516, 519

fastuosa 516, 521

flavicornis ... ... 51G, 519

frenchi 516,518

laevifrons ... ... 516, 521

longipalpa 515, 517

morosa ... ... 516, 519

nigra ... 515, 517, 518

nigripennis... ... 515, 517

signata ... ... 516, 519

torresensis ... .. 515, 518

unicolor ... ... 516, 521

varipes 515, 518

Anthoeorid^ ... ' 769, 777, 784 Anticrates ... 51, 73, 83, 88, 90

drosochlora 84

isanema ... ... ... 84

IXDEX

111.

Anticrates paraxantha sulfurata ...

PAGE

... 85 ... 84

zapyra 85

Antitryqodes ... ... ... 676

Aonychus ... 400, 401, 404, 405

Aphanus 776

Apisiomorpha ... ... ... 115

argyrosema ... ... 126

Arbela 782

Arcularia dorsata ... 485,509

mucronata ... ... ... 485

paupera 485

semitexta 485, 509

Argiolestes griseus ... ... 737

icteromelas 737

minimus ... 735, 737, 742

r. pusillus ... 736, 737

Argyris apoUinaria ... ... 675

Ariphron ... 211, 269, 270, 276

bicolor 270, 271

blandulus ... 270, 271, 273

hospes 270, 272

nudulus .. 270, 271, 274

pallidulus 270, 276

petiolatus ... 270, 271, 272

rigidulus 270,274

rixosus 270, 274

tryphonoides 270, 271, 275

vagulus 270, 271

Aristaea ... ... ... 49, 52

periphanes 52

Arthrodesmus convergens ... 178

curvatus 178

ellipticus 178, 200

gibberulus 178

hiatus 183

incrassatus... .. ... 178

longispinus 182

octocornis ... ... ... 182

Articulina 300

chapmani ... 297, 300, 318

Aschemonella catenata 306, 307

Aseriie rubra ... ... 159, 204

Aspella anceps 486

Aspilaies cryptorhodata ... 696

Astralium aureolum ... 479,49],

492, 513

petrosum 479

sulcatum 492

Astrorhiza crassatina 309

Astrorhizidae ... 301, 306, 309

Astrorhizinse 309

Ataxocerithium abbreviatum... 4S1

PAGE

Atlanta fusca ,„

..

482

rosea

482

Atteva

51, 78

albiguttata ..

81

albitarsis

79

aurata

...

78

basalis

80

charopis

81

conspicua

80

cuprina

...

80

fulviguttata

78

iris

...

79

Mathewi

80

megalastra

81

myriastra

...

82

niphocosma

82

poliodesma

673

porphyris

79

rex

...

78

teratias

79

Aty cilia

...

101

anthomera

...

102

def<7notoma

104

episcota

104

mesochrysa

...

103

Atys cylindrica ...

486

debilis

...

486

decora

...

486

monodonta

486

tortuosa

486

Austroaeschna anacantha

732,

735,

741

,742

multipunctata

735

parvistigma

...

735

Austrogomphus

732

coUaris

728

occidentalis 729,

741,

742

Austrosticta

764

765

Fieldi ... 762,

765

767

Autanepsia

637,

673

Automachaeris

142

Axionicus

403

Badera

...

97

nobilis

...

99

prodigella ' ...

100

Bembex sp

207

Berosiris 400,401

415

419

calidris

417

418

mixtus

416

418

tanyrhynchus

416,

417

Bethylus apterus

228

Biloculina bulloides . . .

316

depressa far.

307

IV.

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGK

Biloculina elongata

308

Calcinus latens ...

... 155

irregularis ...

291, 308, 315

Calligenia PUcheri

... 87

ringens 307, 308

316, 752, 753

Calliostoma deceptum

...

... 491

sphaera

308, 317

monile

... 479

Bipartiti

346

similare

.,

... 479

Bittium oosimense

499

spinulosum...

... 491

scalatum

500

trepidum ...

■479

490, 512

Blepiarda

403

Callitris calcarata 569

570

846, 852

Bleptocis

402

robusta

569

570, 857

Blissinse ...

777

Callomphala lucidum

... 479

Bolivina

300

Calopterygidse 394,

708,

709, 710,

costata

292, 295

711, 735

punctata

298, ?01

Calothysanis

... 681

sp

BOO

amata

...

.. 681

textularioides

292, 298

Camptorrhinus ..

400

, 404, 405

tortuosa

298

Cancellaria costifera

...

... 484

Bothynacrum ...

402

Capsini

..

... 786

Botocudo

775

Carabidse

... 346

ornatulus ...

.. 769, 775

Carabus

.,

... 36a

Brachodes

.., 101

Carenidium leai

... 357

Brachycola

.. 637, 683

longipenne ...

... 35ft

absconditaria

684

mucronatum

... 357

cyclophora ...

.. 684, 685

Carenum amplipenne

... 35&

glycydora ...

684

cordipenne...

..

... 356

niveopuncta

694

distinctum ...

... 855

obrinaria ...

684, 685

formosum ...

..

... 352

paucinotata

698

froggatti

353, 355

porphyropis

684, 686, 695

ineditum ...

... 356

Brachysiphon ...

307

liBvigatum ...

..

... 356

corbuliformis

306,307

laevipenne ...

... 356

Brenthia

51, 108

lepidum

..

... 356

hecataea

109

morosum . . .

355, 356

quadriforella

108

mucronatum

... 357

trilitha

108

odewahni ...

... 355

Broscini

360

politulum ...

.,

... 356

Bryocorini

785

rutilans

... 354

Buccinum dorsatum .

509

smaragdulum

353, 355

trifasciatum

509

virescens ..

... 353

Bulimina aculeata

301

Carpenteria proteiformis

294, 307

inflata

292

raphidodendron 747,748, 753,75^

pyrula

310

sp. ... 749.750,

752,

753, 754

Bulimininas ... 292

298, 301,310

Cassidea graniUata

... 509

Bulla punetulata

486

Cassidulina crassa

.,

... 301

Burlacena

150

parkeriana

310, 316

aegerioides...

150

subglobosa ...

... 310

similata

.. 150

Cassidulininae ...

"298,

301, 3ia

Bursaria spinosa

629

Cassytha pubescens

..

... 556

Caecum amputatum .

481

Castelnaudia

360, 369

lilianum

... 481

sp

..

360, 370

succineum ...

... 481

wilsoni

... 361

Calcarina

296

Casuarina Cambagei

'570,

846, 852

Calcinus herbstii

... 155

Cunninghamii

570, 846

imperialis ...

... 154

Luehmanni

..

570, 852

INDEX

PAGE

Catostoma anomalum »«. ... 840

Cavolinia longirostris 486

Cebysa 50,92

leueoteles ... ... ... 93

Cerithiopsis angasi .. ... 481

ridicula 481

Cerithium columna ... ., 481

gracili forme 481

impendeiis 499

monachus 499, 500

zebrum 481

Cerostoma 141

Cerviciferina hilli 301, 304, 318

Chaetectetorns ... 400, 423, 424

Cheilea equestris ... ... 481

Cheilostomella ovoidea 293, 3U2, 310 Cheilostomellidae 293, 302, 310

Chlaeniini 360

Chlamydoselachus anguineus 554

sp 554

Chloroclystis athaumasta . . . 632 elaeopa ., ... ... 631

laticostata 631

perissa ... ... ... 632

Choregia... ... .. ... 97

Choieutis 50, 108, 109

bjerkandrella 109

homotypa 109

lampadias ... ... ... 110

Chroococcus sp. 159

Chrysocraspeda 637, 678, 680

abhadraca ... .., ... 678

auiimargo 678, 679

cruoraria ... .. 678, 679

inundata 678

Chrysolene cruoraria ... ... 679

Ciaiicidae 769

Cinglis persalea 698

Cingulina spina 483

Cinnamomum Leichhardtii 565, 583,

585

Cintractia cynodontis 841

Cirsonella weldii 479

Cithna marmorata 480, 498, 513

Clanculus atropurpureus ... 478

granti ... 478,488,513

stigmatarius 478

Clathrus cibarius ,.. .. 839

var. gracilis 839

pusillus 839

Clathurella edychroa 484

hirsuta ... 507

tessellata 484

PAGE

Clathurella thespesia ..

... 484

tincta

... 484

Clava pulchra

... 481

vertaga

.. 481

ClavLilina angularis

... 298

cylindrica

... 292

parisiensis

307, 318

Cleta

... 635

Cligenes

... 775

Clinocorid£e

769, 784

Clinocoris lectularius ...

769, 784

Clio acicula

... 486

virgula

.. 486

Clivina

346, 350

australasise

347, 348

banksi

... 346

■ cava

... 348

hackeri

... 348

leai

... 347

nyctosyloides

348, 349

planifrons .»

... 347

Clivinini

... 346

Closterium acerosum ...

165, 166

calamus

166, 199

calosporum

... 167

/3 Brasiliense ...

.. 167

cancer

167, 200

cingulum

167, 199

cornutum

166, 200

cuspidatum

.. 167

Cynthia rar.curvatissimum 167 decorum ... ... .. 166

dilatatum 166

Jenneri 167

lanceolatum 165

Leibleinii 166

libellula 165

lineatum 166

lunula 165

far. maximum ,. . .. 165

magnificum ... 165, 199

molle ... 165, 166, 200

Mourense ... 165, 166, 199

naviculoideum ... 167, 199

praelongum 166

var. maximum ... ... 165

Wallichii 166

Wittrockianum .. ... 165

CoUonia 493

Colubraria antiquata ... 485, 508

Columhella dbyssicola 509

subphilodicia ... ... 510

Conopomorpha 49,54,61

VI.

INDEX.

Conopomorpha aeolella

albimaculella

albistriatella

albomarginata

aljsidota ...

antimacha ...

arehepolis ...

argyrodesma

autadelpha...

caenotheta ...

ealicella

ehionochtha

chionoplecta

cyanospila .

didymella .

euchlamyda

eumetalla .

eupetala

habrodes .

heliopla

heteropsis .

hoplocala .

irrorata

laciniella ,

leptalea

nereis

obscurella

ochridorsella

ochrocephala

ophiodes

ordinatella ...

parallela

plebeia

pyrigenes ...

trapezoides...

tricuneatella

tristaniae ...

unilineata ..

zaplaca Conus coronatus

ebraeus

glans

lividus

millepunctatus

nussatella . . .

sp

vitulinus

Cookia

Copidoris

dimorpha ... Coprinus comatus Coptodera

australis ...

PAGE

. 61

. 56

. 61

. 61

. 58

. 58

. 56

. 55

55

. 55

56

59

55

54

60

. 56

57

. 57

57

57

59

. 55

. 54

. 60

. 61

. 59

. 56

. 61

. 60

60

. 54

. 59

60

61

. 55

. 54

, 59

60

54

. 484

484

. 484

. 484

484

. 484

. 463

. 484

, 492

0, 140

, 141

, 475

376

376, 377

PAGE

Coptodera elegantula .. ... 377

marcida 376, 377

masters! ... ... 376, 377

Coptodera (Rhinocheila) levrati 377 Cordulegasterinas ... ... 712

Corduliinse ... 711, 712, 723, 726

Cordyceps Eobertsii

... 204

Corinea aurata ..

... 78

Mathewi

... 80

rex

... 78

Corkcium

... 64

aeolellum

... 61

ocliridorsellum

... 61

Corixid©'...

769, 788

Cornuspira caricata

.301, 309

foliacea

... 309

involvens

301, 309

Correa speciosa

... 84

Coryptilum

49,82

Klugii

... 83

Cosila ...

... 514

argenteo-cincta

... 522

australh

... 519

higuttata

... 519

fasciculata ...

... 521

flavicornis ...

... 519

inoyjiata

... 521

minuta

... 521

Cosmarium achondrum

... 193

bigerama

... 193

biretum

.. 183

va7\ triquetrum...

183, 184

bivertex

... 195

Collectorense

196, 201

cyclopeum

193, 201

Elfingii

... 193

ellipsoideum

... 193

fluviatile

194, 201

heterochondrum ...

... 194

incrassatum

193, 201

isthmochondrum var.

bras-

iliense

... 195

jenisejense

... 194

/3 australe

195, 201

latereprotractum ...

196, 201

limnophilum

... 195

Murray!

195, 201

obsoletum

... 197

orthopunctulatum'. . .

195, 201

perforatum

... 197

phaseolus y

... 193

P!lgeri

... 195

polonicum rar. alpinum... 194

INDEX.

vii.

PAGE

PAGE

Cosm avium pseudopachycler-

Cyclostrema cubitale 479,

492, 512

mum 197,201

Cyclotorna

50, 72

13seudotaxichondrimi rar.

monocentra

... 72

Africanum 194

Cylichna acrobeles

... 486

pseudotuberans 191

arachis

... 486

pyramidatum 197

bizona

486, 512

pyii forme 19(3

doliaria ... 486,

512, 513

quadvifarium f. hexasticha 196

granosa

486, 512

quadiigemme ... 193, 201

leptekes

... 486

striatum 194

pulchra

... 512

subdepressum 196

reticulata

... 512

subspeciosum t^ validius 198,201 tetragonum ... ... 196

suhreticidata Cylindrobulla fischeri ...

.. 512 ... 486

f. polonica 196

trilobulatum 198

pusilla

... 486

Cyllene pulchella

... 485

/ii basichondrum ... 198

Cymbalopora poeyi (?) .. Cymbium diadema

... 312 ... 484

venustum /3 induratum 197, 201

Cymo andreossyi

... 152

vicenistriatum ... 194, 201

Cymus tabidus

... 770

Cosmodiscus 371

vulturnus ..

768, 770

rubripictus 372

Cynodon dactylon

... 841

Craspedia 655

Cyphella australiensis ...

... 203

castissima €66

Cyphosticha

49, 61

Cristellaria 313

microta

... 61

calcar 302

pyrochroma

61,82

crepidula ... 302, 305, 318

Cypraea caput-serpentis

... 483

haswelli var. 302, 305, 318

caurica

.. 483

lata ... 305,318

errones

... 483

sp 302, 305

felina

... 483

tricarinella 302

lynx

moneta

... 483

variabilis .. 302,305,318

... 483

rar. allomorphinoides ... 318

rar. annulus

... 483

vortex 293

neglecta

... 483

Critomerus , ... 401

punctata

... 483

Crossea biconica 502

subviridis

... 483

gatliffi 481

tigris

... 483

inverta 481,501,502,512

vitellus

... 483

Cruciferre 146

Cyptasia cristata

... 87

Cryptocarya prteobovata .. 585

egregiella

... 86

Cryptorhynchides ... 400, 423

Cyrtanthus sp

... 627

Cryptorhynchus 400, 402, 420, 424

Cysteorrhacha

... 785

moestus 411

cactifera ... 769

785, 788

Cuneipectini 346, 358

Cytherea pollicaris

... 477

Cuneipectus 358

prora

... 477

frenchi 359

Daphnella Cassandra ...

... 484

Curculionidfe 400

daphnelloides

... 484

Cuspicona thoracica ... 768,769

excavata

484, 507

Cyathus fimetarius ... ... 204

Dasybela .. 635, 636,

637, 667

Cyclammina cancellata (?) ... 310

achroa

... 667

Cycloclypeinje 312

Dasyses

... 142

Cycloclypeus sp. 312

Derbyia

... 430

Cyclograpsus punctatus ... 154

Derby iella

... 430

Cyclostrema 495

Desmidije

... 160

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Desmodium

... 52

Discorbina vilardeboana

303, 311

Diachaea leucopoda ..=

... 841

Dithalama

... 672

Diala martensii

... 480

cosmospila ...

... 672

semistriata

... 480

Dizuga ..

638, 697

Dialectica

... 54

parva

... 697

Diamma 208,209,

210, 212

Docidium

... 161

bicolor

... 212

expansum ...

161, 200

ephippiger

... 218

gracile

164

Diamminse

210, 212

Drupa chaidea ...

... 486

Dianasa obscura

... 87

marginalba...

... 486

siij'usa

... 87

ozenneana ..

... 486

Diathryptica

51, 139

porphyrostoma

... 486

proterva

... 139

rubusidffia ...

486, 511

Dichocysta

... 779

rubusidceus ...

... 511

Bichotomum

... 199

Dysopirhinus ...

... 403

elegans

... 199

Ectinochila

..

... 381

Dichromodes estigmaria

... 697

aurata

... 381

Dimorphoptera

... 514

tesstUata . . .

..

... 381

anthracma

... 521

Ectostroma liriodendri

.. 840

clypeata

... 522

Ehrenbergina serrata

.. 298

cognata

... 521

Eirone ... 208, 211,

249,

258, 269

fastuosa

... 521

castaneiceps

259,

268, 269

liEvifrons

... 521

crassiceps ...

258,

259, 267

morosa

519, 521

dispar ... 258,

259,

26U, 261

nigripennis ...

... 517

ferrugineiceps

259, 268

sahulosa

... 521

fulvicostalis

258,

259, 263

scoUiformis

... 519

inconspicua

259, 262

signata

... 519

lucida

258, 266

unicolor

... 521

lucidula

'•258,

259, 266

Diphlebia

... 709

osculans

259, 264

euphoeoides

394, 397

parcus

259

260, 262

lestoides ... 394, 396,

397, 398

ruficornis ...

257

258, 265

Diplacodes bipunctata...

722, 762

scutellata ...

258,

259, 265

hgematodes

722, 762

tenebrosa . . .

...

259, 261

nigrescens

... 722

teuuipalpa ...

259, 260

rubra

... 722

tuberculata ..

...

259, 265

Diploctena pantoea

... 634

vitripennis...

259, 264

Diprotodon australis . . .

... 159

Elamena (?) lacustris

...

... 153

Discorbina

296, 306

Elaphroptera ...

...

... 209

araucana ... 294

298, 303

Emarginula dilecta

... 478

bertheloti

303, 311

convex

478

487, 512

biconcava

293, 303

Emilitis achroa ..

... 667

globularis

... 311

cosmadelpha

... 698

opercularis

... 299

isodesma . . .

... 698

orbicularis

... 303

trissodesma

...

... 698

parisiensis ... 293

, 303, 311

Enaemia callianthes

... 87

patelliformis

... 299

caminaea ...

... 86

rosacea

307, 308

erythractis ..

... 88

rugosa

307, 311

mixoleuca ... ■

... 87

saulcii

... 303

parallela ...

... 88

turbo

298, 311

phlogopa . . .

... 88

valvulata

... 303

pyrilampis ..

... 89

vesicularis... 307

308, 315

pyrochrysa . . .

... 86

INDEX.

Enaemia rutihlla Endiandra praepubens Engina anaxeres

lineata

siderea

trifasciata .. Enteles 209, 211,

barnardi ...

hicolor

conjugatus ...

deceptor

dimidiatus ...

haemorrhoidalis

integer

morio

simillimus ...

testaceipes ... Eois 636, 687, 638,

albicostata ...

alopecodes ...

cletima

coercita

costaria

dolichopis ..

elaphrodes ...

eretmopus ...

ferrilinea ...

fucosa

halmaea

iodesma

isomorpha ...

liparota

nephelota ...

oenoiyus

pachydetis ...

philocosma...

plumboscriptaria

polygramma

probleta

pseliota

scintillans ...

stenozona ... EpacrideaB Ephyra ...

compressa . . .

obrinaria ..

validaria . . . Epieephalft

acrobaphes...

australis

colymbetella

trigonophora

PAGE

87

583, 585

485

485

485

485

228, 240, 401

241, 246 237, 242, 246

241,242

242, 245 241, 242, 244 241, 242, 243

244 241, 245, 246 241, 242, 246 241, 244 241, 244 639, 644, 673 645, 650

644, 654

645, 649

644, 646, 647

644, 645

645, 648

646, 648

644, 647

645, 649 645, 651 645, 650

644, 654 ... 645

645, 647 645, 652 ... 642 645, 653

645, 648, 653 644, 654

644, 654

645, 652 645, 653 645, 651 644, 654

... 138 680, 681 ... 156 ... 685 ... 671 49, 52, 53 53 ... 53 ... 53 ... 53

Epicroesa

ambrosia

metallifera ..

thiasarcha ... Epidictica calliphylla . .

Pilchtri

thiospila Epigrus dissimilis

verconis

xanthias Epimixia

alitophrosyne Episodiocis Epitonium bicarinatum

dentiscalpium

revolutum

Epopsia

metreta Erato angistoma

lachryma ...

nana

Eremophila sp

Eremothyris

metreta Eretmocera sesioides . . Eriphia norfolcensis .. Erirhinidse Ethalia guamensis

pulchella ... Euastrum

ansatum

buUatum ...

campanulatum

PAGE

50, 94

95, 96

95, 96

.. 95

... 87 ... 87 ... 88 ... 480 ... 480 ... 480 ... 779 769, 780 ... 402

151

482

, 482

482

90

90

, 484

484

, 484

, 570

50, 90

90

132

156

418

479

... 479

170, 176

170, 174, 176

172, 175, 200

170, 171, 172,

176, 200

172

176

177,200

174

174, 200

174, 200

172, 173, 200

capitatum ... circulare compactum... cuneatum j3 solum

7 basiventricosum

S conicum deminutum denticulatum /3 elongatum

^ strictum dideltoides ... Everettense intermedum var

turn longicolle ...

/3 australicum

var. capitatum

177

177

171,172

175

compac-

170

173, 175, 176

172,200

172

-ar. Himalyense obesum

172 171

X.

INDEX.

PAGE

Eaastrum porrectum ... ... 170

quadriceps 171, 172

car. dideltoicles 171

rotundum ... ... 170,201

sp 177

sinuosum ... 172, 176, 200

f. germanica ... 172, 200 var. Ceylanicum ... 175

snbhexalobum .. ... 170

subincisum.. ... 173, 200

triangulum.. ... 171, 200

undulatumj... ... 177, 200

Eucalyptocola ... .. 376, 377

marcida ... ... ... 377

mastersi ... ... ... ^11

Eucalyptus albens ... .. 857

coriacea ... ... ... 570

crebra ... ... ... 846

hemiphloia var. albens 570, 846 melanophloia ... 571, 846

piperita 64

rostrata ... ... ... 857

siderophloia ... 570, 846

sp 56,60,86,376

tereticornis... ... ... 570

var. dealbata . Woollsiana

Euchelus angulatus lamberti rubus

Eugenia Yentenatii

Eulebia ... bicolor

picipennis

plagiata

Eulima acerrima campyla

latipes

nitens

Eulimella anabathron ... coacta columna ... 483,

Earocrypha

thanatochlamys 760,

Euryscaphus carbonari us

Fasciolaria filamentosa

Favosites sp

Ficus glomerata rubiginosa ... stipulata

Fidonia acidaliaria

Fissuridea galeata

571,

570 846 ... 479 ... 479 ... 479 59, 63 875, 376 375, 376 ... 376 ... 376 ... 483 ... 483 ... 483 ... 483 ... 506 ... 483 506, 513 ... 784 769, 784 ... 350 ... 350 ... 485 ... 548 ... 690 ... 204 ... 112 ... 659 ... 478

Fissuridea jukesii

proxima

quadriradiata Fomes annosus ...

applanatus

australis Fontejus ... Fossarus brumalis Frondicularia insequalie

481, 311,

502, 313,

trimorpha Gangamopteris sp. Gaudryina pupoides Geaster plicatus

saceatus

vittatus Gelechiadas Gena ungula .. 478, 488,

varia Geocoridre .. 768, 770,

Geocoris capricornutus 768,

lubra 768,

roseobistriatus ... 768, Geometridre

Geometrinte ... 635, 636,

Germalus kurandse ... 768, Germo ...

maccoyi

Gerrid^ 769,

Gibbula blanfordiana

danieli ...

maccuUochi 478, 489,

Globigerina aequilateralis 293,

buUoides 293, 298, 303,

751, 752,

var. triloba

conglobata

cretacea digitata dubia

linnseana ... sacculifera ... sp.

293, 293, 748, 752, 293,

293,

298,

Globigerinidse 293, 298, 303, 306,

Glochinorrhinus

Glossopterissp.... 560,855,884,

Glyphipteryx 47, 48, 51, 115, acinacella ... ... 116,

actinobola .. . . 117,

amblycerella ... 115,

anaclastis ... ... 11-7,

argyrosema... .. 115,

asteriella ... ... 115,

AGE

478 478 478 203 839 203 776 513 313 318 884 298 202 202 202 48 512 478 777 773 744 773 631 667 774 393 392 783 490 489 513 303 748, 753 303 751, 753 311 293 303 311 303 759 811 401 889 139 118 119 124 130 126 124

INDEX.

XI.

PAGE

PAGE

Glyphipteryx atristricUa

... 128

Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus

.. 744

autopetes

116, 118

Goodenia hederacea

.. 841

brachyaula

116, 127

Gorpis cribraticollis ... 7

69, 782

callicrossa

117, 119

Gracilaria 47, 48, 49, 52

, 62, 64

calliseopa

116, 128

albicincta

.. 66

chalcostrepta

117, 128

albinmculella

.. 56

chrysolethella

... 128

albispersa

65

chrysoplanetis

115, 122

alhistriatella

61

cometophora

116, 128

alhomctrginata

61

cjaiiochalca

117, 130

alchimiella

64

cyanophracta

115, 126

alysidota

. 58

deuterastis

116, 121

argyrodesma

.. 55

drosophaes

116, 124

auchetidella

.. 66

euthybelemna

116, 121

aurora

... 67

gemmipunctella . . .

117, 128

autadelpha . .

.. 55

gonoteles

117, 119

caenotheta

.. 55

halimophila

116, 117

calicella

.. 56

holodesma

116, 123

chalcoptera

.. 65

iometalla

115, 126

chionoplecta

.. 55

isozela

115, 124

chlorella

.. 65

lamprocoma

116, 127

cirrhopis

.. 66

leucocerastes

116. 123

didymella ..

60

lyelliana

... ' 130

euchlamyda

.. 56

macrantha

116, 121

euglypta

.. 68

macraula

116, 120

eumetalla ...

.. 57

mesaula

116, 121

eupetala

.. 57

meteora

115, 122

eviry enema

.. 68

metronoma

116, 123

fliiorescens

.. 59

palaeomorpha

116, 120

formosa

.. 63

parazona

115, 125

heterojms

.. 59

perimetalla

117, 129

hoploccda

„ 55

pharetropis 115

, 125, 226

ida ..

.. 64

phosphora

115, 126

irrorata

.. 54

platydisema

115, 122

ischiastris

.. 66

polychroa

117, 131

laciniella

.. 60

protomacra

116, 117

lepidella

.. 65

sabella

116, 122

leptalea

61

tetrasema

116, 123

lygineUa

.. 63

trigonaspis

117,131

microia

.. 61

tripselia

117, 129

■mnesicala ...

.. 63

Glyphis

... 488

nereis

.. 59

Glyphostoma polynesiense

... 484

nitidula

61

rugosum

... 484

obscurella ...

56

strombillum

., 484

ochrocephala

.. 60

vultuosum

... 484

octopunctata

.. 65

Gnamptoloma ..

637, 681

oenopella

.. 65

aventiaria ..

681,682

ophiodes

60

mundissima

681, 682

ordinatella

.. 54

Gnepinia spathularia ...

.. 204

jmrallela

.. 59

Gomphinae ... 708,

709, 710,

peltophanes

.. 67

711

, 712, 728

plagata

.. 65

Gomphus

.. 732

pleheia

60

Goniophyllum sp.

... 462

2>olyplaca ...

.. 64

xu.

INDEX.

PAGE

Gvsicila.visi pyrigenes 61

pyrochroma ... ... 62

thalassias ... ... ... 62

toxomacha 62

trapezoides 55

tr'icuneatella ... ... 54

tristanice ... 59

unilineata ... ... ... 60

xanthopharella 67

xylophanes 68

Graptostethus cardinalis 768, 770

Gievillea linearis 55

Gypsina 754, 756

globulus ... 747,749, 750,753

Gyrineum pusillum 483

Halimeda sp 751, 760

Haliotis asinina 478

varia ... ... ... 478

Haplophragmium emaciatum 310

fontinense meridionale var.

Hardenbergia ovata Harpalinee Hastigerina pelagica Hauerina

Hauerinince ... 292, Hedycharis

2}hoenohapta Helcioniscus illibratus Helicella candidula Helopeltis australise , Hemianax

papuensis .. Hemicordulia ...

australiffi ..

tau

Herhida midtiferalis

mhmarginalis Heterostegina sp.

depressa Hexagonia tenuis Hilarographa

pyranthis

zapyra Hirneola polytrieha Homadaula

coseinopa ...

lasioehroa ..

myiiospila ...

poUodes Homcdosoma opacipenne Humaria granulosa

... 292 310, 312, 314, 318 ... 52 ... 358 ... 303 305 309 88 89 480 393

297, 301:

769, 732,

750,

732 762 ... 724 723, 724 723, 762 ... 113 ... 113

751, 753

752, 753 ... 203

50, 91 ... 91 92 ... 204 51, 72, 73 ... 73 ... 74 ... 73 ... 74 360, 369 ... 205

PAGE

Hydnaceoe 203

Hydnum alutaceum ... ... 203

Hydriomena epicteta 633

interruptata ... ... 634

subocbraria ., ... 633

subrectaria... ... ... 633

Hydriomeninse .. ... 631, 698

Hyla Ewingii 159

sp 159, 839

Hymenoptera ... ... ... 514

Hymenosoma lacustri's ... 153

Hyperammina subnodosa ... 309

Hyperiosoma ... ... .. 402

Hypocreaceas ... .^ ... 204

Hyponomeuta grossipunctella . . . 77

interneUus ... ... ... 77

myriosema ... ... .. 77

pustidtllus .. .. ... 77

Hypoprepia haematopus ... 87

Hypsipyrgias 779

telamonides 769, 779, 788

Icthyocercus angolensis ... 164

australiensis ... 164, 199

longispinus 164

Ictinus 709, 710, 711

Idem agues 662

farinalis ... ... ... 698

innocens ... 664

Jessica ... ... ... 657

lydia 657

Idiodes apicata ... 697

Idiothauma ... ... ... 91

Imalithus ... 400,401,422

patella 423

Imma 48, 50, 106

acosma ... ... ... 1C6

albifasciella 106

atrosignata 106

aulonias 107

autodoxa ... ... ... 106

bilineela 107

cbrysoplaca 107

congrualis ... ... ... 106

costipuncta 107

crocozela 107

diapbana 107

dioptrias 107

epicomia ... ... .. 107

grammatistis 107

hemixanthella 107

leiocbroa ... .. ... 106

licbenopa 107

marileutis 106

INDEX.

PAGE

Imma minatrix

... 107

penthinoides

... 107

psithyristis

... 106

stilbiota

... 107

thyriditis

... 107

transversella

... 106

viola

... 107

Incurvaria conjunctella

... 94

Ischnura .382, 383, 384

, 385, 389

delicata 382, 383,

384, 389,

739, 762

heterosticta 382

383, 384,

389, 390

senegalensis

... 382

Isometopus

... 784

Isosticta

... 765

simplex

766, 767

Iswara

... 206

Jasminum grandiflorum

... 744

Juncus planifolius

... 840

Kennedya sp

... 52

Kunzea capitata

... 133

Laccaria laccata

... 202

Laccoscaphus

351, 352

foveigerus

... 352

foveipennis

... 352

lacunosus

... 352

macleayi

... 352

quadriseriatus

351, 352

spencei

... 352

Lactura

51, 86, 88

calliphylla

... 87

caminaea ..

... 86

cristata

... 87

dives

... 86

egregiella

... 86

erythractis

... 88

ery throcera

... 88

eupoecila

... 88

laetif era

... 86

mactata

... 88

parallela ..

... 88

phlogopa

88

phoenodes

... 87

Pilcheri

... 87

rutilella

... 87

suffusa

... 87

thiospila

... 88

Lagena

... 296

acuticostata

... 293

aspera

293, 310

desmophora

... 293

favosopunctata ...

310, 316

PAGE

Lagena globosa ... ... ... 305

rar. grandipora... 302, 305

gracillima 298

hispida 293, 302

orbignyana... 293, 295, 302

sp 310

striata 298, .302

sulcata 302, 310

var. interrupta 302

trigonomarginata ... ... 310

Lagenidas ... 293,298,302,310

Lageninffi 293, 298, 302, 307, 310

Laportea gigas 13,794

Latirus australiensis ... .. 485

polygonus 485

Lebiini 346, 373

Leiolophus planissimus ... 153^

Lentinus strigosus 202

subnudus 202

Lepidocyclina ... 748, 754, 757

andrewsiana 747, 749, 753, 757^

760

angularis 747, 749, 753, 756,

757, 758, 759-

dilatata ... ... ... 757

munieri 749, 753, 757, 758, 759 sumatrensis ... 748, 753

tournoueri 757'

verbeeki ... 747, 748, 749,

753, 758

Lepiota dolichaula 202"

Lepteirone ...211,247,249,250

arenaria 250,253

caroli 250, 252'

comes 250, 255

cubitalis ... 250,256,257

fallax ... ... 250, 256

ichneumoniformis 250, 252

opaca 250, 255

pseudosedulus ... 250, 251 rufopictus ... 249, 250, 251

subacta .. ... 250, 254

tristis 250,256

Leptograpsus variegatus ... 154

Leptomeris ... 636, 637, 649, 655,

672, 673, 674

aleuritis 656, 659

axiotis ... ... 656, 657

caesaria .. ... 656, 664

castissima ... ... 655, 666

chloristis 656, 659

coenona ... ... 656, 662

desita 656, 659'

XIV.

INDEX.

Leptomeris despoliata . ,

clidymosema

dimorphata

hypocallista

hypochia ...

innocens

lechrioloma

liotis

lydia

neoxesta

nictata

oppilata

optivata

ah. amathodes . ah. polia...

perlata

prosoeca

recessata ...

rubraria

sublinearia...

tetrasticha ...

thysanopus...

uniformis ... Leptospermum Isevigat Leptothyra

laeta

nanina Lestes analis

annulosus ...

aridus

io

leda

psyche Leuconostoc Leucophthahnia LibellulidEe Libellulinse Linderina

brugesi Lingulina carinata Liopasa ...

crepera Liotia

crenata

latebrosa ...

minima

peronii

rostrata

scalaroides ... Lippistes...

blainvilleanus

gracilentus ...

zodiacus

PAGE

655, 065 655, 666 ... 662

655, 665

656, 657 656, 664 656, 658 656, 658 655,657

655, 657

656, 662 656, 662

656, 661, 664

664

664

656, 657, 661

656, 660 656, 657, 661

656, 659 656, 660, 666

655, 666

656, 663

698

um ... 62

493

479

479

738, 764, 767

738

762, 767 738, 739

764

738, 739 ... 10 680, 681 710, 711, 721 712, 721 756, 759 748, 753, 756

302

370

370

493

479

479, 493, 512 479, 496

479

479

479

503

... 481

,.. 481

481, 502, 513

PAGE

Liriodendron tulipifera

... 840

Lithocolletis

.. 49, 51, 52

aglaozona ...

52

desmochrysa

52

stephanota ...

51

Lithophyllum sp.

747

Lithosiadae

88

Lithothamnium ramosissimum 747,

[750

sp

748, 750, 751

Lituolidae

292, 297, 310

Lituolinae

292, 297, 310

Loftusiinse

310

Lophocheilus ...

258

Lotoi'ium abbotti

317

parkinsonianum

317

radiale

317

tarbellianum

317

textile

317

tortirostris ...

317

woodsii

.. 317

Lotorium (Lampusia) abbottii 317

Loxogenius

369

opacipennis

.. 369

Loxocjmus ohscurus

371

Loxotrochis

50, 108

sepias

108

Lycauges desueta

... 698

proxima

669

Lycoperdacea3 ...

202,840

Lycoperdon australe

202

lilacinum ...

203

polymorphum

840

pusillum

840

Lyperanthus nigricans

555,627

Lyria delieiosa ...

484

Lysurus au&traliensis

.. 159, 204

Macarangela

49, 69

leucochrysa

69

pyracma

69

uranarcha ...

69

Macaria divisaria

676

Macarostola

49, 62

aellomacha...

62

aethalota ...

62

amalopa

63

formosa

62, 63

ida

64

leucocyma .... .

62

lyginella

63

miniella

62

mnesicala ...

63

ophidias

62

NDEX.

XV.

PAGE

Macarostola polyplaca

64

thalassias

G2

toxomacha

62

Macropes anthropophagorum

768,

[772

487

Macroschisnia

compressa

487

488

madreporaria 478

487

512

Maculotriton bracteatus

485

Marasmius crinis-equi...

475

equi-crinis

475

Marginella brachia

484

mustelina

484

ochracea

484

ovulum

...

484

Marsipella cylindrica ...

301

Mathilda decorata

500

oppia ... 481,

500,

512

Meeistoeerus .. 400

401

403

compositus

405,

409

denticulatus

415

disbar

405

407

egens

405,

414

languidus

405

413

maerens

405,

410

mastersi

...

405

tenuirostris

405

408

vulneratus ...

405,

411

Megalatractus aruanus

485

Melaleuca sp

...

203

Melanella petterdi

483

Melanterius acacia

415

maculatus

...

415

tristis

415

Melosira crenulata

585

granulata

535

Mesophoyx plumifera ...

...

629

Mesotrophe

683

Metaphrastis

49

,134

acrochalca ...

134

Methoca

206

207

Metraniomorpha

403

Metura elongata

838

Microberosiris ... 400

401

418

exilis

419

Micronecta annge var. pallida,.. 769

mlcra 769, 788

Microtis tuberculata 478

Mieza 51,88

colabristis .. 89

erythrocera . . . ... ... 88

leu€ophthalma 89

mactaia ... ... ... 88

PAC4E

Mieza phoenobapta ... ... 89

phoenodes .„ ... ... 87

picta ... .. ... 88

pyrilampis 89

Miliolidse 291, 297, 301, 307,

308, 316

Miliolina alveoliniformis 292, 309,

315

bicornis 308

var 307, 308

bosciana ... ... ... 750

bucculenta 309, 317

circularis ... 292,307,309

cultrata 301

ferussacii ... ... ... 309

linnfeana 297, 309

pulchella 3U8

reticulata 292, 297

rupertiana ... ... 309, 315

scrobiculata ... ... 297

seminulum ... 291, 297, 307, 309 separans ... .. ... 309

sp 751, 753, 754

tricarinata 307, 309, 749, 753 trigonula 307, 309, 748, 753

undosa 292

valvularis .. 297

Miliolinse 291, 297, 301, 307, 308

Miogypsina 754, 758

burdigalensis 747, 753, 758 complanata 749, 753, 758 sp 748

Miridee 769, 784

Miscera 50, 100, 101

centropis 101, 104

desmotoma 101, 104

episcota 101, 104

holodisca 101, 105

leucopis 101, 102

mesochrysa ... 101, 103

micrastra .. ... 101, 105

omichleutis .. 101, 105

orthaula 101, 102

resumptana .. 101, 102

Mitra bernhardina 507

capricornea 485, 508, 512

cucumerina ... 485

mitra 485, 507

muriculata . _ ... ... 507

nitidissima... .. ... 508

rufescens 485

zephyrina 485, 507

Mnesterodes 637, 638

XVI.

INI

3EX.

PAGE

PAOE

Mnesterodes trypheropa

638

Nerita chama^leon

... 480

Mochtherns

377

378

inelauo tragus

... 479

macleayi

377,

378

plicata

... 479

tetraspilotus

378

polita rar. australis

... 480

Modulus teetus

481

Neritina souverbiaua ...

... 480

Moerchia introspecta 470

4i)3

513

Nesoerypha

... 784

morleti

494

NidulariaceiB ...

... 204

Monilea lifuaua

479

Nitzschiaacicularis ...

... 167

pudibunda

478

Noctuidi\3

... 698.

tropicalis ... -479,

490,

512

Nodosaria communis ...

... 302

Monocteniana3

697

oostulata

... 302

Monotoca elliptica

138

tilit'ormis

... 311

Mueronalia bizonula ...

4S3,

505

inriexa

... 302^

Murex hystrix

511

obliqua

... 311

ricinus

511

prismatica ...

... 313

Murex territus

486

roemeri

... 3ia

Mutillidii?

15S

207

nir. semicostata 311

,313,318

Myodichidiv

708

,770

scalaris

... 302

Myrtesis..

...

416

var. separans ...

... 293

Myxomycetes

...

841

simplex

... 302

Myzine

514

soluta

... 3ia

Mi/zine ...

514

zippei

... 314

anthracina ..

520

NodosariinoB ... 293

302, 3ia

chjpeata

522

Ntvggerathiopsis sp. ...

855, 884

cognata

521

Nonionina boueana 299

304, 312

fasUiosa

521

depressula

304, 312

Jlancoi-nis

...

519

pompilioides

304, 312

h vifrom

521

seapha

294, 304

morosa

519

Notocryptorhynchus . . .

.. 402

nigripennis

517

Notonomus 361,364,365

366, 367

sabidosa

521

aeneomicans

... 367

scoliiforiuis

...

519

a^qualis

.. 362

sipnafa

519

angustibasis

... 370

unicolor

521

australasiaj

... 365

Nabidoe

769,

781

australis

... 367

Nannodythemis austral is

723

carter!

... 361

Xassa lirida

...

509

colossus

... 367

semitexta

509

excisipennis

... 364

trifasciata

509

fletcheri

... 363

iinicolor

509

howitti

. 361

Natica buriasensis

483

incrassatus..

366, 367

chinensis

...

483

johnstoni

363, 364

gualteriana

...

483

kingi

364, 365

subcostata

...

483

J^ingi

... 364

NaucoridiB

769,

788

macoyi

... 362

Nechyrus ... 400

401

425

marginatus

... 366

incomptus

425,

427

minimus

... 366

latipennis

425,

427

muelleri

... 361

legitimus

425

428

opacistriatus

... 365

mollipes

425

427

sjvpistriatus

... 364

Neomystocis

401

scotti

... 364

Keptic u la n igricanf'i Ua

...

52

spenceri

... 362

Nerita albicilla

...

480

violaceus

363, 367

INDtX

XVll

PACK

1

PACE

Numrnulinidie ..

294,

299, 304,

Ornix

52, 53

.308,312

Ornix a crobaphta

... .53

Nummulitinffi ...

294, 299

awitralift

... .53

Ny.sius vinitor ...

768, 770

trigonophora

... 53

Obtortio fulva ...

... 480

Orphaniste.s

... 403

Ochfseiihf.imeria squamkornii .. 134

Orthenches

51, 1.35

Ochtheru.s rnarginata

709, 788

epiphricta

... 1.35

Ocypode ceratophthaima

... 154

Orthetrum caledonicum

722, 762

urvillei

... 154

Orthoea nigriceps

775

Odostomia bulbula

"482

, 504, 513

pacifica

776 769,

canaria

482

, 503, 513

phripl.anioii

... 776

clara

... 482

sidnica

769, 775

compta

... 482

Oruza kydro-comptata...

... 698

convoluta ...

... 482

O.scilla ta.smanica

... 482

corpulenta ...

... 482

Ovula raargarita

... 484

henni

482, 505

Oxycarenu.5 lifuanus ,,

768, 773

metata

"482

, 503, 513

Oxylfemus lea»

... 8.35

oodes

.. 482

Ozius truncatus

... 153

opaca

. , 482

Pachycheles barbatus ...

.. 155

rubra

... 482

lifuensis

155, L56

sigma

"482

504, 513

sculptu.s

15.5

Oennea Scotti ...

... 93

Pachygrap.sus transversus

... 1.54

Oecophoridae

48

Pachygrontha austrina

768, 771

Oedernatopoda ...

... 132

Panaetiu.s lobulatus

768, 769

Oeta albu^uUata

... 81

Panageini

... 360

hasaUa

... 80

Pantala flavescens

721, 762

Olivetta nympha

... 484

Paracalocoris austrinus

769, 787

Omalaxis radiata

"48.3,

506, 513

Paraphyllis

50, 140

zanclea

... 507

scaeopa

... 140

Oncorhinus

...

210, 213

Paratituacia ... 400

, 403, 423

xanthospilus

... 214

dorso.5ignata

... 424

Onoba glornerosa

"480,

495, 513

Pecten sp.

462

mercurialis...

.. 495

Peneroplidinae ... 292

297, 301

Operculina

...

754

Penium australe

168, 199

ammonoides

299, .300

cucurbitinum (i subpoly-

complanata .. sp

"749 747,

753, 759 748, 753

morphum gracillirnum

... 168 168, 200

Ophthalmidium

.. .305

lagenaroides

... 168

cornu

297, 300

margaritaceura

... 168

inconstans ...

292,

297, .309

pachydermum

168, 199

Opsiclines

49, 68

Pentameru.s Knightii ...

548, 551

leucomorpha

...

... 69

Percnon planissimum ...

... 1.53

OrbitoidinsB

... 758

Peri.ssops

400, 403

Orbitolites

... 296

PerLsternia lyrata

... 485

complanata

"297,

751, 753 i

Perixera ..

638, 687

marginalis ...

752, 753 1

Jlaciruhra ...

... 698

sp

... 292

Uwiopelta

... 687

Orbulina porosa

universa ... 293,

303, 752,

... .303 311,747, 753, 760

lorifjidhcata {!)

lophosceles

maculifara

... 690 687, 688 ... 698

Organopoda

637, 682

monetaria ..

... 687

**" carnearia ...

... 682

nepjhUoHpila

.. 694

olivescens ...

... 683

odontota

687, 688

XV 111.

INDEX.

Perixera pleniluna (?) ... porphyropis

prionodes

syntona transversata

PAGE

... 687 686, 687 ... 687 ... 691 ... 694

Petaluia 708, 709, 710, 711, 712

gigantea ... 712,713,717,718

ingentissima 715, 717, 718

Petaluridse ... 708, 711, 712

Pezichus 402,405,414,429

Pezizaceae ... 205

Phaenacantha ambigua ... 770

australias 768, 770

Phaenaulax ... ... ... 368

stenomo7yha ... ... 368

Phalangitis 49, 136

crymorrhoa ... .. 136

triaria 136, 137

I,' "t^ tumultuosa.. ... 136, 137

veterana ... ... 136, 138

Phalloideaceae 204, 839

Phasianella variegata 479

Phebalium dentatum 55

Phenacolepas cinnamomea ... 480

Phillipsastraea sp 548

PhilophkeiLS cluhius ... 376, 377

Phlegyas burmanus ... 771,772

tropicalis ... ... ... 771

vulturnus 768, 771

Phlceodromius 373

piceus 373

plagiatus ... 373

Phryqanostola ... ... ... 115

clrosophaes . . . ... ... 124

euthybelemna ... ... 121

Ttiacrantha ... ... ... 121

Phyllanthus Ferdinand! 61, 691

Physaracess ... ... ... 205

Physarum leucophaeum . . . 205

Piestoceros 48, 50, 94

conjunctella ... ... 94

Piper methysticum 158

Pisania crenilabrum ... ... 485

Pisoraca 638, 694, 697

bitactata 694

cryptorhodata ... 694, 695

decretaria 694, 697

nephelospila 694

niveopuncta ... ... 694

ab. transversata ... 695

punctata 694, 695

Pitane dilecta 93

Pitaria albida 477 i

PAGE

Pitaria inflata 477

sp 477

Pittosporum undulatum ... 204

Placopsilina cenomana ... 297

Plagusia capensis 153

chabru^ ... ... ... 153

dentipes ... ... ... 153

depressa var. squamosa ... 154 Planaxis sulcatus ... ... 480

Planispirina bucculenta ... 317

celata 292, 309

contraria 309

exigua ... 292, 297, 301, 309 sigmoidta ... 292, 309, 317

spha?ra ... ... ... 317

Planorbulina acervalis .. .. 312

larvata .... 312

Platydoris coriacea 486

Platysmatini 360

Plesiotrochus 499, 500

exilis .... ... ... 499

independens 499

monachus 499, 513

pagodiformis 481, 498, 499, 512 soiiverhianus ... ... 499

Pleurotaenium baculoides ... 162 erenulatum... ... .^ 161

Ehrenbergii ... ... 161

mediolaeve 161, 200

nodosum y dentatum ... 162 Stuhlmanni ... ... 161

Pleurotaenium (Docidium) glo-

riosum 162

Wallichianum 162

Pleurotus Cheelii 202

Plutella 47, 51, 132, 136, 139, 140,

145, 146

cruciferarmn ... ... 145

maculipennis ... ... 145

sera ... ... ... ... 146

PlutellidiB 47, 48

Poa annua ... ... ... 841

Pcecilus Tcingi ... 364, 365, .366

hxvis 368

Polinices conicus 483

flemingianus 483

Polyctenidte 777

Polymorphina 313

communis ... .... ... 311

compressa ... ... ... 311

elegantissima ... 293, 311 lanceolata ... ... ... 311

regina 311, 316

rotundata 307, 311

INDEX.

XIX,

Polymorphina sororia ...

PAGE ... 311

Plychopoda

\

>Ar.K

644

Polymorphininju 203,

298, 302,

anrjiistipennis

638

307, 311

rrinipes

...

641

Polyporacea3

203, 839

interalhulata

698

Pclyporus eucalyptorum

... 203

pilosata

642

Polysaccum pisocarpium

... 840

punctatissima

...

653

Polystictus sanguineus

... 203

ruhraria

659

Polystomella craticulata

... 312

HcintiUans

651

hedleyi

299, 300

Puccinia chrysanthemi

204

imperatrix

... 308

dichondne

841

macella

294, 312

helianthi

204

striatopunctata

... 312

malvacearum - ...

204

subnodosa

... 312

poarum

841

verriculata

229, 312

pruni

841

Polystomellina; 294, 299,

304, 308,

sacoardoi

841

312

Pucciniaceae

841

Polytrema planum 747,

749, 750,

PuUenia obliquiloculata

303,

751,

753, 756

,759, 760

753

Poronia oedipus

... 204

Pultensea daphnoides ...

...

62

Poropterus

... 400

Pulvinulina

306

Potamides monachtis . . .

... 499

auricula

294

Prays

50, 74

canariensis 294, 299

304

312

autocasis ...

75, 77

carpenteri

312

314

calycias

75, 76

crassa

304

inscripta

... 75

elegans

...

312

nephelomima

75,76

exigua

...

304

tyrastis

... 75

favus

312

Problepsis

637, 674

haueri

303

apoUinaria

G74, 675

menardii ... 294,

303

312

cana

674, 675

micheliniana

304

Clemens

... 674

oblonga

299

margaritaia

... 674

var. scabra

299

ocellata

... 674

patagonica

294

sancta

674, 675

pauperata

3C4

Procordulia

... 724

procera

304

afiinis

... 724

repanda (?) 747, 751

752

l.YA

Procordulia (Somatochlora)

sp 752

753

760

affinis

... 723

tumida

299

312

Protopalus

400, 402

Puncturella

...

488

Psammatha

... 212

Pupa coccinata

4 SO

chalybea

... 212

Purpura hyntrix

511

Pseudaegeria

50, 133

spatJndifera

oil

squamicornis

... 134

Pylarge 637,

667

COS

Psaiidaeluriis

276, 277

episcia

6H8

Pseudagrion coeruleum 739

, 741,742

erebospila

...

068

cyane

... 741

loxosema

668

6f;9

Pseudotepperia

... 402

megalocentra

668

670

Pterocera lambis

... 482

orthoscia

668

670

Pterostiehini

... 360

proxima

668

G69

Ptilocnemidia plumifer

769, 783

Pyramidella mitralis ...

482

Ptochophyle

637, 680

terebelloides

482

cyphosticha

... 680

turrita

4-2

notata

... 680

Pyrazus morus

481

XX.

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Pyrene abyssicola 4S5

, 509

510,513

Rhagigaster gracilior

215

216, 223

atkinsoni ..

... 486

hdmorrhoidalis

237

242, 243

digglesi

... 485

Ulustris

... 228

gemmulifera

486,

510, 513

integer

... 245

laeta

.. 485

laevigatus ... 216,

226,

227, 228

lurid a

'486,

510, 513

mandihidaris

... 217

melvilli

.. 510

morio

... 246

merita

..

... 485

neptunus ...

..

216, 227

moleeulina ...

... 485

nit id us

... 225

pardalina ...

..

... 485

novaroe

... 228

roseotincta ...

... 485

obtusus

215, 226

troglodytes ...

... 485

jnigionatus ...

... 234

versicolor . .

... 485

reflexus

216, 226

Pyrgulina gliriella

... 482

rv go-US

... 238

2^&rspectiva ...

... 505

s>i7iiUi')mis ...

... 244

senex

... 482

tristis

.. 232

umeralis ...

.,

... 482

unieolor 215, 216,

217,

228, 233

zea

... 482

St. ephippiger

215

216, 218

Pyrrhocoridas ...

768, 770

St. mandibularis

215,

216,217,

Queenslandica ..

... 402

[218

Quivquehculina prisca

... 754

Bhagigastemav ..

. . 209

Eadius angasi ...

,,

... 484

Ehago'velia australica

769, 783

Eamulina globulifera

... 298

peggias

... 783

Ramulinina3

,.

... 298

Rhinocypha tineta

... 399

Eaoulia eximia ...

.. 630

var. semitincta

... 399

mammillaris

... 630

Rhodostrophia ...

... 673

Recluzia hargravesi

..

... 481

Ehytidogaster ...

'211,

228, 229

Eeduviida?

769, 783

aculeatu3 ... 229,

230,

235, 2.36

Reophax lodderae

310,

313, 318

St. acutangulus

... 235

scorpiurus ...

.. 310

alexins

229, 2.30

Retusa complanata

... 48t)

bidens

229

2.30, 233

Rhabdammininaa

'301,

306, .309

breviusculus

..

230, 236

Rhabdogonium tricarinatum 302.311

castaneus ...

_,

230, 234

Ehagigaster 209,

211,

214, 215,

com|iaratus...

229

230, 238

228

229,

240, 241

consanguineus

229,

230, 240

aadeatus ...

.. 2.35

eornutus

229, 233

aethiops

218

denticulatus

229,

230, 232

analis

216, 225

iracundiis ...

229 237

apicaUs

..

237, 242

pinguiculus

..

230', 238

approxiruatus

215,

216, 219

prothoracicus

230, 239

auriceps ... 215

216,

220. 222

pngionatus..

229,

2.30, 234

hidens

... 2.33

tristis

229, 232

hinototus ...

_

... 217

tumidus

'229,

230, 236

castanetis ...

... 2.34

Rhytisternus Itevidorsis

... 368

clypeatus ...

... 228

laevis

368, 369

comparatus...

... 238

liopleurus ...

... 369

crassipunctatus

215

216, 222

miser

... 367

dimkliatuii ...

... 244

Rhytisternus (Poecilus)

Ifevis... 368

elongatus ...

215, 225

Bicimda hystrix

... 511

farif'rons ...

... 228

reeveana

,.

... 511

'fulvipennis...

215

216, 224

Rimula exquisita

... 473

fuscipennis... 215,

216,

218, 2i?0,

Ringicula assularum .

.... 486

221

222

223, 224

Rissoa cheilostoma

..

... 480

INDEX.

pa(;e

PAGE

Rissoa invisibJHs

... 495

Scleropoides

402

liddelliana ..

"480

494, 513

Scoliidte

..\ 514

515

novarensis ...

480, 494

JScopodes angulicollis

380

381

trajectus ...

..

... 494

aterrimus ..

...

380

Rissoa (Alvania) trajectus

... 494

au7-a(us

381

Rissoina cardinalis

... 480

cyaneus

380

crassa

... 480

denticollis ...

381

elegantula ...

... 480

fa-Hciolalus ....

.. .

.381

inconspicua

... 480

foveatus

.381

inermis

..

.. 480

hevis

381

kesteveni ...

"480,

497, 513

rimoHicollis ..

!".'. 380

381

miranda

,^ 480

)iexforeatus...

381

obeliscus ...

... 480

sydneyensis

380

381

Rotalia

... 296

Scutus unguis ...

478

beccarii

... 312

Scylla serrata ...

838

clathrata ...

..

294, 296

Selidosema

689

orbicularis ...

... 312

fSelidoseminas ...

697

698

papillosa ...

... 294

Serenthia brevirostris

778

var. compressiuscula

.. 304

femoralis ...

778

soldanii

.,

312, 314

gibba

778

sp

748, 750

vulturna ...

'.'.'. 769

778

RotaliidtE 293, 298,

303,

.307,311

Setalimorphus ...

368

Rotaliinre 293, 298

303,

307, 311

nanus

368

Rupertia stabilis

... 294

punctiventris

.368

Sagrina australiensis

298,

299, 318

.Setalis niger

371

columellaris

... 303

rubripes

.370

371

dimorpha ...

... 299

Sezeris

92

raphanus ...

311

covfiictdla ...

93

sydneyensis

303,

304, 318

Sigmoilina

754

virgula

... 299

sigmoidea ...

292, 309,

317

Salacia

... 775

sp

749, 751,

753

Salius australasije

... 207

.Siliquaria trochlearis

481

Saptha ...

..

... 97

Simaethis ... 51

ioi, 108,

111

divitiosa

.._ 99

a-caeruleum

114

Sarothrocrepis ...

374,

375, 376

basalis

111

mucronatus

... 374

chalcotoxa ...

114

Scaliola arenosa

480, 497

chionodesma

111

bella

480, 497

cyanotoxa ...

113

caledonica ...

480, 497

hyj)ocaUa ...

108

lapillifera ...

... 497

limonias

111

Scaphella maculata

... 484

lutescens ...

113

pulchra

... 484

melanopepla

114

Scaraphites carboiiarius

... 351

metallica ...

114

hirtipes

... 350

ophiosema ...

113

latipennis ...

.. .350

orthogona ...

114

len^BUs

346, 350

parva

112

martini

... 350

plumbealis ...

114

silenus

... 350

regular is ...

..

112

Scarites

... .346

sessilis

112

Scaritini

.346, .350

submarginalis

113

Schisniope atkinsoni .

... 478

sycopola

.

112

Schizophyllum commune

... 202

tapvobanes ...

..

112

Scleroderma flavidum.

... 840

Siphonalia gracillima

..

485

XXll.

INDEX.

PAGE

Sip2^harara euchromiella ... 83

Woodfordi 83

Sistrum hystrix... ... ... 511

Snellenia ... 50, 132. 150

lineata ... ... ... 132

Solanclra lajvis ... 13, 789, 794

Somatina 637, 672

carta ... .. ... 675

cosmospila ... ... ... 672

maculata .., ... ... 672

rubridlsca ... ... ... 698

rufifaseia ... ... .. 672

sordida ... ... ... 673

Sphasrioidese ... ... ... 840

Sphasroidina dehiscens 751, 752,

753, 760

Sphserostilbe cinnabarina ... 204

Spirillina decorata 298

vivipaia ... ... ... 303

Spinllininae 298, 303

Spiroloculina ... ... ... 754

acutimargo.. ... ... 309

aiitillarum 309,315

arenaria 291

asperula .. 297

crenata ... ... .. 297

excavata 297, 301

fragilissima ... 301, 309

grata 297, 301

impressa 301

limbata ... 291, 297, 301,

309, 748, 753

nitida ... 301, 309, 315

planulata ... ... 309, 315

tenuis 297, 309

tenuiseptata ... 297, 309

tortuosa 297, 300

Spiroplecta americana... 292, 301 Spirotaenia obscura ... 170,200 Staurastrum aculeatum .. 187

aggeratum 190, 201

apiculatum.. ... ... 192

approximatum ... ... 185

assurgens ... ... 192, 201

Auburnense ... 191, 201

avicula ... ... ... 190

bibrachiatum vai\ cyathi-

forme 188

var. cymatium 185

bicorne 192

Botanense' 191, 201

campanulatum ... 189, 201 cerastes 185

PAGE

Staurastrum concinnum

187

coralloideum

187,

201

eruciforme... 184,

188

201

cuniculosum

185,

201

cytocerum

185

dejectum

183

var. convergens,..

183

denticulatum

183

Dickiei

183

var. circulare ...

183

dilatatum

189

ran insigne

189

excavatum

187

201

forcipatum

182

,201

forficulatum

191

furcatum var. aculeatum

191

gracile (3 curtum ...

185

Heimerlianum var. spinu-

losum ...

..

187

hexacerum var. aversum

191

indentatum

192

Kjellmanni..

184

Libeltii

190

Manfeldtii

187

moniliferum

188

201

orbiculare /S denticulatum

183,

[200

iS verrucosum ...

183

patens f. australica

189

201

podlachicum

...

191

Pringiei

J 84

pseudobiretum

183

200

pseudosebaldi

187

pygmaeum ...

184

Reinschii

191

Rosei ... 185,

188

201

Sebaldi

187

sexangulare

185,

201

/3 productum

186

Sonthalianum

186,

201

stellinum

185

striolatum

...

189

subcruciatum

190

tiara

184,

200

tricorne

189

tridentulum 190,

191,

201

tunguscanum

191

validum

184

varians ... " ...

...

184

verrucosum

183

vestitum

187

volans /3 elegans ...

187,

201

INDEX.

XXlll.

PAGE

Staurophanum cruciatum j3 ele-

gans 199,201

Stemonitaceee .. 205

Stemonitis ferruginea 205

Sterculia acerifolia ... ... 838

diveisifolia... 570,838,857

Stereum lobatum 203

Sterrha 637. 670

aglaodesma 671

franconia ... ... ... 698

iopm'ia ... ... .., 698

punctilinea ... ... ... 698

rhodocosma ... ... 671

sericeata ... ... ... 671

validaria ... ... ... 671

Sterrhin^e 635, 636

Stibarostoma 689

grlscata ... ... ... 690

2mlverata ... ... ... 690

Stictaceae .. 205

Stictis annulata 205

Stictocarenus sp. ... 768,769

Stomatella biporcata 478

concinna ... ... ... 478

sulcifera 478

Stomatia phymotis 478

Stomonaxus .. 372

Strebloceras cygnicollis ... 481

Streptococcus ... 10

JStiicklandia 380

nigra ... ... ... 378

pericalloides 380

Stromatopora sp. 548

Strombus campbelli ... ... 482

gibberulus ... ... ... 482

luhuanus 482

urceus .. ... ... 482

Stylifer auricula 483, 505, 513

orbiculatus... 483, 505, 513

Styphelia sp 570

Subemarginula cumingii ... 478

tricarinata 478

Sybulus 401,429

peccuarius 430

Yorkensis ... . ... 429

Sympediosoma ... 400, 402, 419

albifrons 420

obliquifasciatum ... 420, 421

Sympedius 420

testudo 420

vexatus 420

Syncrotus circumscriptus 768, 770 Synthemis cyanitincta 724, 741, 742

PAGE

Synthemis macrostigma ... 724

Martini ... 726, 741, 742

Synthlipsis 786

chambersi ... 769, 787, 788

Syrnola tincta ... ... ... 482

Tachynomyia 211,247,270,276,

277, 279, 282, 29U

abdominalis ... 277, 279

abstinens 278,284

adusta 279,286

agilis 284

anthracina 278, 279, 287, 288 aurifrons ... ... 278, 285

barbata 290

basalis ... 277, 281, 288

caelebs 290

comata ... ... ... 290

combusta ... ... 278, 285

concolor 277, 280

fascipennis... 278, 279, 288

f erven s 278,284

flavopicta . . 278, 279, 289

fragilis 290

incana 279

insularis .. 290

moerens ... ... 278, 286

7iitens 290

obliterata 278, 282

paradelpha 278, 281

pilosula 278, 285

punctata ... 278,279,283

rubella 277, 281

seduloides 278, 283

senex 278, 282

spinolffi 277, 279

volatilis 278, 284

Tachyi)terus 212

albopictus ... ... ... 212

australis ... 212

crasncornis ... ... 519

fasciatus ... ... ... 212

Teinoptila ... ... ... 77

interrupteUa ... .. 77

Teinostoma involutum ... 479

oppletum . 479

qualum ... ... ... 479

Telamona ... ... ... 779

Teleonemia 779, 780

paoifica ... ... 769, 780

pilicornis ... 780

vulturna 769, 781

Telopea speciosissima ... 55, 630

Tephrosia desita 659

INDEX

PAGE

Tepperia... ... .. ... 403

Testrica rudis 76S, 769

Tetmemorus Brebissonii ... 169

gracilis 169,200

immanis ... ... 169, 200

laevis ... ... ... 169

penioides ... ... ... 169

Tetranthera ferruginea ... 65

Textularia concava 292, 297, 301

giamen 292,295

quadrilatera 294, 301, 318

sagittula 298

sp 310, 750, 753

trochus ... 297, 752, 753, 760

Textulariidffi 292, 297, 301, 307, 310

Textulariinse 292, 297, 301, 307, 310

Thais hippocastanea ... ... 486

mancinella... ... ... 486

pseudamygdala ... ... 486

Thala adumbrata ... .. 484

Thalassodes validaria... ... 671

Thaumastocorinse ... ... 777

Thaumastocoris ... ... 777

australicus ... 769, 778, 788

Thaumadotheriince ... ... 777

Thaumadotheriuni

australicum ...769,

Thaumatographa

Thelephora Archeri pedicellata ...

Thelephoraceae ...

Themiscijra laetifera ...

Therapon unicolor

Thinnfeldia odontopteroides

Thurammina compressa papillata

Thynnidie ... 158,206,

Thynninae ... 209,

Thynnoides

Thynnus

Thynnus abdominalis ... adust us hrevicornis ... cathreinii ... clypearis ... coelehs deceptor demattioi ... dentatus

fallax

fervens

fervidus

... 777 778, 788 ... 91 ... 203 ... 203 ... 203 ... 86 4 ... 871 ... 310 ... 310 210, 514 210, 213 241, 282 209, 514 ... 279 ... 2S6 ... 260 ... 516 ... 228 ... 228 ... 245 .. 225 283, 286 ... 225 ... 256 ... 284 ... 279

Thynnus fimhriatus

242

Jischeri

518

friedrkliii

2S1

gravidus

214

haerdtii

265

hammerhi

232

heideri

228

insidaris

290

integer

245

haUenbrunneri

283

Mugii

214

Ucheri

242

mayri

284

mulleri

287

nigrofasciatus

249

ottenhcdld ..

244

ottonis

242

periiteri

284

petiolatus ...

271

punctafus

283

reischii

517

rixosus

274

rufirentris

207

7'ufopictus ...

251

scaht ...

234

schoheri

286

schroederi

282

seemulleri

289

seniperi

233

sennhoferi

281

serripes

246

stolzii

517

tryphonoides

275

uberhorstii

218

ivildaueri

284

wolframii ...

244

zingerlei

242

Thynnus maa-opterus

393

Thyiinus (Agriomyia) brevi

cornis

260

ichneumoniformis

252

lucidus

266

rufirornis

265

tristis

256

Thynnus {Eirone) tuhercidatus

265

vitripennis ,

264

Thyridectis

49, 78

psephonoma

78

Thnandra ...

681

aventiaria ... " ...

682

malacopis

682

inundissima

682

prasodes

682

INDEX.

XXV,

TAG l<.

Timodora

49, 68

chrysochoa...

68

Tinaegeria

132

Inieata

132

Tineidtc

47, 48

Tineina

47,48

Tingida;

769, 778

Tinoporus

296

Tituacia

424

Toniia variegala

483

Tonza

50, 83

purella

83

Torinia doisuosa

483

variegata ...

483

I'ortriconorjjha dia2>haiia ... 107 monodtsma ... ... 106

ohliqnijasciaia ... ... 106

2)enthiuoides ... ... 107

Tortyia 50, 83, 97, 101

divitiosa 97, 99

iiidopa ... ... 97, 98

paradelpha 97, 98

prasochalca 97, 98, 99, 100

prodigella 97, Iv'O

Trachycentia ... ... 51, 141

amphiloxa ... ... 142, 144

aulacitis ... ... 142, 143

calamias .. ... ... 142

chlorogramma ... ... 142

glaucias 142, 145

psorodes ... ... 142, 143

sagmatias 142, 144

Trachypterus 212

Tramea Loewii 721

Trametes lactinea 203

Tremellaceae 204

Trichostenms opaciptnnis ... 360 Trigonotoma australis ... ... 367

violacea 363, 367

Trigonotomini 346, 360

Trillina 754, 758

howchini ... 749, 753, 754, 760 Triphleps persequens ... 769, 784

Triphora cornuta 481

coirugata ... ... ... 481

dolicha 481

funebris 481

kesteveni 481

labiata ... 481

rubra ... ... ... 481

rufula ... ... ... 481

Triploceras 162, 163

denticulatum ... 164, 200

PAGE

Triploceras gracile * aculeatum 163,

200

* bidenkitum 163

* bilobatum 163

serratum 162, 199

superbum ... ... 163

verticillatum .. . . 163

Triploceras (Docidiuin) occiden-

tale 164

Triracho2)oda ... ... .. 694

Tristania conlerta ... 59, 64

suaveolens ... ... ... 64

Trito7i amjasi ... ... . . 508

antiquahis ... ... ... 508

coxi ... ... ... ... 508

crandatus ... ... ... 508

Tritoiiidea undosa ... ... 485

Trilonium anyusi ... ... 508

Trivia globosa ... ... ... 483

scabriuscula .. .. 483

Trochammina ringenb... 292

Trochaiimiiniiice ... 292, 310

Trochus calcaratus .. ... 478

exdia ... ... .. 499

fenestratus ... ... .. 478

maculatus ... ... ... 478

obeliscus .. ... ... 478

Truncatulina ... .. ... 754

haidingerii... 294, ^;03, 311

lobatula ... ... ... 311

prgecincta ... 299, 303, 306

refulgens ... ... .. 311

rosea ... ... 307, 311

rostrata 311

sp. ... 747,748, 749, 750, 753

tenuiraargo... .. ... 303

ungeriana 294,299,311,751,

753

wuellerstorfii ... 303, 311

Trygodes 637, 676

agrata ... ... ... 676

catacissa ... ... 676, 677

divisaria ... ... ... 676

muscivaria... ... ... 676

Tudicula armigera .. ... 485

Tulostoma mammosum ... 840

Turbinella subnassatula ... 485

Turbo concinnus ... ... 479

petholatus .. ... ... 479

speciosus 479

Turbonilla aplini 482

cheverti 482

varicifer 482

INDEX.

PAGE

Turcica maculata ... .. 479

Turris acuta 48'4

Turritella captiva 481, 500, 501, 513 clathrata ... ... ... 501

constricta ... ... ... 501

Tychanus ... ... ... 420

Typha latifolia 54

Tyrtaeosus 400, 402

Urediiiacea3 ... ... ... 204

Ustilaginete ... ... ... 840

Ustilago muelleriana ... ... 840

Uvigerina 296

canariensis... ... 293, 302

interrupta ... 293, 298, 302

pygmsea ... .. ... 293

schwageri ... ... 293, 302

Vaginulina sp 302

Vanikoro cancellata ... ... 482

Vasum turbinellum ... ... 485

Velleia macrocalyx ... ... 841

paradoxa ... ... .. 841

Verneuilina 300

propinqua ... ... ... 298

pygmcea 750, 753

spinulosa ... .. 292, 298

variabilis ... ... ... 298

Virgulina subsquamosa 292, 301,

[310

VoliUa mitra var. episcopalis 507

var. papcdis ... ... 507

Volvatella pyriformis ... ... 486

Vulturnia 776

albonotata ... ... 769, 776

Webbina clavata 292

Xaiithagrion erythroneurum 741,

[762 Xanthias atromanus ... ... 151

Xanthidium bifurcatura 179, 180,200

Botauicum 182, 200

Chalubinskii 181

controversum var. plancto-

nicum ... ... ... 182

Coogeeanum ... 179, 200

deceindenticulatum 181, 200

fasciculatum ... .. 182

vav. perornatum ... 181

iiJ ornatum ... ... 181

hexagonum 180, 181, 200

octonarium 178, 179, 182

PAGE

Xanthidium pulcherri mum 179, 180,

simplicius ... subtrilobum superbum ... tetracentrotum trilobum

2U0 182 181 182 178 181

Xanthidium (Euastrum) multi-

gibberum ... ... 179

Xanthodes atromanus ... ... 151

Xanthorhoe brujata ... ... 635

Xenocentris 637, 639

cataeoma ... ... 640,641

crinipes 640, 641

dasypus ... ... ... 640

epipasta ... 639, 640, 643

fasciata 640, 642

pilosata ... ... 640, 642

rhipidura ... ... 639, 642

rhopalopus ... 640, 641

Xenophora solarioides ... 482

Xerotes nigrita .. ... ... 202

Xiphocaris compressa ... ... 156

Xylariaceae .. ... ... 204

Xylomaceai 840

Xyloryctidge 48

Xyrosaris ... ... 50, 71

dryopa ... .. ... 72

Yponomeuta ... ... 47, 50, 77

interuellus 77

interruptellus ... ... 77

myriosemus ... 77, '50

j)aurodes ... ... ... 150

Zeidora lodderse .. .. 478

Zelleria ... 47, 48, 50, 68, 69, 71 aphrospora... ... ... 70

araeodes ... .. ... 69

callidoxa 70

citrina ... ... ... 71

cremnospila ... .. 70

cynetica ... ... ... 69

hemixypha... ... ... 69

hucomorjiha ... ... 69

memorella ... ... .. 70

mystarcha ... .. ... 70

proterospila ... ... 70

pyroleuca . 70

sigillata ... ... ... 71

stylograpta... ... ... 71

Zygoptera .' ... 711

[Printed off March 6th, 1908,]

0 10

i\ai/ways

Isohyetals - '35

MAP OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA SHOWING SOHYETALS.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907

C=\

0

11

1-3. SYNTHFMIS MARTINI. N. SP. 5-6. AUSTROGOMPHUS OCCIDENTALIS . 11-12. ARGIOLESTES MINIMA. N. SP.

3-4. S. CYANITINCTA. N. SP.

7-10. AUSTRO/ESCHNA ANACANTHA. N. SP.

13-14^. PSEUDAGRION CCERULEUM. N. SP.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

,,sf^f5?^

JiJ. T'/'/

FIG. 1. SYNTHEMIS CYANITINCTA. N. SP.

FIG. 3. AUSTROGOMPHUS OCCIDENTALIS N. SP.

FIG. 2. S. MARTINI, N. SP.

FIG. 4. AUSTRO/ESCHNA ANACANTh

P.LSNSW 1907.

MioC£.fME. FOR^^^l^<ll-e:R/^L Ll^ieSToiNES : ^1/^Le:^rUL^

'L.SN.S.W. 1907,

F.^. 5 c^a^;

r.g-. 3 (v lif )

P.g-.i+ ^X.I^)

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

F'f 10 C^.tt)

r.^ 9 CK^^)

Re. phot-omic^-

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907.

Fig. n c>^it>)

f^.g-. 11 C'^.'^^^J)

F.c. pho hM-Hi cr:

EMCRUST^^4q ORq^Mi5r<]6 inThe: Pos•r-^t I OCE.N E^

P.L.8.N.S.W. 1907.

Fi'<s 13 (^^3<p)

r\^. Jtf C^ ^b)

r.g-. '5- Ck ih)

P".c. pi-iot-omicn

P.LS.N.S.W. 1907.

^O:-

'^"f^

/ /

:^'

A,^^^:

-<

_J

RJ.TJd

CENTRAL AUSTRALIAN DRAGONFLIES.

1-3. THAUMASTOCORIS I THAUMASTOTHERIUM IN THE T E XT^ AUSTRALlCUS. GEN. ET SP. N. -5. HYPSIPYRGIAS TELAMONIDES. GEN. ET SP. N. 6-7. CYSTEORRHACA CACTIFERA. GEN. ET

8. SYNTHLIPSIS GHAMBERSI, GEN. ET SP. N.

t

PLS NSW 1907

GEOLOGICAL SKETCH MAP

OF THE COUNTRY BETWEEN

THENAMOI & THE NEW ENGLAND.

Alkaline Intermediate Trach/te-, Syenite, Phonclde i-Anc/tiiU.

J\}i I/O lite- (/loit

T'efm.c -Ca.r6 ) PaUeozoLC RhyoUte-

& tpua.rtz. Tor^Ayr-yfS)

Granite

U.pli.e.r lermo- Ca.rh *

^idS-Jura.f/<roiMy)

Ser/ientine

LarSuni/'erous

tJiluria^n.

KWI

PLS NSW 1907

Plate XLVn

iJi^^^'^^Viii'ilii^^i'iiililii'i/:

ii,#'%

^i; i^to::: MiiilildJ

ii'i)^

^A/IIV^'

liw:

wm'm\:m^mm

'^^=7^^^^^^^

5* t? S

:/:— -'!ii'iii,i"

'I'll' ill

^W"<^"

I'lllii ,Mi, MiMT-iVlll'ii;',!!

n>^

Alkaline Rocks

fRE-TRACHYTIC DoLERITE ST-TRACHYTIC DASALT

UPPER COAL MEASURES.

GEOLOGICAL SIC£rCff MAP

OF

THE NANDEWAR MTS

V

^

;■

^■/^^^

^

PL S N S W. 1907.

mm

4 ^- '^^m '

^ i^ iv-

3

♦^ ^^

■0

1. LABRADORITE PORPHYRY. 2. TRACHYTE. 3. MONZONOSE. 4. ANDESITE.

5. PHENOCRYST OF LABRADORITE IN BASALT. 6. AKERITE (NANDEWAR MTS.).

laaued June ;^Oth, 1907,

sss.

^

SiVjrvoi. XXXII.

^^ Part I.

No. 125.

THE

PROCEEDINGS

7:

OF THK

LINNEAN SOCIETY

NEV^ SOUTH WALES

FOR THB VRAR

IQOT

>'C^Z

P^7?7' /. (pi-).l-20Jf), Containing Papers read in MARCH to APRIL (in part) WITH FIVE PLATES

SYDNEY :

PRINTKI) AND PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THK SOCIETY. [Price, 8/-]

W^^ ^iessis. DuLAU &• Co., 37 Solio Square, London, W.

^(iMk Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse II, Berliu, X.W.

NOTICE

W ijji ilic exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of \liicli tlie Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Five — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or R. Friedliinder Sl Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fob ■owing prices ; —

P.ocee.lings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.; I 'art 4, 10s.

i'roceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s. j Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, Pis. 6d.

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.: Part 4, £1 7s. *

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £14s.; Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s.

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3,' 19s.; Part 4, lis.

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2,9s.; Part 3,9s.; Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Parti, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Parti, 17s. I'art4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, Ss. ; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. -Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4,?£1 7s. 6d,

Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, Ss. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 1-s. 6d.

I>roceedings for 1898 - Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14«

_ Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 126. 5d, Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, lOs.; Part 4,

BY E. CIIEEL. 205

PEZIZACEiE. Humaria granulosa Sch. — Kahibah near Newcastle (on horse dung; E. Cheel; September, 1904; No.3).

STICTACE^.

Stictis annidaia Cke. — Centennial Park (on dead branches; E. Cheel; February, 1901; No.37).

PHYSARACE^. Physarum leucophaeum Fr. — Centennial Park, Penshurst, and Rotanic Gardens, Sydney (on leaves, etc; E. Cheel; May, 1900).

STEMONIT ACE^.

Stemonitis ferruginea Ehrh. — Leura Falls, Katoomba(on rotten fence rail; A. A. Hamilton; December, 1902) : Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; April, 1907). Previously only recorded for Queensland and New Zealand.

For the determination of the species bearing numbers, I am indebted to Mr. G. Massee, of Kew, London.

PROCEEDINGS, 1907, PART 1.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Presidential Address delivered at the Thirty-second Annual General

Meeting, March 27th, 1907, by Thomas Steel, F.C.8., F.L.S. ... 1

Descriptions of Australasian Micro-Lepidoptera. Part xix. Plutellida .

By E. Meyeick, B. A., F.R.S., Corresponding Member 47

Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island. By the late F. E. Grant F.L.S., and Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum. (Plate i.) 151

Some new or less known Desmids found in New South Wales. By

G. I. Playfaie. ( Communicated hy tht Secretary). (Plates ii.- v.) 160

Balance Sheet, &c 42

Elections and Announcements 46,157

Notes and Exhibits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 158

libited by Mr. Cheel at the April Meeting (see p. 159). 202

^ote.—Ln Messrs. Maiden and Betehe's paper in the last Part of the Proceedings (1906, p. 738) the name of the common Bough-leaved Fig should be Ficm !>tephanocarpa and not Ficm stenocarpa, as there printed.

Issued August 20th, 1007 .

Vol. XXXII.

Part 2.

Ste\

t^

THE

»"■« r(^

PROCEEDINGS

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEV7 SOUTH V/AL.ES

FOR THB VKAR

190T

PART II. (pp.m5-428j, Containing Papers read in APRIL (in part) to JUNE (in part) WITH FIVE PLATES

SYDNEY . PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY

BT

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[PriceTs/ei

&^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. ^"^ Messrs. R. FRiEDLiENDER & SoHN, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.

BY AKTHUH M. LEA. 429

Jjab. — New South Wales (type in Macleav Museum).

Tlie sliape is somewhat as in tlie preceding species, but the clothing is very different (althoiigli the fascicles are almost in the xnne positions), the femora are edentate and the rostrum is much -lioi I. 1. Although Mr. Pascoe in describing the genus notesthe tVinora as edentate, this is the only species here described in %\ hich such is the case.

Genus S v B u L u s Pascoe.

Jourii. Linn. 8oc. 1871, p. 202.

The species described below certainly belongs to the genus Si/buhis, now first recorded from Australia, but as Mr. Pascoe sta'es that at least six species of the genus occur in the Malay Archipelago, and he describes, the femora as being uni- or bi- <]entate, I have not thought it advisable to give a generic diagnosis based on but one Australian species. The chief generic features of this species, however, are its large and coarsely faceted eyes, long and thin rostrum, longish subc3'lindrical club, the sutures of which are oblique, U-shaped and slightly cavernous mesosternal receptacle and distinctly bidentate femora. There appears to be no closely allied genus in Australia; Mr. Pascoe regarded it as being allied to Pezichus, but its connection with that genus is decidedly remote.

Sybulus Yorkensis, n.sp.

Black, anieiiiue of a rather light red, club darker. Rather iensely clothed with scales varying from white to dingy black, but the majority of a rather dark fawn, scales larger and more rounded on prothorax than on elytra. Under surface moderately ■lothed with whitish scales; legs densely clothed with dingy scales. Head and base of rostr.um with feebly variegated scales.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum longer than

prothorax, rather strongly curved, thin and feebly decreasing in

idth from base; basal fifth strongly punctate, elsewhere highly

•lished and impunctate. Scape inserted nearer base than apex

1" rostrum and shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle

430 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII.

moderately long and subequal in length, 3rd and 4th each slightly longer than wide, oth-7th globular; club almost the length of five preceding joints. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded, base bisinuate and almost twice the width of apex, which is but feebly produced; with dense, round, partially concealed punctures. Scutellum distinct, in the centre of a depression. Elytra slightly wider than pro- thorax and scarcely twice and one-half wider; with series of rather large and partially concealed punctures; interstices not much wider than punctures, not alternately raised, with small and shining but frequently concealed granules. Under surface with distinct but not very dense punctures. Metasternum slightly shorter than the following segment; its episterna rather wide and each with a single series of punctures. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment almost the length of 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process narrow, 2nd the length of 5th and just perceptibly longer than 3rd or 4th. Legs not very long; femora grooved, strongly acutely and equally bidentate, posterior not extending to apical segment; tibiae strongly compressed and falcate; tarsi not very wide, 4th joint thin, claws small. Length 5J, rostrum 1|; width 2| mm.

Hah. — Q.: Cape York (Macleay Museum),

Differs from the description of peccuarius (from Batchian) in being smaller, the 1st joint of the funicle longer than the 3rd, and the prothorax without four white spots across the middle and one at apex.

Dkrbvia Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1899, p.543.

I have to thank Messrs. Etheridge and Rainbow for calling my attention to the fact that this name, although not appearing in Scudder, had been previously used* for a genus of fossils. As a substitute therefore for the genus of weevils, I propose the name Derbyiella.

* Pali\?ontologia Indica, Vol. i., p.591.

PROCEEDINGS, 190T, PAR'

CONTENTS.

PAGE

A Revision of tlie Thynniche of Australia [Hymenoptera]. Part i. By

Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S '206

Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Foraminifera. Part ii. By E, J. GoDDARD, B.A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Sydney University; and H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Made ay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plate vi.) 291

Notice of the Special General Meeting held on 23rd May, 1907, to

Commemorate the Bicentenary of Carl von Linn6 (1707-1907) 319

The Lake George Senkungsfeld, a Study of the Evolution of Lakes George and Bathurst, N.S.W. By T. Griffith Taylor, B.Sc, B.E., Assistant Demonstrator in Geology and Lecturer in Com- mercial Geography at the University of Sydney. (Plates vii.-x.) 325

Studies in Australian Entomology, No. xv. New Genera and Species of Carahidce,, with some Notes on Synonymy {Olivinini, Scaritini, Cuneipectini, Trigonotomini and Lthlini). By Thomas G. Sloane 346

On Dimorphism in the Females of Australian Agrionidce [Neurop-

tk-ra: Odonata]. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F E.S 382

New Australian Species of the Family Calopterygida^ [Neueoptera :

Odonatal By R. J. Tillyard, M. A., F.E.S 394

Revision of the Australian Ourctdionidce belonging to the Subfamily

Cryptorhynchides [Coleoptera]. Part viii. By Arthur M. Lea 400

Elections and Announcements 319,323,391

Notes and Exhibits 39S

Issued October 25th, 1907.

Vol. XXXII.

Part 3.

No. 127. ^'

S^t

THE

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

NEV/ SOUTH V^^ALES

KOR THE YRAR

IQO V

^ ^

PART III. (PP429-626.J, y Containing Papers read in JUNE (in part) to AUGUST. WITH TWENTY-TWO PLATES

SYDNKY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 15/-]

^^^.G-EISTTS IInT EITJUOIE^JE

_ <f^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. 2^^t^k Messrs. R. Friedl.*:nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.

ms: —

M

NOTICE

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings— of which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, VV., or R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol- lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 10s.

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 OS.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.. Part 4, I7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s. Part 4, 12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. Part 4, £1 7s.

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £l4s.; Part 3, £1 Part 4, 18s.

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part 4, lis.

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2,9s.; Part 3, Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3. 17s. Part 4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, Ss.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. Vlll.^Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 1.3s.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Pkrt 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1S97— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12a. 6d.

Proceedings for 1898- Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14»

Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 128. Sd, Part 2, 12s.; Part3,10s.: Part4, lOs. 6d.

\

SbCOITID SEIIRIES (continued).

Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 8, lOs. 6d.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1901 -Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, os.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1902— Fart 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 8, 7s. 6d., Supple- ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.

Proceedings for 1903— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s.

Proceedings for 1904 — Part 1, 10s.: Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s.

Proceedings for 1905— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1906— Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.

Proceedings for 1907— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.

A reduction of 20 per cent, on the ahove charges is made to Members of tlie Society.

The Macleay Memohial Volumk [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portiait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.

contp:nts.

The Hon. Sir William Maclkay, Kt., F. L.S., .M.L.C. : (I5y the Kditor).

Professor W. Baldwin Spenckr, M.A. : Contrihutions to our Knowledge of Geratodus. Part I. — The Blood \'essels. (Plates i.-v. ) — Prof. F. W. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene MoUusca of New Zealand. (PL vi.-ix.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M. A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the TemnocephalecE. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. \A'. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On an apparently new Type of the Plafyhelminthes ( Trematoda ?) (PI. xvi. ) — Prof. T. Jeffery Parkek, D.Sc, F.R.S., and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa- tions on the Myology of Pcdinnrus Edwarddi, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B.. Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser- vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Omithorhynchns. (PI. xxii. xxiii. ) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Oruithorhynchns. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) — C. Hedlky, F.L.S. : On Parmacochka Fixrheri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) — Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (PI. xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South Wales. (PI. XXIX.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essingtou, North Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-xlii.)

Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66 ; Vol. ii. five Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.

l>ll()CEF.[)iNaS, 190T, PART 3,

CONTENTS.

PAGK

A Contribution to the Geology of Viti Levu, Fiji. By W. G. WooLNouGH, D.Se., F.G.S., Assistant Lecturer in Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney. (Plates xi.-xv.) .. .. 431

The Mollusca of Mast Head Keef, Capricorn Group, Queensland.

Partii. By C. Hedle-j, F.L.S. (Plates xvi.-xxi.) ... ... 476

Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus Anthobosca (Family ScoUida:), with Descriptions of New Species [Hymenoptera]. By Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S 514

The (4eology of Newbridge, near Bathurst, N.S.W. By W. N. Benson,

Student at the University of Sydney. (Plates xxii.-xxiii.) ... 52a

The Geology of the Warrumbungle Mountains. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xxiv.-xxxii.) 557

Elections and Announcements ... 475, 554r

Notes and Exhibits ... .., 475 554

Issued March 11th, 1908,

Vol. XXXII. Part 4.

No. 128. y

THE

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEV/ SOUTH WALES

FOR THE YEAR

IQOT

PART IV. (2^p. 627-938, Index, &c%

Containing Papers read in SEPTEMBER to NOVEMBER.

WITH TWENTY PLATES

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

. SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. [Price^S/-]

_ d^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. <^^ _

l^f??/^- Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.^jfNfeg"

NOTICE

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of whicli the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire— the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol- lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VIL— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, lOs.; Part 3, 58.; Part 4, 10s.

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 78.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 58.; Part 4, £1 5s.

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15«. Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 128.; Part 3, 188.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 128.; Part 4, £1 7s.

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £148.; Part 3, £1;

Part 4, 18s.

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis,; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 198.; Part 4. Us.

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s. Part 4, 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 8, 8a.; Part 4, 8s.

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, Ga.; Part 4, 9s.

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 128.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 138.; Part 4, 88.

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, lOa. Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 128.

Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 68. 6d.: Part 3, 7s. 6(1. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12«. 6d.

Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 68.; Part 3, 12a.; Part 4, 14i

Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 128. 6d. Part 2, 128.; Part 3, IDs.; Part4, 198. 6d.

SB3C01TID 8£]:RXS3S (continued). Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, lOs. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. Part 4, 17s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1901— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, Sa.; Part 4, 178. 6d.

Proceedings for 1902— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple- ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.

Proceedings for 1903— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4,

158.

Proceedings for 1904— Part 1, lOs.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,

108.

Proceedings for 1905— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.

Proceedings for 1906— Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.

Proceedings for 1907— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s.

A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made to Members of the Society.

The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., ll and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s.

CONTENTS.

The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our Knowledge of Geratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v.) — Prof. F. W. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand. (PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the Teinnocephalece. (PL x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On an apparently new Type of the Platyhebninthes (Trematoda ?) (PI. xvi.) — Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S-., and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa- tions on the Myology of Palinuru^ Edwardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser- vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhynchus. (PI, xxii. xxm.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) — C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) — Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (PL xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South Wales. (PI. XXIX. ) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-xlii.)

Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.

The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n. five Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.

PROCEEDINGS, 1907, PART 4.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Revision of Australian Lepidoptera, iv. By A. J. Turner, M.D.,

F.E.S. ... 631

Note on a Glaucophane Schist from the Conandale Range, Queens- land. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the

Society in Geology 701

Chemical Note on a recent Lava from Savaii. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc,

Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.. 70&

On the Genus Petalura [Neuroptera : Odonata], with Description of a

new Species. By R. J. Tillyard, M. A., F.E.S. (Plate xxxiii.) 708

The Dragonflies of South- Western Australia. By R. J. Tillyard,

M.A., F.E.S. (Plates xxxiv.-xxxvi.) 719

On the Tertiary Limestones and Foraminiferal Tuffs of Malekula, New Hebrides. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S.^ F.E.M.S., National Museum, Melbourne. (Communicated hy D. Mawson). (Plates xxxvii.-xli.) 745

On a Collection of -Dragonflies from Central Australia, with Des- criptions of new Species. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S. (Plate xlii.) 761

Memoir on a few Heteropterous Hemiptera from Eastern Australia.

By. G. W. KiRKALDY, F.E.S. (Plate xliii.) ... 768

Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc,

F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Bio-Chemistry 789

The Geographical Significance of Floods, with especial Reference to

Glacial Action. By E. C. Andrews, B. A. (Plates xliv.-xlv.) ... 795

Description d'une nouvelle Espece d'Oxykemus (Coleoptera: Coly-

diidcti\. Par A. Grouvelle. ( Communicated hy A. M. Lea) ... 835

The Geology of the Nandewar Mountains. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xlvi.- lii.) 842

Elections and Announcements 627,743,837

Notes and Exhibits 627,- 744, 837

Donations and Exchanges ... "915

Title Page i.

List of Contributors and Titles of Papers iii.

Contents vii.

List of Plates x.

List of New Tribal, Subfamily, Generic, and Subgeneric Names ... xii,

Corrigenda ... xii.

Index.

MBI. WHOI LIHKAltY

UH lADD D